Tomorrow starts here.
Undergraduate Catalog 2010–2011
East Carolina University
®
East Carolina University is committed to equality of educational opportunity and does not discriminate against applicants, students,
or employees based on race, color, national origin, religion, gender, age, or disability. Moreover, East Carolina University is open
to people of all races and actively seeks to promote racial integration by recruiting and enrolling a larger number of minority
students. An equal opportunity/afrmative action employer, which accommodates the needs of individuals with disabilities.
UNIVERSITY TELEPHONE NUMBERS
University Operator: 252-328-6131
Ofce of Admissions (undergraduate): 252-328-6640
The Graduate School (admissions): 252-328-6012
Records and Transcripts: 252-328-6524
This catalog is effective with the beginning of the academic year. All provisions, regulations, degree programs, course listings,
courses designated as writing-intensive, and time of offering, etc., in effect when this catalog went to press are subject to revision
by the appropriate governing bodies of East Carolina University.
Course Pre and Corequisite Key: P if prerequisite; C if corequisite; P/C if prerequisite or corequisite. When P, C, or P/C
is preceded by R, it is recommended but not required.
Degree Requirements: The courses listed as degree requirements in section 8 may have prerequisites or corequisites beyond
those that are listed in section 8. See section 9 for complete course description, including prerequisites and corequisites.
Foundations Curriculum Course Credit Key: Some courses that carry foundations curriculum credit are
identied in the course listing in section 9, using the following notation; however, there may be other courses that also carry
foundations curriculum credit. Courses in a student’s major prex area may not count toward his or her foundations curriculum
requirements.
FC:EN = English FC:HU = Humanities
FC:EX = Exercise and Sport Science FC:MA = Mathematics
FC:FA = Fine Arts FC:SC = Science
FC:HL = Health FC:SO = Social Science
Semester of Course Offering Key: The semester in which courses are anticipated to be offered is designated in sections
8 and 9 as follows: (F) fall, (S) spring, (SS) summer. If a year is specied, the course is not offered every year but will be offered
in the semester and year indicated. OY indicates that the course is offered regularly during odd-numbered years; EY indicates
that the course is offered regularly during even-numbered years.
Service-Learning Course Key: Courses in sections 8 and 9 of this catalog are designated with (SL) if all sections of the
course are service-learning and (SL*) if only selected sections of the course are designated as service learning.
Writing-intensive Course Key: Courses in sections 8 and 9 of this catalog are designated with (WI) if all sections of
the course are writing intensive and (WI*) if only selected sections of the course are designated as writing intensive.
Mailing Lists: Institutions, organizations, counselors, libraries, etc., desiring a copy of the catalog must make a specic request
each year. Address the request to the Ofce of Admissions, 106 Whichard, East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 27858-
4353.
East Carolina University (ECU) is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and
Schools to award baccalaureate, masters, and doctorate degrees. Contact the Commission on Colleges at 1866 Southern Lane,
Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097 or call 404-679-4500 for questions about the accreditation of ECU.
BULLETIN
2010-2011
UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG
This catalog is not the ofcial ECU undergraduate catalog.
Access www.ecu.edu/cs-acad/aa/SrchCatalog.cfm for the ofcal version
of the 2010-2011 catalog for updates throughout the academic year.
EAST CAROLINA UNIVERSITY BULLETIN (USPS 164-400)
Vol. 94 August 2010 No. 3
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The East Carolina University Bulletin, Undergraduate Catalog is organized for the convenience of students
matriculating at East Carolina University.
University Calendars ................................................................................................................................................................................................................vi-xiv
Welcome to East Carolina University............................................................................................................................................ 1
Our Mission ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................1
Organization of The University of North Carolina ........................................................................................................................................................2
Organization of East Carolina University .............................................................................................................................................................................3
Memberships and Accreditations .............................................................................................................................................................................................7
Academic Divisions, Colleges, and Schools ........................................................................................................................................................................9
Academic Integrity Policy ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................9
Campus and Buildings .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................9
Campus Libraries.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................10
Community Outreach Services .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 13
Division of Continuing Studies ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 15
Division of University Advancement....................................................................................................................................................................................16
Information Technology and Computing Services ...................................................................................................................................................... 16
Oak Ridge Associated Universities .......................................................................................................................................................................................17
Ofce of Equity, Diversity and Community Relations ...............................................................................................................................................18
Ofce of News and Communications Services ............................................................................................................................................................ 18
Sponsored Journals and Publications ...................................................................................................................................................................................18
Student Stores ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................18
University Policies ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................19
1 Student Affairs .....................................................................................................................................................................................20
Vision ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................20
Mission...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................20
Student Handbook.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................20
East Carolina Creed ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................20
Student Affairs ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................20
Dean of Students .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................21
Off-Campus Student Services ............................................................................................................................................................................................21
Student Health Services .........................................................................................................................................................................................................21
Disability Support Services ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 21
Student Rights and Responsibilities .................................................................................................................................................................................. 21
Student and Parent Services ................................................................................................................................................................................................21
Student Government Association .................................................................................................................................................................................... 21
Greek Life .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................21
Student Legal Services ............................................................................................................................................................................................................22
Center for Counseling and Student Development ................................................................................................................................................ 22
Career Center ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................22
Student Employment Ofce ................................................................................................................................................................................................22
Student Activities and Organizations .............................................................................................................................................................................. 22
Campus Recreation and Wellness .................................................................................................................................................................................... 22
Ledonia Wright Cultural Center ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 22
The Center for Student Leadership and Civic Engagement .............................................................................................................................. 23
Campus Living ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Campus Dining ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Student Media ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Campus Safety ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 23
Emergency Response and Preparedness ...................................................................................................................................................................... 23
Victim Advocate ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Student Transit.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 23
iii
2 Admission and Readmission ........................................................................................................................................................24
General Information ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................24
Admission Requirements............................................................................................................................................................................................................25
The Graduate School ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................28
Advanced Placement .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 28
Readmission .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................30
3 Expenses and Financial Assistance .........................................................................................................................................31
General Information ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................31
Residence Status for Tuition Purposes ............................................................................................................................................................................... 31
Expenses ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................33
Refund Policy .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................34
Financial Assistance ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 35
4 Academic Advisement, Progression, and Support ................................................................................................ 37
Academic Integrity ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................37
Academic Advisement .........................................................................................................................................................................................................37
General College ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................37
Service-Learning .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 38
Student Progression ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 38
Classication of Students ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 38
Liberal Arts Foundations Program....................................................................................................................................................................................38
Declaration or Change of Major and Minor ................................................................................................................................................................... 40
Academic Requirements for Degrees and Minors ...................................................................................................................................................... 40
Baccalaureate Degree Requirements ............................................................................................................................................................................. 40
Double Major Requirements ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 40
Additional Requirements for All Degrees....................................................................................................................................................................41
Additional Requirements for BA Degree ..................................................................................................................................................................... 41
Special Requirements for BS Degree for Students Preparing to Teach ..................................................................................................... 41
Minor Requirements ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 42
Dual or Second Degree Requirements .........................................................................................................................................................................42
Graduation Requirements .........................................................................................................................................................................................................42
Degrees with Distinction ............................................................................................................................................................................................................43
Academic Support Services ......................................................................................................................................................................................................43
Academic Advising and Support Center ......................................................................................................................................................................43
Pre-Professional Advising Center for Allied Health, Medicine, Dentistry and Law ............................................................................... 43
The Pirate Tutoring Center....................................................................................................................................................................................................43
The Center for Academic Services ..................................................................................................................................................................................44
New Student Orientation ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 44
Freshman Seminar .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................44
University Writing Center .........................................................................................................................................................................................................44
Career Center ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................44
Testing Center ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................45
5 Academic Regulations .....................................................................................................................................................................46
The Catalog ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................46
Ofcial Announcements ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 47
Class Attendance and Participation Regulations ........................................................................................................................................................... 47
Policy on Disruptive Academic Behavior ........................................................................................................................................................................48
Courses .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................48
Selection of Courses ................................................................................................................................................................................................................48
Course Load .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................48
Course Substitutions ................................................................................................................................................................................................................49
Course Repetition ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 49
Independent Study Courses ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 49
Table of Contents
iv
Registration and Schedule Changes .....................................................................................................................................................................................49
Early Registration ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................50
Dropping and Adding Courses ..........................................................................................................................................................................................50
Course Credits .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................51
Credit by Examination ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 51
Credit by Transfer .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................51
Credit to Restore Academic Eligibility ...........................................................................................................................................................................52
Examinations and Quizzes .........................................................................................................................................................................................................53
Grading System ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................53
Academic Eligibility Standards ..................................................................................................................................................................................................55
Ofcial Withdrawal from an Academic Term ................................................................................................................................................................. 58
Student Educational Records ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 59
6 Distance Education ........................................................................................................................................................................... 61
Online Distance Education .........................................................................................................................................................................................................61
Distance Education Students ....................................................................................................................................................................................................61
Online Degree and Certicate Programs .........................................................................................................................................................................62
7 Scholar, Leadership, and International Programs ...........................................................................................................64
EC Scholar Program ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................64
Honors College ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................64
Undergraduate Research............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 64
North Carolina Nurse Scholars ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 64
North Carolina Teaching Fellows ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 64
Early Entry Into ECU Graduate Programs ...................................................................................................................................................................... 64
International Programs .................................................................................................................................................................................................................66
Leadership Programs ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................67
8 Academic Programs ..........................................................................................................................................................................69
Undergraduate and Graduate Degrees, Minors, and Certicates ...................................................................................................................... 69
Undergraduate and Graduate Degree Programs ......................................................................................................................................................... 72
Pre-professional and Two-year Curricula ......................................................................................................................................................................... 75
Interdisciplinary Minors ................................................................................................................................................................................................................77
Gerontology Minor ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................77
Multidisciplinary Minor ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 77
Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences ..............................................................................................................................................................78
Interdisciplinary Programs ......................................................................................................................................................................................................79
African and African American Studies .......................................................................................................................................................................79
Asian Studies ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................81
Classical Studies ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................82
Coastal and Marine Studies ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 83
Ethnic Studies ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................85
Great Books ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................87
Indigenous Peoples of America ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 89
International Studies ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 90
Leadership Studies ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 93
Medieval and Renaissance Studies ............................................................................................................................................................................... 94
Multidisciplinary Studies .....................................................................................................................................................................................................95
Neuroscience Studies .........................................................................................................................................................................................................97
North Carolina Studies ......................................................................................................................................................................................................99
Religious Studies .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................99
Russian Studies ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................101
Security Studies .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................102
Women’s Studies ................................................................................................................................................................................................................102
Departments ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................106
Department of Anthropology ......................................................................................................................................................................................106
Department of Biology.....................................................................................................................................................................................................109
Table of Contents
v
Department of Chemistry ..............................................................................................................................................................................................114
Department of Economics .............................................................................................................................................................................................117
Department of English ......................................................................................................................................................................................................118
Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures .........................................................................................................................................122
Department of Geography ............................................................................................................................................................................................130
Department of Geological Sciences .........................................................................................................................................................................140
Department of History ....................................................................................................................................................................................................141
Department of Mathematics .........................................................................................................................................................................................145
Department of Philosophy .............................................................................................................................................................................................149
Department of Physics .....................................................................................................................................................................................................149
Department of Political Science ..................................................................................................................................................................................151
Department of Psychology ............................................................................................................................................................................................156
Department of Sociology ...............................................................................................................................................................................................157
College of Allied Health Sciences ........................................................................................................................................................................................162
College of Business ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................171
College of Education ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................184
College of Fine Arts and Communication ......................................................................................................................................................................211
College of Health and Human Performance ................................................................................................................................................................248
College of Human Ecology .....................................................................................................................................................................................................273
College of Nursing .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................290
College of Technology and Computer Science ..........................................................................................................................................................293
9 Courses .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 310
Signicance of Course Numbers and Course Prexes...........................................................................................................................................310
Course Description Key ............................................................................................................................................................................................................313
Courses ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................314-518
10 Faculty .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 519
Appendix: University Policies ........................................................................................................................................................564
Index ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................570
Building Abbreviations, Keyed to Map .....................................................................................................................................579
Main Campus Map ..............................................................................................................................................................................580
Health Sciences Campus Map ......................................................................................................................................................581
Table of Contents
vi
UNIVERSITY CALENDARS 2010-2011*
Ofcial university calendars, which incorporate any modications to the printed calendars below, are maintained by the
East Carolina University Faculty Senate ofce and may be accessed at http://www.ecu.edu/fsonline.
SUMMER SESSION 2010
FIRST TERM
(Actual class days: 4 Mondays, 6 Tuesdays, 5 Wednesdays, 5 Thursdays, 5 Fridays, 1 registration day, 1 nal exam day)
March 15, Monday Last day to apply for admission to Graduate School for rst summer term.
April 15, Thursday Last day to apply as a post baccalaureate teacher licensure student for summer session.
May 1, Saturday Last day to apply as an undergraduate student for Summer I and 11 week sessions.
May 12, Wednesday Late processing fee assessed for all who have not paid fees by 4:00 p.m.
May 13, Thursday Fee accepted with late processing fee.
May 14, Friday Schedules canceled for all who have not paid fees by 4:00 p.m.
May 17, Monday New student registration and schedule changes.
May 18, Tuesday Classes begin; schedule changes.
May 19, Wednesday Last day for registration and schedule changes (drop and add) for rst term by 5:00 p.m.
May 20, Thursday Last day for schedule changes (add only) by 5:00 p.m.
May 31, Monday Memorial Day (no classes).
June 1, Tuesday Last day for undergraduate students to drop term-length courses or withdraw from school
without grades by 5:00 p.m. Block courses may be dropped only during the rst 40 percent
of regularly scheduled class meetings.
Last day to apply as an undergraduate student for Summer II session.
June 16, Wednesday Last day for graduate students to drop courses without grades by 5:00 p.m.
June 22, Tuesday Classes end. Last day to submit grade replacement requests.
June 23, Wednesday Final examinations.
SECOND TERM
(Actual class days: 5 Mondays, 5 Tuesdays, 5 Wednesdays, 6 Thursdays, 4 Fridays,
1 day for new student registration, 1 nal exam day)
April 15, Thursday Last day to apply as a post baccalaureate teacher licensure student for summer sessions.
May 1, Saturday Last day to apply as an undergraduate student for Summer I and 11 week Sessions.
May 3, Monday Last day to apply for admission to Graduate School for second summer term.
June 1, Tuesday Last day to apply as an undergraduate student for Summer II Session.
June 17, Thursday Late processing fee assested for all who have not paid fees by 4:00 p.m.
June 18, Friday Fees accepted with late processing fee.
June 21, Monday Schedules canceled for all who have not paid fees by 4:00 p.m.
June 23, Wednesday New student registration and schedule changes.
June 24, Thursday Classes begin; schedule changes.
June 25, Friday Last day for late registration and schedule changes (drop and add) for second term by 5:00 p.m.
June 28, Monday Last day for schedule changes (add only) by 5:00 p.m.
*Main Campus, Greenville. See supplements for off-campus centers, obtainable from the Division of Continuing Studies, East
Carolina University, Greenville, North Carolina 27858-4353.
vii
UNIVERSITY CALENDARS
July 1, Thursday Last day to apply as an undergraduate readmit student or post baccalaureate teacher
licensure student for the fall term.
July 5, Monday State Holiday (no classes).
July 9, Friday Last day for undergraduate students to drop term-length courses or withdraw from school
without grades by 5:00 p.m. Block courses may be dropped only during the rst 40 percent
of regularly scheduled class meetings.
July 19, Monday Last day to submit thesis to Graduate School for completion of degree in summer session.
July 23, Friday Last day for graduate students to drop courses without grades by 5:00 p.m.
July 29, Thursday Classes end. Last day to submit grade replacement requests.
July 30, Friday Final examinations; last day to submit appeals for readmission for fall semester.
11-WEEK SUMMER SESSION 2010
(Actual class days: 9 Mondays, 11 Tuesdays, 10 Wednesdays, 11 Thursdays, 9 Fridays, 1 nal exam day)
March 15, Monday Last day to apply for admission to Graduate School for summer term.
April 15, Thursday Last day to apply as a post baccalaureate teacher licensure student for summer sessions.
May 1, Saturday Last day to apply as an undergraduate student for summer I and 11 week sessions.
May 12, Wednesday Late processing fee assessed for all who have not paid fees by 4:00 p.m.
May 13, Thursday Fee accepted with late processing fee.
May 14, Friday Schedules canceled for all who have not paid fees by 4:00 p.m.
May 17, Monday Registration and schedule changes.
May 18, Tuesday Classes begin; schedule changes.
May 19, Wednesday Last day for registration and schedule changes (drop and add) by 5:00 p.m.
May 20, Thursday Last day for schedule changes (add only) by 5:00 p.m.
May 31, Monday Memorial Day (no classes).
June 1, Tuesday Last day to apply as an undergraduate student for Summer II Session.
June 15, Tuesday Last day for undergraduate students to drop term-length courses or withdraw from school
without grades by 5:00 p.m. Block courses may be dropped only during the rst 40 percent
of regular scheduled class meetings.
June 23, Wednesday Midsummer Break (no classes).
July 1, Thursday Last day to apply as an undergraduate readmit student or post baccalaureate teacher
licensure student for the fall term.
July 5, Monday State Holiday (no classes).
July 19, Monday Last day to submit thesis to Graduate School for completion of degree in the
summer session.
July 23, Friday Last day for graduate students to drop courses without grades by 5:00 p.m.
July 29, Thursday Classes end. Last day for submission of grade replacement requests.
July 30, Friday Final examinations; last day to submit appeals for readmission for fall semester.
viii
FALL SEMESTER 2010
FALL SEMESTER 2010
(Actual class days: 13 Mondays, 15 Tuesdays, 14 Wednesdays, 14 Thursdays, 14 Fridays, 13 Saturdays.
Effective class days: 14 Mondays, 14 Tuesdays, 14 Wednesdays, 14 Thursdays, 14 Fridays, 13 Saturdays.)
March 15, Monday Last day to apply as an undergraduate freshman student for the fall term.
April 15, Thursday Last day to apply as an undergraduate transfer student for the fall term.
June 1, Tuesday Last day to apply for admission to Graduate School for the fall semester.
July 1, Thursday Last day to apply as an undergraduate readmit student or post baccalaureate teacher
licensure student for the fall term.
August 10, Tuesday Last day to submit appeals for readmission for fall semester.
August 12, Thursday Late processing fee assessed for all who have not paid fees by 4:00 p.m.
August 13, Friday Fees accepted with late processing fee.
August 16, Monday Schedules canceled for all who have not paid fees by 4:00 p.m.
August 23, Monday Faculty meetings.
August 23, Monday Advising, registration, and schedule adjustments.
August 24, Tuesday Classes begin; schedule changes.
August 30, Monday Last day for late registration and schedule changes (drop and add) by 5:00 p.m.
August 31, Tuesday Last day for schedule changes (add only) by 5:00 p.m.
September 6, Monday Labor Day holiday (no classes).
September 7, Tuesday State holiday makeup day (classes which would have met on Monday, September 6, will meet
on this day so there will effectively be the same number of Mondays and Tuesdays as every
other weekday during the semester; Tuesday classes will not meet).
September 7, Tuesday Last day to apply for graduation in December.
October 9-12 Fall Break.
Saturday-Tuesday
October 13, Wednesday 8:00 a.m. Classes resume.
October 18-22
Monday- Friday Advising for spring semester 2011 begins.
October 19, Tuesday Last day for undergraduate students to drop term-length courses or withdraw from school
without grades by 5:00 p.m. Block courses may be dropped only during the rst 50 percent
of their reqularly scheduled class meetings.
October 25, Monday Registration for spring semester 2011 begins.
November 1, Monday Last day to apply as an undergraduate student for the spring term.
November 24-28 Thanksgiving break.
Wednesday-Sunday
November 29, Monday 8:00 a.m. classes resume.
November 29, Monday Last day for undergraduate students to remove incompletes given during spring and/or
summer session 2010.
Last day for graduate students to drop courses without grades by 5:00 p.m.
November 30, Tuesday Last day to submit thesis to the Graduate School for completion of degree in this term.
December 1, Wednesday Last day to apply as an undergraduate transfer student for the spring term.
December 7, Tuesday Classes end. Last day for submission of grade replacement requests. Last day for graduate
students to remove incompletes given during fall 2009.
ix
UNIVERSITY CALENDARS
December 8, Wednesday Reading Day.
December 9, Thursday Final examinations begin.
December 16, Thursday 4:30 p.m. Exams for fall semester close; last day to submit appeals for readmission for
Spring semester.
December 17, Friday Commencement.
EXAMINATION SCHEDULE
FALL SEMESTER 2010
There will be no departure from the printed schedule, except as noted below: All examinations for one credit hour classes will
be held during the last regular meeting of the class. Classes meeting more than three times a week will follow the examination
schedule for MWF classes. The nal exam meeting is required in order to satisfy the 750 contact minutes per credit hour required
by the University of North Carolina Ofce of the President.
Classes beginning 6:00 p.m. or later are considered night classes. Examinations in classes meeting one night a week will be held at
7:30-10:00 p.m. on the rst night of their usual meeting during the examination period (December 9-December 16). Examinations
in classes meeting two or more nights a week and beginning before 8:00 p.m. will be held at 7:30-10:00 p.m. on the rst night of
their usual meeting during the examination period (December 9-December 16). Examinations in classes meeting two or more
nights a week and beginning at or after 8:00 p.m. will be held at 7:30-10:00 p.m. on the second night of their usual meeting during
the examination period (December 9-December 16). Classes meeting on Saturday morning will have the nal examination on
Saturday, December 11, at the usual hour at which the class meets.
Classes beginning on the half hour or meeting longer than one hour will have the nal examination at the time scheduled of the
hour during which the class begins (e.g., a 9:30-11:00 a.m. TTh classes will follow the examination schedule of the 9:00 a.m. TTh
classes; 8:00-10:00 a.m. MWF classes will follow the examination schedule of the 8:00 a.m. MWF classes)
Common examinations will be held according to the following schedule:
MATH 1065 ...................................................................................................................................................................................5:00-7:30 Thursday, December 9
CHEM 0150, 1120, 1130, 1150, 1160 ...............................................................................................................................5:00-7:30 Friday, December 10
CHEM 1121, 1131, 1151, 1161, 2753, 2763 ............................................................................................................. 5:00-7:30 Monday, December 13
FREN 1001, 1003, SPAN 1001, 1004, GERM 1001 ..............................................................................................5:00-7:30 Tuesday, December 14
FREN 1002, SPAN 1002, 1003, GERM 1002 ...................................................................................................5:00-7:30 Wednesday, December 15
Times class regularly meets Time and day of examination
8:00 MWF 8:00 - 10:30 Monday, December 13
8:00 TTh 8:00 - 10:30 Tuesday, December 14
9:00 MWF 8:00 - 10:30 Wednesday, December 15
9:00 TTh (9:30) 8:00 - 10:30 Thursday, December 16
10:00 MWF 8:00 - 10:30 Friday, December 10
10:00 TTh 8:00 - 10:30 Thursday, December 9
11:00 MWF 11:00 - 1:30 Monday, December 13
11:00 TTh 11:00 - 1:30 Thursday, December 9
12:00 MWF 11:00 - 1:30 Wednesday, December 15
12:00 TTh (12:30) 11:00 - 1:30 Thursday, December 16
1:00 MWF 11:00 - 1:30 Friday, December 10
1:00 TTh 11:00 - 1:30 Tuesday, December 14
2:00 MWF 2:00 - 4:30 Monday, December 13
2:00 TTh 2:00 - 4:30 Tuesday, December 14
3:00 MWF (3:30) 2:00 - 4:30 Wednesday, December 15
3:00 TTh (3:30) 2:00 - 4:30 Thursday, December 9
4:00 MWF 2:00 - 4:30 Friday, December 10
4:00 TTh 2:00 - 4:30 Thursday, December 16
5:00 MWF 5:00 - 7:30 Monday, December 13
5:00 TTh 5:00 - 7:30 Thursday, December 9
x
SPRING SEMESTER 2011
SPRING SEMESTER 2011
(Actual class days: 14 Mondays, 14 Tuesdays, 14 Wednesdays, 14 Thursdays, 14 Fridays, 14 Saturdays.
Effective class days: 14 Mondays, 14 Tuesdays, 14 Wednesdays, 14 Thursdays, 14 Fridays, 14 Saturdays.)
October 15, Friday Last day to apply for admission to Graduate School for the spring semester.
November 1, Monday Last day to apply as an undergraduate student for the spring term.
December 1, Wednesday Last day to apply as an undergraduate transfer student for the spring term.
December 23, Thursday Last day to submit appeals for readmission for spring semester.
December 31, Friday Late processing fee assessed for all who have not paid fees by 4:00 p.m.
January 3, Monday Fees accepted with late processing fee.
January 4, Tuesday Class schedules canceled for all who have not paid fees by 4:00 p.m.
January 6, Thursday Advising and schedule adjustments.
January 7, Friday Classes begin; schedule changes.
January 13, Thursday Last day for late registration and schedule changes (drop and add) by 5:00 p.m.
January 14, Friday Last day for schedule changes (add only) by 5:00 p.m.
January 17, Monday State Holiday (no classes).
January 21, Friday Last day to apply for graduation in May.
March 2, Wednesday Last day for undergraduate students to drop term-length courses or withdraw from school
without grades by 5:00 p.m. Block courses may be dropped only during the rst 50 percent
of regularly scheduled class meetings.
March 6-13 Spring Break.
Sunday - Sunday
March 14, Monday 8:00 a.m. Classes resume.
March 15, Tuesday Last day to apply as an undergraduate freshman student for the fall term.
March 14-18 Advising for summer session and fall semester 2011.
Monday - Thursday
March 21, Monday Registration for summer session and fall semester 2011 begins.
March 28, Monday Last day to apply for graduation during the summer sessions.
April 14, Thursday Undergraduate students last day to remove incompletes given during fall semester 2010.
Last day for graduate students to drop courses without grades by 5:00 p.m.
April 15, Friday Last day to apply as an undergraduate transfer student for the fall term.
Last day to apply as a post baccalaureate teacher licensure student for summer sessions.
Last day to submit thesis to the Graduate School for completion of degree in this term.
April 22-23,
Friday-Saturday State holiday (no classes).
April 25, Monday Classes end. Last day for submission of grade replacement requests. Graduate students
last day to remove incompletes given during spring and/or summer session 2010.
April 26-27
Tuesday-Wednesday Reading Days.
April 28, Thursday Final examinations begin.
xi
UNIVERSITY CALENDARS
May 1, Sunday Last day to apply as an undergraduate student for Summer I and 11 Week Sessions.
May 5, Thursday Exams for spring semester close at 4:30 p.m.
May 6, Friday Commencement.
EXAMINATION SCHEDULE
SPRING SEMESTER 2011
There will be no departure from the printed schedule, except as noted below: All examinations for one credit hour classes will
be held during the last regular meeting of the class. Classes meeting more than three times a week will follow the examination
schedule for MWF classes. The nal exam meeting is required in order to satisfy the 750 contact minutes per credit hour required
by the University of North Carolina Ofce of the President.
Classes beginning 6:00 p.m. or later are considered night classes. Examinations in classes meeting one night a week will be held at
7:30-10:00 p.m. on the rst night of their usual meeting during the examination period (April 28-May 5). Examinations in classes
meeting two or more nights a week and beginning before 8:00 p.m. will be held at 7:30-10:00 p.m. on the rst night of their
usual meeting during the examination period (April 28-May 5). Examinations in classes meeting two or more nights per week and
beginning at or after 8:00 p.m. will be held at 7:30-9:30 p.m. on the second night of their usual meeting during the examination
period (April 28-May 5). Classes meeting on Saturday morning will have the nal examination on Saturday, April 30, at the usual
hour at which the class meets.
Classes beginning on the half hour or meeting more than one hour will have the nal examination at the time scheduled of the
hour during which the class begins (e.g., a 9:30-11:00 a.m. TTh classes will meet the examination schedule of the 9:00 a.m. TTh
classes; an 8:00-10:00 a.m. MWF classes will meet the examination schedule of the 8:00 a.m. MWF classes)
Common examinations will be held according to the following schedule:
CHEM 0150, 1120, 1130, 1150, 1160 .....................................................................................................................................5:00-7:30 Thursday, April 28
CHEM 1121, 1131, 1151, 1161, 2753, 2763 ................................................................................................................................5:00-7:30 Friday, April 29
FREN 1001, 1003; GERM 1001; SPAN 1001, 1004 ................................................................................................................ 5:00-7:30 Monday, May 2
FREN 1002; GERM 1002; SPAN 1002, 1003 ............................................................................................................................. 5:00-7:30 Tuesday, May 3
MATH 1065 ...........................................................................................................................................................................................5:00-7:30 Wednesday, May 4
Times class regularly meets Time and day of examination
8:00 MWF 8:00 - 10:30 Friday, April 29
8:00 TTh 8:00 - 10:30 Thursday, April 28
9:00 MWF 8:00 - 10:30 Monday, May 2
9:00 TTh (9:30) 8:00 - 10:30 Tuesday, May 3
10:00 MWF 8:00 - 10:30 Wednesday, May 4
10:00 TTh 8:00 - 10:30 Thursday, May 5
11:00 MWF 11:00 - 1:30 Friday, April 29
11:00 TTh 11:00 - 1:30 Thursday, May 5
12:00 MWF 11:00 - 1:30 Monday, May 2
12:00 TTh (12:30) 11:00 - 1:30 Tuesday, May 3
1:00 MWF 11:00 - 1:30 Wednesday, May 4
1:00 TTh 11:00 - 1:30 Thursday, April 28
2:00 MWF 2:00 - 4:30 Friday, April 29
2:00 TTh 2:00 - 4:30 Thursday, April 28
3:00 MWF (3:30) 2:00 - 4:30 Monday, May 2
3:00 TTh (3:30) 2:00 - 4:30 Thursday, May 5
4:00 MWF 2:00 - 4:30 Wednesday, May 4
4:00 TTh 2:00 - 4:30 Tuesday, May 3
5:00 MWF 5:00 - 7:30 Monday, May 2
5:00 TTh 5:00 - 7:30 Thursday, April 28
xii
SUMMER SESSION 2011
SUMMER SESSION 2011
FIRST TERM
(Actual class days: 4 Mondays, 6 Tuesdays, 5 Wednesdays, 5 Thursdays, 5 Fridays, 1 registration day, 1 nal exam day)
March 15, Tuesday Last day to apply for admission to Graduate School for rst summer term.
March 26, Saturday Last day to apply for graduation during the summer session.
April 15, Friday Last day to apply as a post baccalaureate teacher licensure student for summer sessions.
May 1, Sunday Last day to apply as an undergraduate student for rst summer & 11-week sessions.
May 11, Wednesday Late processing fee assessed for all who have not paid fees by 4:00 p.m.
May 12, Thursday Fees accepted with late processing fee.
May 13, Friday Schedules canceled for all who have not paid fees by 4:00 p.m.
May 16, Monday New student registration and schedule changes.
May 17, Tuesday Classes begin; schedule changes.
May 18, Wednesday Last day for late registration and schedule changes (drop and add) for rst term by 5:00 p.m.
May 19, Thursday Last day for schedule changes (add only) by 5:00 p.m.
May 30, Monday Memorial Day Break (no classes).
June 1, Wednesday Last day to apply as an undergraduate student for second summer session.
June 3, Friday Last day for undergraduate students to drop term-length courses or withdraw from school
without grades by 5:00 p.m. Block courses may be dropped only during the rst 50 percent
of regularly scheduled class meetings.
June 15, Wednesday Last day for graduate students to drop courses without grades by 5:00 p.m.
June 21, Tuesday Classes end. Last day to submit grade replacement requests.
June 22, Wednesday Final examinations.
June 24, Friday Grades due at noon.
July 1, Friday Last day to apply as an undergraduate readmit student or post baccalaureate teacher
licensure student for the fall term.
August 9, Tuesday Last day to submit appeals to SAAC for readmission for fall semester.
xiii
SECOND TERM
(Actual class days: 4 Mondays, 5 Tuesdays, 5 Wednesdays, 6 Thursdays, 5 Fridays,1 day for new student registration, 1 nal exam day)
March 26, Saturday Last day to apply for graduation during the summer session.
April 15, Friday Last day to apply as a post baccalaureate teacher licensure student for summer sessions.
May 1, Sunday Last day to apply as an undergraduate student for rst summer & 11-week sessions.
May 2, Monday Last day to apply for admission to Graduate School for second summer term
June 1, Wednesday Last day to apply as an undergraduate student for second summer session.
June 16, Thursday Late processing fee assessed for all who have not paid fees by 4:00 p.m.
June 17, Friday Fees accepted with late processing fee.
June 20, Monday Schedules canceled for all who have not paid fees by 4:00 p.m.
June 22, Wednesday New student registration and schedule changes
June 23, Thursday Classes begin; late registration; schedule changes
June 24, Friday Last day for late registration and schedule changes (drop and add) for second term by 5:00 p.m.
June 27, Monday Last day for schedule changes (add only) by 5:00 p.m.
July 1, Friday Last day to apply as an undergraduate readmit student or post baccalaureate teacher
licensure student for the fall term.
July 4, Monday State Holiday (no classes)
July 12, Tuesday Last day for undergraduate students to drop term-length courses or withdraw from school
without grades by 5:00 p.m. Block courses may be dropped only during the rst 40 percent
of regularly scheduled class meetings.
July 18, Monday Last day to submit thesis to Graduate School for completion of degree in summer session
July 22, Friday Last day for graduate students to drop courses without grades by 5:00 p.m.
July 28, Thursday Classes end. Last day to submit grade replacement requests.
July 29, Friday Final examinations.
August 1, Monday Grades due at noon.
August 9, Tuesday Last day to submit appeals to SAAC for readmission for fall semester.
UNIVERSITY CALENDARS
xiv
11-WEEK SUMMER SESSION 2011
(Actual class days: 8 Mondays, 11 Tuesdays, 10 Wednesdays, 11 Thursdays, 10 Fridays, 1 nal exam day)
March 15, Tuesday Last day to apply for admission to Graduate School for summer term.
March 26, Saturday Last day to apply for graduation during the summer session.
April 15, Friday Last day to apply as a post baccalaureate teacher licensure student for summer sessions.
May 1, Sunday Last day to apply as an undergraduate student for rst summer & 11-week sessions.
May 11, Wednesday Late processing fee assessed for all who have not paid fees by 4:00 p.m.
May 12, Thursday Fees accepted with late processing fee.
May 13, Friday Schedules canceled for all who have not paid fees by 4:00 p.m.
May 16, Monday Registration and schedule changes.
May 17, Tuesday Classes begin; schedule changes.
May 18, Wednesday Last day for late registration and schedule changes (drop and add) by 5:00 p.m.
May 19, Thursday Last day for schedule changes (add only) by 5:00 p.m.
May 30, Monday Memorial Day (no classes).
June 1, Wednesday Last day to apply as an undergraduate student for second summer session.
June 22, Wednesday Midsummer Break (no classes).
June 23, Thursday Last day for undergraduate students to drop term-length courses or withdraw from school
without grades by 5:00 p.m. Block courses may be dropped only during the rst 40 percent
of regular scheduled class meetings.
July 1, Friday Last day to apply as an undergraduate readmit student or post baccalaureate teacher
licensure student for the fall term.
July 4, Monday State Holiday (no classes).
July 18, Monday Last day to submit thesis to Graduate School for completion of degree in the
summer session.
July 22, Friday Last day for graduate students to drop courses without grades by 5:00 p.m.
July 28, Thursday Classes end. Last day for submission of grade replacement requests.
July 29, Friday Final examinations.
August 1, Monday Grades due at noon.
August 9, Tuesday Last day to submit appeals to SAAC for readmission for fall semester.
11-WEEK SUMMER SESSION 2011
1
Welcome To
EAST CAROLINA UNIVERSITY
On July 2, 1908, former governor Thomas Jordan Jarvis, considered to be the father of East Carolina University, made the
following remark as he broke ground for a teachers training school where Jarvis Residence Hall now stands:
“We can never begin to calculate the value it will be to North Carolina.”
The teachers college, chartered by the North Carolina General Assembly on March 8, 1907, as a two-year normal school,
opened its rst regular session on October 5, 1909, with 174 men and women students enrolled. The rst graduating class
received diplomas on June 6, 1911. The years that followed revealed the accuracy of Jarvis’ statement.
Since its inception in 1907, East Carolina has evolved from a teachers training school to a national research university. The
student population has grown from 147 to more than 25,000. The campus now includes more than 160 buildings in four
locations: the central campus, health sciences, athletics, and west research campus. The university’s academic programs are
housed in eleven colleges and professional schools, including the School of Dentistry and the Brody School of Medicine at
East Carolina University.
East Carolina University has become the institution that was envisioned by its early leaders, fullling its motto, “to serve.”
Today’s leadership continues to build upon the foundation laid by Robert H. Wright, the rst president of the university:
We will give to the rising generation the purest inheritance of the nation and better preparation than has ever been given
to a preceding generation. This school is an expression of that determination; it was built by the people, for the people,
and may it ever remain with the people, as a servant of the people.
In North Carolina, all public educational institutions that grant baccalaureate degrees are part of The University of North
Carolina. Of the sixteen constituent institutions of the multicampus state university, East Carolina University is the third
largest. The University of North Carolina includes Appalachian State University, East Carolina University, Elizabeth City State
University, Fayetteville State University, North Carolina Agricultural and Technical State University, North Carolina Central
University, North Carolina School of the Arts, North Carolina State University, the University of North Carolina at Asheville,
the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, the University of North Carolina at Charlotte, the University of North Carolina
at Greensboro, the University of North Carolina at Pembroke, the University of North Carolina at Wilmington, Western
Carolina University, and Winston-Salem State University. The North Carolina School of Science and Mathematics, a residential
high school for gifted students, is an afliated school of The University of North Carolina.
OUR MISSION
East Carolina University, a constituent institution of The University of North Carolina, is a public doctoral university committed
to meeting the educational needs of North Carolina and the mid-Atlantic region. It offers baccalaureate, master’s, specialist,
and doctoral degrees in the liberal arts, sciences, and professional elds, including medicine. The university is dedicated to
educational excellence, responsible stewardship of the public trust, and academic freedom. ECU values the contributions of
a diverse community, supports shared governance, and guarantees equality of opportunity.
The university’s motto is servire, meaning “to serve.” The university seeks to meet that obligation through the interrelated
components of its mission: service through education, research and creative activity, and leadership and partnership.
The mission of East Carolina University is:
To serve as a national model for public service and regional transformation by:
• preparing our students to compete and succeed in the global economy and multicultural society,
• distinguishing ourselves by the ability to train and prepare leaders,
• creating a strong, sustainable future for Eastern North Carolina through education, research, innovation,
investment, and outreach,
• saving lives, curing diseases, and positively transforming health and health care, and
• providing cultural enrichment and powerful inspiration as we work to sustain and improve quality of life.
2
GENERAL INFORMATION
ORGANIZATION OF THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA
The University of North Carolina Board of Governors is the policy-making body legally charged with “the general determination,
control, supervision, management, and governance of all affairs of the constituent institutions.” It elects the president, who
administers The University.
BOARD OF GOVERNORS
Hannah D. Gage, Chairman
Peter D. Hans, Vice Chairman
Estelle “Bunny” Sanders, Secretary
Terms Expiring in 2011
Brent D. Barringer, Cary, NC Adelaide Daniels Key, Asheville, NC
R. Steve Bowden, Greensboro, NC G. Leroy Lail, Hickory, NC
Frank A. Daniels, Jr., Raleigh, NC Ronald C. Leatherwood, Waynesville, NC
John W. Davis III, Winston-Salem, NC Cheryl M. Locklear, Red Springs, NC
Ann B. Goodnight, Cary, NC Marshall B. Pitts, Jr., Fayetteville, NC
Clarice Cato Goodyear, Matthews, NC Gladys Ashe Robinson, Greensboro, NC
Peter D. Hans, Raleigh, NC Estelle W. “Bunny” Sanders, Roper, NC
Charles A. Hayes, Raleigh, NC Priscilla P. Taylor, Chapel Hill, NC
Terms Expiring in 2013
John M. Blackburn, Linville, NC Paul Fulton, Winston-Salem, NC
Peaches Gunter Blank, Nashville, TN Hannah D. Gage, Wilmington, NC
Laura W. Buffaloe, Roanoke Rapids, NC Franklin E. McCain, Charlotte, NC
Bill Daughtridge, Jr., Rocky Mount, NC Charles H. Mercer, Jr., Raleigh, NC
Walter C. Davenport, Raleigh, NC Fred G. Mills, Raleigh, NC
James M. Deal, Jr., Boone, NC Burley B. Mitchell, Jr., Raleigh, NC
Phillip R. Dixon, Greenville, NC Irvin A. Roseman, Wilmington, NC
Dudley E. Flood, Raleigh, NC David W. Young, Asheville, NC
Emeriti Members
James E. Holshouser, Jr., Southern Pines, NC J. Bradley Wilson, Durham, NC
Ex-Off icio Member
T. Greg Doucette, President, UNC Association of Student Governments
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
The University of North Carolina Board of Governors elects a president, who administers The University of North Carolina.
Erskine B. Bowles, President
Laura Luger, Vice President and General Counsel
Alan Mabe, Senior Vice President for Academic Affairs
Joni Worthington, Associate Vice President for Communications
Kimrey Rhinehardt, Vice President for Federal Relations
Ernie Murphrey, Vice President for Finance
Anita Watkins, Vice President for Governmental Relations
John Leydon, Vice President for Information Resources and Chief Information Ofcer
3
Steven Leath, Vice President for Research
Laurie Charest, Interim Vice President of Human Resources
ORGANIZATION OF EAST CAROLINA UNIVERSITY
Each institution has a board of trustees, which holds extensive powers over academic and other operations of its institution
on delegation from the Board of Governors.
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
David S. Brody, Chair
Robert V. Lucas, Vice Chair
E. David Redwine, Secretary
Term Expiring in 2011 Term Expiring in 2013
William H. Bodenhamer, Jr., Fort Lauderdale, FL Joel K. Butler, Grimesland, NC
Robert G. Brinkley, Charlotte, NC W. Kendall Chalk, Winston-Salem, NC
David S. Brody, Kinston, NC Steven W. Jones, Raleigh, NC
Robert J. Greczyn, Jr., Durham, NC Robert V. Lucas, Selma, NC
Carol M. Mabe, Greensboro, NC Danny R. Scott, Swansea, IL
E. David Redwine, Ocean Isle Beach, NC Mark E. Tipton, Raleigh, NC
Ex-Off icio Member
Tremayne Smith, President, Student Government Association
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
Each of the sixteen constituent institutions is headed by a chancellor, who is elected by the Board of Governors on the
president’s nomination and is responsible to the president.
Off ice of the Chancellor
Steve Ballard, BA, PhD, Chancellor
Philip Rogers, BA, MPA, Executive Assistant to the Chancellor
John Durham, BA, MA, Executive Director of University Communications and Assistant Secretary to the Board of Trustees
Stacie Tronto, BSA, MBA, CIA, CISA, CFE, Director, Internal Audit
Donna Gooden Payne, BA, JD, University Attorney
Off ice of the Provost and Vice Chancellor for Academic and Student Affairs
Marilyn A. Sheerer, BS, MS, PhD, Provost and Senior Vice Chancellor for Academic and Student Affairs
Virginia Hardy, PhD, LPC, Vice Provost for Student Affairs
Austin W. Bunch, BAEd, MEd, PhD, Associate Provost
John Fletcher, BS, MS, EdD, Associate Provost for Enrollment Services
Taffye Clayton, BA, MA, EdD, Associate Provost for Equity, Diversity and Community Relations
David Weismiller, ScM, MD, Associate Provost for Institutional Planning, Assessment and Research
Lynn Roeder, BA, MAEd, PhD, Associate Vice Chancellor and Dean of Students
Linner W. Grifn, BA, MSW, EdD, Associate Vice Chancellor for Academic Programs
Joe S. Gaddis, BSBA, Associate Vice Chancellor for Financial Administration
James Gehlhar, BA, PhD, Associate Vice Chancellor for International Affairs
Ruth Ann Cook, AA, Associate Vice Chancellor for Personnel Administration
Linda M. Ingalls, Associate Vice Chancellor for Personnel Administration
Nancy J. Mize, BS, MA, Interim Associate Vice Chancellor for Student Services and
Director of Campus Recreation and Wellness
ORGANIZATION OF EAST CAROLINA UNIVERSITY
4
GENERAL INFORMATION
Carolyn L. Miller, BS, MA, Assistant Vice Chancellor and Director of Residence Life
Susan E. Chapman, BSBE, MBA, Assistant Vice Chancellor for Administrative Services for Student Affairs
Elmer Poe, BS, MS, PhD, Assistant Vice Chancellor for Emerging Academic Initiatives
Rosina Chia, BS, MA, PhD, Assistant Vice Chancellor for Global Academic Initiatives
Christopher Locklear, BS, MSA, EdD, Interim Assistant Vice Chancellor for Policy and Resource Development
Larry Boyer, BA, MA, MSLS, PhD, Dean of Academic Library and Learning Resources
Patricia Fazzone, BA, BS, MS, MPH, DNSc, Dean, Honors College
Laura W. Sweet, BS, MS, Associate Dean of Students
Lathan E. Turner, BS, MAEd, EdD, Associate Dean of Students
Karen Warren, BS, MS, Director, Campus Wellness
Christopher Stansbury, BS, Interim Executive Director of Communications and Marketing for Academic and Student Affairs
F. Clayton Sessoms, BSL, MAEd, Director, Division of Continuing Studies
Liz Johnston, BA, MAEd, Director, Disability Support Services, ADA Coordinator
Dorothy H. Muller, BA, MA, PhD, Director, Ofce of Faculty Excellence
Jolene C. Jernigan, RN BC, FNP, Director, Student Health Service
Peter Romary, JD, Director, Student Legal Services
Margaret Olszewska, BS, Med, EdD, Director, Student Rights and Responsibilities
Diane Penrod Gavin, BS, MEd, MA, PhD, Director, University Writing Program
James F. McAtee, BS, MBA, Interim Director, The Career Center
Valerie Kisler-van Reede, PhD, Interim Director, Center for Counseling and Student Development
James H. Bearden, BS, MA, PhD, Director, BB&T Center for Leadership Development
Larry Donley, BA, MAEd, Associate Director The Career Center
Administration and Finance
Kevin R. Seitz, BS, MBA, Vice Chancellor for Administration and Finance
Joe Norris, BS, MBS, Interim Associate Vice Chancellor and Chief Information Ofcer
A. Scott Buck, BSBA, Associate Vice Chancellor for Administration and Finance-Business Services
William Bagnell, BS, Associate Vice Chancellor for Campus Operations
William R. Koch, BS, MSE, Associate Vice Chancellor for Environmental Health, Safety, Parking and
Transportation and Campus Safety
Anne W. Jenkins, BA, MBA, Associate Vice Chancellor for Financial Services
John M. Toller, MS, Associate Vice Chancellor for Human Resources
Ron Newton, BA, MS, PhD, Assistant Vice Chancellor for Administration and Finance
William T. Wiseman, BS, MS, MBA, Assistant Vice Chancellor for Enterprise Risk Management
C. Steve Duncan, BA, MT, PhD, Assistant Vice Chancellor for Operations, Planning, Development and Military Programs
Health Sciences
Phyllis N. Horns, RN, DSN, FAAN, Vice Chancellor for Health Sciences
W. Randolph Chitwood, Jr., MD, Senior Associate Vice Chancellor for Health Sciences
Paul R. Cunningham, MD, FACS, Senior Associate Vice Chancellor for Medical Affairs and Dean, Brody School of Medicine
Gary R. Vanderpool, BA, MPH, Executive Associate Vice Chancellor for Health Sciences Administration and Finance
Dorothy A. Spencer, MSL, PhD, Associate Vice Chancellor for Communication and Information Resources and
Director, Laupus Health Sciences Library
Carole Novick, Associate Vice Chancellor for Health Sciences Development and Alumni Affairs and President,
Medical and Health Sciences Foundation of ECU
Thomas G. Irons, MD, Associate Vice Chancellor for Regional Health Services
Lisa W. Sutton, BA, MA, Assistant Vice Chancellor for Health Sciences Personnel Administration
5
ORGANIZATION OF EAST CAROLINA UNIVERSITY
Stephen W. Thomas, EdD, Dean, College of Allied Health Sciences
Sylvia T. Brown, RN, EdD, CNE, Dean, College of Nursing
James R. Hupp, DMD, MD, JD, MBA, Dean, School of Dental Medicine
Stephen E. Willis, MD, Executive Director, Eastern AHEC
Charles F. Willson, MD, Director, Health Promotion and Policy Development
Jim Mitchell, PhD, Director, Center on Aging
Robert J. Tanenberg, MD, FACP, Director, Diabetes and Obesity Center
Christopher J. Manseld, BA, MS, PhD, Director, Center for Health Services Research and Development
Darrell Neufer, PhD, Director, The Metabolic Institute for the Study of Diabetes and Obesity
Marian L. Swinker, MD, MPH, Director, Ofce of Prospective Health
Maria C. Clay, PhD, Co-Director, Ofce of Interdisciplinary Health Sciences Education and
Director of the Ofce of Clinical Skills Assessment and Education
Annette Greer, PhD, Co-Director, Ofce of Interdisciplinary Health Sciences Education
University Advancement
Michael B. Dowdy, BA, MBA, Vice Chancellor for University Advancement
Paul J. Clifford, BA, Associate Vice Chancellor, Alumni Relations and President/CEO of the East Carolina Alumni Association
Greg L. Abeyounis, BS, MA, Assistant Vice Chancellor, University Development
R. Clint Bailey, BS, MBA, Assistant Vice Chancellor, University Marketing
William F. Clark, BS, MBA, President/CEO, ECU Foundation, Inc.
Carole L. Novick, BS, President, ECU Medical and Health Sciences Foundation, Inc. and Associate Vice Chancellor for
Health Sciences Development and Alumni Affairs
Kay B. Murphy, BSBA, MAEd, EdD, Director, Advancement Services
Christy L. Deardorff, BA, Director, Annual Giving
Sharon K. Hamilton, BA, Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations
T. Greg Prince, BA, EdM, Director of Development, Health Sciences Division
Donald Y. Leggett, BS, MA, Director, Leo W. Jenkins Society
Research and Graduate Studies
Deirdre M. Mageean, BSSc, MA, PhD, Vice Chancellor for Research and Graduate Studies
Paul J. Gemperline, BS, PhD, Associate Vice Chancellor for Research and Graduate Studies and
Acting Dean, Graduate School
John W. Chinn, BS, MBA, Director, Ofce of Research Compliance Administration
Kathleen Hall, BA, Director of the Ofce of Grants and Contracts
Maryellen O’Brien, BS, MBA, Director, Ofce of Sponsored Programs
Mary Farwell, BS, PhD, Director of Undergraduate Research
Thomas R. Allen, BS, PhD, Director, Center for Coastal Systems Informatics and Modeling
Doyle Cummings, BS, PharmD, Interim Co-Director, ECU Center for Health Disparities Research
Patrick J. Long, Director, BA, MAEd, EdD, Director, North Carolina Center for Sustainable Tourism
John Rummel, BA, PhD, Director, Institute for Interdisciplinary Coastal Science and Policy
Robin Tutor, OTR/L, MPH, Interim Director, North Carolina Agromedicine Institute
Nancy M. White, AB, MLA, PhD, Founding Director, UNC Coastal Studies Institute
Robert G. Carroll, PhD, Chair, Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee (IACUC)
Norma Epley, Administrative Director, University and Medical Center Institutional Review Board
6
Athletics
M. Terrence Holland, BA, Director of Athletics
Ralph N. Floyd, Jr., BS, MBA, Executive Associate Director of Athletics
Jimmy F. Bass, BA, MASA, Senior Associate Director of Athletics
Dennis A. Young, BSBA, Associate Director of Athletics
Rosie Thompson Smaw, BS, MAEd, Associate Director of Athletics/Senior Woman Administrator
Lee D. Workman, BS, MS, Associate Director of Athletics
Jerry E. McLamb, BS, Assistant Director of Athletics, Administrative Affairs
Gary P. Overton, BS, MA, PhD, Assistant Director of Athletics, Internal Affairs
Scott R. Wetherbee, BS, Assistant Director of Athletics, Marketing and Ticket Operations
Thomas R. McClellan, BA, MS, Assistant Director of Athletics, Media Relations
Michael J. Hanley, BS, MS, Assistant Director of Athletics, Medical Services
Oneida R. Boyce, BA, MA, Assistant Director of Athletics, Student Development
Barry C. Brickman, BA, MS, Director of Business
Jeffrey C. Purtee, Director, Electronic Media (Voice of the Pirates)
Mark T. Wharton, BS, MS, Executive Secretary, Pirate Club
Information Technology and Computing Services
Joe Norris, BS, MBA, Interim CIO, ITCS
Donald D. Sweet, AA, BS, MEd, Associate CIO
Margaret S. Umphrey, BSBA, MEd, CISM, CISA, Information Security Ofcer
Marlene Anderson, Director, Administrative Support Services
Patsy Mills, Director, IT Finance and Planning
Robert L. Hudson, BSBA, Director, Network Services
GENERAL INFORMATION
7
MEMBERSHIPS AND ACCREDITATIONS
ABET, Inc.
Academic Common Market
Accreditation Association for Ambulatory Health Care, Inc.*
Accreditation Council for Continuing Medical Education
Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education
Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education
of the American Occupational Therapy Association*
Accreditation Review Committee on Education for
Physician Assistant, Inc.
Administration of Accounting Programs Group, American
Accounting Association
American Academy of Religion
American Alliance for Health, Physical Education,
Recreation and Dance*
American Anthropological Association
American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy*
American Association of Colleges of Nursing American
Association of Colleges for Teacher Education
American Association of Family and Consumer Sciences
American Association of School Librarians*
American Association of State Colleges and Universities
American Chemical Society*
American College Health Association
American College of Nurse-Midwives*
American College of Sports Medicine
American College Personnel Association
American Council for Construction Education*
American Council of Learned Societies
American Council on Education
American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages*
American Dietetic Association*
American Historical Association
American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine
American Kinesiology Association
American Library Association
American Mathematical Society
American Music Therapy Association
American Philosophical Association
American Physical Therapy Association
American Political Science Association
American Society of Allied Health Professions
American Society of Cytopathology
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association*
Arts Advocates of North Carolina
Association for Childhood Education International*
Association for Continuing Higher Education
Association for Environmental Health Academic Programs
Association for Gerontology in Higher Education
Association for the Care of Children’s Health
Association of Academic Health Centers
Association of Academic Health Sciences Libraries
Association of the Advancement of Health Education/
Society of Public Health Educators*
Association of American Colleges
Association of American Medical Colleges
Association of College and Research Libraries
Association of College and University Printers
Association of College Unions-International
Association of College and University Housing
Ofcers-International
Association of Collegiate Schools of Planning
Association of Experiential Education
Association of Governing Boards of Universities
and Colleges
Association of Higher Education Facilities Ofcers
Association of International Educators
Association of Performing Arts Presenters
Association of Physician Assistant Program
Association of Public and Land-Grant Universities
Association of Southeastern Research Libraries
Association of Technology, Management, and
Applied Engineering*
Association of Technology, Management, and
Applied Engineering
Association of University Programs in Health Administration
Association of University Research Parks
Association on Higher Education and Disability
Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of
Business International*
Campus Safety Health and Environmental
Management Association
Coalition for Academic and Scientic Computation
College and University Mail Services Association
College and University Personnel Association
Commission on Accreditation for Health Informatics
and Information Management Education*
Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education*
Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health
Education Programs
Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training Education
Commission on Accreditation of Medical Physics
Educational Programs
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education
Conference USA
Consortium for Oceanographic Research and Education
Cooperative Education Association, Inc.
Corporation for Research and Educational Networking
Council for the Advancement and Support of Education
Council for Exceptional Students*
Council for Higher Education Accreditation (CHEA)
MEMBERSHIPS AND ACCREDITATIONS
East Carolina University (ECU) is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and
Schools to award baccalaureate, masters, and doctorate degrees. Contact the Commission on Colleges at 1866 Southern
Lane, Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097 or call 404-679-4500 for questions about the accreditation of ECU.
All ECU teacher education programs are accredited by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education
(NCATE) and the North Carolina Department of Public Instruction.
ECU is also a member of or accredited* by the following organizations:
8
GENERAL INFORMATION
Council for Interior Design Accreditation * (formerly FIDER)
Council of Colleges of Arts and Sciences
Council of Graduate Schools in the United States
Council on Accreditation for Recreation, Parks, Tourism,
and Related Professions
Council on Accreditation of Nurse Anesthesia
Educational Programs
Council on Collegiate Education for Nursing
Council on Education for Public Health (CEPH)
Council on Postsecondary Accreditation
Council on Rehabilitation Education*
Council on Social Work Education*
Council on Undergraduate Research
Educational Leadership Constituent Council*
Educational Standards Board of the American
Speech-Language-Hearing Association
Fulbright Association
Health Education Accreditation of Allied Health Education
Programs/Joint Review Committee on Educational
Programs in Athletic Training*
Homeland Security Defense Education Consortium
International Association for Management Education
International Association of Buddhist Studies
International Association of Campus Law Enforcement
Administrators
International Association of Counseling Services
International Association of Performing Arts Administrators
International Association of Tibetan Studies
International Council on Hotel, Restaurant and
Institutional Education
International Dance Education Association
International Parking Institute Congress
International Publishing Management Association
International Technology Education Association
International Ticketing Association
Intralm
Joint Commission for Ambulatory and Health Organization*
Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare
Organizations
Liaison Committee on Medical Education*
Medical Library Association
Music Library Association
National Academic Consortium for Homeland Security
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical
Laboratory Sciences*
National Association for Business Teacher Education
National Association for Campus Activities
National Association for the Education of Young Children*
National Association of Campus Card Users
National Association of College Auxiliary Services
National Association of College Law Enforcement Ofcers
National Association of College Stores
National Association of College and University
Business Ofcers
National Association of College and University Food Services
National Association of Colleges and Employers
National Association of Collegiate Concessionaires
National Association of Educational Procurement
National Association of Foreign Student Advisors
National Association of School Psychologist*
National Association of Schools of Art and Design*
National Association of Schools of Music*
National Association of Schools of Public Affairs
and Administration*
National Association of Student Financial Aid Administrators
National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA)
National Collegiate Honors Council
National Council for Accreditation of Environmental
Health Curricula
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education*
National Council of Teachers of Mathematics
National Council of University Research Administrators
National Council on Family Relations
National Environmental Health Science and Protection
Accreditation Council*
National Humanities Alliance
National Intramural-Recreational Sports Association
National Kitchen and Bath Association*
National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission*
National Middle School Association*
National Network of Libraries of Medicine
National Recreation and Park Association
National Safety Council
National Strength and Conditioning Association
North American Association of Summer Sessions
North Carolina Adult Education Association
North Carolina Alliance of Allied Health Professions
North Carolina Association for Biomedical Research
North Carolina Association of Colleges and Universities
North Carolina Association of Colleges for Teacher
Education North Carolina
North Carolina Association of Summer Sessions
North Carolina Board of Nursing*
North Carolina Department of Justice, Criminal Justice
Education and Training Standards Commission*
North Carolina Distance Learning Association
North Carolina State Board of Education*
Oak Ridge Associated Universities
Planning Accreditation Board of American Planning
Association
Society for College and University Planning
Southeastern Universities Research Association
Southern Association of Colleges and Employers
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools*
Southern Association of College and University
Business Ofcers
Southern Building Code Congress International
Southern Conference of Graduate Schools
Student Affairs Administrators in Higher Education (NASPA)
Teacher Education Council of State Colleges and Universities
The College Board
The Renaissance Group
University Consortium for International Programs
University Corporation for Advanced Internet Development
University of North Carolina Exchange Program
University Professional and Continuing Education Association
University Risk and Management Insurance Association
9
CAMPUS AND BUILDINGS
ACADEMIC DIVISIONS, COLLEGES, AND SCHOOLS
Division of Academic and Student Affairs
Academic Library Services
Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
College of Business
College of Education
College of Fine Arts and Communication
College of Health and Human Performance
College of Human Ecology
College of Technology and Computer Science
Honors College
Institutional Planning, Assessment and Research
Ofce of Academic Programs
Ofce of Emerging Academic Initiatives
Ofce of Enrollment Services
Ofce of Equity, Diversity and Community Relations
Ofce of International Affairs
Ofce of Leadership Collaborative
Ofce of Student Affairs
Division of Health Sciences
Health Sciences Library
College of Allied Health Sciences
College of Nursing
School of Dental Medicine
The Brody School of Medicine
East Carolina Heart Institute
Division of Research and Graduate Studies
Centers and Institutes, Division
Coastal Studies Institute, UNC
Graduate School
Grants and Contracts
Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee
Institutional Research Board
Ofce of Engagement, Innovation, and
Economic Development
Ofce of Undergraduate Research
Sponsored Programs
ACADEMIC INTEGRITY POLICY
Academic integrity is expected of every East Carolina University student. Academically violating the Honor Code consists
of the following: cheating – the giving or receiving of any unauthorized aid or assistance or the giving or receiving of unfair
advantage on any form of academic work; plagiarism – copying the language, structure, ideas, and/or thoughts of another and
adopting those as one’s original work; falsication – statement of untruth, either verbal or written, regarding any circumstances
relating to academic work; and attempting any act which if completed would constitute an academic integrity violation as
dened above. No student may drop the involved course or withdraw from school prior to resolving an academic integrity
charge.
Procedures governing academic integrity violations are described in the East Carolina University Student Handbook and in
the Faculty Manual. Students are encouraged to speak with their professors or contact the Ofce of Student Rights and
Responsibilities if they have questions regarding this policy.
CAMPUS AND BUILDINGS
The main campus encompasses over 400 acres in an urban setting within the city of Greenville and is convenient to both the
downtown area and shopping centers. The campus is a pleasing mixture of architectural styles. The ve million square feet of
academic, research, and residence facilities have modern appointments and are well equipped. The Health Sciences Campus,
located on 70 acres, houses the Brody School of Medicine and is the hub of the university’s health sciences program. The
west research campus has over 450 acres and is the home for several research and graduate programs.
In the past ten years, the university has received over $723 million for capital improvements. The university continues to
focus resources on a comprehensive program to incorporate new technology into classroom and lab facilities. The university
has completed the 2000 Bond Referendum Expansion and Renovation Program in excess of $190 million. Major renovations
have been completed in the Old Cafeteria Building and Flanagan classrooms and labs. In 2008, the Carol G. Belk Building
renovation was completed and reopened for classroom, laboratory, and ofce space use. In 2003, the university completed
construction of the Science and Technology Building that comprises 270,000 gross square feet of classrooms and labs. Joyner
Library houses over one million volumes. Student services continues to improve with renovations to Dining Services facilities,
the Croatan and Wright Place, the addition of the North Recreation Fields Complex, and renovations to Scott Residence
Hall. Student services have been enhanced by the addition of West End Dining in 2005, the Student Recreation Center, and
Todd Dining Facility. The new 288 bed College Hill residence hall project completed in 2006 brought suite style residence
accommodations. Major renovations have been completed in Jarvis Residence Hall, Jones Residence Hall, and Student Health
Services. All residence halls will have sprinklers installed by 2012. The Health Sciences Campus continues to expand with the
addition of the Dental School named the Ledyard E. Ross Hall and a new Family Medicine Center of 117,000 square feet.
10
GENERAL INFORMATION
Recent growth on the Health Sciences campus has included the additions of the East Carolina Heart Institute in 2008, the
Health Sciences Building in 2006, and the Warren Life Sciences Building. The Nursing, Allied Health, Health Sciences Library
Building known as the Health Sciences Building at 305,000 square feet became the second largest building ever constructed
on campus. The athletic complex continues to grow with the 7,000 seat expansion of the end zone in Dowdy-Ficklen Stadium
bringing capacity seating to 50,000. Other expansion projects underway include a softball stadium, track & eld facility, soccer
stadium, and Olympic Sports Teams building. Recent growth to the athletic complex included the addition of Clark LeClair
Stadium in 2005, arguably rated as one of the top collegiate baseball facilities in the nation. With an estimated price tag of $11
million, Clark-LeClair Stadium nearly doubled Harrington Field’s capacity of approximately 1,750 (excluding outeld areas).
Just beyond the end zone of Dowdy-Ficklen Stadium, is the state-of-the-art strength and conditioning center, the Murphy
Center, opened in 2002. Campus beautication continues to be a priority with goal of preserving and enhancing the charming
character of the campus. Sustainable building designs, practices and policies insures our ability to meet the present needs of
the university without compromising our ability to meet the needs of future, as we continue to expand our campus while
minimizing the impact to the environment.
A map of the university campuses with corresponding building key may be found inside the back cover of this publication.
The building key for class schedules may be found following the index of this catalog.
CAMPUS LIBRARIES
J. Y. JOYNER LIBRARY
The main campus library at East Carolina University is Joyner Library, a facility where students can study alone or in groups,
check out books and DVDs, read journals and magazines, use computers, and get help using library materials and databases.
The library contains 1.4 million books, more than 2.5 million pieces of microform, and thousands of periodicals and maps as
well as manuscripts and other special collections. In addition, all students registered at East Carolina University, regardless of
location, have access to the library’s subscription-based electronic resources. Students can use these resources to nd journal
articles, read newspapers, and check out e-books without leaving their home or dorm room. Access is provided through
the library’s Web site at www.lib.ecu.edu. Student status is veried by Pirate ID and password. In addition, the online Joyner
Library catalog can be searched from any location.
The Circulation Desk is one of the rst things patrons see when entering Joyner Library from the plaza. Services here include,
but are not limited to, the checking in or out of library materials, receiving help from library staff with locating items, and the
answering of questions about the academic research library system and its services. To check out materials and to access
the variety of services offered, bring your ECU OneCard or your distance education student card. The Reserve Collection
– consisting of materials placed on reserve by professors for their students to check out – is part of the Circulation area.
Laptops may be checked out at the Circulation Desk for use in the Library. The laptops are equipped with the same programs
as the lab computers and include a wireless card for Wi-Fi Internet access. If you would like to use the large LCD and plasma
screens located in several of the library’s group study rooms to display images from your laptop, Circulation offers remotes,
adapters, and instructional guides for check out to ECU students. Video cameras and tripods are also available for checkout
to ECU faculty, staff, students and area educators. There is a staff member on duty the entire time the library is open so feel
free to stop by for assistance.
Joyner Library is a selective depository for US government publications. It provides access to government documents in many
formats, including print, CD-ROM, microform and Web. The Government Documents collection also includes Web guides,
international documents and more than 100,000 maps.
Through a worldwide network of thousands of libraries, Interlibrary Loan (ILL) provides ECU students, faculty, and staff with
research materials not available from Joyner Library – often within days for articles and one or two weeks for loaned items.
Whether the items are owned by Joyner Library or borrowed from another library, undergraduate distance education students
who live outside of Pitt County can use Document Delivery (DD) to have articles delivered by e-mail and to have books and
other library materials shipped to their home address. Another very popular service we provide for ECU students, faculty,
and staff is the Pull and Hold service. Accessed through the Interlibrary Loan Department’s Illiad system, this service provides
patrons with the ability to request materials that are available on the shelf, have them pulled by our staff, and then held at the
Circulation Desk for pick-up. Visit the ILL/DD Web site to learn more and to place requests using the ILLiad system: www.
ecu.edu/cs-lib/accesssrv/ill/index.cfm. ILL staff members are happy to demonstrate ILLiad and to explain the ILL process.
11
WILLIAM E. LAUPUS HEALTH SCIENCES LIBRARY
The Reference Department offers personal assistance to members of the ECU community (both on-campus and distance
learners) who need help with their research and course assignments. Assistance is provided at the reference desk, by
telephone, text and instant messaging, and via the Ask a Librarian e-mail service. Members of the reference staff help users
identify relevant print and online sources, learn to use these sources, formulate search strategies, nd statistical data, and
much more. The Reference collection includes high-quality print and online reference materials and databases. The Reference
Department is located at the back of the library and also offers more than 120 computer stations, including several stations
equipped with scanners.
One of the most inviting areas of the library is the Verona Joyner Langford North Carolina Collection (Room 3300). The
department collects, preserves, provides access to and actively promotes the use of printed and non-print materials pertaining
to the state. Holdings include books, broadsides, clipping and vertical les, maps, microforms, periodicals and state documents,
for which the library is a full depository. The collection emphasizes the history of eastern North Carolina. The department’s
Snow L. and B.W.C. Roberts Collection includes more than 1,200 works of ction set in North Carolina and dating from
1720. A number of these books and scores of historical works from the North Carolina Collection have been digitized for
the Eastern North Carolina Digital Library.
The Special Collections Department located on the fourth oor is a major historical research facility. It contains a wide variety
of rare and valuable manuscript, archival and published collections, with strengths in the areas of maritime and North Carolina
history. A closed stacks non-circulating facility, it ranks among the largest such collections in North Carolina. Among its major
subdivisions are the East Carolina Manuscript Collection, University Archives, the Rare Book Collection, Map Collection,
Hoover Collection on International Communism, and the James H. and Virginia Schlobin Literature of the Fantastic Collection.
The collections are open to students, faculty, staff, and the general public. However, all researchers must register, provide
current and valid photographic identication, and agree to abide by collection rules to obtain access to collections. For more
information and for access to online nding aids researchers should visit the Special Collections Department web site.
The Teaching Resources Center (TRC) is located on the second oor of Joyner Library. It serves as a resource for students
enrolled in the teacher education program at East Carolina University and for educators in eastern North Carolina. The mission
of the TRC is to facilitate teaching and learning initiatives by providing resources and services to educators at all levels. The
TRC service desk provides directional assistance supported by educational reference librarians. The following resources are
available in the center: NC adopted K-12 textbooks, supplementary K-12 textbooks, textbook correlations, Kraus Curriculum
Development Library, bibliographies, guides, mixed media, professional materials, online resources, K-12 reference materials,
easy books, big books, juvenile/young adult ction, nonction and biographies. A unique and special service located in the
TRC is the Enhancing Teachers’ Classrooms (ETC) room. Designed to assist in creating and producing quality lesson units,
the room houses two laminators, two Ellison die cut centers with several hundred die cuts, an artwaxer, a light box, a binding
machine, several paper cutters, a Badge-A-Minit button maker and cutter, ofce supplies and computer workstations with
educational software installations and resources. Additionally, the Ronnie Barnes African American Resource Center is housed
in the TRC.
The Music Library is located in the A.J. Fletcher Music Center and is Joyner Library’s only branch. As such, it offers the same
services as Joyner: reference assistance, bibliographic instruction, interlibrary loan, and card-operated photocopiers and printers.
Microform reading/printing services are provided free of charge. The collection consists of more than 80,000 books, music
scores, periodicals, software, and sound and video recordings representative of all types and periods of music. A thirteen
station technology lab with PCs and playback equipment for CDs, DVDs, DAT, LPs, videocassettes, mini-discs, CD-ROMs,
laser discs, and audiocassettes is available for use by library patrons.
Joyner Library is open extensive hours each week, with 24-hour access during exam periods. Hours are posted on the main
entrance of the building. Special hours are posted for holidays and semester breaks. The library maintains a recording of
current operating hours that may be obtained by telephoning 252-328-4285. Hours are also posted on the Web site at
www.ecu.edu/cs-lib/hours.cfm.
WILLIAM E. LAUPUS HEALTH SCIENCES LIBRARY
As a unit of East Carolina University’s Division of Health Sciences, Laupus Library provides access to quality health information
to support education, research and clinical care in eastern North Carolina. The Laupus Library serves the Brody School of
Medicine, Eastern AHEC (Area Health Education Centers), College of Allied Health Sciences, College of Nursing, School of
Dentistry and University Health Systems of Eastern Carolina.
12
GENERAL INFORMATION
Located in the Health Sciences Building on East Carolina University’s Health Sciences Campus, the library shares the 300,000
square foot state-of-the-art educational center with the College of Allied Health Sciences and the College of Nursing. The
four-story 72,000 square foot library provides study space, 20 group study rooms, a computer lab with over 40 computers,
multimedia production and consultation services, reference services, and circulating and historical collections. A book collection
of over 49,619 volumes, 140 print journal titles, and 78,700 bound journal volumes, along with visual programs and anatomical
models is available to the university community. Laupus Library users can access to over 14,000 electronic journals, most
provide full text articles online. The library’s wireless environment enables users to search the library’s wide array of electronic
resources and access full text information.
The Circulation Department (Access Services), located on the 2nd oor of the library, manages circulation of materials, operates
a print and electronic reserve collection for course support, and maintains the library’s audiovisual collection including videos,
audio cassettes, anatomical models, slides, charts, microlm, and more. To check out materials and to access the variety of
services offered, bring your ECU OneCard or your distance education student card. The Circulation Department is staffed
during all operating hours and is available to assist you.
The Information Services Department provides reference services for Laupus Library users. Librarians are available to guide
clients to the most efcient and effective means of accessing the library’s resources. Laupus Library Liaisons are assigned to
each department, college, and school within the Division of Health Sciences to provide information services, Laupus Library
education programs, collection development assistance and curriculum coordination to faculty, staff and students. Services
include tours and orientations for groups or individuals, instruction in use of the online catalog and bibliographic databases,
and computerized literature searching. The department has handouts detailing the services available to every user category.
Using electronic resources, Laupus Library can provide access to current health sciences journal literature, up to date textbook
information and educational software. Laupus Library has made a commitment to the use of technology to offer optimum
information services and resources to ECU and UHS clinicians, faculty, researchers, students and staff. With a goal of delivering
health-related information when, where and in the format needed by our clients, the library has assembled an extensive array
of resources and services. These tools have been successfully used by faculty and students on ECU’s campus, at home and
from remote settings around the world.
The Document Delivery and Interlibrary Loan (ILL) Department at Laupus Library provide clients with access to needed
materials from outside institutions and supplies other libraries with access to materials from the collections of Laupus Library.
Document Delivery is a free copy service for ECU faculty, staff, students and PCMH Staff for materials (articles and books)
owned by Laupus Health Sciences Library or Joyner Library. ILL Borrowing is a free service for ECU faculty, staff, students and
PCMH Staff who order articles or books not available in our collections from other institutions. If you are not a ECU faculty,
staff, students or PCMH Staff please see our Policies and Fees for more information on the fees for this service.
The Collection Management department organizes, manages and maintains Laupus Library materials in all formats to facilitate
access by clients on-site and from remote locations. Collection Management is responsible for the quality and consistency of
the online catalog which can be accessed at: http://www.ecu.edu/laupuslibrary/.
As a developing library collection with a museum component, the History Collections of Laupus Library collects, catalogs,
preserves, and displays materials relevant to the history of health care. A special collections reading room, located on the
fourth oor of Laupus Library, enhances client access to these resources. Collections include historical materials from medicine,
nursing, the allied health sciences, dentistry, pharmacology, and public health. With materials of worldwide interest dating from
the 16
th
into the 21
st
centuries, the collections include over 6,200 monographs, 200 artifacts, and a growing collection of
oral history tapes, transcripts, and videos. There are both circulating and non-circulating sections of the History Collections.
Although materials housed inside the History Collections Reading Room are non-circulating, clients may request photocopies
of these materials. Document delivery charges apply.
A special focus of the History Collections is on primary care practices in eastern North Carolina. In keeping with this focus,
the Laupus Library supports an Oral History Program through which interviews with long-time health care providers are
recorded and archived. Historical materials relating to minority health care and minority health care professionals are of
particular interest to the program. Laupus Library also operates the Country Doctor Museum located in Bailey, NC as part
of our history program. The Country Doctor Museum is the oldest museum in the United States dedicated to the history
of America’s rural health care. For more information please visit: www.countrydoctormuseum.org/.
13
Located on the second oor, Laupus Library’s computer lab contains state-of-the-art technology to provide a full range of
computer services to ECU faculty, staff, and students including over 40 PC’s, 3 iMac’s, 3 atbed scanners, 2 high volume black
and white laser printers, and a color laser printer. Over 50 software titles are available in the computer lab ranging from word
processing, spreadsheet, statistical, and presentation software to discipline-specic programs that complement the Division of
Health Sciences curriculum. All computers are connected to the Internet and provide our clients with access to electronic
library resources.
The Laupus Library Computer Lab is also responsible for loaning out digital camcorders, digital cameras, laptops, iPod touches,
and TurningPoint as part of their Equipment Loan Program. The loan program is available to the ECU Division of Health
Sciences faculty, staff, and students. Please visit our website for the equipment loan agreement and more information about
how you can make your reservation today.
Adjacent to the computer lab, our computer classroom supports the library’s instructional services program and is available for
use by the Division of Health Sciences faculty and staff. The classroom is equipped with 32 student computers, an instructor
computer, a networked printer, and a dual projection system to assist with software demonstrations. The classroom is also
connected to the university’s satellite broadcast network for viewing video teleconferences. Telecommunications equipment is
available for large-scale distributed meetings, collaborative work sessions, seminars, lectures, tutorials and training between distant
groups Library Multimedia & Technology Services (MTS) is located on the 1
st
oor of the Brody School of Medicine Building
and the 2
nd
oor of Laupus Library. MTS is responsible for providing multimedia and biomedical communication services to all
units of the Division of Health Sciences. Services provided currently focus on AV consultation and support, classroom support,
photography, video services, multimedia design and production, videoconferencing, web development, television production
and operation of ECU-TV Channel 99. Please visit the MTS Web site at www.ecu.edu/laupuslibrary/mts for more information
about how you can use our services. For questions about MTS services, please contact: 252-744-2467.
Laupus Library is open every day with hours posted at the main entrance of the library and on our Web site. Special hours
for holidays and semester breaks can also be found on our website. For more information including hours, announcements
and detailed descriptions of all library services and collections please visit: www.ecu.edu/laupuslibrary.
VIRTUAL LIBRARY AT ECU
Both Joyner Library and the William E. Laupus Health Sciences Library electronic resources are available through the
VirtualLibrary@ECU. The combined resources of this digital library currently offer more than 600,000 e-books and more
than 45,000 e-journals and databases.
COMMUNITY OUTREACH SERVICES
CHILD DEVELOPMENT LABORATORY
The Child Development Laboratory (CDL), located in the Department of Child Development and Family Relations in the
Rivers Building, serves as a model teacher training and research facility for students and faculty. Accredited by the National
Association for the Education of Young Children and licensed by the State of North Carolina as a ve-star child care center,
the CDL maintains high standards in developmentally appropriate programming for preschool children. The CDL provides
high-quality educational services (mornings only) to infants, toddlers, and young children and their families while serving as a
training site for students in birth through kindergarten teacher education. Equipped with observation rooms and audio-visual
recording equipment, the CDL also functions as a site for student and faculty research. Requests for information should be
made to the director, ECU Child Development Laboratory, Department of Child Development and Family Relations, College
of Human Ecology, East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 27858-4353; telephone 252-328-6926.
CHILDREN’S DEVELOPMENTAL SERVICES AGENCY
Children’s Developmental Services Agency (CDSA) is located in the Malene Irons Building. It was formerly named the
Developmental Evaluation Clinic (DEC), and was established in 1964 to provide interdisciplinary evaluations of developmentally
disabled children. In July 2004, there was a statewide merger of DECs with the Early Intervention Program (Infant-Toddler
Program) from the mental health system. CDSA is one of a statewide network of eighteen regional agencies that provide
interdisciplinary early intervention services through the North Carolina Infant-Toddler Program. The CDSA is the local lead
agency for the Infant-Toddler Program (ITP), a federally mandated program (Part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Act
[IDEA]) serving children (ages birth to three years) with or at risk for developmental disabilities and their families. Lead
COMMUNITY OUTREACH SERVICES
14
agency responsibilities include the oversight of the administration of the Infant-Toddler Program; ensuring that evaluation,
case management; and intervention services are available within a multi-county catchment area and that children eligible for
the program receive recommended services, either through a network of enrolled early intervention service providers, or
directly from the CDSA.
The CDSA is the single portal of entry for birth to three referrals to the Infant-Toddler Program (ITP) and has primary
responsibility for providing multi- and inter-disciplinary developmental evaluation, determination of eligibility for the program,
service coordination for eligible children, and consultation and technical assistance to service providers, and other professionals
providing recommended intervention services for eligible children and families.
Clinical areas of expertise include social work, psychology, occupational therapy, physical therapy, speech/language
pathology, nursing, and nutrition. Medical services are also provided by the Department of Pediatrics. The CDSA is involved
in training individuals in each of these areas. The program is funded by the North Carolina Department of Health and
Human Services.
Requests for further information should be directed to: Children’s Developmental Services Agency, East Carolina University,
Irons Building, Greenville, NC 27858-4353; telephone 252-737-1177.
FAMILY THERAPY CLINIC
The Family Therapy Clinic provides a full range of therapeutic services to individuals, couples, families and larger systems while
serving as a training site for students in the master’s degree program in marriage and family therapy and doctoral degree
program in medical family therapy. The Code of Ethics of the American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy regarding
condentiality and the professional practice of marriage and family therapy is rigorously adhered to by all clinic therapists.
Located at 612 East Tenth Street, adjacent to campus, the Family Therapy Clinic is equipped to facilitate observation and
supervision and is open twelve months a year. Charges for services at the Family Therapy Clinic are adjusted according to
family income. No family is denied services because of an inability to pay. Referrals and requests for information should be
made to the, Family Therapy Clinic, Department of Child Development and Family Relations, College of Human Ecology,
East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 27858-4353; telephone 252-737-1415.
OFFICE OF MILITARY PROGRAMS
The East Carolina University Ofce of Military Programs provides outreach services to the military installations of North
Carolina by delivering courses and degree programs to the Armed Forces community. Memoranda of agreement with the
various bases outline the topics, course offerings, and delivery methods of campus-wide programs to the military family.
The Ofce of Military Programs comprises the Department of Aerospace Studies (US Air Force ROTC) and the Department
of Military Sciences (US Army ROTC). Aerospace studies offers a cognate minor and military science offers the professional
military education (PME) requirements for the United States Army.
OFFICE OF ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
The Ofce of Economic Development meets strategic regional needs through research, education, and outreach to foster
economic growth and improve the quality of life for North Carolinians. OED engages current competencies of the universities
to meet existing regional needs and drive investment decisions focused on emerging opportunities. Specically, OED fosters
the convergence of research and outreach to achieve immediate local impacts and pursue economic transformation across
the region and beyond.
REVOLVING EDUCATION AROUND PARTNERSHIPS (REAP)
REAP is a training component of the special education area, College of Education. The program currently serves Pitt County
children aged three and four. REAP, established in 1969, provides eld placement and internship services for various disciplines
on the university campus and community colleges in the area. REAP is located in the Malene Irons Building on the south
campus. All referrals and information inquiries should be made to the director, REAP, Malene Irons Building, East Carolina
University, Greenville, NC 27858-4353; telephone 252-328-6186.
GENERAL INFORMATION
15
SPEECH-LANGUAGE AND HEARING CLINIC
The purpose of the East Carolina University Speech-Language and Hearing Clinic is twofold. First, it is a clinical training facility
for graduate students who are preparing to become speech-language pathologists or audiologists. To accomplish this, graduate
students participate in outpatient diagnostic, treatment, and consultative services throughout the academic school year and
during the summer session. During these activities, students are under the direct supervision of fully licensed and certied
faculty in the Department of Communication Sciences and Disorders. Second, the clinic is a service facility for the university
students and the surrounding communities in eastern North Carolina. Outpatient diagnostic, treatment, and consultant services
are offered for all types of speech, language, and hearing disorders, including dialect and foreign accent reduction services.
Speech, language, and hearing screening is also provided to all teacher education students prior to their matriculation to the
upper-division level of study.
In addition to the above, the Scottish Rite Childhood Language Disorders Program is also a part of the ECU Speech-Language
and Hearing Clinic. This program is funded by the NC Scottish Rite Foundation. Services provided include complete diagnostic
services for children with language disorders, language learning disabilities, and reading disorders.
The East Carolina University Speech-Language and Hearing Clinic maintains a close liaison with the university’s Disability
Support Services, providing in-depth diagnostic services for university students in the areas of language prociency, ability to
learn a foreign language, language learning disability, reading/writing learning disabilities, memory deciency, and other learning
deciencies. The clinic is located in the Health Sciences Building, Suite 1310, College of Allied Health Sciences on West Fifth
Street. Appointments can be made by calling the Clinic at 744-6104.
TREATMENT AND EDUCATION OF AUTISTIC AND
RELATED COMMUNICATION HANDICAPPED CHILDREN (TEACCH)
TEACCH was established by the 1972 General Assembly as a statewide program within the Department of Psychiatry at
the University of North Carolina-Chapel Hill Medical School. The Greenville TEACCH Center (GTC) is in close proximity
to the East Carolina University (ECU). The GTC works closely with Child Psychiatry and Developmental Pediatrics at the
Medical School, the ECU Children’s Developmental Services Agency and other allied health departments. The GTC provides
a specialized service in the diagnosis, treatment, education, and habilitation of persons with autism spectrum disorders. The
center also provides consultation and training throughout a twenty-seven-county area of northeastern North Carolina. One
of the goals of the program is to equip professionals and parents with strategies designed to enhance the skills and abilities of
each individual with autism. The goal of TEACCH is to allow persons with autism to be accepted and to reach their maximum
potential as members of the community. The program serves children, adolescents, adults, and their families.
Students in medicine, psychology, special education, child development and family relations, marriage and family therapy, social
work, occupational therapy, and similar departments regularly participate in observation and training. Faculty and staff from
the center provide lectures, internships, and practicum experiences as well as volunteer possibilities for students. Inquiries
should be sent to John M. Dougherty, Ph.D., Director, Greenville TEACCH Center, South Hall Professional Center, 108-D
West Fire Tower Road, Winterville, NC 28590; telephone 252-830-3300; FAX 252-830-3322.
DIVISION OF CONTINUING STUDIES
The Division of Continuing Studies serves as a bridge between the student at a distance and the academic and administrative
units of the university. The division respects and understands the unique demands of the lifelong learner and is committed
to assuring quality accessible programs and services. The division supports the university in maintaining its leadership role
in the areas of distance and technology enhanced learning both in our region and beyond. The educational and economic
development of the citizens of its service area is a focal point for the division. The division partners with the academic and
administrative units of the university and the North Carolina Community College System to meet the needs of the education,
healthcare, technology, business, industry and military communities. The division conducts its activities in partnership with all
units of the university and encompasses Distance and Extension Education, Continuing Professional Education, Summer Study
Abroad, Military Outreach, Summer School and the Testing Center.
The Division of Continuing Studies extends educational opportunities to the people of North Carolina through distance
education as well as by administering the university’s summer school. In order to fulll the needs of a widely diversied group
of students, undergraduate degree completion programs, and graduate degrees are offered online via the Internet. To meet
other needs of the service area, college-level credit and noncredit courses, seminars, and workshops in special areas are also
DIVISION OF CONTINUING STUDIES
16
offered as an integral part of continuing studies. Section 8 of this catalog, Undergraduate and Graduate Degrees, Minors,
and Certicates lists programs that are offered online. A list of distance education programs and courses can be accessed at
www.options.ecu.edu.
Academic regulations and policies, university calendars, and student services described in this catalog are applicable to all
students, except where otherwise indicated. The online distance education Web site can be accessed at the Blackboard and
academic, administrative services, and library services.
From admission to graduation, a system of student support services is available to assist all distance education students. Students
have access via email, phone or fax to faculty and staff in key university ofces that can offer assistance, answer questions, and
provide direction. Contact the student services staff of the Division of Continuing Studies for assistance by emailing dcs@ecu.
edu. or calling 1-800-398-9275. Division ofces are located in the Self-Help Center, 301 Evans Street.
DIVISION OF UNIVERSITY ADVANCEMENT
The Division of University Advancement, consisting of alumni relations, university development, and university marketing,
is responsible for advancing the mission of East Carolina through building positive relationships with external and internal
constituents to lead to philanthropic support. The vice chancellor for university advancement leads the division in activities
that build the status and prestige of the university and create an environment for philanthropy.
ALUMNI RELATIONS
The Alumni Association of East Carolina University was organized in June, 1912 by the classes of 1911 and 1912. The Alumni
Association’s mission is to inform, involve and serve members of the ECU family throughout their lifelong relationship with
the University.
Further information concerning programs, services, and memberships may be obtained online at www.PirateAlumni.com
or by contacting the Ofce of Alumni Relations, Taylor-Slaughter Alumni Center, East Carolina University, Greenville, NC
27858-4353, or by visiting the Alumni Center located at the corner of Fifth and Biltmore Streets.
UNIVERSITY DEVELOPMENT
University development is comprised of the following functions: major gift, fundraising, corporate and foundation relations,
annual giving, advancement services, planned giving, and donor relations. These functions are organized to raise and steward
private dollars in support of the university’s strategic priorities.
UNIVERSITY MARKETING
University marketing is responsible for developing, maintaining, and promoting a consistent university message and image, and
supporting the university’s strategic objectives through research, planning, and production.
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND COMPUTING SERVICES
Information Technology and Computing Services (ITCS) provides ECU students, faculty, staff and alumni with up-to-date
information technology services and support. Visit the New Student Resources Welcome page for a comprehensive list
of resources, policies and guidelines available to new ECU students. But check this page often—it is frequently updated as
emerging technologies are adopted by ITCS and offered to the campus community.
The IT Help Desk offers technical assistance to ECU students regarding software, hardware, and network-related questions
through e-mail, telephone or live online chat.
Students can check their ECU Outlook Live e-mail at mymail.ecu.edu. Outlook Live provides a large mailbox, plenty of le
storage space, and even a built-in chat feature. More information is available at www.ecu.edu/studentemail.
ACE Student Computing Support Center provides walk-in support for PC and Mac systems, software, network and virus/
malware problems. As a certied repair center, ACE also offers additional hardware support and repair (including loaner
computers) for students purchasing computers through the ECU Student Stores’ computer program.
While students are not required to purchase a specic computer brand to attend ECU, several academic programs do require
or recommend students have access to certain computer specications in order to complete coursework. Some programs
GENERAL INFORMATION
17
also have specic software requirements, such as AutoCAD or graphics programs. For a list of computer requirements by
department, visit the ACE Computer Purchase page.
Students can also visit any one of over 80 computer labs on campus. To locate available labs, visit the Campus Labs Web
page where a click on any computer icon opens details such as real-time seat availability, phone contacts and building location.
Students can also make a reservation with the Virtual Computing Lab and access many required software programs from their
home computer to complete class assignments.
While residence halls are networked through a hard-wired high-speed network, ITCS provides a wireless environment for
both the main and health sciences campuses, and connecting is as easy as connecting through a browser.
ECU’s OneStop Web portal allows students to review nancial aid information, register for courses, and look up grades online.
You can also look up your ECU ID on the “Tools” page within OneStop.
Mobile technologies are making an appearance at ECU. A recently-released mobile version of ECU’s OneStop Web portal
for iPhone and iPod Touch devices allows students to access many of the features of the Web-based version of OneStop. As
the rst UNC institution to implement a mobile version of its Web portal, OneStop Mobile promises many more innovations
such as an Android-compatible release and more features.
To support ECU’s distance and online learning, ITCS supports Blackboard, Moodle and Centra learning management systems.
And with over 300 technology-enhanced classrooms, faculty now opt to record many of their lectures for online posts. With
the introduction of My Web self-service, students, faculty and staff are able to create their own academic Web space or
personal blog.
It’s easy to learn new technologies through our many training opportunities. Sign up with Microsoft E-Learning and choose
modules to learn Microsoft Ofce, Windows 7 and more, while the free SAS/SPSS training prepares users for statistical
research. ITCS offers one-on-one training, face-to-face classes and online tutorials to help students make effective use of any
technology.
To learn more about all on-campus technologies, see the Pirate IT Essentials, an annual online magazine sponsored by ITCS,
which provides a comprehensive look at many of the technology resources and policies for ECU students. Additionally, the
ECU Technology Digest e-mail newsletter provides valuable information on upcoming software updates, training opportunities
and new technology projects affecting the university community.
OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED UNIVERSITIES
Oak Ridge Associated Universities (ORAU) is a consortium of ninety-eight doctoral-granting academic institutions and a
contractor for the US Department of Energy (DOE) located in Oak Ridge, Tennessee. ORAU works with its member
institutions to help their students and faculty gain access to federal research facilities throughout the country; to keep its
members informed about opportunities for fellowship, scholarship, and research appointments; and to organize research
alliances among its members. ECU has been a member since 1992.
Through the Oak Ridge Institute for Science and Education (ORISE), the DOE facility that ORAU operates, undergraduates,
graduates, and postgraduates as well as faculty enjoy access to a multitude of opportunities for study and research. Students can
participate in programs covering a wide variety of disciplines, including business, earth sciences, epidemiology, engineering, physics,
geological sciences, pharmacology, ocean sciences, biomedical sciences, nuclear chemistry, and mathematics. Appointment and
program length range from one month to four years. A comprehensive listing of ORAU programs and other opportunities,
their disciplines, and details on locations and benets can be found in the ORISE Catalog of Education and Training Programs,
which is available at www.orau.gov/orise/educ.htm or by calling the contact below.
ORAU’s Ofce of Partnership Development seeks opportunities for partnerships and alliances among ORAU’s members,
private industry, and major federal facilities. Activities include faculty development programs such as the Ralph E. Powe Junior
Faculty Enhancement Awards, the Visiting Industrial Scholars Program, consortium research funding initiatives, faculty research,
and support programs as well as services to chief research ofcers.
For more information about ORAU and its programs, contact:
John C. Sutherland, Chairman, Department of Physics
ORAU Councilor for East Carolina University
252-328-2023 or visit the ORAU Home Page at www.orau.org.
OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED UNIVERSITIES
18
THE OFFICE OF EQUITY, DIVERSITY AND COMMUNITY RELATIONS
The Ofce of Equity, Diversity and Community Relations provides leadership to the university’s efforts to foster a welcoming
and inclusive environment. The ofce promotes equity in educational opportunity, programming and employment and
promotes an environment of diversity, respect and inclusion for all members of the university community.
The scope of the Ofce of Equity, Diversity and Community Relations encompasses institutional equity, diversity, multicultural
and community/regional relations functions and involves education, intervention, compliance, consulting, programming, outreach
and assessment. Administrators in this ofce monitor institutional practices in support of the principles of diversity and equity
so that these guiding principles are applied and assessed institutionally on administrative, academic, budgetary and strategic
fronts. Programs and services of the ofce are available to faculty, staff, students and community partners and support a
sustained diverse and inclusive learning, living and working environment.
ECU’s mission states that the university will serve as a national model for public service and regional transformation, by
preparing our students to succeed in the global economy and multicultural society and by distinguishing ourselves by the
ability to train and prepare leaders. As a component of the Ofce of Equity, Diversity and Community Relations, the Ledonia
Wright Cultural Center’s mission is to conduct activities that parallel the university’s mission of increasing cultural awareness
and promoting cultural understanding. The Ledonia Wright Cultural Center, housed in the Equity, Diversity and Community
Relations unit, views cultural competence as a set of skills that are imperative for effective leadership in today’s multicultural
society and global economy. Through student-focused programs, experiences and opportunities offered by the Ledonia
Wright Cultural Center, its Director and staff will endeavor to produce culturally competent ECU graduates.
OFFICE OF NEWS AND COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
The ECU Ofce of News and Communications Services, also known as the News Bureau, tells the ECU story through the
mass media and its own publications. The ofce, located in the historic Howard House on East Fifth Street, strives to increase
the public’s knowledge, understanding, appreciation, and support of the university and its work by providing reports on ECU
events, activities, research, teaching, service, policies, and people — students, faculty, staff, and administrators.
In addition to assisting media representatives in the preparation of stories about ECU, the ofce publishes a monthly electronic
faculty-staff newsletter, Pieces of Eight, and produces magazines for several units at the university. The ofce also reports
students’ achievements, including academic honors and graduations, to their hometown newspapers.
SPONSORED JOURNALS AND PUBLICATIONS
Celtic Cultural Studies is an online or e-journal (www.Celtic-Cultural-Studies.com) sponsored by the English Department that
publishes papers on diverse subjects relating to all cultures from the Celtic territories and their diasporas, from all historical
periods and geographical regions, with a broadly Celtic Studies perspective.
The Journal of Curriculum and Instruction (JoCI), sponsored by the Department of Curriculum and Instruction, College of
Education, is a peer-reviewed, electronic journal that provides a forum for the dissemination of articles focused on research,
practice, and related issues relevant to teaching and learning in the Pre K-12 environment. The biannual journal is published
electronically at www.joci.ecu.edu.
The North Carolina Literary Review is published annually by East Carolina University and the North Carolina Literary and
Historical Association. NCLR publishes poetry, ction, and nonction prose by and interviews with North Carolina writers
and articles and essays about North Carolina literature, history, and culture.
Tar River Poetry, an international journal of poetry and reviews, is published twice a year (fall and spring) under the auspices
of the Department of English.
STUDENT STORES
Dowdy Student Stores, owned and operated by East Carolina University for the convenience of the university community,
stocks books, school supplies, computers, and other educational tools for students on campus, as well as those taking distance
education classes. Dowdy Student Stores also carry an extensive line of imprinted ECU apparel, gifts, jewelry, and various
accessories.
GENERAL INFORMATION
19
Additional services include a Textbook Reservation Program, which allows students the rst opportunity to purchase used
textbooks and saves time at the beginning of fall and spring semesters, and a Bookstore Account tied to the ECU 1 Card,
which allows students to place funds in an account, including but not limited to deferred nancial aid funds, for purchases in
the bookstore. Dowdy Student Stores also operate a Book Buyback Program at the end of each term for students to sell
textbooks. Dowdy Student Stores contributes prots to scholarship programs and is among the top donors to the General
Scholarship Fund.
Online textbook ordering and other information are available through the Dowdy Student Stores Web site (www.studentstores.
ecu.edu) or by phone (252-328-6731 or toll-free 1-877-499-TEXT).
UNIVERSITY POLICIES
See appendix for information on East Carolina University’s substance abuse and racial and ethnic harassment policies as well
as information on afrmative action, EEO, nondiscrimination, and sexual harassment prevention policies.
UNIVERSITY POLICIES
20
VISION
Enriching the lives of our students by enhancing the learning environment of the university. (www.ecu.edu/studentaffairs/vmv/)
MISSION
Student Affairs actively contributes to the mission of the university by providing programs and services designed to enhance
the intellectual, social, ethical, physical, cultural, and spiritual development of our students. Student Affairs seeks to enrich
students’ lives by creating an inclusive and welcoming environment that fosters an appreciation for life-long learning, individual
responsibility, and human diversity (www.ecu.edu/studentaffairs/vmv/).
Students enrolled in East Carolina University are expected to uphold, at all times, standards of academic integrity and personal
behavior that will reect credit upon themselves, their families, and East Carolina University. Students are also expected to
behave with propriety, and to respect the rights and privileges of others. They are expected to abide by the laws of the
city, state, and nation, and by all rules and regulations of East Carolina University. Failure to do so may result in sanctions or
separation from the university.
Registration at the university implies the student’s acceptance of the published academic regulations and all other rules found
in any ofcial publication or announcement. University rules and regulations apply to all students. Conduct regulations, including
the academic integrity policy, are described in the East Carolina University Student Handbook.
STUDENT HANDBOOK
The East Carolina University Student Handbook is available online at www.ecu.edu/studenthandbook/. The handbook includes
information about university policies and procedures, including drug and weapon policies, the student code of conduct, the
judicial system process, and bylaws of the Student Government Association. Also included are the university sexual harassment,
discrimination, conict of interest policies, and the student grievance procedures involving equal opportunity complaints.
A copy of Safety and You, the university publication that includes crime statistics in compliance with federal regulations, is also
in the handbook.
EAST CAROLINA CREED
In the pursuit of educational excellence, responsible stewardship, and intellectual freedom, the community of scholars at East
Carolina University is committed to learning at the highest level. Founded in the tradition of service and leadership, members
of our academic society exemplify high standards of professional and personal conduct at all times.
As an East Carolinian
I will carry out personal and academic integrity.
I will respect and appreciate the diversity of our people, ideas, and opinions.
I will be thoughtful and responsible in my words and actions.
I will engage in purposeful citizenship by serving as a positive role model.
Adherence to these moral principles is the obligation of every student on and off campus. In doing so, individual freedom to
learn and a pledge to serve will be preserved.
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Student Affairs ofces include Dean of Students consisting of Student Rights and Responsibilities, Student Health Services,
Counseling Center, Career Center, Student Employment Ofce, Off-Campus Student Services, Disability Services, Student
and Parent Services, Student Government Association, Greek Life, and Student Legal Services; Student Life consisting of
Student Activities and Organizations, Campus Recreation and Wellness, Ledonia Wright Cultural Center, Center for Student
Leadership and Civic Engagement, Campus Housing, and Campus Dining; Communication and Advancement consisting of
Strategic Planning and Assessment, Public Relations and Resource Development, Emerging Media, Marketing, Student Media,
Staff and Organizational Development, and Technology; Campus Safety consisting of Campus Police Department, Crime
Prevention, Emergency Response and Preparedness and Victim Advocate; and Business Operations consisting of Finance and
Administration, Human Resources, and Student Transit (www.ecu.edu/studentaffairs/).
STUDENT AFFAIRS SECTION 1
21
DEAN OF STUDENTS
The Dean of Students Ofce is the central campus resource for addressing and responding to student issues and concerns. By
connecting with other university departments and ofces, the ofce supports the needs of students and student communities
and identies resources to respond to those needs (www.ecu.edu/deanofstudents/).
OFF-CAMPUS STUDENT SERVICES
Off-Campus Student Services provides “one stop shop” forum through which students can nd affordable housing in a safe
and healthy living environment. The department works with students and the surrounding community to promote positive
university/community relations. We accomplish this by encouraging open communication and developing educational programs
and services in order to empower students to become personally responsible and active members of their neighborhoods and
their communities. This ofce can help students and their parents nd suitable off campus housing through an online searchable
database of available housing at: (www.ecu.edu/offcampus/).
The Career Center provides current information about the job market, facilitates career exploration, and provides access
to practical work experience opportunities. We coordinate one on one career coaching sessions, career fairs, trainings, and
employer events. Services are available to incoming students, current students, and alumni. Full and part-time opportunities are
available in the public, private, governmental, and corporate sectors (www.ecu.edu/career).
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES
This comprehensive medical facility is conveniently located on campus and is available for the student’s health care needs
while at ECU. Routine illness, injury or other non-urgent issues are seen by appointment. Students requiring more immediate
medical attention can be evaluated in the Triage Care. Student Health also offers pharmacy, x-ray services, health and nutrition
education, immunization services, massage therapy, laboratory and an allergy shot administration clinic. Visit the Student
Health Web site for more information about services, hours of operation, insurance information and how to access care
(www.ecu.edu/studenthealth/).
DISABILITY SUPPORT SERVICES
Disability Support Services (DSS) determines reasonable accommodation and provides services for people with disabilities.
Students who had an IEP or a 504 plan in high school might qualify for help from DSS. Students using DSS have disabilities
such as attention decit/hyperactivity disorder, learning disability, or visual impairment (www.ecu.edu/dss/).
STUDENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Ofce of Student Rights and Responsibilities promotes personal and academic integrity and a safe learning environment.
The empowerment of students to make ethical decisions and to become personally responsible citizens are the goals of this
ofce (http://www.ecu.edu/judicialaffairs/).
STUDENT AND PARENT SERVICES
ECU has an ofce designed specically to answer parent and guardian’s questions and concerns. Parents and guardians can
call the Help Line toll free number at 1-866-552-3957. The ofce also offers services to students (www.ecu.edu/cs-studentlife/
parents/).
STUDENT GOVERNMENT ASSOCIATION
One benet of being a full time student at East Carolina University is membership in the Student Government Association
(SGA) - the ofcial representative governing body for ECU students. Here the student can voice opinions and gain experience
and training in responsible political participation (www.ecu.edu/sga/).
GREEK LIFE
Commitment to a Greek community offers life long friendships, a chance to devote time to philanthropy, and the experience
of learning rsthand how to be a leader. Sorority and fraternity membership is a great way to network with others and serve
the community (www.ecu.edu/greeklife/).
SECTION 1: STUDENT AFFAIRS
22
STUDENT LEGAL SERVICES
Student Legal Services is a legal advisory service for students. Some of the common issues Student Legal Services addresses
are lease contracts, city and county code violations, trafc or alcohol violations, domestic abuse, and victim’s rights (www.ecu.
edu/legalservices/).
CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND STUDENT DEVELOPMENT
A student’s social and emotional development is important to the university. Students who nd themselves experiencing
signicant levels of anxiety, depressed feelings, and/or who are stressed should consider seeing a counselor at the counseling
center. This service is free and condential. The “Self Help” section of the Web site provides valuable tips on managing one’s
adjustment to college and dealing with issues such as: relationships, sex, alcohol/substance use and abuse, eating disorders,
and identity.The counseling center also provides ongoing outreach services to classes, residence halls, and other campus
gatherings to encourage greater awareness of issues surrounding mental and emotional health of college students. (www.
ecu.edu/counselingcenter/).
CAREER CENTER
The Career Center provides current information about the job market and facilitates career exploration and provides practical
work experience opportunities through numerous programs and workshops. Services are available to incoming students,
current students, and alumni. Full- and part-time opportunities are available in the public, private, governmental, and corporate
sectors (www.ecu.edu/careercenter).
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT OFFICE
Students who are looking for a part-time job can check out the Student Employment Ofce located in 100-C Fletcher
Residence Hall. The “Career Connections” online database can be used to search for on-campus jobs, off-campus jobs, Federal
Work-Study jobs, graduate assistantships, and undergraduate assistantships (www.ecu.edu/studentemployment).
STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS
Attendance at events such as Pirate Palooza, Barefoot on the Mall, and Family Weekend are opportunities for students to
connect with other students. There are hundreds of student organizations available on campus. The Student Organization
Center is located in Mendenhall Student Center and is a resource for locating a group of interest to join (www.ecu.edu/
studentorganizations/).
CAMPUS RECREATION AND WELLNESS
Adventure trips, intramural sports, club sports, aquatics, adapted recreation, group tness, wellness center, and a team training
center are available for ECU students.
The university’s Student Recreation Center is the campus health club—convenient, accessible, and lled with activities to keep
the mind, body, and spirit in prime condition. Special features include an indoor climbing wall; an indoor pool and an outdoor
pool with a lounging area; a 10,300 square-foot tness area with free weights, selectorized equipment and cardiovascular
machines ; an indoor track; three exercise studios, cycling and other cardio equipment studios; basketball and racquetball
courts. Outdoor adventure trips, group tness classes, yoga, martial arts, water sports and lacrosse are among the many
opportunities students can nd at Campus Recreation and Wellness.
An extensive offering of club sports and intramural teams provide plenty of opportunities for those who want some
competition. There are also programs for individuals with disabilities (ARISE) and for youth and family. Wellness is the focus
as the department works to support and encourage balanced and healthful lifestyles for the ECU community through a
variety of physical as well educational programs.
Campus Recreation and Wellness also offers a challenge course and a 50-foot alpine tower; an 18-hole Disc golf course; the
Blount Recreational Sports Complex with 10 ag football and soccer elds and ve softball elds; and the North Recreational
Complex, which includes eight multisport elds, a six-acre lake, and a eld house (www.ecu.edu/crw/).
LEDONIA WRIGHT CULTURAL CENTER
The Ledonia Wright Cultural Center provides comprehensive, culture-specic programming that serves students, faculty, staff,
and the community. Special resources available include computer workstations, a reading room, tutoring in math, access to a
THE CENTER FOR STUDENT LEADERSHIP AND CIVIC ENGAGEMENT
23
permanent art collection, and a chance to volunteer with the cultural center’s programming efforts (www.ecu.edu/lwcc/).
THE CENTER FOR STUDENT LEADERSHIP AND CIVIC ENGAGEMENT
The Center for Student Leadership and Civic Engagement provides a location for student opportunities and leadership
experiences. Programs focus on global citizenry, diversity, leadership skills, and civic engagement. The Emerging Leaders
Program is designed to provide rst year students with leadership skills (www.ecu.edu/studentleadership/).
CAMPUS LIVING
Living on campus offers students easy access to everything ECU has to offer without monthly rent payments and utility bills.
Students enjoy free laundry facilities, convenient access to dining services, as well as more time to explore and enjoy the
myriad of activities available on campus. Living on campus means being right in the middle of the action and close to classes
(www.ecu.edu/studentlife/campusliving/).
CAMPUS DINING
When it comes to eating on campus, there are many convenient choices. Dining halls are located near the residential areas
of campus and serve breakfast, lunch, and dinner, Monday through Friday, and brunch and dinner on Saturday and Sunday. In
addition, food courts, coffee and juice bars, and convenience stores are located across campus. There are several different
meal plans available, including three plans exclusively for commuter students. Each meal plan includes a Pirate Bucks account—a
declining-balance account that is used like cash to supplement meals (www.ecu.edu/dining).
STUDENT MEDIA
Staying up-to-date on campus news, events, and activities, as well as local, regional, national, and international, happenings is
made possible with The East Carolinian, Campus 31, and WZMB 91.3 FM, the student newspaper, television and radio station.
These mainstays of campus information are complemented by the student literary and visual arts magazines, The Rebel, and
Expressions (www.ecu.edu/studentmedia/).
CAMPUS SAFETY
One of ECU’s most important priorities is making sure that students stay safe. The campus safety division, housed in the ECU
Police Department, promotes a safe environment through awareness and educational programs. ECU uses state-of-the-art
security and safety technology to enhance its efforts. Sworn ofcers patrol the campus on foot, on bicycles, and in marked
and unmarked patrol vehicles ( www.ecu.edu/police/).
EMERGENCY RESPONSE AND PREPAREDNESS
Collaborating with the university’s administration, technical services and support, Police Department, and emergency
management, the Ofce of Emergency Response and Preparedness provides a unied command of all public safety and
emergency resources or weather-related conditions, ensures effective and timely communications between all safety units,
and serves as the university’s single point of contact and management for emergency and crisis situations (www.ecu.edu/
police/erp/).
VICTIM ADVOCATE
Victim Advocate at East Carolina University was established in 2005 to provide victim advocacy services to those individuals
whose life has been affected by crime. The primary mission of the advocacy program is to safeguard the constitutional rights
of and provide for the emotional needs of victims during a very difcult time (www.ecu.edu/studentlife/victimservices/).
STUDENT TRANSIT
The East Carolina University Student Transit Authority (ECUSTA) provides a comprehensive, safe transit service to ECU
students, faculty and staff. There is no fare; all students ride free with a valid ECU 1 Card. Buses operate on xed schedules
throughout the academic year and both summer sessions to provide service to both on- and off-campus housing and
commuter park-and-ride lots to make getting to class easy. Every student needs a break, so ECUSTA also serves several
shopping, service and entertainment venues around Greenville. Additionally, ECUSTA offers a point-to-point van service
called SafeRide to supplement night time bus service. All the latest route maps, schedules and other service information can
also be found online at www.ecu.edu/transit.
SECTION 1: STUDENT AFFAIRS
24
ADMISSION AND READMISSION SECTION 2
GENERAL INFORMATION
East Carolina University is an equal educational opportunity institution; and, in keeping with this policy, the university makes no
distinction in the admission of students, or in any other of its activities, on the basis of race, color, gender, sexual orientation,
creed, disability, age, or national origin.
All students who are seeking college credit, whether or not they are working toward a degree, must gain admission to the
university. Unless otherwise specied, undergraduate students are admitted to the university by the director of admissions. The
completed application, with required evidence of eligibility, should be submitted to the Ofce of Undergraduate Admissions
by the posted application deadline. Applicants should contact the Ofce of Undergraduate Admissions to determine deadline
dates for each academic term. Visit www.ecu/admissions.
• Admission to the university does not guarantee admission to individual programs. Individual program admission
requirements are described in the specic academic sections.
• Post-baccalaureate students seeking a second undergraduate degree should apply to the Ofce of Undergraduate
Admissions.
• Post-baccalaureate students seeking teacher licensure should apply to the Ofce of Undergraduate Admissions.
• Post-baccalaureate students seeking a graduate degree or nondegree credit only should apply to the Graduate School.
This includes students with four year degrees who want to take undergraduate courses as prerequisites to graduate
admission application.
The university seeks to admit undergraduate students who show evidence of being able to succeed in and benet from
academic programs of the rigor offered. The admission decision is based on those criteria indicative of performance and
potential as listed below. The chancellor or his designee may admit students whose special talents indicate success in programs
requiring those talents. In addition to the above, the Board of Trustees has authorized the Admissions and Retention Policies
Committee, at its discretion, to require a personal interview and/or any test deemed advisable.
Although a satisfactory health certicate is not required for university admission, it is required for on-campus enrollment.
Applicants who have registered in other colleges, universities, or technical institutes (whether or not they earned credit or wish
to transfer credit) are required to submit ofcial transcripts of all previous college attendance to the Ofce of Undergraduate
Admissions prior to admission.
All ofcial records must be forwarded from the institution previously attended and must be on le in the admissions ofce
before a student can be admitted. Falsication of the application or any academic records will result in dismissal from East
Carolina University.
Transcripts will be evaluated on the basis of East Carolina University requirements, not those of any institutions previously
attended. If a transfer student meets all admission requirements, full credit will be awarded for all transfer courses passed
with a grade of C or better and for which East Carolina University has equivalent courses. To have a transcript evaluated, the
student must have on le in the Ofce of Undergraduate Admissions an application for undergraduate admission, the $60
application fee, and an ofcial transcript from each school previously attended.
Any record submitted for evaluation may be totally or partially disallowed according to East Carolina University policies and
regional accrediting association regulations. East Carolina University routinely accepts credit from institutions accredited by
regional accrediting associations. Validating examinations may be required in any or all subjects and will be required for work
completed at institutions not accredited by regional associations, if the student wishes to establish such credit. All transfer
students must earn a minimum of one-half the hours of credit required for graduation through enrollment in a regionally-
accredited senior college; a minimum of 30 semester hours and one-half of the hours in the major must be completed
through enrollment at ECU.
In exceptional cases, students may secure the equivalent of transfer credit by passing previously arranged special examinations
in subjects in which they have systematically acquired knowledge under conditions which did not permit the earning of
transferable credit. Freshmen whose high school records and/or pre-entrance tests show unusual achievement and promise
in a subject may take special examinations to receive college credit. (See Advanced Placement, below.) Limits on the number
25
SECTION 2: ADMISSION AND READMISSION
of semester hours of credit earned by special examination may be imposed by schools or departments. Credit earned by
examination may not be used to reduce minimum residency requirements.
Grades transferred from another institution are not considered in computing the GPA at East Carolina University, except in
the case of seniors graduating with degrees with distinction.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
FRESHMAN
Admission requirements for freshmen are listed below:
1. Ofcial certicate of graduation (or its equivalent) from an accredited secondary school and a satisfactory
scholastic record.
2. Fifteen acceptable units of secondary school credit, including in English, four course units emphasizing grammar,
composition, and literature; in mathematics, four course units including algebra I, algebra II, geometry and a higher
level mathematics course for which algebra II is a prerequisite (fourth unit of mathematics is required of students
graduating high school in 2006 and later); in science, three course units, including at least one unit in a life or
biological science (for example, biology), at least one unit in a physical science (for example, physical science,
chemistry, physics), and at least one other laboratory science course; in foreign language, two course units in same
language (two units in foreign language are required of students graduating high school in 2004 and later); and in
social studies, two course units, including one unit in US history.
East Carolina University recommends that prospective students complete at least one course unit in the arts.
Admission to the university does not guarantee admission to individual programs; individual program admission
requirements are described in the specic academic sections.
3. Satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (www.collegeboard.com) or American College Test
(www.act.org). Registration forms for either of these examinations are available on line and at individual high
schools. Ofcial scores must be sent to the Ofce of Undergraduate Admissions, East Carolina University prior
to admission.
4. A nondeductible, nonrefundable application fee of $60.
TRANSFER STUDENTS
General Transfer
General admission requirements for transfer students are listed below:
1. Ofcial transcript(s) from each regionally accredited college, technical institute, or university previously
attended showing the following:
a. A 2.5 grade point average (GPA) on all transferable hours attempted. (Some professional schools may
require a GPA which is higher than that required by the university for admission to their programs.)
b. Honorable dismissal and eligibility to return to the college or university at which last matriculated. (Attendance
only at summer school does not apply.)
c. Students with 30 or more transferable hours from a regionally accredited institution are not required to provide
a high school transcript or general educational development tests (GED) certicate.
2. Nondeductible, nonrefundable application fee of $60.
Admission to the university does not guarantee admission to individual programs. Individual program admission requirements
are described in the specic academic sections.
It is the student’s responsibility to request that all transcripts and other records be forwarded to the admissions ofce.
NOTE: Transfer students must meet the University of North Carolina subject matter admission requirements by completing
high school courses as stated above, or by completing 6 degree-creditable semester hours each in English, mathematics,
science, foreign language, and social sciences at a regionally-accredited institution other than East Carolina University. Those
26
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
graduating from high school in 2004 and later must also have 6 hours of foreign language to satisfy the MCR requirements.
(See Admission Requirements, Freshmen.) In addition, those who present fewer than 30 semester hours (45 quarter hours)
of transferable credits with a minimum GPA of 2.5 must have satisfactory high school grades and test scores as required for
freshman candidates.
Transfer with Associate Degree
Admission of transfer students with an associate degree is based on the following criteria.
1. The applicant must have earned the associate of arts, associate of science, or associate of ne arts degree with a
cumulative 2.5 transfer GPA or higher.
2. The applicant must have earned the degree from a regionally-accredited institution.
3. The applicant must have earned a minimum of 16 semester hours or 23 quarter hours at the institution conferring
the degree.
NONTRADITIONAL STUDENTS
Individuals who are at least twenty-four years of age (nontraditional students) or individuals whose high school class graduated
three or more years prior to the expected date of entry and who meet UNC minimum course requirements may be permitted
to enroll in the university under a performance-based admission policy that species retention stipulations provided they meet
one of the following conditions. (See General Transfer, Note, above.) The student must
1. have had no previous college experience or
2. have had previous college experience but have not been matriculated within the past one year and are eligible to
return to the previous institution but do not meet all stated university admission requirements or
3. have had previous college experience, are not eligible to return to the previous institution, and have not been
matriculated at the collegiate level for at least three years prior to the expected date of entry.
Meeting one of the above conditions does not guarantee admission. Admission is not guaranteed and is granted on a capacity
available basis as the university must adhere to its enrollment projections. Students are reviewed individually and must
demonstrate the potential for academic success at the university level.
Individuals enrolled as degree-seeking students under the performance-based admission policy must achieve a minimum
cumulative GPA of 2.2 and meet all retention stipulations by the end of the semester in which the twenty-eighth semester hour
of degree creditable work is attempted. Failure either to meet the GPA requirement or to satisfy the retention stipulations will
result in the student’s being ineligible to continue enrollment at ECU. (See Section 5, Academic Regulations, Readmission.)
Students enrolling under this policy must comply with all university policies regarding the payment of tuition and fees and
must comply with NC state law concerning health and immunization.
An individual enrolled under the performance-based admission policy may not declare a major, compete in intercollegiate
athletics, or participate in student exchange programs until all retention stipulations specied in his or her admission letter
have been satised.
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
East Carolina University actively seeks to attract international students into its undergraduate and graduate programs. The
presence of these students, with their varied geographic and educational backgrounds, helps promote international goodwill
and understanding in North Carolina, and provides an opportunity for other university students to further their knowledge
and appreciation of the cultures of many lands.
The Ofce of International Affairs serves as a clearinghouse for the admission of international students. Academic assessments,
nancial evaluations, and immigration issues as well as admissions are handled through this ofce.
Admissions requirements for international freshman and undergraduate transfer students are:
1. Graduation from a secondary school and submission of academic records and an ofcial English translation.
Transfer students must submit secondary and higher education transcripts and an ofcial English translation.
2. Non-native speakers of English are required to provide an evidence of English prociency by submitting one of
the following:
27
SECTION 2: ADMISSION AND READMISSION
• TOEFL score of minimum 500 (paper-based), 173 (computer-based) or 61 (Internet-based).
• IELTS score of 5.5 or higher
• SAT I Critical Reading or ACT Combined English/Writing scores
• Applicants who have completed at least 24 credit hours at a U.S. institution of higher education and received
a grade of B or better for an academic English writing/composition course will be exempt from the English
prociency requirement.
3. Completion of an Application for International Undergraduate Admission, which can be mailed, downloaded from, or
submitted online at www.ecu.edu/cs-acad/intlaffairs/apply.cfm.
4. Nondeductible, nonrefundable application fee of $60.
In order to have an I-20 (Certicate of Eligibility for Nonimmigrant (F-1) Student status issued, international students are
also required to submit the Condential Financial Information Form together with documents showing that they have suf-
cient nancial resources to fund their education in the US.
International students interested in applying may do so through inquiries to the Ofce of International Affairs, East Carolina
University, International House, 306 East 9
th
Street, Greenville, NC 27858-4353, USA. International admissions information
is available at www.international.ecu.edu or by e-mail, [email protected].
The Ofce of International Affairs also assists ECU students from other countries with the many matters that are of particular
concern to them during their stay in the United States. Inquiries may be directed to the Ofce of International Affairs,
International Student Advisor, East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 27858-4353.
A student from a country other than the United States may apply to the chairperson of the Department of Foreign Languages
and Literatures for a departmental certicate of American studies for foreign students. In order to qualify for this certicate,
a student must pass a minimum of 14 semester hours of graduate or undergraduate course work with a minimum grade of
C. A certicate with distinction shall be awarded to a student who completes a program of 20 semester hours of which at
least 14 semester hours are passed with a minimum grade of B.
VETERANS AND CHILDREN OF DECEASED AND DISABLED VETERANS
Veterans and children of deceased and disabled veterans must meet regular admission requirements. They should make
preliminary application for any educational benets due them directly to East Carolina University or to the nearest regional
Ofce of the Veterans Administration well in advance of the desired admission date so that the necessary details and documents
may be obtained. (See Expenses and Financial Assistance section.)
POSTBACCALAUREATE STUDENTS SEEKING A SECOND BACCALAUREATE
DEGREE OR NONDEGREE CREDIT
Students holding a baccalaureate degree and seeking only nondegree credit or seeking undergraduate coursework to satisfy
prerequisites for graduate study should apply to the Ofce of Graduate School Admissions. Students holding a baccalaureate
degree and applying for admission to pursue a second baccalaureate degree or teacher licensure should apply to the Ofce
of Undergraduate Admissions. (See freshman or transfer admission requirements, above, or www.ecu.edu/admissions.)
NONDEGREE STUDENTS
Individuals may be allowed to enroll in the university on a space-available basis as nondegree, auditing, or visiting students
if they qualify under one of the categories listed below. Admission under these categories will be limited by the university’s
enrollment projections. The students will register directly with the Ofce of the Registrar.
Many individuals desire to take courses for reasons such as certication, needs arising from the workplace, and self-satisfaction.
Often such plans do not include working toward a baccalaureate degree or teacher licensure. Individuals who have not earned
a baccalaureate degree and who desire to participate in this program should contact the Ofce of Admissions for additional
information. Individuals who have earned a baccalaureate degree who wish to enroll as nondegree students should contact
the Graduate School for a nondegree graduate application and additional instructions.
Individuals enrolled as nondegree undergraduate students can apply no more than 28 s.h. earned in this status toward an
undergraduate degree upon admission to East Carolina University. However, nondegree enrollees may not use those hours
to satisfy UNC minimum admission requirements for admission to East Carolina University but may transfer them to another
institution.
28
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Auditors
Auditing a course consists of attendance at classes and listening but taking no part in the class. An auditor is not responsible
for any assignments, nor is he or she allowed to take any tests or examinations. However, in order to have the audited
course recorded on the ofcial transcript, a student must attend classes regularly. An auditor may not enroll in a participation
course (art classes, laboratories, etc.). Under no circumstances will a grade be assigned, evaluations be made, or performance
reports be issued on a student auditing a course. Auditing a course or part of a course is contingent upon the approval of
the instructor and the appropriate departmental chairperson or school/college dean. Students may not register to audit a
course until the last day of the drop/add period. Persons who wish to attend university classes without earning credit must
be admitted to the university before seeking approval to audit any course. The applicants shall then complete the prescribed
procedure for registering through the Ofce of the Registrar and pay the audit fee to the cashier’s ofce before attendance
in classes is permitted.
Students regularly enrolled in the university wishing to audit course(s) must initiate the approval process with their advisor.
A student may audit no more than two courses in any semester.
Visitors
Students attending another regionally accredited college or university may desire to attend East Carolina University for a
limited period of time and then return to their original institutions. Such applicants must complete a visitor’s application and
have the dean or other appropriate ofcial at the parent institution verify that the applicant is in good academic standing. This
ofcial should specify the courses to be taken at East Carolina University. The student should enroll in only specied courses
and then only if the required prerequisite courses or their equivalents have been completed. Enrollment as a visitor will be
limited to no more than 28 semester hours earned at East Carolina University. Credit earned as a visiting student cannot be
used to establish eligibility for admission to East Carolina University, but up to 28 semester hours earned at East Carolina
University may be applied after the student has been admitted.
Summer Session
The university offers three schedules of summer classes for both on-campus and distance education instruction: one eleven-
week session, and two ve-week terms. Please see the calendars in the preface of this catalog or individual program schedules
for dates. (See Nondegree and Visitors, above.)
1. For those working toward a degree from East Carolina University, all of the admission requirements must be met.
(See freshman or transfer admission requirements, above, or www.ecu.edu/admissions.)
2. For any visiting student, a statement must be presented from the dean or registrar of the college or university at
which the student is enrolled, verifying good academic standing and recommending the courses to be taken.
(See Nondegree and Visitors, above.)
3. Students holding a baccalaureate degree and seeking only nondegree credit should apply to the Graduate School.
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
All questions concerning graduate work, including admission and transfer requirements, should be directed to the dean of
the Graduate School. Also, see the graduate catalog.
DUAL UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE ENROLLMENT
Senior undergraduate students may be admitted as nondegree graduate students and enroll for 9 semester hours of graduate
credit. The student must have the approval of his or her undergraduate advisor and the graduate program offering the course.
The Dual Undergraduate/Graduate Enrollment Form and eligibility criteria may be accessed at www.ecu.edu/gradschool/
ecuhtm_les/facinfo.htm.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Applicants who present acceptable scores on advanced placement examinations of The College Board will be given credit
or advanced placement in the appropriate subject matter areas. Applicants who complete an international baccalaureate
may receive some college credit. Additional information on acceptable examinations and required scores is available at www.
ecu.edu/admissions.
29
SECTION 2: ADMISSION AND READMISSION
Credit may also be given for acceptable performance in the appropriate subject matter areas on both the general examination
and subject examinations of the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) and Defense Activity Nontraditional Education
Support (DANTES). Additional information concerning required scores and acceptable tests is available in the Ofce of
Admissions and on their Web site at www.ecu.edu/admissions.
Transfer students should submit an ofcial copy of advanced placement and CLEP scores to the Ofce of Admissions with
the application.
PLACEMENT TESTING
Placement tests are given in mathematics, foreign language, and chemistry. However, placement tests will not be administered,
nor will placement credit be awarded, in any of the three academic areas in which the student has earned any college credit.
Credit earned through placement testing is awarded without grade and without quality points, and no fee is exacted for
such credit. (See below.) The student should strive for a high score on placement tests because the resulting reduction in
the number of credits to be earned to satisfy minimum requirements for graduation and the time made available for elective
courses justify the effort. Tests are scheduled during the summer orientation program and at certain other times as determined
by the department concerned. Distance education students may be required to visit the campus to take placement tests.
Information pertinent to each area is included in the sections immediately following.
English
Entering freshmen who present a score of 3 on the College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) Advanced Placement
Examination (language and composition or literature and composition) receive 3 semester hours credit and enroll in ENGL
1200 to complete the composition requirement. Students with scores of 4 or 5 receive 6 semester hours credit and have
completed the composition requirement. Honors students who do not take the CEEB Advanced Placement Examination
or who present a score below 3 may enroll in honors sections of ENGL 1100. Quality points will be granted only for those
students who complete ENGL 1100 and/or 1200 through regular class attendance.
Foreign Language
To determine the university level of foreign language study at which students may most protably continue the language(s) they
took in high school, a placement test should be taken by all students who have only high school credit in foreign language(s)
and wish to earn college level credit at ECU. (See Placement Testing, above.)
Students exercising the option to take the foreign language placement test may enroll in a course one level lower than the
placement indication without departmental approval or one level higher with permission of the chairperson of the Department
of Foreign Languages and Literatures either during drop/add or by the fth day of class. After successful completion of the
course, students will, upon request, receive bypass credit for the course(s) sequentially preceding the one completed. This
policy is to be applied to all students regardless of the date of their entry to the university.
Students who take the placement test may also receive bypass credit for language levels 1001 through 1004, but only upon
satisfactory completion of validating procedures administered on this campus, as follows:
1. Upon completion of level 1002 with a passing grade, students will receive bypass credit for level 1001.
2. Upon completion of level 1003 with a passing grade, students will receive bypass credit for levels 1001 and 1002.
3. Upon completion of level 1004 with a passing grade, students will receive bypass credit for levels 1001, 1002, and
1003.
4. Upon completion of a course above level 1004 with a passing grade, students will receive credit for levels 1001,
1002, 1003, and 1004.
Entering students who plan to continue language study are strongly advised to do so as soon as possible after admission to
the university. Any questions concerning placement and bypass credit should be directed to the chair of the Department of
Foreign Languages and Literatures.
Students who do not wish to take the placement test in the language they choose to study must enroll in level 1001. Please
note, however, that a placement test is required for enrollment in all lower-level Spanish courses including level 1001. Students
with college bypass credit in a particular foreign language from another institution are not eligible to take the placement
test in that language. Students who wish to study a different language from the one studied in high school may earn credit
beginning with level 1001.
30
READMISSION
Foreign students are not eligible to take the placement test in their native language and receive bypass credit for basic elementary
and intermediate level courses in that language. They are encouraged to take advanced courses in their native language;
however, they should see the chairperson of the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures before enrolling.
Mathematics
Students who score 540 or better on the mathematics sub-score of the SAT may be placed into MATH 1065 or 1066, all
of which count toward the foundations curriculum mathematics requirement. MATH 1050, which also counts toward the
foundations curriculum mathematics requirement, does not require a minimum SAT score. Students without the minimum
SAT score will be placed into MATH 1065 or higher based on their score on the mathematics placement test. A student who
earns a higher score on the math SAT or has taken AP calculus in high school can be placed into a higher level course with
the consent of the department.
READMISSION
REGULAR READMISSION
Any student not enrolled for one or more semesters on the main campus of the university must apply for readmission.
Applications for readmission and submission deadlines are available from the Ofce of Undergraduate Admissions at
www.ecu.edu/admissions. Readmission to the university does not guarantee readmission to individual academic programs.
TRANSFER READMISSION
Students who have been enrolled at another college or university since their last enrollment at East Carolina University must
submit to the Ofce of Undergraduate Admissions ofcial transcripts indicating that a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 on
a 4.0 scale has been earned on all transferable courses attempted. In order to ensure processing, applicants should submit
readmission applications according to the deadline provided by the admissions ofce. Transfer credit will be evaluated in
accordance with established university policy. (See Transfer Credit.)
NONTRADITIONAL STUDENT READMISSION
Nontraditional students admitted under the Performance-Based Admission Policy who fail either to meet the GPA requirement
or to satisfy the retention stipulations may not continue enrollment at East Carolina University except under the following
conditions:
1. Students may attend summer school at East Carolina University to satisfy retention stipulations.
2. Students may be readmitted under the provisions of the Special Readmission (Forgiveness) Policy to resume
progress toward satisfying retention stipulations.
3. Students may be readmitted after completing at an accredited college or university 30 semester hours or
45 quarter hours of transferable work with a minimum grade point average of 2.5 on all transferable work.
Duplicate credit will not be granted under any circumstances. In all cases the stipulations specied at the time of initial
admission must be satised.
FOLLOWING SUSPENSION
See section on academic regulations, academic eligibility standards, for policies on readmission following suspension and the
Special Readmission Policy.
31
EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE SECTION 3
GENERAL INFORMATION
Because of the early publication of this catalog, the tuition and fee schedule is omitted. The current university schedule of
tuition and fees can be obtained from the cashier’s ofce, the admissions ofce, or www/ecu.edu/cs-admin/nancial_serv/
cashier/tufee.cfm.
It is estimated that the average student who is a North Carolina resident incurs necessary expenses of approximately $13,000
for room, meals, tuition, and fees during an academic year of two semesters. The costs of meals and textbooks may vary
considerably, according to individual requirements. The university operates food service facilities in six locations throughout
the campus. Meals are available either under a meal plan or by individual selections at moderate prices. The estimated cost
for the average meal plan is $1,380.00 per semester. More information about campus living may be found at www.ecu.edu/
studentlife/campusliving/.
Students are required to purchase their textbooks each semester. For student convenience, the university owns and operates
the Dowdy Student Stores, which is located on the ground oor of the Wright Building. There students will be able to nd all
necessary books and supplies. The cost of books will vary with the different curricula; $900 for two semesters is a reasonable
estimate. More information about the Dowdy Student Stores may be found at www.ecu.edu/studentstores/.
RESIDENCE STATUS FOR TUITION PURPOSES
The basis for determining the appropriate tuition charge rests upon whether a student is a resident or a nonresident of North
Carolina. Each student must make a statement as to the length of his or her residence in North Carolina, with assessment
by the institution of that statement to be conditioned by the following:
Residence. To qualify as a resident for tuition purposes, a person must become a legal resident and remain a legal resident
for at least twelve months immediately prior to classication. Thus, there is a distinction between legal residence and residence
for tuition purposes. Furthermore, twelve months’ legal residence means more than simple abode in North Carolina. In
particular it means maintaining a domicile (permanent home of indenite duration) as opposed to “maintaining a mere
temporary residence or abode incident to enrollment in an institution of higher education.” The burden of establishing facts
which justify classication of a student as a resident entitled to in-state tuition rates is on the applicant for such classication,
who must show his or her entitlement by the preponderance (the greater part) of the residentiary information.
Initiative. Being classied a resident for tuition purposes is contingent on the student’s seeking such status and providing
all information that the institution may require in making the determination.
Parents’ Domicile. If an individual, irrespective of age, has living parent(s) or court-appointed guardian of the person,
the domicile of such parent(s) or guardian is, prima facie, the domicile of the individual; but this prima facie evidence of the
individual’s domicile may or may not be sustained by other information. Further, nondomiciliary status of parents is not deemed
prima facie evidence of the applicant child’s status if the applicant has lived (though not necessarily legally resided) in North
Carolina for the ve years preceding enrollment or re-registration.
Effect of Marriage. Marriage alone does not prevent a person from becoming or continuing to be a resident for tuition
purposes, nor does marriage in any circumstances insure that a person will become or continue to be a resident for tuition
purposes. Marriage and the legal residence of one’s spouse are, however, relevant information in determining residentiary
intent. Furthermore, if both a husband and his wife are legal residents of North Carolina and if one of them has been a legal
resident longer than the other, then the longer duration may be claimed by either spouse in meeting the twelve-month
requirement for in-state tuition status.
Military Personnel. A North Carolinian who serves outside the state in the armed forces does not lose North Carolina
domicile simply by reason of such service. And students from the military may prove establishment of residence by reference,
as in other cases, to residentiary acts accompanied by residentiary intent. In addition, a separate North Carolina statute affords
tuition rate benets to certain military personnel and their dependents even though not qualifying for the in-state tuition
rate by reason of twelve months legal residence in North Carolina. Members of the armed services, while stationed in and
concurrently living in North Carolina, may be charged the in-state tuition rate. A dependent relative of a service member
stationed in North Carolina is eligible to be charged the in-state tuition rate while the dependent relative is living in North
Carolina with the service member and if the dependent relative has met any requirement of the Selective Service System
32
SECTION 3: EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
applicable to the dependent relative. These tuition benets may be enjoyed only if the applicable requirements for admission
have been met; these benets alone do not provide the basis for receiving those derivative benets under the provisions of
the residence classication statute reviewed elsewhere in this summary.
Grace Period. If a person (1) has been a bona de legal resident of the required duration, (2) has consequently been
classied a resident for tuition purposes, and (3) has subsequently lost North Carolina legal residence while enrolled at a
public institution of higher education, that person may continue to enjoy the in-state tuition rate for a grace period of twelve
months measured from the date on which North Carolina legal residence was lost. If the twelve months period ends during
an academic term for which the person is enrolled at a state institution of higher education, the grace period extends, in
addition, to the end of that term. The fact of marriage to one who continues domicile outside North Carolina does not by
itself cause loss of legal residence, marking the beginning of the grace period.
Minors. Minors (persons under eighteen years of age) usually have the domicile of their parents, but certain special cases
are recognized by the residence classication statute in determining residence for tuition purposes.
a. If a minor’s parents live apart, the minor’s domicile is deemed to be North Carolina for the time period(s) that
either parent, as a North Carolina legal resident, may claim and does claim the minor as a tax dependent, even if
other law or judicial act assigns the minor’s domicile outside North Carolina. A minor thus deemed to be a legal
resident will not, upon achieving majority before enrolling at an institution of higher education, lose North Carolina
legal residence if that person:
(1) upon becoming an adult “acts, to the extent that the person’s degree of actual emancipation permits,
in a manner consistent with bona de legal residence in North Carolina” and
(2) “begins enrollment at an institution of higher education not later than the fall academic term following
completion of education prerequisite to admission at such institution.”
b. If a minor has lived for ve or more consecutive years with relatives (other than parents) who are domiciled in
North Carolina and if the relatives have functioned during this time as if they were personal guardians, the minor
will be deemed a resident for tuition purposes for an enrolled term commencing immediately after at least ve
years in which these circumstances have existed. If under this consideration a minor is deemed to be a resident
for tuition purposes immediately prior to his or her eighteenth birthday, that person on achieving majority will be
deemed a legal resident of North Carolina of at least twelve months’ duration. This provision acts to confer in-
state tuition status even in the face of other provisions of law to the contrary; however, a person deemed a
resident of twelve months’ duration pursuant to this provision continues to be a legal resident of the state only so
long as he or she does not abandon North Carolina domicile.
Lost But Regained Domicile. If a student ceases enrollment at or graduates from an institution of higher education
while classied a resident for tuition purposes and then both abandons and reacquires North Carolina domicile within a twelve
month period, that person, if he or she continues to maintain the reacquired domicile into re-enrollment at an institution
of higher education, may re-enroll at the in-state tuition rate without having to meet the usual twelve-month durational
requirement. However, any one person may receive the benet of this provision only once.
Change of Status. A student admitted to initial enrollment in an institution (or permitted to re-enroll following an absence
from the institutional program which involved a formal withdrawal from enrollment) must be classied by the admitting institution
either as a resident or as a nonresident for tuition purposes prior to actual enrollment. A residence status classication once
assigned (and nalized pursuant to any appeal properly taken) may be changed thereafter (with corresponding change in
billing rates) only at intervals corresponding with the established primary divisions of the academic year.
Transfer Students. When a student transfers from one North Carolina public institution of higher education to another,
he or she is treated as a new student by the institution to which he or she is transferring, and must be assigned an initial
residence status classication for tuition purposes.
Regulations on Residency: the Manual. University regulations concerning the classication of students by residence,
for purposes of applicable tuition differentials, are set forth in detail in A Manual to Assist the Public Higher Education Institutions
of North Carolina in the Matter of Student Residence Classication for Tuition Purposes. Each enrolled student is responsible for
knowing the contents of that Manual, which is the controlling administrative statement of policy on this subject. Copies of
the Manual are available on request at the undergraduate admissions ofce, the registrar’s ofce, and the Joyner and Health
33
EXPENSES
Sciences Libraries. The Manual is also available online in the residency section of the registrar’s home page: www.ecu.edu/
registrar/.
Deadline for Application. Newly admitted or readmitted undergraduate students applying for the in-state rate for
tuition should complete the Application for In-State Residence and Tuition and return it to the undergraduate admissions ofce
at least three weeks prior to registration day for the term for which they seek in-state tuition. Continuing undergraduate
students who seek to have their residency status changed to in-state should complete the Application and return it to the
registrar’s ofce at least three weeks prior to registration day for the term for which they seek in-state tuition. Students seeking
a military waiver of out-of-state tuition should complete the Application for a Military Waiver and return it to the registrar’s
ofce at least three weeks prior to registration day for the term for which they seek the waiver.
EXPENSES
ENROLLMENT DEPOSIT
Applicants who are admitted as undergraduate students are required to remit a nonrefundable deposit of $100 to signify their
intention to enroll. All enrolling applicants will receive credit for the $100 deposit toward their tuition and fees.
Applicants who are accepted for admission to East Carolina University for the fall semester must deposit the $100 with the
university cashier by May 1, or shortly after admission; applicants who are admitted for the spring semester must remit the
deposit by November 15. The approval for admission will be tentative until the deposit and all required nal academic records
are received and reviewed to ensure that admission standards have been met. If the deposit is not received by the deadline,
the applicant’s acceptance will be continued only if space in the university is available.
FEE PAYMENT SCHEDULE
Students will be charged tuition and fees according to the tuition and fee schedule approved by the UNC Board of Governors
and the ECU Board of Trustees. They reserve the right to revise the rates at any time found necessary or advisable and without
prior notice. Tuition is billed by the semester based on the student’s residency status, classication, campus, and number of
registration hours. Tuition is due approximately 1-2 weeks before the rst day of classes for each fall and spring semester. A
one-time late fee is assessed if tuition is not paid by the published deadline. The university’s academic calendars include the
published deadlines for late fee assessment and for cancellation of classes for non-payment and can be assessed at http://
www.ecu.edu/fsonline/senate/fscalend.cfm. No person is allowed to attend class or receive class instruction without being
properly registered either for credit or for audit. Distance education courses have a separate tuition and fee schedule that
is billed in addition to main campus courses. Main campus fall, spring and summer schedules, as well as distance education
schedules, are available online at http://www.ecu.edu/cs-admin/nancial_serv/cashier/tufee.cfm.
TUITION SURCHARGE
The tuition surcharge of 50 percent applies to all undergraduates seeking a baccalaureate degree at ECU under conditions
described below. Credit hours to be included in the total include the following:
1. all regular session degree-creditable courses taken at ECU, including repeated courses, failed courses, and those
dropped after the last date to add a course; and
2. all transfer credit hours accepted by ECU (except those taken at another UNC institution through summer
school or through degree-credit extension).
Credit hours to be excluded are those earned through: 1) The College Board’s AP and CLEP programs or alternative programs;
2) institutional advanced placement, course validation, or any similar procedures for awarding course credit; and 3) a summer
session or degree-credit extension division of ECU [distance education].
The credit-hour threshold for imposing the surcharge depends upon the number of hours required to earn the degree. For
students earning a rst baccalaureate degree in a program that requires no more than 128 s.h., the surcharge is applied to all
hours in excess of 140 s.h. For students earning a rst baccalaureate degree in a board-approved program that requires more
than 128 s.h., the surcharge is applied to all hours that exceed 110 percent of the hours required for the degree. Examples of
such programs include those that have been ofcially designated by the Board of Governors as ve-year programs, programs
involving double majors, and combined bachelor’s/master’s degree programs. For students earning a baccalaureate degree
34
SECTION 3: EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
other than their rst, the surcharge shall be applied to all hours that exceed 110 percent of the minimum additional hours
needed to earn the additional baccalaureate degree.
Exemption: The surcharge will not be imposed on undergraduates who complete a rst four-year baccalaureate degree program
in eight or fewer regular term semesters or the equivalent or a ve-year program taken in ten or fewer regular term semesters or
the equivalent.
INDEBTEDNESS TO THE UNIVERSITY AND RETURNED CHECKS
No degree, diploma, or certicate will be granted or transcript of credits furnished to a student until all nancial obligations
to the university, other than secured student loans, have been paid. A student may not be permitted to register, to attend
classes, or to take nal examinations after the due date of any unpaid obligations. A charge will be imposed by the Ofce of
the Cashier, Student Stores, and other university ofces for returned checks.
REFUND POLICY
REFUNDING OF TUITION AND FEES
It is to the nancial advantage of all students withdrawing, dropping to part-time status, or dropping to a lower block of credit
hours, to do so as early in the semester/session as possible. The ofcial withdrawal policy may be found in the academic
regulations section of this catalog. Refunds for tuition and required fees (excluding room and board charges which are determined
by contractual agreement) will be made as follows for students who withdraw or drop to a lower block of credit hours:
• Through the rst week of classes (ve class days starting the rst ofcial day of classes for the university) tuition
and required fees will be refunded at 100 percent.
• The second week of classes (six to ten consecutive class days) tuition and required fees will be refunded at
75 percent minus a $25 processing fee.
• The third week of classes (eleven to fteen consecutive class days) tuition and required fees will be refunded
at 50 percent minus a $25 processing fee.
• The fourth week of classes (sixteen to twenty consecutive class days) tuition and required fees will be
refunded at 25 percent minus a $25 processing fee.
• Beginning with the fth week of classes (twenty-rst consecutive class day) refunds will not be considered.
If the student wishes to appeal, the process must be initiated in writing to the Tuition Refund Appeals Committee and the
written appeal can be submitted to the Center for Academic Service.
All refunds are subject to the above noted time limitations and will be based on the difference between the amount paid
and the charge for the block of hours for which the student is ofcially registered.
POLICY EXCEPTIONS
There will be no refunds for special course fees after the rst ve class days of each semester.
A separate and extended refund policy exists for rst-time federal Title IV nancial aid recipients. Refer to nancial aid materials
or contact the Ofce of Student Financial Aid.
To ofcially withdraw from the university, a student must give written notice to the Center for Academic Services.
Any refunds that a student is entitled to shall rst be applied to outstanding nancial obligations owed the university.
SUMMER SESSIONS
Refunds for tuition and required fees for 1st and 2nd summer sessions is limited to the rst week of classes (ve class days
starting with the rst ofcial day of classes for the university). During this period, students receive 100 percent refunds of
tuition and required fees.
Refunds for tuition and required fees for 11-week summer session will be made as follows:
• Through the rst week of classes (ve class days starting the rst ofcial day of classes for the university) tuition
and required fees will be refunded 100 percent.
35
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
• The second week of classes (six to ten consecutive class days) tuition and required fees will be refunded
at 75 percent.
• The third week of classes (eleven to fteen consecutive class days) tuition and required fees will be refunded
at 50 percent.
• The fourth week of classes (sixteen to twenty consecutive class days) tuition and required fees will be refunded
at 25 percent.
• Beginning with the fth week of classes (twenty-rst consecutive class day) refunds will not be considered.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
TUITION WAIVER FOR PERSONS AT LEAST 65 YEARS OF AGE
Persons 65 years of age and older, who meet the requirements for the in-state rate of tuition and the university requirements
for admission, can have their tuition and fees waived provided space is available in the course being sought.
VETERANS ADMINISTRATION EDUCATIONAL PAYMENTS
The Ofces of Veterans Administration (VA) and Social Security require a minimum course load of 12 s.h. of required courses
per semester (except summer session) for payment of full-time benets to veterans and eligible dependents.
East Carolina University is approved for a student to take up to 56 s.h. of foundations curriculum courses. After a student
receives the 56 s.h., he or she must declare a major either ofcially or unofcially for the VA. The 56 s.h. will include transfer
credits and credits earned on campus.
After the student declares a major, benets will be paid only for courses listed in the catalog under that degree/major program.
Substitutions are allowed when the major chairperson gives written approval prior to the student’s taking the course.
Students declared academically ineligible will be required to remove their probation before educational benets can be
recertied to the VA.
Students may be eligible for an additional allowance under a work-study program. The work-study program allows students
to perform work for the VA in return for an hourly wage. They may perform outreach services under the supervision of a
VA employee, prepare and process VA paperwork, work in a VA medical facility, or other approved activities. Students must
be enrolled at three-quarter or full-time rate.
Students may be eligible to receive a special allowance for individual tutoring if they enter school at one half-time or more.
To qualify, students must have a deciency in a subject, making the tutoring necessary. There is no entitlement charged for
tutorial assistance.
Further information is available at the campus veterans affairs ofce, 102 Whichard Building, www.ecu.edu/cs-acad/registrar/
Veterans.cfm.
UNC CAMPUS SCHOLARSHIPS
The UNC Campus Scholarship program is awarded on nancial need and merit to incoming freshmen who are North Carolina
residents. The $1,500 scholarship award is designed to assist in the diversication of the university’s undergraduate student
body to include the presence of rst generation college students, students from disadvantaged socio-economics backgrounds,
and traditionally underrepresented populations on our campus.
NATIONAL/INTERNATIONAL FELLOWSHIPS AND SCHOLARSHIPS
East Carolina University maintains an Ofce of National/International Fellowships and Scholarships to familiarize students
with the competitive national and international fellowships and scholarships available to selected students intent on pursuing
graduate work. These fellowships and scholarships, for the most part, are for terms long enough to ensure completion of
the master’s degree, but in some cases they allow for work on the doctoral degree. Among the fellowships and scholarships
coordinated by this ofce are the Barry M. Goldwater Scholarship, the Marshall Scholarships, the Rhodes Scholarships, the
Fulbright Grants, and the Harry S. Truman Scholarships (undergraduate only). Interested students should contact the Associate
Dean of the Honors College, D-107 Brewster Building; 252-328-6373.
36
OFFICE OF STUDENT FINANCIAL AID
Through the use of federal and state funds as well as contributions from its many friends and alumni, East Carolina University
makes every effort to assist students in the continuation of their education. The staff of the university Ofce of Student
Financial Aid assists students in obtaining funds from the source best suited to the individual’s need.
Three main types of nancial assistance are available to qualied students: gift aid, consisting of grants and scholarships; long-
term educational loans; and part-time employment. Students classied as nondegree auditors, special students, or visitors are
not eligible for nancial aid.
Because the primary aim of the nancial aid programs is to provide assistance to students who, without aid, would be unable
to continue their education, most of the funds are awarded on the basis of nancial need. However, in its efforts to strive for
excellence, the university offers assistance to some talented students based on merit rather than need.
The university participates in federal programs which provide funds on the basis of nancial need as follows:
Federal Pell Grant Federal Work-Study Program
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Federal Stafford Loan Program
Federal Parent Loan Program Nursing Student Loan
Federal Perkins Loan
Information pertaining to the application process, types of aid available, and academic requirements may be obtained from the
East Carolina University Ofce of Student Financial Aid and at www.ecu.edu/nancial. Students should contact appropriate
deans or departmental chairpersons of intended major areas concerning scholarships that are available in those disciplines.
SECTION 3: EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
37
ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT, PROGRESSION, AND SUPPORT SECTION 4
East Carolina University offers academic programs through traditional on-campus class attendance as well as by distance
education classes offered via the Internet and at other locations. Courses are offered in fall and spring semesters, each comprising
fourteen weeks plus an additional week at the close of each semester for exams. Both traditional and nontraditional students
may be enrolled in on-campus and/or distance education classes. (See www.ecu.edu)
Summer classes are offered for both on-campus and distance education instruction. There are two summer session schedule
formats: one eleven-week session, and two ve-week terms. Schedules for fall and spring semesters as well as summer
school are located in the front of this catalog and are also available at www.ecu.edu. Students entering the university only for
a summer session(s) must meet all admission requirements or be approved visitors from another institution. See Section 2,
Admission and Readmission, or contact the Ofce of Admissions, www.ecu.edu/admissions, for further information. Graduate
students should consult the Graduate School.
ACADEMIC INTEGRITY
Academic integrity is expected of every East Carolina University student.
Academic violation of the Honor Code consists of the following: cheating, the giving or receiving of any unauthorized aid
or assistance, or the giving or receiving of unfair advantage on any form of academic work; plagiarism, copying the language,
structure, ideas, and/or thoughts of another and adopting those as one’s original work; falsication, statement of untruth, either
verbal or written, regarding any circumstances relating to academic work; and attempting any act which if completed would
constitute an academic integrity violation as dened above. Procedures governing academic integrity violations are described
in the East Carolina University Student Handbook and in the Faculty Manual.
No student may drop the involved course or withdraw from the university prior to resolving an academic integrity charge.
ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT
To assist students in their academic programs, the university has established in each college, school, and department a system
of academic advising, whereby the student is assigned to a faculty member or a professional advisor who serves as his or her
advisor. The advisor helps to plan the student’s academic program, particularly during registration periods; keeps a record
of his or her progress; and is available throughout the year for additional advising. To obtain the name of assigned advisors,
students should go to ECU OneStop (www.onestop.ecu.edu), and click on Banner Self Service.
Advisors will make every attempt to give effective guidance to students in academic matters and to refer students to those
qualied to help them in other matters. The responsibility for meeting all academic requirements for a selected program
rests with the student.
Upon admission to the university, students are advised in the appropriate areas as follows:
• On-campus freshmen and sophomore students are advised in the General College, unless otherwise specied
below, until a major is declared. (See General College, below.) Students admitted directly into a degree program
are advised in that unit. (Consult academic unit.) Students admitted under the nontraditional student admissions
policy will be advised by General College advisors until they have satised both the stipulations of their letter of
admission and the requirements for admission to their major.
• Distance education students are advised by a faculty member and/or professional advisor in the major program.
GENERAL COLLEGE
The General College functions to advise undergraduate students until they are eligible for admission to a degree program.
It affords an opportunity for students to explore various disciplines before becoming committed formally to any major.
Students who enter with a denite career decision will be encouraged to take courses in the area of their interests and will
be assigned an advisor in that area. Students who have not chosen a major are advised through the Academic Advising and
Support Center. Students can locate their advisor via Banner Self Service.
Although a General College student may decide on a major before the end of the sophomore year, that decision will not be
registered formally until requirements for admission into the proposed major have been met.
38
SECTION 4: ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT, PROGRESSION, AND SUPPORT
It should be noted that it is the responsibility of the student to take the courses that are required for the chosen degree. In
some programs, particularly those in the sciences and the allied health professions, the student should begin the appropriate
science course sequences early in the program. Failure to follow the suggested curriculum may necessitate continuance of
course work beyond four years.
During the period that the student is assigned to the General College, the university rule that a student adopt the catalog that
is current whenever he or she changes his or her program does not apply. (See Section 5, Academic Regulations.) Except
for the requirements for admission to certain programs, the catalog that was current at the time the student entered the
General College will apply when he or she leaves the General College and declares a major unless (1) the student elects a
later catalog by contacting his or her academic advisor, (2) the student changes his or her program after initial transfer from
the General College, or (3) accreditation requirements for the university have been changed.
SERVICE-LEARNING
Certain courses have an SL designation indicating that the course includes a signicant service-learning component. Service-
learning is an instructional method that deepens students’ understanding of course content through organized service in the
community along with purposeful reection about their learning experiences. Students apply the skills and theories they
have learned in the classroom to solve the real-life problems facing a variety of communities. Participation in courses with
the service-learning (SL) designation affords opportunities to impact the community while at the same time gaining a deeper
understanding of the academic material, their own abilities, and the community.
STUDENT PROGRESSION
As students matriculate, they are classied by semester hours of credit as freshman, sophomore, junior, and senior. Students
who entered through the General College will choose a major as they near completion of the foundations curriculum
requirements or meet the requirements as specied in a selected degree program. Students admitted under the nontraditional
student admissions policy may not declare a major until they have met published stipulations.
CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS
In a regular semester, a student who registers for 12 or more semester hours is classied as full time. A student registered
for less than 12 semester hours is classied as part-time. In order to graduate in eight semesters of attendance, a student in a
typical degree program (120-128 semester hours) must average 15-16 semester hours of credit per semester. Students will
be classied as to class standing as follows:
1-29 semester hours credit: Freshman 60-89 semester hours credit: Junior
30-59 semester hours credit: Sophomore 90 or more semester hours credit: Senior
LIBERAL ARTS FOUNDATIONS PROGRAM
The Liberal Arts Foundations program consists of the freshman- and sophomore-level courses that satisfy the requirements
in foundations curriculum for baccalaureate degrees. In some majors, notably music, art, and the sciences, sequence course
work which must be taken in the freshman and sophomore years requires that some Liberal Arts Foundations requirements
be postponed until the junior year. Suggested course sequences and other advising information may be found at www.ecu.
edu/advising.
The Goals of the Liberal Arts Foundations Curriculum
The overarching goal of the Liberal Arts Foundations curriculum is to provide students with the fundamental knowledge and
abilities essential to their living worthwhile lives both private and public. The curriculum is based on the faculty’s belief that
the best way to prepare students for living worthwhile lives is to provide them with a solid foundation in the core disciplines
in the liberal arts (the humanities, arts, natural sciences, and social sciences), in conjunction with a multidisciplinary education
in the specic areas of health promotion and physical activity and mastery of writing and mathematics competencies. The
foundations curriculum provides a common, unied knowledge and skills base to students who will major in different subjects
and who come from diverse cultural backgrounds. Foundations courses give students the shared knowledge and abilities
necessary to integrate their foundational education with their major. Taken from the perspective of students’ personal, private
interests, this foundation and its integration with specialized learning in the students’ majors enables students to live broadly
39
STUDENT PROGRESSION
informed, responsible, worthwhile lives. From the public perspective, this integration is essential to good citizenship in an
increasingly global yet culturally diverse and conicted world.
Fundamental Goal Areas
The foundations curriculum is divided into four basic, core disciplinary areas (the humanities, arts, natural sciences, and social
sciences), one multidisciplinary area in health promotion and physical activity, and two areas of competence: writing and
mathematics.
All foundations courses in the core liberal arts disciplines must meet the three fundamental goals of a foundational liberal
arts education:
Students must learn the subject matter of one or more of the disciplines in each of the four core areas (the humanities,
arts, natural sciences, and social sciences).
Students must learn the fundamental concepts and research methods utilized in one or more of the disciplines in
each core area.
Students must learn the relevance of scholarship in the discipline and in its core area to the student’s overall
education.
All courses in the required multidisciplinary area (health promotion and physical activity) and competency areas (writing and
mathematics) must meet the goals specic to each of these areas.
Goals for the humanities, arts, sciences, social sciences, health promotion and physical activity, writing, and mathematics are
available at www.ecu.edu/cs-acad/fsonline/as/liberalartsfoundation.cfm.
Courses that Carry Foundations Curriculum (FC) Credit
Many courses that carry foundations curriculum credit are identied in the course listings using the FC designation; however,
there may be other courses that also carry foundations curriculum credit. Many majors have specic foundation course
requirements (see listing in section 8). Students should check their intended degree requirements prior to selecting foundation
courses. For example, some majors may require specic science, math, social science, ne arts, and/or humanities courses.
Courses in the student’s major prex area may not count toward foundations curriculum requirements.
Mathematics (FC:MA) ............3 semester hours
Three hours of mathematics at least equivalent to MATE
1067 or MATH 1050 (not for some teacher
education majors, consult advisor) or 1065 or 1066
or three hours of logic at least equivalent to PHIL 1500
(If logic is used to satisfy this requirement, it may not be
used to satisfy the humanities requirement for the
baccalaureate degree.)
Science (FC:SC) ........................8 semester hours
At least one course must
require laboratory work. Select one or more courses
from the following departments:
Biology
Chemistry
Geography (GEOG 1300)
Geology
Physics
Social Sciences (FC:SO) ....... 12 semester hours
Select courses from at least three of the following areas:
Anthropology
Communication
Economics
Geography
History
Political Science
Psychology
Sociology
English 1100, 1200 (FC:EN) ....6 semester hours
Health (FC:HL) and Exercise and Sport Science
(FC:EX) ..................................3 semester hours
(Select at least one course in each area.)
Humanities and Fine Arts
(FC:HU) (FC:FA) ................ 10 semester hours
Select at least one course in humanities and one
course in ne arts from the following areas:
Humanities (FC:HU)
Literature (English or American)
Literature in a foreign language or in translation
(See Departments of English and Foreign
Languages and Literatures. Foreign languages
1001-1004 will not meet this requirement.)
Philosophy
Religious Studies
Selected Linguistics Courses
Fine Arts (FC:FA)
Art
Communication (selected courses)
Dance
Music
Theatre Arts
40
SECTION 4: ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT, PROGRESSION, AND SUPPORT
Certain honors and interdisciplinary courses (CDFR, ETHN, INTL, RCLS, RUSI, and WOST) may be used to satisfy
foundations curriculum requirements. For specic courses see Section 9.
DECLARATION OR CHANGE OF MAJOR AND MINOR
Students should consult their academic advisor regarding the process for declaring a major and/or minor.
DECLARING A MAJOR
To declare (to be admitted to) a major, a student must complete the admission requirements for the program and complete
the formal admission process as specied by the program. Students may choose to earn a baccalaureate degree, two
baccalaureate degrees simultaneously (dual degree), or a double major. Students who hold a baccalaureate degree and wish
to pursue a second undergraduate degree will follow the requirements for a dual or second major, below. (See Academic
Requirements for Degrees and Minors in Section 8.)
Student athletes and pre-health/pre-law students are assigned to academic advisors in their majors. Athletics and the Pre-
Professional Advising for Allied Health, Medicine, Dentistry, and Law continue to provide monitoring and support in helping
these students to meet their program requirements.
DECLARING A MINOR
If a degree program requires a minor, the minor must be identied at the time the student declares his or her major and
must be approved by the major chairperson or dean or his or her designee. All BA degrees require a minor unless the degree
requirements include a concentration and/or specied cognates. (See Academic Requirements for Degrees and Minors in
Section 8.)
ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES AND MINORS
BACCALAUREATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
The bachelor’s degree may be conferred by the university upon the student’s application when the student has earned the
minimum number of semester hours of credit required for the degree by the major department or school, has met the
foundations curriculum requirements, and has fullled all requirements of the major/minor program. (See department, school,
and college listings. Also see following paragraphs for additional requirements.)
The university does not award degrees solely because a student successfully completed the required courses. Violations of
the student code of conduct, including both academic and nonacademic violations, may result in a degree not being awarded.
For example, when the student has disciplinary charges pending, the degree may be withheld or the awarding of the degree
may be delayed.
A degree from East Carolina University comprises a minimum of 120 semester hours. A minimum of 30 semester hours and
at least one-half of the total hours required in the major discipline must be completed through enrollment in East Carolina
University. The required resident study does not need to be accomplished in consecutive semesters. One-half of the
minimum semester hours required in the student’s program must be earned through enrollment in a regionally-accredited
senior college.
DOUBLE MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
The double major comprises a primary major and a secondary major. The student desiring to double major will be advised
in the department offering the primary major. However, the chairperson, director, or dean of the unit offering the secondary
major also must review the requirements for the second major and sign the senior summary sheet. The double major may
count any number of hours from the primary major toward the secondary major. The number of hours applicable toward a
second major should not be limited.
If the primary major is part of a non-BA degree program and the secondary major is identied in the curriculum for the BA
degree, neither additional foundations curriculum requirements for the BA degree nor a foreign language requirement will
apply. Courses taken to meet foundations curriculum requirements may be used to satisfy requirements for the secondary
41
ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES AND MINORS
major or a minor, except where prohibited, but not for the primary major. (See specic major requirements for restrictions.)
Double major students, however, are not required to complete additional writing-intensive course work.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL DEGREES
Writing Intensive Requirement
Students enrolling at East Carolina University must fulll the writing across the curriculum requirement prior to graduation.
To do so, each student must complete a minimum of 12 semester hours of writing intensive courses, typically including ENGL
1100, 1200; at least one 3 semester hours writing intensive course in the major; and any other 3 semester hours writing
intensive course of the student’s choice. Students entering the university with transfer credit for ENGL 1200 have satised the
foundations curriculum requirement in the area of English. Such students are still required to complete a total of 12 semester
hours of credit in writing intensive courses. All second degree students will be required to complete at least 3 semester hours
of writing intensive course work in the major. Writing intensive courses/sections of courses are identied each semester in the
course schedule listing and will be designated WI on the student’s transcript. A complete listing of courses approved as writing
intensive may be found at the University Writing Program Web site, www.ecu.edu/writing. A course will transfer into ECU as
WI under two conditions. The course must either be a writing intensive course in a writing across the curriculum program
at the university or college where it was taken, and/or the course must have the words “writing” or “communication” (e.g.,
“Writing for Business and Industry” or “Business Communications”) in the course title. Courses meeting either of these two
criteria will be accepted as WI, and count as writing intensive for ECU degree requirements.
Cultural Diversity Requirement
Each academic unit will ensure that its majors complete at least one course which exposes them to cultural diversity. Courses
which meet this requirement will be designated by the respective unit.
Cognate and Professional Course Requirements
Many baccalaureate programs have requirements in addition to course work in foundations curriculum, in the major eld,
and in the minor eld. These additional requirements may be labeled cognate courses or professional courses required for
teacher certication (see requirements for degree in section 8). Cognates, minor courses, and courses used for the second
major may be used to satisfy foundations curriculum requirements, except where prohibited. Professional courses required
for teacher certication may not be used to satisfy foundations curriculum requirements.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BA DEGREE
All candidates for the BA degree must complete a foreign language through level 1004 as part of their degree requirements.
The number of required credits for a major shall not be fewer than 30 semester hours or more than 36 semester hours. A
candidate for the BA degree must declare a minor if required. Some BA degrees require a concentration and/or specied
cognates instead of a minor. However, a BA degree may require a minor and a concentration and/or specied cognates. The
number of required credits for a minor shall not be fewer than 24 semester hours or more than 30 semester hours.
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BS DEGREE FOR STUDENTS PREPARING TO TEACH
A minimum GPA of 2.5 is required for admission to and retention in the teacher education program. Additionally, PRAXIS
I or SAT or ACT scores and computer competency requirements must be met. Students will complete a senior-year
portfolio, which includes a technology product. To qualify for a North Carolina teacher license, the student must complete
the requirements of an approved competency-based teacher education program designed to meet the requirements for the
professional studies components of programs in all teaching areas. All teacher education majors should consult their advisors
to select appropriate courses which may be required as cognates in their academic discipline.
East Carolina University requires academic concentrations for all majors in elementary education, middle grades education,
business and marketing education, health education, and physical education. Academic concentration requirements are listed
in the College of Education subsection. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic information about this
component of their program.
Professional credits for majors in business and marketing education, elementary education, middle grades, secondary education,
and special education are listed in Section 8, College of Education: Requirements for Students Preparing to Teach. For majors
in birth through kindergarten and K-12 programs, see BS degree curricula for students preparing to teach under appropriate
42
SECTION 4: ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT, PROGRESSION, AND SUPPORT
department or school. Minors are required in some elds but not in others. Students should check the major requirements
presented in the department and school listings to determine if a minor is required in a particular eld.
MINOR REQUIREMENTS
Major, minor, cognate, core curriculum, and/or certication requirements are presented in the department and school listings.
If the degree program requires a minor, the minor must be identied at the time the student declares his or her major and
must be approved by the major chairperson or dean or his or her designee. A minor shall be 24-30 semester hours of credit.
All BA degrees require a minor, unless the degree requirements include a concentration and/or specied cognates; however,
some BA degrees may require a concentration or cognates in addition to a minor.
DUAL OR SECOND DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
A student may choose to earn simultaneously two degrees (e.g., BA and BS or BS and BFA, etc.). To satisfy the requirements
for dual baccalaureate degrees at East Carolina University, the student must complete the requirements for one baccalaureate
degree program and also complete a minimum of an additional 30 semester hours through course enrollment at ECU for the
other degree. The student will be advised by both departments and a separate senior summary completed by each.
Foundations curriculum requirements for one degree may be used to satisfy the foundations curriculum requirements for the
other degree, however, the required foundations curriculum courses for the second degree must be met. All other degree
requirements, including a foreign language, must be met and may not be waived. All dual degree students will be required
to complete at least 3 semester hours of writing intensive course work in each major. Students who wish to satisfy the
requirements for a BS degree in teacher education may use the same major for both degrees provided the university offers
a teacher certication program in that major.
A student who currently holds a baccalaureate degree may enroll in a second baccalaureate degree program. The student
must meet the curriculum requirements for the second undergraduate degree in the catalog under which he or she enters
or in some subsequent catalog, and must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours in enrollment at ECU. No student will
be permitted to complete the second degree under a catalog issued more than three years prior to the date of completion
of the second degree.
In evaluating curriculum requirements for the second undergraduate degree, the academic unit offering the second degree will
determine whether foundations curriculum requirements from the rst undergraduate degree satisfy foundations curriculum
requirements for the second degree. However, any foreign language requirements for the second degree must be fully met
and may not be waived. All second degree students will be required to complete at least 3 semester hours of writing intensive
course work in the major.
A student pursuing a second undergraduate degree must maintain a minimum 2.0 GPA. In determining the GPA, only attempted
hours toward the second degree will be counted. Grade points earned in the rst degree will not apply in determination of
academic eligibility while a student is enrolled for a second degree. However, the GPAs from the rst and second undergraduate
degrees will be used in the consideration of a degree with distinction.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Every student should confer with his or her academic advisor and/or the major department/school administrator or designee
about program and degree requirements. At least two semesters prior to graduation, each student must, in consultation with
the unit administrator or designee, complete a graduation requirements review (also called a senior summary) in consultation
with their advisor and complete the application for graduation that is available in the Ofce of the Registrar and departmental
ofces.
All requirements must be met by the ofcial graduation date of East Carolina University. A student may expect to be
allowed to obtain a degree in accordance with the requirements set forth in the regulations in force when he or she enters
the university or under subsequent regulations published while he or she is a student. However, a student is restricted in
choice to the requirements of one specic catalog. Undergraduate students who enter the university under the regulations
of a catalog have a period of ve years, inclusive and continuous, in which to claim the degree requirements of that catalog.
Students pursuing a second undergraduate degree must select a catalog issued no more than three years prior to completion
of the second degree program.
43
ACADEMIC SUPPORT SERVICES
In order to graduate, all students must have earned a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 and a GPA of 2.0 in the major. If a
student completes required courses in his or her major and takes other courses in that eld as electives, these additional
courses as well as cognate courses will be counted in computing the major GPA. Grades made on courses taken at other
colleges and universities will not be considered except in the calculation of graduation with honors, but ofcial transcripts
must be on le in the Ofce of the Registrar.
DEGREES WITH DISTINCTION
Based on all work attempted at all higher education institutions throughout the students’ academic career and without regard
to institutional practices which substitute or “forgive” grades, three levels of distinction are granted to graduating undergraduate
students as follows:
“Summa Cum Laude” for a cumulative average of 3.90
“Magna Cum Laude” for a cumulative average of 3.60
“Cum Laude” for a cumulative average of 3.50
FIRST UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE
Degrees with distinction are granted to transfer students under the following conditions.
1. The student must complete through enrollment in East Carolina University at least one-half the minimum number
of hours required for the degree.
2. The student must have the required average on all work taken through enrollment in East Carolina University.
3. The student must have a cumulative average that meets the requirements for the appropriate degree with
distinction on all work attempted (all ECU and transfer work, including courses where the grade replacement
policy has been applied). If transfer work includes grades of D or F, those grades will be included in the calculation
for degrees of distinction.
SECOND UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE
Second undergraduate degrees with distinction are awarded under the following conditions.
1. The student must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours through enrollment in East Carolina University.
2. The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 on course work for the second degree and a cumulative
average that meets the requirement for the degree with distinction on all course work attempted for the
rst degree as well as for the second degree.
3. If transfer work includes grades of D or F, those grades will be included in the calculation for degrees of distinction.
ACADEMIC SUPPORT SERVICES
ACADEMIC ADVISING AND SUPPORT CENTER
The Academic Advising and Support Center assists students through academic referral and workshops for students on
warning or probation. The ofce staff can provide information on academic policies and procedures and information about
academic support programs provided in academic units and other areas. Students may visit the center or access the center’s
Web site at www.ecu.edu/advising.
PRE-PROFESSIONAL ADVISING CENTER FOR
ALLIED HEALTH, MEDICINE, DENTISTRY, AND LAW
The Pre-Professional Advising Center for Allied Health, Medicine, Dentistry, and Law provides programs and information
to students interested in pursuing careers and/or graduate studies in the allied health and law sectors. The center houses
professional advisors for allied health majors. Students are encouraged to visit the center to learn about professional schools,
prepare for standardized tests, attend special workshops, and receive individual assistance.
THE PIRATE TUTORING CENTER
The Pirate Tutoring Center offers students help with adjusting to college-level coursework and study skills development. The
Pirate Tutoring Center is located in Joyner Library and offers the following services at no cost to students.
44
SECTION 4: ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT, PROGRESSION, AND SUPPORT
• Free Tutoring: Walk-in course content tutoring available at Joyner Library on Mondays, Tuesdays and Wednesdays
nights from 6:30 pm to 9 pm.
• Study Skills Coaching: Individual student appointments focusing on study skills strategies, GPA recovery, and study
skills development.
• Specialized Workshops: Included are the survivor workshop series and nal exam assistance.
• Online Study Skills Assistance: Available at the Pirate Tutoring Center Web site (www.ecu.edu/piratetutoringcenter)
More information is available at [email protected].
THE CENTER FOR ACADEMIC SERVICES
The Center for Academic Services provides assistance to the students at East Carolina University dealing with academic
appeals and exceptions to academic policies, course re-evaluations, graduation issues and concerns, over hour approvals,
permission to take courses at other colleges and/or universities, residency for in-state tuition (initial undergraduate
classication), residency appeals, schedule reinstatements, special adds, transfer student services, transfer course equivalencies,
and withdrawals from the university.
NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION
New Student Orientation assists students and family members with the transition to the university. With the assistance
of departments within the university community, the ofce provides academic and student life information for all new
students and family.
The purpose of orientation is to inform students about the academic requirements of the university and to prepare them
for the transition into the university classroom. During orientation, students may take a placement test in mathematics so
that they may register for the appropriate course. Students will also meet with an advisor and register for classes. In addition,
orientation provides the opportunity for family and students to become knowledgeable about student life programs offered
at East Carolina University. Participants will become acquainted with faculty, staff, student leaders, and other new students
and family members.
For more information about New Student Orientation telephone 252-328-4173, or access the Web site at www.ecu.edu/fyc.
Entering transfer students should contact the assistant director of Transfer Student Services at 252-328-6077, or access the
Web site at www.ecu.edu/academicservices.
FRESHMAN SEMINAR
The Center for Academic Services, in collaboration with the First Year Center, offers COAD 1000 ( Student Development and
Learning in Higher Education) to rst year students. The course meets twice weekly and helps students transition to college
life. While in the course, students focus on the development of academic skills, learning processes, and career decision-making
skills. Students who successfully complete the course earn 1 semester hour of graduation credit.
UNIVERSITY WRITING CENTER
The University Writing Center provides support for all writing in the university except for that in ENGL 1100 and 1200,
which is supported by assistance offered through the Department of English’s First-Year Writing Studio. The main site of
the University Writing Center is on the rst oor of Joyner Library; however, satellite locations are available in Bate Building
(2026) and in the Health Sciences Building (1504). Students are encouraged to visit any site of the University Writing Center
at least twenty-four hours before an assignment is due to discuss a piece of writing with a trained writing consultant. Students
may access additional resources, including the online writing lab for students enrolled in distance education courses, through
the University Writing Program Web site, www.ecu.edu/writing.
CAREER CENTER
Our mission is to assist and guide all students in their career quest. We will provide a safe harbor for students to explore
career options while identifying skills, experience internships, cooperative education, and part-time positions, and engage
with the rest of their lives.
The Career Center provides programs and services to assist students with the transition from academic endeavors to the
world of work by preparing students for life after graduation. We offer services which include classroom presentations,
45
TESTING CENTER
workshops and seminars on career-related subjects, assistance with resume writing and interviewing, and opportunities
for co-op positions and internships. Each academic college has a career staff member assigned as a liaison to provide
service to the students and faculty in that college.
The Career Center staff communicate with students and employers, and post part-time on- and off-campus jobs,
internships/co-ops, and full-time, post graduation jobs through a dynamic system called eRecruiting. Students upload
their resume to the system and employers post positions in eRecruiting.
The Career Center is open Monday through Friday 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. For more information, access the Career Center
at www.ecu.edu/e3careers, telephone 252-328-6050, or visit 701 East Fifth Street. It takes just ve minutes to sign up
for Pirate Jobs, the ECU Career Center’s private listing of jobs and internships. Students may register at www.ecu.edu/
career and activate their account.
TESTING CENTER
The Testing Center, operated by the Ofce of Institutional Planning, Research, and Effectiveness administers several national
testing programs, including the PRAXIS, American College Testing (ACT), College-Level Examination Program (CLEP), Law
School Admission Test (LSAT), Medical College Admission Test (MCAT), Miller Analogies Test (MAT), Pharmacy College
Admission Test (PCAT), Scholastic Assessment Tests (SAT), and Test of Spoken English (TSL). Local, state, and national
licensing and certication examinations are administered by the ofce. Upon request, the ofce will administer individually
arranged exams such as correspondence tests for other colleges and employer personnel examinations. The Testing Center
does not administer exams for ECU’s distance education courses. Further information is available from the Testing Center,
D-102 Brewster; telephone 252-328-6811.
46
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS SECTION 5
THE CATALOG
The university’s undergraduate catalogs are for informational purposes only, and do not constitute a contractual agreement
between a student and East Carolina University. The university reserves the right to make changes in curricula, degree
requirements, course offerings, or academic regulations at any time when, in the judgment of the faculty, the Chancellor, or
the Board of Trustees, such changes are in the best interest of the students and the university.
East Carolina University is committed to equality of educational opportunity and does not discriminate against applicants,
students, or employees based on race, color, national origin, religion, gender, age, creed, sexual orientation, or disability. East
Carolina University is an equal opportunity/afrmative action employer that accommodates the needs of individuals with
disabilities.
Ordinarily, a student may expect to earn a degree in accordance with the requirements of the curriculum described in the
ofcial catalog in effect when he or she rst entered the university or in any subsequent catalog published while he or she is
a student, but the faculty of the university reserves the right to make changes in curricula and in regulations at any time when
in its judgment such changes are for the best interest of the students and of the university. No student pursuing his or her
rst baccalaureate degree or double major will be permitted to graduate under a catalog issued more than ve years prior to
the date of his or her graduation. No student pursuing a second baccalaureate degree will be permitted to graduate under
a catalog issued more than three years prior to the date of his or her graduation.
Students should refer to the requirements of their respective college, school, or department for information about their
programs of study and confer with their advisors whenever problems arise. The student is expected to follow the program
outlined as closely as possible, particularly in the rst two years when satisfying basic degree requirements and prerequisites
for advance standing. Students may not be admitted to or change to a specied degree program before the degree program
requirements have been published in the ofcial catalog.
Some courses listed in the catalog indicate an anticipated semester of offering; however, because of faculty availability and
other constraints, there is no guarantee that courses will be offered at the specied times. Students should consult their advisor
and departments concerning availability issues. While foundations curriculum credit is indicated for some courses, foundations
curriculum credit may also be available for other courses. Courses in a student’s major prex area may not count toward his
or her foundations curriculum requirements of a catalog later than the one in effect at the time of his or her original.
CHANGING CATALOGS
If a student elects to meet the requirements of a catalog later than the one in effect at the time of his or her original entrance,
he or she must meet all requirements of the selected catalog. A student who changes degree program or major will be
expected to meet all of the requirements of the new program of the catalog in force at the time of the change, except for
students who do not declare a major upon entrance and who may meet the requirements of the catalog in effect at the time
of their entrance to East Carolina University.
During the period that the student is assigned to the General College, the university rule that a student adopt the catalog
that is current whenever he or she changes his or her program does not apply. Except for the requirements for admission
to certain programs, the catalog that was current at the time the student entered the General College will apply when he
or she leaves the General College and declares a major unless (1) the student elects a later catalog, (2) the student changes
his or her program after initial transfer from the General College, or (3) accreditation requirements for the university have
been changed.
Academic advisors will offer guidance to students in academic matters and refer students to those qualied to help them in
other matters. The nal responsibility for meeting all academic requirements for a selected program rests, however, with the
student. The senior vice chancellor and provost for academic affairs has authority on all established curricular matters.
OFFICIAL ANNOUNCEMENTS
The university maintains approximately 100 ofcial bulletin boards at key locations on campus and also maintains an ofcial
bulletin board on the ECU home page on the Internet. Through consecutively numbered ofcial announcements, academic
departments and other divisions of the university communicate essential and timely information to students; it is the responsibility
of the student to read and know the contents of those announcements which affect his or her program.
47
SECTION 5: ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
CLASS ATTENDANCE AND PARTICIPATION REGULATIONS
A student’s participation in the work of a course is a precondition for receiving credit for the course. Students are expected
to attend punctually all lecture and laboratory sessions and eld experiences and to participate in course assignments and
activities as described in the course syllabus. Absences are counted from the rst class meeting after the student registers.
Students registering late are expected to make up all missed assignments in a manner determined by the instructor.
Each instructor shall determine the class attendance policy for each of his or her courses as long as the instructor’s policy does
not conict with university policy. The instructor’s attendance policy will be provided to the class on a syllabus distributed at
the rst class meeting. Class attendance may be a criterion in determining a student’s nal grade in the course if the instructor
provides a written statement to this effect in the course syllabus.
Students should consult with their instructors about all class absences. It is the responsibility of the student to notify the
instructor immediately about class absences, to provide appropriate documentation for an absence, and discuss any missed
class time, tests, or assignments. Except in the case of university excused absences, it is the decision of the instructor to excuse
an absence or to allow for any additional time to make up missed tests or assignments. Excused absences should not lower
a student’s course grade, provided that the student, in a manner determined by the instructor, is able to make up the work
that has been missed and is maintaining satisfactory progress in the course.
Student Health Services do not issue ofcial written excuses for illness or injury, but will upon request at the time of the visit,
provide a note conrming that the student has received care. In the event that the student is seriously ill or injured at the time
of nal examinations, Student Health Services on request by the student, may recommend a medical incomplete. A student
who receives medical care from another licensed medical provider may take his or her instructor a note from that provider
indicating that the student was too ill or injured to attend class, and listing the date(s) for which the student was unable to
attend. The instructor may choose to accept these notes as evidence of excused absences.
The Dean of Students may authorize a university-excused absence in the following situations:
1. Student participation in authorized activities as an ofcial representative of the university (i.e. athletic events,
delegate to regional or national meetings or conferences, participation in university-sponsored performances).
2. Participation in other activities deemed by the Dean of Students to warrant an excused absence.
3. An extreme personal emergency about which the student is unable to speak directly to the instructor.
4. The death of an immediate family member (such as parent, sibling, spouse or child).
5. Student participation in religious holidays.
It is the student’s responsibility to obtain verication of a university-excused absence by contacting the Dean of Students.
Requests for university-excused absences should be submitted, whenever possible, to the Dean of Students at least a week
prior to the scheduled absence. Requests submitted after the fact will be disapproved unless circumstances made prior
approval impossible.
Instructors are expected to honor valid university excused absences and to provide reasonable and equitable means for
students to make up work missed as a result of those absences. Students who anticipate missing 10% or more of class meeting
time as a result of university-excused absences are required to receive approval from the instructor at the beginning of the
semester. Student experiences that cannot be made up should be discussed at the onset of the course to ensure that continued
enrollment is feasible while there is still the opportunity to drop the course within the schedule change period.
A student who believes that he or she has been treated unfairly concerning absences or has been misinformed by the instructor
regarding that instructor’s absence policy shall have the right to appeal. The appeal shall be in writing to the instructor’s
department chairperson or school director, and in the event the resolution is not satisfactory, the nal decision rests with
the academic dean.
POLICY ON DISRUPTIVE ACADEMIC BEHAVIOR
East Carolina University is committed to providing each student with a rich, distinctive educational experience. To this end,
students who do not follow reasonable standards of behavior in the classroom, or other academic setting, may be removed from
the course by the instructor following appropriate notice. Students removed from a course under this policy will receive a grade
of “drop” according to university policy, and are eligible for a tuition refund as specied in the current tuition refund policy.
48
COURSES
COURSES
SELECTION OF COURSES
Since most undergraduate degrees require 126 semester hours, a student must average approximately 16 semester hours
per semester to graduate in four years. Students are encouraged to be mindful of this recommended course load when
developing class schedules.
An undergraduate student is not permitted to select courses more than one classication level above the student’s own
classication.
• 0000 - 1000 Freshman
• 2000 Sophomore
• 3000 Junior
• 4000 Senior
There are occasions, however, on which exceptions to this regulation may be deemed desirable and necessary by the student’s
advisor and/or dean. Under these circumstances, a student will be allowed to register for courses two or more levels above
the student’s classication if the registration or schedule change form contains the initials of the advisor and/or dean written
on the line with the course that is involved in the regulation.
Five-thousand-level (5000-5999) courses are graduate courses. Undergraduate students may be admitted to ve-thousand-
level courses if they have completed the stated prerequisite(s) or with the written permission of the instructor, chairperson
of the department, the director of the school, or the dean of the college in which the course is offered.
Only students who have been admitted to pursue graduate work on a degree or nondegree basis will be permitted to enroll in
courses numbered 6000 or above. A senior within 6 s.h. of graduation who has been admitted to a graduate degree program
may take a 6000-level course while completing undergraduate degree requirements but only for graduate credit.
Prerequisites are stated as integral parts of various programs, entrance requirements for degree programs, and sequential
progression into subject matter. Students are not allowed to enroll in courses for which they have not met the prerequisites
except by approval of the chair of the department or his/her designee.
Elective courses in any curriculum may be taken from any eld and are decided upon in consultation with the advisor.
COURSE LOAD
To improve graduation rates, the North Carolina General Assembly (Senate Bill 27, Section 89(a), 1993 Session Laws)
mandated that the “Board of Governors shall require constituent institutions to set a goal of increasing to 15 the average
number of credit hours per term taken by full-time undergraduates.”
The minimum number of semester hours required for a baccalaureate degree at East Carolina University is 120; most
degrees typically require 126 semester hours or fewer. (Any exceptions are indicated in the degree requirements listed in
the undergraduate catalog.) Students who satisfactorily complete an average of 15-16 semester hours per semester should
be able to obtain their degrees in four years or eight semesters. Some factors which may extend an individual student’s time
for completion of a degree are averaging fewer than 15-16 semester hours per semester, repeating courses, failing to meet
course prerequisites, changing majors, taking unnecessary or inappropriate courses, withdrawing from school, dropping or
failing courses, adding minors or double majors, and becoming academically ineligible to continue enrollment. Participation in
internships, practica, cooperative education, and study abroad programs may or may not extend the number of semesters
for graduation.
Fall and Spring Semesters
A student may take 18 semester hours of credit per semester without restrictions. With the approval of the advisor and the
chairperson, director, or dean, a student who has earned a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 in all work may take 19 or
20 semester hours per semester. The approval for extra-hour load must be signed on the registration form by the advisor,
chairperson, director, or dean concerned. A student desiring to enroll for more than 20 semester hours must secure, in
addition to the above signatures, approval from the Center for Academic Services.
49
SECTION 5: ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
In the semester or summer term of graduation, a student with a minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 may take extra hours
with the approval of the advisor, chairperson, director, or dean and approval from the Center for Academic Services.
Summer Terms
A student may take 7 semester hours each summer term or a maximum of 14 semester hours without restrictions. With the
written approval of the Center for Academic Services, a student who has earned a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 in
all work may take extra hours.
COURSE SUBSTITUTIONS
Only under unavoidable and exceptional circumstances will substitution for or exemption from the prescribed curricula be
permitted. If it becomes necessary to request deviation from the prescribed course of study, the student should consult the
dean of the college, director of the school, or the chairperson of the department of the student’s major. The dean, director,
or departmental chairperson will petition by letter to the registrar for substitutions or exceptions sought and will state the
reasons for the change. Students transferring from other colleges who desire to substitute courses taken elsewhere for courses
prescribed at the university should follow this procedure.
Any deviations from the applicable published degree requirements must have the approval of the appropriate departmental
chairperson, school director, or college dean and the Center for Academic Services, as appropriate.
COURSE REPETITION
Only under extenuating circumstances will a student be allowed to repeat a course in which he or she has earned a grade
of C and then only with the written approval of the appropriate departmental chairperson, school director, or college dean
and the Center for Academic Services, as appropriate. A student who repeats a course he or she has passed in order to raise
the grade will receive the original grade, hours attempted, hours earned, and grade points. The student will also receive the
raised grade, hours attempted, and grade points. The raised grade, or last grade, stands. A grade of F as the raised grade will
result in the loss of the original hours and grade points; a student receiving an F as the raised grade must repeat the course if
credit is required for graduation. A student who repeats a course he or she has failed will receive the failure (hours attempted
and no grade points) and the raised grade with hours attempted, hours earned, and grade points.
INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES
Independent study is dened as any program of study without direct instruction in a classroom setting (excluding internships).
It may include directed readings, special topics courses, or independent study of an existing course. The use of independent
study should be limited to two occasions: when a student wishes to pursue a topic of study which is not available in an
approved course or when a course is needed to satisfy graduation requirements but the course is not being offered in a
timely manner to satisfy those requirements. Independent study and correspondence credits may not exceed 15 percent of
the total hours required for the degree. Credit earned through independent study cannot be used to reduce the minimum
residence requirement.
All independent study courses should be set up as a part of the departmental schedule of courses for the respective term.
Independent study sections of normally offered courses should be appropriately noted by the section number.
REGISTRATION AND SCHEDULE CHANGES
To be admitted ofcially, a student must apply, be accepted, and receive a letter of acceptance. Orientation programs are
provided in the summer and immediately before each semester to assist new students in enrolling in the university. All new
students are strongly encouraged to attend orientation. To register, new students must meet with their academic advisor to
secure their registration PIN, before they can register via Banner Self Service. Web registration for continuing and re-admitted
students requires a registration PIN, which is obtained from the advisor, and required for registration via Banner Self Service.
To complete the process and be ofcially registered and entered on the class roll, a student must pay fees to the cashier’s
ofce. No person will be admitted to any class unless ofcially registered either for audit or for credit. Students are expected
to complete registration (including the payment of all required fees) on the dates prescribed in the university calendar.
Students who register during the early registration period are required to pay their fees and secure their ofcial schedules during
the stipulated period prior to registration day. Students who fail to pay fees by this date will have their schedules canceled.
50
REGISTRATION AND SCHEDULE CHANGES
EARLY REGISTRATION
Early registration is a time designated each semester for currently enrolled or readmitted students to meet with their
advisors to review their records and plan their courses for the upcoming semester. The student will complete a registration
schedule form and have it approved by the advisor. The student will then enter the schedule via Banner Self Service at the
appropriate registration window. (New freshmen and transfers entering fall and spring semesters, and summer terms, register
after completion of the appropriate orientation session.)
DROPPING AND ADDING COURSES
During Schedule Change Period
During the rst ve days of classes (Mondays through Fridays) of the fall and spring semesters, a student may drop or add a
course or courses to his or her schedule. The student should discuss schedule changes with his or her advisor prior to making
the changes via the web. On the day following the ve-day schedule change period, a student may make nal additions to his
or her schedule. See below for instructions on requesting schedule changes after the scheduled change period.
During the summer, the schedule change period is limited to the rst two days of classes each term. On the day following the
two-day schedule change period, a student may make nal additions to his or her schedule in accordance with the policies
outlined above for the regular semesters. Course drops during this drop/add period do not count against a student’s course
drop allocation. (See course Drop Allocations, below.)
After Schedule Change Period
During the rst 50 percent of the regularly scheduled class meetings of a course (including the meeting for the nal examination),
a student may, at his or her own option, drop the course. After consultation with his or her advisor, the student secures the
signature of the advisor on the schedule change form and takes it to the Ofce of the Registrar for processing. For regular
semester-length courses, the drop period is limited to the rst 38 days of classes of the semester. For ve-week block courses
or regular summer term courses, the drop period is limited to the rst ten days of classes for the semester or summer term.
The same 50 percent drop-period rule applies to block courses of other lengths as well. It is the student’s responsibility to
consult ofcial university bulletin boards, documents, and/or the web to determine the appropriate drop period for such
block courses. Ordinarily, a student may drop up to four courses or a smaller prorated number in pursuit of a university
degree. (See Course Drop Allocations, below.) Extenuating circumstances, however, can warrant consideration for drop by
exception, as explained below.
Petitions for drops after the deadline for course drops will typically be granted only for unforeseen and uncontrollable medical,
psychological, or personal problems directly affecting the course(s) to be dropped. Course drops for medical problems will be
heard by Student Health Services and course drops for psychological problems will be heard by the Center for Counseling
and Student Development. The written appeal must contain the rationale for the appeal and documentation of personal,
family, or medical problems and how these problems affected the course(s) to be dropped. Students who petitions for drops
are denied by Student Health Services, the Center for Counseling and Student Development may appeal the decision to the
Student Academic Appellate Committee.
Students may petition the Student Academic Appellate Committee through the Center for Academic Services for drops by
exception (drops after the 50 percent drop period, drops beyond student’s allotted number, and drops not counted against
the allotted number). Poor performance in course work; missed deadlines; change of major; or a course grade’s adverse effect
on the student’s grade point average, probationary standing, or other eligibility is not in itself a sufcient basis for exception.
Requests for exceptions will not be considered after the last regularly scheduled class meeting prior to the nal examination
for the course(s) in question except where earlier requests could not have been expected. Petitions for drops by exception
will typically be granted only for medical or counseling reasons related to the course(s) to be dropped and will be considered
by Student Health Services or the Center for Counseling and Student Development, respectively, upon receipt of appropriate
documentation. Students whose petitions for drops by exception are denied by Student Health Services, the Center for
Counseling and Student Development, or the Ofce of the Registrar may appeal the decision to the Student Academic
Appellate Committee. The decision of the Student Academic Appellate Committee is nal.
51
SECTION 5: ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Course Drop Allocations
In pursuit of a degree at East Carolina University, a student may drop up to four courses (outside the schedule change period).
Students may use these drops between the schedule change period and the last day to drop term-length courses without a
grade. Drops not used roll forward to the following term. The number of course drops is prorated on the student’s credit
hours (both ECU and transferred) at the time of implementation or the student’s initial matriculation as follows:
First Undergraduate Degree
0-29 semester hours of credit-4 course drops 60-89 semester hours of credit-2 course drops
30-59 semester hours of credit-3 course drops 90 or more semester hours of credit-1 course drop
Second Undergraduate Degree
A student who needs no more than 31-59 semester hours of credit-2 course drops
30 semester hours of credit-1 course drop 60 or more semester hours of credit-3 course drops
COURSE CREDITS
The university operates on the semester plan. The fall and spring semesters are each approximately fourteen weeks in length
plus one week for exams at the close of each semester. The summer session is offered in two formats: two ve-week terms
and one eleven-week session. Credit hours to be earned in each course are noted for each course listed.
Courses offered in nontraditional formats, e.g., concentrated or abbreviated time periods, must be designed to ensure an
opportunity for preparation, reection, and analysis concerning the subject matter. At least one calendar week of reection
and analysis should be provided to students for each semester hour of undergraduate credit awarded. Credit will not be
allowed for courses which substantially duplicate courses already completed.
CREDIT BY EXAMINATION
Students currently or formerly enrolled in the university may obtain credit by examination for a course in which they have had
no class attendance or semester standing provided the course has been determined by the offering department or school to
be an appropriate class for credit without attendance. Permission to take the examination must be obtained in advance from
the college dean, school director, or departmental chairperson in which the course is offered and must be approved by the
Ofce of the Registrar. Examinations are not permitted in courses in which a student has previously been enrolled as a regular
student or as an auditor. (No person is allowed to attend class or receive class instruction without being properly registered
either for credit or for audit.) Distance education students may be required to come to campus to take the examination.
The applicant must pay to the university cashier in advance of the examination a fee of $10 per semester hour; this fee is not
refundable. The petition, receipted by the university cashier, must be shown to the instructor conducting the examination.
The instructor administers and reports the results of the examination to the Ofce of the Registrar within one week of the
date of approval. Credits earned under this regulation are recorded with the grade achieved on the examination. Credit
earned by examination may not be used to reduce the minimum residence requirement.
CREDIT BY TRANSFER
Upon Admission
A student transferring to the university from another regionally accredited college or university will have transcripts evaluated
by the Ofce of Admissions during the admissions process. Credit will be awarded for all transferable courses for which a
grade of C or better was earned. Students are allowed to request an evaluation of transfer courses by consulting with their
academic advisor. This evaluation will then be reviewed by the student’s academic unit. It is only upon the review by the
academic unit that the student will know what additional courses are necessary to meet degree requirements. All courses
and grades transferred become a part of the student’s transcript. Although transfer grades are not counted in a student’s
ECU GPA, courses in which the student received a grade of D or F will be used in the calculation of the GPA for degrees
with distinction.
Students who have satisfactorily completed basic military training may receive credit for the exercise and sport science and/
or health courses required for foundations curriculum upon submitting a DD-214 or DD-295 to the Ofce of the Registrar,
Veteran’s Affairs. Students who have completed service schools while on active duty with the military may request an
52
COURSE CREDITS
evaluation prior to admission through the Ofce of Admissions. Credit will be awarded in accordance with the American
Council on Education recommendations provided that the credit recommended is at the baccalaureate level; is applicable to
the foundations curriculum requirements, to the student’s declared major eld of study, or to the elective hours prescribed
within the student’s designated program of study; and is comparable to courses offered at East Carolina University.
Permission to Take Courses at Another United States College or University
Approval must be granted in writing by the Center for Academic Services with permission from the designee of the academic
unit offering the course at ECU prior to enrollment for transfer of any course taken at a regionally accredited community
college or senior institution. An ofcial transcript must be submitted to the Ofce of the Registrar immediately upon
completion of the course(s). Only courses in which the student earns a C or better will be accepted in transfer. Permission
is limited to 18 semester hours credit per semester or 7 semester hours credit per summer term. This policy applies to
courses taken starting fall 2010 and is not retroactive to courses taken earlier unless the student met the academic eligibility
of the previous policy.
• Approval will not be granted if the student is ineligible to return to the university because of disciplinary action.
• Approval will not be granted for courses in which credit has been previously earned.
With specic authorization as indicated below, approval may be granted in the following instances:
• If the student has been previously enrolled in an equivalent course.
• If the student has attained junior standing and wishes to attend a two-year institution.
• If the student has previously completed 60 semester hours or more at a two-year institution.
• If the student wishes to be enrolled concurrently at ECU and in courses at another institution.
Students should be aware that courses completed elsewhere and transferred in to ECU are not included for the calculation
of the ECU GPA. However, transfer semester hours are included when determining the student’s retention requirements.
CREDIT TO RESTORE ACADEMIC ELIGIBILITY
Students who have a GPA of less than 2.0 or who are academically ineligible to return to East Carolina University have the
following options:
• Students may attend summer session(s) at East Carolina University. At the end of the summer session(s) the student
must have either a cumulative East Carolina University GPA for their retention period; be within 5 quality points of
the GPA needed for their retention period or earn a GPA of 2.5 on 12 or more semester hours by attending both
summer terms. The retention period is as follows:
1-29 attempted hours and/or transfer hours, 1.6 GPA
30-59 attempted hours and/or transfer hours, 1.8 GPA
60-74 attempted hours and/or transfer hours, 1.9 GPA
75 or more attempted and/or transfer hours, 2.0 GPA
• Students may complete at a regionally accredited institution 30 semester hours or 45 quarter hours with a cumulative
2.5 GPA on all transferable work and maintain a minimum grade of C on all transferable courses in order for the credit
to be transferable to East Carolina University. Please note that transfer credits may affect the student’s retention GPA
requirements. Although credit may be allowed for courses, the equivalent of which the student was previously enrolled
at East Carolina University, duplicate credit will not be granted under any circumstances. For additional regulations
applying to transfer credit, see Section 2, Admission and Readmission.
EXAMINATIONS AND QUIZZES
FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Final examinations will be held at the close of each term in all courses. There will be no departure from the printed schedule
of examinations. Changes for individual emergencies of a serious nature will be made only with the approval of the instructor,
the student’s major chairperson, director, or dean. The departmental chairperson, school director, or the college dean will,
if a serious emergency is believed to exist, forward a written request to the Ofce of the Registrar, setting forth the nature
53
SECTION 5: ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
of the emergency. A student who is absent from an examination without an excuse may be given a grade of F in the course.
The instructor may issue an incomplete (I) in the case of a student absent from the nal examination who has presented a
satisfactory excuse or an ofcial university excuse from the Dean of Students or his/her designee.
INTERMEDIATE TESTS AND QUIZZES
Students who are absent from intermediate tests and quizzes with an excuse acceptable to the instructor or an ofcial
university excuse from the Dean of Students or his/her designee will be given a makeup test or an excuse from taking the
test at the discretion of the instructor.
RE-EXAMINATIONS
Re-examination for the purpose of removing a failure is permitted only in the case of graduating seniors who are in their last
term before their scheduled commencement and who are passing the course at the time the nal examination is given. Only
one re-examination per course is permissible.
A grade change resulting from re-examination must be on le in the Ofce of the Registrar one week after the originally
scheduled examination.
GRADING SYSTEM
GRADE POINTS AND GRADE POINT AVERAGE
A grade (quality) point system based on all hours attempted at East Carolina University is used to calculate student scholarship.
The following grade symbols are currently in use for all undergraduate courses: A-excellent, B-good, C-average, D-barely
passed, F-failed (Course must be repeated to secure credit.), I-incomplete, N-audited, W-withdrawn. A grade of I is given for
a deciency in quantity, not quality, of work.
Grade points are computed by multiplying the number of semester-hour credits by four for courses in which a grade of A is
earned, by three for a grade of B, by two for a grade of C, by one for a grade of D. No grade points are given for a grade of
F, but hours attempted are recorded for each attempt of a given course. (See Grade Replacement Policy, below.) The GPA
is obtained by dividing the total number of grade points earned by the total number of semester hours attempted.
CHANCELLOR’S LIST, DEAN’S LIST, AND HONOR ROLL
Each semester, outstanding scholarship is recognized in the following manner:
The Chancellor’s List is composed of the names of all full-time undergraduates who make four grade (quality) points per
credit hour (4.0) on all work taken with no incomplete grades.
The Dean’s List is composed of the names of all full-time undergraduates who make at least three and one-half grade (quality)
points per credit hour (3.5) on all work taken with no grade below C and no incomplete grades.
The Honor Roll is composed of the names of full-time undergraduates who make at least three grade (quality) points per
credit hour (3.0) on all work taken with no grade below C and no incomplete grades.
GRADE APPEALS
Students may appeal a nal grade in a course if the appeal is based on one or more of the following factors:
• An error was made in grade computation.
• Standards different from those established in written department, school or college policies, if specic policies
exist, were used in assigning the grade.
• The instructor departed substantially from his or her previously articulated, written standards, without
notifying students, in determining the grade.
A formal grade appeal must be initiated by the student by the end of the twenty-rst calendar day of the semester (not
including summer sessions) following the award of the grade. The grade assigned by the instructor is assumed to be correct
and the student appealing the grade must justify the need for a change of the grade assigned.
54
ACADEMIC ELIGIBILITY STANDARDS
A discussion with the instructor should be the rst step to resolve differences between an instructor and student concerning
a grade. If the instructor of record will not be available within one semester (not including summer sessions), the department
chair or designee may act in lieu of the instructor of record for the purpose of grade appeals. If the instructor and student
cannot resolve the appeal, and the student wishes to pursue the matter further, he or she must present to the chair of the
department or designee in which the course is offered, a written appeal that includes the following:
• A statement addressing how the appeal meets one or more of the three criteria necessary for a formal appeal.
• A description of the outcome of the informal discussion process with the instructor.
• Any relevant documents the student would like to be reviewed as part of the appeal process.
• A copy of the course syllabus and assignment descriptions.
The department chair or designee may request additional materials from the student as necessary. After receiving a copy of
the appeal materials from the department chair or designee, the instructor has fourteen calendar days to respond in writing
to the appeal. The department chair or designee will discuss this response with the instructor and will provide the student
with written notication of the outcome of this step within seven calendar days after receiving the instructor’s response.
If there is no mutually agreed upon resolution between the student and the instructor, and the student wishes to pursue
the matter further, he or she has seven calendar days to submit his or her written appeal to the college dean or designee.
The college dean or designee will review the appeal, provide copies of all appeal materials to the instructor, and discuss the
appeal with both the instructor and the student. The instructor has seven days to review the written appeal the student has
presented to the dean and, if desired, prepare an additional written response. The college dean or designee will provide
the student with written notication of the result of this step within fourteen calendar days after receipt of the appeal from
the student.
If this does not lead to a mutually agreeable resolution between the student and the instructor, and the student wishes to
pursue the matter further, then a Grade Appeal Committee shall be formed by the college dean within ten calendar days. This
committee shall include three faculty members from the college: one selected by the student, one selected by the instructor
of record, and one appointed by the college dean. A majority shall prevail in the committee. The Committee shall elect its
own chair. The function of the Grade Appeal Committee shall be to evaluate the appeal in terms of the stated grounds for
the appeal. The Committee’s decision may be to keep the assigned grade or to raise the assigned grade. The Committee shall
provide a written justication to the college dean for its decision, including minority opinions when they exist, no later than
twenty-one calendar days after the Committee’s formation. The college dean shall inform the student and the instructor of
the Committee’s decision and provide both parties with copies of the Committee report.
This grade appeal policy shall constitute the sole internal administrative remedy for a change in grade, except when the grade
being disputed resulted from an alleged academic integrity violation or when a grade dispute involves an Ofce of Equal
Opportunity and Equity discrimination complaint. If a grade dispute arises from an issue that is covered under the university’s
Academic Integrity Policy, the process for resolution that has been established for appealing academic integrity violations
must be followed. If a grade dispute arises from an issue that is covered under the university’s Equal Opportunity and Equity
policies, the process for resolution that the Ofce of Equal Opportunity and Equity has established must be completed prior
to the use of the university’s grade appeal process.
CHANGE OF GRADE
A change in grade, other than I (incomplete), for any reason, must be made within one year from the date the original grade
was received.
REMOVAL OF INCOMPLETES
A grade of I must be removed during the next semester (not counting summer session) in which the student is enrolled in
the university or it automatically becomes a failure. The instructor will set a time for the removal of the incomplete, in no
case later than three weeks prior to the end of the semester. Instructors must submit the proper removal of incomplete form
to the Ofce of the Registrar at least two weeks prior to the end of the semester. If the student does not return to school,
the I must be removed within one year, or it automatically becomes an F. An incomplete may not be removed by repeating
the course. If a student enrolls in a course in which he or she has an incomplete, the I will automatically become an F. No
student will be allowed to graduate with an incomplete on his or her record.
55
SECTION 5: ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
GRADE REPLACEMENT POLICY
A student is permitted to use the Grade Replacement Policy a maximum of four times for courses below 3000 in which he
or she has earned a grade of D or F. For example, a student may replace a grade in four different courses or may replace a
single course grade a maximum of four times or a combination thereof not to exceed the limits of the policy. Approval to
use the policy will not be given if a student wishes to repeat a course after he or she has successfully completed an advanced
course covering the same or similar material, for example, a course in the same academic discipline for which the repeated
course is a prerequisite.
The grade replacements will be automatically processed for courses worth 3 or more semester hours. The student must
request a grade replacement for 1 or 2 semester hour courses by completing a grade replacement form and submitting it to
the Ofce of the Registrar. The grade replacement form for 1 or 2 semester hour courses must be submitted to the Ofce
of the Registrar by the last day of classes of the semester in which the student retakes the course in order for the grade
replacement(s) to be reected in the student’s GPA and Academic Standing for the current semester. Although the original
grade will not be used in determining the GPA of the student, the original grade will remain on the student’s permanent
academic record and will be included in the calculation for consideration for honors. The replacement grade, or last grade,
stands. Students receiving an F on the replacement grade must repeat the course if credit is required for graduation. In the
event that the original grade was a D, no additional credit hours will be awarded. The grade replacement policy does not
apply to courses taken prior to fall 1994.
ACADEMIC ELIGIBILITY STANDARDS
Retention requirements are based on hours attempted at East Carolina University and/or transfer hours from another
institution. The minimum academic requirements to avoid probation and/or suspension are as follows:
1-29 attempted hours and/or transfer hours, 1.8 GPA 60+ attempted hours and/or transfer hours, 2.0 GPA
30-59 attempted hours and/or transfer hours, 1.9 GPA Second undergraduate degree, 2.0 GPA
A student who possesses a baccalaureate degree and who is working toward a second baccalaureate degree must maintain
a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 on all work attempted on the second baccalaureate degree. Certain academic programs
require a GPA greater than 2.0 for admission. (See specic major requirements.) Please note that Academic Eligibility and
Satisfactory Academic Progress for Financial Aid are not the same. Please contact Student Financial Aid for more information
about Satisfactory Academic Progress for continuation of receipt of student nancial aid at East Carolina University (www.
ecu.edu/nancial/).
ACADEMIC STANDING CODES
Grade point calculations are made and the report is posted to the web. Grades are mailed to the student at the end of each
semester and each summer term upon written request (for each semester/term) from the student. Notication of academic
difculty is electronically provided to the student by Banner Self Service and via e-mail to their ECU e-mail account. The
report indicates the following academic standing codes as appropriate:
1. Removed from Academic Probation
2. Academic Warning: This code indicates that the student is not performing at an acceptable level for progression
toward graduation. (Warning is assigned to students whose cumulative grade point average is less than 2.0
[required for graduation] but meets the minimum GPA required for his or her retention period.)
3. Academic Probation: This code indicates that the student has not met the required academic standards:
1-29 attempted hours and/or transfer hours, 1.6 GPA
30-59 attempted hours and/or transfer hours, 1.8 GPA
60-74 attempted hours and/or transfer hours, 1.9 GPA
75 or more attempted and/or transfer hours, 2.0 GPA
Second undergraduate degree, 2.0 GPA
If the academic standard is not attained by the end of the next semester of enrollment, the student will be
suspended. If either of the following conditions has been met during the semester of probation, the student is
56
ACADEMIC ELIGIBILITY STANDARDS
granted an “automatic appeal” and will be allowed to continue his/her enrollment:
a) The student earns a 2.5 or higher GPA on 12 or more attempted hours or
b) The student’s cumulative GPA results in a decit of 5 or fewer quality points from the total required
by the academic standard.
Please note: The automatic appeal allows a student to return to ECU but does not remove the suspension
from the student’s record. If the student fails to attain the required academic standard then he/she will
advance to the next level of suspension. The student will receive one of the following codes as appropriate:
3A – Probation after rst suspension
3B - Probation after second suspension
3C – Probation after third suspension
3D – Probation Nontraditional student
4. A. Academic Suspension: This code indicates the rst time that the student’s scholastic performance has not
met the requirements necessary to continue enrollment. The student is suspended for one semester followed by
readmission on probation.
B. Academic Suspension: This code indicates the status of a student who has become academically ineligible for
a second time. A student becoming ineligible a second time will be suspended for one academic year (two
consecutive semesters).
C. Academic Suspension: This code indicates the status of a student who has become academically ineligible for
a third time. If a third suspension occurs, the student will be readmitted only by successful appeal to the Student
Academic Appellate Committee.
D. Nontraditional Student Suspension: This code indicates the status of a student who has become academically
ineligible because of failure to satisfy retention stipulations within the limits established by the Performance-Based
Admission Policy. For readmission options available to students in this status, see Special Readmission
(Forgiveness) Policy under Readmission, below.
Students on probation or suspended from the university have the following options:
• Students may attend summer session(s) at East Carolina University. At the end of the summer session(s) the student
must have either a cumulative ECU GPA for their retention period; be within 5 quality points of the GPA needed for
their retention period or earn a GPA of 2.5 on 12 or more semester hours by attending both summer terms. The
retention period is as follows:
1-29 attempted hours and/or transfer hours, 1.6 GPA
30-59 attempted hours and/or transfer hours, 1.8 GPA
60-74 attempted hours and/or transfer hours, 1.9 GPA
75 or more attempted and/or transfer hours, 2.0 GPA
• Students may complete at a regionally accredited institution 30 semester hours or 45 quarter hours with a cumulative
2.5 GPA on all transferable work and maintain a minimum grade of C on all transferable courses in order for the
credit to be transferable to East Carolina University. Please note that transfer credits may affect the student’s retention
GPA requirements. Although credit may be allowed for courses the equivalent of which the student was previously
enrolled in at East Carolina University, duplicate credit will not be granted under any circumstances. For additional
regulations applying to transfer credit, see Section 2, Admission and Readmission.
WARNING AND PROBATION
A student will be placed on academic warning if his or her cumulative GPA is less than 2.00 but meets the minimum GPA
required for his or her retention period.
A student will be placed on academic probation if he or she does not meet the current academic eligibility standards.
Students on probation are required to meet with their advisor and attend an academic review session conducted by the
Academic Advising and Support Center or his or her academic unit prior to registration for the next academic term (fall
or spring).
A student will remain on academic warning or probation until the required GPA is obtained or the student is suspended.
57
SECTION 5: ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
SUSPENSION
The student who fails to meet the required GPA while on probation will be suspended from the university unless the student
• earns at least a 2.5 GPA on a minimum of 12 attempted hours in the current probationary semester or
two summer terms,
• earns quality points on attempted hours during the current probationary semester or two summer terms such
that his or her cumulative quality points result in a decit of no more than 5 quality points from the total quality
points required for the retention period and the hours attempted, or
• is readmitted by the Student Academic Appellate Committee following submission of an appeal to that committee.
Appeals Of Suspension
A student who wishes to appeal his or her suspension must appeal in writing to the Student Academic Appellate Committee.
Continuing students who have served a portion of their suspension and who wish exemption from the remainder may also
submit an appeal to resume attendance. The completed appeal packet must be received in the the Center for Academic
Services by 5:00 p.m. on the fourteenth day prior to the rst day of classes for the fall or spring semester in which the student
wishes to attend.
The Student Academic Appellate Committee normally will not approve an appeal unless it is based on personal, medical
or psychological problems of an extreme nature that were unforeseeable and uncontrollable and the student provides
evidence that the situation has been remedied. The written appeal must contain the following information:
• rationale for the appeal;
• documentation of personal, family, or medical problems
• evidence that the problems have been resolved
In considering appeals for readmission for the fall semester, the committee normally expects students to attend summer school
to demonstrate academic improvement. The decision of the Student Academic Appellate Committee is nal.
A successful appeal of academic suspension does not also grant an appeal to Student Financial Aid Satisfactory Academic
Progress standards. Please contact Student Financial Aid for more information (www.ecu.edu/nancial/).
READMISSION
Students leaving on Good Standing from the university shall be eligible to return any semester. If a student has
taken courses at another regionally accredited institution while away from the university, a GPA of 2.50 or higher
must be attained in order to be competitive for readmission. Only those courses with a grade of C or better
will be transferrable to the university.
Following Suspension
Students must apply for readmission to the Ofce of Undergraduate Admissions. Eligibility to apply for readmission after
suspension does not guarantee acceptance as the university must adhere to enrollment restrictions.
Following an initial suspension of one semester and readmission to the university on academic probation, the student who
fails to meet the required GPA while on probation will be suspended from the university for two semesters unless he or
she earns at least a 2.5 GPA on a minimum of 12 attempted hours in the current probationary semester or attending both
summer terms, has a total quality point decit of 5 or fewer for the retention period and hours attempted, or is readmitted
by the Student Academic Appellate Committee.
Following the second suspension and readmission to the university on academic probation, the student who fails to meet
the required GPA will be suspended from the university for an indenite period of time, not less than three academic years,
unless he or she earns at least a cumulative GPA of 2.5 on a minimum of 12 attempted hours in the current probationary
semester or attending both summer terms, has a total quality point decit of 5 or fewer for the retention period and hours
attempted, meets the required GPA by attending summer school at ECU, or is readmitted by the Student Academic Appellate
Committee.
A student may remove academic deciencies only by attending East Carolina University. Quality points do not transfer.
58
STUDENT EDUCATIONAL RECORDS
Readmission Under Forgiveness Policy
Former East Carolina University students who have not been enrolled at ECU for a minimum of three consecutive academic
years (six semesters, summer sessions excluded) may request readmission under the Forgiveness Policy. Such requests must
be submitted on the application for readmission according to application deadline dates as specied above.
Students who have been enrolled at another regionally accredited college or university since their last enrollment at East
Carolina University must submit to the Ofce of Undergraduate Admissions ofcial transcripts indicating that a minimum
cumulative 2.5 average has been earned in all transferable courses.
Subsequent East Carolina University-based GPAs of students readmitted under this policy will be computed without inclusion
of previous course work in which a grade below a C was received; credit toward graduation will not be allowed for such
course work.
Student should be aware, however, that all ECU grades, including those earned prior to readmission under the forgiveness
policy, will be included in calculations for consideration for degrees with distinction.
A student may take advantage of the readmission under the Forgiveness Policy only one time. Those readmitted under this
policy are on academic probation for the rst 19 semester hours of attempted course work. At the end of the term in
which the nineteenth semester hour is attempted, a minimum cumulative C average must have been earned at East Carolina
University on all course work attempted since readmission under forgiveness. Failure to meet this stipulation will result in the
student being ineligible, except for summer school, until such time as the C average is obtained.
Students should be aware that the Readmission under Forgiveness Policy is an ECU policy that is not recognized in the US
Department of Education’s calculation of nancial aid eligibility. Students who plan to apply to or receive nancial aid should
contact the nancial aid ofce. Cashier accounts must be cleared of any outstanding balance, if any, prior to registration for
the term of readmission.
Students should also be aware that a substantial tuition surcharge may be applied in accordance with the rules established
by the Board of Governors or other appropriate legislative body.
OFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL FROM AN ACADEMIC TERM
Students desiring to withdraw ofcially from the university should apply for withdrawal to the Center for Academic Services
after meeting with their academic advisor. Students must then obtain an ofcial withdrawal form from the Center for Academic
Services. After the student has obtained the signatures of the various ofcials designated on the form, the student must submit
the form to the Center for Academic Services for nal approval.
During the rst 50 percent of regularly scheduled class meetings, a student may withdraw from school without receiving
grades for courses in which he or she is enrolled. After 50 percent of regularly scheduled class meetings, a student withdrawing
from school shall receive no grade, nor credit, for the courses in which he/she is passing at the time of withdrawal. A student
will receive a grade of F for all classes which he/she is failing at the time of withdrawal. Students may appeal to the Student
Academic Appellate Committee if the failures were caused by unforeseen and uncontrollable circumstances.
Students withdrawing for medical/counseling reasons should complete the procedure within thirty days after the last class
attendance. All other students withdrawing should complete this procedure immediately after the last class attendance. After
classes have ended, no withdrawal, except in the case of severe medical emergency, can be led.
To withdraw, distance education students should notify [email protected].
STUDENT EDUCATIONAL RECORDS
POLICY ON POSTING GRADES
As soon as they are determined at the end of each semester or summer term, grades are posted electronically. Students may
secure their grades via Banner Self Service (www.onestop.ecu.edu, then click on the Banner Self Service link) using their Pirate
ID and password. In compliance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, faculty are not allowed to post grades by
Social Security Number or any other personally identiable characteristic. Upon receipt of a written request each semester or
59
term to the Ofce of the Registrar, a report of grades is sent to the student at his or her permanent home address. Questions
about nal examination grades should be directed to the instructor who determined the grade.
TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS
Requests for transcripts of a student’s record should be submitted electronically via OneStop, addressed in writing, or in
person with a photo ID to the Ofce of the Registrar. For each copy, there is a fee of $5. A transcript will not be issued for
a student who is nancially indebted to the university.
PRIVACY OF STUDENT EDUCATIONAL RECORDS POLICY
The university policy for the administration of student educational records is in accordance with the provisions of the
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, also known as the Buckley Amendment or FERPA. This policy provides that the
student has a right of access to student educational records maintained by the university or any department or unit within
the university. The policy also protects the condentiality of personally identiable information in student records. A copy
of the university policy dealing with the privacy of student educational records is maintained in each professional school and
academic department within the university. Each member of the faculty should be thoroughly familiar with this policy and
comply with its provisions.
ACCESS TO STUDENT EDUCATIONAL RECORDS
In compliance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, it is the policy of the university that students have
the following rights in regard to ofcial educational records maintained by the university.
1. Each student has the right to inspect and review any and all ofcial educational records, les, and data maintained
by the university and directly related to the student and not related to other students.
2. The university will comply with the request from a student to review his or her records within a reasonable
time, but in any event not more than forty-ve days after the request is made. Any inquiry pertaining to student
records should be directed to the Ofce of the Registrar.
3. A student who believes that his or her educational records contain inaccuracies or misleading information or that
his or her right of privacy is violated on the basis of information contained in such records has the right to a
hearing to challenge such information and to have it removed from his or her record or to include in the record
his or her own statement of explanation. Any complaint pertaining to student records should be made directly
to the Ofce of the University Attorney, telephone 252-328-6940.
4. The university will not release any information from student records to anyone (except those agencies noted in
item below) without the prior written consent of the student. The consent must specify the records or information
to be released, the reasons for the release, and the identity of the recipient of the records.
5. Legitimate educational interest is a demonstrated “need to know” by those ofcials of an institution who act in the
student’s educational interest. They include: faculty, administration, clerical, professional employees, and student
workers and other persons who need student record information for the effective functioning of their ofce or
position. The following criteria shall be taken into account in determining the legitimacy of a University ofcial’s
access to student’s records:
a. The ofcial must seek the information within the context of the responsibilities that he or she has been assigned.
b. The information sought must be used within the context of ofcial University business and not for purposes
extraneous to the ofcial’s area of responsibility to the University.
6. Information from the student’s records may be released without the written consent of the student in the
following situations:
a. in compliance with a court order or subpoena;
b. requests from school ofcials who have a legitimate educational interest in the information (a school ofcial is a
person employed by the University in an administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff
position including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff);
c. requests from other departments or educational agencies who have legitimate educational interest in the
information, including persons or companies with whom the University has contracted (such as an attorney,
auditor, collection agent, or The National Student Clearinghouse);
d. requests from ofcials of other colleges or universities at which the student intends to enroll provided the
student is furnished with a copy, if he or she so desires, so that he or she may have an opportunity to
challenge the contents of the record;
SECTION 5: ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
60
e. requests from authorized representatives of the US Comptroller General or the administrative head of a federal
educational agency in connection with an order or evaluation of federally supported educational programs;
f. requests in connection with a student’s application for receipt of nancial aid;
g. requests from parents of a dependent student as dened in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954;
or
h. requests from appropriate persons in connection with an emergency if the knowledge of such information is
necessary to protect the health or safety of the student or other persons.
A student has the right to le a complaint at any time with the US Department of Education. However, it is expected that
the student normally would exhaust the available administrative remedies for relief according to the university grievance
procedures before ling such a complaint.
CHANGE OF NAME AND ADDRESS
It is the obligation of every student to notify the Ofce of the Registrar of any change in name or address in writing. Students
may also change their address via Banner Self Service (www.onestop.ecu.edu, then click on the Banner Self Service link) using
their Pirate ID and passphrase. Failure to do so can cause serious delay in communication with the student.
RELEASE OF DIRECTORY INFORMATION
The university routinely makes available in an annually updated printed directory and in an online directory certain information
about its students. This policy is for the convenience of students, parents, other members of the university community, and
the general public. In compliance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, the university will continue
this policy of releasing directory information, including the following: the student’s name, address, telephone listing, date and
place of birth, major eld of study, participation in ofcially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of members of
athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees and awards received, and the most recent previous educational agency or institute
attended by the student. If any student does not wish this directory information released without prior consent, the student
must notify the Ofce of the Registrar in writing within seven days after registration day of the current term of enrollment.
STUDENT EDUCATIONAL RECORDS
61
DISTANCE EDUCATION SECTION 6
ONLINE DISTANCE EDUCATION
East Carolina University has been a leader in distance education in North Carolina for more than sixty years. In the years
since the inception of its rst distance education program, the university has expanded both its offerings as well as the areas
that it serves. Early on, ECU recognized the potential of online learning, and was one of the rst universities in the nation
to develop and offer a degree entirely over the Internet. Since then, ECU has worked to offer more than sixty degrees and
certicate programs online, in elds such as education, business, health care, and technology, among others.
East Carolina University’s online distance education degree programs allow students to access their coursework twenty-
four hours a day, seven days a week. Online courses are taught by the same faculty that teach on-campus courses, and the
level of coursework, required readings, and examinations are the same for online courses as there are for their on-campus
counterparts. Programs are designed with the student in mind, and the instruction is focused on active participation and
academic success.
DISTANCE EDUCATION STUDENTS
Online learning is ideal for a number of people, particularly those who are concerned about balancing the rigors of an academic
workload with full-time employment or family obligations.
Online courses are typically delivered using course management systems such as Blackboard or Moodle. These formats have
been selected due to their ease of use for both student and instructor, and they have been used extensively for delivery of
distance education coursework. As with on-campus sections, syllabi and schedule of assignments are made available to students
within the rst few days of the semester for online courses. Assignments and homework are submitted electronically via
e-mail or the class Web site, usually on a weekly basis, with all necessary materials made available via folders within the course
management system. When administered electronically, examinations are taken by students during a prescribed timeframe,
using a proctor when necessary.
In an online course, students and instructors communicate via text-based discussion forums, where students can access
their coursework, as well as read and respond to information presented by the instructor. Some courses include real-time
electronic discussions that take place at a scheduled time, with students engaging their peers and instructor in conversation
about course material.
Students opting to complete their degrees with online distance education typically increase their skills and comfort level
with technology and online delivery of information, while strengthening their self-discipline, and organizational and time
management skills. The format is ideal for giving students heightened independence in the pursuit of their higher education,
while simultaneously providing the guidance and mentorship that are traditionally associated with on-campus instruction.
Though convenience and exibility are emphasized with distance education coursework, the same amount of effort and
participation are required from both student and instructor as required for face-to-face courses.
Full-time campus students who elect to add distance education course(s) to their schedule will incur additional tuition and
fees for such coursework, in addition to their regular on-campus tuition. Graduate rates will apply to those students who are
admitted to East Carolina University as non-degree seeking graduate students or those students who are pursuing graduate
degrees or certicates of advanced study.
Tuition rates and up-to-date listings of distance education course offerings by semester can be found at www.options.ecu.edu.
62
ONLINE DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE-COMPLETION PROGRAMS
The programs listed below allow students with college credit to complete the last half of their degrees online. Applicable
program concentrations are indented and italicized.
Birth-Kindergarten Teacher Education (BS)
Business Education (BSBE)
Communication (BS)
Public Relations Concentration
Elementary Education (BS)*
Finance (BSBA)
General Business Concentration
Health Information Management (BS)
Health Services Management (BS)
Hospitality Management (BS)
Industrial Distribution and Logistics (BS)
Industrial Technology (BS)
Bioprocess Manufacturing Concentration
Distribution and Logistics Concentration
Industrial Supervision Concentration
Information and Computer Technology Concentration
Manufacturing Systems Concentration
SECTION 6: DISTANCE EDUCATION
Information Technologies (BSBE)
Management (BSBA)
Management Concentration
Management Information Systems (BSBA)
Management Information Systems Concentration
Marketing (BSBA)
Operations and Supply Chain Management Concentration
Middle Grades Education (BS)*
RN to BSN Nursing (BSN)
Special Education (BS)*
Wachovia East *
* This partnership utilizes a part-time cohort model and is designed for
students transferring from a North Carolina community college. Interested
students should contact the appropriate coordinator prior to applying to
ECU (www.edu.edu/wpe).
GRADUATE DEGREES
Business Administration (MBA)
Construction Management (MCM)
Criminal Justice (MS)
Educational Administration and Supervision (EdS)
English (MA)
Multicultural and Transnational Literatures Concentration
Technical and Professional Communication Concentration
Environmental Health (MSEH)
Health Education (MA)
Instructional Technology (MS)
Library Science (MLS)
Master of Arts in Education (MAEd)
(Must hold a current North Carolina teaching license)
Art Education
Birth-Kindergarten Education
Business Education
Family and Consumer Sciences Education
Health Education
Instructional Technology Education
Science Education
Special Education
Music Education (MM)**
Nursing (MSN)
Adult Nurse Practitioner Concentration**
Clinical Nurse Specialist in Adult Health Concentration
Family Nurse Practitioner Concentration**
Neonatal Nurse Practitioner Concentration
Nurse Midwifery Concentration**
Nursing Education Concentration
Nursing Leadership Concentration
Nutrition (MS)
Occupational Safety (MS)
Psychology, General (MA)**
Software Engineering (MS)
Speech, Language and Auditory Pathology (MS)**
Technology Systems (MS)
Computer Networking Management Concentration
Digital Communications Concentration
Industrial Distribution and Logistics Concentration
Information Security Concentration
Manufacturing Systems Concentration
Performance Improvement Concentration
Quality Systems Concentration
Vocational Education (MS)
** Some on-campus attendance is required.
63
GRADUATE CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS
Assistive Technology
Community College Instruction
Computer Network Professional
Distance Learning and Administration
Health Care Administration
Health Care Management/MBA
Health Informatics
Information Assurance
Lean Six Sigma
ADD-ON LICENSURE
Multicultural and Transnational Literatures
Performance Improvement
Professional Communication
Security Studies
Special Endorsement in Computer Education
Substance Abuse Counseling
Virtual Reality in Education and Training
Web Site Developer
POST-MASTER’S CERTIFICATES
Adult Nurse Practitioner**
Clinical Nurse Specialist
Family Nurse Practitioner**
Neonatal Nurse Practitioner
Nurse Midwifery**
Nursing Education
Nursing Leadership
ADD-ON LICENSURE
Driver’s Education
Preschool
Special Endorsement in Computers Education
** Some on-campus attendance is required.
64
SCHOLAR, LEADERSHIP, AND INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS SECTION 7
EC SCHOLAR PROGRAM
Purpose
The EC Scholars award is the most prestigious scholarship offered at East Carolina University. To attract the most intellectually
talented students to East Carolina University, the EC Scholars Program was established in 1998. The scholarship offers
challenging learning experiences to a highly academically gifted select group of East Carolina University undergraduates. EC
Scholars demonstrate potential in the areas of academic rigor, leadership and community engagement.
Process
The application for the EC Scholars Program is separate from the East Carolina University undergraduate application. The
EC Scholars application is due December 1 each year. Finalists are invited to an EC Scholars interview in February and the
scholarship awardees are announced in the spring. The scholarship is an award totaling $40,000 with an additional $5,000
stipend for a Study Abroad experience.
Program
EC Scholars must maintain high program standards and continually demonstrate academic excellence and commitment, integrity
and dedication. The EC Scholars Program fosters students’ growth as the brightest of ECU’s future alumni and community
leaders. EC Scholars benet from a curriculum that emphasizes community engagement, leadership and rigorous academic
coursework. EC Scholars are required to follow the guidelines of the Honors College and of the EC Scholars Program. EC
Scholars will enroll for a minimum course load of 12 semester hours during each fall and spring semester and must obtain a
minimum cumulative GPA of 3.5. All EC Scholars will complete a Study Abroad academic experience and a Senior Honors
Project. EC Scholars live and learn in a collegial residence environment. For additional information about the EC Scholars
Program, please contact the program director at 252-328-6373 or 252-328-5466.
HONORS COLLEGE
The Honors College at East Carolina University is a diverse intellectual community for academically talented students of
strong character. Honors students engage in stimulating coursework that spans disciplines across campus, providing for a
challenging and innovative curricular and co-curricular model. These students are provided with the opportunity to engage
in immersive service-learning, undergraduate research, and internship experiences throughout their four years. Students
will leave the Honors College with a foundation of skills and experiences designed to make them competitive for graduate
programs, scholarships, and careers following graduation.
The Honors College provides students with a supportive living environment through a strong partnership with Campus Living.
Honors students live together in Jones Hall during their rst year on campus where the Honors living-learning community
allows for the natural formation of study groups, connections to students in similar classes, and a supportive network of
academically talented peers.
Within the classroom, Honors students are exposed to experienced faculty from our many schools and colleges at ECU. Faculty
interact with Honors students through seminars, colloquia, specially-designated sections of courses, research assistantships,
mentoring and advising support. Honors students also have access to a talented and supportive Honors College staff who
assist them in working toward completion of their Honors coursework and in securing special internship, research, and study
abroad opportunities.
The Honors College is open to incoming freshmen by invitation-only. The Honors College ofces are located in D-107 Brewster
Building and the administration and staff may be reached by e-mail at honor[email protected] or by phone at 252-328-6373.
UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH
ECU, in keeping with its commitment to excellence in undergraduate education, has reafrmed its priority of undergraduate
research. Towards this end, the Ofce of Undergraduate Research in the Division of Research and Graduate Studies was
created. The director and the Undergraduate Research and Creative Activity committee establish guidelines and administer a
competition for awards to fund stipends, and supplies to eligible undergraduates who are engaged in research projects under
the supervision of faculty. The Ofce is also charged with coordinating the annual Undergraduate Research and Creative
Activity Day during Research Week and offering student research workshops.
65
SECTION 7: SCHOLAR, LEADERSHIP, AND INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS
The Ofce of Undergraduate Research maintains a Web site (www.ecu.edu/rgs/Undergraduate-Research.cfm) with links to
research opportunities both on campus and off.
For further information about undergraduate research opportunities, you may contact the director at [email protected]
or 252-328-9476. The Ofce of Undergraduate Research is located at 1512 Greenville Center.
NORTH CAROLINA NURSE SCHOLARS
The North Carolina Nurse Scholars Program was established in 1989 by the North Carolina General Assembly. The program
provides college scholarship loans for outstanding high school graduates and other persons interested in pursuing higher
education to become registered nurses. Recipients are chosen on the basis of academic performance, evidence of leadership
and extracurricular participation, and the promise of service as a registered nurse in North Carolina. Awards can be made to
full-time pre-nursing freshman; full-time pre-nursing sophomores; junior nursing students, who are nontraditional baccalaureate
nursing students; community college transfers enrolling as juniors; other juniors in a baccalaureate nursing program; and to RNs
enrolled full-time in a baccalaureate degree in nursing completion program. A scholarship recipient is required to practice in
North Carolina as a full-time registered nurse for a full year for each year of scholarship assistance received.
Interested students may contact the College Foundation of North Carolina web site at www.cfnc.org, or contact the College
of Nursing at 252-744-6477 or their high school guidance counselor. Applications are due February 15 of each year.
NORTH CAROLINA TEACHING FELLOWS
The North Carolina Teaching Fellows Program, the most ambitious teacher recruitment program in the nation and one of
the most prestigious scholarship awards in North Carolina, provides a $26,000 scholarship to 500 outstanding high school
seniors interested in teaching. ECU accepts 45 teaching fellows in each class. Teaching fellows participate in academic
seminars, leadership development opportunities, professional internships, and social and cultural experiences. Throughout
the four years, ECU Teaching Fellows also work as tutors, travel, perform service work, plan recruitment initiatives, and serve
on various committees.
Teaching Fellows are licensed in the following areas: birth-kindergarten, elementary education (K-6), middle grades education
(6-9), secondary education (9-12), business and information technologies education and family and consumer sciences (7-12),
and K-12 (art, dance, theatre, music, health, exercise and sport science, and special education). Following graduation from
college, the student agrees to teach for four years in one of North Carolina’s public schools, charter schools, or government
schools.
High school students interested in becoming North Carolina Teaching Fellows should consult their high school guidance
counselor. Applications are to be submitted in early fall of the senior year of high school. For further information on application
deadlines, or more program information, access www.ecu.edu/cs-educ/teachfel/index.cfm, or telephone the ECU Teaching
Fellows Ofce at 252-328-4126.
MAYNARD SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM
James and Connie Maynard and the College of Education established the Maynard Scholarship at ECU on May 31, 2006. This
four year $20,000 scholarship is awarded to ten outstanding high school seniors each year. The scholarship is modeled after
the NC Teaching Fellows Scholarship and as such, recipients will be expected to teach in a public, charter or government
school for four years in one of the stated counties following graduation. Individuals have up to seven years to complete this
requirement. The Maynard Scholarship is administered from the ECU NC Teaching Fellows Ofce.
EARLY ENTRY INTO ECU GRADUATE PROGRAMS
The Integrated Bachelor’s/Master’s Program and the Accelerated Master’s Program provide two options for students to be
admitted to graduate programs earlier in their undergraduate studies than usual.
In the Integrated Bachelor’s/Master’s Program, qualied undergraduate students may apply for graduate admission and enroll in
up to 15 hours of graduate credit to count toward completion of both the bachelor’s degree and the master’s degree. Students
choosing this program complete their undergraduate degree in the three-year program or in the traditional four-year program.
For example, qualied students can integrate the bachelor’s degree in exercise and sports science and the master’s degree in
66
EARLY ENTRY INTO ECU GRADUATE PROGRAMS
physical therapy. Other combinations are available; students should discuss their goals with their advisors, and the Graduate
School. Students receive the undergraduate degree prior to or concurrent with completion of the master’s degree.
In some structured integrated programs, students receive both degrees at the same time. One such integrated program is
the BSA/MSA. Students designate the integrated degree upon admission and complete the combined bachelor’s and master’s
program in ve years, receiving both degrees upon graduation. Students cannot receive the BSA only; students opting out of
the BSA/MSA program change to a BSBA degree. A combination BA is psychology and MSOT in Occupational Therapy was
initiated in Fall 2004. Students in this program apply after 75 hours and must maintain the required GPA for continuation.
After ve years, students receive both degrees.
The Accelerated Master’s Degree Program results in only one degree, the graduate degree. This program requires students
to commit in the rst semester of their freshmen year to the study of the combined degree program. With satisfactory
progress, the students complete their foundations curriculum and program core requirements and then may apply directly
to the master’s program. The rst such program at East Carolina University is one of the options for earning the master’s
degree in occupational therapy (MSOT). In this program, for example, students enter the university through the health service
management curriculum and occupational therapy option. Students must maintain a minimum 3.2 GPA to be eligible to apply
to continue their graduate program. Upon completion of this ve-year program, they earn only one degree, the MSOT. This
program option reduces the total number of hours in the students’ program. In the OT example, the accelerated program
option reduces the program from approximately 196 semester hours (undergraduate degree plus graduate degree) to 162
semester hours (combined degree). The College of Nursing offers an accelerated program for transferring students with the
RN. The RN/MSN results in one ECU degree: master of science in nursing (MSN). (See www.nursing.ecu.edu.)
INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS
INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS
East Carolina University views the creation of international awareness as an essential obligation of the contemporary university.
It provides academic and co-curricular programming which allows students to attain the knowledge and skills to comprehend
the world within a broad, exible, and sensitive conceptual framework that takes into account the reality of interdependence
among countries and of international structures. The university aims to produce liberally educated citizens of this and other
countries capable of coping with the complexity and diversity of the world in which we live. The International House is located
at 309 Ninth Street; telephone 252-328-4829.
International Admissions and Services
The Ofce of International Affairs coordinates ECU’s international student recruitment and admissions program, working with
its own staff and others within the university to expand the international representation within its degree-seeking student
body. Additionally, the ofce offers all students and faculty a variety of opportunities to participate in international travel and
learning experiences through summer-, semester-, or year-abroad programs. Fulbright and other scholarship or fellowship
opportunities, teaching and research, or work experiences are a few of the activities addressed for students and faculty.
Students from countries other than the United States may apply to the chairperson of the Department of Foreign Languages
and Literatures for a departmental certicate of American studies. (See Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures
for requirements.)
ECU Language Academy
The ECU Language Academy (ECULA) provides high quality intensive language instruction to international students and
professionals seeking to improve their English skills for both academic and professional purposes. There are opportunities for
students to engage in American culture through on campus classes and the use of ECU facilities. Upon successful completion
of the highest level of classes offered at the ECULA, students will have satised the language requirement for admission to
ECU; however, all other academic requirements for admission will still need to be met.
ECULA classes will range from advanced beginner level to superior level and will meet ve days per week, four hours per
day. Topics will include: reading and vocabulary building; note-taking and study skills; oral communication skills; and writing
for college.
For more information, please access the program Web site at http://www.ecu.edu/cs-acad/intlaffairs/ECULanguageAcademy.cfm.
67
Exchange Programs
In addition to its bilateral student exchanges with partner universities in fteen countries, East Carolina University is a member
of the UNC Exchange Program (UNC-EP) and the International Student Exchange Program (ISEP). As a result of these
linkages, ECU students can spend a semester or full academic year studying on exchange at more than 200 institutions in
41 countries.
Studying abroad is available to students with strong foreign language skills as well as for students interested in sites where
English is used as the primary language of instruction. These sites include such countries as Finland, Lithuania, Poland, Sweden,
France, and the Netherlands. With proper planning, students may take courses in their major, minor or foundations curriculum
without losing time toward graduation.
Studying abroad is affordable. Students studying on exchange through ECU, UNC-EP, or ISEP programs pay their tuition
and fees to ECU and receive equivalent benets at the host institution. Students may use their nancial aid to pay for their
exchange programs and they are encouraged to apply for a scholarship through the Rivers Endowment Fund, designed to
support ECU students going on exchange.
Study abroad alumni gain a global perspective that can provide an advantage when applying to graduate schools or when
applying for the rst job. Admissions counselors and employers recognize that study abroad provides an opportunity to
experience new cultures rst hand and augment what students learn in the classroom.
The Thomas W. and Izabel B. Rivers Endowment Fund
The endowment fund established by Thomas W. and Izabel B. Rivers promotes the internationalization of ECU through
support for students to study abroad. Awards are made throughout the year, as decided by a faculty panel. Information and
applications are available through the Ofce of International Affairs.
Additionally, International Affairs coordinates the Rivers Distinguished Chair of International Affairs program. It ensures that
throughout each academic year outstanding scholars are in residence, assisting schools or departments as well as faculty in
the internationalization process through teaching, research, and conferences.
INTERNATIONAL EXPERIENCES
Global Academic Initiatives
The Global Academic Initiatives program provides international experiences to students on the ECU campus through the
use of real-time video, audio, and internet technologies. The global understanding course (ANTH1050, PSYC 2250 and INTL
1050), is jointly taught with three other countries and is centered around topics ranging from family to cultural traditions to the
meaning of life. In this foundation curriclum course, students are partnered with their colleagues from partner universities in 18
countries to explore these and other topics. ECU’s global understanding project is the winner for the 2008 Andrew Heiskell
Award for Innovative International Education, given by the Institute of International Education, The same video, audio, and
other technologies are used in the International Lecture Exchanges, the International Course Exchanges, and the International
Research Exchanges. These virtual exchanges are offered across the curriculum in a wide variety of courses and disciplines.
LEADERSHIP PROGRAMS
BB&T CENTER FOR LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT
The BB&T Center for Leadership Development advocates and facilitates the incorporation of leadership development as
an important dimension of intellectual attention, inquiry and activity at East Carolina University and in higher education.
Major emphasis is placed on the proposition that every university student is being prepared as a leader, and therefore being
empowered as an agent of positive change in society.
The Center’s mission is to serve as a catalyst for leadership development throughout the University. A major goal is to
encourage and assist academic units and faculty to prepare students with leadership capacities to positively inuence and
impact their lives, their families, their communities and the larger society. That goal is pursued by providing opportunities for
leadership-related projects, programs and initiatives through nancial grants for leadership development agendas.
SECTION 7: SCHOLAR, LEADERSHIP, AND INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS
68
By encouraging and assisting units to embed leadership development components into courses and programs, the Center
seeks to advance East Carolina University’s extant service culture and its intention as a leadership development community.
Requests for further information should be addressed to the Director, BB&T Center for Leadership Development, 1100 Bate
Building, East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 27858-4353; telephone 252-328-6190; [email protected].
CENTER FOR LEADERSHIP AND CIVIC ENGAGEMENT
The Center for Student Leadership and Civic Engagement (CSLCE) is located in Mendenhall Student Center within the
Department of Student Experiences/University Unions. The mission of the center is to foster leadership practices and civic
engagement experiences that transform and empower students through pedagogy, research, and co-curricular experiences.
The center provides a central location for student leadership experiences and opportunities that foster their leadership
development.
The CSLCE operates under ve core premises and a matrix of guiding principles which aligned with the university’s strategic
plan to “Distinguish itself by the ability to train and prepare leaders for our state and nation.” The rst and foundational premise
is that leadership is a continual process of understanding who you are and using that knowledge to positively inuence yourself, others,
and society. Secondly the CLSCE is driven by the premise that civic engagement is a powerful vehicle for developing students’
leadership skills. The third operating premise is that leadership is a collaborative process, and the fourth states that leadership is
value-based. The nal premise around which the center functions is that all students (not just those in formal positions) have the
ability to apply leadership practices to real life situations.
Programs and activities will be designed to encourage development in three learning stages; they will Discover, Design, and
then Deliver. Within each stage, students will explore three phases of leadership – Self, Others, and Society.
In the Discover phase, students start by recognizing the self--who they are, what they want, what they value, how they operate
as individuals and as members of groups, and how they can contribute to the betterment of society.
During the Design phase, students develop a personal strategic vision and develop strategies for motivation and self-
discipline. Plans for promotion and collaboration with others are made. In this stage, students personally respond to societal
challenges.
The Deliver phase is structured to be transformative. At this point in their development, students will have the opportunity
to transform themselves and society by performing service to the public.
The CSLCE offers students points of entry into leadership development activities throughout their collegiate career. The center
serves as a clearinghouse for multiple programs and hosts the Elite Pirate, Leadership Challenge Institute, Emerging Leaders
Program, Student Financial Literacy, Co-Curricular Student Prole, LeaderShape, and the Walter & Marie Williams Leadership
Award Program to name a few. To nd out more about our programs and initiatives, visit our Web site at http://www.ecu.
edu/cs-studentlife/universityunions/CSLCE.cfm or feel free to give us a call at 252-737-2002.
INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS
69
UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE
DEGREES, MINORS, AND CERTIFICATES
DEGREES
UNDERGRADUATE
Bachelor of Arts (BA) Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA)
Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) Bachelor of Science in Business Education (BSBE)
Bachelor of Science (BS) Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN)
Bachelor of Science in Accounting (BSA) Bachelor of Music (BM)
Bachelor of Science in Applied Physics (BSAP) Bachelor of Social Work (BSW)
GRADUATE
(See graduate catalog for graduate degree requirements.)
Master of Arts (MA) Master of Science in Environmental Health (MSEH)
Master of Arts in Education (MAEd) Master of Science in Nursing (MSN)
Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT) Master of Science in Occupational Therapy (MSOT)
Master of Business Administration (MBA) Master of Social Work (MSW)
Master of Construction Management (MCM) Certicate of Advanced Study (CAS) (Sixth Year)
Master of Fine Arts (MFA) Educational Specialist (EdS)
Master of Library Science (MLS) Doctor of Audiology (AuD)
Master of Music (MM) Doctor of Dental Medicine (DMD)*
Master of Public Administration (MPA) Doctor of Education (EdD)
Master of Public Health (MPH) Doctor of Medicine (MD)
Master of School Administration (MSA) (See catalog of the Brody School of Medicine.)
Master of Science (MS) Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
Master of Science in Accounting (MSA) Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT)
* Classes begin in the Fall of 2011
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS SECTION 8
70
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
MINORS
UNDERGRADUATE
Aerospace Studies
African and African American Studies
Alcohol and Drug Studies
Anthropology
Architectual Design Technology
Art
Art History
Asian Studies
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Child Development and Family Relations
Classical Studies
Clinical Chemistry and Hematology
Clinical Laboratory Science Generalist
Clinical Microbiology
Coastal and Marine Studies
Communication: Communication Studies
Communication: Media Studies
Comparative Government and International Relations
Computer Science
Construction Management
Criminal Justice
Distribution Technology: Merchandising
Economics
English
Environmental Health
Ethnic Studies
Exercise and Sport Science
Film Studies
Forensic Science
French
Geography
Geology
German
Gerontology
Great Books
Health Informatics
Hematology and Immunohematology
Hispanic Studies
History
Hospitality Management
Indigenous Peoples of the Americas
Industrial Technology Management
Information and Computer Technology
Information Processing
International Studies
Jazz Studies
Leadership Studies
Mathematics
Mechanical Design Technology
Medieval and Renaissance Studies
Merchandising
Military Science
Multidisciplinary Studies
Music
Neuroscience
North Carolina Studies
Nutrition
Occupational Safety and Health
Philosophy
Physics
Planning
Political Science
Professional Ofcers Course (Aerospace)
Psychology
Public Administration
Public History
Recreation and Park Management
Recreational Therapy
Religious Studies
Russian Studies
Science
Security Studies
Sociology
Speech and Hearing Sciences
Sports Studies
Statistics
Women’s Studies
Worksite Health Promotion
GRADUATE
Statistics Women’s Studies
71
CERTIFICATES
CERTIFICATES
UNDERGRADUATE
American Studies for Foreign Students Geographic Information Science
Aquatics Management Global Understanding
Atmospheric Science Global Understanding with Distinction
Business and Technical Communication Jazz Studies
Computer Game Development Spanish Translation
Cultural Resources Management Suzuki Pedagogy
Driver and Safety Education Urban Design
Forensic Anthropology
GRADUATE
Adult Nurse Practitioner International Management
Advanced Performance Studies International Teaching
Applied Economics Lean Six Sigma
Aquatic Management Management Information Systems
Aquatic Therapy Multicultural and Transnational Literatures
Assistive Technology Neonatal Nurse Practitioner
Autism Nurse Anesthesia
Biofeedback Nurse Midwifery
Child Welfare Studies Nursing Education
Clinical Nurse Specialist Nursing Leadership
Community College Instruction Pathology Assistant
Community Health Administration Performance Improvement
Computer-based Instruction Physical Education Clinical Supervision
Computer Network Professional Professional Communication
Deaf-Blindness Professional Investment Management and Operations
Development and Environmental Planning Rehabilitation Counseling
Distance Learning and Administration School Business Management
Economic Development Security Studies
Electronic Commerce Special Endorsement in Computer Education
Employee Assistance Program Counseling Sport Management
Ethnic and Rural Health Disparities Statistics
Family Nurse Practitioner Substance Abuse (Criminal Justice)
Finance Substance Abuse (Social Work)
Geographic Information Science and Technology Substance Abuse Counseling
Gerontology Supply Chain Management
Health Care Administration Suzuki Pedagogy
Health Care Management Tax
Health Informatics Virtual Reality in Education and Training
Hispanic Studies Vocational Evaluation
Hospitality Management Website Developer
Information Assurance
72
UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS
For concentrations and specializations within degree programs, see departmental or school listings. Degree programs that
have been approved for distance education deliver are listed in Section 6.
Course of Study
Accounting
BSBA
MSA
Adult Education
MAEd
African and African American Studies
BA
Anatomy and Cell Biology
PhD
Anthropology
BA
MA
Art
BA
BFA
MFA
Art Education
BFA
MAEd
MAT
Art History and Appreciation
BA
Athletic Training
BS
MS
Audiology
AuD
Biochemistry
BS
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
PhD
Bioenergetics and Exercise Science
PhD
Biology
BS (Biochemistry)
BS (General)
MS (Biology)
MS (Molecular Biology and Biotechnology)
Biomedical Physics
PhD
Birth-Kindergarten (B-K) Teacher Education
BS
MAEd
Business Administration
BSBA (See specic subject area.)
MBA
Business Education
BSBE
MAEd
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Course of Study
Business and Marketing Education
BSBE
MAT
Chemistry
BA
BS
MS
Child Development and Family Relations
MS
Child Life
BS
Classical Studies (See Multidisciplinary Studies)
Clinical Laboratory Science
BS
Coastal Resources Management
PhD
Communication
BA
BS
MA
Communication Sciences and Disorders
MS
PhD
Computer Science
BA
BS
MS
Construction Management
BS
MCM
Counselor Education
MS
Criminal Justice
BS
MS
Dance Performance
BFA
Dance Education
BFA
Dental Medicine
DMD (Classes offered Fall of 2011)
Design
BS
Economics
BA
BS
MS (Applied and Resource Economics)
Education, Secondary (See academic subject.)
73
UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS
Course of Study
Educational Administration and Supervision
EdS
Educational Leadership
EdD
Elementary Education (K-6)
BS
MAEd
MAT
Engineering
BS
English
BA
MA
PhD (Technical and Professional Discourse)
English Education
BS (Secondary Education)
MAEd
MAT
Environmental Health
BS
MSEH
Exercise and Sport Science
BA
MS
Exercise Physiology
BS
Family and Community Services
BS
Family and Consumer Sciences Education
BS
MAEd
MAT
Finance
BSBA
Foreign Languages (See specic language.)
French
BA
BS, Secondary Education
Geography
BA
BS (Applied Atmospheric Science)
BS (Applied Geography)
MA
Geology
BS
MS
German
BA
BS, Secondary Education
Health Education
MA
MAEd
MAT
Health Education and Promotion
BS
Course of Study
Health Fitness Specialist
BS
Health Information Management
BS
Health Psychology
PhD
Health Services Management
BS
Hispanic Studies
BA
BS (Education)
MAT
History
BA
BS (Public History)
MA (History)
MA (Maritime Studies)
History Education
BS, Secondary Education
MAEd
MAT
Hospitality Management
BS
Industrial Distribution and Logistics
BS
Industrial Engineering Technology
BS
Industrial Technology
BS
Information and Computer Technology
BS
Information Technologies
BSBE
Instructional Technology
MS
Instructional Technology Education
MAEd
Interdisciplinary Biological Sciences
PhD
Interior Design
BS
International Studies
MA
Library Science
MLS
Management
BSBA
Management Information Systems
BSBA
Maritime Studies
MA
Marketing
BSBA
Marketing Education
MAEd
74
Course of Study
Marriage and Family Therapy
MS
Mathematics
BA
BS
MA
Mathematics, Secondary Education
BS
MAEd
Medical Family Therapy
PhD
Medicine
MD (See BSOM Catalog)
Merchandising
BS
Microbiology and Immunology
PhD
Middle Grades Education
BS
MAEd
MAT
Molecular Biology and Biotechnology
MS
Multidisciplinary Studies
BA
BS
Music Education
BM
MM
MAT
(Music) Performance
BM
MM
(Music) Theory-Composition
BM
MM
Music Therapy
BM
Neuroscience Studies (See Multidisciplinary Studies)
Nursing
BSN
MSN
PhD
Nutrition
MS
Nutrition and Dietetics
BS
Occupational Safety
MS
Occupational Therapy
MSOT
Pathology (See Interdisciplinary Biological Sciences.)
Pharmacology and Toxicology
PhD
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Course of Study
Philosophy
BA
Physical Education
BS
MAEd
MAT
Physical Therapy
DPT
Physician Assistant
MS
Physics
BA
BS
BSAP (Applied Physics)
MS
PhD (Biomedical Physics)
Physiology
PhD
Political Science
BA
BS
MPA (Public Administration)
Psychology
BA
MA (Clinical) * See Health Psychology
MA (General and Theoretic)
MA (School)
CAS (School)
PhD (Health Psychology)
Public Administration
MPA
Public Health
MPH
Reading Education
MAEd
Recreation and Park Administration
MS
Recreation and Park Management
BS
Recreational Therapy
BS
Recreational Therapy Administration
MS
Rehabilitation Services
BS
Rehabilitation Counseling
MS
PhD (and Administration)
Religious Studies (See Multidisciplinary Studies)
School Administration
MSA
School Health Education
BS
School Psychology
CAS
75
PRE-PROFESSIONAL AND TWO-YEAR CURRICULA
Course of Study
Science Education
BS
MA
MAEd
MAT
Secondary Education (See academic subject.)
Social Work
BSW
MSW
Sociology
BA
BS (Applied Sociology)
MA
Software Engineering
MS
Special Education
BS (Adapted Curriculum)
BS (General Curriculum)
MAEd
MAEd (Learning Disabilities)
MAEd (Low Incidence Disabilities)
MAEd (Mental Retardation)
Speech and Hearing Sciences
BS
Course of Study
Sports Studies
BS
Substance Abuse and Clinical Counseling
MS
Sustainable Tourism
MS
Teaching-MAT (See specic teaching area.)
Technical and Professional Discourse
PhD
Technology Systems
MS
Theatre Arts
BA
BFA
Theatre Arts Education
BFA
Urban and Regional Planning
BS
Vocational Education
MS
Vocational Evaluation
MS
Women’s Studies
BA
PRE-PROFESSIONAL AND TWO-YEAR CURRICULA
Students desiring to enter the elds of dentistry, law, medicine, ministry, optometry, pharmacy, and veterinary medicine may
take their pre-professional training at East Carolina University. The courses of study are based on the requirements of various
professional schools and recommendations of national organizations qualied to represent their respective elds. Since there
are minor differences in admission requirements, a student should know the requirements of the school he or she expects
to attend. For further information, students should consult the appropriate advisors. Students interested in pre-medical, pre-
dental, pre-optometry, pre-pharmacy, and pre-veterinary curricula should share their interest with their advisor, as well as
contact the Center for Academic Enrichment and Allied Health, 2535 Old Cafeteria Complex.
MEDICAL HEALTH PROFESSIONS CURRICULUM
Philosophies of education and specic pre-medical and pre-dental course requirements vary among medical and dental
schools, but all emphasize the sciences (mathematics, chemistry, biology, and physics), communication skills, social sciences,
and the humanities. An understanding of concepts and a vocabulary in the sciences are mandatory, for medicine is based on
principles stemming from these disciplines. Among American medical and dental schools, the most common requisites are
physics, biology, general and organic chemistry, and English.
Most medical and dental schools recommend that students plan to obtain a four-year degree before initiating medical training.
Students majoring in the sciences should try to obtain as broad a background in the social sciences and humanities as possible.
Conversely, students majoring in a nonscience area should take more than the minimum science courses. Students wishing to
attend medical or dental school should ascertain the requirements and recommendations of schools of their interest and select
the specic courses required. The following specic courses are suggested as a part of, or in addition to, the requirements
for the major: MATH 1065; BIOL 1100, 1101, 1200, 1201; CHEM 1150, 1151, 1160, 1161, 2750, 2753, 2760, 2763; PHYS
1250, 1260 or 2350, 2360; 1251, 1261.
76
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
PRE-LAW CURRICULUM
Students who intend to go to law school are encouraged to pursue an undergraduate education that prepares them to
understand the world in which they live, to express themselves well, and to reason accurately and logically. Pre-law students
are encouraged to choose an undergraduate degree program with courses they will enjoy and in which they will excel. Law
school admission is highly competitive, and law schools favor students with high grade point averages and high Law School
Admission Test (LSAT) scores. Pre-law students who are eligible to participate in the Honors College may do so.
For further information and/or assistance, contact the pre-law advisor at 252-328-2645 or visit online at www.ecu.edu/
prelaw.
PRE-OPTOMETRY CURRICULUM
Three years of college to include the following courses: BIOL 1100, 1101, 1200, 1201, 3220, 3221; CHEM 1150, 1151, 1160,
1161, 2750, 2753, 2760, 2763; MATH 1065, 2121, 2122, 2228; PHYS 1250, 1251, 1260, 1261; and one psychology course.
Other recommended courses include: BIOL 2140, 2141, 2150, 2151 and CHEM 2770, 2773.
PRE-PHARMACY CURRICULUM
Three years of college to include the following courses: BIOL 1100, 1101; BIOL 2110, 2111 or BIOL 3220, 3221 or BIOL
2130, 2131 or BIOL 2300; CHEM 1150, 1151; CHEM 1160, 1161; CHEM 2750, 2753; CHEM 2760, 2763; PHYS 1250, 1251;
MATH 2119 or MATH 2121 or MATH 2171; foreign language through level 1003; recommended course: HIMA 3000. Further
assistance can be obtained by consulting the pre-pharmacy advisor in the Department of Chemistry.
PRE-THEOLOGY CURRICULUM
Students interested in seminary or divinity school may consult with Dr. Calvin Mercer, director of religious studies, A-440
Brewster; telephone 252-328-4310; e-mail [email protected]; or visit the web site www.ecu.edu/religious. A religious studies
minor is currently available. Students may pursue a bachelor’s degree in multidisciplinary studies with a concentration in
religious studies.
PRE-VETERINARY CURRICULUM
Three years of college to include the following courses: BIOL 1100, 1101, 1200, 1201, 2300, 3220, 3221; CHEM 1150, 1151,
1160, 1161, 2750, 2753, 2760, 2763, 2770, 2771; MATH 1065, 2121 or 2122 or PHIL 1500, MATH 2228; PHYS 1250,
1251, 1260, 1261; 3 s.h. of animal nutrition, 6 s.h. of compositional writing, public speaking or communications, and 6 s.h. of
business courses.
77
INTERDISCIPLINARY MINORS
GERONTOLOGY MINOR
Carol Jenkins, Director, Ofce of Aging Studies, 246 Rivers Building
The gerontology minor augments major elds of study with an overview of issues confronting elderly people and their service
providers. In recognition that aging can be viewed from a variety of perspectives, courses from several academic programs
are available. Special topics courses with aging as their primary content may be counted toward the minor. Inquiries should
be directed to the associate director for educational programs. The minor requires 24 s.h. of credit. A maximum of 6 s.h.
may count toward foundations curriculum requirements and the gerontology minor.
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................ 6 s.h.
CDFR/GERO/SOCW 2400. Introduction to Gerontology (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
GERO/SOCW 5400. Seminar in Aging Studies (3) (P: Consent of instructor)
2. Core electives (Choose a minimum of three.) .................................................................. 9-15 s.h.
CSDI 5800. Communication Processes and Disorders in Aging (3) (P: Consent of instructor)
EXSS 5800. Physical Activity and Aging (3) (SL) (P: Consent of instructor)
GERO/SOCW 5903. Readings in Aging Studies (3)
PSYC 5400. Advanced Gerontology (3) (P: GERO 2400 or consent of instructor)
SOCI 5600. Seminar in Aging (3) (P: SOCI 2110; consent of instructor)
3. General electives (Choose a maximum of three.) .............................................................. 0-9 s.h.
HIST 3920. Social History of American Medicine (3) (FC:SO)
MRCH 2239. Apparel and Human Behavior (3)
PHIL 3281. Introduction to Philosophical Ethics in the Health Care Professions (3) (WI*)
POLS 3242. Municipal Policy and Administration (3)
POLS 3255. Domestic Public Policy (3) (S)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
SOCI 3327. Introductory Medical Sociology (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor)
SOCI 4325. Marriage and the Family (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 5200. Seminar in the Sociology of Health (3) (P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor)
MULTIDISCIPLINARY MINOR
The multidisciplinary minor, designed for students who have interests not met by existing minors, requires 24 s.h. credit, 9
s.h. of which must be above 2999. The theme-focused minor should normally comprise courses from three to ve disciplines
and should not reproduce existing disciplinary or other multidisciplinary minors. Courses should exclude the student’s major.
A declared major who is interested in the multidisciplinary minor and who has completed a minimum of 30 s.h. should discuss
with his or her advisor the theme around which the minor will be developed and submit a written plan to the faculty member
assigned by the student’s major department to oversee the multidisciplinary minor and to that department’s chair. (Please note
that the Multidisciplinary Studies director is not involved with this minor; for multidisciplinary degrees, see below.) Criteria for
the plan include thematic unity and coherence and clarity of educational objectives. The plan must be approved before the
student has completed 80 s.h. and before submission of the senior summary, to which a copy of the approved plan will be
attached. The student will complete the course of study under the supervision of his or her advisor.
INTERDISCIPLINARY MINORS
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
78
THOMAS HARRIOT COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Alan R. White, Dean, 1002 Bate Building
Michael B. Brown, Associate Dean for Undergraduate Studies, 2300 Bate Building
Cindy Putnam-Evans, Associate Dean for Research, 2300 Bate Building
R. Todd Berry, Associate Dean for Resources, 2300 Bate Building
Heather Ries, Associate Dean for Graduate Studies, 2300 Bate Building
Don Bradley, Associate Dean for Planning, 2300 Bate Building
Holly Hapke, Associate Dean for Faculty Development and Distance Education, 2300 Bate Building
PURPOSE
A community of scholars dedicated to the intrinsic value of learning, the Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences is the
liberal arts college of East Carolina University. The college is a federation of departments in the traditional academic disciplines:
the humanities; the natural sciences and mathematics; and the social sciences, including creative and professional programs,
academic centers and institutes, and interdisciplinary programs allied to the liberal arts. College faculty are committed to
excellence in teaching and advising, in research or creative productivity, and in professional service.
The college provides major and minor studies in the liberal arts and sciences at the undergraduate level and major studies at
the master’s and doctoral levels. In addition, as the university’s cornerstone academic program, Harriot College provides the
liberal arts foundations curriculum for all students. College courses introduce students to traditions of learning and inquiry,
present information essential for performing societal and professional roles, and challenge students to examine the values
which guide the organization and application of human knowledge. All courses are designed to develop students’ thinking,
writing, research, and mathematical skills and their lifelong commitment to continuing education.
In addition to its liberal arts programs, the college offers select professional certication programs related to its traditional
academic disciplines. Students majoring in these programs learn the basic theories and practices in their elds while preparing
themselves for leadership roles and careers.
The curricula of the college are constantly examined, updated, and enhanced. Consequently, in the spirit of the liberal arts, the
more than 14,000 students enrolled annually in college courses have access to current ideas and information from professors
whose learning never ceases.
ADMISSION
Admission to degree programs in the Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences is possible when the following conditions
are met: the student will have no more than 10 s.h. of foundations curriculum requirements remaining at the end of the
semester in which admission is requested; the student is in good academic standing; and the student has met any additional
requirements of the specic degree program.
CURRICULA
The Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences offers the following degrees and academic programs:
Bachelor of Arts (BA) (See departments for subjects and areas.)
Bachelor of Science (BS) (See departments for subjects and areas.)
Bachelor of Science in Applied Physics (BSAP)
Preprofessional
The liberal arts foundation curriculum requirements for these programs are listed in Section 4, Academic Advisement, Progression,
and Support. Requirements in the eld of the student’s major are listed below and subsequently by departments.
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
79
THOMAS HARRIOT COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
AFRICAN AND AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES
David C. Dennard, Director, A-220 Brewster Building
BA in African and African American Studies
The major in African and African American studies is an interdisciplinary degree program housed in the Thomas Harriot
College of Arts and Sciences. Its comparative focus and multidisciplinary emphasis complement many existing programs that
seek to prepare undergraduate students for competitive careers and productive work in a global world of different cultures,
political systems, and economic infrastructures. Students pursuing a degree in AAAS will develop a broad perspective on
human values and ethnic diversity, as well as an understanding of the socio-political, religious, and historical evidence related
to African peoples, both in Africa and the diasporic communities of North America and the Atlantic world. Students are
encouraged to combine a major in AAAS with others at East Carolina University.
Minimum degree requirement is 126 s. h. of credit as follows:
I. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum
requirements for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ......................................................42 s. h.
2. Foreign Language through level 1004 .....................................................................................12 s. h.
3. Core ...............................................................................................................................................21 s. h.
AAAS 1000. Introduction to African and African American Studies (3)
AAAS 4000. Senior Seminar (3) (P: Declared majors or minors in AAAS with senior status or consent of instructor)
ART 3975. African American Art (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor)
ENGL 3260. African American Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
HIST 3810. History of Africa (3) (WI*) (F) (FC:SO)
POLS 3039. Black Politics in America (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 3265. African Political Systems (3) (FC:SO)
4. Concentration (Choose 9 s.h. from one of the following.) ....................................................9 s. h.
African:
ART 3970. African Art (3) (WI*) (F,S) (P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor)
FREN 2443. Readings in the Francophone Cultures of Africa (3) (FC:HU) (Taught in French) (P: FREN 1004)
GEOG 3050. Africa (3) (WI) (S) (FC:SO)
HIST 3820. History of South Africa (3) (WI) (FC:SO)
HIST 3830. Africa and Islam (3) (WI) (FC:SO)
African American:
ENGL 4340. Ethnic American Literature (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
HIST 3110. History of African Americans (3) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 5230. Themes in African American History (3) (S)
JUST 3700. Race, Gender and Special Populations in the Criminal Justice System (3) (F,S) (P: JUST major or minor)
SOCI 4347. Social Inequality (3) (F) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
5. Electives (Choose 6 s.h. from the following.) ...........................................................................6 s. h.
AAAS 2000. Study Abroad (3) (S)
ANTH 3003. Cultures of Africa (3) (OY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3016. Cultures of the Caribbean (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ART 2906. West and Central African Art (3) (S) (FC:FA) (P: Non-ART major)
DNCE 1013. Jazz Dance I (3) (F) (FC:FA)
DNCE 1023. Jazz Dance II (3) (S)
ENGL 2760. Afro-Caribbean Language and Culture (3) (WI) (S) (P: ENGL 1200)
FORL 2624. Francophone Literature of Africa in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
HIST 5130. Comparative History of New World Slavery and Race Relations (3)(WI*)
ARTS AND SCIENCES INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
80
MUSC 2258. History of Jazz Music (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
PHIL 2455. Introduction to Africana Philosophy (3) (WI*) (FC:HU)
SOCI 4345. Racial and Cultural Minorities (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or SOCI 2110)
Any course in section 3 or 4 that is not being counted toward the major.
6. Minor .......................................................................................................................................24-28 s. h.
7. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
African and African American Studies Minor
The minor requires 24 s. h. credit. A course may not be counted for both the major and minor in AAAS.
1. Core .................................................................................................................................................6 s. h.
AAAS 1000. Introduction to African and African American Studies (3)
AAAS 4000. Senior Seminar (3) (P: Declared majors and minors in AAAS with senior status or consent of instructor)
2. Electives .......................................................................................................................................18 s. h.
Choose at least three courses from each of the following areas of study listed below.
African:
AAAS 2000. Study Abroad (3) (S)
ANTH 3003. Cultures of Africa (3) (OY) (FC:FA) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ART 2906. West and Central African Art (3) (S) (FC:FA) (P: Non-ART major)
ART 3970. African Art (3) (WI*) (F,S) (P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor)
ENGL 2760. Afro-Caribbean Language and Culture (3) (WI) (S) (P: ENGL 1200)
FORL 2624. Francophone Literature of Africa in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
GEOG 3050. Africa (3) (WI) (S) (FC:SO)
HIST 3810. History of Africa (3) (WI*) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 3820. History of South Africa (3) (WI) (FC:SO)
HIST 3830. Africa and Islam (3) (WI) (FC:SO)
PHIL 2455. Introduction to Africana Philosophy (3) (WI*) (FC:HU)
POLS 3265. African Political Systems (3) (FC:SO)
African American:
AAAS 2000. Study Abroad (3) (S)
ART 3975. African American Art (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor)
ENGL 3260. African American Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4340. Ethnic American Literature (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
HIST 3110. History of African-Americans (3) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 5130. Comparative History of New World Slavery and Race Relations (3) (WI*)
HIST 5230. Themes in African American History (3) (S)
JUST 3700. Race, Gender and Special Populations in the Criminal Justice System (3) (F,S) (P: JUST major
or minor)
MUSC 2258. History of Jazz Music (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
POLS 3039. Black Politics in America (3) (FC:SO)
SOCI 4345. Racial and Cultural Minorities (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or SOCI 2110)
SOCI 4347. Social Inequality (3) (F) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
81
ASIAN STUDIES
John A. Tucker, Director, A-304 Brewster Building
The minor in Asian studies is an interdisciplinary program, offered through the Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences,
requiring a minimum of 24 s.h. The minor offers courses from a range of disciplines, focusing on Asian civilizations and cultures.
Students are encouraged to study available Asian languages and take advantage of appropriate study abroad opportunities. A
maximum of 6 s.h. in Asia-related study abroad courses may be used to satisfy the minor. Semester hours that count toward
the student’s major may not count toward the Asian studies minor. Interdisciplinary programs of study will be coordinated
by participating faculty advisors.
A concentration in Asian studies is available through the BA in multidisciplinary studies. Interested students should contact
the director of Asian studies.
I. Core (Asia 2000, plus two other courses, each from a different discipline) ....................... 9 s.h.
ASIA 2000. Introduction to Asia (3)
ANTH 3002. Cultures of East Asia (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000, or 2010, or 2200, or consent of the instructor)
ART 3920. Asian Art (3) (WI*) (F,S)
GEOG 3051. Asia (3) (FC:SO) (S)
HIST 3610. History of East Asia to 1600 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3611. History of East Asia since 1600 (3) (FC:SO)
PHIL 2692. Buddhism (3)
2. Electives (12 s.h. from at least two disciplines, from the above or following courses. No
more than 6 foreign language credit hours can be used as electives) ................................12 s.h.
ANTH 3009. Motherhood of God in Asian Traditions (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (Same as RELI 3000; WOST 3000: Any listing
of this course may count once towards the minor.)
ART 4916. Art of India (3) (WI) (P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of the instructor)
ASIA 2010. Great Books of Modern China (3) (WI) (F-OY) (FC: HU) (WI) (Same as GRBK 2010) (P: ENGL 1200)
CHIN 1001. Chinese Language I (3)
CHIN 1002. Chinese Language II (3)
HIST 3620. History of Modern Japan (3) (FC:SO) (F)
HIST 3615. History of Traditional Japan (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3625. Field Study in Japanese Historical Culture (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3626. Field Study in Japanese Historical Texts (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3627. History of Japanese Buddhism (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3629. History of Traditional China (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3630. History of Modern China (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 4610. History of Southeast Asia (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 5680. Diplomatic History of Modern Asia (3)
INTL 2003. Introduction to Chinese Culture (3) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200
INTL 2004. Introduction to Japanese Culture (3) (FC:HU)
INTL 2100, 2101. Arts and Sciences Abroad: Humanities (3,6) (FC:HU)
INTL 2200, 2201. Arts and Sciences Abroad: Arts (3, 6) (FC:FA)
JAPN 1001. Japanese Level I (3)
JAPN 1002. Japanese Level II (3) (P: JAPN 1001 or placement in 1002 by Japanese placement test)
JAPN 1003. Japanese Level III (3) (Lab work. P: JAPN 1002 or placement in 1003 by Japanese placement test)
JAPN 1004. Japanese Level IV (3) (Lab work. P: JAPN 1003 or placement in 1004 by Japanese placement test)
PHIL 2691. Classical Islam (3)
PHIL 3691. Islam in the Modern World (3)
PHIL 3692. Tibetan Religion and Culture (3)
PHIL 3698. Mysticism (3)
3. Senior Seminar ...............................................................................................................................3 s.h.
ASIA 4000. Asian Studies Senior Seminar (3)
ARTS AND SCIENCES INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
82
CLASSICAL STUDIES
John Given, Director, 3317 Bate Building
Multidisciplinary Studies Major
A multidisciplinary studies major with a focus in classics or classical civilization is available. Interested students should contact
the director of classical studies.
Minor
The classical studies minor is an interdisciplinary program in the Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences. The minimum
requirement is 24 s.h., which includes required courses in history and either Latin or Greek. The program, with electives in
archaeology, art, classical studies, English, foreign languages, history, philosophy, and religious studies, is designed to encourage
students to study all aspects of the ancient civilizations of Greece and Rome. A maximum of 6 s.h. from each of the following
may count toward the classical studies minor: courses used to satisfy the foundations curriculum requirements; LATN or
GRK courses used to satisfy the foreign language requirement for the BA degree; directed readings in LATN or GRK; and
study abroad programs approved by the director. Additional courses beyond those listed may be approved by the director
if they signicantly advance the student’s understanding of classics. No semester hours counted toward the student’s major
may count toward the classical studies minor. In many cases, prerequisites for courses listed below will be waived by the
constituent departments.
1. Core ..............................................................................................................................................15 s.h.*
Choose 3 s.h. from:
HIST 3405. History of Ancient Greece to 146 BC (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3410. History of Ancient Rome (3) (F) (FC:SO)
Choose 6 s.h. of the same language from:
GRK 1001. Ancient Greek Level I (3) (F)
GRK 1002. Ancient Greek Level II (3) (S) (P: GRK 1001 or consent of instructor)
LATN 1001. Latin Level I (3) (F,SS)
LATN 1002. Latin Level II (3) (S,SS) (P: LATN 1001 or consent of instructor)
Choose an additional 6 s.h. of courses listed above, or from the following:
CLAS 2000. Introduction to Classics (Humanities) (3) (WI) (F) (FC:HU) or CLAS 2001. Introduction to Classics
(Social Sciences) (3) (FC:SO) or CLAS 2002. Introduction to Classics (Fine Arts) (3) (FC:FA)
CLAS 2220. Great Works of Ancient Literature I: Greece (3) (FC:HU)
CLAS 2230. Great Works of Ancient Literature II: Rome (3) (FC:HU)
CLAS 2500. Greek Tragedy in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
CLAS 4000. Seminar in Classics (3) (WI) (S)
GRK 1003. Ancient Greek Level III (3) (F)(P: GRK 1002 or consent of instructor)
GRK 1004. Ancient Greek Level IV (3) (S) (P: GRK 1003 or consent of instructor)
GRK 3001. Homer and Hesiod (3) (F) (FC:HU) (P: GRK 1004 or consent of instructor)
GRK 3002. Age of Herodotus (3) (S) (FC:HU) (P: GRK 3001 or consent of instructor)
GRK 3330. Greek Prose Composition (3) (RP: GRK 3001)
GRK 3700. Selected Topics in Ancient Greek (3) (P: GRK 3001 or consent of instructor)
GRK 4001. Athenian Drama (3) (FC:HU) (P: GRK 3002 or consent of instructor)
GRK 4002. Classical Greek Prose Authors (3) (FC:HU) (P: GRK 4001 or consent of instructor)
GRK 4521, 4522, 4523. Directed Readings in Greek (1,2,3) (P: Consent of instructor)
LATN 1003. Latin Level III (3) (F,SS) (P: LATN 1002 or consent of instructor)
LATN 1004. Latin Level IV (3) (S,SS) (P: LATN 1003 or consent of instructor)
LATN 3001. Age of Cicero (3) (F) (FC:HU) (P: LATN 1004 or consent of instructor)
LATN 3002. Age of Augustus (3) (S) (FC:HU) (P: LATN 3001 or consent of instructor)
LATN 3330. Latin Prose Composition (3) (RP: LATN 3001)
LATN 3700. Selected Topics in Latin (3) (P: LATN 3001 or consent of instructor)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
83
LATN 4001. Silver Latin Literature (3) (FC:HU) (P: LATN 3002 or consent of instructor)
LATN 4002. Roman Drama (3) (FC:HU) (P: LATN 4001 or consent of instructor)
LATN 4521, 4522, 4523. Directed Readings in Latin (1,2,3) (P: Consent of instructor)
PHIL 1311. Great Philosophers from Antiquity to the Present (3) (FC:HU)
PHIL 3313. Ancient Philosophy (3) (FC:HU)
PHIL 3321. Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy (3) (FC:HU)
2. Electives ........................................................................................................................................9 s.h.*
Choose an additional 9 s.h. of courses listed above, or from the following:
ANTH 3030. Death and Disease in the Classical World (3) (P: ANTH 2000 or ANTH 2015, 2016; or consent
of instructor)
ANTH/RELI 3113. Archaeology of the Old Testament World (3) (OY) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or PHIL 1695 or
consent of instructor)
ANTH/RELI 3114. Archaeology of the New Testament World (3) (OY) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or PHIL 1696 or
consent of instructor)
ANTH 3118. Pyramids, Pharaohs, and Mummies: The Archaeology of Ancient Egypt (3) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000
or consent of instructor)
ART 1906. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA)
ART 2910. Ancient Art History (3) (WI*) (F,S) (P: ART 1906, 1907)
ART 2920. Art of the Middle Ages (3) (WI) (P: ART 1906, 1907)
CLAS 1300. Greek and Latin for Vocabulary Building (3) (FC:HU)
CLAS 1500. Classical Mythology (3) (FC:HU) (Formerly CLAS 3460)
CLAS 2400. Women in Classical Antiquity (3) (FC:HU)
CLAS 2600. The Power of Images in Ancient Greece and Rome (3) (FC:HU)
CLAS 3400. The Ancient City: Rome (3) (F,S) (FC:HU)
CLAS 3410. The Ancient City: Pompeii (3) (FC:HU)
CLAS/RELI 3600. Greek and Roman Religions (3) (FC:HU)
CLAS 3700. Selected Topics in Classical Studies (3) (WI*)
CLAS 4521, 4522, 4523. Directed Readings in Classics in Translation (1,2,3) (FC:HU) (P: Consent of instructor)
ENGL 3600. Classics Homer to Dante (3) (FC:HU)
HIST 3406. War and Society in Ancient Greece and Rome (3) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 3412. A History of Christianity to 1300 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3415. The Middle Ages (3) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 5340. The Ancient Near East (3)
HIST 5505. Maritime History of the Western World to 1415 (3)
PHIL 3350. Great Philosopher (3) (F) (FC:HU) (P: 3 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor)
RELI 5000. Religious Studies Seminar (3) (WI*)
* Students who have satised core requirements with courses whose semester hours cannot be counted toward the minor
(e.g., by applying LATN or GRK 1003, 1004 toward the foreign language requirement) may replace those hours with any
listed course(s) to equal 24 s.h.
COASTAL AND MARINE STUDIES
Bob Edwards, Director, A-413 Brewster Building
The coastal and marine studies minor requires a minimum of 24 s.h. and is designed to provide students with an overview
of coastal and marine resources. Considerable attention is devoted to the biological, physical, social, and historical aspects
of coastal and marine resources. Whenever possible, information from North Carolina and other US coastal and marine
environments is used to illustrate or emphasize important concepts. A maximum of 6 s.h. may be used to satisfy foundations
curriculum requirements and requirements for the coastal and marine studies minor. A course may not count toward the
student’s major and the coastal and marine studies minor.
ARTS AND SCIENCES INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
84
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................10 s.h.
COAS 2025. Survey of Coastal and Marine Resources (3) (F) (P: Basic science course in BIOL, CHEM, GEOL, or
PHYS)
COAS 4025. Society and the Sea Seminar (3) (S) (P: COAS 2025)
GEOL 1550. Oceanography (4) (S) (FC:SC)
2. Electives (Choose at least 3 s.h. from 3 of the 4 areas below in consultation with the
director) ........................................................................................................................................14 s.h.
(COAS 5001, 5002 and other courses may be counted toward the minor; however, the director must approve
the course substitution.)
Biological Science:
BIOL 1010. Diversity of Coastal North Carolina (3) (F,S)
BIOL 1060. Environmental Biology (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 2250, 2251. Ecology and Laboratory (3,1) (FC:SC) (P: BIOL 1100, 1101, 1200, 1201; C for BIOL 2251: BIOL
2250)
BIOL 3230, 3231. Field Botany (4,0) (F,S,SS) (P: 3 s.h. of general BIOL with a lab)
BIOL 3240, 3241. Field Zoology (4,0) (F) (P: BIOL 1060 or 2250)
BIOL 3400, 3401. Biological Field Studies of the Coastal Plain (3,0) (P: BIOL 1100, 1200 or 2 from: GEOL 1500,
1550, 1600 and 1700)
BIOL 3660. Introduction to Marine Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (P/C: BIOL 2250, 2251)
BIOL 5680. Current Topics in Coastal Biology (3) (P: Consent of instructor)
BIOL 5270. Marine Community Ecology (3) (P: BIOL 2250, 2251; or consent of instructor)
BIOL 5750, 5751. Introduction to Regional Field Ecology (2,0) (5750: WI)
Maritime History:
HIST 5505. Maritime History of the Western World to 1415 (3)
HIST 5515. Maritime History of the Western World from 1415-1815 (3) (WI*)
HIST 5520. Maritime History of the Western World Since 1815 (3)
HIST 5530. Field School in Maritime History and Underwater Research (2) (P: Consent of instructor)
HIST 5920, 5921. Techniques of Museum and Historic Site Development (3,0)
Physical Science:
GEOG 3220. Soil Properties, Surveys, and Applications (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2250)
GEOG 4210. Fluvial and Hydrological Processes (P: GEOG 2200, 2250; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4220. Coastal Geography (3) (WI) (S) (P: GEOG 2200, 2250; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4230. Land Form Analysis (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2200, 2250; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4540. Coastal Storms (3) (S) (P: GEOG 2200, 2250)
GEOL 1500. Dynamic Earth (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
GEOL 1501. Dynamic Earth Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
GEOL 1700. Environmental Geology (4) (F,S) (FC:SC)
GEOL 5300. Geology of Coastal Processes and Environments (3) (P: GEOL 1550, 4010, 4011; or consent of
instructor)
GEOL 5350. Marine Geology (3) (P: GEOL 1550, 4010, 4011; or consent of instructor)
PHYS 1050. Physics and the Environment (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
Social Science:
ANTH 2005. Environmental Anthropology (3) (S) (FC:SO)
ANTH 3004. Cultures of the South Pacic (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent
of instructor)
ANTH 3016. Cultures of the Caribbean (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of
instructor)
ANTH 4260. Cultural Ecology (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 5065. Maritime Anthropology (3) (P: ANTH 2200 or consent of instructor)
ECON 3855. Environmental Economics (3) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133)
GEOG 4335. Geography of Tourism (3) (FC:SO)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
85
GEOG 4440. Coastal Applications of GIS (3) (F,S) (P: GEOG 2250, 3410; or consent of instructor)
PLAN 4015. Emergency Management Planning (3)
PLAN 5025. Coastal Area Planning and Management (3) (P: Consent of instructor)
POLS 3256. The Politics of Energy and Environment (3) (F)
POLS 3257. International Environmental Policy (3)
SOCI 3410. Introduction to Maritime Sociology (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or SOCI 2110)
ETHNIC STUDIES
Joyce Middleton, Director, 2128 Bate Building
Su-ching Huang, Associate Director, 2150 Bate Building
Ethnic studies is an interdisciplinary program that uses cross-cultural comparative methods to explore the diverse histories and
cultures of ethnic groups in the US, to examine the formation of identities and societies in local, national, and global contexts,
and to analyze the social, cultural, and political sources of bias and discrimination.
The ethnic studies minor requires 24 s.h. of credit. A maximum of 6 s.h. may be used to satisfy requirements for both the
foundations curriculum and the ethnic studies minor. A course may not count both toward the student’s major requirements
and the ethnic studies minor requirements. Study programs abroad having the prior approval of the director may be accepted
for up to 6 s.h. of credit toward the minor. Additional courses may be approved by the director if they signicantly further
the student’s understanding of ethnic studies. Departmental prerequisites may be waived in special cases by the department
offering the course.
1. Core .................................................................................................................................................. 6 s.h.
ETHN 2001. Introduction to Ethnic Studies: Humanities (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) or ETHN 2002. Introduction to
Ethnic Studies: Social Science (3) (FC:SO) or ETHN 2003. Introduction to Ethnic Studies: Fine Arts (3) (FC:FA)
ETHN 4000. Seminar in Ethnic Studies (3) (S) (FC:HU)
2. Electives ........................................................................................................................................18 s.h.
Choose 12 - 18 s.h. in at least three different disciplines from the following courses:
ANTH 3005. North American Indians (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ART 3961. Native North American Art and Ritual (3) (S) (P:ART 1906, 1907)
ART 3975. African American Art (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor)
CDFR 4303. Families and Cultural Diversity (3) (F,S) (P:CDFR 1103)
COMM 3180. Intercultural Communication (3) (Formerly COMM 3080) (P: COMM major or minor or consent
of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002)
COMM 4040. Media, Culture, and Society (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
15 s.h. COMM)
EDUC 3002. Introduction to Diversity (3)
ENGL 3240. U.S. Latino/a Literature (3) (WI) (F) (FC:HU)
ENGL 3250. Native American Literatures (3) (WI) (S) (FC:HU)
ENGL 3260. African American Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3290. Asian American Literatures (3) (S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3570. American Folklore (3) (WI) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4040. Literature of the New World to 1820 (3) (WI) (FC:HU)
ENGL 4380. Studies in African American and African Diasporic Literatures (3) (S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ETHN 3501. Selected Topics in Ethnic Studies, Humanities (3) (S) (FC:HU)
ETHN 3502. Selected Topics in Ethnic Studies, Social Sciences (3) (F) (FC:SO)
FORL 2600. Literature in Translation: The Holocaust (3) (S) (FC:HU)
FORL 2666. Latino Texts (3) (F) (FC:HU)
HIST 3110. History of African Americans (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3170. History of Native Americans (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3780. Themes in African-American History (3) (WI*) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 5230. Themes in African-American History (3) (S)
ARTS AND SCIENCES INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
86
JUST 3700. Race, Gender and Special Populations in the Criminal Justice System (3)
MUSC 2258. History of Jazz Music (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
POLS 3039. Black Politics in America (3) (F) (FC:SO)
POLS 3050. Theory and Politics of Social Protest Movements in the United States (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3224. Civil Liberties (3)
PSYC 2777. Ethno-cultural Psychology (3) (FC:SO) (Formerly PSYC 3777) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
SOCI 3219. Sociology of Immigration (3) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110
SOCI 4345. Racial and Cultural Minorities (3) (F) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or SOCI 2110)
SOCI 4347. Social Inequality (3) (F) (FC:SO)
Choose up to 6 s.h. from the following courses:
ANTH 2010. Societies Around the World (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ANTH 3002. Cultures of East Asia (3) (FC:SO)
ANTH 3003. Cultures of Africa (3) (OY) (FC:SO)
ANTH 3004. Cultures of the South Pacic (3) (EY) (FC:SO)
ANTH 3009/WOST/RELI 3000. Motherhood of God in Asian Traditions (3) (EY) (FC:SO)
ANTH 3016. Cultures of the Caribbean (3) (S) (FC:SO)
ANTH 3017. Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala (3) (OY) (FC:SO)
ANTH 3018. Cultures of Central and South America (3) (EY) (FC:SO)
ANTH 3200. Women’s Roles in Cross-Cultural Perspective (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or
2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 5005. Contemporary Latin American Cultures (3)
ART 2906. West and Central African Art (3) (S) (FC:FA) (P: Non-ART major)
ART 3920. Asian Art (3) (WI*) (F,S)
ART 3960. Art and Power in Mesoamerica (3) (WI) (F,S) (P:ART 1906,1907)
ART 3970. African Art (3) (WI*) (F,S) (P:ART 1906,1907, or consent of instructor)
ART 4916. Art of India (3) (WI) (P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor)
ENGL 2760. Afro-Caribbean Language and Culture (3) (WI) (S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3280 African Literatures (3) (S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4360. World Literature in English (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
FORL 2622. Francophone Literature of the Americas in Translation (3)
FORL 2624. Francophone Literature of Africa in Translation (3)
FORL 2661. Latin-American Literature in Translation (3) (WI) (FC:HU)
FORL 3660. Hispanic Women Writers (3) (FC:HU)
FREN 2442. Readings in the Francophone Cultures of the Americas (3) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 2443. Readings in the Francophone Cultures of Africa (3) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 3558. The Francophone World: Colonization to Independence (3) (P: FREN 3500 or consent of dept chair)
FREN 3560. The Contemporary French and Francophone World (3) (P: FREN 3500 or consent of dept chair)
GEOG 2110. World Geography: Less Developed Regions (3) (F, S, SS) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3049. Latin America (3) (WI) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3050. Africa (3) (WI) (S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3051. Asia (3) (S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3056. Middle American (3) (FC:SO)
GEOG 4320. Gender, Economy & Development (3) (S) (P: Consent of Instructor)
GEOG 4345. Human Migration and Global Restructuring (3) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 3610. History of East Asia to 1600 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3611. History of East Asia since 1600 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3615. History of Traditional Japan (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3620. History of Modern Japan (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3629. History of Traditional China (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3630. History of Modern China (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3670. History of the Middle East Since 1500 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
87
HIST 3710. Introduction to Latin American History: Colonial Period (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3711. Introduction to Latin American History: Since 1808 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3780. Mexico and Central America (3) (WI*) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 3810. History of Africa (3) (WI*) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 3820. History of South Africa (3) (WI) (FC:SO)
HIST 3830. Africa and Islam (3) (WI) (FC:SO)
HIST 4610. History of Southeast Asia (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 5130. Comparative History of New World Slavery and Race Relations (3) (WI*)
HIST 5300. Comparative History of Non-Western Civilizations (3) (WI*)
HIST 5765. Latin America: 1492 to the Present (3) (WI*)
INTL 2003. Introduction to Chinese Culture (3) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
INTL 2004. Introduction to Japanese Culture (3)
INTL 3010. Field Study in Latin America (6) (P: Consent of instructor)
MUSC 2248. Music of the World’s People (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
MUSC 2268. Music of Latin America (2) (FC:FA)
MUSC 5466. Folk and Indigenous Music of Europe and the Americas (2)
MUSC 5476. African Music (2)
MUSC 5516. Ibero-American Musics of the Twentieth Century (3) (WI) (P: MUSC 2166 or consent of instructor)
PHIL 1690. World Religions (3) (F,S) (FC:HU)
PHIL 2455. Introduction to Africana Philosophy (3) (WI*) (FC:HU)
PHIL 2691. Classical Islam (3) (FC:HU)
PHIL 2692. Buddhism (3) (FC:HU)
PHIL 3691. Islam in the Modern World (3) (WI*) (FC:HU)
POLS 3260. Middle Eastern Political Systems (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3265. African Political Systems (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 3270. Latin-American Political Systems (3) (FC:SO) (S)
POLS 3280. South Asian Political Systems (3) (SS)
SPAN 2441. Latin-American Culture and Civilization (3) (P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 4560. Major Latin-American Authors (3) (P: SPAN 2441, 2550; or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 4561. Latin-American Texts of the Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods (3) (P: SPAN 2441, 2550;
or consent of dept chair; RP: SPAN 4560)
SPAN 4562. Latin-American Texts of the Nineteenth and Early Twentieth Centuries (3) (P: SPAN 2441, 2550;
or consent of dept chair; RP: SPAN 4560)
SPAN 4563. Latin-American Texts: The Boom and Beyond (3) (P: SPAN 2441, 2550; or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 5445. Hispanic Cinema (3)
SPAN 5550. Hispanic Women Writers (3) (P: Consent of dept chair)
GREAT BOOKS
John A. Stevens, Director, 3314 Bate Building
The minor in great books requires a minimum of 24 s.h. and is an interdisciplinary program housed within the Thomas
Harriot College of Arts and Sciences consisting of seminars on themes in the humanities, natural and social sciences and the
arts. The purpose of the great books seminar is to introduce students to a Socratic way of learning through dialogue. Students
read original works analytically and advance positions which are put to the test by their colleagues and the instructor. The
instructor acts to introduce and guide discussion, but more as a moderator than as a lecturer. Knowledge does not pass only
from teacher to student through lecture; it is discovered together through dialogue. A course may not count toward the
student’s major and the great books minor. A major in great books is available through the BA/BS in Multidisciplinary Studies.
See director for more details.
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................12 s.h.
Choose 3 of the following:
ASIA/GRBK 2010. Great Books of Modern China (3) (WI) (F-OY) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ARTS AND SCIENCES INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
88
CLAS 2220. Great Works of Ancient Literature I: Greece (3) (FC: HU)
CLAS 2230. Great Works of Ancient Literature II: Rome (3) (FC: HU)
GRBK 2000. Introduction to the Great Books (3) (FC:HU) (F -EY) May be repeated once with change of topic.
GRBK 2400. Great Books of the Middle Ages and Renaissance (3) (WI) (S-OY) (FC: HU)
GRBK 2500. Great Books of the Enlightenment (3) (WI) (S-OY) (FC:HU)
GRBK 2600. Great Books of the 19th and 20th Centuries (3) (WI) (F-EY) (FC:HU)
GRBK 3001. Great Books of Science (3)
GRBK 4000. Seminar in the Great Books (3) (FC:HU) (P: GRBK 2000 or consent of instructor) May be repeated
once with change of topic.
GRBK 4999. Thesis in the Great Books (3) (WI) (P: 15 s.h. of GRBK core and electives, including GRBK 2000,
GRBK 4000 or consent of the director)
2. Electives .......................................................................................................................................12 s.h.
Choose additional courses from above, or from the following:
ART 2905. Masterpieces in the Visual Arts and Literature (3) (FC:FA) (P: Non-Art major)
CLAS 2000. Introduction to Classics (Humanities) (3) (WI) (F) (FC:HU)
CLAS 2500. Greek Tragedy in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
CLAS 2600. The Power of Images in Classical Greece and Rome (3) (FC:HU)
CLAS 4000. Seminar in Classics (3) (WI)
CLAS 4521, 4522, 4523. Directed Readings in Classics in Translation (1,2,3) (FC:HU)
ENGL 2100. Major British Writers (3) (WI) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 2200. Major American Writers (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3600. Classics from Homer to Dante (3) (F) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3610. Human Values in Literature (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3630. The Bible as Literature (3) (S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4010. Medieval Literature (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4020. Chaucer (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4030. Milton (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4070. Shakespeare: The Histories (3) (F-EY) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4080. Shakespeare: The Comedies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4090. Shakespeare: The Tragedies (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
FORL 2620. French Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
FORL 2660. Spanish Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
FORL 2665. Don Quixote (3) (WI) (FC:HU)
FORL 2680. German Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
HIST 3405. History of Ancient Greece (3) (FC: SO)
HIST 3410. History of Ancient Rome (3) (F) (FC: SO)
ITAL 2220. Italian Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
MRST 2000. Introduction to Medieval and Renaissance Studies (3) (FC: HU)
MRST 2400. Introduction to Medieval Studies (3) (FC:HU)
MRST 2500. Introduction to Renaissance Studies (3) (FC:HU)
PHIL 1311. Great Philosophers from Antiquity to the Present (3) (FC:HU)
PHIL 1695. Introduction to the Old Testament (3) (F) (FC:HU)
PHIL 1696. Introduction to the New Testament (3) (S) (FC:HU)
PHIL 2691. Classical Islam (3) (S) (FC:HU)
PHIL 2692. Buddhism (3) (S) (FC:HU)
PHIL 3313. Ancient Philosophy (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) (P: 3 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor)
PHIL 3321. Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy (3) (FC:HU) (P: 3 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor)
PHIL 3331. Modern Philosophy (3) (FC:HU) (P: 3 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor)
PHIL 3350. Great Philosopher (3) (S) (FC:HU) (P: 3 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor)
POLS 2070. Introduction to Political Theory (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
89
RUSS 3220. Nineteenth Century Russian Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU) (P: RUSS 2120; or consent of
instructor)
RUSS 3221. Twentieth Century Russian Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU) (P: RUSS 2120; or consent
of instructor)
Other courses as approved by the director of Great Books
INDIGENOUS PEOPLES OF THE AMERICAS
Linda Wolfe, Director, 224 Flanagan Building
Randy Gilland, Academic Advisor, A11 Minges Coliseum
The minor in the indigenous peoples of the Americas (that is, North, Central and South American and the Caribbean region)
requires a minimum of 24 s.h. and is housed within the Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences. Courses are drawn
from three disciplines and no more than 12 s.h. can be taken in any one discipline. It consists of courses in anthropology, art,
English, geography, history, and music. The common theme of these courses and this interdisciplinary minor is the lifeways,
history, art, literature, and music of the natives of the Americas. Students are encouraged to take prerequisites as part of their
foundations curriculum requirements wherever possible. Prerequisites may also be waived at the discretion of the instructor.
Students may choose a maximum of 3 s.h. of independent studies in a relevant discipline and a maximum of 3 s.h. of special
topics courses in a relevant discipline. The minor is not open to anthropology majors.
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................3 s.h.
IPAM 4000. Indigenous Peoples of the Americas Seminar (3) (P: Consent of instructor)
2. Electives ........................................................................................................................................21 s.h.
Choose 21 s.h. from three of the following disciples; maximum of 12 s.h. from any discipline:
ANTH 3005. North American Indians (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3016. Cultures of the Caribbean (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3017. Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala (3) (OY) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of
instructor)
ANTH 3018. Cultures of South and Central America (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or
consent of instructor)
ANTH 3111. North American Archaeology (3) (OY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3115. Caribbean Archaeology (3) (F) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 5005. Contemporary Latin American Cultures (3)
ANTH 5120. Archaeology of the Southeastern US (3) (P: ANTH 2000 or consent of instructor)
ART 3960. Art and Power in Mesoamerica (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ART 1906, 1907)
ART 3961. Native North American Art and Ritual (3) (S) (P: ART 1906,1907)
ART 3962. Art and Landscape in the Andes (3) (F,S) (P: ART 1906,1907)
ENGL 3250. Native American Literature (3) (WI) (S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3270. The Frontier in American Literature (3) (WI) (F-OY) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200.)
GEOG 3049. Latin America (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3170. History of Native Americans (3)
HIST 3780. Mexico and Central America (3) (WI*) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 5130. Comparative History of New World Slavery and Race Relations (3) (WI*)
HIST 5765. Latin America, 1492 to the Present (3) (WI*)
MUSC 2248. Music of the World’s Peoples (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ARTS AND SCIENCES INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
90
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
Sylvie Debevec Henning, Director, 116B Ragsdale Hall
The international studies minor program is designed to provide a central core of study along with a world region or academic
topic and is available to students in any undergraduate division of the university. The minor will provide insight into social,
political, cultural, and economic areas of international importance in our increasingly globalized society.
The minor program, coordinated through the Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences requires 24 s.h. credit and can
be earned with or without participation in either overseas opportunities or language training, although both are encouraged.
Courses must be approved by the coordinator. No course credit counted toward a student’s major may be used to fulll
the requirements of the program.
1. Core .................................................................................................................................................. 9 s.h.
INTL 1000. Introduction to International Studies (3) (F,SS) (FC:SO)
Choose two from the following; maximum of one from any discipline:
ANTH 2005. Environmental Anthropology (3) (S) (FC:SO)
ECON 3353. Development Economics (3) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133)
GEOG 3003. Political Geography (3) (WI) (S) (FC:SO)
HIST 1030. World Civilizations to 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1031. World Civilizations Since 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PHIL 1690. World Religions (3) (F,S) (FC:HU)
POLS 2010. Introduction to Comparative Government and Politics (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
POLS 2020. Introduction to International Relations (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Concentration (Choose one.) .....................................................................................................12 s.h.
African Studies:
Choose a minimum of 6 s.h. from:
ANTH 3003. Cultures of Africa (3) (OY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 3050. Africa (3) (S) (FC:SO)
HIST 3810. History of Africa (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
POLS 3265. African Political Systems (3) (S) (FC:SO)
Choose an additional 6 s.h. from the remaining courses above or from the following or from a combination of the
two.
ANTH 2010. Societies Around the World (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ANTH 4054. Anthropology of Religion (3) (OY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of
instructor)
ECON 3353. Economics of Underdeveloped Countries (3) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133)
ENGL 3750. Introductory Linguistics (3) (S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
FORL 2624. Francophone Literature of Africa in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
FREN 2443. Readings in the Francophone Cultures of Africa (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 3558. The Francophone World: Colonization to Independence (3) (P: FREN 3500 or consent of dept
chair)
FREN 3560. The Contemporary French and Francophone World (3) (P: FREN 3500 or consent of dept chair)
GEOG 2110. World Geography: Less Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 5300. Comparative History of Non-Western Civilizations (3) (WI*)
Asian Studies:
Choose four from:
ANTH 3002. Cultures of East Asia (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3004. Cultures of the South Pacic (3) (EY) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3009. Motherhood of God in Asian Traditions (3) (EY) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3051. Asia (3) (S) (FC:SO)
HIST 3610. History of East Asia to 1600 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3611. History of East Asia Since 1600 (3) (FC:SO)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
91
HIST 5300. Comparative History of Non-Western Civilizations (3) (WI*)
HIST 5680. Diplomatic History of Modern Asia (3)
INTL 2003. Introduction to Chinese Culture (3) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
INTL 2004. Introduction to Japanese Culture (3)
European Studies:
Choose one from:
Group I - Fine Arts, Literature, Music, and Philosophy
ART 1907. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905 or 1910)
ART 2900. History of Prints and Drawings (3) (F) (P: ART 1906, 1907)
ENGL 3330. Early Twentieth Century Drama (3) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3340. Contemporary Drama (3) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3450. Northern European Mythology (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3460. Literature and Classical Mythology (3) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3600. Classics from Homer to Dante (3) (F) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
FORL 2620. French Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
FORL 2660. Spanish Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
FORL 2680. German Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
FREN 2440. Readings in the Culture of France I (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 2441. Readings in the Culture of France II (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 1004)
GERM 2420. Culture of the German-Speaking World (3) (FC:HU) (P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor)
GERM 3340. Civilization of the German-Speaking World (3) (FC:HU) (P: GERM 2210 or 2211, 2420; or
consent of instructor)
INTL 2100, 2101. Arts and Sciences Abroad: Humanities (3,6) (FC:HU)
INTL 2200, 2201. Arts and Sciences Abroad: Arts (3,6) (FC:FA)
MUSC 1406 (S), 2406 (F), 2416 (S). Music History and Literature (2,2,2) (WI)
PHIL 2453. Existentialism/Phenomenology (3) (F,S) (FC:HU)
PHIL 3331. Modern Philosophy (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: 3 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor)
RUSS 3220. Nineteenth Century Russian Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU) (P: RUSS 2120; or permission
of instructor)
RUSS 3221. Twentieth Century Russian Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU) (P: RUSS 2120; or permission
of instructor)
SPAN 2440. Spanish Culture and Civilization (3) (WI*) (P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of dept chair)
Group II - Geography and Political Science
GEOG 3047. Western Europe (3) (S) (FC:SO)
INTL 2400, 2401. Arts and Sciences Abroad: Social Sciences (3,6) (SS) (FC:SO)
POLS 3234. West European Political Systems (3) (F) (FC:SO)
POLS 3235. East European Political Systems (3) (S) (FC:SO)
Group III - History:
HIST 3420. Early Modern Europe to 1648 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3430. History of Europe, 1815-1914 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3435. History of Europe Since 1914 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 5310. Intellectual History of Europe (3)
HIST 5670. A Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815 to the Present (3)
INTL 2400, 2401. Arts and Sciences Abroad: Social Sciences (3,6) (SS) (FC:SO)
Group IV - Choose one additional course from Groups I, II, III, or any subject-related course with prior approval
of international studies coordinator:
Latin-American Studies:
Choose four from:
ANTH 3016. Cultures of the Caribbean (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of
instructor)
ARTS AND SCIENCES INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
92
ANTH 3017. Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala (3) (OY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or
consent of instructor)
ANTH 3018. Cultures of South and Central America (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or
consent of instructor)
ECON 3353. Development Economics (3) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133)
FORL 2661. Latin-American Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
FORL 2666. Latino Texts (3) (FC:HU)
GEOG 2110. World Geography: Less Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3049. Latin America (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3056. Middle America (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3710. Introduction to Latin-American History: Colonial Period (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3711. Introduction to Latin-American History: Since 1808 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3780. Mexico and Central America (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 5765. Latin America: 1492 to the Present (3) (WI*)
INTL 3010. Field Study in Latin America (6) (P: Consent of instructor)
POLS 3270. Latin-American Political Systems (3) (FC:SO) (S)
SPAN 1220. Conversational Spanish Practiced in a Spanish-Speaking Country (3) (P: Consent of dept chair)
SPAN 1440. Hispanic Culture Experienced in a Spanish-Speaking Country (2)
SPAN 2222. Intermediate Spanish Conversation (3) (P: Minimum grade of B in SPAN 1004 or consent of dept
chair) or SPAN 3220. Advanced Oral Communication Through Multimedia (3) (P: SPAN 2222 or consent
of dept chair)
SPAN 2441. Latin-American Culture and Civilization (3) (P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 4560. Major Latin-American Authors (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2441, 2550; or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 4561. Latin-American Texts of the Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2441,
2550; or consent of dept chair; RP: SPAN 4560)
SPAN 4563. Latin-American Texts: The Boom and Beyond (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2441, 2550; or consent of
dept chair; RP: SPAN 4560)
Specialized Concentration:
With the advice and written approval of the coordinator and the coordinating committee of the international
studies minor, a student may develop a topical course of studies (totaling 12 s.h.) around a specic theme in
international studies. The following examples are suggestive of possible themes: international environmental
problems, global communications, human rights issues, peace and world order studies, international trade/
technology, population/demographic issues, international art, comparative religions, comparative literatures,
comparative gender relations, language, and civilization.
3. Senior Seminar ...............................................................................................................................3 s.h.
INTL 5000. Senior Seminar in International Studies (3) (P: Consent of instructor)
CERTIFICATE IN GLOBAL UNDERSTANDING
The Certicate in Global Understanding is designed to help students develop an understanding and an appreciation of the
peoples, issues and ideas within the global community. Students have an opportunity to take courses with an international
content, study a foreign language at the introductory level, and learn about people in other countries through both Internet
contact and actual study in an international setting.
A minimum cumulate 2.5 GPA is required for admission. The student must maintain a 2.5 average in the certicate courses
to receive the Certicate in Global Understanding. The certicate requires 15 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................ 9 s.h.
ANTH 1050. Global Understanding (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
6 s.h. of 1001 and 1002 courses of the same foreign language
(Students may receive credit either through successful completion of courses with C or better or a language
placement exam. The foreign language requirement may be waived for international students whose native language
is not English, in which case six additional s.h. of approved electives are required.)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
93
2. Elective courses, each from a different discipline, chosen from the list of International
Studies Minor courses (pp. 100-102) or other courses approved by the International
Studies Executive Committee ..................................................................................................... 6 s.h.
3. An approved academic study abroad program or internship of at least one summer session.
(International students may substitute an equivalent period of study at ECU.)
CERTIFICATE IN GLOBAL UNDERSTANDING WITH DISTINCTION
Students who complete the above requirements and who also complete 60 clock hours of co-curricular or service
activities with an international focus will be awarded the Certicate of Global Understanding with Distinction. Activities
to meet this requirement must be approved by the International Studies Executive Committee. Examples of appropriate
activities include attending international lecture series, volunteer work with immigrants, participation in an international club
or student organization, or helping with the Model UN.
Alternative ways of completing the Certicate of Global Understanding with Distinction are:
1) 30 clock hours of co-curricular or service activities with an international focus and an additional year of a foreign
language (1003 and 1004);
2) 30 clock hours of co-curricular or service activities with an international focus and a semester or more of study
or internship in an international setting. (International students may substitute an equivalent period of study at ECU.) ;
3) an additional year of a foreign language (1003 and 1004) and a semester or more of study or internship in an
international setting. (International students may substitute an equivalent period of study at ECU.)
LEADERSHIP STUDIES MINOR
Michael B. Brown, Interim Program Director, 112 Rawl Building
The leadership studies minor is a multidisciplinary program designed to provides opportunities to study leaders and leadership
concepts that are applicable to leadership in a variety of contexts. The leadership studies minor complements any academic
major and provides formal learning experiences that can be supplemented by additional campus and community leadership
experiences as part of the leadership development process. The minor requires a minimum of 24 s.h., and courses may not
count simultaneously toward the student’s major and the leadership studies minor.
1. Core .................................................................................................................................................. 6 s.h.
LDSP 1000. Introduction to Leadership Studies (3) (F)
LDSP 4000. Leadership Studies Capstone Seminar (3) (S)
2. Electives (At least 3 s.h. from each of the 5 areas below) ....................................................18 s.h.
Ethics:
PHIL 1175. Introduction to Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
PHIL 2274. Business Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
PHIL 2275. Professional Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
Communication:
ANTH 3300. Language and Culture (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200; or consent of instructor)
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3) (F,S, SS) (FC:FA)
COMM 3110. Persuasion Theories (3) (S) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor)
COMM 3142. Small Group Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor)
COMM 3152. Interpersonal Communication Theory (3) (F) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor or consent
of instructor)
COMM 4130. Conict and Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 3142
or 3152 or 3160)
COMM 4135. Gender and Communication (3) (S) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
COMM 3142 or 3152 or 3160)
ENGL 3835. Persuasive Writing (3) (WI) (S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ARTS AND SCIENCES INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
94
Organizational Behavior:
COMM 3160. Organizational Communication Theory (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor)
MGMT 4242. Organizational Behavior (3) (F,S) (P: MGMT 3302)
PSYC 3241. Personnel and Industrial Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
SOCI 4500. Work and Organizations (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
Diversity:
ANTH 3200. Women’s Roles in Cross-Cultural Perspective (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or
2200 or consent of instructor)
CDFR 4303. Families and Cultural Diversity (3) (F,S) (P: CDFR 1103)
COMM 3180. Intercultural Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor)
EDUC 3002. Introduction to Diversity (3)
PSYC 2777. Ethno-cultural Psychology (3) (FC:SO) (Formerly PSYC 3777) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
SOCI 3400. Introduction to Gender and Society (3) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 4345. Racial and Cultural Minorities (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or SOCI 2110)
Leaders and Leadership:
HIST 3333. History and Biography (3) (FC:SO)
MGMT 4343. Organizational Leaders and Leadership (3) (F,S) (P: MGMT 3202 or 3302; MGMT 4242 or
PSYC 3241)
POLS 3040. Women in Politics (3)
POLS 3203. The American Executive (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 4000. Political Leadership (3) (P: 12 s.h. in POLS or consent of instructor)
MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE STUDIES
Kevin N. Moll, Director, 313 Fletcher
Multidisciplinary Studies Major
A multidisciplinary major with an emphasis on Medieval and Renaissance studies is available. Interested students should contact
the director of Medieval and Renaissance studies.
Minor
The Medieval and Renaissance studies requires 24 s.h. credit. The interdisciplinary program offers two introductory courses
and a senior/graduate-level seminar. In addition, the program includes courses from the following disciplines: art, history, English,
foreign languages and literatures, music, political science, philosophy, and theatre. A maximum of 6 s.h. of courses taken to
meet foundations curriculum requirements may also be used to satisfy the requirements of the Medieval and Renaissance
studies minor, if their content justies it. The student’s program of study must be approved by the director of Medieval and
Renaissance studies.
1. Core .................................................................................................................................................. 6 s.h.
Choose 6 s.h. from the following courses (it is recommended that the third be taken as an elective):
MRST 2400. Introduction to Medieval Studies (3)
MRST 2500. Introduction to Renaissance Studies (3)
MRST 5000. Medieval and Renaissance Studies Seminar (3) (P: 3 s.h. in MRST or consent of director)
2. Electives (Choose from at least four of the areas of study listed below.) ........................18 s.h.
No more than 3 s.h. of course work in the student’s major eld of study will be accepted for credit toward the minor.
It is strongly recommended that 6 s.h. of applicable foreign language study be completed in conjunction with
the minor (or major) if the student’s major does not already incorporate such a requirement. Study programs
abroad in Europe, having prior approval of the director, will be accepted for no more than 6 s.h. of credit toward
the minor. With prior approval from the director, additional courses not listed below will be accepted if they
signicantly further the student’s understanding of the Middle Ages or the Renaissance; prior approval by the
director is required for additional courses. Departmental prerequisites may be waived in special cases. Students
should contact the director and/or their major dept chair.
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
95
ART 2920. Art of the Middle Ages (3) (WI) (P: ART 1906, 1907, or consent of instructor)
ART 2930. Italian Baroque Art History (3) (P: ART 1906, 1907, or consent of instructor)
ART 3930. Italian Renaissance Art: 1300-1500 (3) (WI*) (P: ART 1906, 1907)
ART 3940. Italian Renaissance Art: 1500-1600 (3) (WI*) (F,S) (P: ART 1906, 1907)
ART 4900. Northern Renaissance Art History (3) (WI*) (F) (P: ART 1906, 1907, or consent of instructor)
ENGL 3000. History of British Literature to 1700 (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL major, minor, or consent of dept;
ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3450. Northern European Mythology (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3600. Classics from Homer to Dante (3) (F) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4010. Medieval Literature (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4020. Chaucer (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4030. Milton (3) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4050. Prose and Poetry of the English Renaissance (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4070. Shakespeare: The Histories (3) (F-EY) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4080. Shakespeare: The Comedies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4090. Shakespeare: The Tragedies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
FORL 2665. Don Quixote (3) (WI) (S) (FC:HU)
FREN 3555. France of the Middle Ages and Renaissance (3) (P: FREN 3500 or consent of dept chair)
GRBK 2400. Great Books of the Middle Ages and Renaissance (3) (WI) (S-EY) (FC:HU)
HIST 3412. A History of Christianity to 1300 (3) (FC:SO) (RP: HIST 3412)
HIST 3414. The Celtic World, 700 B.C. – 1601 A.D. (3)
HIST 3415. The Middle Ages (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3420. Early Modern Europe to 1648 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3480. Britain to 1688 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 5350. The Renaissance in European History (3)
HIST 5360. The Reformation, 1450-1598 (3)
MRST 2400. Introduction to Medieval Studies (3) (FC:HU)
MRST 2500. Introduction to Renaissance Studies (3) (FC:HU)
MRST 5000. Medieval and Renaissance Studies Seminar (3) (P: 3 s.h. in MRST or consent of director)
MUSC 2225. Introduction to Early Music in the West (3) (FC:FA)
PHIL 3321. Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy (3) (F,S) (FC:HU)
SPAN 4555. Medieval Spain (900-1499) (3) (WI) (P: SPAN 2440, 2550; or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 4556. Renaissance and Baroque Spain (1500-1681) (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2440, 2550; or consent of
dept chair)
MULTIDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
Calvin Mercer, Director, A-327 Brewster Building
Multidisciplinary studies is a university-wide program administered by the Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences.
The goals of the program are to foster multidisciplinary study among various schools and departments, enable motivated
students to pursue degrees in specialized or new elds, and encourage undergraduates to pursue research interests while
working closely with faculty. Honors are awarded to students who earn a 3.5 GPA in approved major courses. There are
two multidisciplinary studies options.
The individual concentration is designed for the student (1) who has clear interests and objectives that overlap schools,
departments, degrees, or concentrations; (2) whose interests and objectives cannot reasonably be met through existing majors,
minors, and electives; and (3) whose program is not fashioned in order to bypass a requirement of an existing program. A
course of study is developed by the student in consultation with faculty in the appropriate disciplines and the director of
multidisciplinary studies. A formal proposal, including the list of faculty who will supervise the student, is submitted to the
Multidisciplinary Studies Committee. To begin the process, interested students should contact the director of multidisciplinary
studies for procedures and guidelines. The major must be approved early enough in one’s academic career in order to have
time to adhere to program guidelines. To declare a major, students must have completed 30 s.h. with a minimum cumulative
ARTS AND SCIENCES INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
96
2.0 GPA and the student’s proposal must be approved by the Multidisciplinary Studies Committee. Program requirements
include MULT 3500 and 4999; students may not be enrolled in these courses without admission to the program.
The nature of this program requires that the student be highly motivated and disciplined and that faculty advising the student
be closely involved in the process from the proposal preparation stage through the completion of the program. The program is
not a general studies degree and program guidelines prohibit approval into the program of students who have not developed
a coherent and academically respectable course of study that meets program guidelines.
The structured concentrations are approved by the Multidisciplinary Studies Committee and are provided in areas where
there has been clear evidence of signicant student demand. For structured concentrations, students take a prearranged
curriculum that is approved by a recognized academic committee with oversight in that disciplinary area. Requirements include
the completion of interdisciplinary courses, comparable to MULT 3500 and 4999, which address interdisciplinary methods
and topics. Current structured concentrations are: classics, neuroscience, and religious studies. Students interested in one of
these programs should contact professors John Given, classics; Tuan Tran, neuroscience; or Derek Maher, religious studies.
BA in Multidisciplinary Studies
Minimum degree requirement is 120 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ................................................................................ 42 s.h.
2. Foreign language through level 1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................30 s.h.
MULT 3500. Research in Multidisciplinary Studies (3) (WI) (P: Admission to MULT; consent of program director) or
comparable structured concentration course.
MULT 4999. Seminar in Multidisciplinary Studies (3) (WI) (P: MULT 3500; consent of program director) or
comparable structured concentration course.
A minimum of 24 s.h. of approved courses in the major.
4. Minor or approved structured electives .................................................................................24 s.h.
5. A minimum of 24 s.h. from Sections 3 and 4 must be above 2999.
6. Free electives to complete requirements for graduation.
BS In Multidisciplinary Studies
Minimum degree requirement is 120 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ................................................................................ 42 s.h.
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................42 s.h.
MULT 3500. Research in Multidisciplinary Studies (3) (WI) (P: Admission to MULT; consent of program director) or
comparable structured concentration course.
MULT 4999. Seminar in Multidisciplinary Studies (3) (WI) (P: MULT 3500; consent of program director) or
comparable structured concentration course.
A minimum of 36 s.h. of approved courses in the major.
3. Minor or approved structured electives .................................................................................24 s.h.
4. A minimum of 24 s.h. from Sections 2 and 3 must be above 2999.
5. Free electives to complete requirements for graduation.
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
97
NEUROSCIENCE STUDIES
Tuan Tran, Director, 209 Rawl Building
Multidisciplinary Studies Major
A multidisciplinary studies major with a focus in neuroscience is available. Interested students should contact the director of
neuroscience studies.
Students pursuing a BS multidisciplinary major in neuroscience who are also participating in the MD/7 program must meet all
the specied requirements for their major. In addition, the student will need to fulll the pre-health concentration by taking
BIOL 1100, 1101, 1200, 1201; PHYS 1250, 1251, 1260, 1261. If the student is accepted for admission to the Brody School
of Medicine under the MD/7 program, the rst year of medical studies will count toward fullling the remaining hours of
electives as required for graduation.
Minor
The neuroscience minor is designed to provide students with an introduction to the study of neuroscience at the various
structural and functional levels of analysis, including molecular, cellular, integrative, and behavioral. (Students interested in a
neuroscience major should see multidisciplinary studies, described above, and contact the neuroscience program director.)
The minor requires completion of core courses (20 s.h), a laboratory course (2 or 3 s.h), and an elective course (2-5 s.h.). In
the event that courses required for the minor are also required for the student’s major, neuroscience elective courses should
be taken so that a minimum of 24 s.h. of unique neuroscience courses are completed for the minor. The major advisor should
send a potential minor to the director for advising. The minimum requirements for the minor are 24 s.h. as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................20 s.h.
BIOL 1100, 1101. Principles of Biology I (4,0) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160:
CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
NEUR 4900. Cellular and Molecular Neuroscience (3) (F) (P: Senior standing; consent of instructor)
NEUR 4901. Behavioral and Integrative Neuroscience (3) (S) (P: Senior standing; consent of instructor)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or PSYC 1060. Honors Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S)
(FC:SO)
PSYC 3310. Introduction to Neuroscience (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Neuroscience Laboratory Course (Choose one.) ................................................................. 2-3 s.h.
NEUR 4201. Laboratory Methods in Cellular and Molecular Neuroscience (2) (S)
PSYC 4312. Laboratory Methods in Behavioral Neuroscience (3) (P: PSYC 3310, 3311; or consent of instructor)
PSYC 4315. Neuroscience: Literature and Laboratory Experience (3) (P: PSYC 2210; 3310 or 3311; or consent of
instructor)
3. Electives ...................................................................................................................................... 2-5 s.h.
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
BIOL 2131. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: BIOL 2130)
BIOL 2300. Principles of Genetics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: BIOL 1100, 1200)
BIOL 3310, 3311. Cellular Physiology (4,0) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2650 or 2750 or 2770)
BIOL 3320. Principles of Animal Physiology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2650 or 2750 or 2770)
BIOL 5510, 5511. Transmission Electron Microscopy (4,0) (P for undergraduate students: Senior standing as a BIOL
major or consent of instructor)
BIOL 5520, 5521. Scanning Electron Microscopy and X-Ray Analysis (2,0) (P for undergraduate students: Senior
standing as a BIOL major or consent of instructor)
CHEM 2750. Organic Chemistry I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; C: CHEM 2753)
CHEM 2753. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) (F,S,SS) (C: CHEM 2750)
CHEM 2760. Organic Chemistry II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2750; C: CHEM 2763)
CHEM 2763. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2750, 2753; C: CHEM 2760)
CHEM 2770. Biological Chemistry (3) (S) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 2650 or 2760)
ARTS AND SCIENCES INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
98
CHEM 2771. Biological Chemistry Laboratory (1) (S) (FC:SC) (C: CHEM 2770)
ITEC 2054, 2055. Electricity/Electronics Fundamentals (3,0) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or 1085 or 2119)
MATH 2121. Calculus for the Life Sciences I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA)
MATH 2122. Calculus for the Life Sciences II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2121)
NEUR 4200. Literature in Neuroscience (1) (F)
PHIL 1262. Introduction to Philosophical Issues in Biology (3) (F,S) (FC:HU)
PHIL 2261. Introduction to Philosophy of Science (3) (FC:HU)
PSYC 2210. Research Methods in Psychology (4) (WI) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: MATH 1065 or MATH 1066; PSYC 2101)
PSYC 3225. Psychology of Learning (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3226. Cognitive Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 3311. Neuropsychology (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
PSYC 4340. Behavioral Pharmacology Seminar (3) (P: PSYC 3310, 3311; or consent of instructor)
Any course listed under 2., above, not used to meet lab requirement may be chosen as an elective.
NORTH CAROLINA STUDIES
The minor in North Carolina studies is an interdisciplinary program that requires 24 s.h. credit. The minor provides students
with a comprehensive natural and cultural history of North Carolina and a knowledge of the contemporary conditions and
issues that history has created. The program requires an introductory course, a senior research seminar, a series of core
courses, and electives drawn from the following disciplines: anthropology, biology, English, geography, geology, history, and
political science. Courses taken to meet foundations curriculum requirements cannot be used to satisfy the requirements of
the North Carolina studies minor. The student’s minor program must be approved by the director of the North Carolina
studies program.
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................15 s.h.
ENGL 4230. North Carolina Literature (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
GEOG 3055. North Carolina (3) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 3100. North Carolina History (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) or 5135. Problems in North Carolina History (3) (S) (WI*)
(P: HIST 1050, 1051; or consent of instructor)
NCST 2000. Introduction to North Carolina Studies (3) (F)
NCST 4000. Windows on North Carolina’s Past (3) (S) (P: NCST 2000; 6 s.h. in NCST; or consent of director) or
4010. Contemporary Issues and Problems in North Carolina (3) (S) (P: NCST 2000; 6 s.h. in NCST; or consent
of director)
2. Electives (Choose from at least two of the areas listed below.) ........................................... 9 s.h.
No more than 3 s.h. of course work in the student’s major eld will be acceptable for credit toward the minor.
Additional courses beyond those listed below will be accepted if they signicantly further the student’s
understanding of North Carolina studies; prior approval by the director is required for additional courses.
ANTH 3005. North American Indians (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3111. North American Archaeology (3) (OY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 5065. Maritime Anthropology (3) (P: ANTH 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 5120. Archaeology of the Southeastern US (3) (P: ANTH 2000 or consent of instructor)
BIOL 3400, 3401. Biological Field Studies of the Coastal Plain (3,0) (P: BIOL 1100, 1200 or 2 from: GEOL 1500,
1550, 1600 and 1700)
ENGL 3570. American Folklore (3) (WI) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 5230. Southern Regional Literature (3) (WI) (P: ENGL 1200)
GEOL 5500. Directed Studies in Geology (2) (P: Senior or graduate standing in GEOL or consent of instructor)
HIST 3100. North Carolina History (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
HIST 5140. The Old South (3)
HIST 5141. The South Since 1877 (3) (WI*)
POLS 3244. North Carolina Politics (3) (F)
POLS 4321. Contemporary Southern Politics (3) (S)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
99
RELIGIOUS STUDIES
Derek Maher, Director, 235 Austin Building
Multidisciplinary Studies Major
A multidisciplinary studies major with a focus in religious studies is available. Interested students should contact the director
of religious studies.
Minor
Religious studies is a nonsectarian and interdisciplinary program designed to provide students with an understanding of religion
as historical and cultural phenomena. Courses offered explore religion in its various dimensions – aesthetic, anthropological,
ethical, historical, literary, philosophical, political, psychological, and sociological. The religious studies minor requires 24 s.h.
credit. The major advisor should send a potential minor to the director for advising. Requirements for the minor are listed
below. A maximum of 6 s.h. may be used to satisfy foundations curriculum requirements and requirements for the religious
studies minor. No course work in the student’s major eld of study will be accepted for credit toward the minor. Study-
abroad programs having the prior approval of the director will be accepted for a maximum 6 s.h. of credit toward the minor.
Additional courses beyond those listed below will be accepted if they signicantly further the student’s understanding of
religion; prior approval by the director is required for additional courses. Departmental prerequisites may be waived in special
cases by the department offering the course.
1. Core .................................................................................................................................................. 6 s.h.
RELI 4500. Religious Studies Seminar I (3) (WI*) (F) (P: Consent of instructor or RELI program director)
RELI 4800. Religious Studies Seminar II (3) (P: 6 s.h. in religion or philosophy or consent of instructor)
2. Electives ........................................................................................................................................18 s.h.
Choose a minimum of 15 s.h. from core religion electives and the remaining electives from either list of electives.
Core Religion Electives: (Minimum of 15 s.h.)
ANTH 4054. Anthropology of Religion (3) (OY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent
of instructor)
ENGL 3630. The Bible as Literature (3) (S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3640. Literature and Religion (3) (WI) (FC:HU)
HIST 3412. A History of Christianity to 1300 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3413. A History of Christianity 1300-present (3) (FC:SO) (RP: HIST 3412)
HIST 3627. History of Japanese Buddhism (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 5360. The Reformation, 1450-1598 (3)
PHIL 1290. Introduction to Philosophy of Religion (3) (F,S) (FC:HU)
PHIL 3290. Philosophy of Religion (3) (S) (FC:HU) (P: 3 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor)
PSYC 3314. Psychology of Religion (3) (S) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
RELI 1000. Introduction to Religious Studies (3) (FC:HU) (Formerly RELI 2000)
RELI 1690. World Religions (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (Formerly PHIL 1690)
RELI 2500. Study Abroad (6) (SS) (FC:HU) (P: Consent of instructor)
RELI 2691. Classical Islam (3) (FC:HU) (Formerly PHIL 2691)
RELI 2692. Buddhism (3) (FC:HU) (Formerly PHIL 2692)
RELI 2693. Hinduism (3) (FC:HU)
RELI 2694. Indigenous Religions (3) (FC:HU)
RELI 2695. Introduction to the Old Testament (3) (F) (FC:HU) (Formerly PHIL 1695)
RELI 2696. Introduction to the New Testament (3) (S) (FC:HU) (Formerly PHIL 1696)
RELI 3000. Motherhood of God in Asian Traditions (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (Same as ANTH 3009; WOST 3000)
RELI 3113. Archaeology of the Old Testament World (3) (OY) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or PHIL 1695 or
consent of instructor) (Same as ANTH 3113)
RELI 3114. Archaeology of the New Testament World (3) (OY) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or PHIL 1696 or
consent of instructor) (Same as ANTH 3114)
RELI 3500. Methodology of Religious Studies (3) (WI)
ARTS AND SCIENCES INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
100
RELI 3600. Greek and Roman Religions (3) (FC:HU) (Same as CLAS 3600)
RELI 3690. Women and Religion (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) (Formerly PHIL 3690)
RELI 3691. Islam in the Modern World (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (Formerly PHIL 3691) (P: PHIL 1690 or PHIL 2691
or consent of instructor)
RELI 3692. Tibetan Religion and Culture (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (Formerly PHIL 3692) (P: PHIL 1690 or PHIL 2692
or consent of instructor)
RELI 3694. Religions of Africa (3) (WI*) (FC:HU)
RELI 3698. Mysticism (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (Formerly PHIL 3698) (P: Consent of instructor or any course from
the Core Religion Electives list of the Religious Studies Program)
RELI 3700. Religion and Social Issues (3) (WI) (FC:HU)
RELI 3800. Religion and Violence (3) (WI) (FC:HU)
RELI 3930. Directed Readings in Religious Studies (3) (FC:HU) (Consent of director)
RELI 4699. Special Topics in Religious Studies (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) (Formerly PHIL 4699) (P: 6 s.h. in religion
or philosophy or consent of instructor)
SOCI 4341. Sociology of Religion (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
General Religion Electives:
ANTH 2010. Societies Around the World (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ANTH 3002. Cultures of East Asia (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3003. Cultures of Africa (3) (OY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3004. Cultures of the South Pacic (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of
instructor)
ART 2920. Art of the Middle Ages (3) (WI) (P: ART 1906, 1907)
ART 3920. Asian Art (3)
ART 3935. Italian Baroque Art: 1600-1700 (3) (WI*)
ART 4916. Art of India (3) (WI) (P: ART 1906, 1907; of consent of instructor)
CLAS 1500. Classical Mythology (3) (Formerly CLAS 3460)
ENGL 3450. Northern European Mythology (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3460. Literature and Classical Mythology (3) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3620. Oriental Literature (3)
ENGL 4010. Medieval Literature (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4030. Milton (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
FORL 2600. Literature in Translation: The Holocaust (3) (S) (FC:HU)
GRK 1001. Ancient Greek Level I (3)
GRK 1002. Ancient Greek Level II (3) (P: GRK 1001 of consent of instructor)
GRK 1003. Ancient Greek Level III (3) (P: GRK 1002 or consent of instructor)
GRK 1004. Ancient Greek Level IV (3) (P: GRK 1003 or consent of instructor)
HIST 3415. The Middle Ages (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3610. History of the Far East to 1600 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3670. History of the Middle East Since 1500 (3) (WI) (FC:SO)
HIST 5310. Intellectual History of Europe (3)
HIST 5340. The Ancient Near East (3)
HIST 5350. The Renaissance in European History (3)
HIST 5450. Tudor-Stuart England (3)
LATN 1001. Latin Level I (3)
LATN 1002. Latin Level II (3) (P: LATN 1001; placement by examination; or consent of instructor)
LATN 1003. Latin Level III (3) (P: LATN 1002; placement by examination; or consent of instructor)
LATN 1004. Latin Level IV (3) (P: LATN 1003; placement by examination; or consent of instructor)
MRST 5000. Medieval and Renaissance Studies Seminar (3) (P: 9 s.h. in MRST or consent of instructor)
PHIL 2453. Existentialism and Phenomenology (3) (F,S) (FC:HU)
PHIL 3321. Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy (3) (F,S) (FC:HU)
PHIL 4250. Metaphysics (3) (FC:HU) (P: 6 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
101
RUSSIAN STUDIES
Elena Konstantinovna Murenina, Director, 313 Austin Building
The Russian studies minor is an interdisciplinary program offered through the Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences.
The minor requires a minimum of 24 s.h. and is designed to provide students with a comprehensive knowledge of Russia
from both historical and contemporary perspectives. Students pursuing the interdisciplinary Russian studies minor are strongly
encouraged to study Russian language, as well as to take advantage of study abroad opportunities.
The interdisciplinary program includes an introductory course and senior level seminar in Russian studies. In addition, the
Russian studies program offers lectures and seminars on literature, culture, lm, history, political science, and economics. Other
appropriate courses in humanities, social science, and ne arts with Russian studies content may be counted towards the
minor in consultation with the program director. It is recommended that BA students take Russian language to satisfy their
foreign language requirements. No more than 6 s.h. of course work in the student’s major eld of study will be accepted for
credit toward the minor. The student’s minor program must be approved by the Russian studies minor director.
A concentration in Russian studies is available through the BA/BS in multidisciplinary studies. Interested students should
contact the director of Russian studies.
1. Core .................................................................................................................................................. 6 s.h.
One of the following introductory courses (3 s.h.) is required:
RUSI 2001. Introduction to Russian Studies: Humanities (3) (FC:HU) or RUSI 2002. Introduction to Russian Studies:
Social Science (3) (FC:SO) or RUSI 2003. Introduction to Russian Studies: Fine Arts (3) (FC:FA)
The following capstone course (3 s.h.) is required:
RUSI 4000. Senior Seminar in Russian Studies (3) (P: Consent of instructor or RUSI program director)
2. Electives ........................................................................................................................................18 s.h.
Choose 9 s.h. from each of the two areas below in consultation with the Director. Note that one of the three HIST
3551, 3552, 3553 courses (3 s.h.) is required for fulllment of the social science elective course sequence.
Humanities:
RUSS 2120. Introduction to Russian Culture (3) (FC:HU)
RUSS 2700. Special Topics in Russian Studies (3)
RUSS 3220. Nineteenth Century Russian Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU) (P: RUSS 2120 or permission
of instructor)
RUSS 3221. Twentieth Century Russian Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU) (P: RUSS 2120 or permission
of instructor)
RUSS 3230. Russian and Soviet Film (3) (FC:HU) (P: RUSS 2120 or permission of instructor)
RUSS 3700. Special Topics in Russian Studies (3) (P: RUSS 2120 or 3220 or 3221 or permission of instructor)
Social Science:
ECON 3365. Russian Economic Transition (3) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113, 2133)
HIST 3551. Medieval Russia, 862-1682 (3)
HIST 3552. Imperial Russia, 1682-1917 (3)
HIST 3553. Soviet Russia, 1917-1991 (3) (WI)
POLS 3235. East European Political Systems (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 3236. Russian Politics (3) (FC:SO)
A maximum of two of the following courses (6 s.h.) can be counted towards the minor electives;
however, the Director must approve the course substitution.
RUSI 3011, 3012. Field Study in Russia (3,6) (P: RUSS 1004 or consent of the director)
RUSI 3500. Selected Topics in Russian Studies (3) (P: Consent of instructor)
RUSI 3931,3932,3933. Directed Readings in Russian Studies (1,2,3) (P: Consent of instructor)
Other appropriate courses in humanities, social science, and ne arts may be substituted in consultation with RUSI program
Director.
ARTS AND SCIENCES INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
102
SECURITY STUDIES
Jalil Roshandel, Director, A-124 Brewster Building
The security studies minor is designed to provide an interdisciplinary overview of security-related issues, policies, and
infrastructure that has developed in response to security challenges. The program is designed to accommodate students from
a broad spectrum of degree programs within the university who have a desire to apply their majors to the growing security
community, whether it be at local, state, and federal governments, or in the private or non-prot sectors.
The minor program, coordinated through the Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Science, requires 24 s.h. credit.
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................15 s.h.
SECS 1000. Introduction to Security Studies (3) (F) (FC:SO)
SECS 4000. Senior Seminar in Security Studies (3) (S) (P: SECS 1000 and consent of the instructor)
Choose three of the following:
POLS 3155. National Security Policy (3) (F,S)
POLS 4382. Politics of Terrorism (3) (F,S)
EHST 2110. Introduction to Environmental Health Science (3) (F,S)
PLAN 4015. Emergency Planning Management (3) (F,SS)
2. Electives ..........................................................................................................................................9 s.h.
Choose 3 of the following. POLS majors may not choose POLS electives. Courses used for the core may not be
used for electives. Other appropriate courses may be considered for inclusion as electives change or review by
the director.
EHST 2110. Introduction to Environmental Health Science (3) (F,S)
GEOG 2410. Fundamentals of GIS (3) (F,S)
GEOG 3003. Political Geography (3) (WI) (S) (FC:SO)
HIST 3260. U.S. and the Middle East, 1783 to the Present (3)
ICTN 2900, 2901. Fundamental Network Security (3,0) (P: ICTN 2154)
ITEC 3800. Cost and Capital Project Analysis (3) (S) (P: MATH 1065; MATH 2283 or ITEC 3200)
JUST 1000. Criminal Justice Systems (3) (F,S,SS)
PLAN 1900. Planning for the Human Environment (3) (F,S,SS)
PLAN 3051. Introduction to GIS in Planning (3) (F,S) (P:GEOG 2410 or consent of Instructor)
PLAN 4015. Emergency Planning Management (3) (F,SS)
POLS 3144. American Foreign Policy (3) (S) (RP: POLS 2020)
POLS 3155. National Security Policy (3) (F,S)
POLS 3290. Conict and Peace in the Post Cold War Age (3) (S)
POLS 3293. International Organizations (3)
POLS 4380. Topics in International Politics (3) (P: POLS 2020 or Consent of Instructor)
POLS 4382. Politics of Terrorism (3) (S)
POLS 4383. War in the Modern Age (3)
SOCI 3235. Population Trends and Problems (3)(FC:SO)(P: SOCI 2110)
WOMEN’S STUDIES
Cheryl Dudasik-Wiggs, Director, B-103 Brewster Building
BA in Women’s Studies
The women’s studies major is an interdisciplinary degree program that includes courses on women and gender offered by
the women’s studies program as well as through traditional disciplines and departments. The purpose of women’s studies is
to offer a contemporary as well as a historical perspective on women’s contributions to selfhood, family, and society; identify,
critically examine, and evaluate the assumptions made about women by tradition; and discover, acquire, and accumulate
knowledge about women in order to empower understanding of their lives, their roles, and their humanity. Women’s studies
balances traditional Western cultural assumptions with international women’s perspectives, including those of minorities, the
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
103
disabled, and the economically deprived. The requirements for the major include an introductory women’s studies course;
electives chosen from the arts, humanities, natural and social sciences, and professional schools; and a core of women’s studies
courses, including a capstone experience of a senior seminar and internship or directed readings. Women’s studies majors
are encouraged to combine women’s studies with another major. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as
follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ................................................................................ 42 s.h.
2. Foreign language through level 1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................12 s.h.
WOST 2000. Introduction to Women’s Studies: Humanities (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) or WOST 2200. Introduction to
Women’s Studies: Art (3) (FC:FA) or WOST 2400. Introduction to Women’s Studies: Social Sciences (3) (FC:SO)
WOST 3910, 3920, 3930. Directed Readings in Women’s Studies (1,1,1) (F,S,SS) (P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400
or consent of director) or WOST 4500. Internship in Women’s Studies (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Senior standing; WOST
4000; minimum 2.5 GPA or consent of director)
WOST 4000. Senior Seminar in Women’s Studies (3) (S) (P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400; additional 3 s.h. in
WOST; or consent of instructor)
WOST 4200. Feminist Theory (3) (F) (WI) (P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400; 1 other WOST course accepted for
WOST major or minor)
4. Area of study (Choose one from each area.) ..........................................................................12 s.h.
Cultural Diversity:
ANTH 2025. Sexual Behavior from an Anthropological Perspective (3) (F) (FC:SO) (P: Introductory course in
ANTH, SOCI, PSYC or consent of instructor)
ENGL 3260. Black Literature in America (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4360. World Literature in English (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 6460. Studies in African American Literature (3) Formerly ENGL 5360
FORL 2600. Literature in Translation: The Holocaust (3) (S) (FC:HU)
HIST 3110. History of African-Americans (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 5230. Themes in African-American History (3)
SOCI 4345. Racial and Cultural Minorities (3) (F) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or SOCI 2110)
Humanities:
ENGL 3300. Women and Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 5330. Study in Women’s Literature (3) (WI) (P: ENGL 1200)
PHIL 3690. Women and Religion (3) (FC:HU) (WI*)
RELI 3000. Motherhood of God in Asian Traditions (3) (FC:HU)
Social Science:
ANTH 3200. Women’s Roles in Cross-Cultural Perspective (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200
or consent of instructor)
COMM 4135. Gender and Communication (3) (F) (P: COMM 1001 or 1002; or WOST 2000 or 2400)
POLS 3040. Women in Politics (3) (S)
PSYC 4335. Psychology of Women (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 4350. Psychology of Sexual Behavior (3) (F,S) (P: 6 s.h. in PSYC)
SOCI 3400. Introduction to Gender and Society (3) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 5400. Seminar in Gender Roles (3) (P: SOCI 2110; consent of instructor)
Women’s History:
HIST 3140. Women in American History (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
HIST 5220. Selected Topics in US Women’s History (3)
5. Electives ........................................................................................................................................12 s.h.
ANTH 3009/RELI 3000/WOST 3000. Motherhood of God in Asian Traditions (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (RELI 3000 FC:HU)
ANTH 3200. Women’s Roles in Cross-Cultural Perspective (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or
consent of instructor)
ARTS AND SCIENCES INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
104
CDFR 5300. Families, Sexuality, and Gender Roles (3)
CLAS 2400. Women in Classical Antiquity (3) (FC:HU)
COMM 4135. Gender and Communication (3) (F) (P: COMM 2001 or WOST 2000 or 2400)
ENGL 3300. Women and Literature (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 5330. Studies in Women’s Literature (3) (WI) (P: ENGL 1200)
FORL 3660. Hispanic Women Writers (3) (FC:HU)
GEOG 4320. Gender, Economy, and Development (3) (S) (P: Consent of instructor)
HIST 3140. Women in American History (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
HIST 5220. Selected Topics in US Women’s History (3)
HLTH 3020. Health Disparities (3) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; 3010 or consent of instructor)
HLTH 5002. Maternal and Child Health Education (3) (P: HLTH 3010 or consent of instructor)
HLTH 5310. Education for Human Sexuality (3) (P: Health education major or consent of instructor)
NURS 5327. Women’s Health (3)
PHIL 3690. Women and Religion (3) (FC:HU) (WI*)
POLS 3040. Women in Politics (3) (S)
POLS 3041. Women and Public Policy (3) (FC:SC)
PSYC 4335. Psychology of Women (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 4350. Psychology of Sexual Behavior (3) (F,S) (P: 6 s.h. in PSYC)
SOCI 3400. Introduction to Gender and Society (3) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 5400. Seminar in Gender Roles (3) (P: SOCI 2110; consent of instructor)
SOCW 5007. Women as Clients (3)
SPAN 5550. Hispanic Women Writers (3) (P: Consent of dept chair)
WOST 3500. Selected Topics in Women’s Studies: Social Sciences (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) (P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or
2400 or consent of instructor)
WOST 3510. Selected Topics in Women’s Studies: Humanities (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) (P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400
or consent of program director)
WOST 3520. Selected Topics in Women’s Studies: Fine Arts (3) (WI*) (FC:FA) (P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400 or
consent of program director)
WOST 3910, 3920, 3930. Directed Readings in Women’s Studies (1,1,1) (F,S,SS) (P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400
or consent of director)
WOST 4500. Internship in Women’s Studies (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Senior standing; WOST 4000; minimum 2.5 GPA or
consent of director)
WOST 5000. Advanced Seminar in Women’s Studies (3) (P: Consent of instructor)
Selected topics and honors seminars as approved by the Women’s Studies Executive Committee
6. Second major or minor and general electives to complete requirements for graduation.
Each course taken for the major can only be used to satisfy one requirement of the major. For students electing
women’s studies as part of a double major, the director may give consent that a maximum of 6 s.h. of the women’s
studies major be waived or double counted.
Women’s Studies Minor
The minor in women’s studies is an interdisciplinary academic program with courses designed to complement and enrich
students’ work in their major elds. To ensure exibility in each student’s 24 s.h. program and thus assure the possibility of
coordinating with the major, the women’s studies minor comprises a 6 s.h. core, which includes a course that introduces the
student to the discipline and a senior seminar which helps the student synthesize what she or he has learned, and 18 s.h. of
electives. A course may not count toward the student’s major degree and the women’s studies minor.
1. Core .................................................................................................................................................. 6 s.h.
WOST 2000. Introduction to Women’s Studies: Humanities (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) or WOST 2200. Introduction to
Women’s Studies: Arts (3) (FC:FA) or WOST 2400. Introduction to Women’s Studies: Social Sciences (3) (FC:SO)
WOST 4000. Senior Seminar in Women’s Studies (3) (S) (P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400; additional 3 s.h. in
WOST; or consent of instructor)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
105
2. Electives ........................................................................................................................................18 s.h.
ANTH 3009/RELI 3000/WOST 3000. Motherhood of God in Asian Traditions (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (RELI 3000 FC:HU)
ANTH 3200. Women’s Roles in Cross-Cultural Perspective (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or
consent of instructor)
CDFR 5300. Families, Sexuality, and Gender Roles (3)
CLAS 2400. Women in Classical Antiquity (3) (FC:HU)
COMM 4135. Gender and Communication (3) (F) (P: COMM 1001 or 1002; or WOST 2000 or 2400)
ENGL 3300. Women and Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 5330. Studies in Women’s Literature (3) (WI) (P: ENGL 1200)
FORL 3660. Hispanic Women Writers (3) (FC:HU)
GEOG 4320. Gender, Economy, and Development (3) (S) (P: Consent of instructor)
HIST 3140. Women in American History (3) (F,S) (FC:HU)
HIST 5220. Selected Topics in US Women’s History (3)
HLTH 3020. Health Disparities (3) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; 3010 or consent of instructor)
HLTH 5002. Maternal and Child Health Education (3) (P: HLTH 3010 or consent of instructor)
HLTH 5310. Education for Human Sexuality (3) (P: Health education major or consent of instructor)
NURS 5327. Women’s Health (3)
PHIL 3690. Women and Religion (3) (FC:HU) (WI*)
POLS 3040. Women in Politics (3) (S)
POLS 3041. Women and Public Policy (3) (FC:SC)
PSYC 4335. Psychology of Women (3) (S) (FC:SO)
PSYC 4350. Psychology of Sexual Behavior (3) (F,S) (P: 6 s.h. in PSYC)
SOCI 3400. Introduction to Gender and Society (3) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 5400. Seminar in Gender Roles (3) (P: SOCI 2110; consent of instructor)
SOCW 5007. Women as Clients (3)
SPAN 5550. Hispanic Women Writers (3) (P: Consent of dept chair)
WOST 3500. Selected Topics in Women’s Studies: Social Sciences (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) (P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or
2400 or consent of instructor)
WOST 3510. Selected Topics in Women’s Studies: Humanities (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) (P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400
or consent of program director)
WOST 3520. Selected Topics in Women’s Studies: Fine Arts (3) (WI*) (FC:FA) (P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400 or
consent of program director)
WOST 3910, 3920, 3930. Directed Readings in Women’s Studies (1,1,1) (F,S,SS) (P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400
or consent of director)
WOST 4200. Feminist Theory (3) (F) (WI) (P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400; 1 other WOST course accepted for
WOST major or minor)
WOST 4500. Internship in Women’s Studies (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Senior standing; WOST 4000; minimum 2.5 GPA or
consent of director)
WOST 5000. Advanced Seminar in Women’s Studies (3) (P: Consent of instructor)
Selected topics and honors seminars as approved by the Women’s Studies Executive Committee
May choose only one elective from:
ANTH 2025. Sexual Behavior from an Anthropological Perspective (3) (F) (FC:SO) (P: Introductory course in
ANTH, SOCI, PSYC or consent of instructor)
ENGL 3260. African American Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4360. World Literature in English (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 6460. Studies in African American Literature (3) Formerly ENGL 5360
FORL 2600. Literature in Translation: The Holocaust (3) (S) (FC:HU)
HIST 3110. History of African Americans (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 5230. Themes in African American History (3)
SOCI 4345. Racial and Cultural Minorities (3) (F) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or SOCI 2110)
ARTS AND SCIENCES INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
106
DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY
Linda Wolfe, Chairperson, 224 Flanagan Building
BA in Anthropology
Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ............................................................................................42 s.h.
2. Foreign language through level 1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Core ........................................................................................................................................16-17 s.h.
ANTH 2000. Archaeology Around the World (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
ANTH 2010. Societies Around the World (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or ANTH 2200. Introduction to Cultural
Anthropology (3) (F,S)
ANTH 2015. Introduction to Biological Anthropology (3) (WI*) (FC:SC) (RP: BIOL course)
ANTH 2016. Biological Anthropology Laboratory (1) (FC:SC) (C: ANTH 2015)
ANTH 3050. Enthnographic Field Methods (3) (S) (P: ANTH 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor) or ANTH 3077.
Archaeological Methods (3) (S) (P: ANTH 2000 or consent of instructor) or ANTH 4400, 4401. Human Skeletal
Analysis (4,0) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 2015, 2016 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 4025. Theory in Anthropology (3) (WI) (S) (P: ANTH 2010 or 2200, 2000 and 2015/16 or consent of
instructor; RP: ANTH 3050 or 3077 or 4400, 4401)
4. Subelds(Chooseoneineachsubeldabove2999.) .............................................................. 9s.h.
Archaeology:
ANTH 2000. Archaeology Around the World (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
ANTH 3011. Hunter-Gatherer Lifeways (3) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or 2005 or 2010 or 2200 or consent
of instructor)
ANTH 3012. Lifeways of Pastoral Nomads (3) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or 2005 or 2010 or 2200 or consent
of instructor)
ANTH 3111. North American Archaeology (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3113. Archaeology of the Old Testament World (3) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or PHIL 1695 or
consent of instructor)
ANTH 3114. Archaeology of the New Testament World (3) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or PHIL 1696 or
consent of instructor)
ANTH 3115. Caribbean Archaeology (3) (F) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3116. Latin American Archaeology (3) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000; or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3117. Prehistory of the Middle East (3) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000; or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3118. Pyramids, Pharaohs, and Mummies: The Archaeology of Ancient Egypt (3) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000
or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3175. Archaeological Field Training (6) (SS) (P: ANTH 3077 or equivalent)
ANTH 4201. Special Topics in Archaeology (3) (P: ANTH 2000; or consent of instructor)
ANTH 5120. Archaeology of the Southeastern US (3) (P: ANTH 2000 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 5125. Historical Archaeology (3) (P: ANTH 2000 or consent of instructor)
Biological Anthropology:
ANTH 2015. Introduction to Biological Anthropology (3) (WI*) (FC:SC) (RP: A BIOL course)
ANTH 2016. Biological Anthropology Laboratory (1) (FC:SC) (C: ANTH 2015)
ANTH 3020. Primate Behavior and Social Organization (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 2015, 2016; or consent of
instructor)
ANTH 3026. Forensic Anthropology (3) (P: ANTH 2016; or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3027. Human Health and Disease Ecology (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 2015, 2016; or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3028. Human Adaptation and Variation (3) (P: ANTH 2015; or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3030. Death and Disease in the Classical World (3) (P: ANTH 2000 or ANTH 2015, 2016; or consent
of instructor)
THOMAS HARRIOT COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES DEPARTMENTS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
107
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
ANTH 4203. Special Topics in Biological Anthropology (3) (P: ANTH 2015; or consent of instructor)
ANTH 4225. Human Evolution (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 2015, 2016; or consent of instructor)
Cultural Anthropology:
ANTH 2005. Environmental Anthropology (3) (FC:SO)
ANTH 2010. Societies Around the World (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ANTH 2200. Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
ANTH 3002. Cultures of East Asia (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3003. Cultures of Africa (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3004. Cultures of the South Pacic (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent
of instructor)
ANTH 3005. North American Indians (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3009. Motherhood of God in Asian Traditions (3) (FC:SO)
ANTH 3013. Cultures of Mainland Southeast Asia (3) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3016. Cultures of the Caribbean (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3017. Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent
of instructor)
ANTH 3018. Cultures of South and Central America (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or
consent of instructor)
ANTH 3150. Applying Anthropology to Contemporary Cultural Issues (3) (SL*) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or
2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3176. Cultural Anthropology Field School I (3) (SS) (RP: ANTH 1050 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3177. Cultural Anthropology Field School II (3) (SS) (RP: ANTH 1050 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3200. Women’s Roles in Cross-Cultural Perspective (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or
consent of instructor)
ANTH 3252. Medical Anthropology (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 4050. Psychological Anthropology (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 4054. Anthropology of Religion (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 4202. Special Topics in Cultural Anthropology (3) (P: ANTH 2200 or 2010; or consent of instructor)
ANTH 4253. Social Anthropology (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 4260. Cultural Ecology (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 5030. Economic Anthropology (3) (P: ANTH 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 5065. Maritime Anthropology (3) (P: ANTH 2200 or consent of instructor)
One of the following two courses may be taken to fulll the course requirement for a course above 2999 in
cultural anthropology:
ANTH 3720. Writing Systems of the World (3) (F) (Same as ENGL 3720) (P: ENGL 1200)
ANTH 3770. Language Universals (3) (Same as ENGL 3770)
5. ANTH electives..............................................................................................................................6 s.h.
The following courses, including those listed above, may be taken as electives:
ANTH 2760. Afro-Caribbean Language and Culture (3) (WI) (S) (Same as ENGL 2760) (P: ENGL 1200)
ANTH 3720. Writing Systems of the World (3) (F) (Same as ENGL 3720) (P: ENGL 1200)
ANTH 3770. Language Universals (3) (Same as ENGL 3770)
ANTH 4990. Internship in Applied Anthropology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ANTH major with consent of department
chair and supervising faculty member)
ANTH 4991. Advanced Internship in Applied Anthropology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ANTH major with consent of
department chair and supervising faculty member)
(ANTH 5010, 5175 may not count as ANTH electives.)
6. Minor and general electives to complete requirements for graduation.
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
108
Anthropology Minor
The minor in anthropology requires 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................12 s.h.
ANTH 1000. Introduction to Anthropology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
Minimum of one course from each of the anthropology subelds listed in the BA degree, 4., above.
2. ANTH electives............................................................................................................................12 s.h.
Certif icate in Cultural Resources Management
The course of study for the certicate in archaeology provides a basic background in archaeological methods (including the
recovery and analysis of archaeological data and training in Public Archaeology) and the prehistory of several areas in both
the Old and New Worlds. In particular, the certicate provides training for those students interested in pursuing careers in
applied, non-academic archaeology.
A minimum cumulative 2.5 GPA is required for admission. The student must maintain a 2.5 average in the certicate courses
to receive the archaeology certicate. The certicate requires a minimum of 18 s.h. as follows:
1. Core .................................................................................................................................................. 9s.h.
ANTH 3077. Archaeological Methods (3) (F) (P: ANTH 2000 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3175. Archaeological Field Training (6) (SS) (P: ANTH 3077 or equivalent)
2. Electives ..........................................................................................................................................9s.h.
ANTH 3111. North American Archaeology (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3113/RELI 3113. Archaeology of the Old Testament World (3) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or PHIL 1695 or
consent of instructor)
ANTH 3114/RELI 3114. Archaeology of the New Testament World (3) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or PHIL 1696 or
consent of instructor)
ANTH 3115. Caribbean Archaeology (3) (F) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3116. Latin American Archaeology (3) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000; or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3117. Prehistory of the Middle East (3) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2000; or consent of instructor)
ANTH 4201. Special Topics in Archaeology (3) (P: ANTH 2000; or consent of instructor)
ANTH 5120. Archaeology of the Southeastern US (3) (P: ANTH 2000 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 5125. Historical Archaeology (3) (P: ANTH 2000 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 5126. Public Archaeology (3) (P:ANTH 2000 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 2410. Fundamentals of GIS (3) (F,S)
HIST 3900. Introduction to Public History (3) (F)
HIST 3993. Approaches to Historical Objects (3)
HIST 5920/5921. Fundamentals of Museum and Historic Site Development (3,0)
Other electives may be approved by the Department of Anthropology.
Certif icate in Forensic Anthropology
The course of study for the certicate in forensic anthropology provides a basic understanding of skeletal biology and
human osteology, procedures for the search and recovery of human remains, methods of individual identication from the
human skeleton, time since death estimation, and manner of death. The student is also provided with knowledge of forensic
anthropology for those interested in careers in applied, non-academic anthropology.
A minimum cumulate 2.5 GPA is required for admission. The student must maintain a 2.5 average in the certicate courses
to receive the forensic anthropology certicate. The certicate requires 16 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................13 s.h.
ANTH 3077. Archeological Methods (3) (F) (P: ANTH 2000 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3026. Forensic Anthropology (3) (S) (P: ANTH 2015, 2016 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 4400, 4401. Osteology (4,0) (S,OY) (P: ANTH 2015, 2016 or consent of instructor)
DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
109
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
JUST 3007. Criminal Investigations (3) (F) (P: JUST 1000 and consent of the Department of Criminal Justice)
Substitute core courses may be approved by the Department of Anthropology.
2. Electives (Choose one from the following) ............................................................................... 3 s.h.
JUST 3501. Criminal Procedure (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: JUST 1000 and consent of the Department of Criminal Justice)
SOCI 3220. Deviant Behavior (3) (F,S,SS) (P: SOCI 2110)
PSYC 4375. Abnormal Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051 or 1100, 1101)
CHEM 2650. Organic Chemistry for the Life Sciences (4) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161)
Other electives may be approved by the Department of Anthropology.
Anthropology Honors Program
A student wishing to enter the honors program in anthropology must be a junior majoring in anthropology, have a minimum
cumulative 3.0 GPA and a minimum 3.5 GPA in anthropology, and have completed a minimum of 20 s.h. in anthropology.
(Exception may be made at the discretion of the dept chair.) A student in the honors program shall enroll, as part of his or
her regular curriculum, in ANTH 4550 during the second semester of the junior year and ANTH 4451 in the senior year.
Each honors student will carry out an extensive program of carefully supervised reading and research in one of the areas of
anthropology.
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
Jeffrey S. McKinnon, Chairperson, BN-108 Howell Science Complex
Mary A. Farwell, Director of Undergraduate Studies, BN-108C Howell Science Complex
Admission Requirements
In order to declare a major in biology or biochemistry, a student must satisfy foundations curriculum requirements as stated
in the catalog for transfer to departments in the Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences and must have a minimum
cumulative 2.0 GPA in all biology and chemistry courses below the 3000 level.
Core Curriculum
The core curriculum in biology is intended to give all biology majors a background in molecular biology, diversity, evolution,
ecology, and genetics. BIOL 1100, 1101, 1200, 1201, 2250, 2251, 2300 constitute the core curriculum. A choice of electives
permits a student to pursue in depth an area or areas of particular interest. Lecture courses having laboratory components
that carry independent credit may or may not be required as corequisites (see appropriate catalog descriptions). Laboratory
components carrying no credit are corequisites. All students must take a departmentally administered assessment examination
before graduation. Scores from this examination will not be used in the calculation of GPA or for academic standing. Minimum
degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit.
BS in Biology, General
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .........................................42 s.h.
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150: CHEM
1151; C for 1151: CHEM 1150)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160:
CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................15 s.h.
BIOL 1100, 1101. Principles of Biology and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1101: BIOL 1100)
BIOL 1200, 1201. Principles of Biology and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1201: BIOL 1200)
BIOL 2250. Ecology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1100, 1101, 1200, 1201)
BIOL 2251. Ecology Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1100, 1101, 1200, 1201; C: BIOL 2250)
BIOL 2300. Principles of Genetics (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1100, 1200)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
110
3. Recommended electives .............................................................................................................25 s.h.
The following elective areas are recommended to guide students in choosing biology electives consistent with their
academic goals. Students may concentrate in one of the specied areas, below, or choose a more general course
of study. A maximum of 6 s.h. of BIOL 3504, 3550, 4504, 4514, 4550, 5995 may count toward biology electives
without consent of dept. chair or director of undergraduate studies.
Ecology/Environmental Biology:
BIOL 3070, 3071. Survey of Plants and Fungi (4,0) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051 or 1060, 1061 or 1200, 1201)
BIOL 3230, 3231. Field Botany (4,0) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051 or 1100, 1101; C for 3230: 3231; C for 3231:
3230)
BIOL 3240, 3241. Field Zoology (4,0) (F) (P: BIOL 1060 or 2250)
BIOL 3310, 3311. Cellular Physiology (4,0) (F,S,SS) (P:CHEM 1120 and 1130, or 2650 or 2750 or 2770)
BIOL 3320. Principles of Animal Physiology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2650 or 2750 or 2770)
BIOL 3321. Principles of Animal Physiology Laboratory (1) (C: BIOL 3320)
BIOL 3660. Introduction to Marine Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (P/C: BIOL 2250, 2251)
BIOL 3661. Introduction to Marine Biology Laboratory (1) (F,S) (C: BIOL 3660)
BIOL 4200, 4201. Population and Community Ecology (4,0) (4200:WI) (S) (P: BIOL 2250, 2251, 2300; CHEM
1150, 1151; RP: CHEM 1160, 1161; MATH 2121 or 1 statistics course)
BIOL 4300, 4301. Ecosystem Ecology (4,0) (WI) (F) (P: BIOL 2250, 2251)
BIOL 4320. Ecological Responses to Global Climate Change (3) (S) (P: BIOL 2250, 2251)
BIOL 4504, 4514. Research Problems in Biology (2,2) (WI, WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
BIOL 5070, 5071. Ornithology (4,0) (F) (P: 8 s.h. in BIOL)
BIOL 5150, 5151. Herpetology (4,0) (S) (P: 8 s.h. in BIOL)
BIOL 5200, 5201. Invertebrate Zoology (4,0) (F) (P: 6 s.h. in BIOL)
BIOL 5220, 5221. Limnology (4,0) (S) (P: BIOL 2250, 2251; or consent of instructor)
BIOL 5230, 5231. Phycology (4,0) (P: BIOL 1200, 1201)
BIOL 5260, 5261. Microbial Ecology (4,0) (S) (P: BIOL 2250, 2251, 3220, 3221; or consent of instructor)
BIOL 5270. Marine Community Ecology (3) (S) (P: BIOL 2250, 2251; or consent of instructor)
BIOL 5351. Biological Processes and the Chemistry of Natural Water (2) (S) (P: BIOL 2250, 2251; 2 CHEM
courses; or consent of instructor)
BIOL 5550, 5551. Ichthyology (4,0) (F)
BIOL 5640, 5641. Entomology (4,0) (F) (P: 12 s.h. in BIOL)
BIOL 5730, 5731. Animal Physiological Ecology (4,0) (S) (P: BIOL 2250, 2251; 3310, 3311 or 3320, 3321 or 5800;
or consent of instructor)
BIOL 5950, 5951. Taxonomy of Vascular Plants (4,0) (F) (P: 12 s.h. in biology or consent of instructor; RP: BIOL
2250, 2251)
Marine Biology:
BIOL 3660. Introduction to Marine Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (P/C: BIOL 2250, 2251)
BIOL 3661. Introduction to Marine Biology Laboratory (1) (F,S) (C: BIOL 3660)
BIOL 4504, 4514. Research Problems in Biology (2,2) (WI, WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
BIOL 5200, 5201. Invertebrate Zoology (4,0) (F) (P: 6 s.h. in BIOL)
BIOL 5220, 5221. Limnology (4,0) (S) (P: BIOL 2250, 2251; or consent of instructor)
BIOL 5230, 5231. Phycology (4,0) (P: BIOL 1200, 1201)
BIOL 5270. Marine Community Ecology (3) (S) (P: BIOL 2250, 2251; or consent of instructor)
BIOL 5351. Biological Processes and the Chemistry of Natural Water (2) (S) (P: BIOL 2250, 2251; 2 CHEM
courses; or consent of instructor)
BIOL 5550, 5551. Ichthyology (4,0) (F)
BIOL 5600, 5601. Fisheries Techniques (3,0) (F,S) (F) (P: BIOL 2250, 2251; or equivalent)
BIOL 5680. Current Topics in Coastal Biology (2) (S) (P: Consent of instructor)
GEOL 1550. Oceanography (4) (S) (FC:SC)
GEOL 5300. Geology of Coastal Processes and Environments (3) (S) (P: GEOL 1550, 4010, 4011; or consent of
instructor)
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
111
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Microbiology:
BIOL 2100, 2101. Basic Laboratory Methods for Biotechnology (3,0) (F,SS) (Formerly BIOL 3100, 3101)
(P: BIOL 1100, 1101; MATH 1065; CHEM 1020, 1021 or 1120, 1121 or 1150, 1151)
BIOL 3220, 3221. Microbiology (4,0) (F) (P: BIOL 1200, 1201; CHEM 2650 or 2750)
BIOL 3310, 3311. Cellular Physiology (4,0) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 1120 and 1130, or 2650 or 2750 or 2770)
BIOL 4130. Astrobiology (3) (WI) (F) (P: BIOL 2250, 2300 RP: BIOL 3220)
BIOL 4170. Immunology I (3) (F) (P: BIOL 2300 or consent of instructor)
BIOL 4220. Microbes and Immunity (3) (WI*) (S,SS) (P: BIOL 2110, 2111 or 3220, 3221)
BIOL 4504, 4514. Research Problems in Biology (2,2) (WI, WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
BIOL 5260, 5261. Microbial Ecology (4,0) (P: BIOL 2250, 2251, 3220, 3221; or consent of instructor)
BIOL 5800. Principles of Biochemistry I (3) (F,S) (P: CHEM 2760, 2763, BIOL 3310, 3311) or
BIOL 5810. Principles of Biochemistry II (3) (F,S) (P: CHEM 2760, 2763, BIOL 3310, 3311)
BIOL 5821. Principles of Biochemistry Laboratory (1) (F,S) (P/C: BIOL 5800 or 5810)
BIOL 5870. Molecular Biology of the Gene (3) (F) (P: BIOL 2300)
BIOL 5890. Virology (3) (S,SS) (P: BIOL 3220, 3221; or consent of instructor)
Molecular Biology and Biotechnology:
BIOL 2100, 2101. Basic Laboratory Methods for Biotechnology (3,0) (F,SS) (Formerly BIOL 3100, 3101)
(P: BIOL 1100, 1101; MATH 1065; CHEM 1020, 1021 or 1120, 1121 or 1150, 1151)
BIOL 3220, 3221. Microbiology (4,0) (F) (P: BIOL 1200, 1201; CHEM 2650 or 2750)
BIOL 3310, 3311. Cellular Physiology (4,0) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 1120 and 1130, or 2650 or 2750 or 2770)
BIOL 4170. Immunology I (3) (F) (P: BIOL 2300 or consent of instructor)
BIOL 4240. Genome Evolution (3) (P: BIOL 2300 or consent of instructor)
BIOL 4504, 4514. Research Problems in Biology (2,2) (WI, WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
BIOL 5260, 5261. Microbial Ecology (4,0) (S) (P: BIOL 2250, 2251, 3220, 3221; or consent of instructor)
BIOL 5510, 5511. Transmission Electron Microscopy (4) (S) (P: Senior standing as BIOL major or consent of
instructor)
BIOL 5520, 5521. Scanning Electron Microscopy and X-Ray Analysis (2,0) (F,SS) (P: Senior standing as BIOL major
or consent of instructor)
BIOL 5800, 5810. Principles of Biochemistry I, II (3,3) (F,S) (P: CHEM 2760, 2763, BIOL 3310, 3311)
BIOL 5821. Principles of Biochemistry Laboratory (1) (F,S) (P/C: BIOL 5800 or 5810)
BIOL 5870. Molecular Biology of the Gene (3) (F) (P: BIOL 2300)
BIOL 5890. Virology (3) (S,SS) (P: BIOL 3220, 3221; or consent of instructor)
BIOL 5900, 5901. Biotechniques and Laboratory (2,3) (S) (P: BIOL 2100, 2101, 5870; consent of instructor;
RP: BIOL 5810)
Physiology, Anatomy, and Cell Biology:
BIOL 3220, 3221. Microbiology (4,0) (F) (P: BIOL 1200, 1201; CHEM 2650 or 2750)
BIOL 3310, 3311. Cellular Physiology (4,0) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 1120 and 1130, or 2650 or 2750 or 2770)
BIOL 3320. Principles of Animal Physiology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2650 or 2750 or 2770)
BIOL 3321. Principles of Animal Physiology Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (C: BIOL 3320)
BIOL 4040. Human Genetics (3) (S) (P: BIOL 2300)
BIOL 4050, 4051. Comparative Anatomy (4,0) (F) (P: BIOL 1100, 1200)
BIOL 4060, 4061. Embryology (4,0) (P: BIOL 2300)
BIOL 4170. Immunology I (3) (F) (P: BIOL 2300 or consent of instructor)
BIOL 4504, 4514. Research Problems in Biology (2,2) (WI, WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
BIOL 5450, 5451. Histology (4,0) (F) (P: 4 BIOL courses)
BIOL 5630, 5631. Comparative Animal Physiology (4,0) (S) (P: 2 BIOL and 2 organic chemistry courses)
BIOL 5870. Molecular Biology of the Gene (3) (F) (P: BIOL 2300)
4. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................22 s.h.
CHEM 2750. Organic Chemistry I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; C: CHEM 2753)
CHEM 2753. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) (F,S,SS) (C: CHEM 2750)
CHEM 2760. Organic Chemistry II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2750; C: CHEM 2763)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
112
CHEM 2763. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2750, 2753; C: CHEM 2760)
MATH 2121. Calculus for the Life Sciences I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 or 1077 with a minimum grade
of C)
MATH 2122. Calculus for the Life Sciences II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2121)
PHYS 1250, 1260. General Physics (3,3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 1250: MATH 1065 or 1066; P for 1260: PHYS 1250)
PHYS 1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350; C for 1261:
1260 or 2260)
5. Research skills (Choose one area.) ......................................................................................... 8-9s.h.
Students contemplating graduate school should consider admission requirements before selecting a research skills
area.
a. Foreign language through level 1003.
b. Quantitative and Communication Skills (1 course each in scientic writing, statistics, and computer programming.)
Recommended courses:
ENGL 3820. Scientic Writing (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200) or ITEC 3290. Technical Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS)
(P: ENGL 1200) or a course in scientic writing
MATH 2228. Elementary Statistical Methods I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS) or CSCI 2510. Introduction to Computer Science I (3) (F,S,SS)
(P: MATH 1065 or 1066) or ACCT 2401. Financial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or 2119 or
2121 or 2171)
c. Relevant cognate area–courses chosen to meet this requirement must be planned through consultation with a
faculty advisor and approved in advance by the dept chair and the dept director of undergraduate studies.
d. Recommended for microbiology and molecular biology/biotechnology:
CHEM 2250, 2251. Quantitative and Instrumental Analysis (3,2) (WI, WI) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; CHEM 2650
or 2750)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS) or CSCI 2510. Introduction to Computer Science I (3) (F,S,SS)
(P: MATH 1065 or 1066)
6. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
BS in Biochemistry
Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .........................................42 s.h.
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150: CHEM
1151; C for 1151: CHEM 1150)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160:
CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................40 s.h.
Biology:
BIOL 1100, 1101. Principles of Biology and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1101: BIOL 1100)
BIOL 1200, 1201. Principles of Biology and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1201: BIOL 1200)
BIOL 2300. Principles of Genetics (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1100, 1200)
BIOL 3310, 3311. Cellular Physiology (4,0) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 1120 and 1130, or 2650 or 2750 or 2770)
BIOL 5800, 5810. Principles of Biochemistry I, II (3,3) (P: CHEM 2760, 2763)
BIOL 5821. Principles of Biochemistry Laboratory I (1) (P/C: BIOL 5800 or 5810)
Chemistry:
CHEM 2250, 2251. Quantitative and Instrumental Analysis (3,2) (WI, WI) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; CHEM 2650
or 2750)
CHEM 2750. Organic Chemistry I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; C: CHEM 2753)
CHEM 2753. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) (F,S,SS) (C: CHEM 2750)
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
113
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
CHEM 2760. Organic Chemistry II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2750; C: CHEM 2763)
CHEM 2763. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2750, 2753; C: CHEM 2760)
CHEM 3950, 3951. Physical Chemistry and Laboratory I (4,1) (WI, WI) (S) (P: PHYS 1261, 2360; MATH 2173;
CHEM 2250, 2251) or CHEM 3850, 3851. Introduction to Physical Chemistry (4,1) (WI,WI) (F) (P: CHEM 1160,
1161; MATH 2122 or 2172; PHYS 1260, 1261; C for 3850: CHEM 3851; C for 3851: CHEM 3850)
3. Cognates ..................................................................................................................................25-27 s.h.
MATH 1083. Introduction to Functions (3) (F, S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 with a minimum grade of C) or
MATH 1085. Pre-Calculus Mathematics (5) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 with a minimum grade of C)
MATH 2171, 2172, 2173. Calculus I, II, III (4,4,4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P for 2171: minimum grade of C in any of
MATH 1083, 1085, or 2122; P for 2172: MATH 2171 with minimum grade of C or 2122 with consent of
instructor; P for 2173: MATH 2172 with minimum grade of C)
PHYS 1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350; C for
1261: 1260 or 2260)
PHYS 2350, 2360. University Physics (4,4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 2350: MATH 2121, 2151, or 2171; P for
PHYS 2360: PHYS 2350)
4. Electives (Choose from the following.) ...................................................................................... 6 s.h.
BIOL 2100, 2101. Basic Laboratory Methods for Biotechnology (3,0) (F,SS) (Formerly BIOL 3100, 3101)
(P: BIOL 1100, 1101; MATH 1065; CHEM 1020, 1021 or 1120, 1121 or 1150, 1151)
BIOL 3220, 3221. Microbiology (4,0) (F) (P: BIOL 1200, 1201; CHEM 2650 or 2750)
BIOL 5510, 5511. Transmission Electron Microscopy (4) (P: Senior standing as a BIOL major or consent of instructor)
BIOL 5520, 5521. Scanning Electron Microscopy and X-Ray Analysis (2,0) (P: Senior standing as a BIOL major or
consent of instructor)
BIOL 5870. Molecular Biology of the Gene (3) (F) (P: BIOL 2300)
BIOL 5900, 5901. Biotechniques and Laboratory (2,3) (P: BIOL 2100, 2101, 5870; consent of instructor or chair;
RP: BIOL 5810)
CHEM 3960, 3961. Physical Chemistry and Laboratory II (4,1) (WI, WI) (F) (P: CHEM 3950, 3951) or all of the
following: BIOL 3550. Biology Honors (1) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Faculty invitation), BIOL 4550. Biology Honors (2) (WI)
(F, S, SS) (P: Faculty invitation) and BIOL 4514. Research Problems in Biology (2) (WI) (F, S, SS) (P: Consent of
instructor)
MATH 4331. Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 2173)
5. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
Biology Minor
Minimum requirement for biology minor is 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................15 s.h.
BIOL 1100, 1101. Principles of Biology and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1101: BIOL 1100)
BIOL 1200, 1201. Principles of Biology and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1201: BIOL 1200)
BIOL 2250, 2251. Ecology and Ecology Laboratory (3,1) (F,S,SS)
BIOL 2300. Principles of Genetics (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1100, 1200)
2. BIOL electives ................................................................................................................................9s.h.
Minor programs consisting of course sequences in particular areas that include a minimum of 24 s.h. can be arranged with
the approval of the biology undergraduate curriculum committee.
Biology Honors Program
Biology majors who maintain a minimum GPA of 3.5 may participate in the department’s honors program. This program is
designed for exceptional students wishing to use their creative abilities to pursue in-depth inquiries (research, co-teaching, eld
work, internships, etc.) into the biological sciences, the topic of inquiry being determined by the student in consultation with
a faculty mentor/sponsor. Participation in the program is by mutual agreement between the student and the faculty mentor
and requires enrollment in a minimum of 6 s.h. of credit selected from BIOL 3550, 4550, 4504, 4514, 5995. While grades will
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
114
be awarded independently for each research/honors course in which the student enrolls, graduation with honors requires the
student to submit the nal product of activity for critical review by the departmental honors review board. (Students should
note that no more than 6 s.h. of credit in honors or research courses may be counted for biology elective credit.)
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
Rickey P. Hicks, Chairperson, 300 Science and Technology Building
Admission Requirements
Students enrolled at East Carolina University or transferring from other institutions who have a minimum 2.0 GPA and a
minimum grade of C in CHEM 1150, 1151, 1160, 1161 and MATH 1065 may apply for admission as chemistry majors.
Students who hold a baccalaureate degree qualify for admission to the chemistry degree program if they have completed
comparable courses as described above with a minimum grade of C as part of their rst degree.
BA in Chemistry
The BA program provides a exible major designed to provide the student with a broad education in chemistry appropriate
for further study in a wide range of elds, such as business, medicine, pharmacy, and law as well as careers dependent on a
basic knowledge in chemistry. The BA in chemistry, in conjunction with two semesters of laboratory-based biology courses,
satises the course requirements for application to most US medical schools. It is different than the BS degree in the required
chemistry, math, and physics courses. Any of the required major courses or cognates, however, may be replaced by courses
that cover the same topics at a more advanced level. For example, CHEM 3950, 3960 may be taken instead of CHEM 3850.
It is the student’s responsibility to ensure that the prerequisites for such courses have been met. All students are required
to take a departmentally administered assessment examination before graduation. Scores from this examination will not be
included in the calculation of GPA for academic standing. The performance on this exam will be noted on the student’s
transcript. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .........................................42 s.h.
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PHYS 1250, 1260. General Physics (3,3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 1250: MATH 1065 or 1066; P for 1260: PHYS 1250)
PHYS 1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350; C for
1261: 1260 or 2360)
2. Foreign language through level 1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................30 s.h.
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: MATH 1065)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for
1160: CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
CHEM 2250, 2251. Quantitative and Instrumental Analysis (3,2) (WI, WI) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; CHEM 2650
or 2750)
CHEM 2750. Organic Chemistry I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; C: CHEM 2753)
CHEM 2753. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) (F,S,SS) (C: CHEM 2750)
CHEM 2760. Organic Chemistry II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2750; C: CHEM 2763)
CHEM 2763. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2750, 2753; C: CHEM 2760)
CHEM 3450. Elementary Inorganic Chemistry (3) (F,S) (P: CHEM 2250, 2251; C: CHEM 3451)
CHEM 3451. Elementary Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory (1) (WI) (F,S) (P: CHEM 2250, 2251; C: CHEM 3450
or 5550)
CHEM 3850, 3851. Introduction to Physical Chemistry (4,1) (WI, WI) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; MATH 2122 or
2172; PHYS 1260, 1261)
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
115
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
4. Cognates .................................................................................................................................... 6-13 s.h.
MATH 2121. Calculus for the Life Sciences I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 or 1077 with a minimum grade of
C) and MATH 2122. Calculus for the Life Sciences II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2121) or MATH 1083. Introduction to
Functions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 with a minimum grade of C) or MATH 1085. Pre-Calculus
Mathematics (5) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 with a minimum grade of C) and MATH 2171. Calculus I (4)
(F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Minimum grade of C in any of MATH 1083 or 1085 or 2122) and MATH 2172. Calculus II (4)
(F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 2171 with a minimum grade of C or MATH 2122 with consent of instructor)
5. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
BS in Chemistry
The BS degree in chemistry is the appropriate program for students considering advanced degree programs in chemistry,
biochemistry, and other related elds or a professional career in chemistry. Graduates of this program meet certication
requirements of the American Chemical Society. Students are strongly encouraged to pursue undergraduate research with a
faculty member. Up to 6 s.h. of undergraduate research may be applied toward degree requirements. Information regarding
undergraduate research may be obtained from the director of undergraduate studies. Students completing the BS degree
are encouraged to consider some of the following courses as electives: COMM 2410 or COMM 2420; ITEC 3290 or ENGL
3820; MATH 2228, 3256, 4331; CHEM 4515, 4516, 4517; advanced 5000-level courses in chemistry; and BIOL 5800 or
5810. All students are required to take a departmentally administered assessment examination before graduation. Scores
from this examination will not be included in the calculation of GPA for academic standing. The performance on this exam
will be noted on the student’s transcript. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .........................................42 s.h.
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PHYS 1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350; C for
1261: 1260 or 2360)
PHYS 2350, 2360. University Physics (4,4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 2350: MATH 2121, 2151, or 2171;
P for 2360: PHYS 2350)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................45 s.h.
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: MATH 1065)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160:
CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
CHEM 2103. Introduction to Chemical Literature (1) (WI) (F) (P: CHEM 2750)
CHEM 2250, 2251. Quantitative and Instrumental Analysis (3,2) (WI, WI) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; CHEM 2650
or 2750)
CHEM 2750. Organic Chemistry I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; C: CHEM 2753)
CHEM 2753. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) (F,S,SS) (C: CHEM 2750)
CHEM 2760. Organic Chemistry II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2750; C: CHEM 2763)
CHEM 2763. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2750, 2753; C: CHEM 2760)
CHEM 2770. Biological Chemistry (3) (S) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 2650 or 2760)
CHEM 3451. Elementary Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory (1) (WI) (F,S) (P: CHEM 2250, 2251; C: CHEM 3450
or 5550)
CHEM 3950, 3951. Physical Chemistry and Laboratory I (4,1) (WI, WI) (S) (P: PHYS 1261, 2360; MATH 2173;
CHEM 2250, 2251)
CHEM 3960, 3961. Physical Chemistry and Laboratory II (4,1) (WI, WI) (F) (P: CHEM 3950, 3951)
CHEM 4103. Seminar (1) (S) (P: Junior or senior standing; CHEM 2103)
CHEM 5350, 5351. Instrumental Analysis (3,1) (WI, WI) (P: CHEM 3960)
CHEM 5550. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (4) (F) (P: CHEM 3950; C: CHEM 3451 [for BS chemistry majors only])
3. Elective labs (Choose a minimum of 2 s.h. from the following.) ........................................... 2 s.h.
BIOL 5821. Principles of Biochemistry Laboratory (1) (F,S) (P/C: BIOL 5800 or 5810)
CHEM 2301. Teaching Laboratory Chemistry (2,0) (F,S) (P: Grade of B or higher in CHEM 1160 and CHEM 1161
or permission of instructor) May count only 1 s.h. toward the 2 s.h. lab requirement
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
116
CHEM 2771. Biological Chemistry Laboratory (1) (S) (FC:SC) (C: CHEM 2770)
CHEM 3301. Practicum in Teaching (1) (F,S) (P: CHEM 2301 and consent of instructor)
CHEM 4515, 4516, 4517. Research Problems in Chemistry (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
CHEM 5993. Industrial Internship in Chemistry (3) (P: Selection by joint chem dept/industry screening committee;
CHEM 2250, 2760, 3950)
4. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................17 s.h.
MATH 1085. Pre-Calculus Mathematics (5) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 with a minimum grade of C)
MATH 2171, 2172, 2173. Calculus I, II, III (4,4,4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P for 2171: minimum grade of C in any of MATH
1083, 1085 or 2122; P for 2172: MATH 2171 with a minimum grade of C or 2122 with consent of instructor; P for
2173: MATH 2172 with a minimum grade of C)
5. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
Chemistry Minor
Minimum requirement for the chemistry minor is 25-26 s.h. of credit as follows:
Core .................................................................................................................................................25-26 s.h.
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: MATH 1065)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for
1160: CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
CHEM 2250, 2251. Quantitative and Instrumental Analysis (3,2) (WI, WI) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; CHEM 2650
or 2750)
CHEM 2750. Organic Chemistry I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; C: CHEM 2753)
CHEM 2753. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) (F,S,SS) (C: CHEM 2750)
CHEM 2760. Organic Chemistry II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2750; C: CHEM 2763)
CHEM 2763. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2750, 2753; C: CHEM 2760)
CHEM 3450. Elementary Inorganic Chemistry (3) (F,S) (P: CHEM 2250, 2251; C: CHEM 3451) and CHEM 3451.
Elementary Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory (1) (WI) (F,S) (P: CHEM 2250, 2251; C: CHEM 3450 or 5550) or
CHEM 3850, 3851. Introduction to Physical Chemistry (4,1) (WI, WI) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; MATH 2122 or
2172; PHYS 1260, 1261)
Chemistry Honors Program
The Department of Chemistry Honors Program provides an opportunity for outstanding chemistry majors to do intensive study
and research in areas of special interest. A student desiring to enter the honors program must be a junior or senior majoring
in chemistry and possess a minimum GPA of 3.2 in all courses taken at East Carolina University as well as in all chemistry
and cognate courses. Before participating in the honors program, students must notify the director of undergraduate studies
in chemistry and select a project supervisor from the chemistry faculty. Program participants are expected to select a topic
of mutual interest to both the student and project supervisor, research the topic through the scientic literature, and then
conduct independent research on the topic. Upon completion of the research, the student must submit a detailed written
research report and make an oral presentation on the honors project. Course requirements: CHEM 4103; a minimum of 5
s.h. research and/or independent study from: CHEM 4505, 4506, 4507, 4515, 4516, 4517.
Bachelor of Science and Accelerated MS in Chemistry
Students working toward a BS degree in chemistry have the opportunity to earn an MS degree in two or three additional
semesters of study. These students are encouraged to begin research projects as undergraduates and take advanced classes
that can be used to waive some MS course requirements. As seniors they may be granted early admission to the MS program
and would be eligible to receive paid teaching assistantships. To be enrolled in the MS program as a senior, a student must
be within 6 s.h. credit of completing all undergraduate degree requirements. Applications to the MS program should be
submitted during the rst semester of the senior year and must include GRE scores.
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
117
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
Richard E. Ericson, Chairperson, A-428 Brewster Building
BA in Economics
Economics majors are required to earn a minimum grade of C in each of the following courses: ECON 2113, 2133, 3144,
3244. Minimum degree requirement is 120 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .........................................42 s.h.
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or MATH
1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics
placement test or approval of dept chair)
2. Foreign language through level 1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................33 s.h.
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ECON 2133. Principles of Macroeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113)
ECON 3144. Intermediate Microeconomics (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113)
ECON 3244. Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133)
Choose an additional 21 s.h. above 2999, including a minimum of 6 s.h. above 3999
4. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 9s.h.
ENGL 3880. Writing for Business and Industry (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
MATH 2283. Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
5. Minor, chosen with approval of advisor, and general electives to complete requirements
for graduation.
BS in Economics
Economics majors are required to earn a minimum grade of C in each of the following courses: ECON 2113, 2133, 3144,
3244. Minimum degree requirement is 120 s.h. of credit as follows.
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .........................................42 s.h.
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or MATH
1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics
placement test or approval of dept chair)
2. Common Core ..............................................................................................................................21 s.h.
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ECON 2133. Principles of Macroeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113)
ECON 3144. Intermediate Microeconomics (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113)
ECON 3244. Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133)
ENGL 3880. Writing for Business and Industry (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
MATH 2283. Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
3. Concentration area (Choose one.) ......................................................................................39-42s.h.
Applied Economics:
ACCT 2401. Financial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or 2119 or 2121 or 2171)
ACCT 2521. Managerial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ACCT 2401)
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ECON 3343. Econometrics (3) (WI) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: MIS 2223 or CSCI 2600; ECON 2133; MATH 2283)
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
118
FINA 3724. Financial Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113; MATH 2283; C: ACCT 2521 or 3551)
MATH 2119. Elements of Calculus (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 with a minimum grade of C)
An additional 18 s.h. of ECON above 2999, including at least 6 s.h. above 3999
Quantitative:
MATH 1083. Introduction to Functions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Consent of dept. chair)
MATH 2171, 2172, 2173. Calculus I, II, III (4,4,4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P for 2171: minimum grade of C in any of
MATH 1083, 1085 or 2122; P for 2172: MATH 2171 with a minimum grade of C or 2122 with consent of
instructor; P for 2173: MATH 2172 with a minimum grade of C)
MATH 3256. Linear Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2172)
MATH 3307. Mathematical Statistics I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2172) or ECON 3343. Econometrics (3) (WI) (F,S)
(FC:SO) (P: MIS 2223 or CSCI 2600; ECON 2133; MATH 2283)
An additional 21 s.h. of ECON above 2999, including at least 6 s.h. above 3999
4. Electives, or optional minor and electives, to complete requirements for graduation.
(Grades in required cognate courses will be used in computing the GPA in the major even in those cases in which
the same courses are a part of the minor.)
Economics Minor
Minimum requirement for economics minor is 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................12 s.h.
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ECON 2133. Principles of Macroeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113)
ECON 3144. Intermediate Microeconomics (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113)
ECON 3244. Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133)
2. Generalelectivesabove2999 ....................................................................................................12 s.h.
Economics Honors Program
Participation in the honors program is limited to seniors who have obtained a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.5. A minimum
grade of B in ECON 4550 is a prerequisite for admission to ECON 4551. Completion of both courses with a minimum
grade of B is necessary to receive departmental honors.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
Jeffrey Johnson, Chairperson, 2201 Bate Building
BA in English
Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (For information about courses that carry foundations
curriculum credit see Liberal Arts Foundations Curriculum.) ............................................. 42 s.h.
2. Foreign language through level 1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Core (exclusive of freshman composition) .............................................................................12 s.h.
Shakespeare
Choose 3 s.h. from:
ENGL 4070. Shakespeare: The Histories (3) (F-EY) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4080. Shakespeare: The Comedies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4090. Shakespeare: The Tragedies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
Historical Survey I: Literature to 1700
Choose 3 s.h. from:
ENGL 3000. History of British Literature to 1700 (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL major, minor, or consent of dept;
ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3600. Classics from Homer to Dante (3) (F) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
119
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Historical Survey II: Literature after 1700
Choose 3 s.h. from:
ENGL 3010. History of British Literature, 1700 - 1900 (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL major, minor, or consent
of dept; ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3020. History of American Literature to 1900 (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL major, minor, or consent
of dept; ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4360. World Literature in English (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
Language Study–Creative Writing, Linguistics, Rhetoric and Composition, or Technical
and Professional Communication
Choose 3 s.h. from:
ENGL 2700. Introduction to Language Studies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 2710. English Grammar (3) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 2730. Functional Grammar (3) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 2740. Language in the USA (3) (F) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 2760. Afro-Caribbean Language and Culture (3) (WI) (S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 2830. Writing and Style (3) (WI) (S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3030. Introduction to Rhetorical Studies (3) (WI) (S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3040. Introduction to Professional Writing (3) (WI) (F) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3700. History of the English Language (3) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3720. Writing Systems of the World (3) (F) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3730. The Structure of English: Phonology and Morphology (3) (F) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3740. The Structure of English: Syntax and Semantics (3) (S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3750. Introductory Linguistics (3) (S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3770. Language Universals (3) (WI) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3815. Introduction to Creative Writing (3) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3830. Introduction to Play Writing (3) (F) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3835. Persuasive Writing (3) (WI) (F) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3840. Introduction to Poetry Writing (3) (F,S) (P : ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3850. Introduction to Fiction Writing (3) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3860. Introduction to Nonction Writing (3) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3870. Introduction to Editing and Abstracting (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4730. Language and Society (3) (S) (P: ENGL 1200)
4. Electives ........................................................................................................................................24 s.h.
Choose an additional 18 s.h. of ENGL electives 2000 or above.
Choose an additional 6 s.h. of ENGL electives 4000 or above, excluding ENGL 4510, 4520, 4550, 4555, 4890,
and 4891.
5. Senior writing portfolio.
6. Minor and general electives to complete requirements for graduation.
English Minor
Required ENGL courses (exclusive of freshman composition)...................................................24 s.h.
A minimum of 12 s.h. must be selected from courses numbered above 2899.
Students interested in minoring in English should consult with the director of undergraduate studies in the
department to plan their minor programs.
Film Studies Minor
James Holte, Coordinator, 2211 Bate Building
The minor in lm studies provides students with an opportunity to study the history, theory, criticism, cultural uses, aesthetics,
and production practices of cinema. The courses are designed to help students meet the new challenges they will encounter
as citizens and workers in the information age and to learn how to analyze and engage critically with the visual media that has
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
120
become a xture of contemporary life. This curriculum complements a wide range of liberal arts majors by teaching students
textual analysis, critical thinking, and writing skills.
This interdisciplinary minor asks students to forge connections between the discipline of lm studies and other disciplines,
including literature, creative writing, rhetoric, music, communications, history, foreign languages, sociology, and political science,
among others. Courses in the minor will address cinema within its social, political and cultural contexts including an understanding
of how race, ethnicity, gender, religion and class are constructed through the cinematic image. Courses taken towards the
minor must come from at least three different prexes (ART, COMM, ENGL, GERM, MPRD, RUSS, SOCI, SPAN, or POLS).
Other appropriate courses may be considered for inclusion as electives change or upon review by the director. For more
information go to: http://www.ecu.edu/english/lmstudies/
Minimum requirement for the minor in lm studies is 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................ 6 s.h.
Choose one of the following:
ENGL 2900. Introduction to Film Studies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: 1000-level writing intensive course or advanced
placement or consent of instructor)
MPRD 2260. Image Theory and Aesthetics (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM
1001,1002)
Choose one of the following:
ENGL 4530. Special Topics Seminar (3) (WI*) (P: Consent of instructor; ENGL 1200)
COMM 4060. Special Problems in Communication (3) (F,S,SS) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
COMM 1001, 1002)
2. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 9s.h.
Choose one from each cognate:
Film Theory:
ENGL 3920. Film Theory and Criticism (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 2900 or consent of the instructor)
ENGL 4980. Topics in Film Aesthetics (3) (F) (May be repeated with change of topic for maximum 6 s.h.) (P: ENGL
2900 or consent of instructor)
SOCI 3025. Sociology of Mass Media (3) (FC: SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
Film History:
ENGL 3900. American and International Film History, Part I (3) (F) (P: ENGL 2900 or consent of instructor)
ENGL 3901. American and International Film History, Part II (3) (S) (P: ENGL 2900 or consent of instructor)
ENGL 4910. Survey of Film Styles and Movements (3) (WI) (F) (FC:HU) (P: 6 s.h. of literature or consent
of instructor)
MPRD 2250. Classic Documentaries, 1900-2000 (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
COMM 1001,1002)
MPRD 3660. History of the Moving Image (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM
1001, 1002)
Multicultural/Transnational/International Film:
COMM 4040. Media, Culture, and Society (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM
1001, 1002; 15 hours COMM courses or consent of instructor)
ENGL 4920. Contemporary American and International Cinema (3) (WI) (S) (FC:HU) (P: 6 s.h. of literature or
consent of instructor; RP: ENGL 4910)
ENGL 4985. Issues in Cinema and Culture (3) (S) (May be repeated with change of topic for maximum 6 s. h.)
(P: ENGL 2900 or consent of instructor)
ETHN 3501. Selected Topics in Ethnic Studies: Humanities (3) (F) (FC:HU) May be repeated with change of topic
for maximum of 6 s.h.
GERM 3700. Special Topics (3) (May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic) (P: GERM 2210 or
2211; or consent of instructor)
POLS 3012. Politics Through Film (3) (S) (FC:SO)
RUSS 3230. Russian and Soviet Film (3) (FC:HU) (P: RUSS 2120 or consent of instructor)
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
121
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SPAN 5445. Hispanic Cinema (3) (May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic) (P: Consent
of chair)
3. Electives ..........................................................................................................................................9s.h.
Note: Courses taken for the core requirement or as cognates may not be repeated as electives.
ART 3080. Introductory Video Art (3) (P for art majors: ART 1015, 1030; P for communication arts students:
ART 2220)
ART 3081. Intermediate Video Art (3) (P: ART 3080)
COMM 4040. Media, Culture, and Society (3) (F,S) (Formerly COMM 4600; EMST 3530) (P: COMM major or minor
or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002; 15 hours COMM courses or consent of instructor)
COMM 4060. Special Problems in Communication (3) (F,S,SS) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
COMM 1001, 1002)
ENGL 2900. Introduction to Film Studies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: 1000-level writing intensive course or advanced
placement or consent of instructor)
ENGL 3660. Representing Environmental Crisis (3) (F) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3900. American and International Film History, Part I (3) (F) (P: ENGL 2900 or consent of instructor)
ENGL 3901. American and International Film History, Part II (3) (S) (P: ENGL 2900 or consent of instructor)
ENGL 3920. Film Theory and Criticism (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 2900 or consent of instructor)
ENGL 4910. Survey of Film Styles and Movements (3) (WI) (F) (FC:HU) (P: 6 s.h. of literature or consent of
instructor)
ENGL 4920. Contemporary American and International Cinema (3) (WI) (S) (FC:HU) (P: 6 s.h. of literature or
consent of instructor; RP: ENGL 4910)
ENGL 4930. Film: The Writer’s Perspective (3) (S)
ENGL 4980. Topics in Film Aesthetics (3) (F) (May be repeated with change of topic for maximum 6 s.h.) (P: ENGL
2900 or consent of instructor)
ENGL 4985. Issues in Cinema and Culture (3) (S) (May be repeated with change of topic for maximum 6 s.h.)
(P: ENGL 2900 or consent of instructor)
ENGL 5350. Special Studies in Film (3)
GERM 3700. Special Topics (3) (May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic.) (P: GERM 2210 or
2211; or consent of instructor)
MPRD 2250. Classic Documentaries, 1900-2000 (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM
1001,1002)
MPRD 2260. Image Theory and Aesthetics (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM
1001,1002)
MPRD 3235. Advanced Writing for Media (3) (P: COMM major or consent of instructor; COMM 1001,1002; MPRD
2210)
MPRD 3660. History of the Moving Image (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001,
1002)
POLS 3012. Politics Through Film (3) (S) (FC:SO)
RUSS 3230. Russian and Soviet Film (3) (FC:HU) (P: RUSS 2120 or consent of instructor)
SOCI 3025. Sociology of Mass Media (3) (FC: SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
SPAN 5445. Hispanic Cinema (3) (May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic) (P: Consent of chair)
Certif icate in Business and Technical Communication
Students must register with the department and maintain a minimum average of B.
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................ 3 s.h.
ENGL 3880. Writing for Business and Industry (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
2. Electives ................................................................................................................. Minimum of 12 s.h.
ENGL 2710. English Grammar (3) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200) or ENGL 2730. Functional Grammar (3) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3030. Introduction to Rhetorical Studies (3) (WI) (S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3040. Introduction to Professional Writing (3) (WI) (F) (P: ENGL 1200)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
122
ENGL 3810. Advanced Composition (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3820. Scientic Writing (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3835. Persuasive Writing (3) (WI) (F) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3860. Introduction to Nonction Writing (3) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3870. Introduction to Editing and Abstracting (3) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3885. Writing and Publications Development/Process (3) (WI) (S) (P: Consent of instructor)
ENGL 3895. Topics in Technical and Professional Writing (3) (WI) (S) (P: Consent of instructor)
ENGL 4890. Practicum: Careers in Writing (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor) or ENGL 4891. Practicum:
Careers in Writing (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
ENGL 5860. Advanced Nonction Writing (3) (P: ENGL 3860 or consent of instructor)
With departmental approval, certain other courses may be substituted.
English Honors Program
The Department of English Honors Program provides an opportunity for outstanding English majors to do intensive research
in areas of special interest. In order to qualify for the honors program, a student must have a minimum cumulative and major
3.0 GPA. Students participating in the honors program enroll in ENGL 4550 and 4555 in consecutive semesters of their
senior year. After extensive reading on a topic of his or her choice and appropriate consultation with an advisor chosen from
among the senior faculty members, the student submits a paper on a topic related to his or her reading and takes an oral
examination covering the area of the research.
Summer Program in England
The Department of English offers a summer program of study in London, England. Students may earn 6 s.h. credit toward
graduation. Interested students should contact the director of undergraduate studies in English.
DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Frank Romer, Chairperson, 3324 Bate Building
French, German, or Hispanic studies majors who are interested in gaining work experience in business, industry, or government
under the cooperative education program should see the department chair.
BA or BS in Foreign Languages, including Preparation for the Accelerated MBA Program
French, German, and Hispanic studies majors who are interested in careers in business may complete the BA or BS in foreign
languages with a minor in business administration, and if qualied may complete the master of business administration in one
additional year.
BA in French
Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ........................................ 42 s.h.
HIST 1030. World Civilizations to 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) and HIST 1031. World Civilizations Since 1500 (3) (WI*)
(F,S,SS) or HIST 1552. Honors, World History to 1500 (3) (F) and HIST 1553. Honors, History of Europe Since
1500 (3) (S)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................36 s.h.
FREN 2330. Review of Grammar (3) (P: FREN 1004 or equivalent)
FREN 3225. Advanced Conversation (3) (P: FREN 2330)
FREN 3330. Composition and Advanced Grammar (3) (WI) (P: FREN 2330)
FREN 3500. Introduction to Literature (3) (P: FREN 2330)
Choose 9 s.h. from:
FREN 2108. Culture and Communication (3) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 2440. Readings in the Culture of France I (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 1004)
DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
123
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
FREN 2441. Readings in the Culture of France II (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 2442. Readings in the Francophone Cultures of the Americas (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 2443. Readings in the Francophone Cultures of Africa (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 1004)
Choose 9 s.h. from:
FREN 3555. France of the Middle Ages and Renaissance (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 3500 or consent of dept
chair)
FREN 3556. France from Classicism to the French Revolution (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 3500 or consent of dept
chair)
FREN 3557. France from the Napoleonic Period to World War II (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 3500 or consent of
dept chair)
FREN 3558. The Francophone World: Colonization to Independence (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 3500 or consent of
dept chair)
FREN 3560. The Contemporary French and Francophone World (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 3500 or consent of dept
chair)
Choose 6 s.h. of FREN electives above 2999
3. Minor and general electives to complete requirements for graduation.
4. In the second semester of the junior year, a French major must pass an oral qualifying
examination.
BS in French
Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.)
1. Foundations curriculum plus special requirements for licensure (See Section 4, Foundations
Curriculum Requirements for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed
below ..............................................................................................................................................42 s.h.
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3) (F,S,SS)
HIST 1030. World Civilizations to 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) and HIST 1031. World Civilizations Since 1500 (3) (WI*)
(F,S,SS) or HIST 1552. Honors, World History to 1500 (3) (F) and HIST 1553. Honors, History of Europe Since
1500 (3) (S)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or MATH 1066.
Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test or
approval of dept chair) or MATH 2127. Basic Concepts of Mathematics (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Appropriate score on
mathematics placement test)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................36 s.h.
FREN 2330. Review of Grammar (3) (P: FREN 1004 or equivalent)
FREN 3225. Advanced Conversation (3) (P: FREN 2330)
FREN 3330. Composition and Advanced Grammar (3) (WI) (P: FREN 2330)
FREN 3500. Introduction to Literature (3) (P: FREN 2330)
Choose 9 s.h from:
FREN 2108. Culture and Communication (3) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 2440. Readings in the Culture of France I (3) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 2441. Readings in the Culture of France II (3) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 2442. Readings in the Francophone Cultures of the Americas (3) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 2443. Readings in the Francophone Cultures of Africa (3) (P: FREN 1004)
Choose 9 s.h. from:
FREN 3555. France of the Middle Ages and Renaissance (3) (WI) (P: FREN 3500 or consent of dept chair)
FREN 3556. France from Classicism to the French Revolution (3) (P: FREN 3500 or consent of dept chair)
FREN 3557. France from the Napoleonic Period to World War II (3) (WI) (P: FREN 3500 or consent of dept
chair)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
124
FREN 3558. The Francophone World: Colonization to Independence (3) (P: FREN 3500 or consent of dept chair)
FREN 3560. The Contemporary French and Francophone World (3) (P: FREN 3500 or consent of dept chair)
Choose 6 s.h. of FREN electives above 2999
3. Professional studies (Teacher Education Core Courses ....................................................... 24 s.h.
EDTC 4001. Technology in Education (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division)
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester) or PSYC 4305. Educational Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 2201 or 2240 or 3206 or 3240
or equivalent)
FREN 2611. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1)
FREN 4880. Internship in French (10) (P: Admission to upper division; FREN 2330, 3225, 3330, 3500; 18 s.h. of FREN
at the 2000 and 3000 levels; C: FREN 4881)
FREN 4881. Internship Seminar: Issues in French Education (1) (P: Admission to upper division; C: FREN 4880)
READ 3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS)
SPED 4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) (RP: SPED 2000)
4. Specialty area studies .................................................................................................................11 s.h.
ELEM 3275. Early Childhood and Elementary School Curriculum (3) (F,S,SS)
FREN 4611. Teaching Second Languages in Grades K-12 (5) (P: Admission to upper division)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
5. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
6. In the second semester of the junior year, a French major must pass an oral qualifying
examination.
BA in German
Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .........................................42 s.h.
HIST 1030. World Civilizations to 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) and HIST 1031. World Civilizations Since 1500
(3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or HIST 1552. Honors, World History to 1500 (3) (F) (FC:SO) and HIST 1553.
Honors, History of Europe Since 1500 (3) (S) (FC:SO)
HIST 3461. Modern Germany Since 1914 (3) (FC:SO) or HIST 3435. History of Europe Since 1914 (3) (FC:SO)
or HIST 5480. Weimar and the Rise of Hitler (3) or equivalent.
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................36 s.h.
GERM 2210. Intermediate German Composition and Conversation I (3) (P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor)
GERM 2211. Intermediate German Composition and Conversation II (3) (P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor)
GERM 2300. Introduction to German Literature (3) (FC:HU) (P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor)
GERM 2420. Culture of the German-Speaking World (3) (FC:HU) (P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor)
GERM 3210. Conversation (3) (P: GERM 2210 or 2211; or consent of instructor)
GERM 3330. Composition and Advanced Grammar (3) (WI) (P: GERM 2210, 2211; or consent of instructor)
Choose 6 s.h. of German literature above 2999
Choose 12 s.h. of GERM electives above 2999
3. Minor and general electives to complete requirements for graduation.
4. In the second semester of the junior year, a German major must pass an oral qualifying
examination.
DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
125
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
BS in German
See Section 8, Academic Programs, College of Education, Licensure, for NC teacher licensure requirements. Minimum degree
requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.)
1. Foundations curriculum plus special requirements for licensure (See Section 4, Foundations
Curriculum Requirements for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed
below ..............................................................................................................................................42 s.h.
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
HIST 1030. World Civilizations to 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) and HIST 1031. World Civilizations Since 1500
(3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) or HIST 1552. Honors, World History to 1500 (3) (F) (FC:HU) and HIST 1553.
Honors, History of Europe Since 1500 (3) (S) (FC:HU)
HIST 3461. Modern Germany Since 1914 (3) (FC:SO) or HIST 3435. History of Europe Since 1914 (3) (FC:SO)
or HIST 5480. Weimar and the Rise of Hitler (3) or equivalent.
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or MATH
1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics
placement test or approval of dept chair) or MATH 2127. Basic Concepts of Mathematics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA)
(P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
Choose a literature course
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................36 s.h.
GERM 2210. Intermediate German Composition and Conversation I (3) (P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor)
GERM 2211. Intermediate German Composition and Conversation II (3) (P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor)
GERM 2300. Introduction to German Literature (3) (FC:HU) (P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor)
GERM 2420. Culture of the German-Speaking World (3) (FC:HU) (P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor)
GERM 3210. Conversation (3) (P: GERM 2210 or 2211; or consent of instructor)
GERM 3330. Composition and Advanced Grammar (3) (WI) (P: GERM 2210, 2211; or consent of instructor)
Choose 6 s.h. of German literature above 2999
Choose 12 s.h. of GERM electives above 2999
3. Professional studies (Teacher Education Core Courses) .....................................................24 s.h.
EDTC 4001. Technology in Education (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division)
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester) or PSYC 4305. Educational Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 2201 or 2240 or 3206 or 3240
or equivalent)
GERM 2611. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1)
GERM 4880. Internship in German (10) (P: Admission to upper division; GERM 2210, 2211, 2300, 2420, 3210, 3330,
6 s.h.; GERM literature above 2999; 12 s.h. GERM electives above 2999)
GERM 4881. Internship Seminar: Issues in German Teaching (1) (P: Admission to upper division; C: GERM 4880)
READ 3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS)
SPED 4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) (RP: SPED 2000)
4. Specialty area studies .................................................................................................................11 s.h.
ELEM 3275. Early Childhood and Elementary School Curriculum (3) (F,S,SS)
GERM 4611. Teaching Second Languages in Grades K-12 (5) (P: Admission to upper division)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
5. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
6. In the second semester of the junior year, a German major must pass an oral qualifying
examination.
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
126
BA in Hispanic Studies
Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .........................................42 s.h.
FORL 2665. Don Quixote (3) (WI) (FC:HU) or FORL 2666. Latino Texts (3) (FC:HU)
HIST 1030. World Civilizations to 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or HIST 1552. Honors, World History to
1500 (3) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 2222. Western Europe Since 1500 (3) (FC:SO)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................36 s.h.
SPAN 2222. Intermediate Spanish Conversation (3) (P: Minimum grade of B in SPAN 1004 or consent of dept chair;
RC: SPAN 2330) or SPAN 3220. Advanced Oral Communication Through Multimedia (3) (P: SPAN 2222 or
consent of dept chair)
SPAN 2330. Intermediate Composition and Review of Grammar (3) (P: Minimum grade of B in SPAN 1004 or
consent of dept chair; RC: SPAN 2222)
SPAN 2440. Spanish Culture and Civilization (3) (WI*) (P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 2441. Latin-American Culture and Civilization (3) (P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 2550. Approaches to the Study of Hispanic Literature (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of
dept chair)
SPAN 3225. Spanish Phonetics (3) (P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 3330. Advanced Composition (3) (WI) (P: SPAN 2222 or 3220; SPAN 2330)
Choose 15 s.h. of SPAN electives above 2999, including 9 s.h. from the following (with a minimum number
from each area as designated below):
Choose a minimum of 3 s.h. from:
SPAN 4555. Medieval Spain (900-1499) (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2440, 2550; or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 4556. Renaissance and Baroque Spain (1500-1681) (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2440, 2550; or consent of
dept chair)
SPAN 4557. Spain from Neoclassicism to Realism (1681-1898) (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2440, 2550; or consent
of instructor)
SPAN 4558. Contemporary Spain (1898-Present) (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2440, 2550; or consent of instructor)
Choose a minimum of 3 s.h. from:
SPAN 4560. Major Latin-American Authors (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2441, 2550; or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 4561. Latin-American Texts of the Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2441,
2550; or consent of dept chair; RP: SPAN 4560)
SPAN 4562. Latin-American Texts of the Nineteenth and Early Twentieth Centuries (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN
2441, 2550; or consent of dept chair; RP: SPAN 4560)
SPAN 4563. Latin-American Texts: The Boom and Beyond (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2441, 2550; or consent of
dept chair; RP: SPAN 4560)
3. Minor and general electives to complete requirements for graduation.
4. In the second semester of the junior year, an Hispanic studies major must pass an oral
qualifying examination.
BS in Hispanic Studies Education
See Section 8, Academic Programs, College of Education, Licensure, for NC teacher licensure requirements. Minimum degree
requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.)
1. Foundations curriculum plus special requirements for licensure (See Section 4, Foundations
Curriculum Requirements for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed
below ..............................................................................................................................................42 s.h.
DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
127
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
FORL 2665. Don Quixote (3) (FC:HU) or FORL 2666. Latino Texts (3) (FC:HU)
HIST 1030. World Civilizations to 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) or HIST 1552. Honors, World History to 1500
(3) (F) (FC:HU)
HIST 2222. Western Europe Since 1500 (3) (FC:SO)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or
MATH 1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on
mathematics placement test or approval of dept chair) or MATH 2127. Basic Concepts of Mathematics (3) (F,S,SS)
(FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................36 s.h.
SPAN 2110. Cultural Readings in Spanish (3) (P: SPAN 1004 or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 2222. Intermediate Spanish Conversation (3) (P: Minimum grade of B in SPAN 1004 or consent of dept chair;
RC: SPAN 2330) or SPAN 3220. Advanced Oral Communication Through Multimedia (3) (P: SPAN 2222 or
consent of dept chair)
SPAN 2330. Intermediate Composition and Review of Grammar (3) (P: Minimum grade of B in SPAN 1004 or
consent of dept chair; RC: SPAN 2222)
SPAN 2440. Spanish Culture and Civilization (3) (WI*) (P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 2441. Latin-American Culture and Civilization (3) (P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 2550. Approaches to the Study of Hispanic Literature (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of
dept chair)
SPAN 3225. Spanish Phonetics (3) (P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 3330. Advanced Composition (3) (WI) (P: SPAN 2222 or 3220; SPAN 2330)
SPAN 3335. Structure of the Spanish Language (3) (P: SPAN 3330 or consent of dept chair)
Choose 9 s.h. of SPAN electives above 2999, including 6 s.h. from the following (with a minimum number from
each area as designated below):
Choose a minimum of 3 s.h. from:
SPAN 4555. Medieval Spain (900-1499) (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2440, 2550; or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 4556. Renaissance and Baroque Spain (1500-1681) (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2440, 2550; or consent
of dept chair)
SPAN 4557. Spain from Neoclassicism to Realism (1681-1898) (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2440, 2550; or consent
of instructor)
SPAN 4558. Contemporary Spain (1898-Present) (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2440, 2550; or consent of instructor)
Choose a minimum of 3 s.h. from:
SPAN 4560. Major Latin-American Authors (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2441, 2550; or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 4561. Latin-American Texts of the Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2441,
2550; or consent of dept chair; RP: SPAN 4560)
SPAN 4562. Latin-American Texts of the Nineteenth and Early Twentieth Centuries (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN
2441, 2550; or consent of dept chair; RP: SPAN 4560)
SPAN 4563. Latin-American Texts: The Boom and Beyond (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2441, 2550; or consent of
dept chair; RP: SPAN 4560)
3. Professional studies (Teacher Education Core Courses ....................................................... 24 s.h.
EDTC 4001. Technology in Education (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division)
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester) or PSYC 4305. Educational Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 2201 or 2240 or 3206 or 3240
or equivalent)
READ 3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS)
SPAN 2611. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
128
SPAN 4880. Internship in Spanish (10) (P: Admission to upper division; SPAN 2110, 2440, 2441, 3225, 3330; 15 s.h.
in SPAN above 2999, including 9 s.h. in SPAN 4555, 4556, 4557, 4558, 4560, 4561, 4562, 4563, with a minimum
of 3 s.h. in SPAN 4555, 4556, 4557, 4558 and 3 s.h. in SPAN 4560, 4561, 4562, 4563)
SPAN 4881. Internship Seminar: Issues in Spanish Teaching (1) (P: Admission to upper division; C: SPAN 4880)
SPED 4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) (RP: SPED 2000)
4. Specialty Area Studies ................................................................................................................11 s.h.
ELEM 3275. Early Childhood and Elementary School Curriculum (3) (F,S,SS)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: Admission to upper division; PSYC 1000 or
1060)
SPAN 4611. Teaching Second Languages in Grades K-12 (5) (P: Admission to upper division; 18 s.h. in SPAN above
1004 or consent of dept chair)
5. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
6. In the second semester of the junior year, an Hispanic studies major must pass an oral
qualifying examination.
French Minor
Students interested in minoring in French should consult with the departmental French advisor to plan their minor program.
The French minor requires 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................15 s.h.
FREN 2330. Review of Grammar (3) (P: FREN 1004 or equivalent)
FREN 3500. Introduction to Literature (3) (P: FREN 2330)
Choose 9 s.h. from:
FREN 2108. Culture and Communication (3) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 2440. Readings in the Culture of France I (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 2441. Readings in the Culture of France II (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 2442. Readings in the Francophone Cultures of the Americas (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 2443. Readings in the Francophone Cultures of Africa (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 1004)
2. FRENelectivesabove2999 ..........................................................................................................9s.h.
German Minor
Students interested in minoring in German should consult with the departmental German advisor to plan their minor program.
The German minor requires 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................18 s.h.
GERM 2210. Intermediate German Composition and Conversation I (3) (P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor)
GERM 2211. Intermediate German Composition and Conversation II (3) (P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor)
GERM 2300. Introduction to German Literature (3) (FC:HU) (P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor)
GERM 2420. Culture of the German-Speaking World (3) (FC:HU) (P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor)
GERM 3210. Conversation (3) (P: GERM 2210 or 2211; or consent of instructor)
GERM 3330. Composition and Advanced Grammar (3) (WI) (P: GERM 2210, 2211; or consent of instructor)
2. GERMelectivesabove2999 .......................................................................................................... 6 s.h
Hispanic Studies Minor
Students interested in minoring in Hispanic studies should consult with the departmental Hispanic advisor to plan their minor
program. The Hispanic studies minor requires 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................15 s.h.
SPAN 2222. Intermediate Spanish Conversation (3) (P: Minimum grade of B in SPAN 1004 or consent of dept chair;
RC: SPAN 2330) or SPAN 3220. Advanced Oral Communication Through Multimedia (3) (P: SPAN 2222 or
consent of dept chair)
DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
129
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SPAN 2330. Intermediate Composition and Review of Grammar (3) (P: Minimum grade of B in SPAN 1004 or
consent of dept chair; RC: SPAN 2222)
SPAN 2440. Spanish Culture and Civilization (3) (WI*) (P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 2441. Latin-American Culture and Civilization (3) (P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 2550. Approaches to the Study of Hispanic Literature (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent
of dept chair)
2. SPANelectivesabove2999 ..........................................................................................................9s.h
.
Certif icate of American Studies
Students from countries other than the United States may apply to the chairperson of the Department of Foreign Languages
and Literatures for a departmental certicate of American studies. In order to qualify for this certicate, a student must pass
a minimum of 14 s.h. of graduate or undergraduate course work with a minimum grade of C. A certicate with distinction
shall be awarded to a student who completes a program of 20 s.h., of which at least 14 s.h. are passed with a minimum
grade of B.
Departmental Certif icate in Spanish
The certicate in Spanish offers students who may not be able to complete a major or minor in Hispanic studies the
opportunity to reach an intermediate level of linguistic competence in Spanish, and to become familiar with Hispanic cultures.
The award of the certicate indicates a practical competence sufcient for use in the workplace. The certicate requires 15
s.h. credit as follows:
SPAN 1001. Spanish Level I (3) (P: Appropriate score on Spanish placement test)
SPAN 1002. Spanish Level II (3) (P: SPAN 1001 or equivalent or appropriate score on Spanish placement test)
SPAN 1003. Spanish Level III (3) (P: SPAN 1002 or equivalent or appropriate score on Spanish placement test)
SPAN 1004. Spanish Level IV (3) (P: SPAN 1003 or appropriate score on Spanish placement test)
SPAN 2117. Spanish for Professions (3) (P: SPAN 1004 or consent of dept chair) or another 2000-level SPAN course
Certif icate in Spanish Translation
The certicate in Spanish translation provides a course of study that prepares the student in the special skills involved in
the role of translator. The award of the certicate provides evidence of practical competence in translating written texts to
or from Spanish; interpretation of spoken Spanish is not involved. There are four required translation courses that must be
satisfactorily completed, following which students may take a demanding nal prociency examination. Satisfactory performance
on the examination entitles the student to receive the certicate in translation. Those students whose performance is judged
only adequate may receive credit for completing the course sequence, but will not be awarded the certicate. The certicate
requires 12 s.h. credit as follows:
SPAN 3340. Introduction to Translation (3) (P: SPAN 3330 or consent of dept chair; RC: SPAN 3335)
SPAN 4340. Intermediate Translation (3) (P: SPAN 3335, 3340; or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 5340. Advanced Translation I (3) (P: SPAN 4340)
SPAN 5940. Advanced Translation II (3) (P: SPAN 5340)
Foreign Language Placement Tests
Students who have previously studied French, German, Italian, Japanese, Latin, Russian, and Spanish should take the respective
placement test in order to ensure that they continue their study at the appropriate level. Please note that a placement test
is required for enrollment in all lower-level Spanish courses including level 1001. (See Section 2, Admission and Readmission,
Placement Testing.) While it may be possible to satisfy the foreign language requirement by completing 12 s.h. of Italian or
Japanese, no guarantee can be given that the necessary courses will be offered.
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
130
DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY
Burell Montz, Chairperson, A-227 Brewster Building
BA in Geography
Students must complete a minimum of 21 s.h. in geography above 2999. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit
as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ............................................................................................42 s.h.
2. Foreign language through level 1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Common core ...............................................................................................................................13 s.h.
GEOG 2400. Spatial Data Analysis (3) (F, S)
GEOG 4999. Geography Professional Seminar (1) (P: Consent of instructor)
Choose 9 s.h. electives from:
GEOG 2410. Fundamentals of GIS (3) (F, S)
GEOG 3420. Remote Sensing of the Environment I (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent)
GEOG 3430. Geographic Information Systems I (3) (F,S) (P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent)
GEOG 3450. Introduction to the Global Positioning System (3) (S) (P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent)
GEOG 3460. GIS Applications Programming (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2410; CSCI 1610 or MIS 2223 or BITE 2212
or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4150. Advanced Spatial Analysis (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2400, 2410; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4410. Advanced Cartographic Design and Production (3) (F,S) (P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent experience)
GEOG 4420. Remote Sensing II (3) (P: GEOG 3420 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4430. Geographic Information Systems II (3) (P: GEOG 3430 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4440. Coastal Applications of GIS (3) (F,S) (P: GEOG 2250, 2410; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4450. GIScience, Society, and Technology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 2410, 3420, 3430; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4460. Digital Terrain Analysis (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2250, GEOG 2410; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4491, 4492, 4493. Supervised Study in Geographic Techniques (1,2,3) (F,S,SS)
GEOG 4801, 4802, 4803. Geographic Internship (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of GEOG internship director the
semester prior to the internship.)
GEOG 4901. Senior Honors Thesis (3) (F,S) (P: GEOG 4900 with a grade of B or higher)
GEOG 5491, 5492, 5493. Seminar in Geographic Techniques (1,2,3) (P: Consent of instructor)
May choose any GEOG course listed below that is not being counted toward the degree.
4. Concentration area (Choose 15 s.h. in one area, 6 s.h. in the other area.) .......................21 s.h.
Human:
GEOG 2003. Geography of the Global Economy (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 2019. Geography of Recreation (3) (F) (FC:SO)
GEOG 2100. World Geography: Developed Regions (3) (F, S, SS) (FC:SO)
GEOG 2110. World Geography: Less Developed Regions (3) (F, S, SS) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3001. Historical Geography of the United States (3)
GEOG 3003. Political Geography (3) (WI) (S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3004. Urban Geography (3) (F)
GEOG 3049. Latin America (3) (WI) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3050. Africa (3) (WI) (S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3051. Asia (3) (S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3055. North Carolina (3) (F) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3056. Middle America (3) (FC:SO)
GEOG 4140. Research Methods in Human Geography (3) (S)
GEOG 4270. Water Resources Management and Planning (3) (P: GEOG 1000 or 1250; or PLAN 1900)
GEOG 4310. Geography of Transportation and Trade (3) (S) (P: GEOG 2003)
GEOG 4315. Geographic Images (3) (F) (FC:SO)
DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
131
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
GEOG 4320. Gender, Economy, and Development (3) (S)
GEOG 4325. Resources, Population, and Development (3) (WI) (FC:SO) (P: GEOG 2003 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4330. Agricultural Geography (3) (F) (FC:SO)
GEOG 4335. Geography of Tourism (3) (S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 4340. Introduction to Medical Geography (3) (S) (P: GEOG 2410 or Consent of Instructor) *
GEOG 4345. Human Migration and Global Restructuring (3) (F) (FC:SO)
GEOG 4391, 4392, 4393. Supervised Study in Human Geography (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
GEOG 4900. Honors Research (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to GEOG honors program)
GEOG 5391, 5392, 5393. Seminar in Human Geography (1,2,3) (P: Consent of instructor)
Environmental:(Inconcentrationarea,aminimumof3s.h.mustbeabove3999.)
GEOG 1300. Weather and Climate (4) (F,S) (FC:SC)
GEOG 2250. Earth Surface Systems (3) (F)
GEOG 3220. Soil Properties, Surveys, and Applications (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2250)
GEOG 3230. Global Climates (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300; MATH 1065; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 3250. Environmental Hazards (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300 or 2250)
GEOG 3510. Physical Meteorology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; MATH 1065; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 3520. Dynamic Meteorology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300; MATH 2172, PHYS 2360; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 3550. Principles of Synoptic Meteorology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4210. Fluvial and Hydrological Processes (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300, 2250; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4220. Coastal Geography (3) (WI) (S) (P: GEOG 1300, 2250; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4230. Earth Surface Processes (3) (WI) (F) (P: GEOG 1300, 2250; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4291, 4292, 4293. Supervised Study in Physical Geography (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
GEOG 4510. Meteorological Instruments and Observation (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; MATH 1065; or consent
of instructor)
GEOG 4520. Boundary Layer Meteorology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4525. Dynamic Meteorology II (3) (F) (P: GEOG 3520; MATH 4331; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4530. Micrometeorology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4540. Coastal Storms (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4550. Applied Synoptic Meteorology: Analyses and Forecasting (3) (S) (P: GEOG 3550; or consent
of instructor)
GEOG 4560. Urban Climatology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4570. Hydrometeorology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4580. Radar and Satellite Meteorology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300, 3420; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4590. Tropical Meteorology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4900. Honors Research (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to GEOG honors program)
GEOG 5220. Physical Geography Field Experience (3) (P: GEOG 1300, 2250; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 5281, 5282, 5283. Selected Topic in Physical Geography (1,2,3) (P: Consent of instructor)
5. Minor and general electives to complete requirements for graduation.
BS in Applied Geography
Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .........................................42 s.h.
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
2. Core(Chooseaminimumof27s.h.ingeographyabove2999,includingamaximumof3s.h.
of supervised study in each of the categories below.) ..........................................................43 s.h.
ENGL 3820. Scientic Writing (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200) or ENGL 3860. Introduction to Nonction Writing
(3) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200) or ENGL 3880. Writing for Business and Industry (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
or ITEC 3290. Technical Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
132
GEOG 2400. Spatial Data Analysis (3) (F,S)
GEOG 3410. Fundamentals of GIS (3) (F,S)
GEOG 4801, 4802, 4803. Geography Internship (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of GEOG internship director semester
prior to internship)
GEOG 4999. Geography Professional Seminar (1) (P: Consent of instructor)
GeographicInformationScience(Choose9s.h.fromthefollowing.):
GEOG 3420. Remote Sensing of the Environment I (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent)
GEOG 3430. Geographic Information Systems I (3) (F,S) (P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent)
GEOG 3450. Introduction to the Global Positioning System (3) (S) (P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent)
GEOG 3460. GIS Applications Programming (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2410; BITE 2212 or CSCI 1610 or MIS 2223 or
consent of instructor)
GEOG 4150. Advanced Spatial Analysis (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2400, 2410; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4410. Advanced Cartographic Design and Production (3) (F,S) (P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent experience)
GEOG 4420. Remote Sensing II (3) (S) (P: GEOG 3420 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4430. Geographic Information Systems II (3) (P: GEOG 3430 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4440. Coastal Applications of GIS (3) (F,S) (P: GEOG 2250, 3410; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4450. GIScience, Society, and Technology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 2410, 3420, 3430; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4460. Digital Terrain Analysis (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2250, GEOG 2410; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4491, 4492, 4493. Supervised Study in Geographic Techniques (1,2,3) (F,S,SS)
GEOG 4900. Honors Research (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to GEOG honors program)
Human(Choose9s.h.fromthefollowing.):
GEOG 2003. Geography of the Global Economy (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 2019. Geography of Recreation (3) (F) (FC:SO)
GEOG 2100. World Geography: Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
GEOG 2110. World Geography: Less Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3001. Historical Geography of the United States (3) (F)
GEOG 3003. Political Geography (3) (WI) (S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3004. Urban Geography (3) (S)
GEOG 3049. Latin America (3) (WI) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3050. Africa (3) (WI) (S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3051. Asia (3) (S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3055. North Carolina (3) (F) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3056. Middle America (3) (FC:SO)
GEOG 4050. Human Migration and Global Restructuring (3) (F) (FC:SO)
GEOG 4140. Research Methods in Human Geography (3) (S)
GEOG 4270. Water Resources Management and Planning (3) (P: GEOG 1000 or 1250; or PLAN 1900)
GEOG 4310. Geography of Transportation and Trade (3) (S) (P: GEOG 2003)
GEOG 4315. Geographic Images (3) (F) (FC:SO)
GEOG 4320. Gender, Economy, and Development (3) (S)
GEOG 4325. Resources, Population, and Development (3) (WI) (FC:SO) (P: GEOG 2003 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4330. Agricultural Geography (3) (F) (FC:SO)
GEOG 4335. Geography of Tourism (3) (S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 4340. Introduction to Medical Geography (3) (S) (P: GEOG 2410 or Consent of Instructor)
GEOG 4391, 4392, 4393. Supervised Study in Human Geography (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
GEOG 4900. Honors Research (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to GEOG honors program)
GEOG 5391, 5392, 5393. Seminar in Human Geography (1,2,3) (P: Consent of instructor)
Environmental(Choose9s.h.fromthefollowing.):
GEOG 1300. Weather and Climate (4) (F,S)
GEOG 2250. Earth Surface Systems (3) (F)
GEOG 3220. Soil Properties, Surveys, and Applications (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2250)
GEOG 3230. Global Climates (3) (S) (P: GEOG1300; MATH 1065; or consent of instructor)
DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
133
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
GEOG 3250. Environmental Hazards (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300 or 2250)
GEOG 3510. Physical Meteorology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; MATH 1065; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 3520. Dynamic Meteorology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300; MATH 2172; PHYS 2360; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 3550. Principles of Synoptic Meteorology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 3520 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4210. Fluvial and Hydrological Processes (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300, 2250; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4220. Coastal Geography (3) (WI) (S) (P: GEOG 1300, 2250; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4230. Earth Surface Processes (3) (WI) (F) (P: GEOG 1300, 2250; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4291, 4292, 4293. Supervised Study in Physical Geography (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
GEOG 4510. Meteorological Instruments and Observation (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; MATH 1065; or consent
of instructor)
GEOG 4520. Boundary Layer Meteorology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4525. Dynamic Meteorology II (3) (F) (P: GEOG 3520; MATH 4431; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4530. Micrometeorology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4540. Coastal Storms (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4550. Applied Synoptic Meteorology: Analyses and Forecasting (3) (S) (P: GEOG 3550; or consent
of instructor)
GEOG 4560. Urban Climatology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4570. Hydrometeorology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4580. Radar and Satellite Meteorology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300, 3420; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4590. Tropical Meteorology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4900. Honors Research (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to GEOG honors program)
GEOG 5220. Physical Geography Field Experience (3) (P: GEOG 1300, 2250; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 5281, 5282, 5283. Selected Topic in Physical Geography (1,2,3) (P: Consent of instructor)
Electives (Choose 3 s.h. from the following.):
GEOG 1000. People, Places, and Environments (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
GEOG 1250. The Water Planet (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 4901. Senior Honors Thesis (3) (F,S) (P: GEOG 4900 with a grade of B or higher)
May choose any GEOG course listed that is not being counted toward the degree.
3. Concentration Area (Choose an additional 6 s.h. in either human or environmental geography, as listed above.
If concentration area is environmental geography, a minimum of 3 s.h. must be above 3999)...........................6 s.h.
4. Minor ..............................................................................................................................................24 s.h.
Selected from aerospace, biology, business administration, computer science, economics, geology, industrial
technology, information processing, leisure systems studies, military science, planning, public administration,
statistics, or any other appropriate minor with consent of the dept chair.
5. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
BS in Applied Atmospheric Science
Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .......................................... 42 s.h.
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PHYS 1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350; C for 1261:
1260 or 2360)
PHYS 2350, 2360. University Physics (4,4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: MATH 2121 or 2171; P for PHYS 2360: PHYS 2350)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................ 38 s.h.
GEOG 1300. Weather and Climate (4) (F, S)
GEOG 2250. Earth Surface Systems (3) (F)
GEOG 2400. Spatial Data Analysis (3) (F,S)
GEOG 2410. Fundamentals of GIS (3) (F,S) Formerly GEOG 3410
GEOG 3230. Global Climates (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300, MATH 1065; or consent of instructor)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
134
GEOG 3420. Remote Sensing of the Environment I (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2410)
GEOG 3510. Physical Meteorology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300, MATH 1065; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 3520. Dynamic Meteorology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300, MATH 2172; PHYS 2360; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 3550. Principles of Synoptic Meteorology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 3520; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4510. Meteorological Instruments and Observations (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300, MATH 1065; or consent
of instructor)
GEOG 4525. Dynamic Meteorology II (3) (F) (P: GEOG 3520, MATH 4331; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4550. Applied Synoptic Meteorology: Analyses and Forecasting (3) (S) (P: GEOG 3550; or consent
of instructor)
GEOG 4999. Geography Professional Seminar (1) (P: Consent of instructor)
3. Math Cognates ........................................................................................................................ 18-20 s.h.
MATH 1083. Introduction to Functions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) May not be taken by students who have successfully
completed MATH 1074 or MATH 1085. (P: MATH 1065 with a minimum grade of C) or MATH 1085. Pre-Calculus
Mathematics (5) (F,S,SS) (FC: MA) May not be taken by students who have successfully completed MATH 1074.
(P: MATH 1065 with a minimum grade of C)
MATH 2171. Calculus I (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Minimum grade of C in any of MATH 1083, 1085, or 2122)
MATH 2172. Calculus II (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 2171)
MATH 2173. Calculus III (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 2172)
MATH 4331. Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 2173)
4. Geospatial Technologies Electives: (Choose from the following) .......................................... 6 s.h.
GEOG 3430. Geographic Information Systems I (3) (S) (P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent)
GEOG 3450. Introduction to the Global Positioning System (3) (F,S) (P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent)
GEOG 3460. GIS Applications Programming (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2410; ASIP 2212 or CSCI 1610 or MIS 2223 or
consent of instructor)
GEOG 4150. Advanced Spatial Analysis (3) (F) Formerly GEOG 3400 (P: GEOG 2400, 2410; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4410. Advanced Cartographic Design and Production (3) (F,S) (P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent experience)
GEOG 4420. Remote Sensing II (3) (S) (P: GEOG 3420 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4430. Geographic Information Systems II (3) (S) (P: GEOG 3430 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4440. Coastal Applications of GIS (3) (F,S) (P: GEOG 2250, 2410; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4450. GIScience, Society, and Technology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 2410, 3420, 3430; or consent of instructor)
5. Atmospheric Science Electives (Choose from the following) ................................................. 6 s.h.
CHEM 1150,1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P:Chemistry placement test or passing
grade in CHEM 0150; P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150: CHEM 1151; C for 1151: CHEM 1150)
GEOG 4520. Boundary Layer Meteorology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4530. Micrometeorology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4540. Coastal Storms (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4560. Urban Climatology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4570. Hydrometeorology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4580. Radar and Satellite Meteorology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300, GEOG 3420; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4590. Tropical Meteorology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
6. Geography Electives (Choose from the following) ................................................................... 6 s.h.
GEOG 3220. Soil Properties, Surveys, and Applications (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2250)
GEOG 3250. Environmental Hazards (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300 or 2250)
GEOG 4210. Fluvial and Hydrological Processes (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300, 2250; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4220. Coastal Geography (3) (WI) (S) (P: GEOG 1300, 2250; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4230. Earth Surface Processes (3) (WI) (F) (P: GEOG 1300, 2250; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4801, 4802, 4803. Geography Internship (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of director of geography internships;
consent should be obtained during the semester prior to internship)
7. General electives to complete requirements for graduation.
DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
135
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Geography Minor
Minimum requirement for the minor in geography is 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
Minimum of one course from each of the geography categories listed in the BS in applied geography degree, 2., above
Minimum of 6 s.h. of GEOG electives above 2999
Geography Honors Program
The honors program in geography is designed for outstanding geography majors who wish additional challenge and
recognition in pursuing scholarly work in a sub-eld of geography. A student wishing to enter the honors program in
geography must be a junior majoring in geography, have a minimum cumulative 3.0 GPA, have a minimum 3.3 GPA in
geography, and have completed a minimum of 21 s.h. in geography. Exceptions to these requirements may be made
at the discretion of the departmental chairperson. A student in the honors program is encouraged to enroll, as part of
her/his regular curriculum, in GEOG 4900 during the second semester of the junior year, and GEOG 4901 in the rst
semester of the senior year. Each honors student will carry out an extensive program of carefully supervised reading
and research in one of the areas of geography, leading to the preparation of a senior honors thesis. To receive honors, a
student must complete both GEOG 4900 and GEOG 4901 with at least a B. Further details about the honors program
are available in the departmental ofce, Brewster A-229.
Certif icate in Atmospheric Science
1. Core................................................................................................................................................. 12 s.h.
It is recommended that GEOG 3510 be taken prior to GEOG 3520 or GEOG 4550.
GEOG 3510. Physical Meteorology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; MATH 1065; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 3520. Dynamic Meteorology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300; MATH 2172; PHYS 2360; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 3550. Principles of Synoptic Meteorology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 3520 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4510. Meteorological Instruments and Observations (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; MATH 1065; or consent
of instructor)
2. Electives ........................................................................................................................................... 3 s.h.
GEOG 3230. Global Climates (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300; MATH 1065; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 3250. Environmental Hazards (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300 or 2250)
GEOG 4210. Fluvial and Hydrological Processes (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300, 2250; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4520. Boundary Layer Meteorology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4525. Dynamic Meteorology II (3) (F) (P: GEOG 3520; MATH 4431; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4530. Micrometeorology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4540. Coastal Storms (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4550. Applied Synoptic Meteorology: Analyses and Forecasting (3) (S) (P: GEOG 3550; or consent
of instructor)
GEOG 4560. Urban Climatology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4570. Hydrometeorology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4580. Radar and Satellite Meteorology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 1300, 3420; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4590. Tropical Meteorology (3) (F) (P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor)
EHST 3600. Air Pollution (3) (F) (P: EHST 2110 or consent of instructor)
Certif icate in Geographic Information Science
The course of study for the geographic information science (GIS) certicate provides theoretical and technological competencies
that prepare students to develop and manage geographic information projects and to interpret and implement GIS as a
decision support system. The program enhances basic and applied research capacity at the undergraduate level. A minimum
cumulative 2.5 GPA is required for admission. The student must maintain a B average in the certicate courses to remain in
the program and receive the GIS certicate. The certicate requires a minimum of 15 s.h. as follows:
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
136
1. Core................................................................................................................................................... 9s.h.
GEOG 2410. Fundamentals of GIS (3) (F,S) or PLAN 3051. Introduction to GIS in Planning (3) (F,S) (P: GEOG 2410
or consent of instructor)
GEOG 3420. Remote Sensing of the Environment I (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent)
GEOG 3430. Geographic Information Systems I (3) (S) (P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent)
2. Electives (Choose from the following.) ...................................................................................... 6 s.h.
GEOG 3450. Introduction to the Global Positioning System (3) (S) (P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent)
GEOG 3460. GIS Applications Programming (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2410; BITE 2212 or CSCI 1610 or MIS 2223 or
consent of instructor)
GEOG 4150. Advanced Spatial Analysis (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2400, 2410; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4410. Advanced Cartographic Design and Production (3) (F,S) (P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent)
GEOG 4420. Remote Sensing II (3) (S) (P: GEOG 3420 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4430. Geographic Information Systems II (3) (F) (P: GEOG 3430 or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4440. Coastal Applications of GIS (3) (F,S) (P: GEOG 2250, 2410; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4450. GIScience, Society, and Technology (3) (S) (P: GEOG 2410, 3420, 3430; or consent of instructor)
GEOG 4460. Digital Terrain Analysis (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2250, GEOG 2410; or consent of instructor)
BS in Urban and Regional Planning
Jerry Weitz, Program Director, A-215 Brewster Building
Students entering the Planning Program are encouraged to declare their major as soon as possible in accordance with
university requirements. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum
Requirements for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed
below .......................................................................................................................................42 s.h.
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication
(3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
2. Core .......................................................................................................................................33 s.h.
GEOG 2400. Spatial Data Analysis (3) (F,S); or MATH 2228. Elementary Statistical Methods I (3) (F,S,SS)
(P: MATH 1065 or equivalent); or MATH 2283. Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or
MATH 1066 or equivalent)
PLAN 3020. Environmental Planning (3) (F)
PLAN 3021. Introduction to Planning Techniques (3) (F)
PLAN 3022. History and Theory of Planning (3) (WI) (F)
PLAN 3030. Urban and Regional Planning (3)
PLAN 3031. Quantitative Analysis in Planning (3) (S) (P: PLAN 3021 or consent of instructor)
PLAN 3032. Planning Legislation and Administration (3) (WI) (S)
PLAN 3051. Introduction to GIS in Planning (3) (F)
PLAN 4003. Urban Form and Design (3) (F)
PLAN 4096. Planning Studio (3) (F,S) (P: PLAN 3022; PLAN 3051; or consent of instructor)
PLAN 4099. Practicum in Planning (3) (F,S) (WI)
3. Area of emphasis (In consultation with the planning advisor, choose one area from the
following.) .................................................................................................................................9s.h.
Coastal Planning and Development
PLAN 4015. Emergency Management Planning (3) (F,SS)
PLAN 5025. Coastal Area Planning and Management (3) (P: Consent of instructor)
PLAN 5045. Environmental Resources Planning and Management (3) or PLAN 5065. Land Use Planning
(3) (F)
DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
137
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Community Planning and Development:
PLAN 3015. Planning for Circulation (3) (S) or PLAN 5985. Historic Preservation Planning (3)
PLAN 4025. Housing and Neighborhood Planning (3) (F)
PLAN 5065. Land Use Planning (3) (F)
4. Electives – (Choose any additional 6 s.h. from the following)
PLAN 1900. Planning for the Human Environment (3) (F, S, SS)
PLAN 3015. Planning for Circulation (3) (S)
*PLAN 3018, 3028, 3038. Planning Internship (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) (P: Completion of a minimum of 9 s.h. of planning
courses and consent of internship coordinator.
PLAN 3041. Computer Applications in Planning (3) (F)
PLAN 4015. Emergency Management Planning (3) (F,SS)
PLAN 4021. Advanced GIS Applications in Planning (3) (S) (P: PLAN 3051 or GEOG 2410 or consent
of instructor)
PLAN 4041. GPS Applications in Planning (3) (S,SS) (P: PLAN 3051 or consent of instructor)
PLAN 4046. Planning and Design Studio (3) (F,S)
PLAN 4050. World Architecture and Urbanism (3) (S)
PLAN 4270. Water Resources Management and Planning (3) (P: PLAN 1900; or GEOG 1000 or 1250)
PLAN 5025. Coastal Area Planning and Management (3) (P: Consent of instructor)
PLAN 5045. Environmental Resources Planning and Management (3)
PLAN 5065. Land Use Planning (3) (F)
*PLAN 5121. Problems in Planning (2,3) (P: Consent of instructor)
*PLAN 5131. Problems in Planning (2,3) (WI) (P: Consent of instructor)
PLAN 5985. Historic Preservation Planning (3)
*May count a maximum of 3 s.h. from PLAN 3018, 3028, 3038, and a maximum of 3 s.h. from 5121, 5131
toward the degree.
5. Minor or concentration area (In consultation with the planning advisor, choose a minor
from another discipline or two concentration areas from below, with a minimum of
9s.h.chosenfromeachofthetwoareas.) .......................................................................24 s.h.
Accounting and Public Finance:
ACCT 2101. Survey of Financial and Managerial Accounting (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066)
ECON 4214. Public Finance (3) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133, 3144)
FINA 3004. Survey of Financial Management (3) (F,S) (P: ACCT 2101 or 2401; ECON 2113; MATH 2283)
POLS 3242. Municipal Policy and Administration (3)
POLS 3253. Government Fiscal Administration (3) (S) (RP: POLS 1010)
Coastal Resources:
BIOL 3660. Introduction to Marine Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (P/C: BIOL 2250, 2251)
BIOL 3661. Introduction to Marine Biology Laboratory (1) (F,S) (C: BIOL 3660)
GEOG 3002. Coastal Geography (3) (WI) (S) (P: GEOG 1200 or 3200 or consent of instructor)
GEOL 1550. Oceanography (4) (S) (FC:SC)
HIST 5520. Maritime History of the Western World Since 1815 (3)
SOCI 3410. Introduction to Maritime Sociology (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or SOCI 2110)
Community Health:
EHST 2110. Introduction to Environmental Health Science (3) (F,S)
EHST 3600. Air Pollution (3) (F) (P: EHST 2110 or consent of instructor)
EHST 5800. Solid and Hazardous Waste Management (3) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161)
HLTH 3001. Principles of Community Health Education (2) (S)
HLTH 3030. Health Behavior (3) (WI) (S) (P: PSYC 1000)
HPRO 4300. Survey of the Allied Health Professions (2)
Decision Science:
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
MIS 3063. Introduction to Management Information Systems (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MIS 2223)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
138
MIS 4103. Decision Support Systems (3) (F,S) (P: MIS 3063)
OMGT 3123. Operations and Supply Chain Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2228 or 2283; MIS 2223)
OMGT 3223. Business Decision Modeling (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Minimum grade of C in MIS 2223, MATH 1066 or
2119 or 2121 or 2171, 2283)
Economic Development:
ECON 3144. Intermediate Microeconomics (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113)
ECON 3244. Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133)
ECON 3353. Economics of Underdeveloped Countries (3) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133)
ECON 4020. Industrial Organization (3) (WI*) (S) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 3144)
ECON 4850. Resource Economics (3) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133, 3144)
Environmental Resources:
BIOL 1060. Environmental Biology (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
ECON 4850. Resource Economics (3) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133, 3144)
GEOG 2300. Geography of Environmental Resources (3) (F)
GEOL 1700. Environmental Geology (4) (F,S) (FC:SC)
PHYS 1050. Physics and the Environment (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
POLS 3256. Environmental Politics (3) (F)
Historic Preservation and Design:
CMGT 2210, 2211. Construction and Civil Materials (3,0) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; majors
and minors only; P/C: MATH 1065 or 1066)
HIST 3205. History of American Urban Life (3)
HIST 5920. Techniques of Museum and Historic Site Development (3)
HIST 5985. Historic Preservation Planning (3)
IDSN 2700. Historic Interiors I: 3000 BC Through Mid-Nineteenth Century (3) (WI) (S)
IDSN 2750. Historic Interiors II: Late Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries (3) (WI) (F)
IDSN 4750. Interior Design for Adaptive Reuse (3) (WI) (S) (P: IDSN 3600, 3700)
(Formerly IDMR 4750)
International Development:
ECON 3353. Economics of Underdeveloped Countries (3) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133)
ECON 4373. International Trade (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133, 3144)
GEOG 2003. Geography of the Global Economy (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
POLS 4360. Politics of Developing Areas (3) (FC:SO)
Land Use and Real Estate:
ANTH 4260. Cultural Ecology (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
FINA 3554. Principles of Real Estate (3) (F,S) (P: ACCT 2401; ECON 2133)
FINA 4564. Real Estate Appraisal (3) (F) (P: FINA 3554)
POLS 3241. Urban Political Systems (2) (S)
SOCI 3225. Urban Sociology (3) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
Personnel Management and Administration:
MGMT 3202. Fundamentals of Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113)
MGMT 4342. Organizational Change and Development (3) (F) (P: MGMT 3202 or 3302)
MGMT 4402. Human Resource Management (3) (F,S) (P: MGMT 3202 or 3302)
POLS 3242. Municipal Policy and Administration (3) (RP: POLS 3241)
POLS 3252. Public Administration (3) (F) (FC:SO)
Recreation:
GEOG 2019. Geography of Recreation (3) (F) (FC:SO)
RCLS 2000. Introduction to Leisure Services (3) (F,S)
RCLS 2601. Leisure in Society (3) (FC:SO)
RCLS 3300. Outdoor Programming (3) (S) (P: Declared RCLS major or minor; RCLS 2000)
Societal Issues and Policies:
ANTH 2005. Environmental Anthropology (3) (S) (FC:SO)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
139
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SOCI 2111. Modern Social Problems (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 3225. Urban Sociology (3) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 3289. Community Organization (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 4345. Racial and Cultural Minorities (3) (F) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or SOCI 2110)
SOCI 4347. Social Inequality (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
6. Electives to complete degree requirements for graduation.
NOTE: Excluding foundations curriculum requirements, no one course may be used to fulll two or more degree requirements.
Planning Minor
The planning minor requires 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core .........................................................................................................................................15 s.h.
PLAN 1900. Planning for the Human Environment (3) (F, S, SS)
PLAN 3020. Environmental Planning (3) (F)
PLAN 3021. Introduction to Planning Techniques (3) (F)
PLAN 3030 Urban and Regional Planning (3) (F)
PLAN 3032. Planning Legislation and Administration (3) (WI) (S)
2. PLAN Electives ........................................................................................................................9s.h.
Bachelor’s and Accelerated MBA Program
Planning majors who are interested in careers in private or public sector management, may complete the BS in urban
and regional planning, and if qualied, may complete the master of business administration in one additional year. (See
the Bachelor’s and Accelerated MBA Program section under the College of Business in the undergraduate catalog for
further details)
Certif icate in Urban Design
This certicate provides students with specialized competencies in urban design and prepares them to engage effectively
in professional practice in the public and the private sectors. The certicate is open to students pursuing an undergraduate
degree at ECU. Students gain interdisciplinary knowledge regarding physical, environmental, and social planning issues that
confront contemporary cities. The course of study for the certicate enhances the creative, visualization, and graphic abilities
required for the design and planning professions. Students engage in real-world design projects that deal with adaptive reuse,
streetscapes, urban regeneration, downtown revitalization, historic preservation, public squares, and smart community planning.
To qualify for the award, students must maintain a minimum of 3.0 GPA in the certicate courses. The certicate requires a
minimum of 15 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core Courses:
PLAN 4003. Urban Form and Design (3) (S)
PLAN 4046. Planning and Design Studio (3) (F,S)
PLAN 4050. World Architecture and Urbanism (3) or PLAN 5985. Historic Preservation Planning (3)
2. Elective Courses (two courses from the following):
ART 4950. Twentieth-Century Architecture (3) P: ART 1906, 1907
DESN 3030, 3031. Architectural Drafting (3,0) (F,S) (P: DESN 2036 or IDSN 2281; ITEC 2080; or program
coordinator approval))
DESN 3038, 3039. Sustainable Design (3,0) (S) (P: BIOL 1060, 1061; DESN 3030; GEOL 1700; ITEC 2090, 3300;
PSYC 3241; or program coordinator approval)
GEOG 3004. Urban Geography (3) (F)
IDSN 4750. Interior Design for Adaptive Reuse (3) (WI) (S) (P: IDSN 3600, 3700)
PLAN 3020. Environmental Planning (3) (F) (for non-Planning majors and minors)
PLAN 3051. Introduction to GIS in Planning (3) (F,S) (for non-Planning majors and minors)
PLAN 4021. Advanced GIS Applications in Planning (3)
PLAN 4050. World Architecture and Urbanism (3)
PLAN 5985. Historic Preservation Planning (3)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
140
DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Stephen J. Culver, Chairperson, 101 Graham Building
BS in Geology
Geology majors have the opportunity to specialize in one of three concentration areas: coastal and marine, environmental,
or general geology. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ............................................................................................42 s.h.
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................39s.h.
GEOL 1500. Dynamic Earth (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) and GEOL 1501. Dynamic Earth Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
GEOL 1600. Earth and Life Through Time (4) (F,S) (FC:SC)
GEOL 3050, 3051. Mineralogy and Petrology I (4,0) (F) (P: A 1000-level GEOL course; RP: CHEM 1150, 1151;
GEOL 1500, 1501)
GEOL 3150, 3151. Mineralogy and Petrology II (4,0) (S) (P: GEOL 3050, 3051; P/C: CHEM 1150, 1151)
GEOL 3200, 3201. Introduction to Field Methods (2,0) (S) (P: GEOL 1600)
GEOL 3300, 3301. Structural Geology (4,0) (F) (P: GEOL 3200, 3201)
GEOL 4000. Summer Field Course in Geology (6) (SS) (P: GEOL 3050, 3051, 3300, 3301)
GEOL 4010, 4011. Sedimentology (4,0) (WI) (F) (P: GEOL 1600, 3050, 3051)
GEOL 4020, 4021. Stratigraphy (3,0) (WI) (S) (P: GEOL 1600)
GEOL 4200, 4201. Paleontology (4,0) (4200:WI) (S) (P: GEOL 1600)
3. Concentration areas (Choose one.) ............................................................................................ 7 s.h.
Coastal and Marine Geology (Choose 7 s.h. from the following.):
GEOL 1550. Oceanography (4) (F,S) (FC:SC)
GEOL 5300. Geology of Coastal Processes and Environments (3) (P: GEOL 1550, 4010, 4011; or consent
of instructor)
GEOL 5350. Marine Geology (3) (P: GEOL 1550, 4010, 4011; or consent of instructor)
Or other approved GEOL courses
Environmental Geology (Choose 7 s.h. from the following.):
GEOL 1700. Environmental Geology (4) (F,S) (FC:SC)
GEOL 5150. The Geologic Component of Environmental Science (3) (P: Introductory GEOL course or consent
of instructor)
GEOL 5450. Introduction to Aqueous Geochemistry (3) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151, 1160, 1161)
GEOL 5710, 5711. Ground-Water Hydrology (3,0) (P: GEOL 1500, 1501; or consent of instructor.
Or other approved GEOL courses
General Geology:
Choose 7 s.h. from any combination of GEOL courses. At least one course must be above 2999.
4. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................28 s.h.
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150: CHEM
1151; C for 1151: CHEM 1150)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160:
CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
Choose 9 s.h. of approved courses in calculus, statistics, and/or computer applications
Choose 8 s.h. of approved BIOL, CHEM, and/or PHYS courses
5. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
NOTE: Students who plan to pursue graduate degrees in geology should complete a year of physics and a year of calculus.
DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
141
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Geology Minor
Minimum requirement for minor is 24 s.h. of GEOL courses. A minimum of 12 s.h. must be selected from courses numbered
above 2999.
Geology Honors Program
A student desiring to enter the honors program in geology must satisfy the approved departmental criteria; junior standing
with a minimum cumulative 3.0 GPA; completion of a minimum of 20 s.h. in geology; a minimum 3.0 GPA in geology courses
with no grade below C. See GEOL 4550, 4551, Honors Thesis.
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY
Gerald J. Prokopowicz, Chairperson, A-315 Brewster Building
Students may choose between the BA in history and the BS in public history. Students may also minor in either program.
BA in History
Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ............................................................................................42 s.h.
2. Foreign language through level 1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................36 s.h.
HIST 1030. World Civilizations to 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1031. World Civilizations Since 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1050. American History to 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1051. American History Since 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 4000. Senior Seminar (3)
Choose a minimum of 21 s.h. of electives above 2999, at least one 3 s.h. course from each area as listed below
(Minimum of 3 s.h. must be taken at the 4001-5999 level, excluding HIST 4531, 4532, 4533, 4550, 4551):
American History:
HIST 3010. Constitutional History of the United States to 1888 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3011. Constitutional History of the United States Since 1888 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3031. Economic History of the United States Since 1865 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3100. North Carolina History (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
HIST 3110. History of African-Americans (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3121. American Military History to 1900 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3122. American Military History Since 1900 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3140. Women in American History (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3170. History of Native Americans (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3200. Diplomatic History of the United States (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3205. History of American Urban Life (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3210. Colonial American to 1763 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3215. American Revolution and the Federal Era, 1763-1800 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3225. The Era of Sectionalism and Civil War, 1848-1877 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3230. The Birth of Modern America, 1865-1892 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3235. The Era of Populism and Progressivism in American History, 1892-1919 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3240. The Age of Franklin Roosevelt, 1919-1945 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3245. The United States Since 1945 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3260. The United States and the Middle East (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3300. History of American Rural Life (3) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 3920. Social History of American Medicine (3) (S) (FC:SO)
HIST 5122. Social and Cultural History of the United States Since 1865 (3)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
142
HIST 5125. American Political Development in the Nineteenth Century (3)
HIST 5140. The Old South (3)
HIST 5141. The South Since 1877 (3) (WI*)
HIST 5220. Selected Topics in US Women’s History (3)
HIST 5230. Themes in African-American History (3)
HIST 5520. Maritime History of the Western World Since 1815 (3)
HIST 5960. Introduction to Oral History (3)
European History:
HIST 3405. History of Ancient Greece to 146 BC (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3406. War and Society in Ancient Greece and Rome (3) (F)
HIST 3410. History of Ancient Rome (3) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 3412. A History of Christianity to 1300 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3413. A History of Christianity, 1300 to Present (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3414. The Celtic World, 700 BC - 1601 AD (3)
HIST 3415. The Middle Ages (3) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 3420. Early Modern Europe to 1648 (3) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 3430. History of Europe, 1815-1914 (3) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 3435. History of Europe Since 1914 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3444. Old Regime and Revolutionary France (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3445. Modern France, 1815 to Present (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3460. Germany, 1790-1914 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3461. Germany Since 1914 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3480. Britain to 1688 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3482. Britain, 1688-1832 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3484. Britain from 1832 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3551. Medieval Russia, 862 - 1682 (3)
HIST 3552. Imperial Russia, 1682-1917 (3)
HIST 3553. Soviet Russia, 1917-1991 (3) (WI)
HIST 4400. Science and Religion in Europe and America, 1600-1900 (3)
HIST 4445. The European Enlightenments (3)
HIST 4470. The Great War: Experience, Memory and Legacy (3)
HIST 4500. Political Culture and Community in Eighteenth-Century Britain (3)
HIST 5310. Intellectual History of Europe (3)
HIST 5350. The Renaissance in European History (3)
HIST 5360. The Reformation, 1450-1598 (3)
HIST 5440. Twentieth Century England (3)
HIST 5450. Tudor-Stuart England (3)
HIST 5470. History of Soviet Russia Since 1917 (3)
HIST 5480. Weimar and the Rise of Hitler (3)
HIST 5505. Maritime History of the Western World to 1415 (3)
HIST 5515. Maritime History of the Western World, 1415-1815 (3) (WI*)
HIST 5555. Constitutionalism and Kingship in Early Modern Europe (3)
HIST 5660. Imperialism in Theory and Practice, 1800 to the Present (3) (WI*)
HIST 5670. A Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815 to the Present (3)
World History:
HIST 3610. History of East Asia to 1600 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3611. History of East Asia Since 1600 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3615. History of Traditional Japan (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3620. History of Modern Japan (3) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 3625. Field Study in Japanese Historical Culture (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3626. Field Study in Japanese Historical Texts (3) (FC:SO)
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
143
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
HIST 3627. History of Japanese Buddhism (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3629. History of Traditional China (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3630. History of Modern China (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3669. History of the Middle East, 600-1500 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3670. History of the Middle East Since 1500 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3710. Introduction to Latin-American History: Colonial Period (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3711. Introduction to Latin-American History: Since 1808 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3780. Mexico and Central America (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3810. History of Africa (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3820. History of South Africa (3) (WI) (FC:SO)
HIST 3830. Africa and Islam (3) (WI) (FC:SO)
HIST 4610. History of Southeast Asia (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 5300. Comparative History of Non-Western Civilizations (3) (WI*)
HIST 5340. The Ancient Near East (3)
HIST 5680. Diplomatic History of Modern Asia (3)
HIST 5765. Latin-America: 1492 to the Present (3) (WI*)
Thefollowingcoursesvaryincontentandwillbeclassiedaccordingtotopic:
HIST 3005. Selected Topics in History (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3333. Biography and History (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3350. War and Society (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 4531, 4532, 4533. Directed Readings in History (1,2,3) (FC:SO) (P: Consent of dept chair)
HIST 4550, 4551. Honors (3,3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
HIST 5005. Selected Topics in History (3) (WI*)
HIST 5525. Sea Power: 480 BC to the Present (3) (WI*)
4. Minor and general electives to complete requirements for graduation.
BS in Public History
Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ............................................................................................42 s.h.
2. Foreign language through level 1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................36 s.h.
HIST 1030. World Civilizations to 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1031. World Civilizations Since 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1050. American History to 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1051. American History Since 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 4000. Senior Seminar (3)
Choose a minimum of 21 s.h. of HIST courses above 2999, including a minimum of one course each in American,
European, and other world areas. (See BA degree for course area designations.)
4. Professional courses ....................................................................................................................24 s.h.
Required public history courses .....................................................................................................................................................................12 s.h.
HIST 3900. Introduction to Public History (3)
HIST 3993. Approaches to Historical Objects (3)
HIST 5910. Introduction to the Administration of Archives and Historical Manuscripts (3)
HIST 5920, 5921. Techniques of Museum and Historic Site Development (3,0)
Public history electives ........................................................................................................................................................................................6-9 s.h.
Choose from the following:
HIST 3980. Shipwreck Archaeology (3) (F, S)
HIST 3985. History of American Architecture (3)
HIST 5930, 5931. Field and Laboratory Studies in Museum and Historic Site Development (3,0)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
144
HIST 5950. Introduction to Quantitative History (2) (P: 20 s.h. of undergraduate history)
HIST 5951. Directed Readings and Research in Quantitative History (1) (C: HIST 5950)
HIST 5960. Introduction to Oral History (3)
HIST 5970. Living History (3)
HIST 5985. Historic Preservation Planning (3)
Internship ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................3-6 s.h.
Choose from the following:
HIST 4940, 4941, 4942. Internship in Archives and Historical Records Administration (3,6,9) (F,S,SS) (P: Senior
standing; minimum cumulative 2.2 GPA; minimum 2.5 GPA in HIST; consent of instructor)
HIST 4943, 4944, 4945. Internship in Museum Administration (3,6,9) (F,S,SS) (P: Senior standing; minimum
cumulative 2.2 GPA; minimum 2.5 GPA in HIST; consent of instructor)
HIST 4946, 4947, 4948. Internship in Historic Site Administration (3,6,9) (F,S,SS) (P: Senior standing; minimum
cumulative 2.2 GPA; minimum 2.5 GPA in HIST; consent of instructor)
Maximum of 6 s.h. may count toward the requirement.
5. Cognates (Choose from the following.) ..................................................................................... 6 s.h.
ACCT 2101. Survey of Financial and Managerial Accounting (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066)
ANTH 2000. Archaeology Around the World (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
ANTH 3077. Archaeological Methods (3) (S) (P: ANTH 2000 or consent of instructor)
ART 1906. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905 or 1910)
ART 1907. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905 or 1910)
ART 2905. Masterpieces in the Visual Arts and Literature (3) (FC:FA)
ART 4948. Art of the United States (3) (P: ART 1906, 1907 or consent of instructor)
ENGL 3870. Introduction to Editing and Abstracting (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
IDSN 2700. Historic Interiors I: 3000 BC Through Mid-Nineteenth Century (3) (WI) (S)
IDSN 2750. Historic Interiors II: Late Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries (3) (WI) (F)
MGMT 3202. Fundamentals of Management (3) (F,S,SS)
MUSC 2227. Introduction to American Music from Colonial Times to the Present (3) (FC:FA)
PHIL 2275. Professional Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
6. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
History Minor
The minor requires 24 s.h. credit. History courses used for the minor may not be counted toward history major.
1. Required HIST courses (Choose from the list below.) ........................................................... 9s.h.
HIST 1030. World Civilizations to 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1031. World Civilizations Since 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1050. American History to 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1051. American History Since 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. HISTelectivesabove2999 .........................................................................................................15 s.h.
Public History Minor
The minor requires 24 s.h. credit. History courses used for the minor may not be counted toward history major.
1. Required HIST courses .................................................................................................................6 s.h.
HIST 3900. Introduction to Public History (3)
HIST 3993. Approaches to Historical Objects (3)
2. HIST electives (Choose from the following.) ............................................................................ 9s.h.
HIST 3980. Shipwreck Archaeology (3) (F, S)
HIST 3985. History of American Architecture (3)
HIST 4940, 4941, 4942. Internship in Archives and Historical Records Administration (3,6,9) (P: Senior standing;
minimum cumulative 2.2 GPA; minimum 2.5 GPA in HIST; consent of instructor)
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
145
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
HIST 4943, 4944, 4945. Internship in Museum Administration (3,6,9) (P: Senior standing; minimum cumulative 2.2
GPA; minimum 2.5 GPA in HIST; consent of instructor)
HIST 4946, 4947, 4948. Internship in Historic Site Administration (3,6,9) (P: Senior standing; minimum cumulative 2.2
GPA; minimum 2.5 GPA in HIST; consent of instructor)
HIST 5910. Introduction to the Administration of Archives and Historical Manuscripts (3)
HIST 5920, 5921. Techniques of Museum and Historic Site Development (3,0)
HIST 5930, 5931. Field and Laboratory Studies in Museum and Historic Site Development (3,0)
HIST 5960. Introduction to Oral History (3)
HIST 5970. Living History (3)
HIST 5985. Historic Preservation Planning (3)
3. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 9s.h.
ANTH 2000. Archaeology Around the World (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
ART 1906. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905 or 1910)
ART 1907. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905 or 1910)
ART 2905. Masterpieces in the Visual Arts and Literature (3) (FC:FA)
ART 4948. Art of the United States (3) (P: ART 1906, 1907 or consent of instructor)
ENGL 3870. Introduction to Editing and Abstracting (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
IDSN 2700. Historic Interiors I: 3000 BC Through Mid-Nineteenth Century (3) (WI) (S)
IDSN 2750. Historic Interiors II: Late Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries (3) (WI) (F)
History Honors Program
A student desiring to enter the honors program in history must be a second semester junior majoring in history; possess a
minimum cumulative and major 3.0 GPA; and have a minimum of 20 s.h. in history (exceptions may be made at the discretion
of the dept chair). Furthermore, a student engaged in the history honors program shall be enrolled as a part of the regular
curriculum in HIST 4550 and 4551, starting the sequence the spring semester of the junior year and concluding at the end of
the rst semester of the senior year. Upon completion of the two courses, the student will receive 6 s.h. credit in advanced
history.
Each honors scholar will carry out an extensive program of carefully supervised reading and research in one of nine areas of
history: Colonial America; Nineteenth-Century America; Twentieth-Century America; Ancient and Medieval; Europe, 1500-
1815; Europe, 1815 to Present; Asia; Latin America; Africa.
A history honors award is given annually to the history honors program student who completes and defends the most
outstanding honors paper.
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
Johannes H. Hattingh, Chairperson, 124 Austin Building
Admission Requirements
Students enrolled at East Carolina University or transferring from other institutions may be considered for admission to the
Department of Mathematics as a mathematics major provided the following departmental requirements are met. To elect
mathematics as a major, the student must have a minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA and a minimum grade of C in all mathematics
courses taken below the 3000 level.
Readmission
Students previously admitted to the Department of Mathematics who have been out of school more than three academic
years and students who were previously enrolled in the university but not admitted to the department must meet the
requirements outlined in the section above.
Students applying for readmission to the university who were previously admitted to the Department of Mathematics and who
have been out of school no more than three academic years must have a minimum 2.0 GPA to be eligible for readmission
to the department.
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
146
Second Degree Students
Students who hold a baccalaureate degree qualify for admission to the Department of Mathematics upon admission to
the university.
BA in Mathematics
Credit toward a mathematics major will not be given in any MATH course or in CSCI 2310, 2311 with a grade less than
C. The degree offers two concentration areas: mathematics and statistics. The mathematics concentration requires a minor
and the statistics concentration requires specied cognates in lieu of a minor. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of
credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ............................................................................................42 s.h.
2. Foreign language through level 1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Common core ...............................................................................................................................30 s.h.
MATH 2171, 2172, 2173. Calculus I, II, III (4,4,4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P for 2171: minimum grade of C in any of MATH
1083,1085, 2122; P for 2172: minimum grade of C or 2122 with consent of instructor; P for 2173: MATH 2172
with a minimum grade of C)
MATH 2300. Transition to Advanced Mathematics (3) (P: MATH 2171)
MATH 3256. Linear Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2172)
MATH 3263. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: MATH 2300, 3256)
MATH 3307. Mathematical Statistics I (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 2172)
MATH 4101. Advanced Calculus I (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 2173, 2300; or consent of instructor)
MATH 4331. Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 2173)
4. Cognate ...........................................................................................................................................4 s.h.
CSCI 2310,2311. Algorithmic Problem Solving and Programming Laboratory (4,0) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065; C for
2310: CSCI 2311; C for 2311: CSCI 2310)
5. Concentrationareatoincludeminororspeciedcognatesaslistedbelow.
(Choose one area.) .................................................................................................................31-40 s.h.
Mathematics (30-36 s.h.):
Choose 6 s.h. of MATH electives numbered above 2999, excluding MATH 3229, 3237, 3239
Minor (24-30 s.h.)
Statistics (27 s.h.):
Choose 9 s.h. of MATH electives numbered above 2999, excluding MATH 3229, 3237, 3239, and excluding
cognates listed below.
Cognates (18 s.h.):
CSCI 5774. Programming for Research (3) (F,S) (P: General course in statistics or consent of instructor)
MATH 3308. Mathematical Statistics II (3) (F) (P: MATH 3307)
MATH 5031. Applied Statistical Analysis (3) (WI) (P: MATH 2228 or 3308; 3584; or equivalent)
MATH 5801. Probability Theory (3) (P: MATH 2173 or 3307)
Choose 6 s.h. from:
ECON 3343. Econometrics (3) (WI) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: DSCI 2223 or CSCI 2600; ECON 2133; MATH 2283)
ECON 4430. Business Cycles and Forecasting (3) (P: ECON 3244, 3343; or consent of instructor)
MATH 4201. Introduction to Stochastic Processes (3) (S) (P: MATH 3307 or equivalent or consent of
instructor)
MATH 5000. Introduction to Sampling Design (3) (P: MATH 3308 or 3229 or consent of instructor)
MATH 5132. Probabilistic Methods in Operations Research (3) (P: MATH 2173, 3256, 3307; or 5801)
OMGT 4493. Quality Management (3) (F) (P: OMGT 3123)
6. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
147
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
BS in Mathematics
Credit toward a mathematics major will not be given in any MATH course or in CSCI 2510 with a grade less than C. Minimum
degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ............................................................................................42 s.h.
2. Common mathematics core ......................................................................................................37 s.h.
MATH 2171, 2172, 2173. Calculus I, II, III (4,4,4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P for 2171: MATH 1083, 1085, 2122 with
minimum grade of C; P for 2172: MATH 2171 or 2122 with consent of instructor; P for 2173: MATH 2172)
MATH 2300. Transition to Advanced Mathematics (3) (P: MATH 2171)
MATH 3256. Linear Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2172)
MATH 3263. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: MATH 2300, 3256)
MATH 3307. Mathematical Statistics I (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 2172)
MATH 3308. Mathematical Statistics II (3) (F) (P: MATH 3307)
MATH 4101. Advanced Calculus I (3) (P: MATH 2173, 2300, or consent of instructor)
MATH 4331. Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 2173)
CSCI 2310, 2311. Algorithmic Problem Solving and Programming Laboratory (4,0) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065;
C for 2310: CSCI 2311; C for 2311: CSCI 2310)
3. Concentration area (Choose one area.) ............................................................................. 13-33 s.h.
Mathematics (27-33 s.h.):
MATH 4110. Elementary Complex Variables (3) (S) (P: MATH 2173)
Minor (24-30 s.h.)
Science (27-28 s.h.)
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150:
CHEM 1151; C for 1151: CHEM 1150)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160,
CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; R/C: MATH 1083 or 1085)
MATH 4110. Elementary Complex Variables (3) (S) (P: MATH 2173)
PHYS 2350, 2360. University Physics (4,4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 2350: MATH 2121, 2151, or 2171; P for PHYS
2360: PHYS 2350)
Choose one of the following:
BIOL 1100, 1101. Principles of Biology I (4,0) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) and BIOL 1200, 1201. Principles of Biology II (4,0)
(F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
A combination of any 3 courses numbered above 1999 in Chemistry or numbered above 3999 in Physics.
Statistics (21 s.h.)
ENGL 3880. Writing for Business and Industry (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
MATH 4031. Applied Statistical Analysis (3) (WI) (P: MATH 2228 or 2283 or 3308; MATH 3256 or
MATH/CSCI 3584; or equivalent; or consent of instructor)
MATH 4201. Introduction to Stochastic Processes (3) (P: MATH 3307 or equivalent or consent of instructor) or
MATH 5000. Introduction to Sampling Design (3) (F) (P: MATH 3308 or 3229 or consent of instructor)
MATH 4774. Programming for Research (3) (P: MATH 2228 or MATH 2283 or equivalent)
MATH 4801. Probability Theory (3) (P: MATH 2173 or 3307)
MATH 4999. Capstone and Statistical Consulting (3) (P: MATH 4031)
PHIL 2274. Business Ethics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
Computer Science (13 s.h.)
CSCI 3300. Introduction to Algorithms and Data Structures (4) (F,S,SS) (P: CSCI 2310, 2427)
CSCI 3310. Advanced Data Structures and Data Abstraction (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CSCI 3300)
CSCI 3650. Analysis of Algorithms (3) (S,SS) (P: CSCI 3200 or 3300; CSCI 2427)
CSCI 3526. Switching Theory and Computer Organization (3) (F,SS) (P: CSCI 2310; CSCI 2427) or CSCI 3675.
Organization of Programming Language (3) (F,SS) (P: CSCI 3200) or MATH 4110. Elementary Complex
Variables (3) (S) (P: MATH 2173)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
148
4. Speciedelectives
Mathematics(9s.h.):
Choose 9 additional s.h. in consultation with advisor from MATH 3174, 3233, 3573, 4201, 4264, 4801, 5000, 5002,
5021, 5102, 5121, 5122, 5131, 5132, 5311, 5322, or 5551.
Science (3 s.h.)
Choose 3 additional s.h. in consultation with advisor from MATH 3174, 3233, 3573, 4201, 4264, 4801, 5000, 5002,
5021, 5102, 5121, 5122, 5131, 5132, 5311, 5322, or 5551.
Statistics(9s.h.)
Choose 3 additional s.h. from MATH 4201, 5000, 5132; OMGT 4493; ECON 3343, 4430.
Choose 6 additional s.h. from MATH 3174, 3233, 3573, 4110, 4264, 5002, 5021, 5102, 5121, 5122, 5131, 5132,
5311, 5322 or 5551.
Computer Science (15 s.h.)
Choose 3 s.h. from MATH 3174, 3233, 3273, 3301, 3573, 4201, 4264, 4801, 5000, 5002, 5021, 5102, 5121, 5122,
5131, 5132, 5311, 5322 or 5551.
Choose 12 s.h. of CSCI electives numbered above 1999, 2310/2311, 2510, 2610, 2611, 3300, 3310, 3510, 3584,
3601, 3650.
5. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
Mathematics Minor
Credit towards a mathematics minor will not be given in any MATH course or in CSCI 2310/2311 with a grade of less
than C. Minimum requirement for mathematics minor is 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................21 s.h.
MATH 2171, 2172, 2173. Calculus I, II, III (4,4,4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P for 2171: minimum grade of C in any of MATH
1083, 1085, 2122; P for 2172: MATH 2171 with a minimum grade of C or 2122 with consent of instructor; P for
2173: MATH 2172 with a minimum grade of C)
MATH 2300. Transition to Advanced Mathematics (3) (P: MATH 2171)
MATH 3256. Linear Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2172)
MATH 3263. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: MATH 2300, 3256) or MATH 5101. Advanced
Calculus I (3) (P: MATH 2173, 2300; or consent of instructor)
2. Electives acceptable for a major in mathematics .................................................................... 3 s.h.
Statistics Minor
(Not open to majors in Mathematics)
Minimum requirement for statistics minor is 26 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................23 s.h.
CSCI 5774. Programming for Research (3) (P: General course in statistics or consent of instructor)
MATH 2171. Calculus I (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1083 or 1085 or 2122 with minimum grade of C)
MATH 2172. Calculus II (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 2122 with a minimum grade of C or MATH 2171)
MATH 3256. Linear Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2172)
MATH 3307. Mathematical Statistics I (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 2172)
MATH 3308. Mathematical Statistics II (3) (F) (P: MATH 3307)
MATH 5031. Applied Statistical Analysis (3) (WI) (P: MATH 2228 or 3308; 3584; or equivalent)
2. Electives (Choose from the following.) ...................................................................................... 3 s.h.
ECON 3343. Econometrics (3) (WI) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: MIS 2223 or CSCI 2600; ECON 2133; MATH 2283)
ECON 4430. Business Cycles and Forecasting (3) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 3244, 3343; or consent of instructor)
MATH 4201. Introduction to Stochastic Processes (3) (S) (P: MATH 3307 or equivalent or consent of instructor)
MATH 5000. Introduction to Sampling Design (3) (P: MATH 3308 or 3229 or consent of instructor)
MATH 5132. Probabilistic Methods in Operations Research (3) (P: MATH 2173, 3256, 3307; or 5801)
MATH 5801. Probability Theory (3) (P: MATH 2173 or 3307)
OMGT 4493. Quality Management (3) (F) (P: OMGT 3123)
DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
149
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Mathematics Honors Program
The mathematics honors program is open to students with exceptional mathematical ability who have completed MATH
2173. Acceptance in the program entitles the student to register for MATH 3550, 3551, 4550, 4551.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
George Bailey, Chairperson, A-327 Brewster Building
BA in Philosophy
Minimum degree requirement is 120 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ............................................................................................42 s.h.
2. Foreign language through level 1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................30 s.h.
Choose a minimum of 12 s.h. of PHIL above 2999
The department encourages majors to enroll in junior-senior courses as soon as they are eligible.
4. Minor and electives to complete requirements for graduation.
Philosophy Minor
The philosophy minor requires 24 s.h. credit. While there are no required courses, a minimum of 9 s.h. of the 24 s.h. must
be above PHIL 2999.
Philosophy Honors Program
The purpose of junior-senior honors in philosophy is to encourage independent research and scholarship and to give students
an opportunity to better prepare themselves for graduate study. Under the direction of one member of the department, a
student enrolled in this program (PHIL 3550, 4550) carries on studies (as based on a reading list), prepares for a comprehensive
examination at the end of the junior year, and writes a thesis during the rst semester of the senior year. Students who have
an interest in this program should come to the departmental ofce in A-327 Brewster Building for details.
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
John Sutherland, Chairperson, N-209A Howell Science Complex
Prof iciency Requirements
A minimum grade of C in PHYS 2350 and 2360 is required before a student may take any physics course for which PHYS
2360 is prerequisite.
BA in Physics
The BA is designed for students interested in employment in nontechnical elds or in graduate study in the social sciences,
medicine, public health, business, and the humanities depending on elective choices. Minimum degree requirement is 126
s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree programs), including those listed below .........................................42 s.h.
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or
equivalent
2. Foreign language through level 1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................19s.h.
PHYS 1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350; C for 1261:
PHYS 1260 or 2360)
PHYS 2350, 2360. University Physics (4,4) (FC:SC) (P for 2350: MATH 2121, 2151, or 2171; P for 2360: PHYS 2350)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
150
PHYS 3700, 3701. Advanced Laboratory (3,0) (3700:WI) (S) (P: PHYS 2360)
PHYS 4416. Modern Physics I (3) (F) (P: PHYS 2360)
PHYS 4417. Modern Physics II (3) (S) (P: PHYS 4416)
4. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................15 s.h.
MATH 1083. Introduction to Functions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 with a minimum grade of C)
MATH 2171, 2172, 2173. Calculus I, II, III (4,4,4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P for 2171: minimum grade of C in any of MATH
1083, 1085, 2122; P for 2172: MATH 2171 with a minimum grade of C or 2122 with consent of instructor; P for
2173: MATH 2172 with a minimum grade of C)
5. Minor and electives to complete requirements for graduation.
BS in Physics
The BS is a traditional physics program designed for students interested in graduate study in physics or engineering. Minimum
degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .........................................42 s.h.
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150: CHEM
1151; C for 1151: CHEM 1150)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160:
CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or
equivalent
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................40 s.h.
PHYS 1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350; C for 1261:
PHYS 1260 or 2360)
PHYS 2350, 2360. University Physics (4,4) (FC:SC) (P for 2350: MATH 2121, 2151, or 2171; P for 2360: PHYS 2350)
PHYS 3700, 3701. Advanced Laboratory (3,0) (3700:WI) (F) (P: PHYS 2360)
PHYS 4120. Thermodynamics (3) (S-OY) (P: PHYS 2360)
PHYS 4226. Mechanics I (3) (F) (P: MATH 2173; PHYS 2360)
PHYS 4310. Modern Optics (3) (F-EY) (P: PHYS 2360)
PHYS 4326. Electricity and Magnetism I (3) (F) (P: PHYS 2360)
PHYS 4416. Modern Physics I (3) (F) (P: PHYS 2360)
PHYS 4417. Modern Physics II (3) (S) (P: PHYS 4416)
PHYS 4560. Mathematical Methods for Physics (3) (S) (P: MATH 2173; PHYS 2360)
PHYS 4610. Electronics (3) (F-OY) (P: PHYS 2021, 2360)
Choose 3 s.h. of PHYS electives above 2999
3. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................18 s.h.
MATH 1083. Introduction to Functions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 with a minimum grade of C)
MATH 2171, 2172, 2173. Calculus I, II, III (4,4,4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P for 2171: minimum grade of C in any of MATH
1083, 1085, 2122; P for 2172: MATH 2171 with a minimum grade of C or 2122 with consent of instructor; P for
2173: MATH 2172 with a minimum grade of C)
MATH 4331. Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 2173)
4. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
BSAP (BS in Applied Physics)
The BSAP is designed for students interested in employment in technical elds or in graduate study in engineering, business,
public health, medicine, environmental science, and related technical elds depending on elective choices. Minimum degree
requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .........................................42 s.h.
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
151
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: Chemistry placement test or
passing grade in CHEM 0150; P/C: MATH 1065)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160:
CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or
equivalent
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................28 s.h.
PHYS 1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350; C for 1261:
PHYS 1260 or 2260)
PHYS 2350, 2360. University Physics (4,4) (FC:SC) (P for 2350: MATH 2121, 2151, or 2171; P for 2360: PHYS 2350)
PHYS 3700, 3701. Advanced Laboratory (3,0) (3700:WI) (F) (P: PHYS 2360)
PHYS 4310. Modern Optics (3) (P: PHYS 2360)
PHYS 4416. Modern Physics I (3) (F) (P: PHYS 2360)
PHYS 4417. Modern Physics II (3) (S) (P: PHYS 4416)
PHYS 4610. Electronics (3) (F-OY) (P: PHYS 2021, 2360)
Choose 3 s.h. of PHYS electives above 2999
3. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................18 s.h.
MATH 1083. Introduction to Functions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 with a minimum grade of C)
MATH 2171, 2172, 2173. Calculus I, II, III (4,4,4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P for 2171: minimum grade of C in any of MATH
1083, 1085, 2122; P for 2172: MATH 2171 with a minimum grade of C or 2122 with consent of instructor; P for
2173: MATH 2172 with a minimum grade of C)
MATH 4331. Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 2173)
4. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
Physics Minor
Minimum requirement for physics minor is 24 s.h. credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................10 s.h.
PHYS 1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350; C for 1261:
PHYS 1260 or 2260)
PHYS 2350, 2360. University Physics (4,4) (FC:SC) (P for 2350: MATH 2121, 2151, or 2171; P for 2360: PHYS 2350)
2. PHYSelectivesabove2999 ........................................................................................................14 s.h.
Bachelor of Science and Accelerated MS in Physics
Students working toward a BS degree in physics have the opportunity to earn an MS degree in two or three additional
semesters of study. These students are encouraged to begin research projects as undergraduates and take advanced classes
that can be used to waive some MS course requirements. As seniors they may be granted early admission to the MS program
and would be eligible to receive paid teaching assistantships. To be enrolled in the MS program as a senior, students must be
within 6 s.h. credit of completing all undergraduate degree requirements. Applications to the MS program should be submitted
during the rst semester of the senior year and must include GRE scores.
DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE
Brad E. Lockerbie, Chairperson, A-124 Brewster Building
BA in Political Science
Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ............................................................................................42 s.h.
2. Foreign language through level 1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
152
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................36 s.h.
POLS 1010. National Government (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
POLS 2010. Introduction to Comparative Government and Politics (3) (WI) (F,S) (FC:SO)
POLS 2020. Introduction to International Relations (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
Choose one from the following:
POLS 2070. Introduction to Political Theory (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3031. Research Design for Political Science (3) (F)
POLS 3042. American Politics Through Music (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 3050. The Theory and Politics of Social and Protest Movements in the United States (3) (S) (FC:SO)
Choose a minimum of 24 s.h. of POLS above 2999 to total 36 s.h.
4. Minor and electives to complete requirements for graduation.
BS in Political Science
Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ............................................................................................42 s.h.
2. Core: Specic required courses and elective courses in each of the following categories, with a minimum of 27 s.h.
above 2999. (Courses may count for only one category. No course counted for the major may count for the minor.
15 s.h. are free POLS electives. A maximum of 6 s.h. from POLS 4501, 4502, 4521, 4522, 4981, 4982, 4991, 4992
may count toward any degree program offered by the political science department.) ...................................51 s.h.
AmericanGovernmentandPolitics(9s.h.):
POLS 1010. American National Government (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
POLS 3240. State and Local Government (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
POLS 3033. Voting Behavior and Public Opinion (3) (F) (FC:SO)
POLS 3035. American Political Parties and Politics (3) (F) (FC:SO)
POLS 3037. Campaigns and Elections (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3039. Black Politics in America (3) (F) (FC:SO)
POLS 3040. Women in Politics (3)
POLS 3045. Humor in American Politics (3)
POLS 3090. Religion and American Politics (3) (S)
POLS 3202. The American Legislature (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3203. The American Executive (3) (F) (FC:SO)
POLS 3204. The American Judiciary (3) (F) (FC:SO) (P: POLS 1010 or consent of instructor)
POLS 3223. Constitutional Powers (3) (S) (P: POLS 1010 or consent of instructor)
POLS 3224. Civil Liberties (3) (S) (P: POLS 1010 or consent of instructor)
POLS 3241. Urban Political Systems (3) (S)
POLS 3243. Comparative State Politics (3) (SS)
POLS 3244. North Carolina Politics (3) (F) (FC:SO)
POLS 4321. Contemporary Southern Politics (3) (S)
POLS 5000. American Government and Politics (3)
ComparativeGovernmentandInternationalPolitics(9s.h.):
POLS 2010. Introduction to Comparative Government and Politics (3) (WI) (F,S) (FC:SO)
POLS 2020. Introduction to International Relations (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
POLS 3140. Politics of Globalization (3)
POLS 3144. American Foreign Policy (3) (S) (RP: POLS 2020)
POLS 3155. National Security Policy (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3232. The European Union (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3234. West European Political Systems (3) (F) (FC:SO)
DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
153
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
POLS 3235. East European Political Systems (3) (F) (FC:SO)
POLS 3236. Russian Politics (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3260. Middle Eastern Political Systems (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 3265. African Political Systems (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3270. Latin American Political Systems (3) (FC:SO) (S)
POLS 3280. South Asian Political Systems (3) (SS)
POLS 3282. East Asian Political Systems (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 3290. Conict and Peace in the Post-Cold War Era (3) (S)
POLS 3291. Politics of Genocide in the Twentieth Century (3) (SS)
POLS 3293. International Organizations (3) (F)
POLS 3295. International Law (3) (S) (P: POLS 2020 or consent of instructor)
POLS 3297. International Political Economy (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 4000. Political Leadership (3) (S) (P: 12 s.h. in POLS or consent of instructor)
POLS 4107. Topics in Comparative Politics (3) (S) (P: 12 s.h. in comparative government or politics or consent
of instructor)
POLS 4360. Politics of Developing Areas (3) (F) (FC:SO)
POLS 4380. Topics in International Politics (3) (F) (P: POLS 2020 or consent of instructor)
POLS 4382. Politics of Terrorism (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 4383. War in the Modern Age (3) (F)
POLS 4384. Inter-American Relations (3) (SOY) (FC:SO)
PoliticalTheory,Methods,andSkills(9s.h.):
POLS 3031. Research Design for Political Science (3) (F)
POLS 3032. Statistical Methods for Political Science (3) (S) (RP: POLS 3031)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
POLS 2070. Introduction to Political Theory (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3042. American Politics Through Music (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 3050. The Theory and Politics of Social and Protest Movements in the United States (3) (S) (FC:SO)
PublicAdministrationandPublicPolicy(9s.h.):
Choose 3 s.h. from:
POLS 3252. Public Administration (3) (SS) (FC:SO)
POLS 3255. Domestic Public Policy (3) (S)
Choose 6 s.h. from:
POLS 3041. Women and Public Policy (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3242. Municipal Policy and Administration (3) (F)
POLS 3252. Public Administration (3) (SS) (FC:SO)
POLS 3253. Government Fiscal Administration (3) (S) (RP: POLS 1010)
POLS 3255. Domestic Public Policy (3) (S)
POLS 3256. Environmental Politics (3) (F)
POLS 3257. International Environmental Policy (3) (S)
POLS 4310. Public Policy and the Media (3) (S) (FC:SO)
Electives in Political Science (15 s.h.)
Choose 15 s. h. from any of the elds above and from the following:
POLS 3011. Political Issues (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 3012. Politics Through Film (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3013. Decision Making in the United Nations (3) (F) (FC:SO)
POLS 3080. Security and Weapons of Mass Destruction (3) (S)
Independent Study, Directed Readings, Internships, and Honors:
Choose a maximum of 6 s.h. from one of the following course groups:
POLS 4501, 4502. Independent Study in Political Science (1,2) (WI, WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of dept chair)
POLS 4521, 4522. Directed Readings in Political Science (1,2) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of dept chair)
POLS 4981, 4982. Internship in Practical Politics (1,2) (F,S,SS)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
154
POLS 4991, 4992. Internship in Public Administration (1,2) (F,S,SS)
(only 3 hours of internships will count toward degree; see dept. chair for possible waiver to 6 hours)
Or choose a maximum of 6 s.h. of honors from:
POLS 4551. Honors (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (Open to POLS majors who have been invited to participate in the Honors
Program)
POLS 4552. Honors (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (Open only to POLS majors who have a minimum grade of B in POLS 4551)
3. Cognates (Choose from the following.) ..................................................................................... 3 s.h.
ENGL 3820. Scientic Writing (3) (WI) (F,S) or ENGL 3880. Writing for Business and Industry (3) (F,S,SS)
4. Minor ..............................................................................................................................................24 s.h.
Communication; computer science; management information systems; economics; ethnic studies; geography; history;
industrial technology; information processing; international studies; recreation and leisure studies; military science;
planning; psychology; public history; sociology; statistics; women’s studies; or any other appropriate minor with
consent of the dept chair.
Public Administration Minor
Minimum requirement for public administration minor is 24 s.h. credit. Courses counted toward this minor may not count
toward the requirements for a major in political science.
1. Core .................................................................................................................................................. 9s.h.
MATH 2228. Elementary Statistical Methods I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent) or ENGL 3880. Writing for
Business and Industry (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS) (Formerly DSCI 2223)
POLS 3252. Public Administration (FC:SO)
2. Electives (Choose from the following.) ...................................................................................15 s.h.
GEOG 2410. Fundamentals of GIS (3)
GEOG 3430. Geographic Information Systems I (3) (F,S) (P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent)
PLAN 3032. Planning Legislation and Administration (3) (WI) (S)
PLAN 3051. Introduction to GIS in Planning (3) (F)
POLS 3031. Research Design for Political Science (3) (F)
POLS 3041. Women and Public Policy (3) (FC:SO) (P: POLS 1010 or consent of instructor)
POLS 3240. State and Local Government (3) (FC:SO) (P: POLS 1010 or consent of instructor)
POLS 3241. Urban Political Systems (3) (S)
POLS 3242. Municipal Policy and Administration (3)
POLS 3253. Government Fiscal Administration (3) (S) (RP: POLS 1010)
POLS 3255. Domestic Public Policy (3) (S)
POLS 3256. Environmental Politics (3) (F)
POLS 3257. International Environmental Policy (3) (S)
POLS 4310. Public Policy and the Media (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 4991. Internship in Public Administration (1) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
POLS 4992. Internship in Public Administration (2) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
PSYC 3241. Personnel and Industrial Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
Political Science Minor
Minimum requirement for political science minor is 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core .................................................................................................................................................. 9s.h.
POLS 1010. National Government (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
POLS 2010. Introduction to Comparative Government and Politics (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
POLS 2020. Introduction to International Relations (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Choose from the following ........................................................................................................... 3 s.h.
POLS 2070. Introduction to Political Theory (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3031. Research Design for Political Science (3) (F)
DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
155
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
POLS 3042. American Politics Through Music (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 3050. The Theory and Politics of Social and Protest Movements in the United States (3) (S) (FC:SO)
3. POLSelectivesabove2999 ........................................................................................................12 s.h.
Comparative Government and International Relations Minor
Minimum requirement for comparative government and international relations minor is 24 s.h. of credit. Courses counted
toward this minor may not count toward the requirements for a major in political science.
1. Core .................................................................................................................................................. 6 s.h.
POLS 2010. Introduction to Comparative Government and Politics (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
POLS 2020. Introduction to International Relations (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Electives (Choose from the following.) ....................................................................................18 s.h.
POLS 3013 Decision Making in the United Nations (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 3140. Politics of Globalization (3)
POLS 3144. American Foreign Policy (3) (S) (RP: POLS 2020)
POLS 3155. National Security Policy (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3232. The European Union (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 3234. West European Political Systems (3) (F) (FC:SO)
POLS 3235. East European Political Systems (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3236. Russian Politics (3) (F) (FC:SO)
POLS 3257. International Environmental Policy (3) (S)
POLS 3260. Middle Eastern Political Systems (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 3265. African Political Systems (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3270. Latin-American Political Systems (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3291. Politics of Genocide in the Twentieth Century (3) (SS)
POLS 3282. East Asian Political Systems (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 3290. Conict and Peace in the Post-Cold War Era (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 3293. International Organizations (3)
POLS 3295. International Law (3) (P: POLS 2020 or consent of instructor)
POLS 3297. International Political Economy (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 4107. Topics in Comparative Politics (3) (S) (P: 12 s.h. in comparative government and politics courses or
consent of instructor)
POLS 4360. Politics of Developing Areas (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 4380. Topics in International Politics (3) (F) (P: POLS 2020 or consent of instructor)
POLS 4382. Politics of Terrorism (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 4383. War in the Modern Age (3)
POLS 4384. Inter-American Relations (3) (SOY) (FC:SO)
Political Science Honors Program
Participation in the honors program is by invitation only and is limited to seniors who have obtained a minimum cumulative
3.5 GPA. A minimum grade of B on POLS 4551 is a prerequisite for admission to POLS 4552. Students completing both
segments of the program with a minimum grade of B earn the recognition honors in political science on their academic
records and are regarded as the most accomplished scholars among all political science majors.
156
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
Kathleen A. Row, Chairperson, 104 Rawl Building
BA in Psychology
In order to declare a major in psychology, an undergraduate must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 and at least a grade
of “C” in PSYC 1000 or 1060. A faculty advisor will be assigned to each student to aid in planning an overall program. A student
desiring to minor in psychology should consult the major department faculty advisor or the director of undergraduate studies
of the Department of Psychology to determine the most appropriate sequence of courses for the minor. Undergraduate
students majoring in psychology are encouraged to minor in biology, business, chemistry, child development and family relations,
mathematics, philosophy, or sociology or to take a composite minor approved by the faculty advisor and chairperson. Minimum
degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (For information about courses that carry foundations curriculum
credit see Liberal Arts Foundations Curriculum), including those listed below.............42 s.h.
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or MATH
1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA)
2. Foreign language through level 1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................35 s.h.
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or PSYC 1060. Honors Introduction to Psychology (3)
(F,S) (FC:SO) Minimum grade of “C” required.
PSYC 2101. Psychological Statistics (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: MATH 1065 or MATH 1066)
PSYC 2210. Research Methods in Psychology (4) (WI) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: MATH 1065 or MATH 1066; PSYC 2101)
Choose one from Learning & Cognition Group:
PSYC 3225. Psychology of Learning (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060) or PSYC 3226. Cognitive
Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060) (May receive psychology major or minor credit for
one of PSYC 2201, 3206) or PSYC 4333. Learning Theories and Applications (3) (F,S) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
Choose one from Biological Bases Group:
PSYC 3310. Introduction to Neuroscience (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060) or PSYC 3311.
Neuropsychology (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060) or PSYC 3312. Sensation and Perception (3)
(F,S) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
Choose two from General Course Group:
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 3221. Social Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 3300. Psychology of Personality (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 4375. Abnormal Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 5325. Introduction to Psychological Testing (3) (P: A statistics course; PSYC 1000 or 1060)
Choose one from Capstone Group:
PSYC 4000. Advanced General Psychology (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: PSYC major; PSYC 2210; two courses from the
learning and cognition, biological bases, or general course groups)
PSYC 4250. Advanced Seminar (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC major; PSYC 2210; 2 courses from the learning and
cognition, biological bases, or general course groups)
PSYC 4280. History of Psychology (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: PSYC major; PSYC 2210; two courses from the learning and
cognition, biological bases, or general course groups)
PSYC 4402. Senior Thesis/Project (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: PSYC major; PSYC 4401; two courses from the learning
and cognition, biological bases, or general course groups; GPA above 3.00 overall and in Psychology)
PSYC 4602. Senior Honors Thesis (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: PSYC major; PSYC 4601 with a minimum grade of B;
2 courses from the learning and cognition, biological bases, or general course groups; GPA above 3.5 overall
and in Psychology)
Choose 9 s.h. of electives from any psychology course below 6000.
4. Minor ........................................................................................................................................24-30 s.h.
5. General electives to complete requirements for graduation.
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
157
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Psychology Minor
A minimum grade of “C” in PSYC 1000 or 1060 is required to declare a minor. Minimum requirement for psychology minor
is 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................15 s.h.
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or PSYC 1060. Honors Introduction to Psychology (3)
(FC:SO)
PSYC 3225. Psychology of Learning (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060) or PSYC 3226. Cognitive
Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060) or PSYC 4333. Learning Theories and Applications (3)
(F,S) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 3310. Introduction to Neuroscience (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060) or PSYC 3311.
Neuropsychology (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060) or PSYC 3312. Sensation and Perception (3) (F,S)
(P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
Choose two from:
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060) (May receive
psychology major or minor credit for one of PSYC 2201, 3206)
PSYC 3221. Social Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 3300. Psychology of Personality (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 4375. Abnormal Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 5325. Introduction to Psychological Testing (3) (P: Statistics course; PSYC 1000 or 1060)
2. PSYC electives ................................................................................................................................ 9s.h.
Psychology Honors Program
Students are qualied for the psychology honors program if they have completed at least 24 semester hours and have a
cumulative and psychology GPA of at least 3.3. Students are then eligible to take honors sections of psychology courses. To
qualify to graduate with honors in psychology, students must have an overall and psychology GPA of 3.5. They must complete
PSYC 4601 and 4602 with a grade of at least B and must do a public presentation of their thesis research.
BA Psychology/Master of Arts in Teaching in Elementary Education
This provides an opportunity for students to earn a Bachelor of Arts (BA) degree in psychology through the Harriot College
of Arts and Sciences along with a Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT) degree and teacher certication in elementary education
through the College of Education. Students can complete the BA/MAT in ve years or less. Students who are completing
the BA degree over four years may make an application to the program during their junior year or the fall semester of the
senior year. Students who are seeking admission to the program while completing the accelerated three-year BA program in
psychology should apply when they complete approximately 75 hours of coursework. Interested students should consult the
ECU Graduate catalog and the MAT program coordinator in the College of Education for more information.
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY
Leon Wilson, Chairperson, A-415 Brewster Building
BA in Sociology
Credit toward the sociology major will not be given in any SOCI course with a grade of less than C. Minimum degree
requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ............................................................................................42 s.h.
2. Foreign language through level 1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................15 s.h.
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS)
SOCI 3213. Methods of Research (3) (F,S) (P: SOCI 2110)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
158
SOCI 3216. Introduction to Social Statistics (3) (F,S) (P for SOCI major: SOCI 3213; P for all other students:
MATH 3228 or equivalent approved by the instructor or PSYC 2101 or SOCI 3213)
SOCI 4385. Theoretical Perspectives and Applications (3) (WI) (P: SOCI 2110; or consent of instructor)
SOCI 4800. Senior Seminar (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: SOCI major; SOCI 3216; 3385 or 4385)
4. SOCI electives ..............................................................................................................................18 s.h.
5. Minor and electives to complete requirements for graduation.
BS in Applied Sociology
Credit toward the sociology major will not be given in any SOCI course with a grade of less than C. Minimum degree
requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ........................................ 42 s.h.
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
PHIL 1180. Introduction to Critical Reasoning (3) (WI*) (S) (FC:HU) or PHIL 2261. Introduction to Philosophy of
Science (3) (FC:HU)
2. Common core ...............................................................................................................................36 s.h.
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS)
SOCI 2111. Modern Social Problems (3) (F,S,SS) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 3213. Methods of Research (3) (F,S) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 3216. Introduction to Social Statistics (3) (F,S) (P for SOCI major: SOCI 3213; P for all other students:
MATH 3228 or equivalent approved by the instructor or PSYC 2101 or SOCI 3213)
SOCI 4385. Theoretical Perspectives and Applications (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 4500. Work and Organizations (3) (S) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 4800. Senior Seminar (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: SOCI major; SOCI 3216; 3385 or 4385)
Choose 15 s.h. of SOCI electives
3. Minor or concentration area .....................................................................................................24 s.h.
Students may elect to take a minor in another discipline or one of the four areas of concentration listed below. The
minor or area of concentration is to be a program of study appropriate for applied sociology and the long-term
objectives of the student. A course cannot simultaneously count for the area of concentration and for the required
sociology courses.
Applied Social Research:
SOCI 4200. Advanced Techniques in Quantitative Sociology (3) (P: MIS 2223; SOCI 3213)
SOCI 4201. Advanced Techniques in Applied Research (3) (P: SOCI 3216)
Choose one from:
SOCI 3215. Introduction to Qualitative Sociology (3) (P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor)
SOCI 4202. Special Topics in Applied Social Research (3) (P: SOCI 2110; a statistics or research design course)
SOCI 4950. Practicum in Sociology (3) (F,S) (P: SOCI major; 27 s.h. in SOCI with a minimum grade of C in each
course; consent of dept chair, practicum coordinator, and faculty member who will supervise the practicum)
Choose 15 s.h., including at least two disciplines other than sociology from:
ANTH 3050. Ethnographic Field Methods (3) (S) (P: ANTH 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
COMM 2030. Communication Research (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
COMM 1001, 1002)
COMM 3110. Persuasion Theories (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002)
COMM 3180. Intercultural Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
COMM 1001, 1002)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS)
ECON 2133. Principles of Macroeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113)
GEOG 2003. Geography of the Global Economy (3) (F,S)
GEOG 3430. Geographic Information Systems I (3) (F,S) (P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent)
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
159
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
MKTG 3832. Marketing Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113)
MKTG 4662. Marketing Research (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: MKTG 3832; MATH 2283)
MKTG 4732. Consumer Behavior (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MKTG 3832)
PLAN 3021. Introduction to Planning Techniques (3) (F)
PLAN 3022. History and Theory of Planning (3) (WI*) (F,S)
PLAN 5025. Coastal Area Planning and Management (3) (P: Consent of instructor)
POLS 3242. Municipal Policy and Administration (3)
POLS 3252. Public Administration (3) (F)
POLS 3253. Government Fiscal Administration (3) (S) (RP: POLS 1010)
POLS 3255. Domestic Public Policy (3) (S)
PSYC 3241. Personnel and Industrial Psychology (3) (F,S,SS)
PSYC 5343. Psychology of Organizational Behavior (3) (P: Graduate standing; PSYC 3241; or consent of
instructor)
SOCI 3235. Population Trends and Problems (3) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 3410. Introduction to Maritime Sociology (3) (P: ANTH 1000 or SOCI 2110)
SOCI 5500. Seminar in Population (3) (P: SOCI 2110; consent of instructor)
Law and Society:
SOCI 4320. Sociology of Law (3) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 4322. Law and Social Change (3) (P: SOCI 2110)
Choose 18 s.h., including at least two disciplines other than sociology from:
ECON 3030. Antitrust and Regulation (3) (WI*) (F) (P: ECON 2113)
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
FINA 3244. Commercial Law (3) (F,S) (P: FINA 2244 or consent of instructor)
JUST 1000. The Criminal Justice System (3) (F,S,SS)
JUST 3500. Principles of Criminal Law (3) (F,S) (P: JUST 1000, 2000)
PHIL 1175. Introduction to Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS)
PHIL 1180. Introduction to Critical Reasoning (3) (WI*) (S)
PHIL 1500. Introduction to Logic (3) (F,S,SS)
PHIL 2275. Professional Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS)
PHIL 2282. Philosophy of Law (3) (F,S) (P: PHIL 1175, 2275)
POLS 3204. The American Judiciary (3) (F) (P: POLS 1010 or consent of instructor)
POLS 3223. Constitutional Powers (3) (S) (P: POLS 1010 or consent of instructor)
POLS 3224. Civil Liberties (3) (P: POLS 1010 or consent of instructor)
POLS 3252. Public Administration (3) (F)
SOCI 4330. Criminology (3) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 4950. Practicum in Sociology (3) (F,S) (P: SOCI major; 27 s.h. in SOCI with a minimum grade of C in each
course; consent of dept chair, practicum coordinator, and faculty member who will supervise the practicum)
SOCI 5300. Seminar in Juvenile Delinquency (3) (P: SOCI 2110; consent of instructor)
SOCW 4305. Social Work Policy III (3) (Formerly SOCW 3302) (P: SOC W 3301, 3305; C: SOCW 4102,
4203)
Marriage and Family:
SOCI 4325. Marriage and the Family (3) (F,S,SS) (P: SOCI 2110)
Choose 21 s.h. including at least two disciplines other than sociology from:
ANTH 3200. Women’s Roles in Cross-Cultural Perspective (3) (EY) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or
consent of instructor)
CDFR 2000. Child Development I – Prenatal Through Early Childhood (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 3002. Child in the Family (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 4303. Families and Cultural Diversity (3) (F,S) (P: CDFR 1103)
CDFR 4313. Trends and Issues in Family Studies (3) (F,SS) (P: CDFR 1103)
COMM 4130. Conict and Communication (3) (P: COMM 1001, 1002)
COMM 4135. Gender and Communication (3) (F) (P: COMM 1001, 1002; or WOST 2000 or 2400)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
160
GERO 2400. Introduction to Gerontology (3)
HIST 3140. Women in American History (3) (F,S)
PSYC 2201. Psychology of Childhood (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060 or equivalent)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
SOCI 3235. Population Trends and Problems (3) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 3325. Sociology of Human Sexuality (3) (F) (P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor)
SOCI 4950. Practicum in Sociology (3) (F,S) (P: SOCI major; 27 s.h. in SOCI with a minimum grade of C in each
course; consent of dept chair, practicum coordinator, and faculty member who will supervise the practicum)
SOCI 5335. Sociology of Marriage Problems (3) (P: SOCI 2110; consent of instructor)
SOCI 5400. Seminar in Gender Roles (3) (P: SOCI 2110; consent of instructor)
SOCI 5600. Seminar in Aging (3) (P: SOCI 2110; consent of instructor)
SOCI 5800. Seminar in the Family (3) (P: SOCI 2110; consent of instructor)
SOCW 2400. Introduction to Gerontology (3) (F,S)
SOCW 4501. Crisis Intervention (3)
Social Diversity:
Choose 6 s.h. from:
SOCI 3400. Introduction to Gender and Society (3) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 4345. Race and Cultural Minorities (3) (S) (P: SOCI 2110 or ANTH 1000)
SOCI 4347. Social Inequality (3) (F) (P: SOCI 2110 or ANTH 1000)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
SOCI 3100. Sociology of Aging (3) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 3325. Sociology of Human Sexuality (3) (F) (P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor)
SOCI 4341. Sociology of Religion (3) (S) (P: SOCI 2110)
Choose 15 s.h. electives, including at least two disciplines other than sociology from the following. Any of the six
courses listed above under social diversity that are not used to fulll those hours may be used as electives.
ANTH 3002. Cultures of East Asia (3) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3003. Cultures of Africa (3) (OY) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3004. Cultures of the South Pacic (3) (EY) ( P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3005. North American Indians (3) (EY) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3016. Cultures of the Caribbean (3) (S) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3017. Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala (3) (OY) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent
of instructor)
ANTH 3018. Cultures of South and Central America (3) (EY) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent
of instructor)
ANTH 3200. Women’s Roles in Cross-Cultural Perspective (3) (EY) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or
consent of instructor)
ETHN 2002. Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3)
GEOG 4320. Gender, Economy and Development (3) (S) (P: consent of instructor)
GERO 2400. Introduction to Gerontology (3)
GERO 5400. Seminar in Aging Studies (3) (P: consent of instructor)
INTL 1000. Introduction to International Studies (3) (F,SS)
INTL 2003. Introduction to Chinese Culture (3) (P: ENGL 1200)
INTL 2004. Introduction to Japanese Cultures (3)
POLS 3039. Black Politics in America (3)
POLS 3040. Women in Politics (3) (S)
POLS 3041. Women and Public Policy (3) (S)
PSYC 2777. Ethno-cultural Psychology (3) (FC:SO) (Formerly PSYC 3777) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 4335. Psychology of Women (3) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
SOCI 3500. Economy and Society (3) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 3600. Power and Politics in Society (3) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 5100. Social Inequality (3) (P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor)
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
161
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SOCI 5400. Gender Roles (3) (P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor)
WOST 2400. Introduction to Women’s Studies (3) (FC:SO)
WOST 4200. Feminist Theory (3) (WI) (F) (P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400)
4. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 6 s.h.
ENGL 3810. Advanced Composition (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200) or ENGL 3820. Scientic Writing (3) (WI) (F,S)
(P: ENGL 1200) or ENGL 3880. Writing for Business and Industry (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
5. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
Sociology Minor
Minimum requirement for sociology minor is 24 s.h. credit as follows:
1. Core .................................................................................................................................................. 6 s.h.
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
SOCI 4337. Principles of Sociology (3) (S)
2. SOCI electives ..............................................................................................................................18 s.h.
Sociology minors are encouraged to consult with the Department of Sociology when registering for SOCI electives.
Sociology Honors Program
The honors program in sociology is designed for outstanding sociology majors who wish additional challenge and recognition in
pursuing scholarly or service work in an area of sociology. Students in the program enroll in SOCI 4550, 4551 in consecutive
semesters. In consultation with the student, the departmental chairperson will appoint a faculty advisor and two faculty
reviewers to comprise an honors committee that will approve, supervise, and evaluate the work of the student. Under the
guidance of this committee, the student will undertake extensive reading, research, or service activities resulting in the writing
of an honors paper. The honors paper will be presented to, and orally defended before, the honors committee. To qualify
for the program, a student must be a senior, have the approval of the dept chair, and have a minimum cumulative and major
3.5 GPA.
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
162
Stephen W. Thomas, Dean, 3206H Health Sciences Building
Admission
Admission to the university does not guarantee admission to the College of Allied Health Sciences. Students applying for
admission to the professional programs of this school must have completed the application process as specied by the
departments prior to the date set by the respective departments. Inquiries should be directed to the chairperson of the
individual departments, College of Allied Health Sciences.
Curricula
The College of Allied Health Sciences offers BS degree programs in clinical laboratory science, health information management,
health services management, rehabilitation services, and speech and hearing sciences; minors in alcohol and drug studies,
clinical microbiology, clinical chemistry and hematiology, hematology and immunohematology (blood bank), clinical laboratory
science generalist, speech and hearing sciences, and health informatics; MS program in rehabilitation counseling, occupational
therapy, vocational evaluation, speech-language and auditory pathology, substance abuse counseling, and physician assistant
studies; a DPT in physical therapy; a PhD in communication sciences and disorders, and a PhD in rehabilitation counseling
and administration. (See graduate catalog for graduate degrees.)
DEPARTMENT OF BIOSTATISTICS
Paul W. Vos, Chairperson, 2435C Health Sciences Building
The Department of Biostatistics does not offer an undergraduate degree but teaches undergraduate and graduate courses
in statistics that are an integral part of other degree programs offered at ECU.
DEPARTMENT OF CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE
Kathleen M. Schulman, Acting Chair, 3410E Health Sciences Building
BS in Clinical Laboratory Science
A minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA in biology and chemistry courses is required for admission into the professional phase of the
curriculum. Majors must maintain a minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA in all clinical laboratory science (CLSC) courses during the
professional phase of the curriculum. A student earning a D in any of the CLSC courses must petition the Department of
Clinical Laboratory Science for probationary continuation. Minimum degree requirement is 131 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................ 42 s.h.
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150: CHEM
1151; C for 1151: CHEM 1150)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for
1160: CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
Recommended:
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 2101. Psychological Statistics (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: MATH 1065 or MATH 1066)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................67 s.h.
CLSC 3410. Hematology I (3) (F) (P: CLSC major)
CLSC 3411. Hematology I Laboratory (1) (F) (P: CLSC major; C: CLSC 3410)
CLSC 3420. Hematology II (3) (S) (P: CLSC major; CLSC 3410, 3411; or consent of instructor)
CLSC 3421. Hematology II Laboratory (1) (S) (P: CLSC major; CLSC 3410, 3411; or consent of instructor)
CLSC 3430. Clinical Immunology (2) (F) (P: Consent of instructor)
CLSC 3440, 3441. Clinical Microscopy and Serology Lecture and Laboratory (2,1) (SS) (P: CLSC 3430)
CLSC 4210, 4211. Immunohematology Lecture and Laboratory (3,1) (SS) (P: CLSC 3430; consent of instructor)
COLLEGE OF ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
163
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
CLSC 4430, 4431. Clinical Chemistry I (2,1) (F) (P: 4 courses in CHEM; PSYC 2101 or other statistics course; P for
nonmajor: consent of instructor)
CLSC 4440, 4441 Clinical Chemistry II (4,2) (S) (P: CLSC 4430, 4431; P for nonmajor: consent of instructor)
CLSC 4460, 4461. Clinical Microbiology I (4,2) (F) (P: BIOL 2110, 2111; or 3220, 3221; or consent of instructor)
CLSC 4470, 4471. Clinical Microbiology II (3,2) (S) (P: CLSC 4460, 4461; or consent of instructor)
CLSC 4480, 4481. Clinical Microbiology III (2,1) (SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
CLSC 4491. Molecular Diagnostics in Clinical Laboratory Science I (1) (F) (P: Consent of instructor)
CLSC 4492. Molecular Diagnostics in Clinical Laboratory Science II (1) (S) (P: CLSC 4491; consent of instructor)
CLSC 4801. Professional Practice Issues I (3) (WI) (F) (3 lecture hours per week) (P: CLSC major)
CLSC 4802. Professional Practice Issues II (4) (S) (4 lecture hours per week) (P: CLSC major)
CLSC 4803. Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Information Systems (2) (S) (P: CLSC major or consent of instructor)
** CLSC 4992. Clinical Education–Hematology, Coagulation, Urinalysis (4) (F,S) (P: CLSC 3420, 3421)
** CLSC 4993. Clinical Education–Chemistry (4) (F,S) (P: CLSC 4440, 4441)
** CLSC 4994. Clinical Education–Blood Bank and Serology (4) (F,S) (P: CLSC 4210, 4211)
** CLSC 4997. Clinical Education–Microbiology (4) (F,S) (P: CLSC 4470, 4471)
3. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................22 s.h.
BIOL 1100, 1101. Principles of Biology and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1101: BIOL 1100)
BIOL 2110, 2111. Fundamentals of Microbiology and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S) (FC:SC) (P for 2110: CHEM 1120, 1130
or CHEM 1150, 1160; RP for 2110; BIOL 1050, 1051 or 1100, 1101; P/C for 2111: BIOL 2110)
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
CHEM 2250, 2251. Quantitative and Instrumental Analysis (3,2) (WI) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; CHEM 2650 or
2750)
CHEM 2650. Organic Chemistry for the Life Sciences (4) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161)
CHEM 2651. Organic Chemistry Lab for the Life Sciences (1) (F,S) (C: CHEM 2650)
*Students must complete CLSC 4801, 4802 to satisfy the 3 s.h. requirement of writing intensive courses in the major.
**Afliated hospitals for CLSC 4992, 4993, 4994, 4997 include Cape Fear Valley Medical Center, Fayetteville; CarolinaEast
Medical Center, New Bern; Lenoir Memorial Hospital, Kinston; Nash Health Care System, Rocky Mount; Pitt County Memorial
Hospital, Greenville; Wayne Memorial Hospital, Goldsboro; Wilson Medical Center, Wilson; and Federal Medical Center at the
Federal Correction Complex, Butner, NC.
CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE MINORS
The Department of Clinical Laboratory Science offers four minors in specic disciplines within the eld of clinical laboratory
science. Contact the Department of Clinical Laboratory Science for advice on choosing an appropriate minor for your career
goals. The clinical microbiology, clinical chemistry and hematology, and the hematology and immunohematology minors carry
national certication eligibility and employment options within large hospital and reference laboratories, while the clinical
laboratory science generalist minor does not provide certication eligibility or employment options but is intended to provide
pre-medical students with a knowledge base in the use of laboratory tests for patient diagnosis and disease management. All
minors except the clinical laboratory science generalist minor require formal admission by the department. As student laboratory
space is limited, minors are admitted after CLSC majors (see CLSC website for details). Any student pursuing a minor in the
department, must meet all foundation curriculum and cognate course requirements as required for CLSC majors.
Clinical Chemistry and Hematology Minor
A minor in clinical chemistry and hematology requires 30 s.h. as follows:
CLSC 3410, 3411. Hematology I Lecture and Laboratory (3,1)) (F)
CLSC 3420, 3421. Hematology II Lecture and Laboratory (3,1) (S) (P: CLSC 3410, 3411)
CLSC 3430. Clinical Immunology (2) (F) (P: Consent of instructor)
CLSC 3440, 3441. Clinical Microscopy and Serology Lecture and Laboratory (2,1) (SS) (P: CLSC 3430)
CLSC 4430, 4431. Clinical Chemistry I Lecture and Laboratory (2,1) (F) (P: 4 CHEM courses; 1 statistics course;
consent of instructor)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
164
CLSC 4440, 4441. Clinical Chemistry II Lecture and Laboratory (4,2) (S) (P: CLSC 4430, 4431; or consent
of instructor)
CLSC 4992. Clinical Education-Hematology, Coagulation, Urinalysis (4) (F, S) (P: CLSC 3420, 3421; consent
of instructor)
CLSC 4993. Clinical Education-Chemistry (4) (F,S)(P: CLSC 4440, 4441)
Clinical Laboratory Science Generalist Minor
A minor in clinical laboratory science generalist requires 24 s.h. as follows:
CLSC 3430. Clinical Immunology (2) (F) (P: Consent of instructor)
22 s.h. of CLSC lecture or independent study courses chosen from:
CLSC 3410, 3420, 4001, 4002, 4003, 4430, 4440, 4460, 4470, 4480, 4500, 4803
Clinical Microbiology Minor
A minor in clinical microbiology requires 27 s.h. as follows:
CLSC 3430. Clinical Immunology (2) (F) (P: Consent of instructor)
CLSC 3440, 3441. Clinical Microscopy and Serology Lecture and Laboratory (2,1) (SS) (P: CLSC 3430)
CLSC 4460, 4461. Clinical Microbiology I (4, 2) (F) (P: BIOL 2110, 2111; or 3220, 3221)
CLSC 4470, 4770. Clinical Microbiology II (3,2) (S) (P:CLSC 4460, 4461; or consent of instructor)
CLSC 4480, 4481. Clinical Microbiology III (2,1) (SS) (P: CLSC 4470, 4471, or consent of instructor)
CLSC 4491. Molecular Diagnostics in Clinical Laboratory Science I (1) (F) (P: Consent of instructor)
CLSC 4492. Molecular Diagnostics in Clinical Laboratory Science II (1) (S)
CLSC 4803. Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Information Systems (2) (S) (P: CLSC major or consent of instructor)
CLSC 4997. Clinical Education-Microbiology (4) (F,S) (P: CLSC 4470, 4471; consent of instructor)
Hematology and Immunohematology Minor
A minor in hematology and immnunohematology requires 27 s.h. as follows:
CLSC 3410, 3411. Hematology I Lecture and Laboratory (3,1) (F)
CLSC 3420, 3421. Hematology II Lecture and Laboratory (3,1) (S) (P: CLSC 3410, 3411)
CLSC 3430. Clinical Immunology (2) (F) (P: Consent of instructor)
CLSC 3440, 3441. Clinical Microscopy and Serology Lecture and Laboratory (2,1) (SS) (P: CLSC 3430)
CLSC 4210, 4211. Immunohematology Lecture and Laboratory (3,1) (SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
CLSC 4803. Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Information Systems (2) (S) (P: CLSC major or consent of instructor)
CLSC 4992. Clinical Education-Hematology, Coagulation, Urinalysis (4) (F,S) (P: CLSC 3420, 3421; consent
of instructor)
CLSC 4994. Clinical Education-Blood Bank and Serology (4) (F,S) (P: CLSC 4210, 4211; consent of instructor)
COLLEGE OF ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
165
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION SCIENCES AND DISORDERS
Gregg D. Givens, Chairperson, 3310-W Health Sciences Building
BS in Speech and Hearing Sciences
The undergraduate program emphasizes the normal processes of speech, hearing, and language and allows the student to
explore other academic areas of interest. Since the master’s degree is the minimum level of preparation for persons seeking
professional careers in this eld, the BS degree does not qualify the student to work professionally but is designed to prepare
the student for graduate studies. Admission to the university does not assure admission to the program. Students are initially
admitted to the General College. In order to be considered for admission to the program, the student must have a minimum
cumulative 3.0 GPA, must have completed CSDI 2100 with a minimum grade of B, and be interviewed prior to formal
admission into the program. These requirements are generally completed by the end of spring semester of the sophomore
year. Majors must maintain a cumulative 3.0 GPA for all required CSDI courses. A major earning a D in any CSDI course
must petition the Department of Communication Sciences and Disorders for probationary continuation and will be required
to repeat the course. Minimum degree requirement is 121 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................. 42 s.h.
BIOL 1050. General Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 1051. General Biology Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PHYS 1050. Physics and the Environment (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................30 s.h.
CSDI 2100. Introduction to Communication Disorders (3) (F,S,SS)
CSDI 3010. Phonetics (3) (F) (P: CSDI major or minor; CSDI 2100; PSYC 1000; or consent of instructor)
CSDI 3020. Language Development (3) (F) (P: CSDI major or minor; CSDI 2100; PSYC 1000; or consent of
instructor)
CSDI 3030. Speech Science: Anatomy, Physiology, and Acoustics (3) (F) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; CSDI 2100; or consent
of instructor)
CSDI 3050. Acquisition and Development of Phonology and Articulation (3) (S) (P: CSDI 3010, 3030; or consent
of instructor)
CSDI 3105. Hearing Science (3) (F) (P: CSDI 3030; PHYS 1050; or consent of instructor)
CSDI 4100. Introduction to Audiology (3) (S) (P: CSDI 3030 or consent of instructor)
CSDI 4110. Aural Rehabilitation (3) (S) (P: CSDI 4100 or consent of instructor)
CSDI 4335. Apprenticeship (3) (WI) (S) (P: CSDI major; consent of dept director of undergraduate studies; minimum
of 25 hours of observation of treatment as administered or supervised by ASHA certied speech-language
pathologist/audiologist; CSDI 3020, 4100, 5010)
CSDI 5010. Procedures in Clinical Management (3) (F) (P: CSDI major; CSDI 3020, 3050, 3105; or consent of
instructor)
3. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 8 s.h.
BIOS 1500. Introduction to Biostatistics (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent or consent of instructor)
ENGL 3760. Linguistic Theory for Speech and Hearing Clinicians (3) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
SPED 2000. Introduction to Exceptional Children (2) (F,S,SS)
4. Minor or electives to complete requirements for graduation.
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
166
Speech and Hearing Sciences Minor
A minor in speech and hearing sciences is designed to provide the student with an overview of the nature of human
communication, including its origin, development, and processes. The student must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.75
and permission of the director of undergraduate studies of the Department of Communication Sciences and Disorders to
minor.
The minor requires 24 s.h. as follows:
CSDI 2100. Introduction to Communication Disorders (3) (F,S)
CSDI 3010. Phonetics (3) (F)
CSDI 3020. Language Development (3) (F)
CSDI 3030. Speech Science: Anatomy, Physiology, and Acoustics (3) (F)
CSDI 3050. Acquisition and Development of Phonology and Articulation (3) (S)
CSDI 3105. Hearing Science (3) (F)
CSDI 4100. Introduction to Audiology (3) (S)
CSDI 4110. Aural Rehabilitation (3) (S)
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SERVICES AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT
Xiaoming Zeng, Chairperson, 4340-D Health Sciences Building
BS in Health Information Management
NOTE: Due to projected changes in the certication requirements of the Council on Certication of the American Health
Information Management Association, this bachelor’s program will be discontinued. The last semester for matriculation of
part-time students into the program is Fall 2010. The last semester for matriculation of full-time students into the program is
Fall 2011. Students should plan to complete this bachelor of science in health information management by May 2015.
A minimum 2.5 GPA is required for admission to the professional phase (junior and senior levels) of the health information
management curriculum. See health information management admission packet for specic admission information. Majors
must earn a minimum grade of C in all foundations, cognate and core courses before progressing on to subsequent courses
in the HIMA curriculum. A student earning a D in any of these courses must petition the Department of Health Services and
Information Management for probationary continuation and may be required to repeat the course. Three D or F grades will
result in dismissal from the HIMA program. Appeals of dismissals must be made in writing to the Student Affairs Committee
of the Department of Health Services and Information Management. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as
follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................. 42 s.h.
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or BIOL 1100, 1101)
BIOL 2131. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: BIOL 2130)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
Recommended:
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................73 s.h.
HIMA 3000. Medical Terminology for Health Professionals (3) (F, S, SS)
HIMA 3032. Record Documentation Systems (3) (S) (P: HIMA major; HIMA 3120)
HIMA 3113. Applied Medical Sciences I (3) (F) (P: BIOL 2130, 2131; HIMA major; HSMA major; or consent
of instructor)
HIMA 3118. Applied Medical Sciences II (3) (S) (P: HIMA 3113)
HIMA 3120. Health Care Delivery Systems (3) (F) (P: HSMA 2000; P/C: HSMA 3030)
HIMA 3142. Diagnostic and Procedural Coding (3) (S, SS) (P/C: HIMA major; BIOL 2130, 2131; HIMA 3118)
HIMA 3148. Health Service Coding (3) (F) (P: HIMA 3120, 3142)
HIMA 4030. Quality Management in Health Care (3) (S) (P: HIMA 3113, 3120, or consent of instructor)
COLLEGE OF ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
167
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
HIMA 4075. Applied Health Services Research (3) (WI) (F) (P: BIOS 1500; HIMA 3120)
HIMA 4081. Directed Independent Project (1) (F,S,SS) (P: HIMA major; consent of instructor)
HIMA 4138. Health Data Structures (3) (S) (P: HIMA 3120)
HIMA 4153. Management of Health Information Services Department (3) (WI) (F) (P: HSMA 3050, 4055)
HIMA 4160. Concepts in Health Information Technology (3) (F) (P: MIS 2223)
HIMA 4165. Health Information Systems (3) (S) (P: HIMA 4160)
HSMA 2000. Professional Roles and Environments in Health Care (3) (SL*) (F,S,SS)
HSMA 3020. Health Care Payment Systems (3) (3) (S) (P: HSMA 2000; P/C: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3030, 3035)
HSMA 3025. Professional Ethical Codes and Law in Health Care (3) (F) (P: HSMA 2000; P/C: HSMA 3030; or
consent of instructor)
HSMA 3030. Written Communication and Documentation in Health Care (4) (WI) (F) (P: HSMA 2000)
HSMA 3035. Interpersonal Team Skills for Health Care Supervisors and Practitioners (3) (S) (P: HSMA 2000;
P/C: HSMA 3030)
HSMA 3050. Leadership in Health Care (3) (F) (P/C: HSMA 3030)
HSMA 4010. Health Information Management (3) (F) (P: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3035)
HSMA 4050. Personnel Management and Supervision in Health Care (3) (S) (P: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3035; or
consent of instructor)
HSMA 4055. Health Care Finance and Accounting (3) (F,SS) (P: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3035)
HSMA 4905. Allied Health Management Experience (5) (S) (P: Senior standing, consent of advisor, and within 15 s.h.
of completing degree program)
3. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 7 s.h.
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
BIOS 1500. Introduction to Biostatistics (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent or consent of instructor)
4. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
BS in Health Services Management
Admission to the BS in health services management program requires a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 and an application.
Applications should be submitted when the student is nearing completion of foundations curriculum requirements. Under-
graduate students interested in pursuing master’s level professional degrees in allied health disciplines are encouraged to
seek academic advisement as freshmen. Majors must earn a minimum grade of C in all foundations curriculum, cognate and
core courses before progressing on to subsequent courses in the HSMA curriculum. A student earning a D in any of these
courses must petition the Department of Health Services and Information Management for probationary continuation and
may be required to repeat the course. Three D or F grades will result in dismissal from the HSMA program. Appeals of
dismissals must be made in writing to the Student Affairs Committee of the Department of Health Services and Information
Management. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................. 42 s.h.
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or BIOL 1100, 1101)
BIOL 2131. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: BIOL 2130)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
Recommended:
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Core ..........................................................................................................................................40-43 s.h.
HIMA 3120. Health Care Delivery Systems (3) (F) (P: HSMA 2000; P/C for major: HIMA 3030; P/C for minor: none)
HIMA 4030. Quality Management in Health Care (3) (S) (P: HIMA 3113, 3120, or consent of instructor)
HIMA 4075. Applied Health Services Research (3) (WI) (F) (P: BIOS 1500; HIMA 3120)
HSMA 2000. Professional Roles and Environments in Health Care (3) ((SL*) F,S,SS)
HSMA 3020. Health Care Payment Systems (3) (S) (P: HSMA 2000; P/C: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3030, 3035)
HSMA 3025. Professional Ethical Codes and Law in Health Care (3) (F) (P: HSMA 2000, P/C: HIMA 3030; or consent
of instructor)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
168
HSMA 3030. Written Communication and Documentation in Health Care (4) (WI) (F) (P: HSMA 2000)
HSMA 3035. Interpersonal Team Skills for Health Care Supervisors and Practitioners (3) (S) (P: HSMA 2000,
P/C: HIMA 3030)
HSMA 3050. Leadership in Health Care (3) (F) (P/C for major: HSMA 3030; P/C for minor: none)
HSMA 4010. Health Information Management (3) (F) (P: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3035)
HSMA 4050. Personnel Management and Supervision in Health Care (3) (S) (P: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3035; or
consent of instructor)
HSMA 4055. Health Care Finance and Accounting (3) (F,SS) (P: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3035)
HSMA 4903, 4904, 4905, 4906. Allied Health Management Experience (3,4,5,6) (WI*) (S) (P: Senior standing,
consent of advisor, and within 15 s.h. of completing degree program)
3. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 6 s.h.
BIOS 1500. Introduction to Biostatistics (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent or consent of instructor)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
4. Concentration areas (Choose one.): ..................................................................................... 8-11 s.h.
Health services management:
HIMA 3000. Medical Terminology for Health Professionals (3) (F, S, SS)
HIMA 3113. Applied Medical Sciences I (3) (F) (P: BIOL 2130, 2131; HIMA major, HSMA major, or consent of
instructor)
HIMA 3118. Applied Medical Sciences II (3) (S) (P: HIMA 3113)
Allied health management:
Choose 8-11 s.h. from:
HPRO 2501, 2502, 2503, 2504, 2505. Allied Health Practice (1,2,3,4,5) (F, S, SS) (P: Current and valid applicable
credential, license, or registration and consent of advisor and dept. chair)
5. Restricted electives to complete requirements for graduation. Choose from the following,
prerequisites for allied health graduate programs, or others in consultation with advisor:
BIOS 5010. Epidemiology for Health Professionals (3) (P: BIOS 1500 or consent of instructor)
BITE 2212. Basic Programming for Business Applications (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 2311. Financial Information Systems I (3) (F,S,SS)
GERO 2400. Introduction to Gerontology (3) (FC:SO)
HIMA 4165. Health Information Systems (3) (S) (P: HIMA 4160)
HSMA 4015. Health Care Records and Data: Maintenance and Analysis (3) (S) (P: HSMA 3025)
HSMA 4020. Health Care Reimbursement: Public (3) (F) (P: HSMA 3020)
HSMA 4025. Health Care Reimbursement: Private (3) (S) (P: HSMA 3020)
HSMA 4028. Health Care Reimbursement: Policy and Research (3) (S) (P: HSMA 3020)
HSMA 4056. Marketing Health Care Services (3) (S) (P: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3035; or consent of instructor)
HSMA 4070. Outcomes Assessment and Management in Health Care (3) (F,S) (P: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3035)
HSMA 4075. Managed Care in Health Systems (3) (F,S) (P: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3035)
HSMA 4081, 4082, 4083. Advanced Topics in Health Care Management and Service Delivery (1,2,3) (S) (P: HIMA
3120; HSMA 3035; consent of instructor, advisor, or dept. chair)
Choose 19-22 s.h. from:
HPRO 2501, 2502, 2503, 2504, 2505. Allied Health Practice (1,2,3,4,5) (F, S, SS) (P: Current and valid applicable
credential, license, or registration and consent of advisor and dept. chair)
Health Informatics Minor
NOTE: The minor in health informatics is being terminated. The last semester for matriculation of part-time students into
the health informatics minor is fall 2010. The last semester for matriculation of full-time students into the health informatics
minor is fall 2011. Students should plan to complete the minor in health informatics by May 2015.
Minimum requirements for the health informatics minor is 24 s.h. selected from the following courses:
HIMA 3000. Medical Terminology for Health Professionals (3) (F,S,SS)
HIMA 3120. Health Care Delivery Systems (3) (F) (P: HSMA 2000; P/C for major: HSMA 3030; P/C for minor: none)
COLLEGE OF ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
169
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
HIMA 4138. Health Data Structures (3) (S) (P: HIMA 3120)
HIMA 4160. Concepts in Health Information Technology (3) (F) (P: BITE 2112 or MIS 2223)
HIMA 4165. Health Information Systems (3) (S) (P: HIMA 4160)
HIMA 5060. Health Informatics (3) (F)
HSMA 2000. Professional Roles and Environments in Health Care (3) ((SL*) F,S,SS)
HSMA 3035. Interpersonal Team Skills for Health Care Supervisors and Practitioners (3) (S) (P: HSMA 2000,
P/C for major: HSMA 3030; P/C for minor: none)
HSMA 4010. Health Information Management (3) (F) (P: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3035)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
DEPARTMENT OF REHABILITATION STUDIES
Lloyd G. Goodwin, Jr., Interim Chairperson, 4425B Health Sciences Building
Martha Chapin, Director, Undergraduate Rehabilitation Services, 4425K Health Sciences Building
BS in Rehabilitation Services
Admission to the BS in rehabilitation services program requires a minimum cumulative 2.5 GPA from ECU and an application.
Program admission is competitive and admission to the university and/or achieving a minimum 2.5 GPA does not guarantee
admission to the rehabilitation services degree program. Applications should be submitted when the student is nearing
completion of 42 s.h. A student may only apply for admission twice. Additional information and application for admission
can be obtained from the Department of Rehabilitation Studies. Undergraduate students majoring in rehabilitation services
are encouraged to minor in an established area consistent with individual academic and career goals or to take a composite
minor of structured electives approved by the faculty advisor and departmental chairperson. Majors must earn a minimum
grade of C in all REHB courses. Minimum degree requirement is 121 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................42 s.h.
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or
equivalent
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................48 s.h.
BIOS 1500. Introduction to Biostatistics (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent or consent of instructor) or equivalent
HLTH 3010. Health Problems I (3) (F) (P: BIOL 2130 or 2140; HLTH 1000 or 1050; or consent of instructor)
PSYC 2275. Psychology of Adjustment (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
PSYC 4375. Abnormal Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 5325. Introduction to Psychological Testing (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Statistics course; PSYC 1000 or 1060)
REHB 2000. Survey of Community Resources in Rehabilitation and Health Care (3) (SL) (S)
REHB 2003. Alcohol and Drug Abuse: Health and Social Problems (3) (F,S)
REHB 3000. Introduction to Rehabilitation (3) (F,S,SS)
REHB 3010. Case Management in Rehabilitation (3) (WI) (S) (P: REHB major or consent of instructor)
REHB 4000. Interviewing Techniques for Health and Rehabilitation Settings (3) (F) (P: REHB major)
REHB 4993, 4994, 4995, 4996. Rehabilitation Services Internship (3,3,3,3) (F,S,SS) (WI*) (P: REHB major; REHB 3010,
4000; consent of instructor; 2.5 GPA)
SOCW 2010. Introduction to Social Work Practice with Special Populations (3) (F,S,SS) (P: SOCW 1010)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
REHB 5100, 5101. Occupational Analysis and Career Counseling (3) (F,S) (P for nonmajor: Consent of instructor)
REHB 5400. Introduction to Vocational Evaluation (3) (F,SS) (P: Graduate or senior standing; consent of instructor
or dept chair)
3. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 5 s.h.
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
BIOL 2131. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (P/C: BIOL 2130)
4. Minor or structured electives to complete requirements for graduation.
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
170
Alcohol and Drug Studies Minor
A course may not count for both a major and minor. If a course listed in the minor is used to meet a major requirement, additional
minor electives must be taken. Minimum requirement for the alcohol and drug studies minor is 24 s.h. as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................15 s.h.
PSYC 2275. Psychology of Adjustment (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
PSYC 4375. Abnormal Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
REHB 2003. Alcohol and Drug Abuse: Health and Social Problems (3) (F,S)
REHB 5793. Treatment of Alcohol and Drug Addiction (3) (F,S,SS) (P/C: REHB 2003 or consent of instructor)
REHB 5796. Contemporary Alcohol/Drug Abuse Issues (3) (F,S,SS) (P/C: REHB 5793 or consent of instructor)
2. Electives (Choose from the following.) ...................................................................................... 9 s.h.
ASLS 2020. Sign Language Studies I (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 1103. Marriage and Family Relations (3) (F,S,SS)
HLTH 3515. AIDS HIV Disease in Modern Society (3) (S) (P: HLTH 1000 or consent of instructor)
HLTH 5345. Alcoholism in Health Education (3)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 3300. Psychology of Personality (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
REHB 3000. Introduction to Rehabilitation (3) (F, S, SS)
SOCI 2111. Modern Social Problems (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 3220. Sociology of Deviant Behavior (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
COLLEGE OF ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
171
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Frederick Niswander, Dean
Stanley G. Eakins, Associate Dean
James Westmoreland, Associate Dean for External Affairs
Richard L. Kerns, Associate Dean for Computer Services
Margaret T. O’Hara, Assistant Dean for Online Programs
Paul H. Schwager, Assistant Dean for Assessment, Accreditation, and Curriculum
Anne K. Bogey, Director of Professional Programs
James H. Bearden, Director of the BB&T Center for Leadership Development
James W. Kleckley, Director of Business Bureau Research
The College of Business provides an environment where students, faculty, and business professionals can pursue the acquisition
of applied and theoretical knowledge relevant to the operation of prot and nonprot organizations. The college, which consists
of ve departments, offers the BSBA degrees in nance, management, accounting, management information systems, and
marketing; a stand-alone MSA program in professional accounting; and the MBA degree. The college also offers a tax option
in the professional accounting program as well as health care and apparel textiles options in the MBA program. Graduates
are expected to be prepared to be managers and analysts in large and small organizations that operate on both a prot and
nonprot basis. In addition, the faculty is engaged in the expansion of knowledge through research. The college supports the
business practitioner through the Division of Professional Programs, Bureau of Business Research, Small Business Institute, and
applied research projects in both graduate and undergraduate classes. The college supports primary and secondary education
in the state through its Center for Economic Education.
Accreditation
The undergraduate and master’s business programs are accredited by AACSB International. Since the primary objective of
accreditation and the College of Business is to foster high quality in education for business administration and management,
most of the school’s resources are dedicated to its degree programs. Consequently, non-business majors will not be permitted
to enroll in more than 30 s.h. of undergraduate course credit offered by the College of Business.
Admission
Upon admission to the university, students may declare a major in business administration. Students must declare a concentration
before taking upper-level business courses. Students may declare concentrations in accounting, nance, management, marketing
and supply chain management, or management information systems. To declare a concentration, students must meet the
following requirements:
1. Completion of a minimum of 45 s.h.
2. Cumulative GPA of 2.5 on 4.0 scale.
3. Completion of courses listed below or equivalent course work with a minimum grade of C in each and a 2.5 average
over the eight courses: ACCT 2401, 2521; ECON 2113, 2133; FINA 2244; MATH 1066, 2283; MIS 2223.
Students who desire to pursue the or BSBA degree must have declared a concentration before they enroll in 4000-level
business courses. Preference in registration will be given to majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. Students who have not
declared a concentration may take a maximum of 30 s.h. total of 2000- and 3000-level business courses. However, special
permission from the accounting chairperson is required for 3000-level accounting courses for students who have not declared
a concentration in accounting.
The admission of a student seeking a second undergraduate degree in the College of Business must be approved by the
chairperson of the department in which the student will concentrate. At the time of such approval, the chair will also approve
the specic courses which will lead to the receipt of the second degree.
Readmission
Students applying for readmission to the university who were previously enrolled in the College of Business and who have
been out of school no more than three academic years must have a minimum GPA of 2.0 to be eligible for readmission to
the College of Business.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
172
Students previously enrolled in the College of Business who have been out of school more than three academic years and
students who were previously enrolled in the university but not in the College of Business must meet the requirements for
admission outlined in the section above.
Transfer Credit for Upper-Level Courses
The College of Business will not accept for credit upper-level courses (numbered 3000 and 4000 at East Carolina University)
taken at a junior or community college. The department chair will determine the applicability of upper-level courses taken
at senior colleges in meeting the BSBA degree requirements. No course may count as a College of Business concentration
requirement and also count as fullling the business core requirements of the College of Business.
DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTING
Dan Schisler, Chairperson, 3208 Bate Building
BSBA in Accounting
The BSBA in accounting is intended for students who aspire to enter the accounting profession in the private and public
sector (e.g., governmental, internal audit, and managerial accounting positions). It is not intended to prepare students for
professional certication as a certied public accountant. If professional certication as a certied public accountant is desired,
then students should refer to the requirements for the MSA degree program. Students pursuing the BSBA in accounting must
earn a minimum grade of C in accounting courses to satisfy any upper-level accounting course prerequisites. Also, to graduate,
students must earn a minimum grade of C and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 in all 3000- and 4000-level accounting
courses taken. Minimum degree requirement is 123 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................. 42 s.h.
COMM 2020. Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional
Communication (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ECON 2133. Principles of Macroeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113)
MATH 1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics
placement test or approval of dept chair)
PHIL 2274. Business Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) or PHIL 2275. Professional Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 6 s.h.
ENGL 3880. Writing for Business and Industry (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
MATH 2283. Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
3. Business core ................................................................................................................................36 s.h.
ACCT 2401. Financial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or 2119 or 2121 or 2171)
ACCT 2521. Managerial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ACCT 2401)
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
FINA 3724. Financial Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113; MATH 2283; P/C: ACCT 2521)
MGMT 3302. Management of Organizations (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113, 2133; ACCT 2401)
MGMT 4842. Strategic Management (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: OMGT 3123; FINA 3724; MKTG 3832; MGMT 3302;
declared major in the College of Business; senior standing)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
MIS 3063. Introduction to Management Information Systems (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MIS 2223)
MKTG 3832. Marketing Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113)
OMGT 3123. Operations and Supply Chain Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2228 or 2283; MIS 2223)
OMGT 3223. Business Decision Modeling (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Minimum grade of C in MIS 2223, MATH 1066 or 2119 or
2121 or 2171, 2283)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
173
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Choose one international perspectives course from:
ACCT 4451. International Accounting (3) (F,S) (P: FINA 3724)
FINA 4454. International Finance (3) (S) (P: FINA 3724)
MGMT 3352. International Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MGMT 3302)
MKTG 3852. Cultural Environment of International Business (3) (F,S) (P: Junior standing; completion of a minimum
of 3 s.h. in ECON [may be specied by dept])
MKTG 4992. International Marketing (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
4. Core ..............................................................................................................................................24 s.h.
ACCT 3551. Intermediate Accounting I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ACCT 2521; P/C: FINA 3724)
ACCT 3561. Intermediate Accounting II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ACCT 3551)
ACCT 3621. Cost Accounting (3) (F,S) (P: ACCT 2521)
ACCT 3731. Advanced and Nonprot Accounting (3) (F,S) (P: ACCT 3561)
ACCT 3851. Accounting Information Systems (3) (F,S) (P/C: ACCT 3551)
ACCT 4611. Taxation for Decision Making (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ACCT 3551)
ACCT 4631. Internal Auditing (3) (F,S) (P: ACCT 3621; ACCT 3851)
ACCT 4641. Government and Not-for-Prot Accounting (3) (F,S) (P: ACCT 3551)
5. Leadership and Professional Development ................................................................................9 s.h.
BUSI 1200. Strategy First (3) (F,S,SS)
BUSI 2200, 2021. Leadership 1: Interpersonal and Teamwork Skills (3,0) (F,S) (P/C: BUSI 1200)
BUSI 3200. Leadership 2: Professional Development Skills (2) (F,S) (P: P: Acceptable portfolio progress; P/C: BUSI 2200)
BUSI 4200. Leadership 3: Leadership Capstone (1) F,S) (P: BUSI 3200; senior standing; declared major in
College of Business)
Leadership and Professional Development Portfolio must be completed prior to graduation.
6. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE
Scott Below, Chairperson, 3420 Bate Building
BSBA in Finance
The BSBA in nance offers the student an opportunity to study a wide variety of nancial topics. Concentrations are offered
in managerial nance, nancial services, and risk management and insurance. Students interested in pursuing a banking career
should select the managerial nance concentration, choosing FINA 4654 as one of the two concentration electives. Minimum
degree requirement is 123 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................. 42 s.h.
COMM 2020. Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional
Communication (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ECON 2133. Principles of Macroeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113)
MATH 1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics
placement test or approval of dept chair)
PHIL 2274. Business Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) or PHIL 2275. Professional Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
(WI*)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 6 s.h.
ENGL 3880. Writing for Business and Industry (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
MATH 2283. Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
3. Business core ................................................................................................................................36 s.h.
ACCT 2401. Financial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or 2119 or 2121 or 2171)
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
174
ACCT 2521. Managerial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ACCT 2401)
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
FINA 3724. Financial Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113; MATH 2283; P/C: ACCT 2521)
MGMT 3302. Management of Organizations (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113, 2133; ACCT 2401)
MGMT 4842. Strategic Management (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: OMGT 3123; FINA 3724; MKTG 3832; MGMT 3302;
declared major in the College of Business; senior standing)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
MIS 3063. Introduction to Management Information Systems (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MIS 2223)
MKTG 3832. Marketing Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113)
OMGT 3123. Operations and Supply Chain Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2228 or 2283; MIS 2223)
OMGT 3223. Business Decision Modeling (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Minimum grade of C in MIS 2223, MATH 1066 or 2119
or 2121 or 2171, 2283)
Choose one international perspectives course from:
ACCT 4451. International Accounting (3) (P: FINA 3724)
FINA 4454. International Finance (4) (S) (P: FINA 3724)
MGMT 3352. International Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MGMT 3302)
MKTG 3852. Cultural Environment of International Business (3) (F,S) (P: Junior standing; completion of a minimum
of 3 s.h. in ECON [may be specied by dept])
MKTG 4992. International Marketing (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
4. Concentration area (Choose one.) ............................................................................................18 s.h.
Financial Services:
FINA 3144. Financial Markets (3) (F,S) (P: ECON 2113)
FINA 3554. Principles of Real Estate (3) (F,S) (P: ACCT 2401; ECON 2133)
FINA 3904. Investments (3) (F,S) (P: ECON 2133; FINA 3724)
FINA 4404. Security Analysis and Portfolio Management (3) (S) (P: FINA 3904)
FINA 4854. Employee Benets and Retirement Planning (3) (S) (P: FINA 3724)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
FINA 3244. Commercial Law (3) (F,S) (P: FINA 2244 or consent of instructor)
FINA 3884. Corporate and Financial Risk Management (3) (F) (P: FINA 3154, 3724)
FINA 4574. Real Estate Management and Brokerage (3) (S) (P: FINA 3554)
FINA 4604. Real Estate Financing (3) (F) (P: FINA 3724)
Managerial Finance:
FINA 3144. Financial Markets (3) (F,S) (P: ECON 2113)
FINA 3824. Financial Analysis and Planning (3) (F,S) (P: FINA 3724)
FINA 3904. Investments (3) (F,S) (P: ECON 2133; FINA 3724)
FINA 4734. Financial Management II (3) (F,S) (P: FINA 3824)
Choose 6 s.h. from (Students interested in banking should choose 4654 as one of the electives.):
ACCT 3551. Intermediate Accounting I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ACCT 2521; P/C: FINA 3724)
ACCT 3621. Cost Accounting (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ACCT 2521)
FINA 3554. Principles of Real Estate (3) (F,S) (P: ACCT 2401; ECON 2133)
FINA 4404. Security Analysis and Portfolio Management (3) (S) (P: FINA 3904)
FINA 4454. International Finance (3) (S) (P: FINA 3724)
FINA 4604. Real Estate Financing (3) (F) (P: FINA 3724)
FINA 4654. Commercial Bank Management (3) (F) (P: FINA 3144, 3824)
FINA 4964. Topics in Finance (3) (P: Consent of dept chair)
Risk Management and Insurance:
FINA 3154. Principles of Risk Management and Insurance (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 2283; FINA 2244)
FINA 3884. Corporate and Financial Risk Management (3) (F,S) (P: FINA 3724; FINA 3154)
FINA 4354. Commercial Property and Liability Insurance (3) (F) (P: FINA 3154)
FINA 4854. Employee Benets and Retirement Planning (3) (S) (P: FINA 3724)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
175
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Choose 6 s.h. from
FINA 3144. Financial Markets (3) (F,S) (P: ECON 2113)
FINA 3554. Principles of Real Estate (3) (F,S) (P: ACCT 2401; ECON 2133)
FINA 3904. Investments (3) (F,S) (P: ECON 2133; FINA 3724)
FINA 4244. Insurance Law (3) (S) (P: FINA 3154)
FINA 4964. Topics in Finance (3) (P: Consent of dept chair)
MKTG 4762. Services Marketing (3) (P: MKTG 3832)
General Business Concentration:
The concentration in general business offers students the opportunity to acquire a general overview of the skills
necessary to manage human and physical resources. Although primarily designed for distance education students,
students on campus may choose this concentration. Enrollment in this concentration will be limited by the resources
available. Distance education students will receive priority in enrollment in distance education courses.
Complete 18 s.h. of credit as detailed below:
ACCT 4921. Accounting for Business Professionals (3) (F,S) (P: ACCT 2524)
FINA 3144. Financial Markets (3) (F,S)
MGMT 4242 Organizational Behavior (3) (F,S) (P:3302) or PSYC 3241. Personnel and Industrial Psychology (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYCH 1000 or 1060)
MKTG 4732. Consumer Behavior (3) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
OMGT 4733. Project Management (3) (F,S) (P: OMGT 3123)
Choose one from:
MGMT 4402. Human Resources Management (3) (F,S) (P: MGMT 3202 or 3302)
FINA 3904. Investments (3) (F,S) (P: ECON 2133; FINA 3724)
Other courses approved by advisor.
5. Leadership and Professional Development ............................................................................... 9 s.h.
BUSI 1200. Strategy First (3) (F,S,SS)
BUSI 2200, 2201. Leadership I: Interpersonal and Teamwork Skills (3,0) (F,S) (P/C: BUSI 1200)
BUSI 3200. Leadership II: Professional Development Skills (2) (F,S) (P: Acceptable portfolio progress; P/C: BUSI 2200)
BUSI 4200. Leadership III: Leadershp Capstone (1) (F,S) (P: BUSI 3200; senior standing; declared major
in College of Business)
Leadership and Professional Development Portfolio must be completed prior to graduation.
6. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
DEPARTMENT OF MANAGEMENT
Joseph Tomkiewicz, Chairperson, 3106 Bate Building
BSBA in Management
The BSBA in management offers students the opportunity to acquire knowledge in the management of human and physical
resources and to acquire skills useful in the management of domestic and international organizations. Minimum degree
requirement is 123 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................. 42 s.h.
COMM 2020. Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional
Communication (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ECON 2133. Principles of Macroeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113)
MATH 1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics
placement test or approval of dept chair)
PHIL 2274. Business Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) or PHIL 2275. Professional Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
176
2. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 6 s.h.
ENGL 3880. Writing for Business and Industry (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
MATH 2283. Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
3. Business core ................................................................................................................................36 s.h.
ACCT 2401. Financial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or 2119 or 2121 or 2171)
ACCT 2521. Managerial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ACCT 2401)
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
FINA 3724. Financial Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113; MATH 2283; P/C: ACCT 2521)
MGMT 3302. Management of Organizations (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113, 2133; ACCT 2401)
MGMT 4842. Strategic Management (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: OMGT 3123; FINA 3724; MKTG 3832; MGMT 3302;
declared major in the College of Business; senior standing)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
MIS 3063. Introduction to Management Information Systems (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MIS 2223)
MKTG 3832. Marketing Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113)
OMGT 3123. Operations and Supply Chain Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2228 or 2283; MIS 2223)
OMGT 3223. Business Decision Modeling (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Minimum grade of C in MIS 2223, MATH 1066 or 2119
or 2121 or 2171, 2283)
Choose one international perspectives course from:
ACCT 4451. International Accounting (3) (P: FINA 3724)
FINA 4454. International Finance (4) (S) (P: FINA 3724)
MGMT 3352. International Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MGMT 3302)
MKTG 3852. Cultural Environment of International Business (3) (F,S) (P: Junior standing; completion of a minimum
of 3 s.h. in ECON [may be specied by dept])
MKTG 4992. International Marketing (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
4. Concentration area (Choose one.) ......................................................................................18-27 s.h.
Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management (18 s.h.):
MGMT 4242. Organizational Behavior (3) (F,S) (P: MGMT 3302) or PSYC 3241. Personnel and Industrial
Psychology (3) (F,S,SS)
MGMT 4252. Entrepreneurship (3) (WI) (F) (P: FINA 3724; MGMT 3302; MKTG 3832)
MGMT 4262. Small Business Management (3) (SL*) (WI) (F,S) (P: FINA 3724; MGMT 3202 or 3302; MKTG 3832)
Choose 9 s.h. from:
FINA 3824. Financial Analysis and Planning (3) (F,S) (P: FINA 3724)
MGMT 4272. Managing the Family Business (3) (WI) (S) (P: MGMT 3302)
MGMT 4352. Management in a Global Economy (3) (S) (P: MGMT 3352 or MKTG 4992 or FINA 4454)
MGMT 4402. Human Resource Management (3) (F,S) (P: MGMT 3202 or 3302)
MGMT 4482. Managerial Negotiation (3) (F,S) (P: MGMT 3302)
MKTG 4362. Retail Management (3) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
MKTG 4662. Marketing Research (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: MKTG 3832; MATH 2283)
MKTG 4732. Consumer Behavior (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MKTG 3832)
MKTG 4752. Advertising and Promotion Management (3) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
OMGT 4743. Logistics and Materials Management (3) (F) (P: OMGT 3123)
International Business (27 s.h.):
Choose six courses beyond the one business core international perspectives course requirement (ACCT 4451;
ANTH 2010 or POLS 2020; FINA 4454; MGMT 3352, 4352; MKTG 3852, 4992)
Competency in one foreign language as demonstrated by scoring Intermediate-High on the Listening and Reading
sections and Intermediate-Mid on the Speaking and Writing sections of the ACTFL Test.
Minimum of one semester abroad, enrolled in an approved academic program with a focal world region.
Choose 9 s.h. based on one of the following world regions chosen by the student (not more than two courses
from any one dept):
Africa/Middle East:
ANTH 3003. Cultures of Africa (3) (OY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
177
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COMM 3180. Intercultural Communication (3) (Formerly COMM 3080) (P: COMM major or minor or
consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002)
COMM 3390. International News Communication (3) (S) (FC:SO) (Formerly COMM 3290) (P: COMM
major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002)
ECON 3353. Economics of Underdeveloped Countries (3) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133)
FORL 2624. Francophone Literature of Africa in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
GEOG 2110. World Geography: Less Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3050. Africa (3) (S) (FC:SO)
HIST 3670. History of the Middle East Since 1500 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3810. History of Africa (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
PHIL 1690. World Religions (3) (F,S) (FC:HU)
POLS 3260. Middle Eastern Political Systems (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3265. African Political Systems (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3293. International Organizations (3)
POLS 3295. International Law (3) (P: POLS 2020 or consent of instructor)
PSYC 3314. Psychology of Religion (3) (FC:SO)
Asia:
ANTH 3002. Cultures of East Asia (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ART 3920. Asian Art (3) (WI*) (F,S)
COMM 3180. Intercultural Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
COMM 1001, 1002)
COMM 3390. International News Communication (3) (S) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of
instructor; COMM 1001, 1002)
ECON 3353. Economics of Underdeveloped Countries (3) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133)
GEOG 2110. World Geography: Less Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3051. Asia (3) (S) (FC:SO)
HIST 3611. History of the Far East Since 1600 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3620. History of Modern Japan (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3630. History of Modern China (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 4610. History of Southeast Asia (3) (FC:SO)
PHIL 1690. World Religions (3) (F,S) (FC:HU)
POLS 3280. South Asian Political Systems (3) (SS)
POLS 3293. International Organizations (3)
POLS 3295. International Law (3) (P: POLS 2020 or consent of instructor)
PSYC 3314. Psychology of Religion (3) (FC:SO)
Europe:
IDSN 2700. Historic Interiors I: 3000 BC Through Mid-Nineteenth Century (3) (WI) (S)
COMM 3180. Intercultural Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
COMM 1001, 1002)
COMM 3390. International News Communication (3) (S) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of
instructor)
ECON 3353. Economics of Underdeveloped Countries (3) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133)
ECON 4373. International Trade (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133; 3144)
FORL 2620. French Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
FORL 2660. Spanish Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
FORL 2680. German Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
GEOG 2100. World Geography: Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3047. Western Europe (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3435. History of Europe Since 1914 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3450. History of Modern Germany (3) (FC:SO)
PHIL 1690. World Religions (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
178
POLS 3234. West European Political Systems (3) (F) (FC:SO)
POLS 3235. East European Political Systems (3) (S) (FC:SO)
POLS 3236. The Soviet Successor States (3) (F) (FC:SO)
POLS 3293. International Organizations (3)
POLS 3295. International Law (3) (P: POLS 2020 or consent of instructor)
PSYC 3314. Psychology of Religion (3) (FC:SO)
South America:
ANTH 3016. Cultures of the Caribbean (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of
instructor)
ANTH 3017. Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala (3) (OY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or
consent of instructor)
ANTH 3018. Cultures of South and Central America (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200
or consent of instructor)
COMM 3180. Intercultural Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
COMM 1001, 1002)
COMM 3390. International News Communication (3) (S) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of
instructor; COMM 1001, 1002)
ECON 3353. Economics of Underdeveloped Countries (3) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133)
FORL 2661. Latin-American Literature in Translation (3) (WI*) (FC:HU)
FORL 2760. Special Topics in Hispanic Studies (3) (FC:HU)
FORL 3660. Hispanic Women Writers (3) (FC:HU)
GEOG 2110. World Geography: Less Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3049. Latin America (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3056. Middle America (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3711. Introduction to Latin-American History: Since 1808 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3760. The ABC Powers: Argentina, Brazil, Chile (3) (S02) (FC:SO)
HIST 3780. Mexico and Central America (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
PHIL 1690. World Religions (3) (F,S) (FC:HU)
POLS 3293. International Organizations (3)
POLS 3295. International Law (3) (P: POLS 2020 or consent of instructor)
PSYC 3314. Psychology of Religion (3) (FC:SO)
For non-North American Students:
North America:
AMID 2700. Historic Interiors I: 3000 BC through Mid-Nineteenth Century (3) (WI*) (F)
ANTH 3017. Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala (3) (OY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or
consent of instructor)
COMM 3180. Intercultural Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
COMM 1001, 1002)
COMM 3390. International News Communication (3) (S) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of
instructor; COMM 1001, 1002)
ECON 3420. Money and Banking (3) (WI*) (S) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133)
GEOG 2110. World Geography: Less Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3046. United States and Canada (3) (F) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3056. Middle America (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 1051. American History Since 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 2012. American Business History (3) (WI*) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 3031. Economic History of the United States Since 1865 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3245. The United States Since 1945 (3) (WI*) (F) (FC:SO)
HIST 3780. Mexico and Central America (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
PHIL 1690. World Religions (3) (F,S) (FC:HU)
POLS 3293. International Organizations (3)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
179
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
POLS 3295. International Law (3) (P: POLS 2020 or consent of instructor)
PSYC 3314. Psychology of Religion (3) (FC:SO)
Management (18 s.h.):
MGMT 4242. Organizational Behavior (3) (F,S) (P: MGMT 3302) or PSYC 3241. Personnel and Industrial
Psychology (3) (F,S,SS)
MGMT 4482. Managerial Negotiation (3) (F,S) (P: MGMT 3302)
Choose 12 s.h. from:
MGMT 4252. Entrepreneurship (3) (WI) (F) (P: FINA 3724; MGMT 3302; MKTG 3832)
MGMT 4272. Managing the Family Business (3) (WI*) (S) (P: MGMT 3302)
MGMT 4342. Organizational Change and Development (3) (F,S) (P: MGMT 3202 or 3302)
MGMT 4343. Organizational Leaders and Leadership (3) (F,S) (P: MGMT 3202)
MGMT 4352. Management in a Global Economy (3) (F) (P: MGMT 3352 or MKTG 4992 or FINA 4454)
MGMT 4402. Human Resource Management (3) (F,S) (P: MGMT 3202 or 3302)
MGMT 4422. Labor Relations (3) (F) (P: MGMT 3202 or 3302)
MGMT 4952. Topics in Management (3) (F,S) (P: MGMT 3302; consent of dept chair)
5. Leadership and Professional Development ............................................................................... 9 s.h.
BUSI 1200. Strategy First (3) (F,S,SS)
BUSI 2200, 2201. Leadership I: Interpersonal and Teamwork Skills (3,0) (F,S) (P/C: BUSI 1200)
BUSI 3200. Leadership II: Professional Development Skills (2) (F,S) (P: : Acceptable portfolio progress; P/C: BUSI 2200)
BUSI 4200. Leadership III: Leadershp Capstone (1) (F,S) (P: BUSI 3200; senior standing; declared major
in College of Business)
Leadership and Professional Development Portfolio must be completed prior to graduation.
6. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
DEPARTMENT OF MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Richard Hauser, Chairperson, 3410 Bate Building
BSBA in Management Information Systems
The Department of Management Information Systems offers a BSBA in management information systems with a concentration
in management information systems, providing students with a strong technical background on which to build interpersonal
and problem-solving skills. The department also participates in the electronic commerce concentration offered through
the Department of Marketing and Supply Chain Management in the College of Business. The concentration in electronic
commerce is an interdisciplinary concentration offered cooperatively between the Departments of Marketing and Supply
Chain Management and Management Information Systems. Minimum degree requirement is 123 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................. 42 s.h.
COMM 2020. Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional
Communication (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ECON 2133. Principles of Macroeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113)
MATH 1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics
placement test or approval of dept chair)
PHIL 2274. Business Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) or PHIL 2275. Professional Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 6 s.h.
ENGL 3880. Writing for Business and Industry (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
MATH 2283. Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
3. Business core ................................................................................................................................36 s.h.
ACCT 2401. Financial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or 2119 or 2121 or 2171)
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
180
ACCT 2521. Managerial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ACCT 2401)
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
FINA 3724. Financial Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113; MATH 2283; P/C: ACCT 2521)
MGMT 3302. Management of Organizations (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113, 2133; ACCT 2401)
MGMT 4842. Strategic Management (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: OMGT 3123; FINA 3724; MKTG 3832; MGMT 3302;
declared major in the College of Business; senior standing)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
MIS 3063. Introduction to Management Information Systems (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MIS 2223)
MKTG 3832. Marketing Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113)
OMGT 3123. Operations and Supply Chain Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2228 or 2283; MIS 2223)
OMGT 3223. Business Decision Modeling (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Minimum grade of C in MIS 2223, MATH 1066 or 2119
or 2121 or 2171, 2283)
Choose one international perspectives course from:
ACCT 4451. International Accounting (3) (P: FINA 3724)
FINA 4454. International Finance (4) (S) (P: FINA 3724)
MGMT 3352. International Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MGMT 3302)
MKTG 3852. Cultural Environment of International Business (3) (F,S) (P: Junior standing; completion of a minimum
of 3 s.h. in ECON [may be specied by dept])
MKTG 4992. International Marketing (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
4. Concentration area .....................................................................................................................18 s.h.
Management Information Systems:
MIS 3673. Software Design and Development (3) (F,S) (P: MIS 3063)
MIS 4113. Data Base Management Systems (3) (F,S) (P: MIS 3063)
MIS 4123. Telecommunications and Networked Systems (3) (F,S) (P: MIS 3063)
MIS 4153. Web Application Development for Business (3) (F,S) (P: MIS 3063)
MIS 4163. Information Systems Analysis and Design (3) (F,S) (P: MIS 3063)
MIS 4173. Information Systems Development and Implementation (3) (F,S) (P: MIS 4163; P/C: MIS 3673)
5. Leadership and Professional Development ............................................................................... 9 s.h.
BUSI 1200. Strategy First (3) (F,S,SS)
BUSI 2200, 2201. Leadership I: Interpersonal and Teamwork Skills (3,0) (F,S) (P/C: BUSI 1200)
BUSI 3200. Leadership II: Professional Development Skills (2) (F,S) (P: Acceptable portfolio progress; P/C: BUSI 2200)
BUSI 4200. Leadership III: Leadershp Capstone (1) (F,S) (P: BUSI 3200; senior standing; declared major
in College of Business)
Leadership and Professional Development Portfolio must be completed prior to graduation.
6. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
181
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
DEPARTMENT OF MARKETING AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
Kenneth Anselmi, Chairperson, 3414 Bate Building
BSBA in Marketing
The Department of Marketing and Supply Chain Management offers a BSBA in marketing with concentrations in marketing,
operations and supply chain management, and electronic commerce. Marketing and Supply Chain Management programs
are concerned with the creation and delivery of value to customers and organizations. Marketing focuses on developing an
understanding of customers and markets, creating products and services based on that understanding, and communicating
and delivering the value added. Supply Chain Management focuses on the sourcing, operations, and logistics of products
and services. Both areas of study involve the management of relationships. A marketing concentration prepares students for
management careers in advertising, sales, research, distribution, product planning, and international marketing. Supply Chain
Management graduates pursue career choices as managers of purchasing, inventory, logistics, operations, quality, and supply
chains. The electronic commerce concentration prepares students for careers in web-based marketing and customer service.
Minimum degree requirement is 123 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................. 42 s.h.
COMM 2020. Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional
Communication (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ECON 2133. Principles of Macroeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113)
MATH 1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics
placement test or approval of dept chair)
PHIL 2274. Business Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) or PHIL 2275. Professional Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 6 s.h.
ENGL 3880. Writing for Business and Industry (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
MATH 2283. Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
3. Business core ................................................................................................................................36 s.h.
ACCT 2401. Financial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or 2119 or 2121 or 2171)
ACCT 2521. Managerial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ACCT 2401)
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
FINA 3724. Financial Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113; MATH 2283; P/C: ACCT 2521)
MGMT 3302. Management of Organizations (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113, 2133; ACCT 2401)
MGMT 4842. Strategic Management (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: OMGT 3123; FINA 3724; MKTG 3832; MGMT 3302;
declared major in the College of Business; senior standing)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
MIS 3063. Introduction to Management Information Systems (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MIS 2223)
MKTG 3832. Marketing Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113)
OMGT 3123. Operations and Supply Chain Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2283 or 2283; MIS 2223)
OMGT 3223. Business Decision Modeling (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Minimum grade of C in MIS 2223, MATH 1066 or 2119
or 2121 or 2171, 2283)
Choose one international perspectives course from:
ACCT 4451. International Accounting (3) (P: FINA 3724)
FINA 4454. International Finance (4) (S) (P: FINA 3724)
MGMT 3352. International Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MGMT 3302)
MKTG 3852. Cultural Environment of International Business (3) (F,S) (P: Junior standing; completion of a minimum
of 3 s.h. in ECON [may be specied by dept])
MKTG 4992. International Marketing (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
182
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
4. Concentration area (Choose one.) ............................................................................................18 s.h.
Electronic Commerce:
FINA 3824. Financial Analysis and Planning (3) (F,S) (P: FINA 3724)
MIS 4113. Data Base Management Systems (3) (F) (P: MIS 3063)
MIS 4123. Telecommunications and Networked Systems (3) (S) (P: MIS 3063)
MKTG 4532. Business and Organizational Marketing (3) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
MKTG 4790. Distribution Management (3) (P: MKTG 3832)
MKTG 4975. Electronic Commerce (3) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
Marketing:
MKTG 4562. Marketing Strategy (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MKTG 3832; additional 6 s.h. in MKTG)
MKTG 4662. Marketing Research (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: MKTG 3832; MATH 2283)
MKTG 4732. Consumer Behavior (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MKTG 3832)
Choose 9 s.h. of 4000-level MKTG electives, at least 3 s.h. of which must be from:
MKTG 4362. Retail Management (3) (P: MKTG 3832)
MKTG 4532. Business and Organizational Marketing (3) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
MKTG 4790. Distribution Management (3) (P: MKTG 3832)
Operations and Supply Chain Management:
OMGT 4383. Supply Chain Systems (3) (S) (P: OMGT 3123)
OMGT 4743. Logistics and Materials Management (3) (F) (P: OMGT 3123)
OMGT 4763. Strategic Supply Chain Management (3) (S) (P: OMGT 3123)
Choose 3-6 s.h. from:
MKTG 4532. Business and Organizational Marketing (3) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
OMGT 4733. Project Management (3) (F,S) (P: OMGT 3123)
Choose 3-6 (to total 18 s.h. for the concentration) from:
MGMT 4482. Managerial Negotiation (3) (F,S) (P: MGMT 3302)
MKTG 4362. Retail Management (3) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
MKTG 4790. Distribution Management (3) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
OMGT 4493. Quality Management (3) (F,S) (Formerly DSCI 4493) (P: OMGT 3123)
5. Leadership and Professional Development ............................................................................... 9 s.h.
BUSI 1200. Strategy First (3) (F,S,SS)
BUSI 2200, 2201. Leadership I: Interpersonal and Teamwork Skills (3,0) (F,S) (P/C: BUSI 1200)
BUSI 3200. Leadership II: Professional Development Skills (2) (F,S) (P: Acceptable portfolio progress; P/C: BUSI 2200)
BUSI 4200. Leadership III: Leadershp Capstone (1) (F,S) (P: BUSI 3200; senior standing; declared major
in College of Business)
Leadership and Professional Development Portfolio must be completed prior to graduation.
6. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
Business Administration Minor
The minor requires 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
ACCT 2101. Survey of Financial and Management Accounting (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
FINA 3004. Survey of Financial Management (3) (F,S) (P: ACCT 2101 or 2401; ECON 2113; MATH 2283)
MATH 2283. Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent) or equivalent introductory
statistics course. If another statistics course is substituted, an additional business course numbered 3000 or above
will be required to meet requirements for the minor.
MGMT 3202. Fundamentals of Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
MKTG 3832. Marketing Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113)
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
183
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Bachelor’s and Accelerated MBA Program
Students in elds other than business who are interested in careers in private or public sector management may complete
the BA or BS and, if qualied, may complete the master of business administration in one additional year. The typical MBA
program requires two years, or 60 s.h., beyond the four-year bachelor’s degree. However, the accelerated program allows the
student to meet up to 27 s.h. of the MBA by waivers, on a course-by-course basis, if the equivalent undergraduate courses
are completed with a grade of A or B. The remaining 33 s.h. of the MBA may then be completed in two semesters and a
summer session (two summer terms).
As part of the foundations curriculum requirements, minor eld, concentration, and electives, the student will prepare for the
accelerated MBA program by completing the following courses with a grade of A or B: ACCT 2401*, 2521*; COMM 2420;
ECON 2113*, 2133; ENGL 3880; FINA 2244*, 3724*; MGMT 3202*, 3352; MIS 2223*, 3063; MKTG 3832*; MATH 1066,
2283*. Completion of the courses marked with an asterisk (*) will qualify students for a minor in business administration as
part of the undergraduate degree. Students in programs which require ENGL 3820; ITEC 3290; MATH 2119, 2122, or 2172;
and MATH 2228 may substitute these courses for the comparable courses above. Students who are unable to complete
the entire program should consult their advisor or the assistant dean of graduate programs in the College of Business for the
most appropriate combination of courses.
There is a separate entry process for admission to the MBA program. Students must consult the assistant dean for graduate
programs in the College of Business at the beginning of their senior year about the entry requirements.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
184
Linda Patriarca, Dean, 154 Speight Building
John A. Swope, Associate Dean, 154 Speight Building
Vivian Martin Covington, Director of Teacher Education, 105 Speight Building
The mission of the College of Education is the preparation of professional educators and allied practitioners, including
professionals in business information systems, counseling, instructional technology, and librarianship. Signicant to this mission
is a strong commitment to three important, related areas, all of which are realized through partnerships and other endeavors:
the encouragement and nurturing of professional growth for educators and allied practitioners at all levels and in all areas of
the educational endeavor, a continuing emphasis on and support for scholarship and research/creative activity, and service in
all areas of professional education. Critical to such commitment is the promotion of effective teaching, staff participation in
the improvement of schools; and, in concert with other state agencies, the development and creation of educational policy
for North Carolina.
The College of Education offers baccalaureate degree programs through the Departments of Business and Information
Technologies Education; Curriculum and Instruction; and Mathematics and Science Education. All teacher education programs
are accredited by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and the North Carolina
Department of Public Instruction.
Admission
A faculty advisor will be assigned to each student to assist in program planning. Undergraduate teacher education majors may
also be required to complete an approved academic concentration as part of their programs of study. Additional information
about academic concentrations and specic program requirements is available in departmental ofces. Teacher education
is a program that requires formal admittance. Teacher education majors will become ofcial teacher education candidates
once they have been fully admitted to Upper Division. NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning
Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their
departmental advisor for specic program information.
Once enrolled in a teacher education program and prior to admission to the upper division of study, students will be required
to have a minimum cumulative 2.5 GPA, post passing scores on PRAXIS I, SAT or ACT or combination and meet technology
competency requirements. Students must maintain a 2.5 GPA for retention in the upper division of all teacher education
programs. Additional information concerning admission to the upper division is available in the Welcome to Teacher Education
Handbook or www.ecu.edu/cs-educ/teached.
Requirements for Students Preparing to Teach
The purpose of teacher education at East Carolina University is to prepare professional educators through partnerships who
are academically and technically procient, reective in practice, committed to the intellectual empowerment of others, and
guided by the larger democratic purposes of American education.
Birth-K, Elementary, and Middle Grades
See Section 4, Academic Advisement, Progression, and Support, Special Requirements for the BS Degree for Students
Preparing to Teach. See Licensure, below. See also the Department of Child Development and Family Relations (B-K)
or Department of Curriculum and Instruction (elementary and middle grades). As part of their programs, majors will also
complete an approved academic concentration from the list presented below. Students should consult their departmental
advisor for specic program requirements.
Secondary and K-12 Special Subjects Education
See Section 4, Academic Advisement, Progression, and Support, Special Requirements for the BS Degree for Students Preparing
to Teach. See Licensure, below. See also the Departments of Business and Information Technologies Education; Curriculum
and Instruction; and Mathematics, Science, and Instructional Technology Education, as well as departments and schools outside
the College of Education offering this degree.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
185
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Students who aspire to complete the requirements for a BS degree in secondary teacher education must complete all
foundations curriculum requirements, the requirements stipulated by the department of the academic major, and the following
professional credits: EDTC 4001; EDUC 3200; EDUC 4400 or PSYC 4305; READ 3990 or 5317; SPED 4010; unit prex 2123,
4323, 4324, 4325. Majors in some programs will also complete an approved academic concentration from the list presented
below. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
ACADEMIC CONCENTRATIONS
Students in business education, elementary education, physical education, and health education are required to complete
one 18 s.h. academic concentration. Middle grades education students are required to complete two 24 s.h. academic
concentrations from English, mathematics, social studies, and general science only. Please consult your advisor for the appropriate
concentration(s) in your area. A maximum of 6 s.h. can be counted toward foundations curriculum.
Anthropology (24 s.h.)
ANTH 2000. Archaeology Around the World (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
ANTH 2010. Societies Around the World (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ANTH 2015. Introduction to Biological Anthropology (3) (WI*) (F,S) (RP: A BIOL course)
Choose 6 s.h. from:
ANTH 3002. Cultures of East Asia (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3003. Cultures of Africa (3) (OY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3004. Cultures of the South Pacic (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent
of instructor)
ANTH 3005. North American Indians (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
ANTH 3016. Cultures of the Caribbean (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of
instructor)
ANTH 3017. Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala (3) (OY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent
of instructor)
ANTH 3018. Cultures of South and Central America (3) (EY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or
consent of instructor)
GEOG 2100. World Geography: Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
GEOG 2110. World Geography: Less Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
Choose 9 s.h. ANTH electives of which 6 s.h. must be above 2999
Biology (24 s.h.)
BIOL 1050. General Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 1051. General Biology Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C: BIOL 1030 or 1050)
BIOL 1060. Environmental Biology (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
BIOL 2131. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: BIOL 2130)
BIOL 3230, 3231. Field Botany (4,0) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1050, 1050 or 1100, 1101) or BIOL 3240, 3241. Field Zoology
(4,0) (F) (P: BIOL 1060 or 2250)
Choose 7 s.h. BIOL electives above 2999
Business Information Technologies Education (18 s.h.)
Choose 18 s.h. from:
BITE 1500. Electronic Information Processing I (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 2112. Introduction to Information Processing Technology (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 2500. Electronic Information Processing II (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4100. Introduction to Virtual Environments in Business and Information Technology Education (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4500. Information Processing Systems Design (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4700. Web Site Design and Maintenance (3) (F,S,SS)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
186
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
BITE 5200. Microcomputer Business Graphics Applications (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BITE 4200 or consent of instructor)
BITE 5503. Integrating Information Processing Technology into Business and Information Technologies Education
(3) (F,S,SS)
Chemistry (44 s.h.)
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150: CHEM
1151; C for 1151: CHEM 1150)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for
1160: CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
CHEM 2250, 2251. Quantitative and Instrumental Analysis (3,2) (WI, WI) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; CHEM 2650
or 2750)
CHEM 2650. Organic Chemistry for the Life Sciences (4) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161)
CHEM 2651. Organic Chemistry Lab for the Life Sciences (1) (F,S) (C: CHEM 2650)
CHEM 3450. Elementary Inorganic Chemistry (3) (F,S) (P: CHEM 2250, 2251; C: CHEM 3451)
CHEM 3451. Elementary Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory (1) (WI) (F,S) (P: CHEM 2250, 2251; C: CHEM 3450
or 5550)
CHEM 3850, 3851. Introduction to Physical Chemistry (4,1) (WI, WI) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; MATH 2122 or
2172; PHYS 1260, 1261)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
MATH 2121. Calculus for the Life Sciences I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 or 1077 with a minimum grade
of C)
MATH 2122. Calculus for the Life Sciences II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2121)
PHYS 1250, 1260. General Physics (3,3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 1250: MATH 1065 or 1066; P for 1260: PHYS 1250)
PHYS 1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350; C for
1261: PHYS 1260 or 2260)
Choose recommended electives above 2999
Child Studies (24 s.h.)
CDFR 1103. Marriage and Family Relations (3) (F,S,SS) or SOCI 1025. Courtship and Marriage (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 2000. Child Development I: Prenatal Through Early Childhood (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 2001. Child Development II: Middle Childhood Through Young Adulthood (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 3002. Child in the Family (3) (F,S,SS) or PSYC 2201. Psychology of Childhood (3) (F,S,SS)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
Choose 9 s.h. CDFR electives above 2999
Economics (24 s.h.)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ECON 2133. Principles of Macroeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113)
ECON 3144. Intermediate Microeconomics (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113)
ECON 3244. Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2133)
Choose 12 s.h. ECON electives above 2999
English (24 s.h.)
CLAS 1500. Classical Mythology (3) (FC:HU) (Formerly CLAS 3460)
ENGL 2000. Interpreting Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1100)
ENGL 2100. Major British Writers (3) (F,S) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200) or ENGL 2200. Major American Writers
(3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 2700. Introduction to Language Studies (3) (WI) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200) or ENGL 2730. Functional
Grammar (3) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3810. Advanced Composition (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
187
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Choose one from:
ENGL 3260. African American Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3300. Women and Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3450. Northern European Mythology (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3460. Literature and Classical Mythology (3) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3570. American Folklore (3) (WI) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3600. Classics from Homer to Dante (3) (F) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3630. The Bible as Literature (3) (S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4360. World Literature in English (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
Choose 9 s.h. ENGL electives of which 6 s.h. must be above 2999
French (26 s.h.)
FREN 2330. Review of Grammar (3) (P: FREN 1004 or equivalent)
FREN 3225. Advanced Conversation (3) (P: FREN 2330)
FREN 3330. Composition and Advanced Grammar (3) (WI) (P: FREN 2330)
Choose 9 s.h. from:
FREN 2440. Readings in the Culture of France I (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 2441. Readings in the Culture of France II (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 2442. Readings in the Francophone Cultures of the Americas (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 1004)
FREN 2443. Readings in the Francophone Cultures of Africa (3) (FC:HU) (P: FREN 1004)
Choose 8 s.h. FREN electives above 2999
General Science (18 s.h.)
SCIE 3602. Investigations in Physical and Earth Science (4) (F,S,SS)
SCIE 3604. Investigations in Life and Environmental Science (4) (F,S,SS)
Choose two of the following four:
BIOL 1050. General Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
CHEM 1020. General Descriptive Chemistry (4) (F,S) (FC:SC)
GEOL 1500. Dynamic Earth (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
PHYS 1250. General Physics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066)
Choose one of the following two:
SCIE 3350, 3351. Descriptive Astronomy (4,0) (F)
SCIE 3360, 3361. Physical Meteorology (4,0) (S)
General Science (24 s.h.)
BIOL 1050. General Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
CHEM 1020. General Descriptive Chemistry (4) (F,S) (FC:SC)
GEOL 1500. Dynamic Earth (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
PHYS 1250. General Physics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066)
SCIE 3602. Investigations in Physical and Earth Science (4) (F,S,SS)
SCIE 3604. Investigations in Life and Environmental Science (4) (F,S,SS)
Choose one of the following:
SCIE 3350, 3351. Descriptive Astronomy (4,0)
SCIE 3360, 3361. Physical Meteorology (4,0)
Geography (24 s.h.)
GEOG 1000. People, Places, and Environments (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
GEOG 1200. Introduction to Physical Geography (3) (F) (RC: GEOG 1201)
GEOG 2003. Geography of the Global Economy (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3046. United States and Canada (3) (F) (FC:SO)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
188
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
Choose 3 s.h. GEOG elective selected in consultation with advisor
Choose 3 s.h. from:
GEOG 3047. Western Europe (3) (S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3049. South America (3) (WI) (F) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3050. Africa (3) (WI) (S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3051. Asia (3) (S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3055. North Carolina (3) (F) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3056. Middle America (3) (FC:SO)
Choose 6 s.h. GEOG electives above 2999
Geology (24 s.h.)
GEOL 1500. Dynamic Earth (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
GEOL 1501. Dynamic Earth Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C: GEOL 1500)
GEOL 1550. Oceanography (4) (S) (FC:SC)
GEOL 1600. Earth and Life Through Time (4) (S) (FC:SC)
Choose 12 s.h. GEOL electives above 2999
German (24 s.h.)
GERM 2210. Intermediate German Composition and Conversation I (3) (P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor)
GERM 2211. Intermediate German Composition and Conversation II (3) (P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor)
GERM 2300. Introduction to German Literature (3) (P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor)
GERM 2420. Culture of the German Speaking World (3) (P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor)
GERM 3210. Conversation (3) (P: GERM 2210 or 2211; or consent of instructor)
GERM 3330. Composition and Advanced Grammar (3) (P: GERM 2210, 2211 or consent of instructor)
Choose 6 s.h. GERM electives above 2999
Hispanic Studies (24 s.h.)
SPAN 2110. Cultural Readings in Spanish (3) (P: SPAN 1004 or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 2222. Intermediate Spanish Conversation (3) (P: Minimum grade of B in SPAN 1004 or consent of dept chair;
RC: SPAN 2330) or SPAN 3220. Advanced Oral Communication Through Multimedia (3) (P: SPAN 2222 or
consent of dept chair)
SPAN 2330. Intermediate Composition and Review of Grammar (3) (P: Minimum grade of B in SPAN 1004 or
consent of dept chair; RC: SPAN 2222)
SPAN 2440. Spanish Culture and Civilization (3) (WI*) (P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 2441. Latin-American Culture and Civilization (3) (P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of dept chair)
SPAN 2550. Approaches to the Study of Hispanic Literature (3) (FC:HU) (P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent
of dept chair)
Choose 6 s.h. SPAN electives above 2999
History (24 s.h.)
HIST 1030. World Civilizations to 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1031. World Civilizations Since 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1050. American History to 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1051. American History Since 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
Choose 12 s.h. HIST electives of which 9 s.h. must be above 2999
Interdisciplinary Human Studies (18 s.h.)
Choose 9 s.h. from the following:
EXSS 2900. Teaching Skillful Movement (3) (F,S,SS) (P: EXSS 2323; P/C: EXSS 2202)
EXSS 3300. Applied Sports Psychology (3) (F) (P: PSYC 1000)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
189
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
EXSS 3301. Physical Education and Sport in Modern Society (3) (F,SS) (P: Health and human performance major
or minor, or consent of instructor)
EXSS 3900. Elementary School Instruction in Physical Education (3) (F,S) (P: Upper division standing; EXSS 2122,
2500, 2600, 2700, 2900)
HLTH 3020. Health Disparities (3) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; 3010 or consent of instructor)
HLTH 3030. Health Behavior Theory (3) (WI) (S) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; PSYC 1000)
HLTH 4001. Stress Management: Principles and Practices (3) (S)
HLTH 5310. Education for Human Sexuality (3)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 4350. Psychology of Sexual Behavior (3) (F,S) (P: 6 s.h. of PSYC to include PSYC 1000 or 1060)
REHB 2003. Alcohol and Drug Abuse: Health and Social Problems (3) (F,S)
SOCI 1025. Courtship and Marriage (3) (F,S)
SOCI 3325. Sociology of Human Sexuality (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor)
Choose 9 s.h. from the following:
BIOL 2130. Human Anatomy and Physiology (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
EHST 2110. Introduction to Environmental Health Science (3) (F,S)
EXSS 2202. Motor Learning and Performance (3) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 3805. Exercise Physiology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or BIOL 2140, 2150; EXSS 2805)
EXSS 3850. Introduction to Biomechanics (3) (F, S, SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or BIOL 2140; 2150, 2151; EXSS 2850;
PHYS 1250, 1251; or consent of instructor)
EXSS 3906. Physical Education for Special Populations (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Upper division standing; EXSS 2323; SPED
2000; or consent of instructor)
EXSS 4804. Measurement and Evaluation in Exercise and Sport Science (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Upper division standing;
EXSS 2323; MATH 1065; health and human performance major or minor or consent of chair)
EXSS 4805. Exercise Evaluation and Prescription Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (C: EXSS 4806)
EXSS 4806. Exercise Evaluation and Prescription (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Health and human performance major
or minor; EXSS 3805; or consent of instructor; C: EXSS 4805)
HLTH 2125, 2126. First Aid and CPR (3,0) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; C for 2125: HLTH 2126; C for 2126:
HLTH 2125)
HLTH 3010. Health Problems I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or 2140; HLTH 1000 or 1050; or consent of instructor)
NUTR 1000. Contemporary Nutrition (3) or NUTR 2105. Nutrition (3)
Mathematics (18 s.h.)
MATE 1267. Functional Relationships (3) (S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
MATE 2067. Data and Probability Explorations (3) (F, S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
MATE 3067. Algebra and Number Foundations (3) (F, S) P: MATH 1065 or equivalent.
MATE 3167. Geometry and Measurement (3) (F, S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
MATE 3267. Concepts in Discrete Mathematics (3) (S) (P: MATE 3067)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on math placement test)
Mathematics (24 s.h.)
MATE 1267. Functional Relationships (3) (S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
MATE 2067. Data and Probability Explorations (3) (F, S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
MATE 3067. Algebra and Number Foundations (3) (F, S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
MATE 3167. Geometry and Measurement (3) (F, S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
MATE 3267. Concepts in Discrete Mathematics (3) (S) (P: MATE 3067)
MATE 3367. Mathematical Modeling (3) (S) (P: MATE 1267, 2267, 3067, and 3167)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on math placement test)
MATH 2119. Elements of Calculus (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 with minimum grade of C)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
190
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
Philosophy (24 s.h.)
PHIL 1110. Introduction to Philosophy (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
PHIL 1175. Introduction to Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
PHIL 1500. Introduction to Logic (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (FC:MA)
PHIL 4270. Ethics (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) (P: 6 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor)
Choose 12 s.h. PHIL electives above 2999
Physics (33 s.h.)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
MATH 2121. Calculus for the Life Sciences I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 or 1077 with a minimum
grade of C)
MATH 2122. Calculus for the Life Sciences II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2121)
PHYS 1250, 1260. General Physics (3,3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 1250: MATH 1065 or 1066; P for 1260: PHYS 1250)
PHYS 1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350; C for 1261:
PHYS 1260 or 2260)
PHYS 2021. Experimental Physics (1) (F-04) (P: PHYS 1261, 2260)
PHYS 2250, 2260, 2270. Advanced General Physics (3,3,3) (P: MATH 1085 or 2121; P/C: MATH 2122 or 2171)
Choose 6 s.h. PHYS electives above 2999
Political Science (24 s.h.)
POLS 1010. National Government (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
Choose 1 course in American government
Choose 1 course in comparative government and politics
Choose 1 course in international relations
Choose 1 course in political theory and methodology
Choose 9 s.h. POLS electives above 2999
Psychology (24-25 s.h.)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 2101. Psychological Statistics (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: MATH 1065 or MATH 1066) or MATH 2228.
Elementary Statistical Methods I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 3225. Psychology of Learning (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or PSYC 3226. Cognitive Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
(P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 4305. Educational Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 2201 or 3206 or 3240 or equivalent)
PSYC 4333. Learning Theories and Applications (3) (P: PSYC 1000)
PSYC 5325. Introduction to Psychological Testing (3) (P: Statistics course; PSYC 1000 or 1060)
Choose 3 s.h. PSYC electives
Reading (25 s.h.)
READ 3204. Fundamentals of Reading (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Admission to upper division and ELEM 3250)
READ 3210. Assessment, Design, and Implementation of Elementary Classroom Reading Instruction (3) (F,S,SS)
(P: READ 3204 and admission to upper division)
READ 3205. Diagnostic/Prescriptive Teaching of Reading (3) (F,S,SS) (P: READ 3204; C: READ 3206)
READ 3206. Practicum in Diagnostic/Prescriptive Teaching of Reading (1) (F,S,SS) (P: READ 3204)
READ 5316. Applied Phonics (3)
READ 5317. Reading in the Junior and Senior High School (3)
Choose 9 s.h. from:
ELEM 3249. Literacy Development in Early Childhood (3) (F) (P: Admission to upper division)
ENGL 2730. Functional Grammar (3) (F,S)
LIBS 3200. The Art of Storytelling (3) (S)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
191
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
READ 4534. Problems in Reading (Topic: Literacy and Technology) (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor and
dept chair)
SPED 2103. Introduction to Learning Disabilities (3) (F,S,SS) (P: SPED 2000)
Social Studies (24 s.h.)
ANTH 3002. Cultures of East Asia (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor) or
GEOG 3049. South America (3) (WI) (F) (FC:SO) or GEOG 3051. Far East (3) (S) (FC:SO) or HIST 3611. History
of the Far East Since 1600 (3) (FC:SO)
ANTH 3003. Cultures of Africa (3) (OY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor)
or GEOG 3050. Africa (3) (S) (FC:SO) or HIST 3710. Introduction to Latin-American History: Colonial Period (3)
(WI*) (FC:SO) or HIST 3711. Introduction to Latin-American History: Since 1808 (3) (FC:SO) or
HIST 3810. History of Africa (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
GEOG 2100. World Geography: Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or GEOG 2110. World Geography:
Less Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1030. World Civilizations to 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or HIST 1031. World Civilizations Since 1500 (3)
(WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1050. American History to 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or HIST 1051. American History Since 1877 (3)
(WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 3100. North Carolina History (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 1010. National Government (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or POLS 3265. African Political Systems (3) (S) (FC:SO)
Sociology (24 s.h.)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
SOCI 2111. Modern Social Problems (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 3222. Rural Sociology (3) (FC:SO) or SOCI 3225. Urban Sociology (3) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110) or SOCI 3235.
Population Trends and Problems (3) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 3385. History of Sociology (3) (WI) (F) (P: SOCI 2110)
Choose 12 s.h. SOCI electives above 2999
Teaching English as a Second Language (24 s.h.)
ENGL 2700. Introduction to Language Studies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 2740. Language in the USA (3) (F) (FC:HU)
ENGL 3730. The Structure of English: Phonology and Morphology (3) (F) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3740. The Structure of English: Syntax and Semantics (3) (S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3750. Introductory Linguistics (3) (S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4360. World Literature in English (3) (WI) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4710. Teaching English as a Second Language: Theories and Principles (3) (F) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4720. Applied Linguistics for Language Teachers (3) (S) (P: ENGL 4710)
UPPER DIVISION OF TEACHER EDUCATION
Prior to enrolling in selected professional education courses (see departmental requirements) and applying for the internship
experience, all students must be admitted to the upper division of teacher education. Application for admission is normally
completed during the second semester of the sophomore year or rst semester of the junior year. Transfer students must
have completed at least 12 s.h. at East Carolina University before they are eligible to apply.
Steps in admission to upper division include:
1. Satisfactory completion of 16-hour early eld experience with minimum grade of C, normally as part of departmental
2123 or 2611 courses.
2. Passing scores on PRAXIS I, SAT or ACT or combination.
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
192
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3. A minimum GPA of 2.5 on a 4.0 scale for all college work attempted at East Carolina University. Students must also
meet minimum academic major grade point average requirements. (See catalog or advisor.)
4. Completion of technology competencies. (See advisor.)
Internship
Internship is the culminating aspect of the professional component of teacher preparation. The internship provides students
opportunities to synthesize and apply previous learning and experience; to develop and apply analytical and problem-solving
skills to the various activities of teaching, including self-evaluation; and to grow professionally through observing, planning, and
teaching with an outstanding teacher.
Applications for admission to the internship must be submitted to the internship coordinator in the major department one
year prior to the semester in which the student will complete internship requirements. Assignments will be located within the
Latham Clinical Schools Network. Students are strongly discouraged from working during their internship. For applications and
more detailed information, consult Welcome To Teacher Education Handbook, available in the student stores and online.
Administration of the internship is provided by clinical experiences coordinators, who work with the director of teacher
education, department chairs, the teacher education staff, and local school personnel.
A minimum grade of C in the internship and a minimum 2.5 GPA is required for licensure.
Additional Requirements for Interns in Selected Program Areas
In addition to meeting the requirements of all secondary education majors, art majors must have earned a minimum grade
of C in ART 3851, 3860.
Prior to the internship, elementary education majors must have completed the following courses with a minimum grade of
C: EDUC 3200; EDUC 4400 or PSYC 4305; EDTC 4001; ELEM 2123, 3235, 3236, 3250, 4525, 4550, 4551; MATE 3350,
3351, 3360; READ 3204, 3210; SCIE 3216; SPED 4010.
A minimum 2.5 is required for admission to the English education program. Students must have a minimum grade of C in
EDTC 4001; EDUC 4400 or PSYC 4305; ENED 2123, 3815, 4323, 4960; ENGL 2000, 2700, 3000, 3010, 3020; PSYC 3206;
in READ 3990 or 5317; and in SPED 2000, 4010.
Middle grades education majors must have earned a minimum grade of C in EDUC 3200; MIDG 2123, 3001, 3010, 3022,
4001, 4010; PSYC 4305 or EDUC 4400; READ 3990 or 5317; SPED 4010; and two methods courses (4319).
Music education majors must have a minimum cumulative and major 2.5 GPA. They must have earned a minimum grade
of C in MUSC 2123 and in each course of their major methods sequence, MUSC 3217, 3227, 4323; or MUSC 3237, 3247,
4333; and must also have successfully completed EDUC 3200; 4400 or PSYC 4305; and SPED 4010.
Special education majors must have earned a minimum grade of C in EDUC 3200; READ 3204; all SPED courses taken; and
in COMM 2410 or 2420. They must have also successfully completed MATE 3050, 3051, 3060 and MUSC 3048. Special
education – General Curriculum majors must also have earned a minimum grade of C in ELEM 3250.
Other secondary education and special subjects majors must have a minimum major 2.5 GPA. They must have earned a
minimum grade of C in both the departmental early experience and methods courses as well as have successfully completed
EDUC 3200. With the exception indicated above for music education, only 4323 departmental courses are acceptable for
meeting the methods course requirement (4611 for FREN, GERM, and SPAN). (Note: The methods course, EDUC 4400,
and SPED 4010 should be taken concurrently.)
LICENSURE
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
To be eligible for teacher licensure in North Carolina, the student must complete the requirements of an approved competency-
based teacher education program designed to meet the requirements for the professional studies components of programs in
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
193
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
all teaching areas. For a clear NC teaching license and to meet federal guidelines of the No Child Left Behind Act, individuals
must be highly qualied. Twenty-four hours of content area courses or PRAXIS II test(s) are needed to be licensed with the
exception of the areas of elementary and special education. PRAXIS II tests are required for those areas. When the programs
have been properly planned, coordinated, and implemented, and when these credits and experiences have been veried
by the appropriate unit, the dean of the College of Education or designee recommends the issuance of the proper teacher,
special services personnel, or administrative license or certicate. Licensure requirements are beyond degree requirements.
Out-of-state applicants who are seeking licensure, in-state residents who are prepared in institutions outside the state, and
in-state and out-of-state teachers seeking to change, upgrade, and/or add elds or subjects to their present license must submit
their credentials to the appropriate academic department or school and to the director of teacher education for evaluation
toward the competency-based teacher education program for North Carolina.
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES EDUCATION
Ivan G. Wallace, Chairperson, 2318 Bate Building
The vision of the Department of Business and Information Technologies Education is to be recognized for the strength of
our programs, expertise of our faculty, and quality of our graduates in our quest to meet the changing needs of the global
community. The mission of the Department is to prepare and develop professionals in workforce preparedness education
and information technologies. The department offers undergraduate programs of study in business education, marketing
education, and information processing/administrative services. Minors are offered in information processing and distribution
technology: merchandising.
The department may accept up to 30 s.h. of lower-level (numbered 1000-2999 at ECU) technical credit from a community
college or technical or junior college toward some of its BS degree options. Transfer students must meet the requirements
of the degree option they elect.
The department is a member of the National Association for Business Teacher Education (NABTE).
BSBE in Business Education
See Licensure, above. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval
of revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
1. Foundationscurriculumandspecialrequirementsforcertication(SeeSection4,
FoundationsCurriculumRequirementsforallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),including
those listed below ......................................................................................................................42s.h.
ART 1910. Art Appreciation (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or MUSC 2208. Music Appreciation (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1050. American History to 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or HIST 1051. American History Since 1877 (3)
(WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or MATH
1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics
placement test or approval of dept chair)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
Choose a literature course (FC:HU)
Choose a speech course (FC:FA)
2. Professional studies ....................................................................................................................24s.h.
BITE 2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F,S)
BITE 4324. Internship in Career and Technical Education (10) (S) (P: Admission to upper division; C: BITE 4325)
BITE 4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Career and Technical Education (0) (S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: BITE 4324)
EDUC 3002. Introduction to Diversity (3)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
194
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester) or PSYC 4305. Educational Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 2201 or 2240 or 3206 or 3240
or equivalent)
READ 3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS)
SPED 4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) (RP: SPED 2000)
3. Common core ...............................................................................................................................48s.h.
BITE 2212. Basic Programming for Business Applications (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 2311. Financial Information Systems I (3) (F,S,SS) )
BITE 2500. Electronic Information Processing II (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3200. Distribution Technology I: Merchandising (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3220. Business Communications (3) (WI) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3228. Administrative Management (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3311. Financial Information Systems II (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3500. Electronic Information Processing III (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4200. Microcomputer Business Applications (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4323. Methods of Teaching Career and Technical Education (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division)
BITE 4390. Consumer Financial Management (3) (WI) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4400. Administration and Supervision of Career and Technical Education (3) (S,SS)
BITE 4500. Information Processing Systems Design (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4700. Web Site Design and Maintenance (3) (F,S,SS)
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
MATH 2228. Elementary Statistical Methods I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent) or MATH 2283. Statistics
for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
4. Academicconcentration(SeeAcademicConcentration,above.Amaximumof6s.h.may
be counted toward foundations curriculum requirements.): business information
technologies education concentration recommended ..........................................................24s.h.
5. Alldegreecandidatesmustmeetabusiness/marketingexperiencerequirementthatmay
besatisedbyappropriatedocumentationorbyaninternshipexperience.
6. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
BSBE in Business and Marketing Education
See Licensure, above. Minimum degree requirement is 128s.h.of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval
of revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
1. Foundationscurriculumandspecialrequirementsforcertication(SeeSection4,
FoundationsCurriculumRequirementsforallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),including
those listed below ......................................................................................................................42s.h.
ART 1910. Art Appreciation (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or MUSC 2208. Music Appreciation (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1050. American History to 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or HIST 1051. American History Since 1877 (3)
(WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or
MATH 1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on
mathematics placement test or approval of dept chair)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
Choose a literature course (FC:HU)
Choose a speech course (FC:FA)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
195
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
2. Professional studies ....................................................................................................................24s.h.
BITE 2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F,S)
BITE 4324. Internship in Career and Technical Education (10) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division; C: BITE 4325)
BITE 4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Career and Technical Education (0) (F, S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: BITE 4324)
EDUC 3002. Introduction to Diversity (3)
EDUC 3200. IFoundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester) or PSYC 4305. Educational Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 2201 or 2240 or 3206 or 3240
or equivalent)
READ 3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS)
SPED 4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) (RP: SPED 2000)
3. Common core ...............................................................................................................................51 s.h.
BITE 2212. Basic Programming for Business Applications (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 2311. Financial Information Systems I (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 2500. Electronic Information Processing II (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3200. Distribution Technology I: Merchandising (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3220. Business Communications (3) (WI) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3228. Administrative Management (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3301. Distribution Technology II: Promotion (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BITE 3200)
BITE 3311. Financial Information Systems II (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3302. Distribution Technology III: Selling (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4200. Microcomputer Business Applications (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4323. Methods of Teaching Career and Technical Education (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division)
BITE 4390. Consumer Financial Management (3) (WI) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4400. Administration and Supervision of Career and Technical Education (3) (S,SS)
BITE 4500. Information Processing Systems Design (3) (F,S,SS) (Formerly ASIP 4500)
BITE 4700. Web Site Design and Maintenance (3) (F,S,SS)
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
MATH 2228. Elementary Statistical Methods I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent) or MATH 2283. Statistics
for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
4. Academicconcentration(SeeAcademicConcentration,above.Amaximumof6s.h.may
be counted toward foundations curriculum requirements.): business information
technologies education concentration recommended ..........................................................24s.h.
5. Alldegreecandidatesmustmeetabusiness/marketingexperiencethatmaybesatisedby
appropriatedocumentationorbyaninternshipexperience.
6. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
BSBE in Information Technologies
Minimum degree requirement is 127 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow ............................. 42s.h.
ART 1910. Art Appreciation (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or MUSC 2208. Music Appreciation (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1050. American History to 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or HIST 1051. American History Since 1877 (3)
(WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or
MATH 1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on
mathematics placement test or approval of dept chair)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
196
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
Choose a literature course (FC:HU)
Choose a speech course (FC:FA)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................76 s.h.
BITE 1500. Electronic Information Processing I (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 2112. Introduction to Information Processing Technology (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 2212. Basic Programming for Business Applications (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 2311. Financial Information Systems I (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 2500. Electronic Information Processing II (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3200. Distribution Technology I: Merchandising (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3220. Business Communications (3) (WI) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3228. Administrative Management (3) (F,S,SS)
*BITE 3291, 3292, 3293, 3294. Internship: Supervised Work Experience (1,2,3,4) (F,S,SS) (May be taken in any
combination for a maximum of 4 s.h.)
BITE 3301. Distribution Technology II: Promotion (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BITE 3200)
BITE 3311. Financial Information Systems II (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3500. Electronic Information Processing III (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4100. Introduction to Virtual Environments in Business and Information Technology Education (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4200. Microcomputer Business Applications (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4300. Administrative Ofce Procedures (3) (F,S,SS) or BITE 4435. Instructional Strategies for Technical Training
(3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4390. Consumer Financial Management (3) (WI) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4500. Information Processing Systems Design (3) (F,S,SS) or MIS 3063. Introduction to Management Information
Systems (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ACCT 2521)
BITE 4700. Web Site Design and Maintenance (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 5200. Microcomputer Business Graphics Applications (3) (F,S,SS) (Formerly ASIP 5200) (P: BITE 4200 or
consent of instructor) or MIS 4133. Information Systems Management (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: MIS 3063)
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
MATH 2228. Elementary Statistical Methods I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent) or MATH 2283. Statistics
for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
PSYC 3221. Social Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or PSYC 3241. Personnel and Industrial Psychology (3) (F,S,SS)
(FC:SO)
Choose 9 s.h. major electives above 2999
*Students who have met work experience requirement should take 4 s.h. of electives in the major.
3. Generalelectivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
Distribution Technology: Merchandising Minor
The distribution technology: merchandising minor requires 27 s.h. of credit as follows:
BITE 2112. Introduction to Information Processing Technology (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 2311. Financial Information Systems I (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3200. Distribution Technology I: Merchandising (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3220. Business Communications (3) (WI) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3301. Distribution Technology II: Promotion (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BITE 3200)
BITE 3302. Distribution Technology III: Selling (3) (F,S)
BITE 4700. Web Site Design and Maintenance (3) (F,S,SS)
Choose 3 s.h. minor area electives to be selected in consultation with minor area advisor
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
197
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Information Processing Minor
The information processing minor requires 30 s.h. of credit as follows:
BITE 1500. Electronic Information Processing I (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 2112. Introduction to Information Processing Technology (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 2311. Financial Information Systems I (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 2500. Electronic Information Processing II (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3220. Business Communications (3) (WI) (F,S,SS)
BITE 3500. Electronic Information Processing III (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4100. Introduction to Virtual Environments in Business and Information Technology Education (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4200. Microcomputer Business Applications (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4500. Information Processing Systems Design (3) (F,S,SS)
BITE 4700. Web Site Design and Maintenance (3) (F,S,SS)
DEPARTMENT OF CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION
Carolyn C. Ledford, Interim Chair, 122 Speight Building
The mission of the Department of Curriculum and Instruction is to prepare pre-service and in-service teachers in the areas of
elementary education, English education, history education, middle grades education, and special education. The department
faculty is committed to providing comprehensive programs, rich in clinical experiences, and designed to produce teachers
who are reective practitioners who provide professional service to the community, the state, and the nation. Bachelor of
science degrees are offered in elementary education, English education, history education, middle grades education, and in
two areas of special education: general curriculum and adapted curriculum. The reading, foundations, and research program
areas are also housed within the Department of Curriculum and Instruction and provide support for the university’s teacher
education programs.
Reading Center
The Reading Center is designed to aid college students with reading difculties. READ 1031, 1 s.h. credit, is an individualized
course designed to increase reading power, efciency, and study skills .
BS in Elementary Education (K-6)
See Licensure, above. Minimum degree requirement is 128s.h.of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval
of revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow .............................. 42s.h
ANTH 1000. Introduction to Anthropology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or ANTH 2005. Environmental Anthropology (3)
(S) (FC:SO) or ANTH 2010. Societies Around the World (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or ETHN 2002. Introduction to
Ethnic Studies: Social Science (3) (FC:SO) or SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or POLS
1010. National Government (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ART 3850. Art in the Elementary School (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) (P: Junior standing)
GEOG 1000. People, Places, and Environments (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or GEOG 2100. World Geography: Developed
Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or GEOG 2110. World Geography: Less Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1050. American History to 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or HIST 1051. American History Since 1877 (3)
(WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or HIST 3100. North Carolina History (3) (FC:SO) or HIST 3110. History of African
Americans (3) (FC:SO) or HIST 1030. World Civilizations to 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or HIST 1031.
World Civilizations Since 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or HIST 3611. History of the Far East Since 1600 (3)
(FC:SO) or HIST 3711. Introduction to Latin-American History: Since 1808 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) or HIST 3810.
History of Africa (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
198
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) or MATH 2127. Basic Concepts of Mathematics (3) (F,S,SS)
(FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
MUSC 3018. Introduction to Basic Music Skills for Elementary School Teachers (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
Choose 4 s.h. BIOL (FC:SC)
Choose 4 s.h. CHEM, PHYS, or GEOL (FC:SC)
Choose 3 s.h. literature, except children’s literature (FC:HU)
2. Professional studies ....................................................................................................................25 s.h.
EDTC 4001. Technology in Education (2) (F,S,SS) (P: Admission to upper division)
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester) or PSYC 4305. Educational Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 2201 or 2240 or 3206 or 3240
or equivalent)
ELEM 2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F,S)
ELEM 4324. Internship in the Elementary School (10) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division; EDTC 4001; EDUC 4400
or PSYC 4305; ELEM 3236, 3250, 4525, 4551; MATE 3223; READ 3210; SCIE 3216; C: ELEM 4325)
ELEM 4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Elementary Education (1) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division; C: ELEM
4526)
READ 3204. Fundamentals of Reading (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ELEM 3250)
SPED 4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) (RP: SPED 2000)
3. Academicconcentration(See Academic Concentration, above. A maximum of 6 s.h. may be counted in
foundations curriculum requirements.) ..................................................................................................18s.h.
4. Specialtyarea ...............................................................................................................................43s.h.
ELEM 3235. Curriculum and Instruction in the Elementary School (4) (F,S,SS) (P: ELEM 2123, 3275; C: ELEM 3236)
ELEM 3236. Practicum in Curriculum and Instruction in the Elementary School (1) (F,S,SS) (P/C: ELEM 2123;
C: ELEM 3235)
ELEM 3250. Language Arts in the Early Childhood and Elementary School (4) (WI) (F,S,SS)
ELEM 3275. Early Childhood and Elementary School Curriculum (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Sophomore standing; P/C: ELEM 2123
or CDFR 2123)
ELEM 4525. Classroom Organization and Management in the Early Childhood and Elementary School (3) (F,S)
(P: Admission to upper division; ELEM 3235, ELEM 4550)
ELEM 4526. Practicum in Classroom Organization and Management (1) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
ELEM 3235, 3236; C: ELEM 4324, 4325)
ELEM 4550. Social Studies in the Early Childhood and Elementary School (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: Minimum of 9 s.h. in social
studies content courses; admission to upper division; ELEM 3235; C: ELEM 4551)
ELEM 4551. Practicum in Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary School (1) (F,S) (P: Upper division standing;
C: ELEM 4550)
EXSS 3545. Practices and Procedures in Physical Education for Elementary Schools (2) (F,S,SS) (P: ELEM major or
consent of instructor)
HLTH 3244. Practices and Procedures in Health for Elementary School (2) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050 and any
2123 course, or consent of instructor)
MATE 3050. Mathematics and Methods for Grades Pre-K-2 (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Foundations Curriculum mathematics
course. C: MATE 3051)
MATE 3051. Field Experience in Mathematics Grades K-2 (1) (F, S,SS) (P: Foundations Curriculum mathematics
course. C: MATE 3050)
MATE 3060. Mathematics and Methods for Grades 3-6 (4) (F,S,SS) (P: Admission to upper division; MATE 3050)
PSYC 2201. Psychology of Childhood (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060 or equivalent) or PSYC 3206. Develop-
mental Psychology (3) (F,S,SS)
READ 3210. Assessment, Design, and Implementation of Elementary Classroom Reading Instruction (3) (F,S,SS)
(P: Admission to upper division, READ 3204)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
199
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SCIE 3216. Teaching Science in the Elementary School (3) (F,S,SS)
SPED 2000. Introduction to Exceptional Children (2) (F,S,SS)
5. Cognate ...........................................................................................................................................3 s.h.
ENGL 4950. Literature for Children (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200) or LIBS 4950. Literature for
Children (3) (WI) (S)
Electives to complete requirements for graduation
BS in English, Secondary Education
A minimum GPA of 2.5 is required for admission to the BS program. English education majors must have a minimum grade
of C in EDTC 4001; EDUC 4400 or PSYC 4305; ENED 2123, 3018, 3815, 4010, 4323, 4960; ENGL 2000, 2700, 2710, 3000,
3010, 3020; PSYC 3206; READ 3990 or 5317; and SPED 4010. See Section 8, Academic Programs, College of Education,
Licensure, for NC teacher licensure requirements. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
1. Foundationscurriculumplusspecialrequirementsforlicensure(Forinformationabout
coursesthatcarryfoundationscurriculumcreditseeLiberalArtsFoundationsCurriculum),
including those listed below ......................................................................................................42s.h.
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
ENGL 2000. Interpreting Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
2. Core(exclusiveoffreshmancomposition) .............................................................................51 s.h.
ENED 3018. Introduction to the High School English Curriculum (3) (S) (P: ENED 2123 or consent of chair)
ENED 3815. Composition Instruction in Grades 9-12 (3) (WI) (S) (P: ENED 2123 or consent of dept chair)
ENED 4010. Assessment, Management, and Instruction in High School English (3) (F) (P: Admission to upper
division; ENED 4960)
ENED 4323. The Teaching of English in High School (3) (F) (P: Admission to upper division; ENED 4960)
ENED 4960. Literature for High School (3) (WI) (F)
ENGL 2700. Introduction to Language Studies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 2710. English Grammar (3) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3000. History of British Literature to 1700 (3) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL major, minor, or consent of dept;
ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3010. History of British Literature, 1700-1900 (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL major, minor, or consent
of dept; ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3020. History of American Literature to 1900 (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL major, minor, or consent
of dept; ENGL 1200)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
ENGL 4070. Shakespeare: The Histories (3) (F-EY) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4080. Shakespeare: The Comedies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4090. Shakespeare: The Tragedies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
ENGL 3240. U.S. Latino/a Literature (3) (WI) (F) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3250. Native American Literature (3) (WI) (S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3260. African American Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3300. Women in Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4340. Ethnic American Literature (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4360. World Literature in English. (3) (WI) (FC:HU) Formerly ENGL 3100 (P: ENGL 1200)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
CLAS 1500. Classical Mythology (3) (FC:HU) (Formerly CLAS 3460)
CLAS 2000. Introduction to Classics (3) (WI) (FC:HU)
CLAS 2220. Great Works of Ancient Literature I: Greece (3) (FC:HU)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
200
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
CLAS 2500. Greek Tragedy in Translation (3) (FC:HU)
ENGL 3450. Northern European Mythology (3) (WI) (FC:HU)
ENGL 3460. Literature and Classical Mythology (3) (FC: HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3600. Classics from Homer to Dante (3) (FC: HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
Choose 6 s.h. from any 4000- or 5000-level literature course, excluding ENED 4970; ENGL 4230, 4910, 4920, 4950 .
Choose 6 s.h. from any ENGL courses 2000 or above
3. Professional courses ............................................................................................................. 25-26 s.h.
EDTC 4001. Technology in Education (2) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division)
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester) or PSYC 4305. Educational Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 2201 or 2240 or 3206 or 3240
or equivalent)
ENED 2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENED 4324. Internship in English (10) (S) (P: Admission to upper division; a minimum grade of C in ENED 2123,
3815, 4323, 4960; EDTC 4001; EDUC 3200; PSYC 3206; PSYC 4305 or EDUC 4400; SPED 4010)
ENED 4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in English Education (2) (S) (P: Admission to upper division; C: ENED 4324)
READ 3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS) or READ 5317. Reading in
the Junior and Senior High School (3)
SPED 4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) (RP: SPED 2000)
4. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
Social Studies Teacher Licensure
A person wishing to meet the requirements for licensure in social studies, grades 9-12, must obtain the BS degree in history
and take required and elective cognate courses in anthropology, economics, geography, political science, psychology, and
sociology.
BS in History, Secondary Education
See Section 8, Academic Programs, College of Education, Licensure, for NC teacher licensure requirements. A minimum
GPA of 2.5 is required for admission to the program. History education majors must have a minimum grade of C in EDTC
4001; EDUC 4400 or PSYC 4305; HIED 2123, 3001, 3010, 4010, 4323; HIST 5135; PSYC 3206; READ 3990 or 5317; and
SPED 4010. Minimum degree requirement is 128s.h. of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
1. FoundationscurriculumandspecialrequirementsforLicensure(SeeSection4,
FoundationsCurriculumRequirementsforallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),including
those listed below........................................................................................................................42s.h.
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
Choose a literature course
May count cognates in 4., below, that also meet foundations curriculum requirements
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................33 s.h.
HIST 1030. World Civilizations to 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1031. World Civilizations Since 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1050. American History to 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1051. American History Since 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 3000. History: Its Nature and Method (3) (WI*) (F,S) (FC:SO) (P: 6 s.h. in HIST)
HIST 3235. The Era of Populism and Progressivism in American History, 1892-1919 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
or
HIST 3240. The Age of Franklin Roosevelt, 1919-1945 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
201
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
HIST 3245. The United States Since 1945 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3260. The United States and the Middle East, 1783 to the Present (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 5135. Problems in North Carolina History (3) (WI*) (P: HIST 1050, 1051; or consent of instructor)
Choose two electives above 2999
3. Cognates (Maycounttowardthefoundationscurriculumsocialsciencerequirement.) ............ 27 s.h.
ANTH 1000. Introduction to Anthropology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or ANTH 2010. Societies Around the World (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ECON 2133. Principles of Macroeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113)
GEOG 2100. World Geography: Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or GEOG 2110. World Geography:
Less Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
POLS 1010. National Government (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
Choose one POLS course above 2999
4. Professionalcourses ....................................................................................................................35 s.h.
EDTC 4001. Technology in Education (2) (F,S,SS) (P: Admission to upper division)
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester)
HIED 2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F,S) (P: 6 s.h. in HIED and 6 s.h. from other social
sciences)
HIED 3001. Teaching Civics and Economics in the Secondary Classroom (3) (F)
HIED 3010. History Curriculum and Planning in the Secondary Classroom (2) (S)
HIED 4010. Assessment in Secondary Social Studies (3) (F) (P: Admission to upper division; EDUC 3200;
HIED 3001, 3010; or consent of instructor; C: HIED 4323)
HIED 4323. The Teaching of Social Studies in High School (3) (F) (P: Admission to upper division; EDUC 3200;
HIED 3001, 3010; or consent of instructor; C: HIED 4010))
HIED 4324. Internship in Social Studies (10) (S) (P: Admission to upper division; HIED 4323; C: HIED 4325)
HIED 4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Social Studies Education (1) (S) (P: Admission to upper division; HIED 4323;
C: HIED 4324)
READ 3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS)
SPED 4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) (RP: SPED 2000)
5. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
BS in Middle Grades Education
See Licensure, above. A minimum GPA of 2.5 is required for admission to the program. Middle Grades education majors
must have a minimum grade of C in EDTC 4001; EDUC 4400 or PSYC 4305; MIDG 2123, 3001, 3010, 3022, 4001, 4010;
READ 5317; and SPED 4010. Minimum degree requirement is 128s.h.of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval
of revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(Forinformationaboutcoursesthatcarryfoundations
curriculumcreditseeLiberalArtsFoundationsCurriculum),includingthoselisted
below .............................................................................................................................................42s.h.
ANTH 2010. Societies Around the World (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or GEOG 2100. World Geography: Developed
Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or GEOG 2110. World Geography: Less Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or ECON 2113. Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ART 1910. Art Appreciation (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or DNCE 1000. Introduction to Dance (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or
MUSC 2208. Music Appreciation (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or THEA 1000. Introduction to Theatre (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
202
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
HIST 1050. American History to 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or HIST 1051. American History Since 1877 (3)
(WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or HIST 1030. World Civilizations to 1550 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or HIST 1031. World
Civilizations since 1550 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
POLS 1010. National Government (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
A literature course (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1100)
Choose 4 s.h. BIOL (FC:SC)
Choose 4 s.h. CHEM, PHYS, or GEOL (FC:SC)
Choose 5 s.h. humanities and/or ne arts
2. Professional studies ..............................................................................................................25-26 s.h.
EDTC 4001. Technology in Education (2) (F,S,SS) (P: Admission to upper division)
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester) or PSYC 4305. Educational Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 2201 or 2240 or 3206 or 3240
or equivalent)
MIDG 2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F,S) (P: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor)
MIDG 4324. Internship in the Middle Grades (10) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division; EDTC 4001; EDUC 3200;
EDUC 4400 or PSYC 4305; MIDG 4001, 4010; READ 5317; 2 methods courses from the following: MIDG, HIED,
MATE, SCIE 4319; C: MIDG 4325)
MIDG 4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Middle Grades Education (2) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: MIDG 4324)
READ 3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS) or READ 5317. Reading in
the Junior and Senior High School (3) (F,S,SS)
SPED 4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) (RP: SPED 2000)
A methods course (4319) is required for certication in each of the 2 academic concentrations leading to middle
grades licensure. No substitutions for methods classes may be made without special MIDG program approval.
3. Specialtyarea ...............................................................................................................................22 s.h.
MIDG 3001. Early Experience Through an Introduction to Middle Grades Education (3) (WI) (F,SS) (P/C: MIDG 2123)
MIDG 3010. Middle Grades Curriculum and Planning (3) (S,SS) (P: Junior standing; MIDG 3001; C: MIDG 3022)
MIDG 3022. Instructional Models and Strategies for Middle Grades (4) (S,SS) (P: MIDG 3001; C: MIDG 3010)
MIDG 4001. Organization, Management, and Motivation in the Middle Grades Classroom (3) (S,SS) (P: MIDG 2123,
3001 or approval by area coordinator; upper division standing)
MIDG 4010. Instructional Evaluation in Middle Grades (3) (WI) (F) (P: Upper division standing; MIDG 3010, 3022;
C: Choose 2 from ENED or MIDG; or HIED or MATE or SCIE 4319)
Choose two of the following four methods courses (total of 6 hours):
ENED 4319. Teaching English/Language Arts in the Middle Grades (3) (F) (P: Admission to upper division; EDUC
3200; MIDG 3001, 3010, 3022; 10 s.h. in ENGL; C: MIDG 4010; HIED or MATE or SCIE 4319)
HIED 4319. Teaching Social Studies in the Middle Grades (3) (F) (P: Admission to upper division; EDUC 3200;
MIDG 3001, 3010, 3022; 18 s.h. in social sciences; or consent of instructor; C: MIDG 4010; MIDG 4319 or
SCIE 4319 or MATE 4319)
MATE 4319. Teaching Mathematics in the Middle Grades (3) (F) (P: Admission to upper division; EDUC 3200;
MIDG 3010, 3022; C: MIDG 4010; HIED or MIDG or SCIE 4319 or consent of instructor)
SCIE 4319. Teaching Science in the Middle Grades (3) (F) (P: Admission to upper division; EDUC 3200; MIDG 3010,
3022; SCIE 3602, 3604; or consent of instructor; C: MIDG 4010; HIED or MATE or MIDG 4319)
4. Academicconcentration:Middle grades majors are required to complete two academic concentrations
appropriate for licensure ...........................................................................................................36-42s.h.
Middle grades education majors must select 2 of the following academic concentrations. A total of 6 credit hours in
each concentration may be double counted in foundations curriculum or specialty area.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
203
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
English(24s.h.)
CLAS 1500. Classical Mythology (3) (FC:HU) (Formerly CLAS 3460)
ENGL 2000. Interpreting Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1100)
ENGL 2100. Major British Writers (3) (F,S) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200) or ENGL 2200. Major American Writers
(3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 2700. Introduction to Language Studies (3) (WI) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200) or ENGL 2730. Functional
Grammar (3) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3810. Advanced Composition (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200) or ENED 3815. Composition Instruction in
Grades 9-12 (3) (WI) (S) (P: ENED 2123 or department consent)
Choose one from:
ENGL 3260. African American Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3300. Women and Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3450. Northern European Mythology (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3460. Literature and Classical Mythology (3) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3570. American Folklore (3) (WI) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3600. Classics from Homer to Dante (3) (F) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3630. The Bible as Literature (3) (S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4360. World Literature in English (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
Choose 9 s.h. ENGL electives of which 6 s.h. must be above 2999
GeneralScience(24s.h.)
BIOL 1050. General Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
CHEM 1020. General Descriptive Chemistry (4) (F,S) (FC:SC)
GEOL 1500. Dynamic Earth (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
PHYS 1250. General Physics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066)
SCIE 3602. Investigations in Physical and Earth Science for Elementary Majors (4) (F,S,SS)
SCIE 3604. Investigations in Life and Environmental Science for Elementary Education Majors (4) (F,S,SS)
Choose one of the following:
SCIE 3350, 3351. Descriptive Astronomy (4,0) (F)
SCIE 3360, 3361. Physical Meteorology (4,0) (S)
SocialStudies(24s.h.)
ANTH 3002. Cultures of East Asia (3) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor) or
GEOG 3049. South America (3) (WI) (F) (FC:SO) or GEOG 3051. Far East (3) (S) (FC:SO) or HIST 3611.
History of the Far East Since 1600 (3) (FC:SO) or ANTH 3003. Cultures of Africa (3) (OY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH
1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor) or GEOG 3050. Africa (3) (S) (FC:SO) or HIST 3710.
Introduction to Latin-American History: Colonial Period (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) or HIST 3711. Introduction to
Latin-American History: Since 1808 (3) (FC:SO) or HIST 3810. History of Africa (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
GEOG 2100. World Geography: Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or GEOG 2110. World Geography:
Less Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1030. World Civilizations to 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or HIST 1031. World Civilizations Since 1500
(3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1050. American History to 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or HIST 1051. American History Since 1877
(3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 3100. North Carolina History (3) (FC:SO)
POLS 1010. National Government (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or POLS 3265. African Political Systems (3) (S) (FC:SO)
Mathematics(24s.h.)
MATE 1267. Functional Relationships (3) (S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
MATE 2067. Data and Probability Explorations (3) (F, S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
MATE 3067. Algebra and Number Foundations (3) (F, S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
MATE 3167. Geometry and Measurement (3) (F, S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
MATE 3267. Concepts in Discrete Mathematics (3) (S) (P: MATE 3067)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
204
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
MATE 3367. Mathematical Modeling (3) (S) (P: MATE 1267, 2267, 3067, and 3167)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on math placement test)
MATH 2119. Elements of Calculus (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 with minimum grade of C)
5. Cognate ...........................................................................................................................................3 s.h.
Mathematics concentration students: MATE 2067. Data and Probability Explorations (3) (F, S) (P: MATH 1065
or equivalent) or MATE 3167. Geometry and Measurement (3) (F, S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
Non-mathematics concentration students: EDUC 3002. Introduction to Diversity (3)
6. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
BS in Special Education, Adapted Curriculum
The BS in special education degree prepares and develops professionals in special education who are committed to
accomplishing the following as teachers of children with disabilities: the development of each student’s maximum individual
potential through the acquisition of skills, values, and attitudes in the academic, social, communicative, vocational, and motoric
domains. To this end, students are prepared for the role of diagnostic/prescriptive teachers. The BS degree comprises two
areas of special education that lead to initial teaching licensure in the general curriculum and the adapted curriculum. An
add-on licensure program is available in academically gifted. See Licensure, above. Minimum degree requirement is 128s.h.
of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow ............................. 42s.h.
ART 3850. Art in the Elementary School (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) (P: Junior standing)
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
MATH 2127. Basic Concepts of Mathematics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement
test) or MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
MUSC 3048. Music for Exceptional Children (2) (F,S) (P: MUSC 3018)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 2777. Ethnocultural Psychology (3) (FC:SO) (Formerly PSYC 3777) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
Choose 8 s.h. BIOL, CHEM, PHYS, or GEOL (FC:SC)
Choose a history course (FC:SO)
Choose a literature course (FC:HU)
2. Professional studies ....................................................................................................................25 s.h.
EDTC 4001. Technology in Education (2) (F,S,SS) (P: Admission to upper division)
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
PSYC 4305. Educational Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 2201 or 2240 or 3206 or 3240 or equivalent)
READ 3204. Fundamentals of Reading (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ELEM 3250)
SPED 2123. Early Experiences for Prospective Teachers (1) (F,S)
SPED 4320. Communication and Collaboration in Special Education (3) (S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: SPED 4324. Taken as the Senior 2 Seminar)
SPED 4324. Internship in Special Education (10) (S) (P: Admission to upper division; SPED 3005, 4000)
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................45s.h.
ASLS 2020. Sign Language Studies I (3) (F, S, SS)
CSDI 2100. Introduction to Communication Disorders (3) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 5303. Physical Activity Programs for Individuals with Developmental, Emotional, and Learning Disabilities (3)
(P: EXSS 3545 or 3546; SPED 5101 or consent of instructor)
SPED 2000. Introduction to Exceptional Children (2) (F,S,SS)
SPED 2200. Introduction to Students with Disabilities in the Adapted Curriculum (3) (F) (P: SPED 2000;
C: SPED 2209)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
205
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SPED 2209. Introductory Practicum for Students with Disabilities in the Adapted Curriculum (1) (F) (P: SPED;
C: SPED 2200)
SPED 3001. Assessing Students with Disabilities (3) (S) (P: SPED 2100, 2209; or SPED 2200; 2209)
SPED 3004. Managing the Learning Environment (3) (F) (P: SPED 2000; 2100, 2109 or 2200, 2209; C: SPED 3005)
SPED 3005. Instructional Programming in Special Education (3) (F) (P: SPED 2100, 2209; or 2200; C: SPED 3004)
SPED 3006. Augmentative and Alternative Communication for Students with Disabilities (3) (S) (P: SPED 2000,
2200, 2209; C: SPED 3001)
SPED 3200. Instructional Methods for Students with Disabilities in the Adapted Curriculum (4) (WI) (S)
(P: Admission to upper division; SPED 3004, 3005; C: SPED 3209)
SPED 3209. Instructional Practicum for Students with Disabilities in the Adapted Curriculum (2) (S,SS) (P: Admission
to upper division; SPED 3004, 3005; C: SPED 3200)
SPED 4000. Technology in Special Education (3) (F,S,SS) (P: SPED 2000; EDTC 4001)
SPED 4100. Issues and Strategies for Students with Disabilities in the General and Adapted Curricula (3) (F)
(P: Admission to upper division; SPED 3100, 3109; or SPED 3200, 3209; C: SPED 4300)
SPED 4300. Practicum in Special Education (3) (F) (P: Admission to upper division; SPED 3100, 3109; or SPED 3200,
3209; C: SPED 4100)
RCTX 2230. Recreational Therapy Foundations (3) (F,S) Formerly RCLS 2230 (P: RCLS 2000 or consent of
instructor)
4. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................14s.h.
ENGL 4710. Teaching English as a Second Language: Theories and Principles (3) (F) (P: ENGL 1200)
MATE 3050. Mathematics and Methods for Grades Pre-K-2 (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Foundations curriculum mathematics
course; C: MATE 3051)
MATE 3051. Field Experience in Mathematics Grades K-2 (1) (F,S,SS) (P: Foundations curriculum mathematics course;
C: MATE 3050)
MATE 3060. Mathematics and Methods for Grades 3-6 (4) (F,S,SS) (P: Admission to upper division; MATE 3050)
SCIE 3216. Teaching Science in the Elementary School (3) (F,S,SS)
5. Academicconcentration (The Academic Concentration is not required for SPED majors entering the university
as of fall semester, 2004)
6. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
BS in Special Education, General Curriculum
The BS in special education degree prepares and develops professionals in special education who are committed to
accomplishing the following as teachers of children with disabilities: the development of each student’s maximum individual
potential through the acquisition of skills, values, and attitudes in the academic, social, communicative, vocational, and motoric
domains. To this end, students are prepared for the role of diagnostic/prescriptive teachers. The BS degree comprises two
areas of special education that lead to initial teaching licensure in the general curriculum and the adapted curriculum. Students
pursuing the SPED-general curriculum license also pursue the reading license. An add-on licensure program is available in
academically gifted. See Licensure, above. Minimum degree requirement is 128s.h.of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow ............................. 42s.h.
ART 3850. Art in the Elementary School (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) (P: Junior standing)
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
MATH 2127. Basic Concepts of Mathematics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement
test) or MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
MUSC 3048. Music for Exceptional Children (2) (F,S) (P: MUSC 3018)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 2777. Ethno-cultural Psychology (3) (FC:SO) (Formerly PSYC 3777) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
206
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
Choose 8 s.h. BIOL, CHEM, PHYS, or GEOL (FC:SC)
Choose a history course (FC:SO)
Choose a literature course (FC:HU)
2. Professional studies ....................................................................................................................25 s.h.
EDTC 4001. Technology in Education (2) (F,S,SS) (P: Admission to upper division)
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
PSYC 4305. Educational Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 22011 or 2240 or 3240 or equivalent)
READ 3204. Fundamentals of Reading (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ELEM 3250)
SPED 2123. Early Experiences for Prospective Teachers (1) (F,S)
SPED 4320. Communication and Collaboration in Special Education (3) (S) (P: Admission to upper division; SPED
4100, 4300; C: SPED 4324. Taken as the Senior 2 Seminar)
SPED 4324. Internship in Special Education (10) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division; SPED 3005, 4000)
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................30 s.h.
SPED 2000. Introduction to Exceptional Children (2) (F,S,SS)
SPED 2100. Introduction to Students with Disabilities in the General Curriculum (3) (F) (P: SPED 2000; C: SPED 2109)
SPED 2109. Introductory Practicum for Students with Disabilities in the General Curriculum (1) (F) (P: SPED 2000;
C: SPED 2100)
SPED 3001. Assessing Students with Disabilities (3) (S) (P: SPED 2100, 2109; or SPED 2200, 2209)
SPED 3004. Managing the Learning Environment (3) (F) (P: SPED 2000, 2100, 2109; or 2200, 2209; C: SPED 3005)
SPED 3005. Instructional Programming in Special Education (3) (F) (P: SPED 2100, 2109; or 2200, 2209; C: SPED 3004)
SPED 3100. Instructional Methods for Students with Disabilities in the General Curriculum (4) (WI) (S)
(P: Admission to upper division; SPED 3001, 3004, 3005; C: SPED 3109)
SPED 3109. Instructional Practium for Students with Disabilities in the General Curriculum (2) (S) (P: Admission to
upper division; SPED 3001, 3004, 3005; C: SPED 3100)
SPED 4000. Technology in Special Education (3) (F,S,SS) (P: SPED 2000; EDTC 4001)
SPED 4100. Issues and Strategies for Students with Disabilities in the General and Adapted Curricula (3) (F)
(P: Admission to upper division; SPED 3100, 3109; or SPED 3200, 3209; C: SPED 4300)
SPED 4300. Practicum in Special Education (3) (F) (P: Admission to upper division; SPED 3100, 3109; or SPED 3200,
3209; C: SPED 4100)
4. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................11 s.h.
MATE 3050. Mathematics and Methods for Grades Pre-K-2 (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Foundations curriculum mathematics
course; C: MATE 3051)
MATE 3051. Field Experience in Mathematics Grades K-2 (1) (F,S,SS) (P: Foundations curriculum mathematics course;
C: MATE 3050)
MATE 3060. Mathematics and Methods for Grades 3-6 (4) (F,S,SS) (P: Admission to upper division; MATE 3050)
SCIE 3216. Teaching Science in the Elementary School (3) (F,S,SS)
5. Academicconcentration(The academic concentration is not required for SPED majors entering the university
beginning fall semester, 2004)
6. ReadingLicense ......................................................................................................................21-24s.h.
SPED-General Curriculum students entering the university after fall semester, 2004, will pursue the Reading License.
7. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
207
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE, AND
INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION
Susan Ganter, Chairperson, 342 Flanagan
BS in Mathematics, Secondary Education
Credit toward a mathematics major will not be given in any MATH course with a grade less than C. See Section 8, Academic
Programs, College of Education, Licensure, for NC teacher licensure requirements. Minimum degree requirement is 126
s.h. of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
1. Foundationscurriculumplusspecialrequirementsforlicensure(SeeSection4,
FoundationsCurriculumRequirementsforallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),including
those listed below........................................................................................................................42s.h.
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................36 s.h.
MATE 2700. Applications in Statistics and Probability (3) (S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
MATE 2800. Discrete Mathematics: Explorations and Applications (3) (F) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
MATE 3300. Geometry for High School Teachers (3) (F) (P: MATH 2171)
MATH 2171, 2172, 2173. Calculus I, II, III (4,4,4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P for 2171: minimum grade of C in any of MATH
1083, 1085, or 2122; P for 2172: MATH 2171 with a minimum grade of C or 2122 with consent of instructor;
P for 2173: MATH 2172 with a minimum grade of C)
MATH 2300. Transition to Advanced Mathematics (3) (P: MATH 2171)
MATH 3256. Linear Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2172)
MATH 3263. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2300, 3256)
MATH 3301. Foundations of Geometry (3) (F) (P: MATH 2300)
MATH 3307. Mathematical Statistics I (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 2172)
MATH 5322. Foundations of Mathematics (3) (WI) (P: MATH 3233, 3263; or equivalent)
3. Professional courses ....................................................................................................................28s.h.
Council for Teacher Education approved diversity course
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester) or PSYC 4305. Educational Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 2201 or 3240 or 3206 or 3240
or equivalent)
MATE 2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F,S) (P: MATH 2171)
MATE 4001. Technology in Secondary Mathematics Education (3) (F) (P: Admission to upper division; MATE 2700,
2800; C: MATE 4323)
MATE 4324. Internship in Mathematics (10) (S) (P: Admission to upper division; MATE 4323; C: MATE 4325;
READ 3990)
MATE 4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Mathematics Education (1) (S) (P: Admission to upper division; MATE
4323; C: MATH 4324)
READ 3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS)
SPED 4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) (RP: SPED 2000)
4. SpecialtyArea ................................................................................................................................6 s.h.
MATE 3523. Teaching Topics in High School Mathematics (3) (S) (P: MATE 2123)
MATE 4323. The Teaching of Mathematics in High School (3) (F) (P: Admission to upper division; MATE 2123)
5. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
208
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
BS in Science Education
The science education degree prepares and develops professionals in science education by offering classroom instruction
and research opportunities in programs for students whose career goals are teaching science in the elementary, middle, and
secondary schools, and in higher education. Undergraduate areas of preparation include the methods and processes of teaching
the biological, physical, and earth sciences. Minimum degree requirement is 128s.h.of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
1. Foundationscurriculumandspecialrequirementsforcertication(SeeSection4,
FoundationsCurriculumRequirementsforallBaccalaureateDegreeprograms),including
those listed below ........................................................................................................................ 42s.h.
BIOL 1100, 1101. Principles of Biology and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1101: BIOL 1100)
GEOL 1500. Dynamic Earth (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
GEOL 1501. Dynamic Earth Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C: GEOL 1500)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
Council for Teacher Education Approved Diversity Course
Choose a literature course (FC:HU)
2. Teachingareaconcentration(Chooseonefromthefollowing.) ......................................... 55 s.h.
Biology:
BIOL 1200, 1201. Principles of Biology and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1201: BIOL 1200)
BIOL 2100, 2101. Basic Laboratory Methods for Biotechnology (3,0) (F,SS) (FC:SC) (Formerly BIOL 3100, 3101)
(P: BIOL 1100, 1101; MATH 1065; CHEM 1020, 1021 or 1120, 1121 or 1150, 1151)
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
and BIOL 2131. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: BIOL 2130)
or BIOL 4050, 4051. Comparative Anatomy (4,0) (F) (P: 6 s.h. in BIOL)
BIOL 2250. Ecology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1100, 1101, 1200, 1201)
BIOL 2251. Ecology Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1100, 1101, 1200, 1201; C: BIOL 2250)
BIOL 2300. Principles of Genetics (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1100, 1200)
BIOL 3230, 3231. Field Botany (4,0) (F,S,SS) (P: 3 s.h. of general BIOL with a lab) or BIOL 3150. Plant Biology (3)
(S) (P: 2000-level BIOL course or consent of instructor)
BIOL 3310, 3311. Cellular Physiology (4,0) (F,S,SS) (P: Organic chemistry or biochemistry course)
BIOL 3620. Biological Evolution (3) (F) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent; BIOL 2300 or consent of instructor)
CHEM 1120. Basic General, Organic, and Biochemistry I (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
CHEM 1121. Basic General, Organic, and Biochemistry Laboratory I (1) (F,S) (FC:SC) (C: CHEM 1120)
CHEM 1130. Basic General, Organic, and Biochemistry II (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1120)
MATH 2121. Calculus for the Life Sciences I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 or 1077 with a minimum
grade of C)
MATH 2122. Calculus for the Life Sciences II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2121)
PHYS 1250, 1260. General Physics (3,3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 1250: MATH 1065 or 1066; P for 1260:
PHYS 1250)
PHYS 1251. General Physics Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350)
SCIE 3604. Investigations in Life and Environmental Science (4) (F,S,SS)
Chemistry:
BIOL 1200, 1201. Principles of Biology and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1201: BIOL 1200)
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: Chemistry placement test or
passing grade in CHEM 0150; P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150: CHEM 1151; C for 1151: CHEM 1150)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160:
CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
CHEM 2250, 2251. Quantitative and Instrumental Analysis (3,2) (WI) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; CHEM 2650
or 2750)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
209
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
CHEM 2750. Organic Chemistry I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; C: CHEM 2753)
CHEM 2753. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) (F,S,SS) (C: CHEM 2750)
CHEM 2760. Organic Chemistry II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2750; C: CHEM 2763)
CHEM 2763. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2750, 2753; C: CHEM 2760)
CHEM 3450. Elementary Inorganic Chemistry (3) (F,S) (P: CHEM 2250, 2251; C: CHEM 3451)
CHEM 3451. Elementary Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory (1) (WI) (F,S) (P: CHEM 2250, 2251; C: CHEM 3450
or 5550)
CHEM 3850, 3851. Introduction to Physical Chemistry (4,1) (WI) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; MATH 2122 or
2172; PHYS 1260)
MATH 2171. Calculus I (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Minimum grade of C in any of MATH 1083, 1085, or 2122)
MATH 2172. Calculus II (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 2171 with a minimum grade of C or MATH 2122
with consent of instructor)
PHYS 1250, 1260. General Physics (3,3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 1250: MATH 1065 or 1066; P for 1260: PHYS
1250)
SCIE 3350, 3351. Descriptive Astronomy (4,0) (S) or SCIE 3360, 3361. Physical Meteorology (4,0) (S)
SCIE 3602. Investigations in Physical and Earth Science (4) (F,S,SS)
EarthScience:
BIOL 1200. Principles of Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1201: BIOL 1200)
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: Chemistry placement test or
passing grade in CHEM 0150; P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150: CHEM 1151; C for 1151: CHEM 1150)
CHEM 1160. General Chemistry (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160: CHEM 1161; C for 1161:
CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
GEOL 1550. Oceanography (4) (S) (FC:SC)
GEOL 1600. Earth and Life Through Time (4) (S) (FC:SC)
GEOL 3050, 3051. Mineralogy and Petrology I (4,0) (F) (P: A 1000-level GEOL course) 3 lecture and 3 lab hours
per week.
GEOL 3200. Introduction to Field Methods (2,0) (P: GEOL 1600)
GEOL 3250, 3251, Geomorphology (3,0) (F-OY) (P: GEOL 1600)
GEOL Elective over 3000 (3)
MATH 2121. Calculus for the Life Sciences I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 or 1077 with a minimum
grade of C)
MATH 2122. Calculus for the Life Sciences II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 2121)
PHYS 1250, 1260. General Physics (3,3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 1250: MATH 1065 or 1066; P for 1260: PHYS
1250)
PHYS 1251. General Physics Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350)
SCIE 3350, 3351. Descriptive Astronomy (4,0) (S)
SCIE 3360, 3361. Physical Meteorology (4,0) (S)
SCIE 3602. Investigations in Physical and Earth Science (4) (F,S,SS)
Physics:
BIOL 1200, 1201. Principles of Biology and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1201: BIOL 1200)
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: Chemistry placement test or
passing grade in CHEM 0150; P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150: CHEM 1151; C for 1151: CHEM 1150)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160:
CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
MATH 2171. Calculus I (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Minimum grade of C in any of MATH 1083, 1085, or 2122)
MATH 2172. Calculus II (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 2171 with a minimum grade of C or MATH 2122 with
consent of instructor)
PHYS 1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350; C for 1261:
1260 or 2360)
PHYS 2350, 2360. University Physics (4,4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 2350: MATH 2121, 2151, or 2171; P for PHYS
2360: PHYS 2350)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
210
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
PHYS 3716. Advanced Physics Laboratory (1) P: Consent of instructor and dept chair.
PHYS 4120. Thermodynamics (3) (S-OY) (P: PHYS 2360) or PHYS 3700, 3701. Advanced Laboratory (3,0)
(3700:WI) (S) (P: PHYS 2360)
PHYS 4310. Modern Optics (3) (F-EY) (P: PHYS 2360)
PHYS 4416. Modern Physics I (3) (F) (P: PHYS 2360)
PHYS 4417. Modern Physics II (3) (S) (P: PHYS 4416)
SCIE 3350, 3351. Descriptive Astronomy (4,0) (S)
SCIE 3360, 3361. Physical Meteorology (4,0) (S)
SCIE 3602. Investigations in Physical and Earth Science (4) (F,S,SS)
3. SpecialtyArea ................................................................................................................................ 6 s.h.
SCIE 3323. Introduction to Teaching in the High School Science Classroom (3) (S) (P: SCIE 2123)
SCIE 4323. The Teaching of Science in High School (3) (WI) (F) (P: Admission to upper division)
4. Professionalstudies ..............................................................................................................24-25s.h.
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester)
READ 3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS) or READ 5317. Reading in
the Junior and Senior High School (3)
SCIE 2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F,S)
SCIE 4030. Technology in Science Teaching (3) (F) (P: Admission to upper division; SCIE 3323)
SCIE 4324. Internship in Science Education (10) (S) (P: Admission to upper division; SCIE 4323; C: SCIE 4325)
SCIE 4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Science Education (1) (S) (P: Admission to upper division; C: SCIE 4324)
SPED 4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) (RP: SPED 2000)
5. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
Science Minor
Minimum requirement for the science minor is 24s.h. of credit as follows:
BIOL 1100, 1101. Principles of Biology and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1101: BIOL 1100)
BIOL 1200, 1201. Principles of Biology and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1201: BIOL 1200)
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150:
CHEM 1151; C for 1151: CHEM 1150)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160:
CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
PHYS 1250, 1260. General Physics (3,3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 1250: MATH 1065 or 1066; P for 1260: PHYS 1250)
PHYS 1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350; C for 1261:
PHYS 1260 or 2260)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
211
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
Michael A. Dorsey, Interim Dean, 106 Erwin Hall
The College of Fine Arts and Communication is comprised of the School of Art and Design, School of Communication,
School of Music, and School of Theatre and Dance.
SCHOOL OF ART AND DESIGN
Michael Drought, Director, 2000 Jenkins Fine Arts Center
BA in Art
Art studio concentrations are offered in painting, sculpture, ceramics, printmaking, textile design, fabric design, weaving design,
wood design, metal design, and general studio. Minimum degree requirement is 120 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthefollowing .......................................42s.h.
PHIL 2271. Introduction to Philosophy of Art (3) (WI*) (F,S) (FC:HU)
2. Foreignlanguagethroughlevel1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Common core ...............................................................................................................................30 s.h.
ART 1005. Design I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) (P: ART major or administrative approval)
ART 1015. Design II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ART 1005, 1020 with a minimum grade of C; ART 1905; or administrative
approval)
ART 1020. Drawing (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) (P: ART major or administrative approval)
ART 1030. Figure Drawing (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ART 1005, 1020 with a minimum grade of C; ART 1905; or administrative
approval)
ART 1905. The Dimensions of Art (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART major)
ART 1906. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905)
ART 1907. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905)
Choose 6 s.h. art surveys outside the concentration
In the general studio concentration, choose 9 s.h. in surveys.
Choose a 3 s.h. art history elective
4. SpecicArtconcentrationcoursestoincludesurvey(See specic studio concentration course
description.) ......................................................................................................................................15 s.h.
General studio concentration (50% must be beyond the survey level) ............................................18s.h.
5. Artelectives(for all concentrations except general studio) .................................................................12 s.h.
orArtelectivesforgeneralstudioconcentration ................................................................... 6 s.h.
6. Electivestomeetminimumrequirementsforgraduation.
7. Individualprogramareasrequireaportfolioreviewforacceptanceintotheareaafterthe
studenthascompletedthesurveycourseandoneupper-levelstudiocoursebutnotmore
thantwocourses.Thegeneralstudioportfolioreviewwillbeconductedbyafaculty
committeeappointedbytheDirectoroftheSchoolofArtandDesign.Entranceis
competitiveandspaceislimited.Studentsnotacceptedintotheirpreferredprogramorarea
ofconcentrationshouldbepreparedtoseekalternativeareasofconcentrationand/or
degree programs.
8. Aseniorshowanddigitaldocumentationofworkexhibitedarerequirements
for graduation.
BA in Art History and Appreciation
Minimum degree requirement is 120 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthefollowing .......................................42s.h.
ANTH 1000. Introduction to Anthropology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
HIST 1030. World Civilizations to 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
212
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
HIST 1031. World Civilizations Since 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PHIL 2271. Introduction to Philosophy of Art (3) (WI*) (F,S) (FC:HU)
Choose two from:
CLAS 1500. Classical Mythology (3) (FC:HU) (Formerly CLAS 3460)
ENGL 3460. Literature and Classical Mythology (3) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3600. Classics from Homer to Dante (3) (F) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3610. Human Values in Literature (3) (WI) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
An alternate course may be substituted by the area if applicable to the student’s plan of study.
2. Foreignlanguage(FrenchorGerman)throughlevel1004...................................................12 s.h.
An alternate course may be substituted by the area if applicable to the student’s plan of study.
3. Common core ...............................................................................................................................36 s.h.
ART 1005. Design I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) (P: ART major or administrative approval)
In the liberal arts concentration, an art history class may be substituted with area approval.
ART 1020. Drawing (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART major or administrative approval)
In the liberal arts concentration, an art history class may be substituted with area approval.
ART 1905. The Dimensions of Art (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART major)
ART 1906. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905)
ART 1907. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905)
ART 3990. Art History and Its Methods (3) (WI*) (P: ART 1906, 1907; P for non-major: Consent of instructor)
Choose three courses which cover art before 1800
Choose three courses which cover art after 1800
(African art will be counted in the latter category; history of prints and drawings may be counted in either category.)
4. Concentrationarea(Chooseone.) ............................................................................................30 s.h.
LiberalArts:
Choose 15 s.h. of additional art history electives
Choose 15 s.h. electives from anthropology, English, political science, sociology, foreign languages, history,
philosophy, or arts and sciences interdisciplinary programs.
StudioArt:
ART 1015. Design II (3) (F,S) (P: ART 1005, 1020 with a minimum grade of C; ART 1905; or administrative
approval)
ART 1030. Figure Drawing (3) (F,S) (P: ART 1005, 1020 with a minimum grade of C; ART 1905; or administrative
approval)
Choose 9 s.h. art surveys
Choose 6 s.h. art electives (may be taken in art history)
Choose 9 s.h. general electives to meet minimum requirements for graduation.
5. Tobeadmittedintothearthistorydegreeprogram,studentsmusthavecompletedatleast
oneyearofcourseworkwithaminimumcumulativeGPAof2.5inarthistoryfoundation
andsurveycourses.Studentsmustalsoconferwithatleasttwoarthistoryfacultyfor
advisingbeforeenteringasadeclaredmajor.
BFA in Art
Concentrations are offered in painting, sculpture, ceramics, printmaking, graphic design, illustration, photography, textile design,
fabric design, weaving design, wood design, metal design and animation/interactive design. Minimum degree requirement is
126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthefollowing .......................................42s.h.
PHIL 2271. Introduction to Philosophy of Art (3) (WI*) (F,S) (FC:HU)
2. Common core ...............................................................................................................................36 s.h.
ART 1005. Design I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) (P: ART major or administrative approval)
ART 1015. Design II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ART 1005, 1020 with a minimum grade of C; ART 1905; or administrative
approval)
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
213
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
ART 1020. Drawing (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) (P: ART major or administrative approval)
ART 1030. Figure Drawing (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ART 1005, 1020 with a minimum grade of C; ART 1905; or administrative
approval)
ART 1905. The Dimensions of Art (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART major)
ART 1906. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905)
ART 1907. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905)
Choose 9 s.h. art surveys outside the concentration
Choose 6 s.h. art history electives
3. Artconcentrationcoursestoincludesurvey(Seespecicstudioconcentrationcourse
description.) ..................................................................................................................................30 s.h.
4. Artelectives .................................................................................................................................18s.h.
Electives may be in any art prex, including art history. Choose a minimum of 6 s.h. outside the area of concentration;
however, the 6 s.h. may not comprise two courses from the same area.
5. Individualprogramareasrequireaportfolioreviewforacceptanceintotheareaafterthe
studenthascompletedthesurveycourseandatleastoneupper-levelstudiocourse,but
notmorethanfourcourses.Acceptanceintotheareabyportfolioreviewisrequiredfor
admittanceinto4000-levelpainting,graphicdesign,illustration,andphotographycourses.
Studentssubmittingportfoliostoanimation/interactivedesign,graphicdesign,illustration,
photographyandtothepaintinganddrawingconcentrationsmustdemonstrateaminimum
cumulativeGPAof2.6inthesurveyandallstudioartconcentrationcoursesattempted.
Entranceiscompetitiveandspaceislimited.Studentsnotacceptedintotheirpreferred
programorareaofconcentrationshouldbepreparedtoseekalternativeareasof
concentrationand/ordegreeprograms.
6. Anapprovedseniorshowanddigitaldocumentationofworkexhibitedarerequirements
forgraduation.BFAstudentswithaconcentrationinpaintingmusttakeatleast9s.h.of
drawingorprintmakingcoursesbeyondthefoundationrequirementsandatleast18s.h.of
paintingcoursesbeyondthesurvey,includingatleast3s.h.atthe4000-level.
BFA in Art Education
See Section 8, Academic Programs, College of Education, Licensure, for NC teacher licensure requirements. Minimum degree
requirement is 134s.h. of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirementsandspecialcoursesrequiredforcertication(See
Section4,FoundationscurriculumRequirementsforallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),
including the following ................................................................................................................42s.h.
PHIL 2271. Introduction to Philosophy of Art (3) (WI*) (F,S) (FC:HU)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................63 s.h.
ART 1005. Design I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) (P: ART major or administrative approval)
ART 1015. Design II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ART 1005, 1020 with a minimum grade of C; ART 1905; or administrative
approval)
ART 1020. Drawing (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) (P: ART major or administrative approval)
ART 1030. Figure Drawing (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ART 1005, 1020 with a minimum grade of C; ART 1905; or administrative
approval)
ART 1905. The Dimensions of Art (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART major)
ART 1906. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905)
ART 1907. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905)
ART 2010. Printmaking Survey (3) (F,S) (P: ART 1015, 1030)
ART 2560. Painting Survey: Materials and Methods (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ART 1015, 1030)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
214
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
Choose a 3 s.h. art survey elective
Choose 15 s.h. studios in one area
Choose a 3 s.h. art history elective
Choose 9 s.h. art electives
Choose 3 s.h. from:
ART 2300. Metal Design Survey (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ART 1015, 1030)
ART 2304. Wood Design Survey (3) (F,S) (P: ART 1015, 1030)
ART 2303. Textile Design Survey (3) (F,S) (P: ART 1015, 1030)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
ART 2105. Ceramics Survey (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ART 1015, 1030)
ART 2705. Sculpture Survey (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ART 1015, 1030)
3. Professional credits .....................................................................................................................29s.h.
ART 2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (WI*) (F,S)
ART 2870. Computers in Art Education (1) (F,S) (P: ART 1015, 1030)
ART 3851. Art in the Elementary School (3) (WI*) (F,S) (P: Junior standing)
ART 3860. Classroom Participation in Art (1) (F,S) (P: Junior standing; ART 3851)
ART 4323. Art in the Secondary School (3) (F,S) (P: Junior standing; admission to upper division)
ART 4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Art Education (1) (F,S) (P: Senior standing; admission to upper division;
ART 2123, 3851, 3860, 4323; successful completion of professional education courses except ART 4850 or 4851,
and 4870 or 4871)
ART 4850. Art Internship in Elementary Education (6) (F,S) (P: Senior standing; admission to upper division; ART
2123, 3851, 3860, 4323; successful completion of professional education courses) (C: ART 4325 and 4871)
ART 4851. Art Internship in Elementary Education (3) (F,S) (P: Senior standing; admission to upper division; ART
2123, 3851, 3860, 4323; successful completion of professional education courses) (C: ART 4325 and 4870)
ART 4870. Art Internship in Secondary Education (6) (F,S) (P: Senior standing; admission to upper division;
ART 2123, 3851, 3860, 4323; successful completion of professional education courses) (C: ART 4325 and 4871)
ART 4871. Art Internship in Secondary Education (3) (F,S) (P: Senior standing; admission to upper division; ART 2123,
3851, 3860, 4323; successful completion of professional education courses) (C: ART 4325 and 4850)
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester) or PSYC 4305. Educational Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 2201 or 2240 or 3206 or 3240
or equivalent)
READ 3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS)
SPED 4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) (RP: SPED 2000)
4. Individualprogramareasrequireaportfolioreviewforacceptanceintotheareaafterthe
studenthascompletedthesurveycourseandoneupper-levelstudiocoursebutnotmore
thantwocourses.Entranceiscompetitiveandspaceislimited.Studentsnotacceptedinto
theirpreferredprogramorareaofconcentrationshouldbepreparedtoseekalternative
areasofconcentrationand/ordegreeprograms.
5. Anapprovedseniorshowanddigitaldocumentationofworkexhibitedarerequirements
for graduation.
6. Arteducationmajorsmustdemonstratecomputerliteracybeforeadmittancetotheupper
divisionofteachereducation.Thisrequirementcanbemetbyvericationofcompetencyby
experienceorbytakingacomputercourse.
7. Certicationadditionallyrequiresdemonstratedteachingcompetenceand
recommendationsfromthecertifyinginstitution.
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
215
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Art Minor
Minimum requirement for the art minor is 30 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................18s.h.
ART 1005. Design I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) (P: ART major or administrative approval)
ART 1015. Design II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ART 1005, 1020 with a minimum grade of C; ART 1905; or administrative
approval)
ART 1020. Drawing (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) (P: ART major or administrative approval)
ART 1030. Figure Drawing (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ART 1005, 1020 with a minimum grade of C; ART 1905; or administrative
approval)
ART 1905. The Dimensions of Art (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART major)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
ART 1906. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905)
ART 1907. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905)
2. Electives ........................................................................................................................................12 s.h.
Choose 6 s.h. art surveys
Choose 6 s.h. art electives
Art History Minor
Minimum requirement for the art history minor is 24s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core .................................................................................................................................................. 9s.h.
ART 1905. Dimensions of Art (3) (F,S) (FC:FA)
ART 1906. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA)
ART 1907. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA)
2. Electives .........................................................................................................................................15s.h.
Choose 15 s.h. art history electives.
Course Limitations Prior to Portfolio Review
For the BA degree and BFA art education degree, up to two courses beyond the survey in the selected area may be taken
before a portfolio submission is required, for the BA degree in general studio, there is no limitation. For the BFA degree, up
to four courses beyond the survey in the selected area may be taken before a portfolio submission is required. Students will
not be accepted into specic concentrations after completing the above number of courses. Exceptions are by administrative
decision only.
Transfer Student Information
Students wishing to transfer art credits after acceptance to East Carolina University (See Section 2, Admission and Readmission,
Transfer) must have their course work evaluated for transfer credit. In order to determine the appropriate application of art
course credit to degree requirements at ECU, the School of Art and Design will evaluate each art course according to the
following:
1. Art courses for which transfer credit is requested must be listed on the School of Art and Design transcript form.
The items to be included are title of the course, number of the course, semester or quarter credit hours, and full
name of instructor.
2. A catalog or copies of appropriate pages describing the transfer course must be submitted.
3. For foundation credit, examples of work or digital documentation showing all studio projects completed must
be submitted.
4. For upper-level credit, a minimum of six and a maximum of fteen examples of work or slides for each studio course
to be evaluated must be submitted. These examples should show the entire range of projects completed in each
course. Each item or slide must be labeled to identify the class in which it was produced.
5. Art history course credit must be accompanied by a listing of texts used and submission of copies of papers written
for art history; the latter requirement may be waived in lieu of an interview with the curricular coordinator.
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
216
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
6. Credit transferred from two-year institutions will only be applicable to freshman and sophomore course requirements.
7. Recommendations concerning the approval of credit in art courses will be made by the area coordinator to the
director. The director will then inform the student of the applicability of credit and remaining requirements for the
degree program.
All information and examples of work listed above must be received by the School of Art and Design at least one week
before summer orientation day for transfer students entering fall semester and no later than December 1 for students
entering spring semester.
Non-Art Majors
ART 1001 and courses under Art History Courses for Non-Art Majors may be taken by non-art majors without administrative
approval. ART 1005, 1020 are also open to non-art majors based on available space and administrative approval. Other
courses may be taken by meeting prerequisites or by consent of the instructor.
Foundation Courses
Foundation courses: ART 1005, 1015, 1020, 1030, 1905, 1906, 1907 are required of all BFA and BA degree candidates
and are prerequisites for upper-level courses. (ART 1015 and 1030 are not required for the BA in art history, liberal arts
concentration.) ART 1906, 1907 may be taken concurrently with survey-level courses.
Enrollment in any art studio course above ART 1030 is dependent upon the student earning a minimum grade of C in both
ART 1015 and 1030.
Corresponding sections of ART 1005, 1020, 1905 (block scheduling) must be taken fall semester. Exceptions require
administrative approval.
Corresponding sections of ART 1015, 1030; 1906 or 1907 (block scheduling) must be taken in spring semester. Exceptions
require administrative approval.
Prerequisites within an area, exclusive of the foundation courses (ART 1005, 1015, 1020, 1030), may be waived by consent
of the instructor.
Course Contact Hours
Lecture courses meet for one hour for each semester hour of credit; studio courses meet for two hours for each semester
hour of credit.
SCHOOL OF COMMUNICATION
Linda Godbold Kean, Director, 102C Joyner East
BA in Communication
NOTE: Students will not be admitted into the BA program after Fall 2007. Please see the BS degree and concentrations listed
below. The BA in communication prepares students (admitted prior to Fall 2007) to work in public relations and journalism
in business, government, and community agencies. The program offers traditional courses in mass communication along with
courses reecting the dynamic interpersonal and technological communication changes of today’s society. In order to declare
a major in the BA in communication, a student must have a minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA, and must achieve a minimum
grade of C in both COMM 1001 and COMM 1002. A minimum grade of C is required in all COMM/MPRD courses that
count toward the major. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculum(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirementsforall
Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ............................................................................................42s.h.
2. Foreignlanguagethroughlevel1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................15 s.h.
COMM 1001. Introduction to Communication (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
COMM 1002. Media Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1100)
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
217
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COMM 2030. Communication Research (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor)
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
COMM 4080. Senior Seminar (3) (SL*) (F,S,SS) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; Completion
of 24 s.h. in COMM before registering for course)
4. Concentrationarea(Chooseone.)...........................................................................................21 s.h.
CommunicationStudies(21s.h.):
Choose 6 s.h. from:
COMM 3110. Persuasion Theories (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 3142. Small Group Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3151. Family Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3152. Interpersonal Communication Theory (3) (F) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001,
1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 3380. Computer Mediated Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002
or consent of instructor)
COMM 4130. Conict and Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 4135. Gender and Communication (3) (F) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor. P: For Women’s Studies Major or Minor: COMM 1001, 1002; or WOST 2000 or 2400)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 3172. Media Effects (3) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 4040. Media, Culture, and Society (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor; 15 s.h. COMM)
COMM 4045. Media Literacy for Communication Professionals (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001,
1002 or consent of instructor)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 3110. Persuasion Theories (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 3400. Argumentation (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of instructor;
ENGL 1200)
COMM 3410. Advanced Public Speaking (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of
instructor; COMM 2410 or 2420)
COMM 4032. Mass Media Law (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of
instructor; 18 s.h. COMM/MPRD) or COMM 4042. First Amendment Law (3) (P: COMM major or minor,
COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of instructor; 18 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 3400. Argumentation (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of instructor;
ENGL 1200)
COMM 4075. Media Criticism (3) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of
instructor)
COMM 4400. Rhetorical Theory and Criticism (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor; ENGL 1200)
COMM 4905. Media Ethics (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of
instructor; 18 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 3160. Organizational Communication Theory (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002
or consent of instructor)
COMM 3180. Intercultural Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
218
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
COMM 4040. Media, Culture, and Society (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor; 15 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
Choose 3 s.h. COMM/MPRD electives
PublicRelations(21s.h.):
COMM 2320. Basic Reporting (3) (F,S,SS) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3120. Public Relations Theory (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 4180. Public Relations Strategies (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or
consent of instructor; COMM 2140, 3120)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 3110. Persuasion Theories (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 3142. Small Group Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3151. Family Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3152. Interpersonal Communication Theory (3) (F) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001,
1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 3380. Computer Mediated Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002
or consent of instructor)
COMM 3400. Argumentation (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of instructor;
ENGL 1200)
COMM 4130. Conict and Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 4135. Gender and Communication (3) (F) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor; P: For Women’s Studies Major or Minor: COMM 1001, 1002; or WOST 2000 or 2400)
COMM 4400. Rhetorical Theory and Criticism (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor; ENGL 1200)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 2104. Public Relations and Corporate Writing (3) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002
or consent of instructor)
COMM 3310. Copy Editing and Design (3) (F,S,SS) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor; COMM 2320)
COMM 3340. Desktop Publishing (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of instructor;
ENGL 1200; COMM 2320)
COMM 3362. Visual Editing (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of instructor;
COMM 2320)
MPRD 3500. Web Design for Communication Professionals (3) Formerly COMM 3500 (P: COMM major or
minor or consent of instructor)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 3172. Media Effects (3) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor)
COMM 4032. Mass Media Law (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; 18 s.h.
COMM/MPRD) or COMM 4042. First Amendment Law (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of
instructor; 18 s.h. COMM)
COMM 4040. Media, Culture, and Society (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor; 15 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
COMM 4045. Media Literacy for Communication Professional (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001,
1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 4905. Media Ethics (3) (F,S) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of
instructor; 18 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
219
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 3160. Organizational Communication Theory (3) (P: COMM major or minor COMM 1001, 1002 or
consent of instructor)
COMM 3180. Intercultural Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3390. International News Communication (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001,
1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 4091. Internship-Seminar (3) (F,S,SS) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of
instructor; 18 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
COMM 4185. International Public Relations (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of
instructor; COMM 3120)
PrintJournalism(21s.h.):
COMM 2320. Basic Reporting (3) (F,S,SS) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of
instructor)
COMM 3320. Advanced Reporting (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor; COMM 2320; MPRD 3220) or COMM 3322. Computer Assisted Reporting (3) (WI) (F,S)
(P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 2320) or COMM 3311. Business and Economic
Reporting (3) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 2320) or COMM 3330.
Feature Writing (3) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 2320)
COMM 4032. Mass Media Law (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of instructor;
18 s.h. COMM/MPRD) or COMM 4042. First Amendment Law (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of
instructor; 18 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 3310. Copy Editing and Design (3) (F,S,SS) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor; COMM 2320)
COMM 3340. Desktop Publishing (3) (P: COMM major or minor COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of instructor;
ENGL 1200; COMM 2320)
COMM 3362. Visual Editing (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of instructor;
COMM 2320)
MPRD 3500. Web Design for Communication Professionals (3) Formerly COMM 35000 (P: COMM major or
minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of instructor)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 3110. Persuasion Theories (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 3142. Small Group Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3152. Interpersonal Communication Theory (3) (F) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001,
1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 3180. Intercultural Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3390. International News Communication (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001,
1002 or consent of instructor)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 3172. Media Effects (3) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 4040. Media, Culture, and Society (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or
consent of instructor; 15 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
COMM 4075. Media Criticism (3) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 4905. Media Ethics (3) (F,S) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of
instructor; 18 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
220
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
MPRD 2250. Classic Documentaries: 1900-2000 (3) Formerly COM 2250 (P: COMM major or minor,
COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of instructor)
Choose 3 s.h. COMM/MPRD electives.
5. Minorandgeneralelectivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
Students who major in communication can not minor in communication.
BS in Communication
The BS in communication has concentrations in interpersonal/organizational communication, journalism, media production,
media studies and public relations. Students must be admitted to the School of Communication prior to pursuing a major.
Admission may be requested upon acceptance to ECU. Admission application forms may be downloaded from the School
of Communication’s website (http://www.ecu.edu/comm). Entering Freshmen must have a minimum 3.0 High School GPA.
Continuing or transfer students may apply for admittance, provided he or she has a minimum overall GPA of 2.5. To continue
in any communication major, the student must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher. A minimum grade of
C is required in all COMM/MPRD courses that count toward the major. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit
as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ................................................................................ 42s.h.
2. Foreignlanguagethroughlevel1002 ......................................................................................... 6 s.h.
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................12 s.h.
COMM 1001. Introduction to Communication (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
COMM 1002. Media Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1100)
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3) (F,S,SS)
Capstone Course (Concentration specic)
Interpersonal/Organizational Communication: COMM 4080
Journalism: COMM 4321 or COMM 4293
Media Production: MPRD 4250 Formerly COMM 4250
Public Relations: COMM 4080
4. Concentrationarea(Chooseone.) ......................................................................................30-36 s.h.
Interpersonal/OrganizationalCommunication(30s.h.):
COMM 2030. Communication Research (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001 and 1002 or
consent of instructor)
COMM 3110. Persuasion Theories (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3142. Small Group Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3152. Interpersonal Communication Theory (3) (F) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001
and 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 3160. Organizational Communication Theory (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 3172. Media Effects (3) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3380. Computer Mediated Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor)
COMM 4040. Media, Culture, and Society (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor; 15 s.h. COMM)
COMM 4045. Media Literacy for Communication Professionals (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001
and 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 4400. Rhetorical Theory and Criticism (3) (P: COMM major or minor, COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor; ENGL 1200)
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
221
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COMM 4905. Media Ethics (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor; 18 s.h. COMM)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 3180. Intercultural Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or
consent of instructor)
COMM 4135. Gender and Communication (3) (F) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor. P: For Women’s Studies Major or Minor: COMM 1001, 1002; or WOST 2000
or 2400)
Choose 9 s.h. COMM/MPRD electives
Journalism(36s.h.):
Foreign language through level 1004
COMM 2320. Basic Reporting (3) (F,S,SS) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor)
COMM 3320. Advanced Reporting (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or
consent of instructor; COMM 2320; MPRD 3220)
COMM 4032. Mass Media Law (3) (S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of
instructor; 18 s.h. in COMM) or COMM 4042. First Amendment Law (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM
1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor; 18 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
Choose 9 s.h. from:
COMM 2230. Announcing (3) (F,S,SS) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of
instructor)
COMM 3310. Copy Editing and Design (3) (F,S,SS) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor; COMM 2320)
COMM 3311. Business and Economic Reporting (3) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor; COMM 2320)
COMM 3322. Computer Assisted Reporting (3) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor; COMM 2320)
COMM 3330. Feature Writing (3) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of
instructor; COMM 2320)
COMM 3340 Desktop Publishing (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of
instructor; COMM 2320; ENGL 1200)
COMM 4293. Editing and Producing the News (3) (P: COMM 3320; COMM major or minor; COMM 1001
and 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 4321 Investigative Reporting (3) (Formerly COMM 3321) (P: COMM major or minor or consent
of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002, 3320)
Choose 6 s.h. from:
COMM 3172. Media Effects (3) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3390. International News Communication (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001
and 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 3520. Sports Media Survey (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 4040. Media, Culture, and Society (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor; 15 s.h. COMM)
COMM 4045. Media Literacy for Communication Professionals (3) (F) (P: COMM major or minor;
COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 4075. Media Criticism (3) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of
instructor)
COMM 4135. Gender and Communication (3) (F) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor. P: For Women’s Studies Major or Minor: COMM 1001, 1002; or WOST 2000
or 2400)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
222
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
COMM 4905. Media Ethics (3) (F,S) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor; 18 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
MPRD 2210. Writing for the Electronic Mass Media (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) Formerly COMM 2210 (P: COMM
major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001; COMM 1002)
MPRD 3220. Video News Production (3) (F,S,SS) (Formerly COMM 3220) (P: COMM major or minor;
COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor)
MPRD 3500. Web Design for Communication Professionals (3) (Formerly COMM 3500) (P: COMM major
or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor)
MediaProduction(36s.h.): Note: Students will not be admitted into the MEDIA PRODUCTION (MPRD)
concentration within the BS degree program after Spring 2010. Please see the BS degree MPRD concentration
listed below.
MPRD 2210. Writing for the Electronic Mass Media (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (Formerly COMM 2210) (P: COMM major
or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor)
MPRD 2215. Audio Production (3) (Formerly COMM 2215) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor; MPRD 2210)
MPRD 2220. Video Production (3) (F,S,SS) (Formerly COMM 2220) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001
and 1002 or consent of instructor; MPRD 2210)
MPRD 2260. Image Theory and Aesthetics (3) (Formerly COMM 2260) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001
and 1002 or consent of instructor)
MPRD 3020. Videography and Lighting (3) (Formerly COMM 3020) (P: COMM major; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor; MPRD 2220, 2260; C: 3250)
MPRD 3235. Advanced Audio Production (3) (Formerly COMM 3235) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001
and 1002 or consent of instructor; MPRD 2210, 2320, 3020) or MPRD 3215 Advanced Video Production (3)
(Formerly COMM 3215) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor) or
MPRD 3500 Web Design for Communication Professionals (3) (Formerly COMM 3500) (P: COMM major or
minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor)
MPRD 3250. Video Post Production Techniques (3) (Formerly COMM 3250) (P: COMM major or minor;
COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor)
MPRD 3275. Advanced Video Production (3) (F,S,SS) (Formerly COMM 3275) (P: COMM major or minor;
COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor; MPRD 3250)
MPRD 3660. History of the Moving Image (3) (Formerly COMM 3660) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001
and 1002 or consent of instructor)
MPRD 4210. Video Direction (3) (F,S) (Formerly COMM 4210) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and
1002 or consent of instructor; MPRD 3275) or MPRD 4280 Digital Practicum for Professional Distribution
(Formerly COMM 4280) (P: COMM major; consent of instructor; all required COMM courses under 4000)
Choose 6 s.h. COMM/MPRD electives
MediaStudies(30s.h.):
COMM 2030. Communication Research (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or
consent of instructor)
COMM 3172. Media Effects (3) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 4040. Media, Culture, and Society (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or
consent of instructor; 15 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
COMM 4045. Media Literacy for Communication Professionals (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001
and 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 4905. Media Ethics (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor; 18 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
Choose 3 s.h from.
COMM 3110. Persuasion Theories (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
223
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COMM 3142. Small Group Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or
consent of instructor)
COMM 3152. Interpersonal Communication Theory (3) (F) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001
and 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 3160. Organizational Communication Theory (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor)
COMM 3380. Computer Mediated Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor)
COMM 4400. Rhetorical Theory and Criticism (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or
consent of instructor; ENGL 1200)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 3180. Intercultural Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 4135. Gender and Communication (3) (F) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or
consent of instructor. P: For Women’s Studies Major or Minor: COMM 1001, 1002; or WOST 2000 or 2400)
Choose 9 s.h. COMM/MPRD electives
PublicRelations(30s.h.):
COMM 2030. Communication Research (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 2104. Public Relations and Corporate Writing (3) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and
1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 2320. Basic Reporting (3) (F,S,SS) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3120. Public Relations Theory (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 4180. Public Relations Strategies (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or
consent of instructor; COMM 2104, 3120)
Choose 6 s.h. from:
COMM 3110. Persuasion Theories (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of
instructor)
COMM 3142. Small Group Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or
consent of instructor)
COMM 3152. Interpersonal Communication Theory (3) (F) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001
and 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 3160. Organizational Communication Theory (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor)
COMM 4130. Conict and Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 3310. Copy Editing and Design (3) (F,S,SS) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or
consent of instructor; COMM 2320)
COMM 3362. Visual Editing (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor;
COMM 2320)
MPRD 3500. Web Design for Communication Professionals (3) (Formerly COMM 3500) (P: COMM major or
minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 3172. Media Effects (3) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3520. Sports Media Survey (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of
instructor)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
224
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
COMM 4032. Mass Media Law (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of
instructor; 18 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
COMM 4040. Media, Culture, and Society (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or
consent of instructor; 15 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
COMM 4905. Media Ethics (3) (F,S) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of
instructor; 18 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 3180. Intercultural Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 4135. Gender and Communication (3) (F) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or
consent of instructor. P: For Women’s Studies Major or Minor: COMM 1001, 1002; or WOST 2000 or 2400)
COMM 4185. International Public Relations (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor; COMM 3120)
Choose 3 s.h. COMM/MPRD electives
5. Minororstructuredelectivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
Students who major in communication cannot minor in communication.
Communication: Communication Studies Minor
Students must be admitted to the School of Communication prior to pursuing a minor. Admission may be requested
upon acceptance to ECU. Admission application forms may be downloaded from the School of Communication’s website
(http://www.ecu.edu/comm). The minimum requirement for the communication minor is 24s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core .................................................................................................................................................. 6 s.h.
COMM 1001. Introduction to Communication (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
COMM 1002. Media Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1100)
2. Choose from the following ........................................................................................................18s.h.
COMM 2030. Communication Research (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS)
COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3) (F,S,SS)
COMM 3110. Persuasion Theories (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 3120. Public Relations Theory (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3142. Small Group Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3151. Family Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3152. Interpersonal Communication Theory (3) (F) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001
and 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 3160. Organizational Communication Theory (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor)
COMM 3172. Media Effects (3) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of
instructor)
COMM 3180. Intercultural Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 3380. Computer Mediated Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor)
COMM 3390. International News Communication (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and
1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 3400. Argumentation (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 3520. Sports Media Survey (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor)
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
225
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COMM 4032. Mass Media Law (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor;
18 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
COMM 4040. Media, Culture, and Society (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor; 15 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
COMM 4042. First Amendment Law (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of
instructor; 18 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
COMM 4045. Media Literacy for Communication Professionals (3) (F, S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001
and 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 4075. Media Criticism (3) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 4081. Directed Independent Study (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor)
COMM 4130. Conict and Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 4135. Gender and Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of
instructor. P: For Women’s Studies Major or Minor: COMM 1001, 1002; or WOST 2000 or 2400)
COMM 4400. Rhetorical Theory and Criticism (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 4905. Media Ethics (3) (F,S) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of
instructor; 18 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
MPRD 2250. Classic Documentaries: 1900-2000 (3) (Formerly COMM 2250) (P: COMM major or minor;
COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor)
MPRD 2260. Image Theory and Aesthetics (3) (Formerly COMM 2260) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001
and 1002 or consent of instructor)
MPRD 3660. History of the Moving Image (3) (Formerly COMM 3660) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001
and 1002 or consent of instructor)
Communication: Media Studies Minor
NOTE: Students will not be admitted into the minor after Fall 2007. Please see communication studies minor above. The
minimum requirement for the minor in electronic mass media studies is 24s.h.of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................... 6 s.h
COMM 1001. Introduction to Communication (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
COMM 1002. Media Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1100)
2. Choose from the following .........................................................................................................18s.h.
COMM 2030. Communication Research (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor)
COMM 2320. Basic Reporting (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor)
COMM 3212. Non-News Media Features (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of
instructor; COMM 2320)
COMM 3311. Business and Economic Reporting (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor; COMM 2320; MPRD 3220)
COMM 3320. Advanced Reporting (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of
instructor; COMM 2320)
COMM 3330. Feature Writing (3) (WI*) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of
instructor; COMM 2320)
COMM 3390. International News Communication (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of
instructor)
COMM 4032. Mass Media Law (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of
instructor; 18 s.h. COMM)
COMM 4040. Media, Culture, and Society (3) (F,S) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor; 15 s.h. COMM/MPRD)
COMM 4050. Media Management (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
226
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
COMM 4062. Media Sales and Promotions (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent
of instructor)
COMM 4075. Media Criticism (3) (WI) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor)
COMM 4250. Programming for the Electronic Media (3) (P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002
or consent of instructor)
COMM 4321. Investigative Reporting (3) (Formerly COMM 3321) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of
instructor; COMM 1001,1002, 3320)
MPRD 2210. Writing for the Electronic Mass Media (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) Formerly COMM 2210 (P: COMM major
or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor)
MPRD 2250. Classic Documentaries: 1900-2000 (3) Formerly COMM 2250(P: COMM major or minor; COMM
1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor)
MPRD 3020. Producing Electronic Mass Media Messages (3) Formerly COMM 3020 (P: COMM major or minor;
COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor)
MPRD 3235. Advanced Writing for Television Formats (3) Formerly COMM 3225 (P: COMM major or minor;
COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor; COMM 2320; MPRD 3020, 2210)
Communication Honors Program
The School of Communication Honors Program provides an opportunity for outstanding communication majors to do
intensive research in areas of special interest. Participation is limited to seniors who have obtained a minimum university and
major 3.5 GPA. Students participating in the honors program enroll in COMM 4196 and 4199 in consecutive semesters of the
senior year. Students, after consultation with their advisor, are strongly advised to begin exploration and preliminary research
of their honors topic during the second semester of their junior year in order to have sufcient time to complete the work.
After extensive reading on a topic of the student’s choice, appropriate consultation with a faculty advisor, and approval of a
research proposal, the student submits an honors thesis on a topic related to the readings and completes an oral examination
covering both the reading assignments and the completed thesis. Students must receive a grade of B or better in COMM
4196 to continue with COMM 4199.
SCHOOL OF MUSIC
J. Christopher Buddo, Director, A-102 A. J. Fletcher Music Center
Christopher Ulffers, Associate Director for Administrative Support, A-119 A. J. Fletcher Music Center
Scott Carter, Chairperson, Instrumental Music, A-307a A. J. Fletcher Music Center
Kerry Carlin, Chairperson, Keyboard Music, A-374 A. J. Fletcher Music Center
Michelle P. Hairston, Chairperson, Music Education, A-213 A. J. Fletcher Music Center
Thomas J. Huener, Chairperson, Theory, Composition, and Musicology, A-301 A. J. Fletcher Music Center
Sharon Munden, Chairperson, Vocal Studies, A-268 A. J. Fletcher Music Center
Admission
Prospective music majors and minors must be admitted both to the university and to the School of Music. Admission to the
university does not guarantee admission to the School of Music. Admission to the School of Music is determined through a
competitive audition process consisting of an acceptable personal or recorded performance and an evaluation of theory and
aural skills. A satisfactory audition is required of all entering freshmen, transfer students, and students being readmitted. For
detailed information, students should contact the Associate Director for Administrative Support of the School of Music.
Performance Medium
Each music major or minor is required to have a major performance medium. The medium may be chosen in any of the
following areas: piano, organ, voice, strings, woodwind, brass, or percussion. Private instruction in the chosen medium is
required throughout the four-year program of study. Specic audition guidelines are listed in the materials for application to
the School of Music. Basic entrance requirements in the major performance media are as follows:
Voice: An acceptable voice and the ability to sing with accurate pitch and rhythm.
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
227
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Piano: The ability to perform acceptably major and minor scales and arpeggios and compositions representative of piano
literature from three of the four style periods (baroque, classic, romantic, contemporary).
Other Instruments: A fundamental knowledge of the instrument, including an acceptable method of producing tone; awareness
of intonation problems; accurate rhythmic feeling; some knowledge of solo literature available for the instrument; the ability
to play major, minor, and chromatic scales with the proper ngering.
A student whose performance prociency level is slightly below the minimum for entering freshmen may be admitted on
probation in a major applied area. The student may take freshman music courses for credit and preparatory work in a major
applied area for no credit for a maximum of one semester, as determined by the faculty in the major area.
Curricula
Placement Examinations
Transfer students are given placement tests in basic music knowledge at the time of their audition to determine their appropriate
levels of study in music theory and history courses.
Transfer students are given jury examinations in their major applied areas at the end of the rst semester to establish their
appropriate prociency levels.
General Recital Attendance Requirement for All Majors
Each music major is required to attend at least 75 percent of the total number of general recitals offered during his or her
enrollment at East Carolina University. (Music education students will be exempted during the semester enrolled in MUSC
4325: Internship Seminar)
Piano Prof iciency for All Majors
Music majors are required to complete satisfactorily the group piano sequence indicated in their concentrations or to
demonstrate a comparable level of accomplishment.
Students should enroll in group piano each semester until the sequence is completed. Any student interrupting the sequence
(either by dropping or by not enrolling) must retake the placement audition before enrolling in any subsequent piano course.
Applied and Core Music Regulations for Music Majors and Minors
A minimum grade of C in applied lessons on a student’s major instrument will qualify as credit in the applied major guideline.
The rst grade lower than C must be raised the following semester according to the procedures given in the undergraduate
catalog. A student will be disqualied as a music major or music minor the second time that he or she receives a grade lower
than C in applied lessons on the major instrument.
A minimum grade of C in core MUSC courses (1156, 1166, 1176, 1186, 1406, 2156, 2166, 2176, 2186, 2248, 2406, 2416,
3156, 3166, 3176) is required to receive credit toward the music major. A student will be disqualied as a music major or
music minor the second time that he or she receives a grade lower than C in any of these core MUSC classes.
To be admitted to upper division courses in all degree programs, students must pass a qualifying exam as specied in the
School of Music Handbook.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREES
Majors for the bachelor of music degree are offered in music education, music therapy, performance (with concentrations in
jazz studies, music theatre, organ, piano, piano pedagogy, sacred music, strings, voice, and winds or percussion), and theory-
composition with concentrations in theory, traditional media composition, and electronic media composition. For admission
to the upper level of the degree programs, a student must have a minimum cumulative 2.5 GPA and a minimum cumulative
2.5 GPA in music courses at the end of the sophomore year. For admission to upper level theory-composition concentrations,
a student must have a minimum cumulative 3.0 GPA in music courses at the end of the sophomore year.
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
228
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
BM in Music Education
See Section 8, Academic Programs, College of Education, Licensure, for NC teacher licensure requirements. Minimum degree
requirement is 128s.h. as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow ............................. 42s.h.
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or MATH
2127. Basic Concepts of Mathematics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
2. Common core ...............................................................................................................................64s.h.
CoreMUSCcourses(30s.h.):
MUSC 1156 (F), 1166 (S). Basic Musicianship (3,3)
MUSC 1176 (F), 1186 (S). Basic Musicianship Laboratory (1,1) (C for 1186: MUSC 1166)
MUSC 1406 (S), 2406 (F), 2416 (S). Music History and Literature (3,3,2) (WI, WI, WI)
MUSC 2156 (F), 2166 (S). Basic Musicianship (3,3) (P: MUSC 1166)
MUSC 2176 (F), 2186 (S). Basic Musicianship Laboratory (1,1) (P: MUSC 1186; C for 2176: MUSC 2156; C for
2186: MUSC 2166)
MUSC 2248 (F,S,SS). Music of the World’s Peoples (2)
MUSC 3156 (F), 3166 (S). Conducting (1,1) (P: MUSC 2166, 2186)
MUSC 3176. Basic Musicianship V (2) (WI) (P: MUSC 2166, 2186)
Performancegroups(7s.h.):
Minimum of 5 semesters large ensemble
Music majors may count only two semester hours of Marching Band Field Experience (MUSC 1706, 1 s.h.) for
large ensemble credit. Marching Band (MUSC 1705, 2 s.h.) may not count toward large ensemble credit for music
majors. Music majors taking more than 2 s.h. of MUSC 1706 or 1705 must sign a release form to be made
available in the music ofce and in the SOM Undergraduate Handbook. The form will help clarify that hours
above the required 2 s.h. of MUSC 1706 will not count as part of the Music Education degree plan at ECU, and
that these extra hours may lead to additional hours on a student’s transcript before graduation. Wind and
percussion majors must include two semesters of MUSC 1706. Marching Band Field Experience (1) (F)
Minimum of 2 semesters small ensemble
Keyboard and voice majors must include two semesters of MUSC 3287. Choral Laboratory (1) (F,S)
(P: Completion of or enrollment in MUSC 3156 or 3217 or 3237 or consent of instructor) as a small ensemble
Musiceducation(*with at least a C in each to be admitted to internship)(8s.h.):
*MUSC 2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (S) (P: Completion of 18 s.h. in theory,
composition, and musicology or consent of chairperson of music education)
InstrumentalMusicEducationTrack:
*MUSC 2345. Secondary General Music (1) (F) and
*MUSC 3217. Beginning Instruction in Instrumental Music (2) (F) and
*MUSC 3227. Rehearsal Techniques in Secondary Instrumental Music Education (2) (S) and
*MUSC 4323. Materials and Methods of Instrumental Music Teaching (2) (F)
Vocal/GeneralMusicEducationTrack:
MUSC 1011. Applied Piano (1)
*MUSC 3237. Beginning Instruction in Vocal-General Music Education (2) (F) and
*MUSC 3247. Rehearsal Techniques in Secondary Vocal-Choral Music Education (2) and
*MUSC 4333. Materials and Methods of Vocal-General Music Teaching (2) (F) (P: MUSC 3247)
Professionalstudies(20s.h.):
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
229
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper
division; C: Senior I semester) or PSYC 4305. Educational Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 2201 or 3206 or
3240 or equivalent)
MUSC 4324. Internship in Music Education (10) (S) (P: Admission to upper division; MUSC 4323 or 4333;
C: MUSC 4325)
MUSC 4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Music Education (0) (S) (P: Admission to upper division; C: MUSC 4324)
READ 3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS)
SPED 4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) (RP: SPED 2000)
3. Appliedmusic(Keyboard,String,Voice,WindorPercussion) ...........................................22 s.h.
Appliedmajor(14s.h.):
Present a half senior recital
Appliedminor(7s.h.):
Astudentwhoisexemptfromanyappliedminorcoursesspeciedmusttakeotherappliedminorcoursestocomplete
the total required hours.
MajorInstrument:Keyboard
MUSC 1061. Lower-Level Applied Music (1) (twice)
MUSC 1205 (F), 1215 (S). Beginning Voice Group (1,1)
MUSC 1455. Introduction to Winds and Percussion (2) (F)
MUSC 2315. String Class (1) (F)
MajorInstrument:Strings
MUSC 1105, 1115. Beginning Group Piano (1,1) (F,S)
MUSC 1205. Beginning Voice Group (1) (F)
MUSC 1455. Introduction to Winds and Percussion (2) (F)
MUSC 3697. Introduction to String Teaching (2) (P: MUSC 2115; 2315)
MajorInstrument:Voice
MUSC 1105, 1115. Beginning Group Piano (1,1) (F,S)
MUSC 1455. Introduction to Winds and Percussion (2) (F)
MUSC 2105, 2115. Intermediate Group Piano (1,1) (F,S) (P: MUSC 1115)
MUSC 2315. String Class (1) (F)
MajorInstrument:WindorPercussion
MUSC 1105, 1115. Beginning Group Piano (1,1) (F,S)
MUSC 1205. Beginning Voice Group (1) (F)
MUSC 2315. String Class (1) (F)
The following to be selected according to applied major instrument:
MUSC 1415. Woodwind Group (1) (F,S)
MUSC 1435. Brass Group (1) (F,S)
MUSC 1445. Percussion Group (1) (F,S)
BM in Music Therapy
Minimum degree requirement is 128s.h. as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow ............................. 42s.h.
BIOL 1050, 1051. General Biology and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: Science course)
Recommended:
ANTH 1000. Introduction to Anthropology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 2201. Psychology of Childhood (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060 or equivalent) or PSYC 3206.
Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
230
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
2. Common core ...............................................................................................................................64s.h.
CoreMUSCcourses(30s.h.):
MUSC 1156 (F), 1166 (S). Basic Musicianship (3,3)
MUSC 1176 (F), 1186 (S). Basic Musicianship Laboratory (1,1) (C for 1186: MUSC 1166)
MUSC 1406 (S), 2406 (F), 2416 (S). Music History and Literature (3,3,2) (WI, WI, WI)
MUSC 2156 (F), 2166 (S). Basic Musicianship (3,3) (P: MUSC 1166)
MUSC 2176 (F), 2186 (S). Basic Musicianship Laboratory (1,1) (P: MUSC 1186; C for 2176: MUSC 2156; C for
2186: MUSC 2166)
MUSC 2248. Music of the World’s Peoples (2) (F,S,SS)
MUSC 3156 (F), 3166 (S). Conducting (1,1) (P: MUSC 2166, 2186)
MUSC 3176. Basic Musicianship V (2) (WI) (P: MUSC 2166, 2186)
Musictherapy(22s.h.):
MUSC 2277. Orientation to Therapy (1) (S)
MUSC 2287. Orientation to Therapy Practicum (1) (S)
MUSC 3257. Music Therapy I: Introduction to Music in Therapy (3) (S) (C: MUSC 3357)
MUSC 3267. Music Therapy II: The Inuence of Music on Behavior (3) (S) (P: MUSC 3257; C: MUSC 3367)
MUSC 3357. Music Therapy Practicum I (1) (F) (C: MUSC 3257)
MUSC 3367. Music Therapy Practicum II (1) (S) (C: MUSC 3267)
MUSC 4277. Music for Group Activities (2) (F) (C: MUSC 4287)
MUSC 4287. Music for Group Activities Practicum (1) (F) (C: MUSC 4277)
MUSC 5257, 5267. Psychological Foundations of Music (3,3)
MUSC 5287. Psychological Foundations of Music Practicum (1)
MUSC 5297. Music Therapy Practicum III (1)
MUSC 5997. Clinical Internship (1)
Professionalstudies(5s.h.):
PSYC 4375. Abnormal Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
SPED 2000. Introduction to Exceptional Children (2) (F,S,SS)
Performancegroups(7s.h.):
Minimum of 5 semesters large ensemble
Minimum of 2 semesters small ensemble
Music majors may count only two semester hours of Marching Band Field Experience (MUSC 1706, 1 s.h.) for
large ensemble credit. Marching Band (MUSC 1705, 2 s.h.) may not count toward large ensemble credit for music
majors. Music majors taking more than 2 s.h. of MUSC 1706 or 1705 must sign a release form to be made
available in the music ofce and in the SOM Undergraduate Handbook. The form will help clarify that hours above
the required 2 s.h. of MUSC 1706 will not count as part of the Music Education degree plan at ECU, and that
these extra hours may lead to additional hours on a student’s transcript before graduation. The music therapy
program is afliated with the American Music Therapy Association and leads to the designation of Registered
Music Therapist (RMT).
3. Appliedmusic(Guitar,Keyboard,Percussion,StringsorWind,Voice) ........................... 22 s.h.
Appliedmajor(14s.h.):
Present a half senior recital
Appliedminor(8s.h.):
Astudentwhoisexemptfromanyoftheappliedminorcoursesspeciedmusttakeotherappliedminorcoursesto
complete the total required hours.
MajorInstrument:Guitar
MUSC 1105, 1115. Beginning Group Piano (1,1) (F,S)
MUSC 1205 (F), 1215 (S). Beginning Voice Group (1,1)
MUSC 1445. Percussion Group (1) (F,S)
MUSC 2105, 2115. Intermediate Group Piano (1,1) (F,S) (P: MUSC 1115)
Choose 1 s.h. minor applied elective
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
231
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
MajorInstrument:Keyboard
MUSC 1205 (F), 1215 (S). Beginning Voice Group (1,1)
MUSC 1445. Percussion Group (1) (F,S)
MUSC 3105 (F), 3115 (S). Functional Guitar Class (1,1) (P: MUSC 2115 or consent of instructor)
Choose 3 s.h. minor applied electives
MajorInstrument:Percussion
MUSC 1105, 1115. Beginning Group Piano (1,1) (F,S)
MUSC 1205 (F), 1215 (S). Beginning Voice Group (1,1)
MUSC 2105, 2115. Intermediate Group Piano (1,1) (F,S) (P: MUSC 1115)
MUSC 3105. Functional Guitar Class (1) (F) (P: MUSC 2115 or consent of instructor)
Choose 1 s.h. minor applied elective
MajorInstrument:StringsorWind
MUSC 1105, 1115. Beginning Group Piano (1,1) (F,S)
MUSC 1205 (F), 1215 (S). Beginning Voice Group (1,1)
MUSC 1445. Percussion Group (1) (F,S)
MUSC 2105, 2115. Intermediate Group Piano (1,1) (F,S) (P: MUSC 1115)
MUSC 3105. Functional Guitar Class (1) (F) (P: MUSC 2115 or consent of instructor)
MajorInstrument:Voice
MUSC 1105, 1115. Beginning Group Piano (1,1) (F,S)
MUSC 1445. Percussion Group (1) (F,S)
MUSC 2105, 2115. Intermediate Group Piano (1,1) (F,S) (P: MUSC 1115)
MUSC 3105 (F), 3115 (S). Functional Guitar Class (1,1) (P: MUSC 2115 or consent of instructor)
Choose 1 s.h. minor applied elective
BM in Performance
Minimum degree requirement is 128s.h.as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow ............................. 42s.h.
MusicTheatre:
THEA 1010. Introduction to Acting I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
THEA 1020. Introduction to Acting II (3) (S) (P: THEA 1010)
SacredMusic:
Recommended:
PHIL 1695. Introduction to the Old Testament (3) (F,) (FC:HU)
PHIL 1696. Introduction to the New Testament (3) (S) (FC:HU)
Voice Performance:
Recommended:
DNCE 1011. Ballet I (3) (F) (FC:FA) or DNCE 1012. Contemporary Dance I (3) (F) (FC:FA) or DNCE 1013.
Jazz Dance I (3) (F) (FC:FA)
THEA 1010. Introduction to Acting I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
2. Commoncore(CoreMUSCcourses) .......................................................................................30 s.h.
MUSC 1156 (F), 1166 (S). Basic Musicianship (3,3)
MUSC 1176 (F), 1186 (S). Basic Musicianship Laboratory (1,1) (C for 1186: MUSC 1166)
MUSC 1406 (S), 2406 (F), 2416 (S). Music History and Literature (3,3,2) (WI, WI, WI)
MUSC 2156 (F), 2166 (S). Basic Musicianship (3,3) (P: MUSC 1166)
MUSC 2176 (F), 2186 (S). Basic Musicianship Laboratory (1,1) (P: MUSC 1186; C for 2176: MUSC 2156; C for 2186:
MUSC 2166)
MUSC 2248. Music of the World’s Peoples (2) (F,S,SS)
MUSC 3156 (F), 3166 (S). Conducting (1,1) (P: MUSC 2166, 2186)
MUSC 3176. Basic Musicianship V (2) (WI) (P: MUSC 2166, 2186)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
232
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3. Concentrationarea(Chooseone.) ............................................................................................56 s.h.
A student who is exempt from any of the applied minor courses specied must take other applied minor courses to
complete the total required hours.
JazzStudies,Instrumental:
Applied major (20 s.h.):
8 s.h. applied major (traditional)
12 s.h. applied jazz major
Present a half senior recital
Applied minor (4 s.h.):
MUSC 1105, 1115. Beginning Group Piano (1,1) (F,S) (P for 1115: MUSC 1105)
MUSC 2105, 2115. Intermediate Group Piano (1,1) (F,S) (P for 2105: MUSC 1115; P for 2115: MUSC 2105)
JazzStudies(17s.h.):
MUSC 2095, 2096. Jazz Keyboard Harmony (2,2) (F,S) (P for 2095: MUSC 2115, 2166, 2186; or consent of
instructor; P for 2096: MUSC 2095)
MUSC 2195. Jazz Improvisation (2) (F) (P: MUSC 1115, 2166, 2186; or consent of instructor)
MUSC 2196. Advanced Jazz Improvisation (2) (S) (P: MUSC 2195 or consent of instructor)
MUSC 2258. History of Jazz Music (2) (F,S,SS)
MUSC 2295, 2296. Jazz Theory and Arranging (2,2) (F,S) (P for 2295: MUSC 2166, 2186; or consent of
instructor; P for 2296: MUSC 2295)
MUSC 4195. Jazz Seminar (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MUSC 1406, 2258, 2406, 2416; passing score on the jazz studies
upper division exam)
Pedagogy ( 5 s.h.):
MUSC 2280. Introduction to Music Technology (2) (F) (P: MUSC major or consent of instructor)
MUSC 4657. Directed Study in Instrumental Pedagogy (3) (F,S) (P: Acceptance in performance degree program;
consent of instructor)
Performance groups (10 s.h.):
Minimum of 2 semesters selected from:
MUSC 1706. Marching Band Field Experience (1) (F)
MUSC 1715. Concert Band (1) (F,S)
MUSC 1735. Wind Ensemble (1) (F,S)
MUSC 1745. Symphony Orchestra (1) (F,S) (C: MUSC 1755)
MUSC 1765. Symphonic Band (1) (S)
Choose 8 s.h. from the following:
MUSC 1775. Jazz Ensemble (1) (F,S)
MUSC 1855. Jazz Chamber Music (1) (F,S)
JazzStudies,Vocal:
Applied major (16 s.h.):
6 s.h. applied major (traditional)
10 s.h. applied jazz major
Present a half senior recital
Applied minor (4 s.h.):
MUSC 1105, 1115. Beginning Group Piano (1,1) (F,S) (P for 1115: MUSC 1105)
MUSC 2105, 2115. Intermediate Group Piano (1,1) (F,S) (P for 2105: MUSC 1115; P for 2115: MUSC 2105)
Jazz studies (17 s.h.):
MUSC 2095, 2096. Jazz Keyboard Harmony (2,2) (F,S) (P for 2095: MUSC 2115, 2166, 2186; or consent of
instructor; P for 2096: MUSC 2095)
MUSC 2195. Jazz Improvisation (2) (F) (P: MUSC 1115, 2166, 2186; or consent of instructor)
MUSC 2196. Advanced Jazz Improvisation (2) (S) (P: MUSC 2195 or consent of instructor)
MUSC 2258. History of Jazz Music (2) (F,S,SS)
MUSC 2295, 2296. Jazz Theory and Arranging (2,2) (F,S) (P for 2295: MUSC 2166, 2186; or consent of
instructor; P for 2296: MUSC 2295)
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
233
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
MUSC 4195. Jazz Seminar (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MUSC 1406, 2258, 2406, 2416; passing score on the jazz studies
upper division exam)
Pedagogy (7 s.h.):
MUSC 1627. Italian Lyric Diction for Singers (2) (F)
MUSC 2280. Introduction to Music Technology (2) (F) (P: MUSC major or consent of instructor)
MUSC 3637. Voice Pedagogy (3) (F-OY)
Performance groups (12 s.h.):
Minimum of 4 semesters selected from:
MUSC 1625. Concert Choir (1) (F,S)
MUSC 1635. University Chorale (1) (F,S)
MUSC 1675. Chamber Singers (1) (F,S)
Choose 8 s.h. from:
MUSC 1775. Jazz Ensemble (1) (F,S)
MUSC 1855. Jazz Chamber Music (1) (F,S)
MusicTheatre:
Applied major (16 s.h.):
Voice–present a half senior recital
Applied minor (4 s.h.):
MUSC 1105, 1115. Beginning Group Piano (1,1) (F,S)
MUSC 2105, 2115. Intermediate Group Piano (1,1) (F,S) (P: MUSC 1115)
Music theatre (6 s.h.):
MUSC 3055. History of the American Musical Theatre (3) (P: MUSC 2166 or consent of instructor)
MUSC 5796. Opera History (3) (WI)
Performance groups (6 s.h.):
Minimum of 4 semesters large choral ensemble
2 semesters opera theatre
Participation in a minimum of 1 musical theatre production
Theatre arts (21 s.h.):
DNCE 1011. Ballet I (3) (F) (FC:FA)
DNCE 1013. Jazz Dance I (3) (F) (FC:FA)
DNCE 1023. Jazz Dance II (3) (S)
THEA 2001. Stage Scenery I (3) (F,S) (FC:FA)
THEA 3090. Musical Theatre Performance Techniques I (3) (F) (P: THEA 1020; demonstrated vocal skill; and/or
consent of instructor)
Choose 6 s.h. from:
THEA 3003. Stage Lighting (3) (F,S) (P: Consent of instructor)
THEA 3007. Costume Design (3) (F,S) (FC:FA)
THEA 3070. Directing I (3) (WI) (F) (P: THEA 1010 or 2020)
Free electives (3 s.h.)
OrganPerformance:
Applied major (19 s.h.)
Organ–present a full junior and a full senior recital
Appliedminor(12s.h.):
MUSC 2125, 2135. Basic Keyboard Skills (1,1)
8 s.h. applied piano
2 s.h. applied harpsichord
Counterpoint (3 s.h.):
MUSC 4327. Counterpoint (3)
Organ literature and history (4 s.h.):
MUSC 5667, 5677. Organ History, Literature, and Design (2,2)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
234
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
Organ pedagogy (2 s.h.):
MUSC 5657. Organ Pedagogy (2) (P: Completion of 4 semesters of applied organ)
Performance groups (8 s.h.):
Minimum of 4 semesters large ensemble
2 semesters accompanying
Service playing (5 s.h.):
MUSC 2476. Introduction to Service Playing (1) (S) (P: Completion of 1 semester of applied organ or consent
of instructor)
MUSC 4417, 4437. Advanced Service Playing (2,2) (P: MUSC 2476 or consent of instructor)
Free electives (3 s.h.)
PianoPedagogy:
Applied major (20 s.h.):
Present a full senior recital
Applied minor (2 s.h.):
2 s.h. minor applied
Pedagogy (12 s.h.):
MUSIC 2125 (F02), 2135 (S03). Basic Keyboard Skills (1,1)
MUSC 3707. Foundations and Principles of Piano Pedagogy (2) (F02)
MUSC 3717. Elementary Piano Pedagogy (2) (S03)
MUSC 5707. Seminar: Topics and Problems of Piano Pedagogy (2) (C: MUSC 5727)
MUSC 5717. Advanced Piano Performance Problems (2) (C: MUSC 5727)
MUSC 5727. Piano Pedagogy: Observation and Student Teaching (2) (C: MUSC 5707, 5717)
Performance groups (8 s.h.):
Minimum of 4 semesters large ensemble
Minimum of 4 semesters accompanying and/or chamber music
Piano literature and advanced pedagogy (6 s.h.):
MUSC 5737. Piano Literature and Advanced Pedagogy (3)
MUSC 5747. Piano Literature and Advanced Pedagogy (3) (RP: MUSC 5737)
MUSC electives (3 s.h.)
Free electives (5 s.h.)
Piano Performance:
Applied major (24 s.h.):
Present a full junior recital and a full senior recital
Applied minor (2 s.h.):
2 s.h. minor applied
Pedagogy (6 s.h.):
MUSIC 2125, 2135. Basic Keyboard Skills (1,1)
MUSC 3707. Foundations and Principles of Piano Pedagogy (2)
MUSC 5717. Advanced Piano Performance Problems (2) (C: MUSC 5727)
Performance groups (10 s.h.):
Minimum of 4 semesters large ensemble
6 s.h. accompanying and/or chamber music
Piano literature and advanced pedagogy (6 s.h.):
MUSC 5737. Piano Literature and Advanced Pedagogy (3)
MUSC 5747. Piano Literature and Advanced Pedagogy (3) (RP: MUSC 5737)
MUSC electives (3 s.h.)
Free electives (5 s.h.)
SacredMusic,Organ:
Applied major (16 s.h.):
Organ–present a full senior recital
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
235
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Applied minor (9 s.h.):
MUSC 1205 (F), 1215 (S). Beginning Voice Group (1,1)
MUSIC 2125, 2135. Basic Keyboard Skills (1,1)
4 s.h. applied piano
1 s.h. applied harpsichord
Organ literature and history (4 s.h.):
MUSC 5667, 5677. Organ History, Literature, and Design (2,2)
Performance groups (8 s.h.):
Minimum of 4 semesters large choral ensemble
Minimum of 2 semesters accompanying
Sacredmusic(13s.h.):
MUSC 2476. Introduction to Service Playing (1) (P: Completion of 1 semester of applied organ or consent
of instructor)
MUSC 4417, 4437. Advanced Service Playing (2,2) (P: MUSC 2476 or consent of instructor)
MUSC 4525. History of Sacred Music and Worship (3) (P: MUSC 2416)
MUSC 4526, 4527. Philosophy and Practice of Sacred Music (2,2) (P for 4527: MUSC 4526 or consent of
instructor)
MUSC 4528. Sacred Music Intership (1) (F,S) (P: MUSC 2476)
Advanced conducting (3 s.h.):
MUSC 5706 or 5716. Advanced Applied Conducting (3,3) (P: MUSC 3166 or consent of instructor)
Free electives (3 s.h.)
SacredMusic,Vocal:
Applied major (16 s.h.):
Voice–present a full senior recital
Applied minor (5 s.h.):
MUSC 1105, 1115. Beginning Group Piano (1,1) (F,S)
MUSC 2105, 2115. Intermediate Group Piano (1,1) (F,S) (P: MUSC 1115)
1 s.h. piano or organ, in consultation with the degree advisor
(A piano skills prociency exam will be given no later than the end of the fth semester; students found to be in
need of further piano study must enroll in additional applied piano until they pass the prociency exam.)
Advanced conducting (3 s.h.):
Choose one of MUSC 5706, 5716. Advanced Applied Conducting (3,3) (P: MUSC 3166 or consent of
instructor)
Pedagogy (9 s.h.):
MUSC 1627. Italian Lyric Diction for Singers (2) (F)
MUSC 1637. French Diction for Singers (2)
MUSC 1647. German Diction for Singers (2)
MUSC 3637. Voice Pedagogy (3)
Performance groups (8 s.h.):
Minimum of 4 semesters large choral ensemble
Minimum of 4 semesters small ensemble
Sacred music (12 s.h.):
MUSC 4525. History of Sacred Music and Worship (3) (P: MUSC 2416)
MUSC 4526, 4527. Philosophy and Practice of Sacred Music (2,2) (P for 4527: MUSC 4526 or consent of
instructor)
MUSC 4528. Sacred Music Internship (1) (F,S) (P: MUSC 3156, 3166)
MUSC 5906, 5916. Choral Literature (2,2)
Free electives (3 s.h.)
StringPerformance:
Applied major (24 s.h.):
Present at least a half junior recital and full senior recital
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
236
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
Applied minor (6 s.h.):
MUSC 1105, 1115. Beginning Group Piano (1,1) (F,S)
MUSC 2105, 2115. Intermediate Group Piano (1,1) (F,S) (P: MUSC 1115)
Bowed String majors select 2 s.h. minor string (violin or viola major must elect 2 s.h. of cello; cello or string bass
major must elect 2 s.h. of violin or viola)
Guitar majors select 2 s.h. minor applied from: bowed strings, piano, jazz guitar, early plucked strings or other
area with permission of appropriate applied instructor.
Pedagogy (3 s.h.):
MUSC 4657. Directed Study in Instrumental Pedagogy for Brass, Percussion, Strings, or Woodwinds (3) (F,S)
(P: Acceptance in performance degree program; consent of instructor)
Performance groups (12 s.h.):
Minimum of 8 semesters large ensemble
Minimum of 4 semesters of MUSC 1805. String Chamber Music (1) (F,S)
Performance groups for guitar majors:
Minimum of 8 semesters of MUSC 1805. String Chamber Music (1) (F,S) and 4 semesters of large ensemble
Music history and literature electives (6 s.h.)
Free electives (5 s.h.)
Voice Performance:
Applied major (16 s.h.):
Present a half junior recital and a full senior recital
Applied minor (2 s.h.):
2 s.h. minor applied piano
Students are required to pass a departmental piano prociency examination. In preparation for the exam,
students must enroll in MUSC 1305,1315 (Functional piano for singers) for 2 semesters. Students desiring
further preparation may take piano minor, piano accompanying, MUSC 1105, 1115, 2105, and/or 2115 for
no credit.
Performance groups (10 s.h.):
Minimum of 8 semesters large choral ensemble
Minimum of 2 semesters of opera workshop or theater
Foreign language and diction (21 s.h.):
Minimum of 6 s.h. FREN
Minimum of 6 s.h. GERM
Minimum of 3 s.h. ITAL
MUSC 1627. Italian Lyric Diction for Singers (2) (F)
MUSC 1637. French Lyric Diction for Singers (2) (S)
MUSC 1647. German Lyric Diction for Singers (2) (S)
Voice pedagogy (3 s.h.):
MUSC 3637. Voice Pedagogy (3) (S)
Music history and literature (4 s.h.):
MUSC 4496. Opera History (2) (WI) (P: MUSC 2416)
MUSC 4596. Historical Development of Solo Vocal Literature (2) (WI) (P: MUSC 2416)
WindPerformance:
Applied major (24 s.h.):
Present a half junior recital and a full senior recital
Applied minor (4 s.h.):
MUSC 1105, 1115. Beginning Group Piano (1,1) (F,S)
MUSC 2105, 2115. Intermediate Group Piano (1,1) (F,S) (P: MUSC 1115)
Pedagogy (3 s.h.):
MUSC 4657. Directed Study in Instrumental Pedagogy for Brass, Percussion, Strings, or Woodwinds (3)
(P: Acceptance in performance degree program; consent of instructor)
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
237
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Performance groups (12 s.h.):
Minimum of 8 semesters large ensemble
Music majors may count only two semester hours of Marching Band Field Experience (MUSC 1706, 1 s.h.) for
large ensemble credit. Marching Band (MUSC 1705, 2 s.h.) may not count toward large ensemble credit for
music majors. Music majors taking more than 2 s.h. of MUSC 1706 or 1705 must sign a release form to be
made available in the music ofce and in the SOM Undergraduate Handbook. The form will help clarify that
hours above the required 2 s.h. of MUSC 1706 will not count as part of the Music Education degree plan at
ECU, and that these extra hours may lead to additional hours on a student’s transcript before graduation.
Minimum of four semesters small ensemble.
Percussion Performance:
Applied major (24 s.h.):
Present a half junior recital and a full senior recital
Applied minor (4 s.h.):
MUSC 1105, 1115. Beginning Group Piano (1,1) (F,S)
MUSC 2105, 2115. Intermediate Group Piano (1,1) (F,S) (P: MUSC 1115)
Pedagogy (3 s.h.):
MUSC 4660. Percussion Pedagogy and Literature (3) (P: Upper division standing in applied music)
Performance groups (12 s.h.):
Minimum of 8 semesters large ensemble
Music majors may count only two semester hours of Marching Band Field Experience (MUSC 1706, 1 s.h.)
for large ensemble credit. Marching Band (MUSC 1705, 2 s.h.) may not count toward large ensemble credit
for music majors. Music majors taking more than 2 s.h. of MUSC 1706 or 1705 must sign a release form to
be made available in the music ofce and in the SOM Undergraduate Handbook. The form will help clarify
that hours above the required 2 s.h. of MUSC 1706 will not count as part of the Music Education degree
plan at ECU, and that these extra hours may lead to additional hours on a student’s transcript
before graduation.
Minimum of four semesters small ensemble.
Music history and literature electives (6 s.h)
MUSC electives (2 s.h.)
Free Electives (5 s.h.)
BM in Theory-Composition
For admission to upper level theory-composition concentrations, a student must have a minimum 3.0 GPA in music courses
at the end of the sophomore year. Minimum degree requirement is 128s.h. as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow ............................. 42s.h.
Recommended:
PHYS 1050. Physics and the Environment (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
PHYS 1090. Physics of Sound (3) (S) (FC:SC)
PHYS 1091. Physics of Sound Laboratory (1) (S) (FC:SC)
2. Common core ...............................................................................................................................58s.h.
CoreMUSCcourses(30s.h.):
MUSC 1156 (F), 1166 (S). Basic Musicianship (3,3)
MUSC 1176 (F), 1186 (S). Basic Musicianship Laboratory (1,1) (C for 1186: MUSC 1166)
MUSC 1406 (S), 2406 (F), 2416 (S). Music History and Literature (3,3,2) (WI, WI, WI)
MUSC 2156 (F), 2166 (S). Basic Musicianship (3,3) (P: MUSC 1166)
MUSC 2176 (F), 2186 (S). Basic Musicianship Laboratory (1,1) (P: MUSC 1186; C for 2176: MUSC 2156; C for
2186: MUSC 2166)
MUSC 2248. Music of the World’s Peoples (2) (F,S,SS)
MUSC 3156 (F), 3166 (S). Conducting (1,1) (P: MUSC 2166, 2186)
MUSC 3176. Basic Musicianship V (2) (WI) (P: MUSC 2166, 2186)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
238
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
Applied major (14 s.h.):
Present half senior recital
Applied minor (2-6 s.h.):
MUSC 1105, 1115. Beginning Group Piano (1,1) (F,S)
MUSC 2105, 2115. Intermediate Group Piano (1,1) (F,S) (P: MUSC 1115)
(Keyboard majors apply these 4 s.h. toward music electives, resulting in an applied total of 16 s.h. for keyboard
majors.)
2 s.h. minor instrument
Performancegroups(6s.h.):
Minimum of 4 semesters large ensemble
Music majors may count only two semester hours of Marching Band Field Experience (MUSC 1706, 1 s.h.) for
large ensemble credit. Marching Band (MUSC 1705, 2 s.h.) may not count toward large ensemble credit for
music majors. Music majors taking more than 2 s.h. of MUSC 1706 or 1705 must sign a release form to be made
available in the music ofce and in the SOM Undergraduate Handbook. The form will help clarify that hours
above the required 2 s.h. of MUSC 1706 will not count as part of the Music Education degree plan at ECU,
and that these extra hours may lead to additional hours on a student’s transcript before graduation.
3. Concentrationarea(Chooseone.) ............................................................................................30 s.h.
Theory-Composition,Theory:
Advanced theory (11 s.h.):
MUSC 4327. Counterpoint (3) (F)
MUSC 4328. Language of Post-tonal Music (3) (S-EY)
MUSC 4506. Directed Study in Music Theory (2) (F,S,SS) (P: MUSC 2166) (MUSC 4506 must culminate in a
project or research paper which will require the approval of a three-member committee, two of whom must
be members of the theory, composition, and musicology faculty.)
MUSC 4536. Schenkerian Analysis (3) (S-OY)
Composition (4 s.h.):
Choose one from MUSC 3326 (F), 3336 (S). Composition (2,2) (P: MUSC 2336 or consent of instructor)
Choose one from MUSC 3366 (F), 3386 (S). Electronic Music Composition (2,2) (P: MUSC 2326 or consent
of instructor)
Music history and literature electives (6 s.h.)
MUSC electives (4 s.h.)
Free electives (5 s.h., 9 s.h. for keyboard majors)
Theory-Composition,Composition:
Composition as listed below (Choose one option.) (A full recital of the student’s compositions, approved by
the theory, composition, and musicology faculty, must be presented at the end of the senior year.):
Electronic music option (14 s.h.)
MUSC 3326 (F), 3336 (S). Composition (2,2) (P: MUSC 2336 or consent of instructor)
MUSC 3366 (F), 3386 (S). Electronic Music Composition (2,2) (P: MUSC 2326 or consent of instructor)
MUSC 4366 (F), 4376 (S). Advanced Composition in Electronic Media (3,3) (F) (P: MUSC 3386 or consent
of instructor)
Traditional media option (14 s.h.)
MUSC 3326 (F), 3336 (S). Composition (2,2) (P: MUSC 2336 or consent of instructor)
MUSC 3366 (F), 3386 (S). Electronic Music Composition (2,2) (P: MUSC 2326 or consent of instructor)
MUSC 4326 (F), 4336 (S). Composition (3,3) (P: MUSC 3336 or consent of instructor)
Music history and literature (6 s.h.)
MUSC 4446. Music of the Modern and Postmodern Eras (3)
Music history and literature electives (4 s.h.)
Advanced theory (8 s.h.)
MUSC 4327. Counterpoint (3) (F)
MUSC 4328. Language of Post-tonal Music (3) (S-EY)
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
239
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Choose one of the following:
MUSC 4536. Introduction to Schenkerian Analysis (3) (S-OY) (P: MUSC 2166; or consent of instructor)
MUSC 5336. Advanced Orchestration (2)
Free electives (2 s.h., 6 s.h. for keyboard majors)
Jazz Studies Minor
The minor in jazz studies requires 24s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................14s.h.
MUSC 2095 (F), 2096 (S). Jazz Keyboard Harmony (2,2) (P: MUSC 2115, 2166, 2186; or consent of instructor)
MUSC 2195. Jazz Improvisation (2) (F) (P: MUSC 1115, 2166, 2186; or consent of instructor)
MUSC 2196. Advanced Jazz Improvisation (2) (S) (P: MUSC 2195 or consent of instructor)
MUSC 2258. History of Jazz Music (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
MUSC 2295 (F), 2296 (S). Jazz Theory and Arranging (2,2) (P: MUSC 2166, 2186; or consent of instructor)
2. Appliedjazz .................................................................................................................................... 4s.h.
3. Performance Groups ..................................................................................................................... 6 s.h.
MUSC 1775. Jazz Ensemble (1) (F,S) (FC:FA)
MUSC 1855. Jazz Chamber Music (1) (F,S)
Music Minor
All persons minoring in music must pass an audition for acceptance by the School of Music at a minimum freshman applied
level, level III. Minimum minor requirement is 28s.h. of credit as follows:
1. TheoryandLiterature ................................................................................................................16 s.h.
MUSC 1156 (F), 1166 (S). Basic Musicianship (3,3)
MUSC 1176 (F), 1186 (S). Basic Musicianship Laboratory (1,1) (C for 1186: MUSC 1166)
MUSC 1406 (S), 2406 (F), 2416 (S). Music History and Literature (3,3,2) (WI, WI, WI)
2. AppliedMusic .................................................................................................................................8s.h.
6 s.h. primary performance medium
2 s.h. piano (MUSIC 2125, 2135 for the student whose primary performance medium is a keyboard instrument;
MUSC 1105, 1115 (F,S) for the student whose primary performance medium is other than keyboard)
3. PerformanceGroups:Minimumof4semesterslargeand/orsmallensemble .................. 4s.h.
Certif icate in Jazz Studies
A certicate in jazz studies comprises 18s.h. of jazz courses as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................14s.h.
MUSC 2095 (F), 2096 (S). Jazz Keyboard Harmony (2,2) (P: MUSC 2115, 2166, 2186; or consent of instructor)
MUSC 2195. Jazz Improvisation (2) (F) (P: MUSC 1115, 2166, 2186; or consent of instructor)
MUSC 2196. Advanced Jazz Improvisation (2) (S) (P: MUSC 2195 or consent of instructor)
MUSC 2258. History of Jazz Music (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
MUSC 2295 (F), 2296 (S). Jazz Theory and Arranging (2,2) (P: MUSC 2166, 2186; or consent of instructor)
2. Performance Groups ..................................................................................................................... 4s.h.
MUSC 1775. Jazz Ensemble (1) (F,S) (FC:FA)
MUSC 1855. Jazz Chamber Music (1) (F,S)
Certif icate in Suzuki Pedagogy
This program is for students holding an undergraduate degree in a eld other than music, who have an extensive background
in musical study and highly developed performance skills and music course work equivalent to an undergraduate major
in music. Current upper-level undergraduate music degree students may be admitted upon the recommendation of the
program director.
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
240
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
Students in the program must complete 16 s.h. of Suzuki pedagogy course work with a minimum grade of B, a written
pedagogical project and a full solo recital. The recital must include advanced repertoire from the Suzuki Violin School and
supplementary literature. Certicate candidates must exhibit a thorough understanding of the Suzuki approach to pedagogy
and its materials through demonstration teaching and the written project. Students who complete the certicate program
will qualify for registration with the Suzuki Association of the Americas.
Minimum certicate requirement is 16 s.h. of credit as follows: MUSC 4644, 4646, 4647, 4648, 4649, 4650, 4654, 4656.
SCHOOL OF THEATRE AND DANCE
John Shearin, Director, 105 Messick Building
Prospective dance majors must be admitted both to the university and to the dance program as intended majors of the ECU
School of Theatre and Dance. Admission to the dance program as an intended major is determined by an acceptable level
of performance, and verbal and written communication as demonstrated through an entrance audition, a writing sample and
an interview. A satisfactory audition is required of all entering freshmen, transfer students, and students being readmitted.
Acceptance is based upon an afrmative vote of the majority of the auditioning committee. For detailed information, see the
School of Theatre and Dance website at www.ecu.edu/theatredance/
BFA in Dance
In order to declare a major in dance, a student must pass an examination by a dance faculty jury during their second semester.
Dance faculty will determine placement in technique levels. Dance majors must attain a minimum grade of C in all required
DNCE courses, and all students must earn a C or better in technique classes to advance to the next level. Minimum degree
requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculum(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirementsforall
Baccalaureate Degree Programs) .............................................................................................42s.h.
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................31 s.h.
Dance(19s.h.):
DNCE 2201. Dance Improvisation I (1) (F)
DNCE 2202. Dance Improvisation II (1) (S)
DNCE 3000, 3001. Dance Performance (1,1) (F,S) (P: Consent of instructor)
DNCE 4044. History of Dance I (3) (WI) (F) (FC:FA)
DNCE 4045. History of Dance II (3) (WI) (S) (FC:FA)
DNCE 4046. Composition I (3) (WI) (F) (P: 3000-level dance technique class)
DNCE 4047. Composition II (3) (WI) (S) (P: DNCE 4046)
DNCE 4048. Choreography Project (3) (F) (P: DNCE 4047 or consent of instructor)
Theatre(12s.h.):
THEA 2001. Stage Scenery I (3) (F,S) (FC:FA)
THEA 2015. Voice and Articulation (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Intended THEA, DNCE, and EMST media performance or
electronic news majors)
THEA 1010. Introduction to Acting I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
THEA 3003. Stage Lighting (3) (F,S) (P: Consent of instructor)
3. Dance Technique Courses ..........................................................................................................45s.h.
DNCE 1114. Beginning Ballet I (2) (F) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.)
DNCE 1115. Beginning Modern I (2) (F) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.)
DNCE 1116. Beginning Jazz I (2) (F) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.)
DNCE 1124. Beginning Ballet II (2) (S) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.) (P: DNCE 1114 or consent
of instructor)
DNCE 1125. Beginning Modern II (2) (S) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.) (P: DNCE 1115 or consent
of instructor)
DNCE 1126. Beginning Jazz II (2) (S) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.) (P: DNCE 1116 or consent
of instructor)
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
241
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
DNCE 2134. Intermediate Ballet I (2) (F) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.) (P: DNCE 1124 or consent
of instructor)
DNCE 2135. Intermediate Modern I (2) (F) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.) (P: DNCE 1125 or consent
of instructor)
DNCE 2136. Intermediate Jazz I (2) (F) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.) (P: DNCE 1126 or consent
of instructor)
DNCE 2144. Intermediate Ballet II (2) (S) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.) (P: DNCE 2134 or consent
of instructor)
DNCE 2145. Intermediate Modern II (2) (S) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.) (P: DNCE 2135 or consent
of instructor)
DNCE 2146. Intermediate Jazz II (2) (S) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.) (P: DNCE 2136 or consent
of instructor)
12 s.h. in Ballet, Modern and/or Jazz at the 3000 level, taking two techniques each semester, including at leas
one semester of each technique.
9 s.h. in Ballet, Modern and/or Jazz at the 4000 level, taking two techniques one semester and one technique
the other semester.
After achieving at least one semester at the level 3000 in ballet, modern and jazz, dance majors may concentrate
in one of these techniques while continuing to complete their technique requirements or may continue to balance
their training in all three techniques.
4. Cognates–Chooseany7s.h.inARTorMUSCand3s.h.inhumanities.
5. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
Dance majors are encouraged to select other dance courses as electives, such as Tap, Pointe, Partnering,
Ballroom and others or other THEA courses.
BFA in Dance Education
In order to declare a major in dance education, a student must pass an examination by a dance faculty jury during their second
semester, and must have a minimum cumulative 2.5 GPA. Dance faculty will determine placement in technique levels. Dance
majors must attain a minimum grade of C in all required DNCE and education courses. See Section 8, Academic Programs,
College of Education, Licensure, for NC teacher licensure requirements. Minimum degree requirement is 128s.h. of credit
as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.)
1. Foundationscurriculum(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirementsforall
BaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelowand7s.h.ofcognatesinart
and music ..................................................................................................................................... 42s.h.
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI) (F, S, SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
Choose a history course
Choose a literature course
2. Core ..........................................................................................................................................56-57 s.h.
Dance(18-19s.h.):
DNCE 2200. Creative Dance and Drama for the Elementary School (2) (S)
DNCE 2201. Dance Improvisation I (1) (F)
DNCE 2202. Dance Improvisation II (1) (S) (P: DNCE 2201 or consent of instructor)
DNCE 3703 International Ballroom and Folk Dance Styles (3) (FC:FA) or EXSS 2500. Dance in the Schools
(2) (F,S,SS) (P: EXSS 1000 or 1001)
DNCE 4044. History of Dance I (3) (WI) (F) (FC:FA)
DNCE 4045. History of Dance II (3) (WI) (S) (FC:FA)
DNCE 4046. Composition I (3) (WI) (F) (P: 3000-level dance technique class)
DNCE 4047. Composition II (3) (WI) (S) (P: DNCE 4046)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
242
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
Technique(29s.h.):
DNCE 1114. Beginning Ballet I (2) (F) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.)
DNCE 1115. Beginning Modern I (2) (F) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.)
DNCE 1116. Beginning Jazz I (2) (F) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.)
DNCE 1124. Beginning Ballet II (2) (S) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.) (P: DNCE 1114 or consent
of instructor)
DNCE 1125. Beginning Modern II (2) (S) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.) (P: DNCE 1115 or consent
of instructor)
DNCE 1126. Beginning Jazz II (2) (S) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.) (P: DNCE 1116 or consent
of instructor)
DNCE 2135. Intermediate Modern I (2) (F) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.) (P: DNCE 1125 or
consent of instructor)
DNCE 2145. Intermediate Modern II (2) (S) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.) (P: DNCE 2135 or
consent of instructor)
DNCE 3052. Modern V (3) (F) (May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h.) (P: DNCE 2042 or consent of
instructor)
Choose 10 s.h. dance electives
Theatre(9s.h.):
THEA 2001. Stage Scenery I (3) (F,S) (FC:FA)
THEA 4065. Stage Management (3) (F,S) (P: At least 2 of the following courses: THEA 2001, 2002, 3003, 3007
or consent of instructor.)
Choose 3 s.h. from:
THEA 1010. Introduction to Acting I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
THEA 2002. Stage Scenery II (3) (F,S) (P: THEA 2001)
THEA 2015. Voice and Articulation (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Intended THEA, DNCE, and EMST media performance
or electronic news majors)
THEA 3003. Stage Lighting (3) (F,S) (P: Consent of instructor)
THEA 3007. Costume Design (3) (F,S)
THEA 4030. Creative Dramatics (3) (F)
THEA 4066. Theatre Management (3) (F,S) (FC:FA)
3. Professional courses ....................................................................................................................27 s.h.
DNCE 2190. Early Experiences for the Prospective Dance Educator (1) (F)
DNCE 4323. Perspectives on Dance Education, Grades K-12 (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: P: Admission to upper division;
Consent of instructor)
DNCE 4324. Internship in Dance Education (10) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division; C: DNCE 4325)
DNCE 4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Dance Education (1) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division; C: DNCE 4324)
EDTC 4001. Technology in Education (2) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division)
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester) or PSYC 4305. Educational Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 2201 or 2240 or 3206 or 3240
or equivalent)
READ 3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS)
SPED 4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) (RP: SPED 2000)
4. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
BA in Theatre Arts
Theatre majors must attain a minimum grade of C in all required theatre courses. Minimum degree requirement is 120 s.h.
of credit as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculum(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirementsforall
Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ............................................................................................42s.h.
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
243
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
2. Foreignlanguagethroughlevel1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................36 s.h.
THEA 1010. Introduction to Acting I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
THEA 2001. Stage Scenery I (3) (F,S) (FC:FA)
THEA 2015. Voice and Articulation (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Intended DNCE or THEA major)
THEA 2035. Theatre History-Literature (3) (WI*) (F-03)
THEA 3003. Stage Lighting (3) (F,S) (P: Consent of instructor)
THEA 3007. Costume Design (3) (F,S)
THEA 3035. Theatre History-Literature II (3) (WI*) (F-03)
THEA 3036. Theatre History-Literature III (3) (WI*)
Choose 12 s.h. of THEA electives.
4. Minorandelectivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
BFA in Theatre Arts
Theatre majors must attain a minimum grade of C in all required theatre courses. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h.
of credit as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculum(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirementsforall
BaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow .........................................42s.h.
ENGL 3330. Early Twentieth Century Drama (3) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3340. Contemporary Drama (3) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................21 s.h.
THEA 1010. Introduction to Acting I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
THEA 2001. Stage Scenery I (3) (F,S) (FC:FA)
THEA 2015. Voice and Articulation (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Intended DNCE or THEA major)
THEA 2035. Theatre History-Literature I (3) (WI*) (S)
THEA 3003. Stage Lighting (3) (F,S) (P: Consent of instructor)
THEA 3007. Costuming (3) (F,S)
THEA 3035. Theatre History-Literature II (3) (F) (WI*)
3. Concentrationarea(Chooseone.) ......................................................................................44-63s.h.
MusicalTheatre(60-63s.h.):
BFA musical theatre majors begin concentration area courses during fall semester of the freshmen year. Therefore,
auditions are held each spring to gain admission to the musical theatre program. For detailed information, see the
School of Theatre and Dance Web site at www.ecu.edu/theatredance/.
Dance (17 s.h.):
Students must complete a minimum of two courses in tap, two courses in ballet, and three courses in jazz.
Music (6-7 s.h.):
MUSC 1008. Music Theory for Nonmusic Majors (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: Ability to read music or consent of
instructor) or MUSC 1156. Basic Musicianship (4) (F)
MUSC 1018, 1028. Music Reading and Fundamentals for Nonmusic Majors (2,2) (FC:FA)
MUSC 1176 (F), 1186 (S). Basic Musicianship Laboratory (1,1)
*MUSC 1208, 1218. Nonmusic Major Group Piano (1,1) (F,S) (FC:FA)
(*Students exempt from these courses must take other higher level group or applied piano to complete
required MUSC hours)
Theatre (38 s.h.):
THEA 1020. Introduction to Acting II (3) (S) (P: THEA 1010)
THEA 1027. Musical Theatre Fundamentals I (1) (F) (P: Audition and/or consent of instructor)
THEA 1037. Musical Theatre Fundamentals II (1) (S) (P: THEA 1027 or consent of instructor)
THEA 1061. Musical Theatre Private Voice (1) (F,S) (May be repeated for maximum of 10 s.h.) (P: THEA 1108,
1118 and/or admission to BFA musical theatre program)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
244
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
THEA 1108. Introduction to Musical Theatre Voice I (1) (F) (P: Audition and/or qualied status for BFA musical
theatre program)
THEA 1118. Introduction to Musical Theatre Voice II (1) (S) (P: THEA 1108 or consent of instructor)
THEA 2006. The Art of Make-up (2) (F,S) (P: THEA major)
THEA 2016. Vocal Production for the Actor (3) (F) (P: Professional acting and musical theatre majors;
THEA 2015; or consent of instructor)
THEA 3050. Advanced Acting I (3) (F) (P: THEA 1020)
THEA 3055. History of the American Musical Theatre (3) (WI) (S) (P: MUSC 2166 or consent of instructor)
THEA 3060. Advanced Acting II (3) (S) (P: THEA 3050)
THEA 3090. Musical Theatre Performance Techniques I (3) (F) (P: THEA 1020; qualied status for BFA musical
theatre program; and/or consent of instructor)
THEA 3095. Musical Theatre Performance Techniques II (3) (S) (P: THEA 3090)
THEA 4000. Special Theatre Projects (1,1) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
THEA 4080. Musical Theatre Practicum (1) (WI) (P: THEA 4095)
THEA 4090. Musical Theatre Performance Technique III (3) (F) (P: THEA 2035, 3095)
THEA 4095. Musical Theatre Performance Technique IV (3) (S) (P: THEA 4090)
ProfessionalActorTraining(55s.h.):
Students are admitted to the program after the freshman year by jury. Transfer students may also be admitted by
interview and/or audition.
THEA 1020. Introduction to Acting II (3) (S) (P: THEA 1010)
THEA 2002. Stage Scenery II (3) (F,S) (P: THEA 2001) or THEA 4065. Stage Management (3) (F,S) (P: At least 2
of the following courses: THEA 2001, 2002, 3003, 3007 or consent of instructor.)
THEA 2006. The Art of Make-up (2) (F,S) (P: THEA major)
THEA 2010. Professional Acting Technique I (3) (F) (P: THEA 1020; audition and faculty jury)
THEA 2016. Vocal Production for the Actor (3) (F) (P: Professional acting and musical theatre majors; THEA 2015;
or consent of instructor)
THEA 2017. Movement for Actors (3) (F,S)
THEA 2018. Stage Combat: Unarmed (3) (F,S)
THEA 2020. Professional Acting Technique II (3) (S) (P: THEA 2010)
THEA 3010. Professional Acting Technique III (3) (F) (P: THEA 2020)
THEA 3015. Oral Interpretation (3) (S) (P: THEA 2015 or consent of instructor)
THEA 3018. Movement for Actors II: Physical Characterization (3) (F,S) (P: THEA 2017)
THEA 3020. Professional Acting Technique IV (3) (S) (P: THEA 3010)
THEA 3025. Intermediate Voice and Articulation (3) (F,S) (P: THEA 2015 or consent of instructor)
THEA 3036. Theatre History-Literature III (3) (WI*) (S)
THEA 4025. Television and Film Practicum for the Actor I (3) (F) (P: THEA 3020 or consent of instructor)
THEA 4031. Dialects for the Stage (2) (S) (P: THEA 2020 or consent of instructor)
THEA 4040. Directing I (3) (WI) (F) (P: Consent of instructor)
THEA 4041. Directing II (3) (WI) (S) (P: THEA 4040; consent of instructor)
THEA 4070. Professional Preparation and Audition Technique for Actors (3) (WI) (S) (P: THEA 4025)
StageManagement(57s.h.):
To move successfully through the program to graduation, the BFA stage management candidate will be reviewed
annually by a faculty jury consisting of the stage management supervisor, one ECU Playhouse director, one design-
production faculty member, and the department chairman. The candidate must demonstrate to the jury that s/he is
progressing and developing both scholastically and in stage management skills, as evidenced in both course work and
in practice. A student who fails to pass the annual jury, who wishes to remain a department major, will be referred to
the BA degree program in Theatre Arts.
THEA 3002. Advanced Theatrical Drafting (3) (F) (P: THEA 2002 or consent of instructor)
THEA 3004. Scenery Design I (3) (F) (P: THEA 2002 or consent of instructor)
THEA 3036. Theatre History-Literature III (3) (S) (WI*)
THEA 4025. Television and Film Practicum for the Actor I (3) (F) (P: THEA 3020 or consent of instructor)
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
245
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
THEA 4040. Directing I (3) (WI) (F)
THEA 4041. Directing II (3) (WI) (S) (P: THEA 4040; consent of instructor)
THEA 4065. Stage Management (3) (F,S)
THEA 4066. Theatre Management (3) (F,S) (FC:FA)
THEA 4099. Design and Production Portfolio (1) (P: Junior or senior standing; consent of instructor)
Choose a minimum of 13 s.h. from the following (each course may be repeated up to three times, and
THEA 4444 must be taken at least once):
THEA 1111 Apprentice Level Production (1) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
THEA 2222 Intern Level Production (2) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
THEA 3333 Journeyman Level Production (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
THEA 4444 Master Level Production (4) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
Choose a minimum of 19 s.h. from:
Up to 12 s.h. DNCE course from ballet, contemporary, or jazz area
THEA 2002. Stage Scenery II (3) (F,S) (P: THEA 2001)
THEA 2006. The Art of Make-up (2) (F,S) (P: THEA major)
THEA 2009. Decor and Ornament for the Stage (3)
THEA 2010. Professional Acting Technique I (3) (F) (P: THEA 1020; audition and faculty jury)
THEA 2020. Professional Acting Technique II (3) (S) (P: THEA 2010)
THEA 3010. Professional Acting Technique III (3) (F) (P: THEA 2020)
THEA 3020. Professional Acting Technique IV (3) (S) (P: THEA 3010)
THEA 3005. Scenery Design II (3) (P: THEA 3004)
THEA 3008. Advanced Costume Design (3) (P: THEA 3007 or consent of instructor)
THEA 3015. Oral Interpretation (3) (F) (P: THEA 2015 or consent of instructor)
THEA 3050. Advanced Acting I (3) (F) (P: THEA 1020)
THEA 3060. Advanced Acting II (3) (S) (P: THEA 3050)
THEA 3501, 3502, 3503. Independent Study in Theatre (1,2,3) (F,S)
THEA 3601, 3602, 3603. Selected Topics in Theatre (1,2,3) (F,S)
THEA 4003. Advanced Stage Lighting (3) (P: THEA 3003 or consent of instructor)
TheatreDesignandProduction(55s.h.):
ART 1906. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905 or 1910) or ART 1907. Art History Survey (3) (F,S)
(FC:FA) (P: ART 1905 or 1910)
THEA 2002. Stage Scenery II (3) (F,S) (P: THEA 2001)
THEA 2003. Scene Painting (3) (P: THEA 2001, 2002)
THEA 2009. Decor and Ornament for the Stage (3)
THEA 3002. Advanced Theatrical Drafting (3) (F) (P: THEA 2002 or consent of instructor)
THEA 3004. Scenery Design I (3) (F) (P: THEA 2002 or consent of instructor)
THEA 3036. Theatre History-Literature III (3) (S) (WI*)
THEA 4065. Stage Management (3) (F,S) (P: At least 2 of the following courses: THEA 2001, 2002, 3003, 3007 or
consent of instructor.)
THEA 4099. Design and Production Portfolio (1) (P: Junior or senior standing; consent of instructor)
Choose one from:
3 s.h. DNCE course from ballet, contemporary, or jazz area
THEA 1020. Introduction to Acting II (3) (S) (P: THEA 1010)
THEA 4041. Directing II (3) (WI) (S) (P: THEA 4040; consent of instructor)
Choose a minimum of 14 s.h. from:
THEA 2006. The Art of Make-up (2) (F,S) (P: THEA major)
THEA 3005. Scenery Design II (3) (P: THEA 3004)
THEA 3008. Advanced Costume Design (3) (P: THEA 3007 or consent of instructor)
THEA 3501, 3502, 3503. Independent Study in Theatre (1,2,3) (F,S)
THEA 3601, 3602, 3603. Selected Topics in Theatre (1,2,3) (F,S)
THEA 4003. Advanced Stage Lighting (3) (P: THEA 3003 or consent of instructor)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
246
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
THEA 4040. Directing I (3) (WI) (F)
THEA 4066. Theatre Management (3) (F,S) (FC:FA)
Choose a minimum of 13 s.h. from the following (each course may be repeated up to three times, and THEA
4444 must be taken at least once):
THEA 1111. Apprentice Level Production (1) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
THEA 2222. Intern Level Production (2) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
THEA 3333. Journeyman Level Production (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
THEA 4444. Master Level Production (4) (F,S,SS) (P: Consent of instructor)
4. Electives(Choosefromthefollowing) .....................................................................................12 s.h.
THEA 2004. Introduction to Theatrical Properties (3) (S) (P: THEA 2001)
THEA 2010. Professional Acting Technique I (3) (F) (P: Audition and faculty jury; THEA 1020)
THEA 2020. Professional Acting Technique II (3) (S) (P: THEA 2010)
THEA 3005. Scenery Design II (3) (S) (P: THEA 3004)
THEA 3010. Professional Acting Technique III. (3) (F) (P: THEA 2020)
THEA 3018. Movement for Actors II: Physical Characterization (3) (F,S) (P: THEA 2017)
THEA 3020. Professional Acting Technique IV (3) (S) (P: 3010)
THEA 3025. Intermediate Voice and Articulation (3) (S) (P: THEA 2015 or consent of instructor)
THEA 3050. Advanced Acting I (3) (F)
THEA 3019. Stage Combat: Rapier and Dagger (3) (F,S) (P: THEA 2018)
THEA 4003. Advanced Stage Lighting. (3) (F) (P: THEA 3003 or consent of instructor)
THEA 4018. Stage Combat: Broadsword and Quarterstaff (3) (F,S) (P: THEA 2018)
THEA 4040. Directing I (3) (WI) (F) (P: THEA 2035, 3035, 3036; 3020 or 3050)
THEA 4065. Stage Management (3) (F,S) (P: At least 2 of the following courses: THEA 2001,2002, 3003,3007 or
consent of the instructor)
5. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
BFA in Theatre Arts Education
Students interested in this program should contact the department chair prior to enrollment. See Section 8, Academic
Programs, College of Education, Licensure, for NC teacher licensure requirements. Minimum degree requirement is 128
s.h. of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
1. Foundationscurriculum(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirementsforall
BaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow .........................................42s.h.
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 2201. Psychology of Childhood (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060 or equivalent) or PSYC 3206.
Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
Choose 6 s.h. from:
ENGL 3330. Early Twentieth Century Drama (3) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3340. Contemporary Drama (3) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4070. Shakespeare: The Histories (3) (F-EY) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4080. Shakespeare: The Comedies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 4090. Shakespeare: The Tragedies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................56 s.h.
DNCE 1011. Ballet I (3) (F) (FC:FA) or DNCE 1012. Contemporary Dance I (3) (F) (FC:FA) or DNCE 1013. Jazz
Dance I (3) (F) (FC:FA)
THEA 1010. Introduction to Acting I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
THEA 1020. Introduction to Acting II (3) (S) (P: THEA 1010)
THEA 2001. Stage Scenery I (3) (F,S) (FC:FA)
THEA 2006. The Art of Make-up (2) (F,S) (P: THEA major; C: THEA 2007)
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
247
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
THEA 2015. Voice and Articulation (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Intended DNCE or THEA major)
THEA 2035. Theatre History-Literature I (3) (WI*) (S)
THEA 3003. Stage Lighting (3) (F,S) (P: Consent of instructor)
THEA 3004. Scenery Design I (3) (F) (P: THEA 2002 or consent of instructor)
THEA 3007. Costume Design (3) (F,S)
THEA 3015. Oral Interpretation (3) (S) (P: THEA 2015 or consent of instructor)
THEA 3030. Youth Theatre I (3) (F,S) (P: THEA 1010, 1020, 2015; consent of the instructor)
THEA 3035. Theatre History-Literature II (3) (WI*) (F)
THEA 3036. Theatre History-Literature III (3) (WI*) (S)
THEA 4030. Creative Dramatics (3) (S)
THEA 4040. Directing I (3) (WI) (F) (P: THEA 1010 or 2020)
THEA 4041. Directing II (3) (WI) (S) (P: THEA 4040; consent of instructor)
THEA 4065. Stage Management (3) (F,S) (P: At least 2 of the following courses: THEA 2001, 2002, 3003, 3007 or
consent of instructor.)
THEA 4066. Theatre Management (3) (F,S) (FC:FA)
3. Professional courses ....................................................................................................................27 s.h.
EDTC 4001. Technology in Education (2) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division)
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester)
READ 3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS)
SPED 4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) (RP: SPED 2000)
THEA 2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1)
THEA 4323. The Teaching of Theatre Arts in Grades K-12 (3) (P: Admission to upper division)
THEA 4324. Internship in Theatre Education (10) (P: Admission to upper division; THEA 2123; C: THEA 4325)
THEA 4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Theatre Education (1) (P: Admission to upper division; C: THEA 4324)
4. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
248
Glen G. Gilbert, Dean, 60 Minges Coliseum
James T. Decker, Associate Dean, 79 Minges Coliseum
Susan A. McGhee, Associate Dean, 72 Minges Coliseum
The College of Health and Human Performance is dedicated to the promotion of health and well-being through basic and
applied research, service, and professional training of its students. Programs of study in the college provide a foundation
for professional practice in the elds of health education, exercise and sport science, recreation, and military studies. The
College of Health and Human Performance offers baccalaureate and master’s degree programs through its Departments of
Exercise and Sport Science, Health Education and Promotion, and Recreation and Leisure Studies and a PhD program in the
Department of Exercise and Sport Science.
DEPARTMENT OF EXERCISE AND SPORT SCIENCE
Stacey R. Altman, Chairperson, 176 Minges Coliseum
BA in Exercise and Sport Science
A minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA, 32 s.h. foundations curriculum and successful completion of the health-related physical
tness test are required for admission to the exercise and sport science major. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h.
of credit as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow ............................. 42s.h.
BIOL 1050. General Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 1051. General Biology Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
CHEM 1020. General Descriptive Chemistry (4) (FC:SC)
2. Foreignlanguagethroughlevel1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................33 s.h.
EXSS 2000. Introductory Exercise and Sport Science (3) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 2202. Motor Learning and Performance (3) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 2850. Structural Kinesiology (1) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 3805. Physiology of Exercise (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or BIOL 2140, 2150; EXSS 2850)
EXSS 3850. Introduction to Biomechanics (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or BIOL 2140; EXSS 2850; PHYS 1250, 1251;
or consent of instructor)
EXSS 4300. Program Development and Management in Physical Education and Sports (2) (F,S,SS) (P: Health and
human performance major or minor; EXSS 2000 or 2323; or consent of instructor)
HLTH 2125, 2126. Safety Education and First Aid (3,0) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; C for 2125: HLTH 2126;
C for 2126: HLTH 2125)
HLTH 3010. Health Problems I (3) (F) (P: BIOL 2130 or 2140; HLTH 1000 or 1050; or consent of instructor)
Choose 12 s.h. approved EXSS electives
4. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 4s.h.
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
5. Minorandelectivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
BS in Exercise Physiology
The program provides competencies and knowledge in the eld of exercise physiology. Graduates of the program are
prepared to pursue further academic training in exercise physiology, physical therapy, medicine, and other allied health careers.
A minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA, 32 s.h. foundations curriculum, and successful completion of the health-related physical tness
requirement are required for admission. A minimum grade of C is required in BIOL 1100, 1101; CHEM 1150, 1151; ENGL
1100, 1200; MATH 1065. Majors must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 and a minimum grade of C is required in
BIOL 2140, 2141, 2150, 2151; CHEM 1160, 1161; and all required EXSS courses. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h.
of credit as follows:
COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
249
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow ............................. 42s.h.
BIOL 1100, 1101. Principles of Biology and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1101: BIOL 1100)
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150:
CHEM 1151; C for 1151: CHEM 1150)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................42s.h.
EXSS 2000. Introductory Exercise and Sport Science (3) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 2850. Structural Kinesiology (1) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 3805. Physiology of Exercise (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or BIOL 2140, 2150; EXSS 2850)
EXSS 3806. Physiology of Exercise Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (P/C: EXSS 3805)
EXSS 3850. Introduction to Biomechanics (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2140; EXSS 2850; PHYS 1250, 1251; or consent
of instructor)
EXSS 4805. Exercise Evaluation and Prescription Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (C: EXSS 4806)
EXSS 4806. Exercise Evaluation and Prescription (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: EXSS 3805; health and human performance
major or minor; or consent of instructor; C:EXSS 4805)
EXSS 4809. Exercise Prescription for Clinical Populations (3) (F,S,SS) (P: EXSS 4806)
EXSS 4991. Independent Research in Exercise Physiology (3) (WI*) (F,S) (P: EXSS 4806; or consent of exercise
physiology degree director)
EXSS 4992. Research Internship in Exercise Physiology (12) (F,S) (P: Completion of all other requirements for the
exercise physiology degree or consent of internship coordinator)
EXSS 5020. Exercise Adherence (3) (P: PSYC 1000; P/C: EXSS 4806; health and human performance major or minor;
or consent of dept chair)
Choose 6 s.h. approved electives
3. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................38s.h.
BIOL 2140, 2150. Human Physiology and Anatomy (3,3) (P: CHEM 1120 or 1150; for 2150: BIOL 2140; C for 2140:
BIOL 2141; C for 2150: BIOL 2151)
BIOL 2141, 2151. Human Physiology and Anatomy Laboratory (1,1) (P for 2151: BIOL 2141; C for 2141: BIOL 2140;
C for 2151: BIOL 2150)
BIOL 5800. Principles of Biochemistry I (3) (P: BIOL 3310, 3311; or consent of instructor; CHEM 2760, 2763) or
BIOL 3310, 3311. Cellular Physiology (4,0) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2650 or 2750 or 2770)
BIOS 1500. Introduction to Biostatistics (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent or consent of instructor)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160:
CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
CHEM 2750. Organic Chemistry I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; C: CHEM 2753)
CHEM 2753. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) (F,S,SS) (C: CHEM 2750)
CHEM 2760. Organic Chemistry II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2750; C: CHEM 2763)
CHEM 2763. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2750, 2753; C: CHEM 2760)
NUTR 1000. Contemporary Nutrition (3) or NUTR 2105. Nutrition Science (3)
PHYS 1250, 1260. General Physics (3,3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 1250: MATH 1065 or 1066; P for 1260: PHYS 1250)
PHYS 1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350; C for 1261:
PHYS 1260 or 2260)
4. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation ............................................................... 4s.h.
BS in Exercise Physiology/Doctorate of Physical Therapy
The BS/DPT program provides a means by which undergraduate students at East Carolina University enroll in the program
of exercise physiology with the intention of preparing for a professional doctoral degree path in physical therapy (DPT). The
student in this program will count 15 s.h. of graduate physical therapy course work towards the BS in exercise physiology.
The student will complete the DPT in six years for a total of 217 s.h. This course work includes all foundations curriculum
courses, core requirements for the undergraduate degree, and prerequisites and core requirements for the DPT. A student
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
250
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
may be granted provisional acceptance to the DPT program after their second year of study based on competitive academic
qualications. Upon successful completion of the rst year of the DPT degree, BS /DPT students are awarded the appropriate
bachelor’s degree.
BS in Health Fitness Specialist
The health tness specialist program is endorsed by the American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM) as providing all
competencies necessary for the ACSM Health Fitness Instructor
®
certicate exam. This program provides competencies and
knowledge for students to develop and conduct health and tness programs in commercial, corporate, clinical and community
settings. A minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA is required for admission as well as successful completion of the EXSS health-related
tness test. Students must have nine hours of writing intensive s.h. from foundations curriculum. A minimum grade of C in all
required EXSS courses is required to complete the degree. Minimum degree requirement is 125 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow ............................. 42s.h.
BIOL 1050. General Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 1051. General Biology Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
CHEM 1020. General Descriptive Chemistry (4) (F,S) (FC:SC)
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................46s.h.
EXSS 1101. Physical Conditioning (1) (F,S,SS) (P: EXSS 1000 or 1001)
EXSS 1114. Aerobic Dance (1) (F,S,SS) (P: EXSS 1000 or 1001)
EXSS 2000. Introductory Exercise and Sport Science (3) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 2202. Motor Learning and Performance (3) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 2850. Structural Kinesiology (1) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 3804. Measurement of Physical Activity and Fitness (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BITE 2112 or MIS 2223; EXSS 2000; or
consent of instructor)
EXSS 3805. Physiology of Exercise (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or BIOL 2140, 2150; EXSS 2850)
EXSS 3850. Introduction to Biomechanics (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or BIOL 2140; EXSS 2850; PHYS 1250,1251;
or consent of instructor)
EXSS 3880. Personal Fitness Training (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Declared major or consent of instructor)
EXSS 4805. Exercise Evaluation and Prescription Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (C: EXSS 4806)
EXSS 4806. Exercise Evaluation and Prescription (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: EXSS 3805; health and human performance
major or minor; or consent of instructor; C: EXSS 4805)
EXSS 4850. Exercise Leadership (3) (F,S) (P: EXSS 1114 or 1214, 3805; declared EXSS major or consent
of instructor)
EXSS 5020. Exercise Adherence (3) (P: PSYC 1000; P/C: EXSS 4806; health and human performance major or minor;
or consent of dept chair)
EXSS 5800. Physical Activity and Aging (3) (SL)
HLTH 4200. Planning and Evaluation in Worksite Health Promotion (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Completion of core courses)
Choose 3 s.h. of approved EXSS electives at or above the 3000-level.
Choose 6 s.h. from the following HLTH classes:
ATEP 2800. Medical Nomenclature in Human Performance (2) (F) (P: HLTH 1000)
ATEP 3350. Concepts in Pharmacology (3) (F)
HLTH 3010. Health Problems I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or 2140; HLTH 1000 or 1050; or consent of instructor)
HLTH 4604. Applied Principles of Health Promotion (3) (SL*) (F,S) (P: BIOL 2130 or 2140; NUTR 2105;
PSYC 1000; or consent of instructor)
HLTH 5900. Stress Management (3) (S) P: Undergraduate course in anatomy and physiology; graduate standing;
or consent of instructor)
COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
251
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
3. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................18s.h.
BITE 2112. Introduction to Information Processing Technology (3) (F,S,SS) or MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers
(3) (F,S,SS)
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
CHEM 1021. General Descriptive Chemistry Laboratory (1) (F,S) (FC:SC)
HLTH 2220, 2221. Basic Athletic Training (3,0) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050); C for 2220: HLTH 2221;
C for 2221: HLTH 2220)
NUTR 2105. Nutrition Science (3)
PHYS 1250. General Physics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: MATH 1065)
PHYS 1251. General Physics Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350)
4. Internship ......................................................................................................................................12 s.h.
EXSS 4800. Internship in Health Fitness (12) (F,S,SS) (P: Declared major and satisfactory completion
of all other degree requirements or consent of dept chair)
5. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
BS in Physical Education
A minimum cumulative 2.5 GPA, documented scores for Praxis I Series (PPST, CBT or documented scores on SAT/ACT),
successful completion of the EXSS health-related tness test, and successful completion of the computer competency
requirement are required to declare a major in the BS in physical education degree. The health-related tness test is
administered monthly throughout each semester. A minimum grade of C is required in EXSS 2123 and EXSS 4323. See
Section 8, Academic Programs, College of Education, Licensure, for NC teacher licensure requirements. Minimum degree
requirement is 122 s.h. of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
1. Foundations curriculum and special requirements for students preparing to teach and for
certication(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirementsforallBaccalaureate
DegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow ...................................................................42s.h.
BIOL 1050, 1051. General Biology and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC), or BIOL 1100, 1101. Principles of Biology
and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1101: BIOL 1100)
PHYS 1250. General Physics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: MATH 1065)
PHYS 1251. General Physics Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................44s.h.
EXSS 2122. Motor Development (2) (F,S) (P: BIOL 2130; EXSS 2850; C: EXSS 2123)
EXSS 2202. Motor Learning and Performance (3) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 2323. Principles of Physical Education (2) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 2500. Dance in the Schools (2) (F,S,SS) (P: EXSS 1000 or 1001)
EXSS 2600. Children’s Movement Patterns (2) (F,S,SS) (P: EXSS 1000 or 1001)
EXSS 2700. Gymnastics in the Schools (2) (F,S,SS) (P: EXSS 1000 or 1001)
EXSS 2850. Structural Kinesiology (1) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 2900. Teaching Skillful Movement (3) (F,S,SS) (P: EXSS 2323; P/C: EXSS 2202)
EXSS 3000. Curriculum in Physical Education (2) (F)
EXSS 3510. Lifetime Activities (1) (F,S,SS) (P: Declared EXSS major; EXSS 1000 or 1001)
EXSS 3520. Team Sports (1) (F,S,SS) (P: Declared EXSS major; EXSS 1000 or 1001)
EXSS 3530. Field Sports (1) (F,S,SS) (P: Declared EXSS major; EXSS 1000 or 1001)
EXSS 3540. Track and Field/Physical Conditioning (1) (F,S,SS) (P: Declared EXSS majors; EXSS 1000 or 1001)
EXSS 3805. Physiology of Exercise (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or BIOL 2140, 2150; EXSS 2850)
EXSS 3850. Introduction to Biomechanics (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or BIOL 2140; EXSS 2850; PHYS 1250, 1251;
or consent of instructor)
EXSS 3900. Elementary School Instruction in Physical Education (3) (F,S) (P: Upper division standing; EXSS 2122,
2500, 2600, 2700, 2900)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
252
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
EXSS 3906. Physical Education for Special Populations (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Upper division standing; EXSS 2323; SPED
2000; or consent of instructor)
EXSS 3910. Diversity Issues in Teaching Physical Education (3) (F,S) (P: EDUC 3200 or any 2123 early experience
course in a teacher education program area)
EXSS 4400. Creating Positive Learning Environments in Physical Education (3) (F,S) (P: Upper division standing;
C: EXSS 4323)
EXSS 4804. Measurement and Evaluation in Exercise and Sport Science (3) (F,SS) (P: Upper division standing; EXSS
2323; MATH 1065; health and human performance major or minor or consent of dept chair)
3. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 4s.h.
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
4. Professionalstudies ....................................................................................................................26 s.h.
EDTC 4001. Technology in Education (2) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division)
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester)
EXSS 2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F,S) (C: EXSS 2122)
EXSS 4323. Middle and High School Instruction in Physical Education (3) (F,S) (P: Upper division standing; EXSS 3510,
3520, 3530, 3540, 3900; P/C: 4804; C: EXSS 4400)
EXSS 4324. Internship in Exercise and Sport Science (9) (F,S) (P: Upper division standing; completion of upper-division
courses, except READ 3990, EXSS 4325; C: EXSS 4325)
EXSS 4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Physical Education (1) (F,S) (P: Upper division standing; C: EXSS 4324)
READ 3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS) or READ 5317. Reading in
the Junior and Senior High School (3)
SPED 2000. Introduction to Exceptional Children (2) (F,S,SS)
5. Academicconcentration(See College of Education, Academic Concentration. A maximum of 6 s.h. may count
toward foundations curriculum requirements.) .......................................................................................18s.h.
BS in Sports Studies
The BS in sports studies is an examination of the place of sport in culture. The program provides the competencies and
knowledge for students to pursue a variety of sport-related careers. A minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA, 32 s.h. of foundations
curriculum coursework, and successful completion of the health-related physical tness test are required for admission to the
program. A minimum grade of C is needed in all required EXSS courses for successful completion of the degree. Minimum
degree requirement is 120 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow ............................. 42s.h.
BIOL 1050, 1051. General Biology and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1051: BIOL 1030 or 1050)
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or MATH
1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics
placement test or approval of dept. chair)
PHIL 1176. Introduction to Social and Political Philosophy (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
PHYS 1250, 1251. General Physics and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
RCLS 2601. Leisure in Society (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................33 s.h.
Four hours of EXSS 1000 level activity courses (4)
EXSS 2000. Introductory Exercise and Sport Science (3) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 2202. Motor Learning and Performance (3) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 2850. Structural Kinesiology (1) (F,S,SS)
COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
253
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
EXSS 3300. Applied Sports Psychology (3) (F) (P: PSYC 1000)
EXSS 3301. Physical Education and Sport in Modern Society (3) (F,SS) (P: Health and human performance major
or minor, or consent of instructor)
EXSS 3600. Coaching Theories (2)
EXSS 3805. Physiology of Exercise (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or BIOL 2140, 2150; EXSS 2850)
EXSS 3850. Introduction to Biomechanics (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or BIOL 2140; EXSS 2850; PHYS 1250, 1251;
or consent of instructor)
EXSS 4300. Program Development and Management in Physical Education and Sports (2) (F,S,SS) (P: Health and
human performance major or minor; EXSS 2000 or 2323; or consent of instructor)
EXSS 4301. Comparative Sport and Physical Education: International Aspects (3) (WI) (S,SS) (P: Health and human
performance major or minor; EXSS 3301)
EXSS 4502. Independent Study in EXSS (3) (WI) (P: Consent of instructor)
3. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................19s.h.
BITE 2112. Introduction to Information Processing Technology (3) (F,S,SS) or MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers
(3) (F,S,SS)
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P:BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
COMM 3520. Sports Media Survey (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002)
HIST 2444. History of Sports in Western Society (3) (F) (FC:SO)
PHIL 2280. Introduction to Philosophy of Sport (3) (FC:HU)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or PSYC 3221. Social Psychology (3) (F,S,SS)
(FC:SO) (P:PSYC 1000 or 1060)
4. Minor ..............................................................................................................................................24s.h.
5. Generalelectivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation ................................................ 2 s.h.
Exercise and Sport Science Minor
Minimum requirement for the exercise and sport science minor is 24s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core .................................................................................................................................................. 3 s.h.
EXSS 2000. Introductory Exercise and Sport Science (3) (F,S,SS)
2. Electives(must comprise at least 15 s.h. of EXSS courses) ....................................................................21 s.h.
ATEP 2800. Medical Nomenclature in Human Performance (2) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000)
EXSS 2202. Motor Learning and Performance (3) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 2850. Structural Kinesiology (1) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 3300. Applied Sports Psychology (3) (F) (P: PSYC 1000)
EXSS 3301. Physical Education and Sport in Modern Society (3) (F,SS) (P: Health and human performance major or
minor, or consent of instructor)
EXSS 3804. Measurement of Physical Activity and Fitness (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BITE 2112 or MIS 2223; EXSS 2000; or
consent of instructor)
EXSS 3805. Physiology of Exercise (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or BIOL 2140, 2150; EXSS 2850)
EXSS 3850. Introduction to Biomechanics (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or BIOL 2140; EXSS 2850; PHYS 1250, 1251;
or consent of instructor)
EXSS 3906. Physical Education for Special Populations (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Upper-division standing; EXSS 2323; SPED
2000; or consent of instructor)
EXSS 4804. Measurement and Evaluation in Exercise and Sport Science (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Upper-division standing; EXSS
2323; MATH 1065; health and human performance major or minor or consent of dept. chair)
EXSS 4805. Exercise Evaluation and Prescription Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (C: EXSS 4806)
EXSS 4806. Exercise Evaluation and Prescription (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Health and human performance major or minor;
EXSS 3805; or consent of instructor; C: EXSS 4805)
EXSS 4807. Advanced Exercise Physiology (3) (F) (P: EXSS 4806, CHEM 2750, 2753 (C or better), and consent of
instructor)
EXSS 4808. Cardiopulmonary Physiology (3) (S) (P: EXSS 4806, CHEM 2750, 2753 (C or better), and consent of
instructor)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
254
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
EXSS 4809. Exercise Prescription for Clinical Populations (3) (F,S,SS) (P: EXSS 4806)
EXSS 4850. Exercise Leadership (3) (F,S) (P: EXSS 1114 or 1214, 3805; declared EXSS major or consent
of instructor)
EXSS 5020. Exercise Adherence (3) (P: PSYC 1000; P/C: EXSS 4806; HHP major or minor or consent of instructor)
EXSS 5303. Physical Activity Programs for Individuals with Developmental, Emotional, and Learning Disabilities (3)
(P: EXSS 3545 or 3546; SPED 5101; or consent of instructor)
EXSS 5305. Motor Development (3) (P: EXSS 2800 or equivalent or consent of instructor)
EXSS 5800. Physical Activity and Aging (3) (SL) (P: Consent of instructor)
EXSS 5903. Physical Activity Programs for Individuals with Orthopedic, Neurologic, and Sensory Impairments (3)
(P: BIOL 2130 or equivalent)
HLTH 3010. Health Problems I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or 2140; HLTH 1000 or 1050; or consent of instructor)
HLTH 3030. Health Behavior (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; PSYC 1000)
HLTH 4200. Planning and Evaluation of Worksite Health Promotion (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Completion of core courses in
worksite health promotion)
HLTH 4604. Applied Principles of Health Promotion (3) (SL*) (F,S) (P: BIOL 2130 or 2140; NUTR 1000 or 2105;
PSYC 1000; or consent of instructor)
NUTR 3101. Clinical Nutrition for Allied Health Professions (3)
PSYC 4333. Learning Theories and Applications (3) (P: PSYC 1000)
Sports Studies Minor
Minimum requirement for sports studies minor is 25 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................16 s.h.
EXSS 2000. Introductory Exercise and Sport Science (3) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 3300. Applied Sports Psychology (3) (P: PSYC 1000)
EXSS 3301. Physical Education and Sport in Modern Society (3) (F,SS) (P: Health and human performance major or
minor or consent of instructor)
EXSS 3600. Coaching Theories (2)
EXSS 4300. Program Development and Management in Physical Education and Sports (2) (F,S,SS) (P: Health and
human performance major or minor; EXSS 2000 or 2323; or consent of instructor)
EXSS 4301. Comparative Sport and Physical Education: International Aspects (3) (WI) (S,SS) (P: Health and human
performance major or minor; EXSS 3301)
2. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 9s.h.
HIST 2444. History of Sports in Western Society (3) (F) (FC:SO)
PHIL 2280. Introduction to Philosophy of Sport (3) (FC:HU)
RCLS 2601. Leisure in Society (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PROMOTION
Sharon Knight, Interim Chairperson, 204 Christenbury
BS in Athletic Training
The athletic training degree program is a Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training Education (CAATE) accredited
undergraduate program based on a minimum of 126 s.h.: 42 s.h. of foundations curriculum courses, 70 s.h. in the major
area, and elective hours which can result in an approved minor or prepare one for further graduate study in an allied health
profession such as physical therapy or a physician assistant program. Upon successful completion of this degree, the student
will be eligible to sit for the Board of Certication exam. There is a strong clinical aspect of the program involving a minimum
of 800 supervised hours under a certied athletic trainer. Admission to the university does not guarantee admission to the
athletic training degree, as it is restricted by an imposed student-to-clinical instructor ratio. Candidates are required to submit a
separate application process, and it is due August 15 prior to the fall semester you wish to begin your degree. See program web
site for details. Competitive admission is based upon assessments of the applicant’s academic abilities, knowledge, dedication
to the profession, and commitment to the health care of others. Eligible applicants must have a minimum cumulative and
COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
255
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
semester 2.0 GPA, completed ATEP 1800, 2810, 2811 with a minimum grade of C, current cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR)
and rst aid certication from an approved provider, successfully completed a two-semester (fall and spring, consecutively)
candidacy period, passed a health screening/physical examination, a letter of formal application on le, and an interview with
the athletic training faculty and staff. There are written technical standards for admission that can be found in the Athletic
Training Student Handbook and the program’s web site. Athletic training students are required to earn a minimum course
grade of C in all athletic training courses. A minimum semester and cumulative GPA of 2.0 must be sustained throughout the
program. All students in the degree are required to maintain current CPR certication, Hepatitis B immunization (or waiver),
and liability insurance for the duration of their involvement in the curriculum. Verication of CPR certication and liability
insurance are required each academic year. Specic requirements are stated in the Athletic Training Student Handbook. The
athletic training degree requires a minimum of 800 practical, supervised clinical hours under the direction of a certied athletic
trainer. The candidacy period does not count toward the total hours required. Transfer students must meet the above criteria.
No transfer athletic training classes will be accepted, but other course work may be allowed on an individual basis. Minimum
degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow ............................. 42s.h.
BIOL 1050. General Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 1051. General Biology Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
HLTH 1000. Health in Modern Society (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:HL)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PHYS 1250. General Physics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: MATH 1065)
PHYS 1251. General Physics Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C: PHYS 1250 or 2350)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................70 s.h.
ATEP 1800. Orientation to Athletic Training (1) (F) (P: Admission to candidacy period of athletic training curriculum)
ATEP 2800. Medical Nomenclature for Human Performance (2) (F, S, SS)
ATEP 2810. Principles of Athletic Training (3) (S) (C: Current participation in candidacy aspect of the athletic training
program; rst aid and CPR certication; C: ATEP 2811; RC: BIOL 2130; EXSS 2850)
ATEP 2811. Principles of Athletic Training (0) (S) (P: Current participation in candidacy period of athletic training
program or consent of instructor; rst-aid and CPR certication; C: ATEP 2810; RC: BIOL 2130; EXSS 2850)
ATEP 3200. Field Experience in Athletic Training I (1) (F) (C: Current participation in the athletic training curriculum;
ATEP 3810)
ATEP 3201. Basic Rehabilitation Techniques in Athletic Training (2) (S) (P: Athletic Training major; C: ATEP 3820)
ATEP 3250, 3251. Sports Medicine Treatment Modalities (3,0) (F) (P: ATEP 3810 or consent of instructor)
ATEP 3270. Pathology and General Medicine in Sport (3) (S) (P: BIOL 2130 or 2140 or 2150)
ATEP 3271. Clinical Experience in Medicine (1) (F,S,SS) (P: ATEP 3200, 3270)
ATEP 3280, 3281. Therapeutic Rehabilitation in Sports Medicine (3,0) (S) (P: ATEP 3250, 3251; or consent
of instructor)
ATEP 3350. Concepts in Pharmacology (3) (F)
ATEP 3400. Clinical Experience in an Equipment Intensive Sport (2) (F,S) (C: ATEP 3810; BIOL 2130; EXSS 2805;
current participation in the athletic training curriculum)
ATEP 3810. Etiology and Evaluation of the Trunk and Upper Extremity (3) (F) (P: ATEP 2810; P/C: BIOL 2130;
EXSS 2850)
ATEP 3820. Etiology and Evaluation of Lower Extremity (3) (S) (P: ATEP 2810; P/C: BIOL 2130; EXSS 2850)
ATEP 3860. Sports Medicine Practicum I (3) (F) (P: Admission to the athletic training program; ATEP 3810)
ATEP 4300. Field Experience in Athletic Training II (1) (F,S,SS) (P: ATEP 3250, 3251, 3810, 3820; C: Current
participation in the athletic training curriculum)
ATEP 4320. Organization and Administration of Sports Medicine (3) (WI) (P: ATEP 3810, 3820)
ATEP 4860. Sports Medicine Practicum II (3) (S) (P: ATEP 3820)
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
EXSS 1101. Physical Conditioning (1) (F,S,SS) (P: EXSS 1000 or 1001)
EXSS 2850. Structural Kinesiology (1) (F,S)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
256
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
EXSS 3805. Physiology of Exercise (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or BIOL 2140, 2150; EXSS 2850)
EXSS 3850. Introduction to Biomechanics (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or 2140; EXSS 2850; PHYS 1250, 1251;
or consent of instructor)
HLTH 2000. Introduction to Health Education (3) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050)
HLTH 2125, 2126. Safety Education and First Aid (3,0) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; C for 2125: HLTH 2126;
C for 2126: HLTH 2125)
HLTH 3020. Health Disparities (3) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; 3010 or consent of instructor)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
NUTR 2105. Nutrition (3)
A course in research methodology/statistical design (3)
3.Minororapprovedelectivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
BS in Environmental Health
A minimum GPA of 2.0 in all 1000-level basic science and math courses, a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 on at least
30 s.h., and completion of EHST 2110 are required for admission to the professional phase of the environmental health
sciences curriculum. Environmental health majors must pass all environmental health courses with a minimum grade of C.
A student earning a D in any of these courses must petition the environmental health sciences faculty for probationary con-
tinuation. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow ............................. 42s.h.
Required:
BIOL 1050, 1051. General Biology and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
Recommended:
COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
HIST 1051. American History Since 1877 (WI*) (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
RCLS 2601. Leisure in Society (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Common core ...............................................................................................................................42s.h.
Select from the following with advisor approval:
EHST 2110, 2111. Introduction to Environmental Health Sciences and Laboratory (3,0) (F,S)
EHST 3003. Environmental Epidemiology (3) (F)
EHST 3200. Food Sanitation Principles (3) (S) (P: Consent of instructor; C: EHST 3201)
EHST 3201. Food Sanitation Principles Laboratory (1) (S) (P: Consent of instructor; C: EHST 3200)
EHST 3350. Safe Water (4) (F) (P: BIOL 2110, 2111; CHEM 1160, 1161; C: EHST 3351)
EHST 3351. Safe Water Laboratory (1) (F) (P: BIOL 2110, 2111; CHEM 1160, 1161; C: EHST 3350)
EHST 3370. Waste Water Management (3) (S) (P: EHST 3350, 3351; C: EHST 3371)
EHST 3371. Waste Water Management Laboratory (1) (S) (P: EHST 3350, 3351; C: EHST 3370)
EHST 3600. Air Pollution (3) (F) (P: EHST 2110 or consent of instructor)
EHST 3700. Industrial Hygiene (3) (S) (P: 8 s.h. of general science lab courses or consent of program directors;
C: EHST 3701)
EHST 3701. Industrial Hygiene Laboratory (1) (S) (P: Consent of instructor; C: EHST 3700)
EHST 4010. Toxicological Foundations of Risk Assessment (3) (S) (P: BIOL 2130; CHEM 2650, 2651)
EHST 4200. Environmental Health Management and Law (3) (WI) (F) (P: EHST major or minor)
EHST 4300, 4301. Institutional and Recreational Sanitation and Laboratory (3,0) (F) (P: EHST 2110, 3003, 3200,
3201, 3350, 3351, 3370, 3371; or consent of instructor)
EHST 4350, 4351. Vector Borne Disease Ecology and Laboratory (3,0) (F) (P: EHST 2110, 3003, 3350, 3351, 3370,
3371; or consent of instructor)
COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
257
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
EHST 4990. Environmental Health Internship (3) (P: EHST major; 13 s.h. in EHST or consent of program director)
EHST 5001. Environmental Health Seminar (1) (May be taken more than once)
EHST 5800, 5801. Solid and Hazardous Waste Management and Laboratory (3,0) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161 or
consent of instructor)
3. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................30 s.h.
Required Cognates (24 s.h.):
BIOL 2110, 2111. Fundamentals of Microbiology and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S) (FC:SC) (P for 2110: CHEM 1120, 1130
or CHEM 1150, 1160; RP for 2110; BIOL 1050, 1051 or 1100, 1101; P/C for 2111: BIOL 2110)
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150:
CHEM 1151; C for 1151: CHEM 1150)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160:
CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
CHEM 2650, 2651. Organic Chemistry for the Life Sciences (4,1) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161)
PHYS 1250, 1251. General Physics and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: MATH 1065)
MATH 2228. Elementary Statistical Analysis (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
or BIOS 1500. Introduction to Biostatistics (3) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent or consent of instructor)
Recommended Cognates (select at least 6 s.h.):
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
PHYS 1260, 1261. General Physics and Laboratory (3,1) (P: PHYS 1250)
GEOG 3220. Soil Properties, Surveys, and Applications (3) (F) (P: GEOG 2250)
or GEOL 5710, 5711. Ground Water Hydrology (3,0) (P: GEOL 1500, 1501 or consent of instructor)
MATH 2119. Elements of Calculus (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 with a minimum grade of C)
or MATH 2121. Calculus for the Life Sciences (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 with a minimum grade of C)
4. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
Choose at least 6 s.h. of EHST electives from the 3000-level and above.
BS in Health Education and Promotion
Students entering the health education and promotion degree program choose one of three concentrations: community health,
prehealth professions, or worksite health promotion. The community health concentration requires a minimum cumulative
GPA of 2.5 for entry and thereafter the student must maintain a minimum 2.0 GPA in the required cognates and pass all
health education core courses with a minimum grade of C. A student earning a D in any of these courses must petition the
Department of Health Education and Promotion for probationary continuation. No student on probation may enroll for HLTH
4991, Health Education and Promotion Internship. Students entering the worksite health promotion concentration must have
a minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA and a minimum 2.5 GPA calculated on three courses: ECON 2113; HLTH 2000; PSYC 3241.
Students entering the prehealth professions concentration must have a minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA and a minimum 2.75
GPA calculated on the following courses: BIOL 1100, 1101, 1200, 1201; CHEM 1150, 1151, 1160, 1161. Prehealth professions
students must complete an interview with health education faculty. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelowforalloptionsaswell
as additional foundations curriculum requirements for each option. ...............................42s.h.
Allconcentrations:
HLTH 1000. Health in Modern Society (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:HL)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
CommunityHealth:
BIOL 1050. General Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 1051. General Biology Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
258
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
Prehealth Professions:
BIOL 1100, 1101. Principles of Biology and Laboratory 1 (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1101: BIOL 1100)
BIOL 1200, 1201. Principles of Biology and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1201: BIOL 1200)
WorksiteHealthPromotion:
BIOL 1050. General Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 1051. General Biology Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
PSYC 3241. Personnel and Industrial Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Common core ...............................................................................................................................21 s.h.
HLTH 2000. Introduction to Health Education (3) (F,S,SS)
HLTH 2125, 2126. Safety Education and First Aid (3,0) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; C for 2125: HLTH 2126;
C for 2126: HLTH 2125)
HLTH 3010. Health Problems I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or 2140; HLTH 1000 or 1050; or consent of instructor)
HLTH 3020. Health Disparities (3) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; 3010 or consent of instructor)
HLTH 3030. Health Behavior (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; PSYC 1000)
HLTH 4604. Applied Principles of Health Promotion (3) (SL*) (F,S) (P: BIOL 2130 or 2140; NUTR 1000 or 2105;
PSYC 1000; or consent of instructor)
NUTR 1000. Contemporary Nutrition (3) or NUTR 2105. Nutrition Science (3)
3. Concentration(Chooseoneoption.) .......................................................................................39s.h.
CommunityHealth(40s.h.):
BIOL 2131. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: BIOL 2130)
EHST 2110, 2111. Introduction to Environmental Health Sciences and Laboratory (3,0) (F,S)
HLTH 2500. Peer Health I: Training (3) (F,S) (P: HLTH 1000 or HLTH 1050 or consent of instructor)
HLTH 3000. Theory and Practice in Community Health Education (3) (S)
HLTH 3011. Introduction to Epidemiology in Health Education and Promotion (3) (F,S,SS)
HLTH 4605. Community Strategies for Health Education (3) (F,S,SS) (WI*) (P: HLTH 3000 or consent of
instructor)
HLTH 4611. Planning and Evaluation of Community Health Education Programs (3) (F,S) (P: HLTH 3000)
HLTH 4991. Health Education and Promotion Internship (12) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (P: Completion of all other major
requirements)
HLTH 5002. Maternal and Child Health Education (3) (P: HLTH 3010 or consent of instructor)
MATH 2228. Elementary Statistical Methods I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent or approved basic statistics
course)
PSYC 3221. Social Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PrehealthProfessions(47-55s.h.)
BasicScienceRequirements:
BIOS 1500. Introduction to Biostatistics (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent)
BIOL 2140, 2141. Human Physiology and Anatomy (3,1) (P: CHEM 1120 or 1150; C for 2140: BIOL 2141;
C for 2141: BIOL 2140))
BIOL 2150, 2151. Human Physiology and Anatomy (3,1) (P: BIOL 2140; C for 2150: BIOL 2151; P for 2151:
BIOL 2141; C for 2151: BIOL 2150)
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: MATH 1065)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
HIMA 3000. Medical Terminology for Health Professionals (3) (F,S,SS) or ATEP 2800. Medical Nomenclature
for Human Performance (2) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000)
Choose either:
CHEM 2750, 2753. Organic Chemistry I and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161) and CHEM
2760, 2763. Organic Chemistry II and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 2750) and/or PHYS 1250, 1251.
General Physics and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: MATH 1065) and PHYS 1260, 1261. General
Physics II and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
HealthEducationRequirements:
HLTH 3300. Introduction to Patient Education (3) (P: HLTH 3010 or consent of instructor)
COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
259
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
HLTH 3011. Introduction to Epidemiology in Health Education and Promotion (3) (F,S,SS)
Choose 12 s.h. from the following:
ANTH 3252. Medical Anthropology (3) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200)
BIOL 2110, 2111. Fundamentals of Microbiology and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S) (FC:SC) (P for 2110: CHEM 1120,
1130 or CHEM 1150, 1160; RP for 2110; BIOL 1050, 1051 or 1100, 1101; P/C for 2111: BIOL 2110)
BIOL 2300. Genetics (3) (P: BIOL 1100, 1200)
BIOL 5800, 5821. Principles of Biochemistry and Laboratory (3,1) (P for 5800: BIOL 3310, 3311; or consent
of instructor; CHEM 2760, 2763; P/C for 5821 for undergraduate students: BIOL 5800 or 5810)
BIOL 5810. Principles of Biochemistry II (3) (P: BIOL 3310, 3311; or consent of instructor; CHEM 2760, 2763)
BIOS 5010. Epidemiology for Health Professionals (3) (P: BIOS 1500 or consent of instructor)
CHEM 2770, 2771. Biological Chemistry and Lab (3,1) (S) (P: CHEM 2650 or 2760)
EXSS 3805. Physiology of Exercise (3) (P: BIOL 2130 or 2140, 2150; EXSS 2850)
HLTH 3515. AIDS HIV Disease in Modern Society (3) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050 or consent of instructor)
HLTH 4001. Stress Management: Principles and Practices (3) (S)
HLTH 4901, 4902. Prehealth Professions Clinical Field Experience (3,3) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 3010, 3020
and consent of instructor)
HLTH 4910. Prehealth Professions Internship (6) (F,S,SS) (P: Completion of all major requirements and
consent of program director)
HLTH 5310. Education for Human Sexuality (3) (P: Health education major or consent of instructor)
HPRO 2100. Perspectives in Health Care (2)
HPRO 5000. Seminar in Human Sexual Dysfunctions (3)
PHIL 3281. Introduction to Philosophical Ethics in the Health Care Profession (3) (WI*) (FC:HU)
SOCI 3327. Introductory Medical Sociology (3) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor)
SOCI 5200. Seminar in Sociology of Health (3) (P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor)
Students in the prehealth professions concentration who have been accepted for admission to the Brody School
of Medicine under the MD in 7 Program may substitute the successful completion of the rst-year medical school
curriculum for HLTH 4910 (6 s.h.) and 22 s.h. of electives.
WorksiteHealthPromotion(39s.h.):
BIOL 2131. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: BIOL 2130)
EXSS 2850. Structural Kinesiology (1) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 3805. Physiology of Exercise (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130, 2131 or BIOL 2140, 2150; EXSS 2805)
EXSS 4805. Exercise Evaluation and Prescription Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (C: EXSS 4806)
EXSS 4806. Exercise Evaluation and Prescription (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: EXSS 3805; health and human performance
major or minor; or consent of instructor; C: EXSS 4805)
HLTH 4006. Health Promotion in the Workplace (3) (F)
HLTH 4200. Planning and Evaluation in Worksite Health Promotion (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Completion of core courses)
HLTH 4600. Data Analysis for Health Promotion Programming (3) (S) (C: HLTH 4700)
HLTH 4700. Practicum Seminar in Worksite Health Education (3) (S) (P: HLTH 4200)
HLTH 4991. Health Education and Promotion Internship (12) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (P: Completion of all other major
requirements)
Choose 6 s.h. from:
BITE 2112. Introduction to Information Processing Technology (3) (F,S,SS) or MIS 2223. Introduction to
Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
EHST 3900. Introduction to Occupational Health (3) (F) (P: 6 s.h. in BIOL including BIOL 2130; 8 s.h. of general
CHEM; or consent of instructor) or ITEC 3292. Industrial Safety (3) (F,S) (P: Junior standing; completion of
12 s.h. of industrial technology courses)
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
MGMT 3202. Fundamentals of Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113)
4. Electives:It is recommended that courses be taken which reinforce content in the physical, social, and behavioral
sciences, or provide the student with a community health specialty area such as gerontology, environmental health, or
health promotion. Number of elective hours varies by concentration.
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
260
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
BS in School Health Education
Students entering the school health degree program must have a minimum cumulative 2.5 GPA. See Section 4, Academic
Advisement, Progression and Support, Special Requirements for the BS Degree for Students Preparing to Teach. See Section
8, Academic Programs, College of Education, Licensure, for NC teacher licensure requirements. Minimum degree requirement
is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
forallBaccalaureateDegreePrograms),includingthoselistedbelow ............................. 42s.h.
BIOL 1050. General Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 1051. General Biology Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
HLTH 1000. Health in Modern Society (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:HL)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
SOCI 1025. Courtship and Marriage (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
Choose a history course (FC:SO)
Choose a literature course (FC:HU)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................54s.h.
BIOL 2131. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (P/C: BIOL 2130)
EDTC 4001. Technology in Education (2) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division)
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester) or PSYC 4305. Educational Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (P: PSYC 2201 or 2240 or 3206 or 3240
or equivalent)
HLTH 2000. Introduction to Health Education (3) (F,S,SS)
HLTH 2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F)
HLTH 2125, 2126. Safety Education and First Aid (3,0) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; C for 2125: HLTH 2126;
C for 2126: HLTH 2125)
HLTH 3010. Health Problems I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or 2140; HLTH 1000 or 1050; or consent of instructor)
HLTH 3020. Health Disparities (3) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; 3010 or consent of instructor)
HLTH 3030. Health Behavior (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; PSYC 1000)
HLTH 3244. Practices and Procedures in Health for Elementary School (2) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050 and any
2123 course, or consent of instructor)
HLTH 3355. Alcohol, Tobacco, and Other Drugs Education and Prevention (3) (F)
HLTH 4323. Methods of Teaching Health Education (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division)
HLTH 4324. Internship in Health Education (10) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division; EDUC 3200; HLTH 2123;
completion of HLTH 4323 with a minimum grade of C; PSYC 1000; C: HLTH 4326)
HLTH 4326. Internship Seminar: Issues in Health Education (1) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division; C: HLTH 4324)
HLTH 5310. Education for Human Sexuality (3) (P: Health education major or consent of instructor)
NUTR 1000. Contemporary Nutrition (3) or NUTR 2105. Nutrition Science (3)
READ 3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS)
SPED 4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) (RP: SPED 2000)
3. Approvedacademicconcentration(A maximum of 6 s.h. may count toward foundations curriculum
requirements.) .............................................................................................................................18-24s.h.
4. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
261
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Driver and Safety Education Add-On Certif ication
The driver and safety education add-on certication requires 12 s.h. of credit as follows. For information on the driver and
safety teacher certication area, consult the department chair of health education and promotion.
DRED 2000. Introduction to Driver and Trafc Safety Education (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Valid driver’s license)
DRED 2330. K-12 Safety Education (3) (F,S,SS)
DRED 3309. Advanced Driver and Trafc Safety Education (3) (F) (P: DRED 2000)
DRED 3320, 3321. Laboratory Programs in Driver and Trafc Safety Education (3,0) (S) (P: DRED 2000; valid
driver’s license)
Environmental Health Minor
Minimum requirement for environmental health minor is 24s.h. to be selected from:
EHST 2110, 2111. Introduction to Environmental Health Sciences and Laboratory (3,0) (F,S)
EHST 3003. Environmental Epidemiology (3) (F)
EHST 3200, 3201. Food Sanitation Principles (3,1) (S) (P: Consent of instructor)
EHST 3350. Safe Water (4) (F) (P: BIOL 2110, 2111; CHEM 1160, 1161; C: EHST 3351)
EHST 3351. Safe Water Laboratory (1) (F) (P: BIOL 2110, 2111; CHEM 1160, 1161; C: EHST 3350)
EHST 3370. Waste Water Management (3) (S) (P: EHST 3350, 3351; C: EHST 3371)
EHST 3371. Waste Water Management Laboratory (1) (S) (P: EHST 3350, 3351; C: EHST 3370)
EHST 3600. Air Pollution (3) (F) (P: EHST 2110 or consent of instructor)
EHST 3700, 3701. Industrial Hygiene and Laboratory (3,1) (S) (P: 8 s.h. of general science lab courses or consent of
program director)
EHST 3900. Introduction to Occupational Health (3) (F) (P: 6 s.h. of BIOL, including BIOL 2130; 8 s.h. of general
chemistry; or consent of instructor)
EHST 4010. Toxicological Foundations of Risk Assessment (3) (S) (P: BIOL 2130; CHEM 2650, 2651)
EHST 4300, 4301. Institutional and Recreational Sanitation and Laboratory (3,0) (F) (P: EHST 2110, 3003, 3200, 3201,
3350, 3351, 3370, 3371; or consent of instructor)
EHST 4350, 4351. Vector Borne Disease Ecology and Laboratory (3,0) (F) (P: EHST 2110, 3003, 3350, 3351, 3370,
3371; or consent of instructor)
EHST 5800, 5801. Solid and Hazardous Waste Management and Laboratory (3,0) (S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161 or
consent of instructor)
Worksite Health Promotion Minor
Minimum requirement for worksite health promotion minor is 24s.h. to be selected from:
1. Core................................................................................................................................................. 21 s.h.
EHST 3900. Introduction to Occupational Health (3) (F) (P: 6 s.h. in BIOL, including BIOL 2130; 8 s.h. of general
CHEM; or consent of instructor)
HLTH 2000. Introduction to Health Education (3) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050)
HLTH 3030. Health Behavior (3) (WI) (F,S, SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; PSYC 1000)
HLTH 4006. Health Promotion in the Workplace (3) (F)
HLTH 4200. Planning and Evaluation in Worksite Health Promotion (3) (F,S, SS) (P: Completion of core courses)
HLTH 4604. Applied Principles of Health Promotion (3) (F, S) (P: BIOL 2130 or 2140; NUTR 1000 or 2105;
or consent of instructor)
NUTR 2105. Nutrition Science (3)
2. Electiveoptions(3hrs.required) ............................................................................................... 3 s.h.
HLTH 3010. Health Problems I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 2130 or 2140; HLTH 1000 or 1050; or consent of instructor)
HLTH 3020. Health Disparities (3) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; 3010 or consent of instructor)
HLTH 4001. Stress Management: Principles and Practices (3) (S)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
262
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
DEPARTMENT OF RECREATION AND LEISURE STUDIES
Debra Jordan, Chairperson, 1404 Carol G. Belk Building
BS in Recreation and Park Management
The Recreation and Park Management (RPM) program is accredited by the National Recreation and Park Association Council
on Accreditation for Recreation, Parks, Tourism, and Related Professions. Students wishing to declare a major in recreation and
park management at the time of entrance into the degree, need to possess a minimum overall GPA of 2.0; have no more than
10 s.h. of foundations curriculum remaining; have completed MATH 1065 or 1066 or higher-level MATH for which MATH
1065 is a prerequisite; have completed a brief, written application (available at http://www.ecu.edu/rcls); and have a meeting
with a RCLS faculty member. RCLS courses at the 3000 level and above cannot be taken before admission to the major or
minor, they can be taken by consent of instructor when appropriate. Students majoring in recreation and park management
must maintain a minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA and a minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA in all core and cognate courses to remain
in good standing. Majors must earn a minimum grade of C in all required RCLS courses. Students failing to meet these criteria
will not be allowed to enroll in any additional RCLS prex courses. As an exception, students may re-enroll in RCLS courses
in which the student has a D or F. Students wishing to appeal further enrollment must contact the RCLS department chair
within two weeks of notication of academic deciency. Students graduating from the RPM program are eligible to sit for
the examination to become a certied parks and recreation professional and thereby acquire this valuable credential for
professional advancement. The minimum degree requirement is 123 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) including those listed below .............................42s.h.
BIOL 1050. General Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) and BIOL 1051. General Biology Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) or
BIOL 1060. Environmental Biology (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) or BIOL 1100, 1101. Principles of Biology and Laboratory I
(3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1101: BIOL 1100) or BIOL 1200, 1201. Principles of Biology and Laboratory II (3,1)
(FC:SC) (P/C for 1201: BIOL 1200)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or MATH
1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics
placement test or approval of dept chair)
PHIL 2274. Business Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) or PHIL 2275. Professional Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Common core ...............................................................................................................................41s.h.
RCLS 2000. Introduction to Leisure Services (3) (F,S,SS)
RCLS 3003, 3004. Leisure Programming and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S) (P: Declared RCLS RT major, or RPM major or
minor; P/C: RCLS 2000)
RCLS 3131. Inclusive Recreation (3) (F)
RCLS 4000. Research Methods and Techniques (3) (F,S) (P: Declared RCLS RT major, or RPM major or minor;
RCLS 3003, 3004)
RCLS 4002. Administration of Leisure Services (3) (S) (P: RCLS 3003, 3004)
RCLS 4004. Philosophical and Current Issues in Leisure (3) (F,S) (WI*) (P: Declared RCLS RT major, or RPM major
or minor; RCLS 3003, 3004)
RCLS 4120. Leisure Services Marketing (3) (S) (P: RCLS 3104 or 3120 or consent of instructor)
RCLS 4122. Case Studies in Leisure Management (3) (F) (P: RCLS 3104 or 3120 or consent of instructor)
RCLS 4901. RPM Internship Pre-Placement Seminar (1) (F,S) (P: Declared MRFS major; minimum cumulative
2.0 GPA; consent of RCLS advisor)
RCLS 4990. Recreation Internship (12) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Declared RPM major or minor; RCLS 4901; senior standing;
minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA; minimum grade of C in all RCLS courses; successful completion of all other degree
requirements and current certication in rst aid and CPR)
RCLS 5111. Recreational Facility Management (3) (P: 3104 or 3120; or consent of the instructor)
COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
263
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
3. Concentrationarea(Chooseone.) ......................................................................................33-34s.h.
Commercial Recreation and Tourism:
Cognates (21 s.h.)
ACCT 2101. Survey of Accounting (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066) or ACCT 2401. Financial Accounting (3)
(F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or 2119 or 2121 or 2171)
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
ITEC 3290. Technical Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
MGMT 3202. Fundamentals of Management (3) (F, S, SS) (P: ECON 2113)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F, S, SS)
RCLS 3120. Commercial Recreation and Tourism (3) (S)
RCLS 4121. Tourism Planning and Development (3) (F) (P: RCLS 3120 or consent of instructor)
Restricted Electives (Choose 12 s.h. from the following.):
ACCT 2521. Managerial Accounting (3) (F,S, SS) (P: ACCT 2401; MIS 2223)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
FINA 3004 (3) or FINA 3724. Financial Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113; MATH 2283; P/C: ACCT
2521)
GEOG 2019. Geography of Recreation (3) (F) (FC:SO)
GEOG 4335. Geography of Tourism (3) (FC:SO)
HLTH 2125, 2126. Safety Education and First Aid (3) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; C for 2125: HLTH 2126;
C for 2126: HLTH 2125)
HMGT 1350. Introduction to Food Service and Lodging Management (3)
HMGT 3200. Dimensions of Tourism (3) (P: HMGT 1350)
HMGT 4200. Travel and Tourism Management (3) (P: HMGT 3200).
MATH 2283. Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
MGMT 4262. Small Business Management (3) (SL*) (WI) (F,S) (P: FINA 37244; MGMT 3202 or 3302:
MKTG 3852)
MKTG 3832. Marketing Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113)
RCLS 2400. Facilitation and Leadership of Adventure-Based Programs (3) (F,S)
RCLS 2600. Outdoor Recreation Activities (3) (F,S)
RCLS 2601. Leisure in Society (3) (F,S,SS)
RCLS 3104. Public and Non-Prot Recreation (3) (F) (P: RCLS 2000; or consent of instructor; P/C: RCLS
3003, 3004)
RCLS 4111. Design of Parks and Recreation Facilities (4) (F) (P: 3104 or 3120; or consent of instructor)
RCLS 5100. Aquatics Facilities Management (3)
RCLS 5101. Waterfront Facilities Operation (3)
OutdoorRecreation:
Cognates (22 s.h.)
ACCT 2101. Survey of Accounting (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066) or ACCT 2401. Financial Accounting (3)
(F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or 2119 or 2121 or 2171)
ITEC 3290. Technical Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
MGMT 3202. Fundamentals of Management (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113)
RCLS 3104. Public and Non-Prot Recreation (3) (F) (P: RCLS 2000 or consent of instructor; P/C: RCLS 3003,
3004)
RCLS 3300. Outdoor Programming. (3) (S)
RCLS 3301. Recreational Interpretation of Cultural and Natural Resources (3)
RCLS 4111. Design of Parks and Recreation Facilities (4) (F) (P: Declared RPM major or minor; RCLS 3003,
3004)
Restricted Electives (Choose 12 s.h. from the following.)
BIOL 3230, 3231. Field Botany (4,0) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051 or 1100, 1101)
BIOL 3240, 3241. Field Zoology (4,0) (F) (P: BIOL 1060 or 2250)
BIOL 3660, 3661. Introduction to Marine Biology & Lab (3,1) (F,S)
264
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
COAS 2025. Survey of Coastal and Marine Resources (3) (F)
HLTH 2125, 2126. Safety Education and First Aid (3) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; C for 2125: HLTH 2126;
C for 2126: HLTH 2125)
PLAN 3020. Environmental Planning. (3) (F)
RCLS 2400. Facilitation and Leadership of Adventure-Based Programs (3) (F,S)
RCLS 2600. Outdoor Recreation Activities (3) (F,S)
RCLS 2601. Leisure in Society (3) (F,S,SS)
RCLS 3120. Commercial Recreation and Tourism (3) (S)
RCLS 4111. Design of Parks and Recreation Facilities (4) (F) (P: RCLS 3104 or 3120; or consent of instructor)
RCLS 4121. Tourism Planning and Development (3) (F) (P: RCLS 3120; or consent of instructor)
RCLS 5100. Aquatics Facilities Management (3)
RCLS 5101. Waterfront Facilities Operation (3)
CommunityandNonprotRecreation:
Cognates (22 s.h.)
ACCT 2101. Survey of Accounting (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066) or ACCT 2401. Financial Accounting (3)
(F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or 2119 or 2121 or 2171)
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
ITEC 3290. Technical Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
MGMT 3202. Fundamentals of Management (3) (F, S, SS) (P: ECON 2113 FC:SO)
RCLS 3104. Public and Non-Prot Recreation (3) (F) (P: RCLS 2000 or consent of instructor; P/C: RCLS 3003,
3004)
RCLS 3300. Outdoor Programming. (3) (S)
RCLS 4111. Design of Parks and Recreation Facilities (4) (F) (P: Declared RPM major or minor; RCLS 3003,
3004)
Restricted Electives (Choose 12 s.h. from the following.):
HLTH 2125, 2126. Safety Education and First Aid (3) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; C for 2125: HLTH 2126;
C for 2126: HLTH 2125)
RCLS 2400. Facilitation and Leadership of Adventure-Based Programs (3) (F,S)
RCLS 2600. Outdoor Recreation Activities (3) (F,S)
RCLS 2601. Leisure in Society (3) (F,S,SS)
RCLS 3120. Commercial Recreation and Tourism (3) (S)
RCLS 3303. Wild Land Recreation Management (3) (P: RCLS 2000 or consent of instructor)
RCLS 4121. Tourism Planning and Development (3) (F) (P: RCLS 3120 or consent of instructor)
RCLS 5100. Aquatics Facilities Management (3)
RCLS 5101. Waterfront Facilities Operation (3)
Business administration minor courses (ECON 2113 may count toward FC:SO requirement)
Exercise and sport science minor courses (BIOL 1050, 1051, BIOL 2130, 2131 may count toward
FC:SC requirement)
Public administration minor courses (POLS 2000, POLS 3252 may count toward FC:SO requirement)
RecreationalSportsLeadership:
Cognates (21 s.h.)
EXSS 3300. Applied Sports Psychology (3) (P: PSYC 1000)
EXSS 3301. Physical Education and Sport in Modern Society (3) (F,SS) (P: Health and human performance
major or minor, or consent of instructor)
RCLS 3104. Public and Non-Prot Recreation (3) (F) (P: RCLS 2000; or consent of instructor;
P/C: RCLS 3003, 3004)
RCLS 3120. Commercial Recreation and Tourism (3) (S)
RCLS 3500. Recreation Leadership and Group Process (2) (S) (C: RCLS 3501)
RCLS 3501. Recreation Leadership and Group Process Lab (1) (S) (C: RCLS 3500)
RCLS 4130. Recreational Sport Programming (3) (P: RCLS 3003, 3004; or consent of instructor)
SOCI 3289. Community Organization (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
265
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Restricted Electives (Choose 12 s.h. from the following.)
CDFR 2000. Child Development I: Prenatal Through Early Childhood (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 2001. Child Development II: Middle Childhood Through Young Adulthood (3) (F,S,SS)
EXSS 3600. Coaching Theories (2)
GERO 2400. Introduction to Gerontology (3) (FC:SO) (Same as CDFR 2400; SOCW 2400)
HLTH 2125, 2126. Safety Education and First Aid (3,0) (F,S,SS) (P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; C for 2125:
HLTH 2126; C for 2126: HLTH 2125)
RCLS 2400. Facilitation and Leadership of Adventure-Based Programs (3) (F,S)
RCLS 2600. Outdoor Recreation Activities (3) (F,S)
RCLS 2601. Leisure in Society (3) (F,S,SS) (FC: SO)
RCLS 3300. Outdoor Programming (3) (S)
SOCI 3220. Sociology of Deviant Behavior (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 4350. Social Change (3) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
Other EXSS courses approved by advisor
Courses from the Business Administration minor
4. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
BS in Recreational Therapy
Any student wishing to declare a major in recreational therapy (RT) must, at the time of entrance into the curriculum, possess
a minimum 2.0 GPA; have no more than 10 s.h. of foundations curriculum remaining; have submitted a written application;
have a personal interview with a faculty member; and have completed a sequencing form (timetable) in consultation with the
RCTX advisor. Prior to registering for 4000 level RCTX courses, all RT students are required to complete the ‘Recreational
Therapy Career Exploration Experience’. This requires 60 documented hours of directed experience assisting with recreational
therapy programs and recreation or allied health based services to persons with disabilities. Information relating to this process
is provided via departmental Web site, through the HHP advising center and through the RCLS Department. Admission
to recreational therapy is competitive and limited due to space availability. Majors must maintain a minimum cumulative 2.0
GPA and a minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA in all cognate courses to remain in good standing. Majors must earn a minimum
grade of C in all required RCLS and RCTX courses. A student wishing to appeal should contact the RCLS department chair
within two weeks of notication of academic deciency. Graduates are eligible to apply to sit for the examination to become
credentialed nationally as a Certied Therapeutic Recreation Specialist (CTRS) and Licensed Recreational Therapist (LRT) in
North Carolina. The minimum degree requirement is 125 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundationscurriculumrequirements(SeeSection4,FoundationsCurriculumRequirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) including those listed below .............................42s.h.
BIOL 1050, 1051. General Biology and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC), or BIOL 1100, 1101. Principles of Biology
and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C for 1101: BIOL 1100)
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or
MATH 1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on
mathematics placement test or approval of dept chair) or MATH 1067. Algebraic Concepts and Relationships (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or MATH 2127. Basic Concepts of
Mathematics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 2275. Psychology of Adjustment (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Core ..............................................................................................................................................51 s.h.
RCLS 2000. Introduction to Leisure Services (3) (F,S,SS)
RCLS 3003, 3004. Leisure Programming and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S) (P: Declared RT major, or RPM major or minor;
P/C: RCLS 2000)
RCLS 4000. Research Methods and Techniques (3) (F,S) (P: Declared RT major or RPM major or minor;
RCLS 3003, 3004)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
266
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
RCLS 4004. Philosophical and Current Issues in Leisure (3) (SL) (F,S) (WI*) (P: Declared RT major or RPM major or
minor; RCLS 3003, 3004)
RCTX 2230. Recreational Therapy Foundations (3) (F,S) Formerly RCLS 2230
RCTX 3240. Disability Survey for Recreational Therapy Services (3) (F,S) Formerly RCLS 3240 (P: Declared RT
major; BIOL 2130, 2131; RCLS 2000; or consent of instructor)
RCTX 4250. Recreational Therapy Program Design (3) (F,S) Formerly RCLS 4250 (P: Declared RT major; RCLS
3003, 3004; RCTX 2230, 3240; or consent of instructor)
RCTX 4252. Recreational Therapy Leadership and Group Dynamics (3) (S) Formerly RCLS 4252 (P: Declared
RT major; RCLS 3003, 3004; RCTX 2230, 3240; or consent of instructor)
RCTX 4260. Recreational Therapy Senior Practicum (3) (F,S) Formerly RCLS 4260 (P: Declared RT major;
RCLS 3003, 3004; RCTX 2230, 3240; or consent of instructor)
RCTX 4262. Recreational Therapy Interventions and Techniques (3) (F) Formerly RCLS 4262 (P: Declared RT major;
RCLS 3003, 3004; RCTX 2230, 3240; or consent of instructor)
RCTX 4264. Recreational Therapy Assessment, Documentation, and Evaluation (3) (F) Formerly RCLS 4264
(P: Declared RT major; RCLS 3003, 3004; RCTX 2230, 3240; or consent of instructor)
RCTX 4266. Organization and Management of Recreational Therapy Services (3) (F,S) Formerly RCLS 4266
(P: Declared RT major; RCLS 3003, 3004; RCTX 2230, 3240; or consent of instructor)
RCTX 4902. Recreational Therapy Internship Pre-placement Seminar (2) (F,S) Formerly RCLS 4902 (P: Declared
RT major; minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA; consent of RCTX advisor)
3. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................21 s.h.
BIOL 2131. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (P/C: BIOL 2130)
HIMA 3000. Medical Terminology for Health Professionals (3) (F,S,SS)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 4375. Abnormal Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
Choose 9 s.h. from:
ASLS 2020. Sign Language Studies I (3) (F,S,SS)
DNCE 2200. Creative Dance and Drama for the Elementary School (2) (S)
EXSS 5303. Physical Activity Programs for Individuals with Developmental, Emotional, and Learning Disabilities (3)
(P: EXSS 3545; SPED 5101; or consent of instructor) or EXSS 5903. Physical Activity Programs for Individuals
with Orthopedic, Neurologic, and Sensory Impairments (3) (P: BIOL 2130 or equivalent or consent of instructor)
HLTH 5900. Stress Management (3) (P: Undergraduate course in anatomy and physiology; graduate standing or
consent of instructor)
MUSC 2277. Orientation to Therapy (1) (S)
MUSC 2287. Orientation to Therapy Practicum (1) (S)
MUSC 3257. Music Therapy I: Introduction to Music in Therapy (3) (F)
MUSC 3357. Music Therapy Practicum I (1) (F)
RCLS 2400. Facilitation and Leadership of Adventure-Based Programs (3) (F,S)
RCTX 3202. Camping and Adventure Programming for Individuals with Disabilities (3) Formerly RCLS 3202
(P: Consent of instructor)
RCTX 4001. Stress Management: Principles and Practices (3) (S)
RCTX 5000. Theoretical Foundations of Aquatic Rehabilitation (3) (S) Formerly RCLS 5000
RCTX 5001. Applied Techniques in Aquatic Rehabilitation (3) (F) Formerly RCLS 5001 (P: RCTX 5000 or consent
of instructor)
THEA 4030. Creative Dramatics (3) (S) (FC:FA)
Other courses as approved by the RCLS department chair.
Choose 3 s.h. from:
COMM 3142. Small Group Communication (3) (P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
COMM 1001, 1002)
EXSS 2202. Motor Learning and Performance (3)
GERO 2400. Introduction to Gerontology (3) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3225. Psychology of Learning (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
267
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
PSYC 3226. Cognitive Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
REHB 2003. Alcohol and Drug Abuse: Health and Social Problem (3) (F,S)
SOCI 3220. Sociology of Deviant Behavior (3) (FC:SO) (F,S,SS) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 3327. Introductory Medical Sociology (3) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor)
Other courses as approved by the RCLS department chair.
4. Electivestocompleterequirementsforgraduation.
Recreation and Park Management Minor
Minimum requirement for the recreation and leisure studies minor is 25 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................13 s.h.
RCLS 2000. Introduction to Leisure Services (3) (F,S,SS)
RCLS 3003. Leisure Programming (3) (F,S) (P: Declared RT major or RPM major or minor; RCLS 2000; C: RCLS 3004)
RCLS 3004. Leisure Programming Laboratory (1) (F,S) (P: Declared RT major or RPM major or minor; RCLS 2000;
C: RCLS 3003)
RCLS 4002. Administration of Leisure Services (3) (F,S) (P: Declared RPM major or minor; RCLS 3003, 3004)
RCLS 4004. Philosophical and Current Issues in Leisure (3) (F,S) (SL) (WI*) (P: Declared RT major or RPM major or
minor; RCLS 3003, 3004)
2. RCLScoursesfromRPMdegreeprogram ..............................................................................12 s.h.
Recreational Therapy Minor
Minimum requirement for the recreational therapy minor is 25 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................19s.h.
RCLS 3003. Leisure Programming (3) (F,S) (P: Declared RT major or RPM major or minor; P/C: RCLS 2000;
C: RCLS 3004)
RCLS 3004. Leisure Programming Laboratory (1) (F,S) (P: Declared RT major or RPM major or minor;
P/C: RCLS 2000; C: RCLS 3003)
RCTX 2230. Recreational Therapy Foundations (3) (F,S) (Formerly RCLS 2230) (P: RCLS 2000 or consent
of instructor)
RCTX 3240. Disability Survey for Recreational Therapy Services (3) (F,S) (Formerly RCLS 3240) (P: Declared
RT major; BIOL 2130, 2131; RCLS 2000; or consent of instructor)
RCTX 4250. Recreational Therapy Program Design (3) (F,S) (Formerly RCLS 4250) (P: Declared RT major;
RCLS 3003, 3004; RCTX 2230, 3240; or consent of instructor)
RCTX 4262. Recreational Therapy Interventions and Techniques (3) (F) (Formerly RCLS 4262) (P: Declared
RT major; RCLS 3003, 3004; RCTX 2230, 3240; or consent of instructor)
RCTX 4264. Recreational Therapy Assessment, Documentation, and Evaluation (3) (F) (Formerly RCLS 4264)
(P: RCLS 3003, 3004; RCTX 2230, 3240; or consent of instructor)
2. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 6 s.h.
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
PSYC 4375. Abnormal Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
Aquatics Management Certif icate
The aquatics management certicate program is open to any individual who is (a) enrolled in a degree program at ECU, or
(b) admitted as non-degree earning students at ECU. All students are required to earn a minimum of a C grade in all required
certicate courses. Requirements for the 12 s.h. aquatics management certicate include*:
RCLS 5100. Aquatic Facility Management (3)
RCLS 5101. Waterfront Facility Operations (3)
Select 3 hours from the following:
EXSS 4300. Program Development and Management in Physical Education and Sports (2) (F,S,SS) (P: Health and
Human performance major or minor; EXSS 2000 or 2323; or consent of instructor)
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
268
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
MGMT 3202. Fundamentals of Management (3)
RCLS 4002. Administration of Leisure Services (3)
RCLS 5111. Recreational Facility Management (3)
Select 3 hours from the following:
EXSS 2278. Basic Scuba Diving (3)
EXSS 2777. Life Guard Training (2)
EXSS 2788. Water Safety Instructors Training Course (3)
EXSS 3278. Skin and Scuba Diving Leadership (3)
HLTH 2125, 2126. Safety Education and First Aid (3,0)
HLTH 3225. Standard First Aid and Personal Safety Instructor (2)
PLAN 5025. Coastal Area Planning and Management (3)
RCTX 5000. Theoretical Foundations of Aquatic Rehabilitation (3) Formerly RCLS 5000
Other courses approved by certicate director.
*Proof of current First Aid, Lifeguarding, Water Safety Instructor (WSI), and CPR certication is required to earn the aquatics
management certicate. These may be earned through enrollment in ECU courses or elsewhere.
MILITARY PROGRAMS
Steve Duncan, Director, 207 Spilman Building
AEROSPACE STUDIES (US AIR FORCE ROTC)
Lt. Col. Patricia Sergey, Professor of Aerospace Studies
Students may obtain consent of the chairperson of the Department of Aerospace Studies prior to enrolling in an aerospace
studies course if prerequisites for the course have not been met.
Reserve Off icer Training Programs
In 1948, the Board of Trustees of East Carolina University entered into an agreement with the Department of the Air Force
to establish and maintain a US Air Force Reserve Ofcer Training Corps.
The Department of Aerospace Studies is an integral academic subdivision of East Carolina University and includes all US
Air Force ROTC activities conducted at the institution as stipulated in the contract with the US Air Force. The purpose
of the Department of Aerospace Studies is to prepare students, through a permanent program of instruction, to serve as
commissioned ofcers in the US Air Force.
Aerospace Studies students have unique opportunities to participate in optional special activities including: Introductory Flight
Training, Arnold Air Society, Silver Wings, Color Guard, Base Visits, and paintball and other morale activities. There are also
a wide variety of optional professional development training programs available including: Operation Air Force; Pentagon
Internship; Nurse Orientation; Army Airborne Training; Field Engineering and Research Lab; Combat Survival Training; Foreign
Language Immersion; Medical Orientation; and Air Force Academy Freeball and Soaring.
Air Force ROTC is an educational opportunity designed to prepare men and women to become Air Force ofcers while
completing an undergraduate, graduate, or other professional degree program. Air Force ROTC is designed to prepare
students to assume positions of increasing responsibility and importance in the modern Air Force. There are two primary
routes to an Air Force ROTC commission – three- and four-year programs. Please contact the Department of Aerospace
Studies to learn more about limited opportunities to compete in a one- or two-year program.
Upon successful completion of their respective program and graduation, cadets will be commissioned second lieutenants in
the US Air Force. The United States Air Force offers a wide variety of challenging professional opportunities. Just a few include:
Pilot, Navigator, Maintenance, Missile Operations, Missile Maintenance, Research Engineering, Mathematics, Nuclear Physics,
Computer Operations and Development, Law, Health Services, Physician, Nursing, and Management including Personnel,
Intelligence, Communications and Electronics, Supply, Transportation, Finance, Security Forces, Information, Education,
Munitions, Air Trafc Control and many, many more.
MILITARY PROGRAM
269
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Students with prior military service or nursing, chemistry, biology, physics, computer science, mathematics candidates are
highly encouraged to apply and ask about scholarship opportunities.
How to Apply for AFROTC
1. Students applying for the three- and four-year programs register for Air Force ROTC in the same manner and at the
same time they register for other university courses.
2. Students interested in applying for other programs must contact the chairperson of the Department of Aerospace
Studies. Generally, the student must have two academic years of study remaining after completion of the six-week
eld training course, either at the undergraduate or graduate level or a combination of the two.
Qualif ications
A student must meet the following requirements before he or she can enroll in the Air Force ROTC:
GeneralMilitaryCourse(GMC):Freshman,Sophomores,andGraduateStudentswithatleast
three semesters remaining.
1. Be enrolled as a full-time student at East Carolina University or be classied as a visiting student by the registrar.
2. Be a citizen of the United States.
3. Be at least fourteen years old.
4. Have no obvious disqualifying medical defects.
5. Inform the chairperson of the Department of Aerospace Studies if he or she is a former serviceman or servicewoman
or has received previous military schooling (e.g., high school ROTC). The student may not be required to complete
the entire general military course.
6. AFROTC physical tness requirements must be met before attending eld training.
The General Military Course (GMC) represents the rst half of the program and it is taken during the Freshman and/or
Sophomore (or graduate equivalent) year(s). This program allows students to participate in Air Force ROTC for up to two
years with no commitment unless on an Air Force ROTC scholarship. As a GMC cadet, students will learn more about the
Air Force and the historical development of airpower. The last half, called the Professional Ofcer Course is competitive
and is taken during the Junior and Senior (or graduate equivalent) years. These courses cover leadership skills and national
defense policy.
Professional Ofcer Course (POC): Juniors, Seniors and Graduate Students with atleast two
semesters remaining.
1. Complete the Air Force ROTC general military course during the freshman and sophomore years of college.
2. Successfully complete the Air Force Ofcer Qualication Test (AFOQT).
3. Meet the medical requirements for a commission.
4. Be selected upon the basis of all test scores and GPA by a selection board at ROTC headquarters, Maxwell Air Force
Base, Alabama.
5. Successfully complete a four-week eld training course at a US Air Force base (may be postponed under certain
conditions).
6. Have approval from the chairperson of the Department of Aerospace Studies.
7. Be in good academic standing with the university.
8. Meet AFROTC physical tness requirements.
The Professional Ofcer Course (POC) is highly competitive so students are encouraged to apply early. The leadership and
national defense policy courses are the same as those offered the last of the three- and four-year programs.
AFROTC College Scholarship Program
Scholarships are available to students on a competitive basis and are awarded based on academic performance, SAT/ACT
scores, physical tness test, medical exam, a personal interview, and Air Force Ofcer Qualifying Test (AFOQT) scores.
Scholarships pay for college tuition, books, lab fees, plus a monthly allowance. Many different types are available. Many
scholarships are available in majors identied as critical by the US Air Force (typically in computer science, mathematics,
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
270
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
and physics). Students interested in these scholarships should contact the Department of Aerospace Studies, 310 Wright
Annex, East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 27858-4353. High school students should contact their guidance counselor
for information and application forms or apply directly to HQ AFROTC/RRUC via www.afrotc.com. High school applications
should be made prior to December 1 of the high school senior year.
Academic Status of Courses in Aerospace Studies
General Military Course (GMC). This program is primarily for cadets enrolled in the four-year program. There is no military
obligation to students enrolled in the GMC who are not on scholarship. It requires four semesters for completion, for which
8 s.h. of credit will be allowed. AERO credits may be applied toward other degree requirements in the following manner,
provided individual certication requirements are met.
Students may substitute all AERO semester hours earned for free electives.
ProfessionalOfcerCourse(POC). This program is primarily for cadets who have met all qualications. It requires four semesters
for completion, for which 16 s.h. are allowed. Credits earned in this portion of the AERO curriculum may be applied toward
other degree requirements as follows:
1. Students may substitute all AERO credits earned for free electives.
2. After AERO credits have been substituted for a minimum of one-half of the total number of free electives available to
a student, he or she may substitute remaining credits for specic courses in his or her eld of study upon approval of
his or her advisor.
3. AERO courses may help satisfy the full-time student status requirements of the Veterans Administration (VA) for GI
Bill Educational Benets.
Cognate Minor for Professional Off icer Course
The cognate minor for professional ofcer course requires 28s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Required3000-and4000-levelAEROcourses,professionalofcercourse(notincluding
laboratories) ................................................................................................................................ 12 s.h.
2. Cognates(Chooseaminimumofonefromatleastsixofthefollowingsevenareas.The
chairpersonoftheDepartmentofAerospaceStudiesmayapproveothercoursesfrom
these areas.) ................................................................................................................................ 16 s.h.
a. COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
b. CSCI 2600. Introduction to Digital Computation (3) (S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
c. ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3241. Personnel and Industrial Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
d. ENGL 3810. Advanced Composition (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3880. Writing for Business and Industry (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
ITEC 3290. Technical Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
e. GEOG 3003. Political Geography (3) (WI) (S) (FC:SO)
GEOG 3047. Western Europe (3) (S)
f. HIST 3121. American Military History to 1900 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3122. American Military History Since 1900 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 5470. History of Soviet Russia Since 1917 (3)
g. POLS 3144. American Foreign Policy (3) (S) (RP: POLS 2020)
POLS 3253. Government Fiscal Administration (3) (S) (RP: POLS 1010)
POLS 3293. International Organizations (3)
POLS 4380. Topics in International Politics (3) (F) (P: POLS 2020 or consent of instructor)
MILITARY PROGRAMS
271
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session;
(OY)=Odd Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Professional Off icer Course (POC)
Consent of department chair is a prerequisite for all courses in the POC numbered above 2999.
DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE (US ARMY ROTC)
Lieutenant Colonel Steven Delvaux, Professor of Military Science, 204 Christenbury Gym
Army Reserve Off icer Training Corps Program
The Department of Military Science is an integral academic subdivision of the Ofce of Military Programs and offers unique
instruction designed to apply the principles of leadership. Students are challenged early in their ROTC training to develop
sound judgment, accept responsibility, learn basic leadership principles, and gain self-condence.
The mission of the Department of Military Science is to train college men and women to become commissioned ofcers in
the US Army, Army National Guard, and/or US Army Reserve. The US Army ROTC program consists of a two-year basic
course (freshman and sophomore level) and a two-year advanced course (junior and senior level), which includes a 32-day
summer camp prior to the nal year. Service veterans are eligible for placement into the advanced course if they are classied
as academic juniors. The basic course has no military obligation or commitment.
Upon successful completion of the ROTC program and graduation from college, the cadet will be commissioned as a second
lieutenant and may serve on active duty or in either the US Army National Guard or the US Army Reserve. The university
recognizes outstanding US Army ROTC students as Distinguished Military Graduates.
Required uniforms and military science texts for the Basic Course are provided by the federal government at no cost to the
student. Elective credit is received for all courses. During the last two academic years of the program, cadets will receive
$350-500 per month.
Eligibility
All university students may enroll in the military science basic course without an obligation to the US Army. To be eligible
for participation in the advanced course, an applicant must be enrolled as a full-time student at East Carolina University; be in
good academic standing with the university; be physically qualied; must have satisfactorily completed the basic course or an
equivalent; and must have a minimum of two years remaining as a full-time student at either the undergraduate or graduate
level. In addition, applicants must be commissioned by their thirty-eighth birthday.
How to Apply for Army ROTC
Students applying for the four-year program must register for military science and leadership courses in the same manner
and at the same time as they register for other university courses. The courses are listed under Military Science (MLSC) in
the course listing section of this catalog.
Students interested in applying for the two-year program must contact a US Army ROTC representative in 203 Christenbury
Gym. The student must have at least two academic years of study remaining at the undergraduate or graduate level. Exceptions
may be made.
Army ROTC College Scholarship Program
The Department of Military Science offers three- and two-year college scholarships for students enrolled at East Carolina
University. Scholarships include laboratory expenses, incidental fees, and $600 per semester for books and supplies. Students
also receive ten stipend payments of $350-500 a month in nontaxable pay during each annual period of the scholarships. To
apply for a three- or two-year US Army ROTC scholarship, a student should contact the ECU US Army ROTC scholarship
ofcer in 200A Christenbury Gym; telephone 252-328-4180. Four-year scholarships are available to incoming freshmen who
apply during high school and who meet requirements.
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
272
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning
additional courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
Simultaneous Membership Program (SMP)
SMP allows students to be members of the US Army National Guard or the US Army Reserve and US Army ROTC at the
same time. Students enlisted in the US Army National Guard and US Army Reserve may take advantage of this program
and enroll directly into the advanced course. Advanced ROTC SMP students receive full in-state tuition and are paid
approximately $265 per month for one weekend of Army Reserve or National Guard training, plus $4,050 - 4,500 a year
subsistence allowance from the ROTC advanced course. In addition, they receive $4,515 per year tuition assistance from the
North Carolina National Guard. They serve as ofcer trainees in their guard or reserve units under the close supervision of
a commissioned ofcer.
Professional Military Education (PME) Requirements
The professional education component, required for a commission, comprises a baccalaureate degree and one of the below
listed military history course.
MilitaryHistory:
HIST 3121. American Military History to 1900 (3) (F)
HIST 3122. American Military History Since 1900 (3) (S)
Minor in Military Science
The minor in military science requires 28s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Requiredcoursesinmilitaryscienceatthe3000and4000levels,advancedcourses .... 16 s.h.
2. Cognates(Choosefromtheareaslistedbelow.ThechairpersonoftheDepartmentof
MilitarySciencemayapproveothercoursesfortheareas.) ...............................................12 s.h.
Choose one from each of the following areas:
HumanBehavior:
ANTH 1000. Introduction to Anthropology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PHIL 1175. Introduction to Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
PSYC 3221. Social Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3241. Personnel and Industrial Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MilitaryHistory:
HIST 3122. American Military History Since 1900 (3) (FC:SO) or HIST 3121. American Military History to
1900 (3) (FC:SO)
WrittenCommunicationSkills:
ENGL 3810. Advanced Composition (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ENGL 3880. Writing for Business and Industry (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
ITEC 3290. Technical Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
Choose one from either area:
Management:
ACCT 2401. Financial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or 2119 or 2121 or 2171)
OMGT 3223. Business Decision Modeling (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Minimum grade of C in MIS 2223, MATH 1066, or
2119 or 2121 or 2171, 2283)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 2283. Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
MGMT 3202. Fundamentals of Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113)
NationalSecurityStudies:
POLS 2020. Introduction to International Relations (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
POLS 3253. Government Fiscal Administration (3) (S) (RP: POLS 1010)
POLS 4380. Topics in International Politics (3) (F) (P: POLS 2020 or consent of instructor)
MILITARY PROGRAMS
273
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY
Judy Siguaw, Dean, RW-238 Rivers Building
The College of Human Ecology seeks to improve the quality of life for individuals and families through education, research,
and service. The knowledge base of the eld includes criminal justice, early childhood education, human nutrition and food,
individual and family development through the life span, interior design, the management of food service and lodging operations,
textiles, and social work. The faculty members of the college are committed to educating students for professional practice;
to conducting research on the conditions which inuence the quality of life for individuals and families; and to extending this
knowledge to the state of North Carolina and beyond.
Undergraduate study is offered in birth through kindergarten teacher education, child life, criminal justice, family and community
services, family and consumer sciences education, hospitality management, interior design, merchandising, nutrition and
dietetics, and social work.
Students completing the major and minor requirements within the college may use core courses to satisfy only one requirement.
A specic course may not be used to count toward the major and minor.
Bachelor’s and Accelerated MBA Program
Students in the hospitality management program who also wish to complete an MBA with a hospitality management option
may elect to follow an accelerated program of study. This program allows students to complete the requirements for the BS
degree in four years and, if qualied, the MBA in two semesters plus summer study. Interested students should consult with
their advisor early in the undergraduate program regarding required courses, sequencing, and grade requirements.
DEPARTMENT OF CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND FAMILY RELATIONS
Cynthia Johnson, Chairperson, 108 Rivers Building
The Department of Child Development and Family Relations offers programs that prepare students to work with children
and families in educational, governmental, community, and child health elds.
Early Childhood Education and Child Development
The department has two options in early childhood education: teacher licensure and early intervention/child development.
Students interested in working with young children in public schools may choose the birth through kindergarten education
(BK) program. Students interested in working with agencies that provide education and services to young children such as
early intervention, Head Start, developmental day, and exceptional children programs may choose the family and community
services program (early intervention / child development option).
Family Studies and Consumer Science
The department has two options in family studies. Students interested in teaching about children, families, and consumer issues
in middle and high schools may chose the family and consumer science education program. Students interested in working
with families in community, governmental, and family services programs may consider the family and community services
program (family studies option).
Students complete course work in partial fulllment of the Family Life Education Certication from the National Council on
Family Relations, the Infant-Toddler Program Personnel Certication from the NC Department of Health and Human Services,
Child Life Certication from the Association for the Care of Children’s Health, and teacher licensure in family and consumer
sciences education and birth-kindergarten teacher education from the North Carolina Department of Public Instruction.
BS in Birth Through Kindergarten Teacher Education
Freshmen may declare birth through kindergarten (BK) teacher education as their major. Transfer students must have completed
at least 12 s.h. at East Carolina University with a minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 to declare. Prior to
enrolling in selected courses, all BK majors must be admitted to the Upper Division of Teacher Education. Requirements for
admission to upper division include, but are not limited to, satisfactory scores on all parts of PRAXIS I, a minimum cumulative
274
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
GPA of 2.5, and demonstration of computer competency. In addition, BK majors must achieve a minimum grade of C in all
courses required for the major.
A semester-long internship is the culminating experience for BK Teacher Education majors. Applications for admission to
internship (CDFR 4324, 4325) must be submitted to the internship coordinator one year prior to the semester in which the
student will complete internship requirements. Prior to internship, BK majors must have completed the following courses with
a minimum grade of C: CDFR 1103, 2000, 2123, 2124, 3150, 3215, 3306, 3321, 4121, 4122, 4123, 4200, 4300, 4320; EDTC
4001; EDUC 3002, 3200, 4400; ELEM 3249; SPED 2000, 3005. Students who successfully complete all requirements and
have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 are recommended for BK licensure. A minimum grade of C in internship is required
for licensure. Additional information about upper division, internship, and NC teacher licensure can be found in the College
of Education section of this catalog and in the handbook, Welcome to Teacher Education.
The birth through kindergarten (BK) teacher education program is offered both on-campus and online. Online delivery is
designed as a 2 + 2 degree-completion program that is administered in cohorts. To be admitted to a distance education (DE)
cohort, individuals must rst be admitted to ECU and complete a separate application for admission to the BS BK DE cohort.
Criteria for admission to the BS BK DE cohort include completion of all foundations curriculum requirements, passing scores
on all parts of PRAXIS I (or designated SAT or ACT scores), computer competency, and reliable internet access. BS BK DE
cohorts begin rst summer session each year. Information about the proposed schedule for offering courses online can be
found at www.ecu.edu/che/cdfr. The BS in BK teacher education program requires on-campus attendance for orientation,
admission to upper division interviews, and senior-year internship seminars.
Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................. 42 s.h.
ANTH 1050. Global Understanding (3) (F, S) (FC:SO) or ANTH 2010. Societies Around the World (3) (F,S,SS)
(FC:SO) or ANTH 2200. Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3) (F,S) (FC: SO) or GEOG 1000. People, Places,
and Environments (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or MATH
2127. Basic Concepts of Mathematics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
MUSC 3018. Introduction to Basic Music Skills for Elementary School Teachers (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
POLS 1010. National Government (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
Choose a biological science (FC:SC)
Choose a history course (FC:SO)
Choose a literature course (except children’s literature) (FC:HU)
Choose a physical science (FC:SC)
2. Professional studies ....................................................................................................................32 s.h.
CDFR 2123. Early Experience in Birth through Kindergarten Education (1) (F)
CDFR 4123. Learning Environments and Teaching Methods in Early Childhood Education (3) (F) (Requires practicum
hours) (P: CDFR 4121, 4122, 4200, 4300; admission to upper division; RP: CDFR 3306)
CDFR 4324. Internship in Birth Through Kindergarten Education (10) (S) (P: Admission to upper division; CDFR 2124,
3215, 3306, 3321, 4121, 4122, 4123, 4300; professional studies courses; SPED 3002; C: CDFR 4325, 4406)
CDFR 4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Birth-Kindergarten Education (2) (S) (P: Admission to upper division and
consent of instructor; C: CDFR 4324)
EDTC 4001. Technology in Education (2) (F,S,SS) (P: Admission to upper division)
EDUC 3002. Introduction to Diversity (3) (F,S)
275
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester)
ELEM 3249. Literacy Development in Early Childhood (3) (F,S)(P: Admission to upper division)
SPED 2000. Introduction to Exceptional Children (2) (F,S,SS)
3. Specialty Area Studies ................................................................................................................39 s.h.
CDFR 1103. Marriage and Family Relations (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 2000. Child Development I: Prenatal Through Early Childhood (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 2124. Interaction Techniques for Working with Young Children (2) (F,S) (P: CDFR major)
CDFR 3150. Introduction to Early Childhood Intervention (3) (F,S) (P: CDFR 1103, 2000)
CDFR 3215. The Family As Consumers (3) (S) (P: CDFR 1103)
CDFR 3306. Guiding Children’s Behavior (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CDFR 2000)
CDFR 3321. Infant and Toddler Curriculum (3) (S) (Formerly CDFR 4321) (P: CDFR 3150)
CDFR 4121. Social Studies, Math, and Science Curriculum in Early Childhood (F) (Requires practicum hours)
(P: CDFR 3321)
CDFR 4122. Language and Literacy Curriculum in Early Childhood (3) (S) (Requires practicum hours)
(P: CDFR 3321)
CDFR 4200. Developmental and Educational Assessment of Young Children (3) (WI) (F) (P: CDFR 3150)
CDFR 4300. Birth through Kindergarten Curriculum Adaptations for Diverse Learners (3) (S) (P: CDFR 3150, 3321)
CDFR 4320. Practicum in Teaching Birth-Kindergarten in the Public Schools (1) (F) (P: Admission to upper division)
CDFR 4406. Parent-Professional Collaboration (3) (F) (WI) (P: CDFR 4200)
CDFR 4408. Administration of Programs for Young Children (3) (F) (P: CDFR 3321)
4. Cognate ...........................................................................................................................................3 s.h.
SPED 3005. Instructional Programming in Special Education (3) (F) (P: SPED 2100, 2109; or SPED 2200, 2209; C: 3004)
5. Advisor approved electives to complete requirements for graduation.
BS in Child Life
Freshman and transfer students may declare child life as a major. Students must achieve and maintain a 3.0 GPA to remain in
the program. Prior to internship (CDFR 4415), students must have completed the following courses with a minimum grade
of B: CDFR 1103, 200, 2001, 2021, 3002, 3150, 3413, 4200, 4210, 4303, 4996, 4997; NUTR 1000. Students must have a 3.0
GPA to enroll in the child life internship and to graduate as a child life major. (Note: Completion of a BS degree with a major
in child life does not include certication as a child life specialist. The Child Life Certifying Committee of the Child Life Council
oversees the administration of the certication examination. The Department of Child Development and Family Relations
will verify completion of degree requirements, but meeting other requirements for certication is the responsibility of each
candidate.) In addition, child life internships are only available to students enrolled in a degree completion program. Minimum
degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows.
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .............................42 s.h.
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
MUSC 3018. Introduction to Basic Music Skills for Elementary School Teachers (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................56 s.h.
CDFR 1103. Marriage and Family Relations (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 2000. Child Development I: Prenatal Through Early Childhood (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 2001. Child Development II: Middle Childhood Through Young Adulthood (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 2021. Introduction to Child Life (1) (S) (P: Intended Child Life major)
CDFR 3002. Child in the Family (3) (F,S,SS)
276
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
CDFR 3150. Introduction to Early Childhood Intervention (3) (F,S) (P: CDFR 2000 or 2001)
CDFR 3321. Infant and Toddler Curriculum (3) (S) (P: CDFR 3150)
CDFR 3413. The Hospitalized Child (3) (WI) (F) (P: Child Life major; CDFR 2000, 2001, 2021)
CDFR 4200. Development and Educational Assessment of Young Children (3) (WI) (F) (P: CDFR 3150)
CDFR 4210. Child Life Practicum (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Child Life major; CDFR 3413, 4996, 4997)
CDFR 4303. Families and Cultural Diversity (3) (F,S) (P: CDFR 1103)
CDFR 4415. Child Life Internship (12) (F,S,SS) (P: Child Life major; CDFR 4210, 4996, 4997)
CDFR 4996, 4997. Child-Family Internship and Laboratory (3,0) (F,S) (P: CDFR 2000, 3002, 3321)
NUTR 1000. Contemporary Nutrition (3)
6 s.h. advisor-approved CDFR electives
3. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 9 s.h.
HIMA 3000. Medical Terminology for Health Professionals (3) (F,S,SS)
PSYC 2201. Psychology of Childhood (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060 or equivalent)
Choose a 3 s.h. advisor-approved computer course
4. Restricted electives (Choose from the following.) .................................................................. 9 s.h.
ANTH 3252. Medical Anthropology (3) (OY) (FC:SO) (P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor) or
SOCI 3327. Introductory Medical Sociology (3) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor)
ART 3850. Art in the Elementary School (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) (P: Junior standing)
ASLS 2020. Sign Language Studies I (3) (F,S,SS)
CSDI 2100. Introduction to Communication Disorders (3) (F,S,SS)
CSDI 3020. Language Development (3) (F)
ENGL 4950. Literature for Children (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) (P: ENGL 1200)
HLTH 2125, 2126. Safety Education and First Aid (3,0) (F,S,SS)
LIBS 3200. The Art of Storytelling (3) (S)
MUSC 3028. Music Education in Elementary Grades (2) (F,S,SS) (P: MUSC 3018)
MUSC 3048. Music for Exceptional Children (2) (F,S,SS)
MUSC 3058. Music for the Preschool Child (3) (SS) (P: MUSC 3018 or consent of instructor)
MUSC 4277. Music for Group Activities (2) (F) (C: MUSC 4287)
MUSC 4287. Music for Group Activities Practicum (1) (F) (C: MUSC 4277)
PSYC 5380. Psychology of the Exceptional Child (3) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
RCLS 2000. Introduction to Leisure Services (3) (F,S)
SPAN 2117. Spanish for Professionals (3) (P: SPAN 1004 or consent of chair)
SPED 2000. Introduction to Exceptional Children (2) (F,S,SS)
SPED 2102. Introduction to Mental Retardation (3) (F,S,SS)
5. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
BS in Family and Consumer Sciences Education
Freshmen may declare family and consumer sciences (FACS) teacher education as their major. The family and community
services program is also offered in the 2 plus 2 degree-completion format. Transfer students must have completed at least
12 s.h. at East Carolina University with a minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 to declare. Prior to enrolling
in selected courses, all FACS students must be admitted to the Upper Division of Teacher Education. Requirements for
admission to upper division include, but are not limited to, satisfactory scores on PRAXIS 1, a minimum cumulative GPA
of 2.5, and demonstration of computer competency. In addition, FACS majors must achieve a minimum grade of C in all
courses required for the major. Applications for admission to internship must be submitted to the internship coordinator one
year prior to the semester in which the student will complete internship requirements. For admission to internship, FACS
majors must have a minimum grade of C in the early experience (FACS 2123), methods courses (FACS 4323, FACS 4317),
and EDUC 3200. A minimum grade of C in internship (FACS 4324) is required for licensure. Additional information about
upper division, internship, and licensure can be found in the College of Education section of this catalog and in the handbook,
Welcome to Teacher Education. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
277
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY
1. Foundationscurriculumandspecialrequirementsforcertication(SeeSection4,
Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including
those listed below........................................................................................................................42 s.h.
ART 1001. Color and Design (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) or SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or MATH
2127. Basic Concepts of Mathematics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
Choose a history course (FC:SO)
Choose a literature course (FC:HU)
2. Professional studies ....................................................................................................................36 s.h.
EDTC 4001. Technology in Education (2) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division)
EDUC 3002. Introduction to Diversity (3) (F, S, SS)
EDUC 3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: Early experience course or consent of
instructor)
EDUC 4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to upper division;
C: Senior I semester)
FACS 2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher in Family and Consumer Sciences (1) (S)
FACS 4317. Curriculum Development (3) (F) (P: FACS 2123)
FACS 4323. Methods of Teaching in Family and Consumer Sciences (3) (F) (P: Declared major and admission to
upper division)
FACS 4324. Internship in Family and Consumer Sciences Education (10) (S) (P: Admission to upper division;
FACS 4323; C: FACS 4325)
FACS 4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Family and Consumer Sciences Education (2) (S) (P: Admission to upper
division, FACS 4323; C: FACS 4324)
READ 3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS)
SPED 2000. Introduction to Exceptional Children (2) (F,S,SS)
SPED 4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) (RP: SPED 2000)
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................45 s.h.
CDFR 1103. Marriage and Family Relations (3) (F,S,SS) or SOCI 1025. Courtship and Marriage (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 2000. Child Development I: Prenatal Through Early Childhood (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 3002. Child in the Family (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 3215. The Family as Consumers (3) (S) (P: CDFR 1103)
CDFR 4366. Family Life Education (3) (F,S) (P: FCS major with junior or senior standing; CDFR 3290; P/C: CDFR 4000)
CDFR 4390. Family Resource Management (3) (F)
FACS 1180. Housing and Interior Design (3) (F) (P: FCS major)
FACS 2003. Apparel Construction for Secondary Education (2) (F) (C: FACS 2004)
FACS 2004. Apparel Construction for Secondary Education Laboratory (1) (F) (C: FACS 2003)
HMGT 3300. Principles of Classical Cuisine (2) (Formerly HGMT 3110)
HGMT 3301. Principles of Classical Cuisine Lab (1)
MRCH 2034. Textiles (3) (Formerly IDMR 2034)
MRCH 2035.Textiles Laboratory (1) (Formerly IDMR 2035)
MRCH 2239. Apparel and Human Behavior (3) or MRCH 3003. Special Topics (3) (F) (P: Consent of instructor; may
vary by topic offered)
NUTR 1000. Contemporary Nutrition (3)
NUTR 1330. Food Safety and Sanitation (1)
NUTR 2330. Food Science (4)
4. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
278
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Child Development and Family Relations Minor
The minor in child development and family relations requires 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................12 s.h.
CDFR 1103. Marriage and Family Relations (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 2000. Child Development I: Prenatal Through Early Childhood (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 2001. Child Development II: Middle Childhood through Young Adulthood (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 3002. Child in the Family (3) (F,S,SS)
2. Electives from child development and family relations courses .........................................12 s.h.
BS in Family and Community Services
Freshmen may declare family and community services as their major. The family and community services program is also
offered on campus in the 2 + 2 degree-completion format. Students must achieve and maintain a cumulative 2.5 GPA remain
in the program. Transfer students must have completed at least 12 s.h. at East Carolina University and a minimum GPA of
2.5 to declare. In addition, students must achieve a minimum grade of C in all CDFR courses required for the major.
Students in Family Community Services may select one of two options: family studies or child development: early intervention.
The family studies option is intended for those interested in work with community agencies that provide a broad array of services
to families. The child development: early intervention option is intended for those interested in work with community agencies
that provide a variety of services to children ages birth through eight years. (Note: Students who meet course requirements for
the certication in family life education must make application to the National Council on Family Relations. The Department
of Child Development and Family Relations will verify completion of degree requirements, but meeting other requirements
for certication is the responsibility of each student.) Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (for information about courses that carry foundations
curriculum credit, see Liberal Arts Foundations Curriculum), including those listed
below ..............................................................................................................................................42 s.h.
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communications (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................25 s.h.
CDFR 1103. Marriage and Family Relations (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 2000. Child Development I: Prenatal Through Early Childhood (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 2280. Introduction to Child, Family, and Community Services (3) (SL) (F)
CDFR 3002. Child in the Family (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 3290. Theory and Practice in Family and Community Services (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: CDFR 2280; FACS major)
CDFR 4000. Introduction to Child and Family Research (3) (F) (P: FACS major; foundations curriculum
math requirement)
CDFR 4303. Families and Cultural Diversity (3) (F,S) (P: CDFR 1103)
CDFR 4366. Family Life Education (3) (F) (P: FCS major with junior or senior standing; CDFR 3290; P/C: CDFR 4000)
CDFR 4410. Professional Seminar (1) (WI) (F,S) (P: FCS major with senior standing; 2.5 GPA; C: CDFR 4366)
3. Choose one of the following options: Family Studies or Child Development/Early Intervention
Family Studies Option…………………………………………………………………………………..35 s.h.
CDFR 2001. Child Development II: Middle Childhood Through Young Adulthood (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 2400. Introduction to Gerontology (3) (F,S,SS)
CDFR 3215. The Family As Consumers (3) (S) (P: CDFR 1103) or CDFR 4390. Family Resource Management (3)
(S) (P: CDFR major)
CDFR 4006. Families, Sexuality, and Gender Roles (3) (F,S) (P: CDFR 1103; junior or senior standing)
CDFR 4007. Public Policy and Legal Issues Affecting Families (3) (S) (P: CDFR major; junior or senior standing)
CDFR 4001. Community Service Internship (8) (WI) (F,S) (P: FCS major with senior standing; CDFR 4366; 2.5 GPA)
CDFR 4313. Trends and Issues in Family Studies (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CDFR 1103)
9 s.h. of advisor-approved CDFR electives
279
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY
Child Development: Early Intervention Option…………………………………………………35 s.h.
CDFR 2124. Interaction Techniques for Working with Young Children (2) (F,S) (P: CDFR major)
CDFR 3150. Introduction to Early Childhood Intervention (3) (F,S) (P: CDFR 1103, 2000)
CDFR 3306. Guiding Children’s Behavior (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CDFR 2000)
CDFR 3321. Infant and Toddler Curriculum (3) (S) (P: CDFR 3150)
CDFR 4121. Social Studies, Math, and Science Curriculum in Early Childhood (3) (F) (Requires practicum hours)
(P: CDFR 3321) or CDFR 4122 Language and Literacy Curriculum in Early Childhood (3) (S) (Requires
practicum hours) (P: CDFR 3321)
CDFR 4002. Child Development /Early Intervention Internship (8) (F,S) (P: Senior standing; FCS major; 2.5 GPA;
CDFR 4406)
CDFR 4200. Developmental and Educational Assessment of Young Children (3) (WI) (S) (P: CDFR 3150)
CDFR 4300. Birth through Kindergarten Curriculum Adaptations for Diverse Learners (3) (S) (P: CDFR 3150; 3321)
CDFR 4406. Parent-Professional Collaboration (3) (WI) (F) (P: CDFR 4200)
CDFR 4408. Administration of Programs for Young Children (3) (F) (P: CDFR 4322) 3 s.h. advisor-approved
CDFR electives
1 s.h. of advisor-approved CDFR elective
4. Minor or approved concentration ............................................................................................24 s.h.
5. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE
William P. Bloss, Chairperson, 247 Rivers Building
The Department of Criminal Justice offers the bachelor of science in criminal justice, minor in criminal justice, minor in forensic
science, master of science in criminal justice, graduate certicate in security studies, and graduate certicate in substance
abuse. (See also graduate catalog.)
To be eligible for the program as a criminal justice major or a minor, a student is required to have completed 32 s.h. with a
minimum overall 2.0 GPA, including work transferred from another institution, and must have completed JUST 1000 with
a grade of C or higher. Transfer students admitted to the university with a minimum of 32 s.h. of credit must establish an
overall 2.0 GPA at the university prior to admission into the criminal justice program and have completed JUST 1000 or
equivalent with a minimum grade of C. Criminal justice majors and criminal justice minors are expected to maintain an overall
2.0 GPA throughout the program. Further information and applications for admission may be obtained from the criminal
justice departmental ofce, 245 Rivers Building.
In addition to the above requirements, to be admitted to the minor in forensic science, students need to have a minimum
overall 2.5 GPA. They are also expected to maintain an overall GPA of 2.5 throughout the program.
The major in criminal justice is designed to prepare students for entrance into professional positions in the eld of criminal
justice, graduate studies, or law school. The program requires mandatory eld internship to be undertaken during the nal
semester of the program. Students with sufcient criminal justice work experience may request the departmental chair for
exemption from the internship. Field placement settings include probation and parole agencies, juvenile facilities, public and
private law ofces, federal and state prisons, and federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies. Students must submit an
application two semesters prior to completing requirements for the degree; they must have an overall 2.0 GPA or higher to
be eligible for consideration.
BS in Criminal Justice
Criminal justice majors, criminal justice minors and forensic science minors must pass all required criminal justice courses and
supportive area criminal justice courses with a minimum grade of C. Minimum degree requirement is 120 s.h. of credit as
follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .............................42 s.h.
280
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
History course
POLS 1010. National Government (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................33 s.h.
JUST 1000. Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) (F,S,SS)
JUST 3004. Crime and Criminality (3) (F,S) (P: JUST major/minor)
JUST 3500. Principles of Criminal Law (3) (F,S) (P: JUST or SOCW major/minor; JUST 1000)
JUST 3700. Race, Gender and Special Populations in the Criminal Justice System (3) (F,S) (P: JUST major/minor)
JUST 3800. Research Methods in Criminal Justice (3) (F,S) (P: JUST major/minor)
JUST 3900. Introductory Statistics for Criminal Justice (3) (F,S) (P: JUST major/minor; JUST 3800)
JUST 4200. The Juvenile Justice System (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: JUST major/minor)
JUST 4500. Issues and Problems in Criminal Justice (3) (F,S)
JUST 4990. Field Education and Seminar (9) (F,S,SS) (P: Minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA to be eligible for
consideration; completion of all required JUST and supportive area courses; selection based upon availability of
appropriate placements and criteria specied in Criminal Justice Student Handbook)
3. Corrections and Law Enforcement Emphases (Choose 3 s.h. from each area.) ................. 6 s.h.
Corrections:
JUST 3008. Correctional Systems (3) (F,S) (P: JUST major/minor)
JUST 3502. Correctional Law (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: JUST major/minor)
JUST 4006. Community Corrections (3) (F,SS) (P: JUST major/minor)
Law Enforcement:
JUST 3006. Security Systems (3) (S,SS) (P: JUST major/minor)
JUST 3007. Criminal Investigation (3) (F) (P: JUST major/minor)
JUST 3012. Police Operations (3) (S) (P: JUST major/minor)
JUST 3501. Criminal Procedures (3) (F,S) (WI) (P: JUST major/minor)
4. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 3 s.h.
BITE 2112. Introduction to Information Processing Technology (3) (F,S,SS) or MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers
(3) (F,S,SS) or ITEC 2000. Industrial Technology Applications of Computer Systems (3) (F,S,SS)
5. SpeciedElectives .......................................................................................................................18 s.h.
Choose a minimum of 3 s.h. from:
JUST 3003. Addiction, Crime, and the Criminal (3) (P: JUST major/minor)
JUST 3101. Conict Management (3) (F,S) (P: JUST major/minor)
JUST 3102. Interviewing in Criminal Justice (3) (F,S) (P: JUST major/minor)
JUST 4004. Criminal Justice History (3) (S) (P: JUST major/minor)
JUST 4005. Organized Crime (3) (SS) (P: JUST major/minor)
JUST 4300. Criminal Justice Administration and Management (3) (S) (P: JUST major/minor)
JUST 4401, 4402, 4403. Independent Study (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) (P: JUST major/minor)
JUST 4600. Special Topics in Criminal Justice (3) (F or S or SS) (P: JUST major/minor)
JUST 5000. Comparative Criminal Justice (3) (P: JUST major/minor)
Choose a minimum of 15 s.h. from outside criminal justice above 2999 with approval of advisor
6. General Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
Criminal Justice Minor
The minor in criminal justice requires 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core .................................................................................................................................................. 9 s.h.
JUST 1000. Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) (F,S,SS)
JUST 3004. Crime and Criminality (3) (F,S) (P: JUST 1000)
JUST 3500. Principles of Criminal Law (3) (F,S) (P: JUST 1000)
2. Electives from criminal justice courses (may not include JUST 4990) ............................... 15 s.h.
281
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY
Forensic Science Minor
The minor in forensic science requires 24-26 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................15 s.h.
JUST 1000. Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) (F,S,SS)
JUST 3007. Criminal Investigation (3) (F,S) (P: JUST major/minor or forensic science major)
JUST 3020. Introduction to Forensic Science (3) (F,S,SS) (P: JUST major/minor or forensic science major)
JUST 3021. Forensic Impressions and Markings (3) (F,S,SS) (P: JUST major/minor or forensic science minor)
JUST 3022. Crime Scene Investigation (3) (F,S,SS) (P: JUST major/minor or forensic science minor)
Substitute core courses may be approved by the Chair of the Department of Criminal Justice.
2. Electives ....................................................................................................................................9-11 s.h.
CHEM 2650. Organic Chemistry for the Life Sciences (4) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161)
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (P:BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100,1101)
ANTH 3026. Forensic Anthropology (3) (S) (P: ANTH 2015, 2016; or consent of instructor)
Other courses approved by the Chair of the Department of Criminal Justice.
DEPARTMENT OF HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT
Robert M. O’Halloran, Chairperson, 152 Rivers Building
The BS in hospitality management requires students to complete a 45 s.h. hospitality core, a minor in business administration,
and 18 s.h. in hospitality concentration. Three concentrations are offered within the BS in hospitality management: food and
beverage management; lodging management; and, conventions and special events management. Students may be able to
complete both the BS in hospitality management and the MBA with the hospitality management option in ve years. The BS
degree in hospitality management is also offered via distance education as a degree completion option.
BS in Hospitality Management
Each HMGT course must be completed with a minimum grade of C. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit
as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .............................42 s.h.
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics
placement test)
2. Common Core ..............................................................................................................................45 s.h.
HMGT 1350. Introduction to Hospitality Management (3)
HMGT 1500. Multicultural Hospitality Management (3)
HMGT 2100. Lodging Management I (3) (P: HMGT 1350)
HMGT 2170. Hospitality Services Management (3) (Formerly HMGT 4170)
HMGT 2200. Introduction to Conventions and Special Events (3) (P: HMGT 1350)
HMGT 2300. Principles of Food Preparation and Menu Planning (2) (Formerly HMGT 2110) (C: HMGT 2301)
HMGT 2301. Principles of Food Preparation and Menu Planning Lab (1) (Formerly HMGT 2111) (C: HMGT 2300)
HMGT 2591. Field Experience in Hospitality Management I (3) (200 work hours) (P: HMGT 2100, 2200, 2300)
HMGT 3200. Dimensions of Tourism (3) (P: HMGT 1350)
HMGT 3750. Hospitality Facilities Management (3) (P: HMGT 2100, 2200, 2300)
HMGT 4244. Hospitality Law (3) (P: FINA 2244; HMGT 3990, 3991, or 3992)
HMGT 4308. Cost Controls for Hospitality Operations (3) (P: HMGT 3990, 3991, or 3992)
HMGT 4440. Hospitality Marketing (3) (P: HMGT 3990, 3991, or 3992; MKTG 3832)
HMGT 4450. Hospitality Human Resources Management (3) (WI) (P: HMGT 3990, 3991, or 3992)
HMGT 4650. Hospitality Financial Management (3) (P: HMGT 3990, 3991, or 3992; FINA 3004)
HMGT 4700. Hospitality Management Current Issues (3) (P: Senior Standing; HMGT major; HMGT 3990, 3991,
or 3992)
282
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
3. Concentration area (Choose one.) ............................................................................................18 s.h.
Lodging Management:
HMGT 3600. Lodging Management II (3) (P: ACCT 2101; HMGT 2100)
HMGT 3990. Field Experience in Lodging Management (3) (WI) (400 work hours) (P: HMGT 2100, 2591,
minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA; consent of instructor)
HMGT 4100. Lodging Revenue Management (3) (P: HMGT 3600)
HMGT 4300. Advanced Food Production and Service Management (2) (Formerly HMGT 4110) (P: HMGT 3300,
3301, or consent of instructor; C: HMGT 4301)
HMGT 4301. Advanced Food Production and Service Management Lab (1) (Formerly HMGT 4111) (P: HMGT
3300, 3301, or consent of instructor; C: HMGT 4300)
Select two 3000 or 4000-level HMGT courses in addition to core and concentration courses.
Food and Beverage Management:
HMGT 3300. Principles of Classical Cuisine (2) (Formerly HMGT 3110) (P: HMGT 2300, 2301, or consent of
instructor; C: HMGT 3301)
HMGT 3301. Principles of Classical Cuisine Lab (1) (P: HMGT 2300, 2301; or consent of instructor; C: HMGT
3300)
HMGT 3991. Field Experience in Food and Beverage Management (3) (WI) (400 work hours) (P: HMGT 2300,
2301, 2591; minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA; consent of instructor)
HMGT 4120. Wine and Beverage Management (3) (P: HMGT 2300, 2301; proof of majority age [21])
HMGT 4300. Advanced Food Production and Service Management (2) (Formerly HMGT 4110) (P: HMGT 3300,
3301; or consent of instructor; C: HMGT 4301)
HMGT 4301. Advanced Food Production and Service Management Lab (1) (Formerly HMGT 4111) (P: HMGT
3300, 3301; or consent of instructor; C: HMGT 4300)
Select two 3000 or 4000-level HMGT courses in addition to core and concentration courses.
Convention and Special Events Management:
HMGT 3400. Meeting, Event and Convention Planning (3) (P: HMGT 2200)
HMGT 3992. Field Experience in Conventions and Special Events Management (3) (WI) (400 work hours)
(P: HMGT 2200, 2591; minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA; consent of instructor)
HMGT 4400. Convention Sales and Services Management (3) (P: HMGT 2200)
Select three 3000 or 4000-level HMGT courses in addition to core and concentration courses.
4. Business administration minor .................................................................................................24 s.h.
Hospitality Management Minor
The minor in hospitality management requires 30 s.h. of credit as follows:
HMGT 1350. Introduction to Hospitality Management (3)
HMGT 1500. Multicultural Hospitality Management (3)
HMGT 2100. Lodging Management (3) (P: HMGT 1350)
HMGT 2200. Introduction to Conventions and Special Events (3) (P: HMGT 1350)
HMGT 2300. Principles of Food Preparation and Menu Planning (2) (Formerly HMGT 2110) (C: HMGT 2301)
HMGT 2301. Principles of Food Preparation and Menu Planning Lab (1) (Formerly HMGT 2111) (C: HMGT 2300)
HMGT 3300. Principles of Classical Cuisine (2) (Formerly HMGT 3110) (P: HMGT 2300, 2301, or consent of
instructor; C: HMGT 3301)
HMGT 3301. Principles of Classical Cuisine Lab (1) (P: HMGT 2300, 2301, or consent of instructor; C: HMGT 3300)
HMGT 3400. Meeting, Event and Convention Planning (3) (P: HMGT 2200)
HMGT 3600. Lodging Management II (3) (P: ACCT 2101; HMGT 2100)
Select two additional 3000 or 4000-level 3 semester hour HMGT courses.
283
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY
DEPARTMENT OF INTERIOR DESIGN AND MERCHANDISING
Katherine Swank, Chairperson, 249 Rivers Building
BS in Interior Design
The interior design major is accredited by the Council for Interior Design Accreditation (CIDA), the National Association of
Schools of Art and Design (NASAD), and the National Kitchen and Bath Association (NKBA).
To declare the interior design major, students must have a C or higher in IDSN 1180, 1181, 1281, 1500, 2800; ART 1905;
and have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5. Admission into professional-level courses requires being declared into the major
and an acceptable level of prociency in studio work as shown in the sophomore portfolio review.
Sophomore Portfolio Review: During the sophomore year, students submit portfolios which contain representative
work from: IDSN 1181, 1281, 1500, and 2800. This work is evaluated by the interior design faculty, who recommend whether
students are prepared to enter the professional-level interior design courses. Students who do not meet the level of prociency
needed for the professional-level courses have the opportunity to resubmit a portfolio a maximum of two additional times.
Meeting the minimum standards does not guarantee entry into the professional level. Admission to professional-level courses
is competitive and limited.
Policy on Student Projects: The IDMR department reserves the right to retain, exhibit, and reproduce design projects
submitted by students for class assignments for the purpose of complying with accreditation and program requirements.
Work submitted for grades is the property of the department until it is returned to the students.
Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .............................. 42 s.h.
ART 1905. The Dimensions of Art (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: Art major)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3221. Social Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................53 s.h.
IDSN 1180. Interior Design Fundamentals (3)
IDSN 1181. Interior Design Fundamentals Laboratory (3) (P/C: IDSN 1180)
IDSN 1281. Interior Design Graphics (3) (P: IDSN 1180, 1181)
IDSN 1500. Color and Light in Interior Design (3) (P: IDSN 1180, 1181)
IDSN 2040. Textiles for Interiors (3)
IDSN 2281. Computer-Aided Design in Interior Design (3) (P: IDSN 2800; interior design major)
IDSN 2700. Historic Interiors I: 3000 BC Through Mid-Nineteenth Century (3) (WI)
IDSN 2750. Historic Interiors II: Late Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries (3) (WI)
IDSN 2800. Interior Design I: Residential Design (3) (P: IDSN 1281, 1500)
IDSN 2850. Interior Design II: Commercial Design (3) (P: IDSN 2800; interior design major)
IDSN 3550. Materials and Specications for Interior Design (3) (P: IDSN 2040; junior standing; IDMR major)
IDSN 3600. Interior Design III: Systems (3) (P: Junior standing; interior design major)
IDSN 3999. Professional Procedures in Interior Design (2) (P/C: IDSN 3550, 3600)
IDSN 4500. Interior Design IV: Universal Design (3) (P: IDSN 3600)
IDSN 4600. Interior Design V: Commercial Design (3) (P: IDSN 3600)
IDSN 4700. Problems in Interiors (3) (P: IDSN 3600)
IDSN 4880. Interior Design Internship (3) (P: IDSN 3999; senior interior design major; consent of instructor)
Choose an additional 3 s.h. elective from:
IDSN 3650. Kitchen and Bath Design (3) (P: IDSN 3550, 3600)
IDSN 4750. Interior Design for Adaptive Reuse (3) (WI) (P: IDSN 3600)
284
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
3. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................12 s.h.
ACCT 2101. Survey of Financial Management Accounting or ACCT 2401. Financial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS)
(P: MATH 1065 or 1066)
MKTG 3832. Marketing Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113)
Choose 6 s.h. from:
MKTG 4352. Selling and Sales Management (3) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
MKTG 4362. Retail Management (3) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
MKTG 4752. Advertising and Promotion Management (3) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
MKTG 4790. Distribution Management (3) (F) (P:MKTG 3832)
MKTG 4975. Electronic Commerce (3) (F,S) (P: MKTG 3832)
MKTG 4992. International Marketing (3) (WI) (S) (P: MKTG 3832)
4. Restricted electives .....................................................................................................................12 s.h.
Choose 6 s.h. (See Certicate in Urban Design):
PLAN 4003. Urban Form and Design (3) (S)
PLAN 4046. Planning and Design Studio (3) (F,S)
PLAN 4050. World Architecture and Urbanism (3) (S)
PLAN 5985. Historic Preservation Planning (3) (Same as HIST 5985)
Choose 3 s.h. elective from:
ART 1005. Design I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) (P: ART major or administrative approval)
ART 1015. Design II (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ART 1005, 1020 with a minimum grade of C; ART 1905; or administrative
approval)
ART 1020. Drawing (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) (P: ART major or administrative approval)
ART 1030. Figure Drawing (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ART 1005, 1020 with a minimum grade of C; ART 1905; or
administrative approval)
Choose 3 s.h. elective from:
ART 1906. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905 or 1910)
ART 1907. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) (P: ART 1905 or 1910)
ART 3950. Architectural History of the Middle East Before 1600 (3) (FC:FA) (P: Junior standing; ART 1905 or
1910; 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor)
ART 4950. Twentieth Century Architecture (3) (F) (P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor)
ART 4970. History of Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Design (3) (S) Same as ART 4970. (P: ART1906, 1907;
or consent of instructor)
5. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
BS in Merchandising
Students majoring in merchandising have two concentration options: apparel merchandising or interiors merchandising. To
declare the merchandising major, students must have a cumulative 2.5 GPA, complete a minimum of 12 s.h. at ECU, and
complete both MRCH 2350 and MATH 1065 with a C or better. Throughout the program students must make a C or
better in all MRCH/IDSN major courses. Undeclared majors are allowed to take all MRCH and IDSN 1000 and 2000 level
courses (except MRCH 2999 and IDSN 2281) and MRCH 3003 special topic courses. Minimum degree requirement is
126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................. 42 s.h.
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................41 s.h.
MRCH 1135. Principles of Merchandising (3)
MRCH 2034. Textiles (3) (C: MRCH 2035) or IDSN 2040. Textiles for Interiors (3) (C: MRCH 2035)
MRCH 2035. Textiles Laboratory (1) (C or P: IDSN 2040 or MRCH 2034)
285
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY
MRCH 2350. Merchandising Strategies (3) (P: MRCH 1135)
MRCH 2999. Pre-Professional Merchandising Seminar (3) (P: Merchandising major)
MRCH 3200. Consumer Studies in Merchandising (3) (P: Merchandising majors or minors; MRCH 2350)
MRCH 3350. Merchandising Analysis (3) (P: Merchandising majors or minors; MRCH 2350)
MRCH 3400. Visual Merchandising, Planning, and Operations (3) (P: Merchandising majors or minors; MRCH 1135)
MRCH 3401. Visual/CAD Lab (1) (P: MRCH 3400)
MRCH 4209. Directed Study: Research in Merchandising (3) (WI) (P: Merchandising majors or minors; Senior standing)
MRCH 4300. Global Economics: Textiles, Apparel, and Interior Furnishings Industries (3) (WI) (P: MRCH 2034 or
IDSN 2040; ECON 2113)
MRCH 4350. Merchandise Planning, Buying and Sourcing (3) (P: MRCH 3350)
MRCH 4883. Merchandising Internship (3) (WI) (P: Senior merchandising major; minimum cumulative 2.5 GPA;
consent of instructor)
MRCH 4999. Merchandising Capstone: Executing the Concept (3) (P: MRCH 4350; Senior merchandising major)
Select 1 of the following:
MRCH 3003. Special Topics (3) (P: MRCH 1135) (May be repeated for credit with change of topic)
MRCH 4400. International Merchandising (3) (P: MRCH 3200; Senior merchandising major)
3. Concentration area: (Choose one area.) ..................................................................................12 s.h.
Apparel:
MRCH 2239. Apparel and Human Behavior (3)
MRCH 2500. Survey of Costume Through the 18th Century (3)
MRCH 3050. Quality Analysis: Apparel (3) (P: MRCH 2034 or IDSN 2040; MRCH 2035)
MRCH 3307. Nineteenth and Twentieth Century Costume (3) (P: Merchandising majors or minors; MRCH 2239)
Interiors:
IDSN 1180. Interior Design Fundamentals (3)
IDSN 2700. Historic Interiors I: 3000 BC through Mid-Nineteenth Century (3) (WI)
IDSN 2750. Historic Interiors II: Late Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries (3) (WI)
IDSN 3550. Materials and Specications (3) (P: IDSN 2040; junior standing; IDMR major)
4. Minor area (Select One)
Business ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................24 s.h.
Communication ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................24 s.h.
Hospitality Management ................................................................................................................................................................................................30 s.h.
5. Electives to complete requirements for graduation ........................................................... 1-7 s.h.
Merchandising Minor
The minor in merchandising requires 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................18 s.h.
MRCH 1135. Principles of Merchandising (3)
MRCH 2350. Merchandising Strategies (3) (P: MRCH 1135)
MRCH 3200. Consumer Studies in Merchandising (3) (P: MRCH 2350; Merchandising majors or minors)
MRCH 3350. Merchandising Analysis (3) (P: MRCH 2350; Merchandising majors or minors)
MRCH 3400. Visual Merchandising, Planning, and Operations (3) (P: MRCH 1135; Merchandising majors or minors)
MRCH 4350. Merchandising Planning, Buying, and Sourcing (3) (P: MRCH 3350)
2. MRCH or IDSN electives .............................................................................................................. 6 s.h.
To be eligible to declare the merchandising minor, a student must have a minimum overall GPA of 2.0. In addition, to complete
the minor, a grade of C or better must be earned on all MRCH/IDSN courses.
286
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
DEPARTMENT OF NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
William Forsythe, Chairperson, 148 Rivers Building
The bachelors of science in nutrition and dietetics is a Didactic Program in Dietetics (DPD) approved by the Commission
on Accreditation for Dietetics Education (CADE) of the American Dietetic Association. CADE is a specialized accrediting
body recognized by the Commission on Recognition of Postsecondary Accreditation and the United States Department of
Education. All core classes, cognate classes, and foundations curriculum classes listed below must be completed with a C
or higher. To declare a major in nutrition and dietetics, students must complete the foundations curriculum and cognate
requirements listed below with a C in all core courses and at least a 2.5 GPA. To continue in the program students must
maintain a 2.5 GPA.
The Department of Nutrition and Dietetics also offers a dietetic internship that is accredited by CADE. (See graduate catalog
for details.) Completion of an approved DPD and an accredited dietetic internship or other accredited/approved supervised
experience program are required to become a registered dietitian (RD). Completion of the BS in nutrition and dietetics
does not guarantee entrance into an internship. Entrance into our internship is competitive and requires admittance into the
graduate school, a 3.0 GPA, and 850 GRE score.
BS in Nutrition and Dietetics
Each NUTR course must be completed with a minimum grade of C. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as
follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................. 42 s.h.
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150: CHEM
1151; C for 1151: CHEM 1150)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160:
CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................60 s.h.
NUTR 1010. Cultural Foods (3)
NUTR 1300. Introduction to Dietetics (3)
NUTR 1330. Food Safety and Sanitation (1)
NUTR 2105. Nutrition Science (3)
NUTR 2330. Food Science (3) (P: NUTR 1330; C: NUTR 2331)
NUTR 2331. Food Science Laboratory (1) (P: NUTR 1330; C: NUTR 2330)
NUTR 2400. Nutrition Assessment (3) (P: NUTR 2105)
NUTR 3104. Advanced Vitamins and Minerals (3) (P: BIOL 2130, 2131; NUTR 2105)
NUTR 3105. Nutritional Biochemistry and Metabolism (3) (WI) (P: NUTR 2105; P or C: CHEM 2650, 2651;
or equivalent)
NUTR 3311. Life Cycle Nutrition (4) (P: NUTR 2105, 2400 or permission of instructor)
NUTR 3330. Financial Management in Dietetics (4) (P: NUTR 2330; nutrition major)
NUTR 3500. Nutrition Research Methodology (3) (WI) (P: NUTR 2105, 3105; C: NUTR 3501; nutrition major)
NUTR 3501. Nutrition Research Methodology Laboratory (1) (P: NUTR 2105, 3105; C: NUTR 3500: nutrition major)
NUTR 3535. Nutrition Education and Counseling (3) (P: NUTR 2400)
NUTR 4300. Professional Preparation in Dietetics (1) (P: Senior standing; nutrition major)
NUTR 4312. Medical Nutrition Therapy I (4) (P: NUTR 3105; nutrition major)
287
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY
NUTR 4313. Medical Nutrition Therapy II (4) (P: NUTR 4312; nutrition major )
NUTR 4330. Food Production Principles of Dietetics (4) (P: NUTR 3330; nutrition major)
NUTR 4331. Food Production in Dietetics Lab (3) (P: NUTR 4330: nutrition major)
NUTR 4500. Community Nutrition (3) (P: Nutrition major)
NUTR 4600. Senior Seminar (3) (P: Senior standing)
3. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................20 s.h.
BIOL 1050. General Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 2110, 2111. Fundamentals of Microbiology and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S) (FC:SC) (P for 2110: CHEM 1120, 1130
or CHEM 1150, 1160; RP for 2110: BIOL 1050, 1051 or 1100, 1101; P/C for 2111: BIOL 2110)
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
BIOL 2131. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: BIOL 2130)
CHEM 2650. Organic Chemistry for the Life Sciences (4) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161)
CHEM 2651. Organic Chemistry Lab for the Life Sciences (1) (F,S) (C: CHEM 2650)
Choose a 3 s.h. statistics course
4. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
Nutrition Minor
The minor in nutrition requires 29 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................16 s.h.
NUTR 1010. Cultural Foods (3)
NUTR 2105. Nutrition Science (3)
NUTR 2400. Nutrition Assessment (3) (P: NUTR 2105)
NUTR 3104. Advanced Vitamins and Minerals (3) (P: BIOL 2130, 2131; NUTR 2105)
NUTR 3311. Life Cycle Nutrition (4) (P: NUTR 2105, 2400 or permission of instructor)
2. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................13 s.h.
BIOL 2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101)
BIOL 2131. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: BIOL 2130)
CHEM 2650, 2651. Organic Chemistry for the Life Sciences and Laboratory (4,1) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161)
Choose a 3 s.h. statistics course.
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Shelia Grant Bunch, Director, School of Social Work, 224 Rivers Building
Monte Miller, Bachelor of Social Work Program Coordinator, 202 Rivers Building
Richard Pozzuto, Master of Social Work Program Coordinator, 318 Rivers Building
The School of Social Work offers the bachelor of social work and the master of social work degrees. (See also graduate
catalog.)
Social work is a helping profession which focuses on providing skilled intervention in the prevention and amelioration of
individual and societal problems. It is a challenging and rewarding career involving the application of knowledge, skills, and
professional values to assist individuals, families, groups, and communities in reaching their full potential. The program is
accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. The principal educational objective of the major in social work is to
prepare students for beginning professional generalist social work practice from a strengths based perspective. To prepare for
this level of practice, students will learn the history and current development of social welfare programs; methods of inuencing
social change; professional values and ethics; the particular needs of oppressed populations; theories of human behavior; family,
group, community and organizational functioning, an appreciation of research and methods of practice evaluation; and skills
for practice with individuals, families, groups, communities and organizations. The degree provides graduates a competitive
advantage in many human services jobs and the possibility of up to one year’s credit in some master’s degree programs in
social work (commonly referred to as advanced standing).
288
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
All majors are required to complete a eld education internship of 12 s.h. in one semester in an approved agency. Agencies
serving as eld placements include North Carolina county departments of social services, local mental health centers, state
hospitals for the emotionally disturbed, centers for the mentally retarded, developmental evaluation clinics, remedial education
activity programs, alcoholic rehabilitation centers, public schools, state judicial and correctional systems, general hospitals, and
care facilities.
Admission to the BSW program is made during the fall semester. Students should submit an application to the program during
the spring and summer. A student is eligible to apply for admission to the BSW degree program when the following required
conditions are met: completion of a minimum of 32 s.h.; an overall 2.5 GPA; and completion of SOCW 1010, 2010 with a
2.5 GPA in these courses. Students not meeting the required GPA may apply for provisional acceptance to the major. The
BSW Admissions Committee will review provisional admissions and submit recommendations to the program coordinator.
Students who plan to transfer from a junior or community college are encouraged to take a four-year college preparatory
curriculum that includes human biology. The social work program will not accept for required major credit upper-level courses
(numbered 3000 and 4000 at East Carolina University) taken at a junior or community college. The BSW program chairperson
will determine the applicability of upper-level courses taken at senior colleges in meeting the BSW degree requirements. The
School does not approve academic credit for prior work or life experience. Additional information on the undergraduate
social work program and application for admission may be obtained from the School of Social Work, 108 Rivers Building.
Bachelor of Social Work (BSW)
Social work majors must pass all required social work courses with a minimum grade of C. Minimum degree requirement is
124 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .............................42 s.h.
BIOL 1050, 1051. General Biology and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 1060. Environmental Biology (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or
equivalent
POLS 1010. National Government (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................51 s.h.
SOCW 1010. Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Work (3)
SOCW 2010. Introduction to Social Work Practice with Special Populations (3)
SOCW 3101. Human Behavior and the Social Environment I (3) (C: SOCW 3201, 3301 for SOCW majors)
SOCW 3201. Social Work Practice I (3) (P: SOCW majors only; C: SOCW 3101, 3301)
SOCW 3202. Social Work Practice II (3) (P: SOCW 3201; C: SOCW 3302, 3401)
SOCW 3301. Social Work Policy I (3) (P: SOCW 2010; consent of instructor or program coordinator;
C: SOCW 3101, 3201)
SOCW 3305. Social Work Policy II (3) (WI) (Formerly SOCW 4303) (P: SOCW major or consent of instructor
or program coordinator; C: SOCW 3202,3401)
SOCW 3401. Social Work Research and Statistics (3) (WI) (P: SOCW major or consent of instructor or program
coordinator; C: SOCW 3202, 3302)
SOCW 4102. Human Behavior and the Social Environment II (3) (P: SOCW 3101; C: SOCW 4203, 4303)
SOCW 4203. Social Work Practice III (3) (P: SOCW 3202; C: SOCW 4102, 4303)
SOCW 4305. Social Work Policy III (3) (Formerly SOCW 3302) (P: SOCW 3301, 3305; C: SOCW 4102, 4203)
SOCW 4990. Field Education and Seminar (12) (P: SOCW major with a minimum 2.5 GPA; approval of the eld
education ofce; completion of all required SOCW courses)
Choose 6 s.h. SOCW electives
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
289
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
3. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................15 s.h.
Choose one from:
HIST 1051. American History Since 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S) (FC:SO)
HIST 3031. Economic History of the United States Since 1865 (3) (FC:SO)
HIST 3240. The Age of Franklin Roosevelt, 1919-1945 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
HIST 3245. The United States Since 1945 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO)
Choose one from:
PSYC 3300. Psychology of Personality (3) (F,S) (FC:SO)
PSYC 4375. Abnormal Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
Choose one from:
PSYC 2201. Psychology of Childhood (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060 or equivalent)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
Choose two from:
SOCI 2111. Modern Social Problems (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 3289. Community Organization (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 4347. Social Inequality (3) (S) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
SOCI 4350. Social Change (3) (FC:SO) (P: SOCI 2110)
Students may submit a written request for the consideration of a cognate substitution to the program coordinator.
4. General electives: Students will be encouraged to choose electives which will strengthen
their total program.
Additional Opportunities
The social work major deciding to seek certication as a school social worker must be accepted into the upper division of
teacher education. This should be done during the sophomore year and prior to or at the point the student is accepted as a
social work major. The College of Education and the School of Social Work will maintain a record to help track the student’s
completion of certication requirements. Upon completion of appropriate social work courses and education courses, the
School of Social Work and the College of Education will recommend certication to the State Department of Public Instruction.
NOTE: These degree requirements are subject to change beginning Fall 2010 pending NC State Board of Education approval of
revised licensure program requirements. Students should consult their departmental advisor for specic program information.
COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY
290
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
Sylvia Brown, Dean, 4205LA Health Sciences Building
Josie Bowman, Chairperson, Department of Undergraduate Nursing Science, Senior Division and Acting Associate Dean
for Undergraduate Program, 2175C Health Sciences Building
Janice A. Neil, Chairperson, Department of Undergraduate Nursing Science, Junior Division, 3185A Health Sciences Building
Curriculum
The baccalaureate program in nursing educates students for professional nursing practice and is characterized by a combination
of foundations curriculum and nursing courses. The focus of the nursing courses is on nursing theory and scientic principles
applied to the care of healthy persons as well as to acute and chronic health problems of individuals, families, and groups.
Clinical experiences are provided in a variety of health care settings, such as hospitals, health departments, nursing homes,
mental health centers, and other health-related community agencies. Graduates are prepared for beginning positions in nursing
with the potential for positions of leadership and graduate study.
All students–high school graduates, transfer students, diploma or associate-degree graduates in nursing–earn the bachelor of
science in nursing degree (BSN). The awarding of the BSN does not license one as a registered nurse. A separate examination
(NCLEX-RN) is administered by the board of nursing in the state in which the applicant wishes to be registered. The College
of Nursing will certify completion of degree requirements, but meeting other requirements for licensure is the responsibility
of each candidate.
Registered nurses seeking to obtain a BSN are offered opportunities for educational accessibility, exibility, and mobility.
The curriculum track is 100 percent online. Service learning projects in student’s area of interest are completed in their local
region. The curriculum track is designed to build on students’ past education and experience and expose registered nurses
to innovative instructional methods for meeting course objectives. Registered nurse students meet course requirements by
transfer, advanced placement, credit by exam, CLEP, and completion of courses by enrollment. Required sciences, foundations
curriculum, and cognate courses must be completed prior to entry into the curriculum track. Students must hold a current
unrestricted license as a registered nurse in North Carolina.
There is an RN to MSN track available for registered nurses who do not have a baccalaureate degree in nursing. See the
graduate catalog for admission requirements.
All students are required to demonstrate computer competency, which can be met by placement or enrollment in BITE
2000.
The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission (61 Broadway, New York, NY 10006;
212-363-5555) and approved by the North Carolina Board of Nursing. The program is also accredited by the Commission
on Collegiate Nursing Education, One Dupont Circle, NW Suite 530, Washington, DC 20036; telephone 202-887-6791.
Admission
Freshmen may declare an intent to enroll in nursing but are assigned to General College until ofcially admitted to the College
of Nursing after ling an application for admission to the major and meeting eligibility requirements prior to enrollment in
the rst nursing courses. Eligibility is based upon a minimum cumulative 2.5 GPA and completion of foundations curriculum
requirements. A minimum grade of C is required in biology, chemistry, and college algebra or equivalent. Admission to
nursing courses is competitive and limited due to space availability and accrediting requirements. A national standardized
preadmission test will be used as a basis for admission decisions beginning in the fall 2010. Students desiring readmission
after an absence of one or more semesters must secure approval from the university admissions ofce and the College of
Nursing Student Affairs Committee. Financial aid is available through scholarships and loans from government and private
sources, work-study, and self-help programs. Information is available from the university director of nancial aid or the College
of Nursing director of student services.
COLLEGE OF NURSING
291
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Requirements
The College of Nursing considers a grade of C as the minimum passing grade for required nursing courses. Nursing students
are required to earn a minimum course grade of C in all nursing courses. Opportunity to repeat a nursing course is limited
by the College of Nursing Progression Policies as printed in the current student handbook.
All students are required to have CPR certication, a TB skin test, immunizations including Hepatitis B, and to purchase health
and liability insurance prior to enrollment in clinical nursing courses. Verication of TB skin test, CPR update, and payment
of health and liability insurance is required each year. Proof of current health insurance must be provided by the student. If
applicable, waivers must be signed for immunizations and health insurance. Criminal background checks and drug testing are
also required prior to enrolling in nursing courses.
Specic health requirements and performance standards are stated in the College of Nursing Student Handbook and can be
found at: http://www.nursing.ecu.edu/download/UG_Handbook.pdf.
The College of Nursing utilizes diagnostic tests for each of the 4 semesters a student is enrolled in the CON undergraduate
curriculum. Tests may also be required prior to admission, during the semester, or near the completion of the semester.
Results are used to assist students from entrance to graduation in determining nursing content that has been mastered. Various
enhancement materials are used to assist with identied weaknesses.
Credit for courses in the College of Nursing is determined by the following formula: one classroom/lecture hour per week
equals 1 s.h. credit; two lab hours per week equals 1 s.h. credit; and three practicum hours per week equals 1 s.h. credit.
BS in Nursing (BSN)
Minimum degree requirement is 128 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................. 42 s.h.
BIOL 2140, 2150. Human Physiology and Anatomy (3,3) (P: 1 CHEM course; P for 2150: BIOL 2140; C for 2140:
BIOL 2141; C for 2150: BIOL 2151)
BIOL 2141, 2151. Human Physiology and Anatomy Laboratory (1,1) (P for 2151: BIOL 2141; C for 2141: BIOL 2140;
C for 2151: BIOL 2150)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
SOCI 2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
Choose an approved 3 s.h. ethics course
2. Professional nursing core ...........................................................................................................40 s.h.
NURS 3040. Pharmacotherapeutics (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to NURS major)
NURS 3410. Concepts of Pathophysiology for Nursing (3) (F,S) (P: Admission to NURS major; RN students;
P/C: NURS 3010)
NURS 3210, 3211. Nurse As Care Provider (6) (F,S) (P/C: NURS 3020, 3021, 3200, 3270, 3271, 3410)
NURS 3270, 3271. Clinical Nursing Foundations I (2,0) (F,S) (P: Admission to NURS major)
NURS 3330, 3331. Nursing Care of Families During the Childbearing Phase (5) (F,S) (P: All required NURS courses
below 3300; P/C: NURS 3040, 3370, 3371, 3410)
NURS 3340, 3341. Nursing Care of Children (5) (F,S) (P: All required NURS courses below 3300; P/C: NURS 3040,
3370, 3371, 3410)
NURS 3370, 3371. Clinical Nursing Foundations II (2,0) (F,S) (P: NURS 3270, 3271)
NURS 3510. Nursing Research (3) (F,S,SS) (P: All required NURS courses below 3330; approved statistics course;
RN students; P/C: NURS 3010)
NURS 4010, 4011. Nursing Care of Clients with Alterations in Mental Health (5) (F,S) (P: All required NURS
courses below 4000)
NURS 4020, 4021. Nursing Care of Adults (6) (F,S) (P: All required NURS courses below 4000)
COLLEGE OF NURSING
292
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Upon completion of NURS 3410 and 3510, registered nurses receive placement credit for the remaining core
nursing courses.
3. Specialization area (Choose one.)
Professional Nursing (Pre-licensure students) ......................................................................27 s.h.
NURS 3020, 3021. Health Assessment (3,0) (F,S) (P: Admission to the NURS major)
NURS 3200. Introduction to Professional Nursing (2) (F,S) (P: Admission to the NURS major)
NURS 3520. Trends and Issues in Professional Nursing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: All required NURS courses
below 3330)
NURS 4100. Health of the Older Adult (2) (F,S) (P: All required NURS courses below 4000)
NURS 4150. Nursing Leadership (3) (F,S) P: All required NURS courses below 4000)
NURS 4210, 4211. Nursing Care of Populations and Communities (6) (F,S) (P: All required NURS courses
below 4200)
NURS 4500. Theory Capstone (5) (F,S) (P: All required NURS courses below 4200; C: NURS 4210, 4211)
NURS 4511. Clinical Capstone (3) (P: All required NURS courses below 4200; C: NURS 4210, 4211)
Registered Nurse Students ........................................................................................................25 s.h.
NURS 3010. Foundations in Nursing Informatics (3) (F,S) (P: Hold a current unrestricted license as a registered
nurse in NC; completion of required sciences, foundations curriculum and cognate courses)
NURS 3025. Health Assessment and Diagnostic Reasoning (3) (F,S) (P/C: NURS 3010, 3410 or permission of
faculty)
NURS 4410. Nursing Management of Complex Health Issues: Individuals and Families (3) (F,S) (P: All required
NURS 3000-level courses)
NURS 4420. Nursing Management of Complex Health Issues: Populations and Systems (3)(WI) (F,S) (P: All
required NURS 3000-level courses; P/C: NURS 4410)
NURS 4430. Systems, Complex Heath Issues, and Nursing (3)(F,S) (P: All required NURS 3000-level courses;
P/C: NURS 4420)
NURS 4440. Nursing Leadership and Service Learning I (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: All required NURS 3000-level courses)
NURS 4450. Nursing Leadership and Service Learning II (4) (F,S) (P: All required NURS 3000-level courses)
NURS 4460. Nursing Leadership and Service Learning III (3) (F,S) (P: NURS 4440; P/C: NURS 4450)
4. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................17 s.h.
BIOL 2110, 2111. Fundamentals of Microbiology and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S) (FC:SC) (P for 2110: CHEM 1120, 1130
or CHEM 1150, 1160; RP for 2110: BIOL 1050, 1051 or 1100, 1101; P/C for 2111: BIOL 2110)
CHEM 1120. Basic General, Organic, and Biochemistry I (4)(F,S,SS)(FC:SC)
CHEM 1130. Basic General, Organic, and Biochemistry II (3)(F,S,SS)(FC:SC)(P: CHEM 1120)
NUTR 2105. Nutrition Science (3)
An approved 3 s.h. statistics course
5. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
293
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
David White, Dean, Suite 100, Science and Technology Building
Leslie R. Pagliari, Associate Dean for Academic Affairs, Suite 100, Science and Technology Building
Evelyn C. Brown, Associate Dean for Research and Graduate Studies, Suite 100, Science and Technology Building
The College of Technology and Computer Science is comprised of the Departments of Computer Science, Construction
Management, Engineering, and Technology Systems.
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE
Karl R. Abrahamson, Interim Chairperson, Suite C-124 Science and Technology Building
BA in Computer Science
Credit toward a computer science major will not be given for any CSCI course with a grade less than C being used to satisfy
the requirements specied in the core. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs.) ............................................................................................42 s.h.
PHIL 2275. Professional Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
2. Foreign language through level 1004 .......................................................................................12 s.h.
3. Core ................................................................................................................................................33 s.h.
CSCI 2310, 2311. Algorithmic Problem Solving and Programming Laboratory (4,0) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065; C for
2310: CSCI 2311; C for 2311: CSCI 2310)
CSCI 3200. Data Structures and Their Applications (4) (F,S) (P: CSCI 2310, 2311)
CSCI 3526. Switching Theory and Computer Organization (3) (F,S) (P: CSCI 2310, 2427)
CSCI 3700. Database Management Systems (3) (F) (P: CSCI 3200 or 3310)
CSCI 4000. Ethical and Professional Issues in Computer Science (1) (F,S)
CSCI 4200. Software Engineering I (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: CSCI 3200 or 3310; CSCI major)
CSCI 4300. Systems Programming (3) (F) (P: CSCI 3200 or 3310)
CSCI 4530. Computer Networks and the Internet (3) (S) (P: CSCI 3200 or 3300 or consent of instructor)
CSCI 4710. Introduction to Developing e-Business Systems (3) (WI) (SEY) (P: CSCI 3200 or 3310)
Choose 6 s.h. CSCI courses above 2999, excluding CSCI 3584 and 5774
4. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 6 s.h.
CSCI/MATH 2427. Discrete Mathematical Structures (3) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066)
MATH 2228. Elementary Statistical Methods I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066) or MATH 2283.
Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
5. Minor and electives to complete requirements for graduation.
BS in Computer Science
Credit toward a computer science major will not be given for any CSCI course with a grade less than C being used to satisfy
the requirements specied in the common core and CSCI electives. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as
follows:
1. Foundations curriculum (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements for all
Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .........................................42 s.h.
Seecognatesbelowforcoursesthatfulllsciencerequirements.
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
PHIL 2275. Professional Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
2. Common core ...............................................................................................................................30 s.h.
CSCI 2310, 2311. Algorithmic Problem Solving and Programming Laboratory (4,0) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065; C for
2310: CSCI 2311; C for 2311: CSCI 2310)
CSCI 3300. Introduction to Algorithms and Data Structures (4) (F,S) (P: CSCI 2310; C: CSCI 2427)
CSCI 3310. Advanced Data Structures and Data Abstraction (3) (F,S) (P: CSCI 2427, 3300)
294
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
CSCI 3526. Switching Theory and Computer Organization (3) (F,S) (P: CSCI 2310 or 2427)
CSCI 3675. Organization of Programming Language (3) (F) (P: CSCI 3200 or 3310)
CSDI 4000. Ethical and Professional Issues in Computer Science (1) (F,S)
CSCI 4200. Software Engineering I (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: CSCI 3200 or 3310 and CSCI major)
CSCI 4230. Software Engineering II (3) (F,S) (P: CSCI 4200 or consent of instructor)
CSCI 4602. Theory of Automata and Linguistics (3) (F) (P: CSCI major; CSCI 2427)
CSCI 4630. Operating Systems I (3) (F,S) (P: CSCI 3200 or 3300; CSCI major)
3. Cognates ..................................................................................................................................25-27 s.h.
CSCI/MATH 2427. Discrete Mathematical Structures (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066)
CSCI/MATH 3584. Computational Linear Algebra (3) (F,S) (P: Calculus course)
ENGL 3880. Writing for Business and Industry (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200) or ITEC 3290. Technical Writing (3)
(WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
MATH 2171. Calculus I (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1083 or 1085 or 2122 with a minimum grade of C) or
MATH 2121. Calculus for the Life Sciences I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (May not receive credit for MATH 2121 after
taking MATH 2171) (P: MATH 1065 or 1077 with minimum grade of C)
MATH 2172. Calculus II (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 2171 with a minimum grade of C or MATH 2122 with
consent of instuctor) or MATH 2122. Calculus for the Life Sciences II (3) (F,S,SS) (May not receive credit for
MATH 2122 after taking MATH 2172) (P: MATH 2121)
MATH 2228. Elementary Statistical Methods I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 or equivalent) or MATH 2283.
Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent) or MATH 3307. Mathematical
Statistics I (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 2172)
MATH 3229. Elementary Statistical Methods II (3) (P: MATH 2228 or equivalent) or MATH 3308. Mathematical
Statistics II (3) (F) (P: MATH 3307) or CSCI 5774. Programming for Research (3) (P: General course in statistics
or consent of instructor)
12 s.h. of science. (Note that 8 of these 12 units count toward foundation curriculum requirements.)
One of the following options must be selected.
Option 1 - Physics:
PHYS 1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350; C for 1261:
1260 or 2360)
PHYS 2350, 2360. University Physics (4,4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 2350: MATH 2121, 2151, or 2171; P for PHYS
2360: PHYS 2350)
2 s.h. of science that satisfy ECU foundation requirements.
Option 2 – Chemistry:
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150:
CHEM 1151; C for 1151: CHEM 1150)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160:
CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
4 s.h. of science that satisfy ECU foundation requirements.
Option 3 - Biology
BIOL 1100, 1101. Principles of Biology and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: for 1101: BIOL 1100)
BIOL 1200, 1201. Principles of Biology and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P/C: for 1201: BIOL 1200)
4 s.h. of science that satisfy ECU foundations curriculum requirements.
4. CSCI electives above 2999 (excluding CSCI 3200 and 5774) ................................................12 s.h.
5. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
*Requirements for 5., above, may be met by satisfying the requirements for a minor.
Computer Science Minor
Minimum requirement for computer science minor is 26 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Core ................................................................................................................................................11 s.h.
CSCI 2310, 2311. Algorithmic Problem Solving and Programming Laboratory (4,0) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065; C for
2310: CSCI 2311; C for 2311: CSCI 2310)
295
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
CSCI 3200. Data Structures and Their Applications (4) (F,S) (P: CSCI 2310, 2311) or CSCI 3300. Introduction to
Algorithms and Data Structures (4) (F,S) (P: CSCI 2310; C: CSCI 2427)
CSCI 2427. Discrete Mathematical Structures (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066)
2. CSCI electives above 2999, excluding 3584 .............................................................................15 s.h.
Certificate in Computer Game Development
The College of Technology and Computer Science offers an undergraduate certicate in computer game development. It
is possible to take the non-preparatory courses both online and on campus. The program prepares students to design and
develop computer games and simulations. Students acquire technical skills in real-time rendering and content creation, and work
with concepts behind the development of story, character, environment, level design, user interface and sound augmentation.
The certicate can be obtained part of a minor, with courses counting toward both.
Minimum requirement for the certicate is 17 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Preparatory courses ...................................................................................................................... 8 s.h.
CSCI 2310, 2311. Algorithmic Problem Solving and Programming Laboratory (4,0) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065; C for 2310:
CSCI 2311; C for 2311: CSCI 2310)
CSCI 3200. Data Structures and Their Applications (4) (F,S) (P: CSCI 2310, 2311) or CSCI 3300. Introduction to
Algorithms and Data Structures (4) (F,S) (P: CSCI 2310; C: CSCI 2427)
2. Advanced courses .......................................................................................................................... 9 s.h.
CSCI 3550. Introduction to Computer Game Development (3) (S) (P: CSCI 3200 or 3300)
CSCI 3800. Introduction to Computer Graphics (3) (F) (P: CSCI 3310 or 3510; MATH 3256 or ...............3584) or CSCI
4530. Computer Networks and the Internet (3) (S) (P: CSCI 3200 or 3300 or consent of instructor) or CSCI
5800. Articial Intelligence (3) (FOY) (P: CSCI 3200 or 3310 or consent)
CSCI 4550. Computer Game Development (3) (F) (P: CSCI 3550)
DEPARTMENT OF CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
Syed Ahmed, Chairperson, 119 Rawl Building
Admission
Admission requirements are specied based on the entry status of potential students: freshman, transfer students, technical
degree transfer students, ECU transfer students, or second degree students. Progression through the major is two-tiered:
lower division requirements and upper division requirements. Potential majors should refer to the departmental website for
full descriptions of each entry status category and the associated requirements for admission. Admission to the university
does not guarantee admission to the construction management degree program.
Students are admitted to the lower division and must apply for admission to the upper division. The complete listing of
admission requirements can be found on the departmental website or at the College of Technology and Computer Science
Advising Center. Once admitted, successful progression through the major requires a minimum cumulative grade point average
of 2.0. Students falling below a 2.0 cumulative grade point average will not be allowed to take construction management
classes and will be placed on departmental probation for one semester. Summer sessions are not part of the departmental
probation period. Probation status will be allowed for a maximum of one semester; after that time students with a cumulative
grade point average below 2.0 will be dropped from the department.
CMGT majors and minors are required to achieve a minimum grade of C in the following courses in order to progress to
subsequent courses: CMGT 2210, 2660; CMGT 2558 or 2664; CMGT 3664, 4660, 4662. Students earning less than a C in
any of these courses must repeat the course before any subsequent CMGT course may be taken. Students required to repeat
any CMGT course will not be permitted to register for that course in the semester or summer school immediately following
unless a seat is available on the last day of regular registration (add only day). Should a student be found in violation of this
policy, he/she will be administratively dropped (no matter what point in the semester) from that CMGT course.
296
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
The Department of Construction Management requires students to have a laptop computer in order to accomplish academic
work. The ACE Student Computer Support Center at www.ecu.edu/ace lists the current computer specications meting
the department’s requirements.
BS in Construction Management
The construction management program is accredited by the American Council for Construction Education. Minimum degree
requirement is 126 s.h. credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................. 42 s.h.
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
ECON 2133. Principles of Macroeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: ECON 2113)
GEOL 1500. Dynamic Earth (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
GEOL 1501. Dynamic Earth Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C: GEOL 1500)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or
MATH 1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on
mathematics placement test or approval of dept chair)
PHYS 1250. General Physics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066)
PHYS 1251. General Physics Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C: PHYS 1250 or 2350)
2. Core ..........................................................................................................................................52-55 s.h.
Construction Management (55 s.h.)
Lower Division Core Courses:
CMGT 2200. Introduction to the Construction Industry (3) (F)
CMGT 2210, 2211. Construction and Civil Materials (3,0) (F,S) (Formerly CIET 2210) (P: Minimum overall GPA
of 2.0: majors and minors only; P/C: MATH 1065 or 1066)
CMGT 2660, 2661. Structural Systems, Materials and Codes (3,0) (F,S,SS) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0;
minimum grade of C in CMGT 2210)
CMGT 2800. Foundations of Construction (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade of C in
CMGT 2210; computer-related elective)
Upper Division Core Courses:
CMGT 2664, 2665. Interior and Exterior Finishes and Systems (3,0) (F,S,SS) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0;
minimum grade of C in CMGT 2660)
CMGT 3100. Construction Plans and Analysis (3) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; CMGT 2800;
P/C: CMGT 2664, 2665)
CMGT 3660. Structural Analysis (3) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade of C in CMGT 2664;
MATH 1074 or 1075 or equivalent; PHYS 1250, 1251)
CMGT 3662, 3663. Mechanical and Electrical Construction (3,0) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum
grade of C in CMGT 3664)
CMGT 3664. Construction Contracts and Specications (3) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum
grade of C in CMGT 2664; P/C: CMGT 3100)
CMGT 3666, 3667. Construction Surveying (3,0) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; CMGT 3100; MATH
1074 or 1075 or equivalent)
CMGT 3726. Construction Project Safety Management (3) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade
of C in 3664)
CMGT 3766, 3767. Soils and Foundations (3,0) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; Minimum grade of C in
CMGT 2664; GEOL 1500, 1501; MATH 1074 or 1075 or equivalent; PHYS 1250, 1251)
CMGT 4600, 4601. Managing Construction Quality (3,0) (WI) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; CMGT 3662;
ITEC 3290; P/C: CMGT 4662)
297
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
CMGT 4660. Construction Estimating (3) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade of C in CMGT
3664; P/C: CMGT 3660)
CMGT 4662. Construction Planning and Scheduling (3) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade of
C in CMGT 4660)
CMGT 4664. Construction Management Capstone (3) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; CMGT 4600;
minimum grade of C in CMGT 4662)
CMGT 4666. Equipment Management (3) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; CMGT 3660, 3766)
CMGT 4668. Human Side of Project Management (3) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; MGMT 3202;
minimum earned credit hours equal to 110 s.h.)
CMGT 4699. Construction Work Experience and Professional Development (1) (F,S) (Formerly CMGT 3000)
(P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0: completed senior summary; applied to graduate; P/C: CMGT 4664;
graduating semester.)
Construction Management Transfer Program (52 s.h.):
Applicable to technical degree transfer students only. Students who hold an associate degree of applied science
from an approved technical program must transfer courses and take courses at ECU that meet the competencies
of the construction management core listed above. Students may be admitted directly to the upper division upon
completion of MATH 1065 and PHYS 1250, 1251 (or equivalent). Students must complete at ECU a minimum of
28 s.h. credit, 22 s.h. from 3000 level or above (must include CMGT 4600, 4660, 4662, 4664, 4668, 4699) and 6
s.h. from 2000 level or above. Additional courses may be necessary to meet required prerequisites. Construction
management/industrial technology courses completed at ECU and technical transfer courses must total a minimum
of 52 s.h. Courses needed to meet requirements must meet as scheduled classes.
3. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................24 s.h.
ACCT 2101. Survey of Financial and Managerial Accounting: (3), (F,S) (P: MATH 1065)
EHST 3060, 3061. Environmental Issues in Construction (4,0) (F,S) (P: GEOL 1500, 1501)
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
ITEC 3290. Technical Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
MATH 1074. Applied Trigonometry (2) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065) or transfer credit for MATH 1075 or equivalent.
MATH 2283. Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
MGMT 3202. Fundamentals of Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 2113)
Choose 3 s.h. computer-related elective from:
ITEC 2000. Industrial Technology Applications of Computer Systems (3) (F,S,SS)
MIS 2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
4. Electives to complete requirements for graduation.
Construction Management Minor
The construction management minor requires 27 s.h. of credit as follows:
Required courses ..............................................................................................................................27 s.h.
CMGT 2210, 2211. Construction and Civil Materials (3,0) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; majors and minors
only; P/C: MATH 1065 or 1066)
CMGT 2660, 2661. Structural Systems, Materials and Codes (3,0) (F,S,SS) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum
grade of C in CMGT 2210)
CMGT 2664, 2665. Interior and Exterior Finishes and Systems (3,0) (F,S,SS) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0;
minimum grade of C in CMGT 2660)
CMGT 2800. Foundations of Construction (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade of C in
CMGT 2210; computer-related elective)
CMGT 3100. Construction Plans and Analysis (3) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; CMGT 2800; P/C: CMGT
2664, 2665)
CMGT 3664. Construction Contracts and Specications (3) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade
of C in CMGT 2664; P/C: CMGT 3100)
CMGT 3726. Construction Project Safety Management (3) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade
of C in 3664)
298
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
CMGT 4660. Construction Estimating (3) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade of C in CMGT 3664;
P/C: CMGT 3660*) [*For students seeking CMGT minor P/C: CMGT 3660 will be waived]
CMGT 4662. Construction Planning and Scheduling (3) (F,S) (P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade of
C in CMGT 4660
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING
O. Hayden Grifn, Chairperson, 214 Slay Building
The Department of Engineering offers a BS in engineering with four concentration areas: biomedical engineering, bioprocess
engineering, industrial and systems engineering, and mechanical engineering. The BS in engineering program is accredited by
the Engineering Accreditatin Commission of ABET, 111 Market Place, Suite 1050, Baltimore, MD 21202-4012, telephone:
410- 347-7700.
The mission of the department is to provide a theory-based, application-oriented general engineering education that serves
as a basis for career success and lifelong learning. Our graduates demonstrate the engineering and scientic knowledge to
analyze, design, improve and evaluate integrated technology–based systems. Our program welcomes a diverse student body
and provides the support to foster its success.
Graduates of the BS in engineering program will:
1. Use their education to be successful in a technical career or graduate studies, demonstrating competence in applying
classical methods and modern engineering tools;
2. Analyze technical, environmental, and societal issues related to engineering designs and technology systems;
3. Be productive team members and leaders, using skills in human relations and communication;
4. Practice a lifelong commitment to learning and professional development; and
5. Demonstrate commitment to the professional and ethical standards of engineering and recognize the importance of
community and professional service.
Graduates of the BS program have: (a) an ability to apply knowledge of math, science and engineering; b) an ability to design
and conduct experiments/analyze and interpret data; (c) an ability to design a system, component, or process; (d) an ability to
function on multi-disciplinary teams; (e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems; (f) an understanding
of professional and ethical responsibility; (g) an ability to communicate effectively; (h) an ability to evaluate the impact of
technology in a global/societal context; (i) an appreciation for lifelong learning; (j) knowledge of contemporary issues; (k) an
ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern tools for engineering practice; and (l) an ability to apply engineering concepts to
an area of concentrated study, chosen from biomedical engineering, bioprocess engineering, industrial and systems engineering,
or mechanical engineering.
The BS program is distinctive from many other engineering programs in that it: 1) focuses on hands-on project applications
of engineering, beginning with the freshman year and continuing throughout the program; 2) promotes a team-based learning
approach where students work closely with each other and the faculty; and 3) integrates science, math and engineering content
to assure a coordinated presentation of concepts that ow from theory to advanced practice and application.
Engineering students are encouraged to pursue registration as a Professional Engineer (PE). The rst step in this process is
completion of the Fundamentals of Engineering (FE) Exam. Students are required to take the FE exam during their senior
year. Subsequent to graduation, professional licensure requires at least four years of progressive engineering experience and
successful completion of the PE Examination.
Admission
Admission to the university or college does not guarantee admission to the engineering program. Students with an interest
in engineering should indicate engineering as the desired major when they apply to the university and complete a separate
application to the engineering program. The engineering application can be found on the Department of Engineering Web
site at www.tecs.ecu.edu/engineering. Once students have been accepted into the university, the engineering admissions
committee evaluates program applicants based on a number of success indicators including SAT/ACT scores, performance
in math and science courses, high school GPA, and rank in class. The average SAT for freshmen admitted to the engineering
299
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
program at ECU is typically over 1100 on mathematics and critical reading. Prior to enrolling in classes, engineering students
also take an engineering mathematics placement test focused on calculus readiness. Information on this test is included in
the engineering acceptance letter.
Transfer admission: Students transferring to the engineering program must rst meet university transfer requirements. Once
transfer students have been admitted to the university, they may apply to the engineering program and will be evaluated
by the department admissions committee on the potential to succeed with particular emphasis on performance in math
and science classes. Students who have completed an associate degree from an approved pre-engineering program will be
directly admitted to the BS program.
Special Department Programs
Internships. All engineering students are encouraged to complete internships, service learning projects, and professional
practice activities prior to graduation. The department maintains a number of internship relationships at local and regional
employers. Full-time students who have completed 24 credit hours and have a 2.5 minimum cumulative GPA are eligible for these
ECU internships. Transfer students must complete 12 credit hours at ECU before applying for the internship program.
Engineering Learning Community. Incoming freshmen are encouraged to live in the engineering learning community
dormitory on campus. This program builds teamwork and collaboration skills and facilitates the transition to university life.
Undergraduate Research. Students are strongly encouraged to pursue undergraduate research with a faculty member.
Up to 3 s.h. of undergraduate research may be applied toward degree requirements as a technical elective. Information
regarding undergraduate research may be obtained from the concentration coordinator.
BS in Engineering
Minimum degree requirement for the engineering program is 128 s.h. credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs.), including those listed below ............................ 42 s.h.
BIOL 1050. General Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) and BIOL 1051. General Biology Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
(C: BIOL 1030 or 1050) or BIOL 1100, 1101. Principles of Biology and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
(P/C for 1101: BIOL 1100)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 2151. Engineering Calculus I (3) (S) (FC:MA) (May not receive credit for MATH 2151 after receiving credit for
MATH 2171) (P: MATH 1083 or 1085 or placement test criteria; or consent of instructor)
PHIL 2275. Professional Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) or PHIL 2274. Business Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
PHYS 2350. University Physics (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 2350: MATH 2121, 2151, or 2171)
2. Engineering Foundation ..............................................................................................................39 s.h.
ENGR 1012. Engineering Graphics (2) (F) (C: MATH 1083 or higher)
ENGR 1014. Introduction to Engineering (3) (S) (P: ENGR 1012)
ENGR 2022. Statics (3) (S) (C: PHYS 2350; P: MATH 2152)
ENGR 2050. Computer Applications in Engineering (3) (S) (P: MATH 1083 or higher)
ENGR 2070. Materials and Processes (3) (F)
ENGR 2450. Dynamics (3) (S) (Formerly ENGR 3004) (P: ENGR 2022 with minimum grade of C; MATH 2152)
ENGR 3014. Circuit Analysis (3) (F) (P: MATH 2153; PHYS 2360)
ENGR 3024. Mechanics of Materials (3) (WI) (F) (P: ENGR 2022 with minimum grade of C; ENGR 2070)
ENGR 3050. Sensors, Measurements, and Controls (3) (S) (P: ENGR 3014; MATH 2154)
ENGR 3400. Engineering Economics (3) (WI) (F) (P: MATH 2152)
ENGR 3500. Introduction to Engineering Project Management (3) (WI) (S) (Formerly ENGR 3300) (P: ENGR 3400;
MATH 3307)
ENGR 3800. Quality Control for Engineers (3) (S) (Formerly ENGR 4000) (P: MATH 3307)
ENGR 4010. Senior Capstone Design Project I (2) (WI) (F) (P: Consent of instructor)
ENGR 4020. Senior Capstone Design Project II (2) (WI) (S) (P: ENGR 4010)
3. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................21 s.h.
300
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
CHEM 1150, 1151. General Cemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150: CHEM 1151;
C for 1151: CHEM1150)
MATH 2152. Engineering Calculus II (3) (S) (FC:MA) (May not receive credit for MATH 2152 after receiving credit
or MATH 2172) (P: MATH 2151 or 2171; or consent of instructor)
MATH 2153. Engineering Calculus III (3) (F) (FC:MA) (May not receive credit for MATH 2153 after receiving credit
for MATH 2173) (P: MATH 2152 or 2172; or consent of instructor)
MATH 2154. Engineering Linear Algebra and Differential Equations I (4) (S) (P: ENGR 2050; MATH 2153)
MATH 3307. Mathematical Statistics I (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 2172)
PHYS 2360. University Physics (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: PHYS 2350)
4. Concentrations (Choose one)
Biomedical Engineering ..............................................................................................................26 s.h.
BIME 3000. Foundations of Biomedical Engineering (3) (F) (P: Consent of instructor)
BIME 4030. Biomechanics and Materials (4) (S) (P: CHEM 2750, 2753; ENGR 2450 with minimum grade of C,
ENGR 3024)
BIME 4040. Physiological Systems and Modeling for Engineering (3) (S) (P: BIME 3000)
BIME 4200. Biomedical Instrumentation (4) (F) (P: BIME 3000; ENGR 3050)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160:
CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
CHEM 2750. Organic Chemistry I (3) (F,S,SS) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161; C: CHEM 2753)
CHEM 2753. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) (F,S,SS) (C: CHEM 2750)
ENGR 3012. Thermal and Fluid Systems (4) (S) (P: ENGR 2450 with minimum grade of C; MATH 2153)
Bioprocess Engineering ..............................................................................................................26 s.h.
BIOE 3016 Engineering Applications in Microbial Systems (2) (F) (P: ENGR 2450 with minimum C; MATH 2154;
C: CHEM 2650, 2651)
BIOE 3250. Bioprocess Engineering Systems (3) (S) (Formerly BIOE 3000) (P: CHEM 2650, 2651; BIOE 3016)
BIOE 4006. Bioprocess Validation and Quality (2 ) (F) (P: MATH 3307; consent of instructor)
BIOE 4010. Bioprocess Separation Engineering (3) (F) (P: BIOE 3250; ENGR 3012)
BIOE 4020. Bioprocess Plant Design, Simulation and Analysis (3) (S) (P: BIOE 4010, MATH 3307)
CHEM 1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160:
CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085)
CHEM 2650. Organic Chemistry for the Life Sciences (4) (F,S) (P: CHEM 1160, 1161)
CHEM 2651. Organic Chemistry Lab for the Life Sciences (1) (F,S) (C: CHEM 2650)
ENGR 3012. Thermal and Fluid Systems (4) (S) (P: ENGR 2450 with minimum grade of C; MATH 2153)
Industrial and Systems Engineering ........................................................................................26 s.h.
ISYS 3010. Principles and Methods of Industrial and Systems Engineering (3) (F) (P: Junior standing in engineering)
ISYS 3060. Systems Optimization (3) (F) (P: MATH 2154, 3307)
ISYS 4010. Work Measurement and Human Factors (3) (S) (P: MATH 3307)
ISYS 4020. Analysis of Production Systems and Facility Design (3) (F) (P: MATH 3307)
ISYS 4065. Discrete System Modeling (3) (F) (P: ENGR 3800)
ENGR 3012. Thermal and Fluid Systems (4) (S) (P: ENGR 2450 with minimum grade of C: MATH 2153)
Technical electives, 7 s.h. as approved by the academic advisor.
Mechanical Engineering .............................................................................................................26 s.h.
MENG 3624. Solid Mechanics (3) (S) (P: ENGR 3024)
MENG 3070. Thermodynamics I (3) (F) (P: MATH 2154; ENGR 2450 with minimum grade of C)
MENG 4018. Thermodynamics II (3) (S) (P: MENG 3070)
MENG 4150. Fluid Mechanics (4) (F) (P: ENGR 2450 with minimum grade of C; MATH 2154 )
MENG 4260. Heat and Mass Transfer (3) (F) (P: MENG 3070)
MENG 4650. Machine Design (3) (F) (P: MENG 3624)
Technical electives, 7 s.h. as approved by the academic advisor.
5. Technical electives to complete graduation requirements as approved by the
academic advisor.
301
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
DEPARTMENT OF TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS
Tijjani (TJ) Mohammed, Interim Chairperson, Suite 202 Science and Technology Building
Admission
Upon admission to the university, students may declare a major in one of the following degree programs: design, industrial
distribution and logistics, industrial engineering technology, or information and computer technology. The technology systems
degree programs are accredited by the Association of Technology, Management, and Applied Engineering. The minimum
degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit.
Students who have an associate degree from an approved technical program can be admitted directly into the department’s
programs but must either transfer or take courses that meet the core technical content in the programs. Although any
department degree can be entered by transfer students, the BS in industrial technology is designed specically to meet a broad
range of needs of transfer students from community colleges. Students transferring credits without an associate’s degree will
have their previous courses individually evaluated for program credit.
Those ECU students intending to transfer to a technology systems degree program from other campus programs must have
at least a 2.0 GPA.
BS in Design
Robert A. Chin, Coordinator, 207 Science and Technology Building
The design program is accredited by the Association of Technology, Management, and Applied Engineering. Minimum degree
requirement is 126 s.h. credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .............................42 s.h.
All concentrations:
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PHIL 2274. Business Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) or PHIL 2275. Professional Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU)
PHYS 1250. General Physics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 1250: MATH 1065 or 1066)
PHYS 1251. General Physics Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C: PHYS 1250 or 2350)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3241. Personnel and Industrial Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
Architectural Technology:
GEOL 1700. Environmental Geology (4) (F,S) (FC:SC)
Mechanical Technology:
PHYS 1260. General Physics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P: PHYS 1250)
PHYS 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C: PHYS 1260 or 2260)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................53 s.h.
DESN 2034, 2035. Engineering Graphics I (3,0) (F,S) (P: ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223)
DESN 2036, 2037. Computer-Aided Design and Drafting (3,0) (F,S) (P: DESN 2034)
DESN 3032, 3033. Engineering Graphics II (3,0) (S) (P: DESN 2036; ITEC 2080; PHYS 1250; C: ITEC 2090; or
program coordinator approval)
DESN 4030, 4031. Descriptive Geometry (3,0) (S) (P: DESN 3032; MATH 1074)
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
IENG 2020, 2021. Materials and Processes Technology (3,0) (WI*) (F,S) (P: ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223)
ITEC 2000. Industrial Technology Applications of Computer Systems (3) (F,S) or MIS 2223 Introduction to
Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
ITEC 2054, 2055. Electricity/Electronics Fundamentals (3,0) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or 1085 or 2119)
302
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
ITEC 2080, 2081. Thermal and Fluid Systems (3,0) (F,S) (P: IENG 2020)
ITEC 2090, 2091. Electromechanical Systems (3,0) (F,S) (P: ITEC 2054)
ITEC 3200. Introduction to Statistical Process Control (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent) or MATH
2283. Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA)
ITEC 3290. Technical Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
ITEC 3292. Industrial Safety (3) (F,S) (P: Junior standing)
ITEC 3300. Technology Project Management (3) (F,S) (WI) (P: ENGL 1200; ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223)
ITEC 3800. Cost and Capital Project Analysis (3) (S) (P: MATH 1065) or FINA 3004. Survey of Financial
Management (3) (F,S,SS)
ITEC 4293. Industrial Supervision (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: Senior standing or consent of instructor) or MGMT 3202.
Fundamentals of Management (3) (F,S,SS)
ITEC 4300. Quality Assurance Concepts (3) (F,S) (P: ITEC 3200 or MATH 2283)
MATH 1074. Applied Trigonometry (2) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065)
3. Concentration area (Choose one) .............................................................................................23 s.h.
Architectural Technology:
BIOL 1060. Environmental Biology (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC)
BIOL 1061. Environmental Biology Laboratory (1) (F,S) (FC:SC)
DESN 3030, 3031. Architectural Drafting (3,0) (F,S) (P: DESN 2036 or IDSN 2281; ITEC 2080; or program
coordinator approval)
DESN 3036, 3037. Architectural Design and Drafting (3,0) (F) (P: DESN 3030; 3032; or program coordinator
approval)
DESN 3038, 3039. Sustainable Design (3,0) (S) (P: BIOL 1060, 1061; DESN 3030; GEOL 1700; ITEC 2090, 3300;
PSYC 3241; or program coordinator approval)
PLAN 3021. Introduction to Planning Techniques (3) (F)
PLAN 3051. Introduction to GIS in Planning (3) (F)
PLAN 4003. Urban Form and Design (3) (S)
Mechanical Technology:
CHEM 1020. General Descriptive Chemistry (4) (F,S) (FC:SC)
CHEM 1021. General Descriptive Chemistry Laboratory (1) (F,S) (FC:SC)
DESN 3230, 3231. Rapid Prototyping (3,0) (S) (P: DESN 3032; IENG 2076)
DESN 3234, 3235. Jig and Fixture Design (3,0) (F) (P: DESN 3032; ITEC 2090; IENG 2076)
DESN 3236, 3237. Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing (3,0) (F) (P: DESN 3032; MATH 1074; ITEC 3200
or MATH 2283)
IENG 2076, 2077. Introduction to Computer Numerical Control (CNC) (3,0) (F,S) (P: DESN 2034)
IENG 3020, 3021. Introduction to Computer Integrated Manufacturing (3,0) (S) (P: ITEC 2090; IENG 2076)
IENG 3300. Plant Layout and Materials Handling (3) (F) (P: IENG 2020)
4. Approved electives to complete requirements for graduation ............................................ 8 s.h.
BS in Industrial Distribution and Logistics
Richard Monroe, Coordinator, 402 Science and Technology Building
The industrial distribution and logistics program is accredited by the Association of Technology, Management, and Applied
Engineering. The minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................. 42 s.h.
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3241. Personnel and Industrial Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
303
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
2. Core ..............................................................................................................................................57 s.h.
IDIS 2771. Introduction to Distribution and Logistics (3) (F,S)
IDIS 3780, 3781. Warehousing and Materials Handling (3,0) (F) (P: IDIS 2771)
IDIS 3785. Global Logistics (3) (F) (P: IDIS 2771, 3815)
IDIS 3790. Technical Presentations for Industry (3) (F,S) (P: ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223)
IDIS 3795, 3796. Distributor Sales and Branch Management (3,0) (F,S) (P: IDIS 2771)
IDIS 3800. Transportation Logistics (3) (S) (P: IDIS 2771)
IDIS 3805. Purchasing Logistics (3) (F,S) (P: IDIS 2771)
IDIS 3815. Supply Chain Logistics (3) (F,S) (P: IDIS 2771)
IDIS 3825. Strategic Pricing for Distributors (3) (S) (P: IDIS 2771, ACCT 2101)
IDIS 3830. ERP Systems for Distributors (3) (F,S) (P: IDIS 3780, 3781, 3815)
IDIS 3835. Security and Risk Analysis for Distributors (3) (S) (P: IDIS 3815)
IDIS 4800. Distribution and Logistics Capstone (3) (F,S) (P: Junior standing; IDIS 3790, ITEC 3290, 3300; IDIS major)
IDIS 4802. Distribution Research (3) (F,S) (P: IDIS 4800; senior standing)
ITEC 3290. Technical Writing (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200)
ITEC 3292. Industrial Safety (3) (F,S) (Formerly EHST 3292) (P: Junior standing)
ITEC 3300. Technology Project Management (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200; ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223)
ITEC 3800. Cost and Capital Project Analysis (3) (S) (P: MATH 1065)
ITEC 4293. Industrial Supervision (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: Senior standing; or consent of instructor)
ITEC 4300. Quality Assurance Concepts (3) (F,S) (P: ITEC 3200 or MATH 2283)
3. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................12 s.h.
ACCT 2101. Survey of Financial and Management Accounting (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065)
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
MATH 2283. Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent) or ITEC 3200. Introduction
to Statistical Process Control (3,0) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1065 or equivalent)
ITEC 2000. Industrial Technology Applications of Computer Systems (3) (F,S) or MIS 2223. Introduction to
Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
4. Electives to complete requirements for graduation ............................................................. 15 s.h.
BS in Industrial Engineering Technology
Merwan B. Mehta, Coordinator, 212 Science and Technology Building
Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. of credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................. 42 s.h.
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or MATH
1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics
placement test or approval of dept chair)
PHYS 1250, 1260. General Physics (3,3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 1250: MATH 1065 or 1066; P for 1260: PHYS 1250)
PHYS 1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350; C for 1261:
PHYS 1260 or 2260)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3241. Personnel and Industrial Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
2. Core ................................................................................................................................................66 s.h.
DESN 2034, 2035. Engineering Graphics I (3,0) (F,S) (P: ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223)
DESN 2036, 2037. Computer-Aided Design and Drafting (3,0) (F,S) (P: DESN 2034)
IENG 2020, 2021. Materials and Processes Technology (3,0) (WI*) (F,S) (P: ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223)
IENG 2076, 2077. Introduction to Computer Numerical Control (CNC) (3,0) (F,S) (P: DESN 2034)
304
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
IENG 3020, 3021. Introduction to Computer Integrated Manufacturing (3,0) (S) (P: ITEC 2090; IENG 2076)
IENG 3300. Plant Layout and Materials Handling (3) (F) (P: IENG 2020)
IENG 3600. Statics and Strength of Materials (3) (S) (P: IENG 2020, MATH 2119)
IENG 4020. Manufacturing System Planning (3) (F) (P: ITEC 3200; MATH 2119)
IENG 4023. Advanced Manufacturing Systems (3) (S) (P: IENG 3300)
IENG 4092. Operation Research (3) (S) (P: IENG 3300, MATH 2119)
IENG 4200. Work Methods and Ergonomic Analysis (3) (S) (P: IENG 4020)
IENG 4900. Capstone (3) (F,S) (P: Senior standing)
ITEC 2000. Industrial Technology Applications of Computer Systems (3) (F,S)
ITEC 2054, 2055. Electricity/Electronics Fundamentals (3,0) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or 1085 or 2119)
ITEC 2080, 2081. Thermal and Fluid Systems (3,0) (F,S) (P: IENG 2020)
ITEC 2090, 2091. Electromechanical Systems (3,0) (F,S) (P: ITEC 2054)
ITEC 3290. Technical Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
ITEC 3292. Industrial Safety (3) (F,S) (P: Junior standing)
ITEC 3300. Technology Project Management (3) (F,S) (WI) (P: ENGL 1200; ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223)
ITEC 3800. Cost and Capital Project Analysis (3) (S) (P: MATH 1065)
ITEC 4293. Industrial Supervision (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: Senior standing or approval of instructor)
ITEC 4300. Quality Assurance Concepts (3) (F,S) (P: ITEC 3200 or MATH 2283)
3. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................12 s.h.
CHEM 1020. General Descriptive Chemistry (4) (F,S)
ITEC 3200. Introduction to Statistical Process Control (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
MATH 1074. Applied Trigonometry (2) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065)
MATH 2119. Elements of Calculus (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 with minimum grade of C)
4. Approved electives to complete requirements for graduation.
BS in Industrial Technology
David L. Batts, Coordinator, 230 Slay Building
The industrial technology program is accredited by the Association of Technology, Management, and Applied Engineering.
Student must have an associate degree from an approved technical program. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h.
of credit as follows. Students must complete at ECU a minimum of 42 s.h. credit of upper division core and concentration
courses. Industrial technology courses completed at ECU and transfer courses must total at least 66 s.h. All students pursuing
a bachelor of science in industrial technology through distance education (online) are required to complete ITEC 3000 in
their initial semester of enrollment at East Carolina University. For distance education (online) students only, ITEC 3000 will
fulll 3 s.h. of the required 27 s.h. in their chosen concentration area. ITEC 3100, 4100 or any course that does not meet as
a class may not be used as upper division core or concentration courses.
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below ............................. 42 s.h.
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or MATH
1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics
placement test or approval of dept chair)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3241. Personnel and Industrial Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
2. Lower Division Core ....................................................................................................................24 s.h.
Transfer technical courses up to 24 s.h. or approved technical courses.
3. Upper Division Core ....................................................................................................................15 s.h.
ITEC 3200. Introduction to Statistical Process Control (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
ITEC 3290. Technical Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
305
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
ITEC 3300. Technology Project Management (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200; ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223)
ITEC 3800. Cost and Capital Project Analysis (3) (S) (P: MATH 1065)
ITEC 4293. Industrial Supervision (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: Senior standing or approval of instructor)
4. Concentrations (choose one) .....................................................................................................27 s.h.
Architectural Technology
DESN 3030, 3031. Architectural Drafting (3,0) (F,S) (P: DESN 2036 or IDSN 2281; ITEC 2080; or program
coordinator approval)
DESN 3032, 3033. Engineering Graphics II (3,0) (S) (P: DESN 2036; ITEC 2080; PHYS 1250; C: ITEC 2090;
or program coordinator approval)
DESN 3036, 3037. Architectural Design and Drafting (3,0) (F) (P: DESN 3030, 3032; or program coordinator
approval)
DESN 3038, 3039. Sustainable Design (3,0) (S) (P: BIOL 1060, 1061; DESN 3030; GEOL 1700; ITEC 2090, 3300;
PSYC 3241; or program coordinator approval)
PLAN 3021. Introduction to Planning Techniques (3) (F)
PLAN 3051. Introduction to GIS in Planning (3) (F)
PLAN 4003. Urban Form and Design (3) (S)
Approved technical electives (6 s.h.)
Bioprocess Manufacturing
ITEC 3292. Industrial Safety (3) (F,S) (P: Junior standing)
ITEC 4150. Microbiology for Industrial Processing (3) (S EY) (P: Admitted to bioprocess manufacturing
concentration within BS industrial technology degree)
ITEC 4250. Engineering for Food Safety and Sanitation (3) (F OY) (P: Admitted to bioprocess manufacturing
concentration within BS industrial technology degree)
ITEC 4300. Quality Assurance Concepts (3) (F,S) (P: ITEC 3200 or MATH 2283)
ITEC 4350. Separation Techniques for Industrial Processing (3) (S OY) (P: Admitted to bioprocess manufacturing
concentration within BS industrial technology degree)
ITEC 4450. Waste Treatment Techniques for Industrial Processing (3) (S OY) (P: Admitted to bioprocess
manufacturing concentration within BS industrial technology degree)
ITEC 4550. Quality in Regulatory Environments (3) (F EY) (P: Admitted to bioprocess manufacturing concentration
within BS industrial technology degree)
Approved technical electives (6 s.h.)
Distribution and Logistics
IDIS 2771. Introduction to Distribution and Logistics (3) (F,S)
IDIS 3785. Global Logistics (3) (F,S) (P: IDIS 2771)
IDIS 3790. Technical Presentations for Industry (3) (F,S) (P: ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223)
IDIS 3800. Transportation Logistics (3) (S) (P: IDIS 2771)
IDIS 3805. Purchasing Logistics (3) (F,S) (P: IDIS 2771)
IDIS 3815. Supply Chain Logistics (3) (F,S) (P: IDIS 2771)
IDIS 3825. Strategic Pricing for Distributors (3) (S) (P: ACCT 2101; IDIS 2771)
IDIS 3835. Security and Risk Analysis for Distributors (3) (S) (P: IDIS 3815)
Approved technical electives (3 s.h.)
Industrial Supervision
IDIS 2771. Introduction to Distribution and Logistics (3) (F,S)
IDIS 3790. Technical Presentations for Industry (3) (F,S) (P: ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223)
IDIS 3815. Supply Chain Logistics (3) (F,S) (P: IDIS 2771)
IENG 3300. Plant Layout and Materials Handling (3) (F) (P: IENG 2020)
IENG 4200. Work Methods and Ergonomic Analysis (3) (S) (P: IENG 4020)
ITEC 3292. Industrial Safety (3) (F,S) (P: Junior standing)
ITEC 4300. Quality Assurance Concepts (3) (F,S) (P: ITEC 3200 or MATH 2283)
Approved technical electives (6 s.h.)
306
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Information and Computer Technology
Choose nine courses from below (27 s.h.):
ICTN 2000. Introduction to Telecommunications (3) (F)
ICTN 2530, 2531 Network Environment II (3,0) (F,S) (P: ICTN 1500)
ICTN 2900, 2901. Introduction to Network Security (3,0) (F) (P: ICTN 2154)
ICTN 3250, 3251. Internetwork Routing Technology (3,0) (F) (P: Current CCNA certication)
ICTN 3530, 3531 Network Environment II (3,0) (S) (P: ICTN 1500)
ICTN 3540, 3541. Network Environment III (3,0) (F) (P: ICTN 2510, 2530)
ICTN 3900, 3901. Web Services Management (3,0) (F) (P: ICTN 2510, 2530)
ICTN 4010, 4011. User Application Management and Emerging Technologies (3,0) (F) (P: ICTN 2510, 2530)
ICTN 4040. Communication Security (3) (S) (P: Senior standing and ICTN 2154)
ICTN 4064. Regulations and Policies (3) (S) (P/C: FINA 2244; P: ICTN 2000)
ICTN 4150, 4151. Switching Network Technology (3,0) (F) (P: Current CCNA certication)
ICTN 4200, 4201. Intrusion Detection Technologies (3,0) (F) (P: ICTN 2530, 2900)
ICTN 4250, 4251. Enterprise Network Technology (3,0) (S) (P: Current CCNA certication)
ICTN 4592, 4593. Optimizing Converged Networks (3,0) (S) (P: Current CCNA certication)
ICTN 4600, 4601. Enterprise Information Technology Management (3,0) (S) (P: ICTN 2154, 2540)
ICTN 4800, 4801. Information Assurance Technologies (3,0) (F) (P: ICTN 2530, 2900)
ITEC 3000. Internet Tools Technology (3) (F,S) (P: MIS 2223 or ITEC 2000; distance education (online) student)
Manufacturing Systems
IENG 3300. Plant Layout and Materials Handing (3) (F) (P: IENG 2020)
IENG 4020. Manufacturing System Planning (3) (F) (P: ITEC 3200)
IENG 4023. Advanced Manufacturing Systems (3) (S) (P: IENG 3300)
IENG 4200. Work Methods and Ergonomic Analysis (3) (S) (P: IENG 4020)
ITEC 3292. Industrial Safety (3) (F,S) (P: Junior standing)
ITEC 4300. Quality Assurance Concepts (3) (F,S) (P: ITEC 3200 or MATH 2283)
Approved technical electives (9 s.h.)
Mechanical Technology
DESN 3032, 3033. Engineering Graphics II (3,0) (S) (P: DESN 2036; ITEC 2080; PHYS 1250; C: ITEC 2090;
or program coordinator approval)
DESN 3230, 3231. Rapid Prototyping (3,0) (S) (P: DESN 3032; IENG 2076)
DESN 3234, 3235. Jig and Fixture Design (3,0) (F) (P: DESN 3032; ITEC 2090; IENG 2076)
DESN 3236, 3237. Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing (3,0) (F) (P: DESN 3032; MATH 1074; ITEC 3200
or MATH 2283)
IENG 2076, 2077. Introduction to Computer Numerical Control (CNC) (3,0) (F,S) (P: DESN 2034)
IENG 3020, 3021. Introduction to Computer Integrated Manufacturing (3,0) (S) (P: ITEC 2090; IENG 2076)
IENG 3300. Plant Layout and Materials Handling (3) (F) (P: IENG 2020)
Approved technical electives (6 s.h.)
5. Cognates .......................................................................................................................................... 5 s.h.
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
MATH 1074. Applied Trigonometry (2) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065)
6. Approved electives to complete requirements for graduation.
307
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
BS in Information and Computer Technology
Philip J. Lunsford, Coordinator, C123 Science and Technology Building
The information and computer technology program is accredited by the Association of Technology, Management, and Applied
Engineering. Credit toward an information and computer technology major will not be given for any ICTN course with a
grade less than C. Minimum degree requirement is 126 s.h. credit as follows:
1. Foundations curriculum requirements (See Section 4, Foundations Curriculum Requirements
for all Baccalaureate Degree Programs), including those listed below .............................42 s.h.
COMM 2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) or COMM 2420. Business and Professional Communication (3)
(F,S,SS) (FC:FA)
ECON 2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test) or MATH
1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics
placement test or approval of dept chair)
PHYS 1250, 1260. General Physics (3,3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (P for 1250: MATH 1065 or 1066; P for 1260: PHYS 1250)
PHYS 1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) (C for 1251: PHYS 1250 or 2350; C for 1261:
PHYS 1260 or 2260)
PSYC 1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO)
PSYC 3241. Personnel and Industrial Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) (P: PSYC 1000 or 1060)
2. Lower Division Core ....................................................................................................................24 s.h.
ICTN 1500, 1501. PC Hardware (3,0) (F,S)
ICTN 2000. Introduction to Telecommunications (3) (F)
ICTN 2154, 2155. Digital Communication Systems (3,0) (F,S) (P: ICTN 1500; RP/C: ICTN 2000)
ICTN 2158, 2159. Computer Network Technology (3,0) (F,S) (P: ICTN 2154)
ICTN 2510, 2511. Network Environment I (3,0) (F) (P: ICTN 1500)
ICTN 2530, 2531. Network Environment II (3,0) (S) (P: ICTN 1500)
ICTN 2732. Scripting for Information Technology (3) (S) (P: ITEC 2000; P/C: ICTN 2530)
ITEC 2000. Industrial Technology Applications of Computer Systems (3) (F,S) or ITEC 3000. Internet Tools
Technology (3) (F,S) (P: MIS 2223 or ITEC 2000 or equivalent experience) or equivalent.
3. Upper Division Core ....................................................................................................................27 s.h.
ICTN 2900, 2901. Introduction to Network Security (3,0) (F) (P: ICTN 2154)
ICTN 3540, 3541. Network Environment III (3,0) (F) (P: ICTN 2530)
ICTN 4000. Network Internship (3) (F,S,SS) (P: Junior standing and ICTN major)
ICTN 4020. Senior Information and Computer Technology Capstone Design Project I (1) (WI) (F) (P: Senior
standing, IDIS 3790, ITEC 3290, 3300 and ICTN major)
ICTN 4022. Senior Information and Computer Technology Capstone Design Project II (2) (WI) (S) (P: ICTN 4020)
ICTN 4040. Communication Security (3) (S) (P: Senior standing and ICTN 2154, 2530)
IDIS 3790. Technical Presentations for Industry (3) (F,S) (P: ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223)
ITEC 3290. Technical Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
ITEC 3300. Technology Project Management (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200; ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223)
4. Concentration area (Choose one.) ............................................................................................12 s.h.
Computer Networking:
ICTN 3250, 3251. Internetwork Routing Technology (3,0) (F) (P: Current CCNA certication)
ICTN 4150, 4151. Switching Network Technology (3,0) (F) (P: Current CCNA certication)
ICTN 4250, 4251. Enterprise Network Technology (3,0) (S) (P: Current CCNA certication)
ICTN 4592, 4593. Optimizing Converged Networks (3,0) (S) (P: Current CCNA certication)
Information Security:
ICTN 4064. Regulations and Policies (3) (S) (P/C: FINA 2244; P: ICTN 2000, 2530)
ICTN 4200, 4201. Intrusion Detection Technologies (3,0) (F) (P: ICTN 2530, 2900)
ICTN 4600, 4601. Enterprise Information Technology Management (3,0) (S) (P: ICTN 2154, 2540)
ICTN 4800, 4801. Information Assurance Technologies (3,0) (F) (P: ICTN 2530, 2900)
COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
308
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
SECTION 8: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Information Technology:
ICTN 3900, 3901. Web Services Management (3,0) (F) (P: ICTN 2510, 2530)
ICTN 4010, 4011. User Application Management and Emerging Technologies (3,0) (F) (P: ICTN 2510, 2530)
ICTN 4064. Regulations and Policies (3) (S) (P/C: FINA 2244; P: ICTN 2000, 2530)
ICTN 4600, 4601. Enterprise Information Technology Management (3,0) (S) (P: ICTN 2154, 2540)
5. Cognates ........................................................................................................................................12 s.h.
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
ITEC 3200. Introduction to Statistical Process Control (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent) or MATH
2283. Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
ITEC 3800. Cost and Capital Project Analysis (3) (S) (P: MATH 1065) or ACCT 2101 Survey of Financial and
Managerial Accounting (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066) or ACCT 2401. Financial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS)
(P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or 2119 or 2121 or 2171)
ITEC 4293. Industrial Supervision (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: Senior standing or approval of instructor) or MGMT 3202.
Fundamentals of Management (3) (F,S,SS) (P: ECON 1000 or 2113)
6. Approved electives to complete requirements for graduation.
Architectural Design Technology Minor
The architectural design technology design minor requires a minimum of 30 s.h. of credit:
DESN 2034, 2035. Engineering Graphics I (3,0) (F,S) (P: ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223)
DESN 2036, 2037. Computer-Aided Design and Drafting (3,0) (F,S) (P: DESN 2034)
DESN 3030, 3031. Architectural Drafting (3,0) (F,S) (P: DESN 2036 or IDSN 2281; ITEC 2080; or program
coordinator approval)
DESN 3032, 3033. Engineering Graphics II (3,0) (S) (P: DESN 2036; ITEC 2080; PHYS 1250; C: ITEC 2090;
or program coordinator approval)
DESN 3036, 3037. Architectural Design and Drafting (3,0) (F) (P: DESN 3030, 3032; or program coordinator
approval)
DESN 3038, 3039. Sustainable Design (3,0) (S) (P: BIOL 1060, 1061; DESN 3030; GEOL 1700; ITEC 2090, 3300;
PSYC 3241; or program coordinator approval)
ITEC 2000. Industrial Technology Applications of Computer Systems (3) (F,S) or MIS 2223. Introduction to
Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
And 9 s.h. from the following:
PLAN 1900. Planning for the Human Environment (3) (F,S,SS)
PLAN 3021. Introduction to Planning Techniques (3) (F)
PLAN 3051. Introduction to GIS in Planning (3) (F) (P: PLAN 3410 or consent of instructor)
PLAN 4003. Urban Form and Design (3) (S)
PLAN 4021. Advanced GIS Applications in Planning (3) (S) (P: PLAN 3051 or GEOG 2410 or consent of
instructor)
PLAN 4046. Planning and Design Studio (3) (F,S)
PLAN 5985. Historic Preservation Planning (3)
309
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year;
(EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Industrial Technology Management Minor
The industrial technology management minor requires 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
FINA 2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS)
IDIS 2771. Introduction to Distribution and Logistics (3) (F,S)
ITEC 3200. Introduction to Statistical Process Control (3) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent)
ITEC 3290. Technical Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (P: ENGL 1200)
ITEC 3292. Industrial Safety (3) (F,S) (P: Junior standing)
ITEC 3300. Technology Project Management (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: ENGL 1200; ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223)
ITEC 3800. Cost and Capital Project Analysis (3) (S) (P: MATH 1065)
ITEC 4293. Industrial Supervision (3) (WI) (F,S) (P: Senior standing or approval of instructor)
Information and Computer Technology Minor
The information and computer technology minor requires 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
ICTN 1500, 1501. PC Hardware (3,0) (F,S)
ICTN 2000. Introduction to Telecommunications (3) (F)
ICTN 2154, 2155. Digital Communication Systems (3,0) (F,S) (P: ICTN 1500; RP/C: ICTN 2000)
ICTN 2158, 2159. Computer Networking Technology (3,0) (F,S) (P: ICTN 2154)
ICTN 2510. 2511. Network Environment I (3,0) (F) (P: ICTN 1500)
ICTN 2530, 2531. Network Environment II (3,0) (S) (P: ICTN 1500)
ICTN 2900, 2901. Introduction to Network Security (3,0) (F) (P: ICTN 2154)
ICTN 4040. Communication Security (3) (S) (P: Senior standing; ICTN 2154, 2530)
Mechanical Design Technology Minor
The mechanical design technology minor requires a minimum of 30 s.h. of credit:
DESN 2034, 2035. Engineering Graphics I (3,0) (F,S) (P: ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223)
DESN 2036, 2037. Computer-Aided Design and Drafting (3,0) (F,S) (P: DESN 2034)
DESN 3032, 3033. Engineering Graphics II (3,0) (S) (P: DESN 2036; ITEC 2080; PHYS 1250; C: ITEC 2090;
or program coordinator approval)
DESN 3230, 3231. Rapid Prototyping (3,0) (S) (P: DESN 3032; IENG 2076)
DESN 3234, 3235. Jig and Fixture Design (3,0) (F) (P: DESN 3032; ITEC 2090; IENG 2076)
IENG 2076, 2077. Introduction to Computer Numerical Control (CNC) (3,0) (F,S) (P: DESN 2034)
ITEC 2000. Industrial Technology Applications of Computer Systems (3) (F,S) or MIS 2223. Introduction to
Computers (3) (F,S,SS)
ITEC 2054, 2055. Electricity/Electronics Fundamentals (3,0) (F,S) (P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or 1085 or 2119)
ITEC 2090, 2091. Electromechanical Systems (3,0) (F,S) (P: ITEC 2054)
MATH 1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) (P: Appropriate score on mathematics placement test)
Occupational Safety and Health Minor
Minimum requirement for environmental health minor is 24 s.h. of credit as follows:
EHST 3700. Industrial Hygiene (3) (S) (P: 8 s.h. of general science lab courses or consent of dept chair)
EHST 3701. Industrial Hygiene Lab (1) (S) (P: Consent of instructor; C: EHST 3700)
EHST 3910. Introduction to Injury Prevention (3) (F,S,SS)
EHST 3926. Construction Safety (3) (F,S)
EHST 4200. Environmental Health Management and Law (3) (F)
ITEC 3292. Industrial Safety (3) (F,S) (P: Junior standing)
Choose 8 s.h. of general science lab courses
COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
310
The courses listed as degree requirements may have prerequisites or corequisites that are not indicated. See section 9.
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SIGNIFICANCE OF COURSE NUMBERS
0001-0999 Remedial 3000-3999 Junior 6000-7001 Master’s
1000-1999 Freshman 4000-4999 Senior 7002-7999 Doctoral
2000-2999 Sophomore 5000-5999 Master’s 8000-9001 Doctoral
Five-thousand-level (5000-5999) courses are master’s courses. Undergraduate students may be admitted to ve-thousand-level
courses if they have completed the stated prerequisite(s) or with the written permission of the instructor, chairperson of the
department, director of the school, or dean of the college in which the course is offered. Seven-thousand-level (7002-7999)
courses are doctoral courses. Qualied master’s students may enroll in seven-thousand-level courses if they have completed
the stated prerequisite(s) or with the written permission of the instructor, chairperson of the department, director of the
school, or dean of the college in which the course is offered.
COURSE PREFIXES
AAAS African and African American Studies Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
ACCT Accounting College of Business
ADED Adult Education College of Education
AERO Aerospace Studies Military Programs
ANAT Anatomy Brody School of Medicine
ANTH Anthropology Department of Anthropology
ART Art and Design College of Fine Arts and Communication
ASEU Area Studies-European Studies Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
ASIA Asian Studies Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
ASLS American Sign Language Studies College of Allied Health Sciences
ATEP Athletic Training Education Program College of Health and Human Performance
BIME Biomedical Engineering College of Technology and Computer Science
BIOC Biochemistry Brody School of Medicine
BIOE Bioprocess Engineering College of Technology and Computer Science
BIOL Biology Department of Biology
BIOS Biostatistics College of Allied Health Sciences
BISC Biological Sciences Brody School of Medicine
BITE Business and Information Technologies Education College of Education
BUSI Business College of Business
CDFR Child Development and Family Relations College of Human Ecology
CHE College of Human Ecology College of Human Ecology
CHEM Chemistry Department of Chemistry
CHIN Chinese Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures
CLAS Classical Studies Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
CLSC Clinical Laboratory Science College of Allied Health Sciences
CMED Comparative Medicine Brody School of Medicine
CMGT Construction Management College of Technology and Computer Science
COAD Counselor and Adult Education College of Education
COAS Coastal and Marine Studies Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
COHE Community Health College of Allied Health Sciences
COMM Communication College of Fine Arts and Communication
CRM Coastal Resources Management Graduate School
CSCI Computer Science College of Technology and Computer Science
CSDI Speech and Hearing Sciences College of Allied Health Sciences
DESN Design and Drafting College of Technology and Computer Science
DNCE Dance College of Fine Arts and Communication
DRED Driver Education College of Health and Human Performance
ECON Economics Department of Economics
EDTC Educational Technology College of Education
EDUC Education College of Education
EHST Environmental Health College of Health and Human Performance
COURSES SECTION 9
311
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
ELEM Elementary Education College of Education
ENED English Education College of Education
ENGL English Department of English
ENGR Engineering Core Courses College of Technology and Computer Science
ENMA Engineering Management College of Technology and Computer Science
ETHN Ethnic Studies Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
EXSS Exercise and Sport Science College of Health and Human Performance
FACS Family and Consumer Sciences College of Human Ecology
FINA Finance College of Business
FLGC Foreign Languages, Generic Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures
FORL Foreign Languages Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures
FREN French Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures
GEOG Geography Department of Geography
GEOL Geological Sciences Department of Geological Sciences
GERM German Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures
GERO Gerontology Interdisciplinary Programs
GRAD Graduate Studies Graduate School
GRBK Great Books Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
GRK Greek Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures
HIED History Education College of Education
HIMA Health Information Management College of Allied Health Sciences
HIST History Department of History
HLTH Health College of Health and Human Performance
HMGT Hospitality Management College of Human Ecology
HNRS Honors Honors College
HPRO Health Professions College of Allied Health Sciences
HSMA Health Services Management College of Allied Health Sciences
HUMS Medical Humanities Brody School of Medicine
ICTN Information and Computer Technology College of Technology and Computer Science
IDIS Industrial Distribution and Logistics College of Technology and Computer Science
IDSN Interior Design College of Human Ecology
IENG Industrial Engineering Technology College of Technology and Computer Science
INTE Interdepartmental Brody School of Medicine
INTL International Studies Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
IPAM Indigenous Peoples of the Americas Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
IRHE Interdisciplinary Rural Health Education Health Sciences Division
ISYS Industrial and Systems Engineering College of Technology and Computer Science
ITAL Italian Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures
ITEC Industrial Technology College of Technology and Computer Science
JAPN Japanese Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures
JUST Criminal Justice College of Human Ecology
LATN Latin Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures
LDSP Leadership Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
LDVP Leadership Development Center for Leadership Development
LEED Educational Leadership College of Education
LIBS Library Studies College of Education
MAST Maritime Studies Coastal Resources Management
MATE Mathematics Education College of Education
MATH Mathematics Department of Mathematics
MCBI Microbiology Brody School of Medicine
MENG Mechanical Engineering College of Technology and Computer Science
MGMT Management College of Business
MIDG Middle Grades Education College of Education
MIS Management Information Systems College of Business
MKTG Marketing College of Business
SECTION 9: COURSES
312
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
MLSC Military Science Military Programs
MPH Public Health Graduate School
MPRD Media Production College of Fine Arts and Communication
MRCH Merchandising College of Human Ecology
MRST Medieval and Renaissance Studies Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
MULT Multidisciplinary Studies Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
MUSC Music College of Fine Arts and Communication
NCST North Carolina Studies Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
NEUR Neuroscience Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences and Brody School of Medicine
NURS Nursing College of Nursing
NUTR Nutrition and Dietetics College of Human Ecology
OCCT Occupational Therapy College of Allied Health Sciences
OMGT Operations Management College of Business
PADM Public Administration Department of Political Science
PADP Physician Assistant College of Allied Health Sciences
PATH Pathology Brody School of Medicine
PHAR Pharmacology Brody School of Medicine
PHIL Philosophy Department of Philosophy
PHLY Physiology Brody School of Medicine
PHYS Physics Department of Physics
PLAN Planning Department of Geography
POLS Political Science Department of Political Science
PSYC Psychology Department of Psychology
PTHE Physical Therapy College of Allied Health Sciences
RCLS Recreation and Leisure Studies College of Health and Human Performance
RCTX Recreational Therapy College of Health and Human Performance
READ Reading College of Education
REHB Rehabilitation Studies College of Allied Health Sciences
RELI Religious Studies Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
RONC Radiation Oncology Brody School of Medicine
RUSI Russian Studies Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
RUSS Russian Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures
SAFT Occupational Safety College of Technology and Computer Science
SCIE Science Education College of Education
SECS Security Studies Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
SENG Software Engineering College of Technology and Computer Science
SOCI Sociology Department of Sociology
SOCW Social Work College of Human Ecology
SPAN Spanish Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures
SPED Special Education College of Education
SUTO Sustainable Tourism Division of Research and Graduate Studies
SYSE Systems Engineering College of Technology and Computer Science
TCHR Teacher Education College of Education
TECH Technology College of Education
TESL Teaching English As A Second Language College of Education
THEA Theatre Arts College of Fine Arts and Communication
WOST Women’s Studies Thomas Harriot College of Arts and Sciences
313
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
COURSE DESCRIPTION KEY
(Number)=Courses normally meet one hour per week for each semester hour credit. The numbers in parentheses following
the title for each course listed under the various programs, departments, and schools of the university indicate the semester
hours credit. Exceptions to the rule, such as labs, are printed under course titles.
(SL)= Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning; (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are
Writing Intensive
Anticipated semester of course offering: (Semester of course offering is not guaranteed.)
(F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd Year; (EY)=Even Year
P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
Some courses that carry foundations curriculum credit have been identied in the course listings using the following key.
However, there may be other courses with the prex which also carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex
may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English (FC:HU)=Humanities
(FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science (FC:MA)=Mathematics
(FC:FA)=Fine Arts (FC:SC)=Natural Science
(FC:HL)=Health (FC:SO)=Social Science
COURSE DESCRIPTION KEY
314
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
AAAS: AFRICAN AND AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES
1000. Introduction to African and African American Studies (3) Provides a broad overview of African and
African American Studies, as well as useful perspectives and frameworks for studying African peoples in Africa and diaspora/
Atlantic World communities.
2000. Study Abroad (3) (S) On-site exploration of Africana ne arts, health, science, social science, and/or humanities
topics.
4000. Senior Seminar (3) P: Declared majors and minors in AAAS, with senior standing or consent of instructor.
Capstone for undergraduates in African and African American Studies.
ACCT: ACCOUNTING
2101. Survey of Financial and Managerial Accounting (3) (F,S) P: MATH 1065 or 1066. May not substitute for
ACCT 2401 or ACCT 2521. May not count toward any College of Business requirement. Survey from a user perspective.
2401. Financial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS) P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or 2119 or 2121 or 2171. Basic concepts and
transformation processes of accounting information system.
2521. Managerial Accounting (3) (F,S,SS) P: ACCT 2401. Accounting information systems for gathering and
organizing data for planning and control of organization activities.
3101. Fraud Examination (3) P: ACCT 2101 or ACCT 2401. Pervasiveness and causes of fraud in society; exploration
of methods of fraud detection, investigation, and prevention. Special emphasis on fraudulent nancial reporting and its affect
on capital markets. May not be used in accounting concentrations.
3551. Intermediate Accounting I (3) (F,S,SS) Registration preference given to declared and intended majors
with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: ACCT 2521; P/C: FINA 3724 or 6144. Concepts, principles, and transformations underlying
compilation and presentation of nancial statements.
3561. Intermediate Accounting II (3) (F,S,SS) Registration preference given to declared and intended majors
with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: ACCT 3551. Financial reporting theory, nancial reporting problems, and contemporary nancial
accounting issues.
3621. Cost Accounting (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared and intended majors with a minimum
2.5 GPA. P: ACCT 2521 or 6241. Types of cost accounting, including application and analysis of standard costs for planning,
control, and product costing.
3731. Advanced Accounting (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared and intended majors with a minimum
2.5 GPA. P: ACCT 3561. Accounting for business combinations, international operations, and other advanced accounting
topics.
3851. Accounting Information Systems (3) (F,S) Formerly ACCT 4651 Registration preference given to
declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P/C: ACCT 3551. Procedures, techniques, and cycles with an emphasis on business
processes and internal control.
4451. International Accounting (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5
GPA. P: FINA 3724. International nancial reporting, accounting, and controllership.
4611. Taxation for Decision Making (3) (WI) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared majors with a
minimum 2.5 GPA. P: ACCT 3551. Examination of major tax issues inherent in business and nancial transactions. Emphasis
on planning to maximize tax opportunities and minimize tax liabilities.
315
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4621. Controllership Topics (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA.
P: ACCT 3551; ACCT 3621. Major aspects of controllership, including planning, organizing, directing, measuring, and analysis
of accounting information.
4631. Internal Auditing (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared and intended majors with a minimum 2.5
GPA. P: ACCT 3621; ACCT 3851. Fundamental elements of internal control systems, including business, enterprise, and audit
risk, and basic principles used to establish internal audit objectives plus programs.
4641. Governmental and Not-for-Prot Accounting (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared and
intended majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA P: ACCT 3551. Concepts, principles, and transformations underlying compilation
and presentation of governmental and not-for-prot nancial statements.
4661. Accounting Systems II (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared and intended majors with minimum
2.5 GPA. P: ACCT 3851. Development of accounting systems for manual and automated environments. Emphasis on internal
control and reporting requirements for management and GAAP.
4921. Accounting for Business Professionals (3) (F,S) P: ACCT 2521. Not for accounting majors. Overview of
business processes, internal control and taxation. Includes exposure to generalized accounting software package.
ACCT Banked Courses
3581. Intermediate Accounting III (3) 4941. Topics in Accounting (3)
4821. Advanced Auditing (3) 4951. Legal Environment of Professional
Accounting (3)
ADED: ADULT EDUCATION
3500. Introduction to Peer Tutoring (2) (F, S) P: Consent of director of Pirate Tutoring Center. Theoretical and skills
development for becoming an effective peer tutor.
4500. Lead Tutor Development (2) (F, S) P: Consent of director of Pirate Tutoring Center. Leadership development to
become an effective lead peer tutor.
AERO: AEROSPACE STUDIES
1100. Introduction to the Air Force Today (1) (F) Basic US Air Force customs, courtesies, opportunities, and
benets. Foundations of ofcership, core values, and oral and written communications.
1101. Leadership Lab (1) (F) 2 lab hours and 2 physical tness hours per week. C: AERO 1100. Training in military drill
and ceremonies. Individual, element, and ight activities. Introduction to US Air Force customs and courtesies and participation
in US Air Force physical tness activities.
1102. Introduction to the Air Force Today (1) (S) P: AERO 1100. Organization of US Air Force and continued
study of ofcership and communication skills. Group leadership application problems and macro US history overview.
1103. Leadership Lab (1) (S) 2 lab hours and 2 physical tness hours per week. P: AERO 1101. Further study of US
Air Force customs and courtesies, including those of the ag. Grade structure and chain of command, honor and ethics, and
environment of US Air Force ofcer. Continued participation in US Air Force physical tness activities.
2200. The Evolution of the United States Air Force Air and Space Power (1) (F) P: AERO 1102.
Milestones in development and deployment of air power leading to its growth as a primary element of national security.
Historical events, leaders, and technical developments that surrounded the growth of air power from its inception through
present applications. Basic leadership and written and oral communication skills.
2201. Leadership Lab (1) (F) 2 lab hours and 2 physical tness hours per week. P: AERO 1103; C: AERO 2200.
Advanced work and studies in subjects covered in AERO 1103. Emphasis on development of personal responsibility, military
prociency, and leadership skills. Participation in US Air Force physical tness tests.
AERO
316
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
2202. The Evolution of the United States Air Force Air and Space Power (1) (S) P: AERO 2200.
Leadership, professionalism, and ethical behavior as related to environment and role of US Air Force ofcer. Quality principles,
techniques, and written and oral communication skills.
2203. Leadership Lab (1) (S) 2 lab hours and 2 physical tness hours per week. P: AERO 2201; C: AERO 2202.
Continued studies of environment of US Air Force ofcer and other subjects related to AERO 2201. Emphasis on development
of sense of responsibility, operation of the cadet corps, and leadership skills in preparation for Field Training. Participation in
and fulllment of US Air Force physical tness requirements.
3300. Air Force Leadership Studies (3) (F) P: Consent of dept chair. Listening, speaking, and writing skills in US Air
Force peculiar formats and situations. Selected concepts, principles, and theories of US Air Force leadership and management.
Development of quality concepts and processes. Individual leadership skills and personal strengths and weaknesses in US Air
Force environments and ofcer’s responsibilities in counseling and feedback process.
3301. Leadership Lab (1) (F) 2 lab hours and 2 physical tness hours per week. C: AERO 3300. Leadership and
management theory covered in AERO 3300 through practical application. Corps training policy and directives. Augments
military drill and ceremony skills. Participation in and fulllment of US Air Force physical tness requirements.
3302. Air Force Leadership Studies (3) (S) P: AERO 3300. Further application of listening, speaking, and writing
skills in US Air Force peculiar formats and situations. Ofcer’s authority, duties, and responsibilities as subordinate leader,
application and concepts of ethical behavior.
3303. Leadership Lab (1) (S) 2 lab hours and 2 physical tness hours per week. P: AERO 3301; C: AERO 3302. Advanced
leadership and management experience. Emphasis on practical application of human relations in dealing with superiors, peers,
and subordinates. Participation in and fulllment of US Air Force physical tness requirements.
4400. National Security Affairs/Preparation for Active Duty (3) (F) P: AERO 3302. Role and function of
professional military ofcer in a democratic society and complex relationships involved in civil-military interactions. Framework
and formulation of defense policy and strategy. Emphasis on development of communication skills.
4401. Leadership Lab (1) (F) 2 lab hours and 2 physical tness hours per week. P: AERO 3302; C: AERO 4400.
Education, training and personal guidance in junior ofcer duties and responsibilities. Military drill and ceremony skills and
experience in leadership. Participation in and fulllment of US Air Force physical tness requirements.
4402. National Security Affairs/Preparation for Active Duty (3) (S) P: AERO 4400. Continued study of
framework and formation of defense policy and strategy. Military justice system and roles of US Air Force ofcer in today’s
society. Continued emphasis on development of communication skills, ofcerships, and ethics.
4403. Leadership Lab (1) (S) 2 lab hours and 2 physical tness hours per week. P: AERO 4401; C: AERO 4402.
Continuation of AERO 4401. Further education and training in junior ofcer duties and responsibilities. Emphasis on practical
leadership and management application in realistic environment and on preparation for and transition to active duty.
ANTH: ANTHROPOLOGY
1000. Introduction to Anthropology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) Anthropological studies of human culture.
1050. Global Understanding (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) Virtual exchange with a variety of countries to explore human
diversity and the impact of globalization.
2000. Archaeology Around the World (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) Prehistory of major geographic regions and cultural
areas of the world from origins of human culture to beginning of recorded history.
2005. Environmental Anthropology (3) (FC:SO) Human adaptation to different environments from prehistoric
to modern times.
317
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
2010. Societies Around the World (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) Ethnographic survey of world culture areas showing
similarities and variations in cultural patterns.
2015. Introduction to Biological Anthropology (3) (WI*) (FC:SC) Same as BIOL 2015 May count
toward foundations curriculum science requirement for all except anthropology majors. May not count toward foundations
curriculum social sciences requirement. RP: BIOL course. Evolutionary theory, human evolution, and formation of human
variability, adaptation and genetics, and our relationship with other primates.
2016. Biological Anthropology Laboratory (1) (FC:SC) Same as BIOL 2016 May not count toward
foundations curriculum science requirement for anthropology majors. May not count toward foundations curriculum social
sciences requirement. C: ANTH 2015. Laboratories in human genetics, population genetics, anthropometry, anthroposcopy,
dermatoglyphics, blood pressure, blood typing, osteometry, primate taxonomy, and human evolution.
2025. Sexual Behavior from an Anthropological Perspective (3) (FC:SO) P: Introductory ANTH, PSYC, or
SOCI course or consent of instructor. Human sexual behavior from an evolutionary and cross-cultural, mainly non-western,
viewpoint.
2200. Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) Nature of human culture. Emphasis on
concepts and methods of cross-cultural study of human societies.
2760. Afro-Caribbean Language And Culture (3) Same as ENGL 2760 P: ENGL 1200. Description and
analysis of the languages spoken by the descendents of Africans in the Caribbean.
3002. Cultures of East Asia (3) (FC:SO) P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor. Regions, cultures,
historic development, and role in global economy of East Asia (China, Japan, Korea, and Vietnam) and Southeast Asia (Thailand,
Burma, Laos, Cambodia, Philippines, Malaysia, and Indonesia).
3003. Cultures of Africa (3) (FC:SO) P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor. Traditional cultures
of Africa south of the Sahara.
3004. Cultures of the South Pacic (3) (FC:SO) P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor.
Traditional cultures of Melanesia, Micronesia, and Polynesia.
3005. North American Indians (3) (FC:SO) P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor. Origin and
cultural development of aboriginal peoples of North America. Survey of representative Indian populations with respect to
native economic, social, and religious organization.
3009. Motherhood of God in Asian Traditions (3) (FC:SO) Same as RELI 3000; WOST 3000 Female
representation of deities in Eastern traditions, including Hinduism, Mahayana Buddhism, and Taoism. Religious and social
impact of such representation.
3011. Hunter-Gatherer Lifeways (3) P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or 2005 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor.
Cross-cultural examination of hunter-gatherer lifeways using ethnographic, archaeological, and ethnoarchaeological data.
3012. Lifeways of Pastoral Nomads (3) P: ANTH1000 or 2000 or 2005 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor.
Cultures of the people of Africa, the Middle East and Central Asia who subsist on animal husbandry.
3013. Cultures of Mainland Southeast Asia (3) P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor. Regions,
cultures, social structure and role in global economy of mainland Southeast Asia such as Myanmar, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia,
Vietnam.
3016. Cultures of the Caribbean (3) (FC:SO) P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor. Archipelago
and adjacent coastal regions of North, South, and Central America. Focus on multicultural history of area and its place in
contemporary world culture.
ANTH
318
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3017. Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala (3) (FC:SO) P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor.
Indigenous peoples of Mexico and Guatemala. Emphasis on history, social institutions, belief systems, and present-day status
in relation to national development.
3018. Cultures of South and Central America (3) (EY) (FC:SO) P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent
of instructor. Indigenous populations of lower Central and South America. Social organization, ecology, adaptation, and cultural
emphasis on particular groups and contemporary trends and issues.
3020. Primate Behavior and Social Organization (3) P: ANTH 2015, 2016; or consent of instructor. Comparative
examination of prosimians, monkeys, and apes in natural and experimental situations that enhance understanding of human
behavior and social organization.
3026. Forensic Anthropology (3) P: ANTH 2015, 2016, or consent of instructor. May not count toward foundations
curriculum requirement. Human osteology, establishing a biological prole, analysis of trauma and manner of death, and the
legal duties of the forensic anthropologist.
3027. Human Health and Disease Ecology (3) P: ANTH 2015, 2016; or consent of instructor. Interaction between
environment, behavior, and illness. Environmental niches conducive to maintenance and spread of disease. Methods of
examining diseases in prehistoric societies.
3028. Human Adaptation and Variation (3) P: ANTH 2015; or consent of instructor. Evolutionary perspective of
the adaptive nature of contemporary human physical diversity.
3030. Death and Disease in the Classical World (3) P: ANTH 2000 or ANTH 2015, 2016; or consent of instructor.
Explores archaeological and bioarchaeological evidence for disease and death in Classical Greece and Rome.
3050. Ethnographic Field Methods (3) (S) P: ANTH 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor. Lectures, readings, and
eldwork. Application of formal and informal ethnographic research techniques.
3077. Archaeological Methods (3) (S) P: ANTH 2000 or consent of instructor. Basic archaeological methods and
techniques in site survey, site types, excavation, recording processing, presentation, chronometry, and analysis of materials.
3111. North American Archaeology (3) (FC:SO) P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or consent of instructor. Culture, history,
and development of prehistoric cultures of North America from earliest times to European colonization.
3113. Archaeology of the Old Testament World (3) Same as RELI 3113 P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or PHIL
1695 or consent of instructor. Survey of Bronze and Iron Age cultures of Syria-Palestine, ca. 3500-586 BC/BCE, with emphasis
on use of archaeological materials in historical reconstruction.
3114. Archaeology of the New Testament World (3) Same as RELI 3114 P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or PHIL
1696 or consent of instructor. Survey of Persian, Hellenistic, Roman, and Byzantine periods in Syria-Palestine, 539 BC/BCE to
640 AD/CE, with emphasis on use of archaeological materials in historical reconstruction.
3115. Caribbean Archaeology (3) (F) P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or consent of instructor. Archaeology of Circum
Caribbean area from Archaic Period to end of Colonial Period.
3116. Latin American Archaeology (3) P: ANTH 1000 or 2000; or consent of instructor. Archaeology of Latin
America from initial human colonization (Late Pleistocene) until European contact, including impact of food production, and
development of social complexity.
3117. Prehistory of the Middle East (3) P: ANTH 1000 or 2000 or consent of instructor. Prehistoric cultures
of Mesopotamia and surrounding areas with an emphasis on changes to the socio-economic organization in response to
environment and cultural factors.
3118. Pyramids, Pharaohs, and Mummies: The Archaeology of Ancient Egypt (3) P: ANTH 1000 or
2000 or consent of instructor. Survey of Egyptian material culture, from the Predynastic through the Greco-Roman period.
319
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3150. Applying Anthropology to Contemporary Cultural Issues (3) (SL*) (S) P: ANTH1000 or 2010 or
2200 or consent of instructor. Experiential learning about real life conditions both globally and within local communities in
eastern North Carolina.
3175. Archaeological Field Training (6) (SS) 40 hours of eld work per week (summer). P: ANTH 3077 or
equivalent. Practical application of archaeological methods and cultural analysis in eld research situations.
3176. Cultural Anthropology Field School I (3) (SS) May be taken concurrently with ANTH 3177. May count
maximum of 6 s.h. of ANTH 3176, 3177, 4501, 4502, 4503, 4990, and 4991 toward any degree offered in the anthropology
department. RP: ANTH 1050 or consent of instructor. Practical application of ethnographic methods and analysis in a cross-
cultural eld setting.
3177. Cultural Anthropology Field School II (3) (SS) May be taken concurrently with ANTH 3176. May count
maximum of 6 s.h. of ANTH 3176, 3177, 4501, 4502, 4503, 4990, and 4991 toward any degree offered in the anthropology
department. RP: ANTH 1050 or consent of instructor. Practical application of ethnographic methods and analysis in a cross-
cultural eld setting.
3200. Women’s Roles in Cross-Cultural Perspective (3) (FC:SO) P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent
of instructor. Comparative study of cross-cultural development and diversity of women’s roles.
3252. Medical Anthropology (3) (FC:SO) P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor. Comparative
and holistic study of cultural behavior in context of health and disease.
3300. Language and Culture (3) (FC:SO) P: ANTH 1000 or ANTH 2010 or ANTH 2200, or consent of instructor.
Introduction to the understanding of the structure and function of language in its anthropological linguistic and cultural
context.
3720. Writing Systems of the World (3) (F) Same as ENGL 3720 P: ENGL 1200. Writings systems and their
relationship to language, literacy, and multicultural communication.
3770. Language Universals (3) (WI) Same as ENGL 3770 P: ENGL 1200. Analysis of components of human
language and how they are uniquely congured within the human species, shaped by the brain and evolution.
4000, 4001. Selected Topics in Anthropology (3,3) May count a maximum of 6 s.h. P: ANTH 1000; 6 s.h. in
ANTH above 2999. Specialized topics and current developments.
4025. Theory in Anthropology (3) (WI) (S) P: ANTH 2010 or 2200, 2000 and 2015/16 or consent of instructor;
RP: ANTH 3050 or 3077 or 4400, 4401. Historical development of major theoretical schools within anthropology through
study of recurrent issues debated by key theorists in discipline.
4050. Psychological Anthropology (3) (FC:SO) P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor. Inuence
of culture and social institutions on formation of social norms, individual and group personality, and cross-cultural cognitive
development.
4054. Anthropology of Religion (3) (FC:SO) P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor. Comparative
and cross-cultural study of religion in relationship to culture and society. Emphasis on role of culture in shaping expression
of religious experience.
4201. Special Topics in Archaeology (3) P: ANTH 2000; or consent of instructor. Specialized topics and current
developments.
4202. Special Topics in Cultural Anthropology (3) P: ANTH 2200 or 2010; or consent of instructor. Specialized
topics and current developments .
4203. Special Topics in Biological Anthropology (3) P: ANTH 2015; or consent of instructor. Specialized topics
and current developments.
ANTH
320
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4225. Human Evolution (3) P: ANTH 2015, 2016; or consent of instructor. Data, methods, and theoretical problems
in human evolution.
4253. Social Anthropology (3) (FC:SO) P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor. Social organization.
Emphasis on kinship and descent.
4260. Cultural Ecology (3) (FC:SO) P: ANTH 1000 or 2010 or 2200 or consent of instructor. Relationship of human
populations to their environments. Basic principles and approaches of cultural ecology examined and applied to case study
materials.
4400, 4401. Human Skeletal Analysis (4,0) P: ANTH 2015, 2016; or consent of instructor. Analysis of human
skeleton. Emphasis on techniques required for archaeological and anthropological research.
4501, 4502, 4503. Independent Study (1,2,3) (4503: WI*) (F,S,SS) P: ANTH 1000; consent of instructor and
dept chair Intensive research in selected subdiscipline of anthropology.
4550, 4551. Anthropology Honors (3,3) P: Junior standing in ANTH; minimum cumulative 3.0 GPA and minimum
3.5 GPA in ANTH; minimum of 2.0 s.h. in ANTH; or consent of dept chair. Extensive program of carefully supervised reading
and research in an area of anthropology. Written report in format of professional paper.
4990. Internship in Applied Anthropology (3) (F,S,SS) P: ANTH major with consent of department chair and
supervising faculty member. 180 work and 42 academic hours. May be taken concurrently with ANTH 4991. May count
maximum of 6 s.h. of ANTH 4501, 4502, 4503, 4990, and 4991 toward any degree offered in the anthropology department.
Supervised internship with application of anthropological principles to work in the public sector. Parallel reading and study
required.
4991. Advanced Internship in Applied Anthropology (3) (F,S,SS) P: ANTH major with consent of department
chair and supervising faculty member. 180 work and 42 academic hours. May be taken concurrently with ANTH 4990. Students
may count a maximum of 6 s.h. of ANTH 4501, 4502, 4503, 4990, and 4991 toward any degree offered in the anthropology
department. Supervised internship in the public sector resulting in an internship report based on an independent research
project undertaken at the work site.
5010. Advanced Archaeological Methods and Theory (3) P: ANTH 3077 or equivalent or consent of instructor.
Advanced survey of methodology relevant to analysis of archaeological cultures. Emphasis on research design, processes of
culture change, and theoretical applications.
5015. Advanced Ethnographic Methods and Theory (3) 3 hours per week and eld research projects. P:
ANTH 3050 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Advanced training in ethnographic eld methods and theory. Emphasis
on individual and group research.
5030. Economic Anthropology (3) P: ANTH 2200 or consent of instructor. Production, distribution, and consumption
of goods and services from an anthropological perspective. Emphasis on ways in which society and culture inuence economic
behaviors in underdeveloped regions.
5065. Maritime Anthropology (3) P: ANTH 2200 or consent of instructor. Systematic study of human adaptations to
marine environments around the world from prehistoric to contemporary periods. Emphasis on cross-cultural examinations
of nonindustrial societies.
5120. Archaeology of the Southeastern US (3) P: ANTH 2000 or consent of instructor. Intensive study of
prehistoric cultures in Southeastern US. Emphasis on cultural dynamics and environmental relationships.
5125. Historical Archaeology (3) P: ANTH 2000 or consent of instructor. Development and practice of historical
archaeology with theoretical and methodological contributions. Contemporary issues, including ongoing projects in NC and
Southeast.
5126. Public Archaeology (3) P: ANTH 2000 or consent of instructor. Pragmatic approach to archaeology beyond
the academic setting, including legislative mandates, contract archaeology, and public education.
321
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
5175. Advanced Archaeological Field Training (6) 40 hours of eld research per week (summer). P: ANTH 3077
or 3175 or equivalent; or consent of instructor. Research methods applied to specic archaeological eld problems.
5201. Special Topics in Archaeology (3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. P: Graduate standing or consent
of instructor. Advanced level. Topics vary depending on student interest and current issues.
5202. Special Topics in Cultural Anthropology (3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. P: Graduate standing
or consent of instructor. Advanced level. Topics vary depending on student interest and current issues.
5203. Special Topics in Physical Anthropology (3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. P: Graduate standing
or consent of instructor. Advanced level. Topics vary depending on student interest and current issues.
ANTH Banked Courses
2020. Contemporary Human Problems and 3112. Archaeology of Mexico and Guatemala (3)
Global Issues (3) 4252. Anthropology of Aging (3)
3024. Heredity and Culture (3)
3075, 3076. Archaeological Methods and Laboratory (3,0)
ART: ANIMATION/INTERACTIVE DESIGN
2070. Animation/Interactive Design Survey (3) (F,S,SS) P: ART 1030; 1906 or 1907. Using computers to
solve visual problems. Exploration of ways that animation/interactive design and digital imaging can complement experiences
in various disciplines.
2470. Introduction to Digital 3D Modeling and Animation (3) P: ART 1015, 1030. Studio that develops
students design process through construction of digital 3D models and animation.
3070. Electronic Interactive Multimedia (3) (F,S) 2 lecture and 4 studio hours per week. P: ART 2070 or 2071 or
consent of instructor. Interactive multimedia design process. Web based projects incorporate sound, full-motion video, and still
and kinetic imagery. Users interact with information presented. Emphasis on problem-seeking/problem-solving processes.
3082. Motion Graphics Studio (3) (F,SS) An introductory course in motion graphics, kinetic typography, and
broadcast and web animation.
3442. Products and Environments (3) (F) P: ART 2210 or consent of instructor. User-based design principles
applied to exhibit environments and furniture systems intended for repetitive production.
3470. Digital 3D Animation (3) P: ART 2470 or consent of instructor. Design studio that develops student’s concept
of digital 3D modeling as applied to animation and special effects.
4070. Advanced Interactive Media (3) (S) 1 lecture and 4 studio hours per week. P: ART 2070, 3070; or consent
of instructor. Advanced exploration of interactive media design process. Emphasis on problem-seeking/problem-solving
processes.
4411. Professional Practice (3) P: ART 4070, 4470 or 4200 or 4210 or 4220; 4240; or consent of instructor. Advanced
media design projects and practices for professional portfolio presentations are covered to prepare students for entry-level
employment.
4470. Digital 3D Lighting and Rendering (3) P: ART 3470 or consent of instructor. Design studio that develops
the concept of digital geometries. Basic elements that make digital 3D models, including effects of lighting, texture mapping
and rendering.
ART
322
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
ART: ANIMATION/INTERACTIVE DESIGN FOR NON-ART MAJORS
1070. Animation Art with ECU’s Sonic Plaza for Non-Art Majors (3) (F,S,SS) May not substitute for ART
1005. Introduction to the fundamentals of art through making animations for ECU’s Sonic Plaza monitor ring.
ART: ART AND DESIGN
1005. Design I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) P: ART major or administrative approval. Elements and principles of design as
applied to two and three dimensions.
1015. Design II (3) (F,S,SS) P: ART 1005, 1020 with a minimum grade of C; 1905; or administrative approval. Extension
and development of content of ART 1005.
1020. Drawing (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) P: ART major or administrative approval. Introduction to drawing in various
media.
1030. Figure Drawing (3) (F,S,SS) P: ART 1005, 1020 with a minimum grade of C; 1905; or administrative approval.
Introduction to drawing the human gure using various media.
1905. The Dimensions of Art (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) Same as ART 1905 (Art History) P: Art major or consent
of instructor. Various ways of perceiving, discussing, and analyzing works of art.
1906. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) Same as ART 1906 (Art History; Non-Art Majors). P:
ART 1905 or 1910; or consent of instructor. History of art from prehistoric times to Renaissance.
1907. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) Same as ART 1907 (Art History; Non-Art Majors) P:
ART 1905 or 1910; or consent of instructor. History of art from Renaissance to modern times.
2540. Intermediate Drawing (3) (F,S) Formerly ART 1040 Same as ART 2540 (Drawing) P: ART 1015,
1030; or consent of instructor. Extension of ART 1020. Investigation of materials, media, and abstraction.
2550. Intermediate Figure Drawing (3) (F,S) Formerly ART 1050 Same as ART 2550 (Drawing)
P: ART 1015, 1030; or consent of instructor. Extension of ART 1030. Investigation of drawing strategies and techniques as
relevant to the human gure.
ART: ART EDUCATION
1001. Color and Design (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) Not open to ART majors. May not substitute for ART 1005. Color
theory and design principles.
2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (WI*) (F,S) Minimum of 16 hours of observations
of public school art classes and related school activities plus 1 hour per week of seminar to discuss the observations.
2870. Computers in Art Education (1) (F,S) 1 lecture and 1 studio hour per week. P: ART 1015, 1030. Entry-level
experiences in basic computer operations applicable to the art education classroom K-12.
3850. Art in the Elementary School (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) Not open to ART majors. P: Junior standing. Art
educational philosophy, methodology, materials, processes, and specic projects for elementary classes.
3851. Art in the Elementary School (3) (WI*) (F,S) P: ART major; junior standing. Art education philosophy,
methodology, materials, processes, and specic projects for elementary classes.
3860. Classroom Participation in Art (1) (F,S) P: junior standing; ART 3851. Classroom participation in the teaching
of art classes and discussion of procedures used.
4323. Art in the Secondary School (3) (F,S) P: Junior standing; admission to upper division. Art education philosophy,
methodology, media, and techniques for junior and senior high school classes.
323
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Art Education (1) (F,S) P: Senior standing; admission to upper division;
ART 2123, 3860, 4323; successful completion of professional education courses; C: ART 4850 or 4851 and 4870 or 4871.
Seminar for discussion of the issues and concerns of the internship experience.
4850. Art Internship in Elementary Education (6) (F,S) P: Senior standing; admission to upper division; ART
2123, 3860, 4323; successful completion of professional education courses; C: ART 4325 and 4871. Observation and supervised
teaching in elementary school classes.
4851. Art Internship in Elementary Education (3) (F,S) P: Senior standing; admission to upper division; ART
2123, 3860, 4323; successful completion of professional education courses; C: ART 4325, 4870. Observation and supervised
teaching in elementary school classes.
4870. Art Internship in Secondary Education (6) (F,S) P: Senior standing; admission to upper division; ART 2123,
3860, 4323; successful completion of professional education courses; C: ART 4325 and 4851. Observation and supervised
teaching in junior and/or senior high school classes.
4871. Art Internship in Secondary Education (3) (F,S) P: Senior standing; admission to upper division; ART
2123, 3860, 4323; successful completion of professional education courses; C: ART 4325, 4850. Observation and supervised
teaching in secondary school classes.
5323. Art in the Secondary School (3) P: Acceptance in MAT program. Art education philosophy, methodology,
media, and techniques for teaching junior and senior high school students.
5810. Arts and Crafts for Elementary Teachers (3) Workshop course. Not open to ART majors. Drawing,
painting, printmaking, sculpture, and craft processes suitable for elementary school classes.
5851. Art in the Elementary School (3) P: Acceptance in MAT program. Art education philosophy, methodology,
materials, processes, and specic projects for elementary classes.
5860. Classroom Participation in Art (1) P: Acceptance in MAT program. Classroom practice in the teaching of
art and discussion of procedures used.
5870. Computers in Art Education (1) P: Acceptance in MAT program. Entry-level basic computer operations
applicable to the K-12 art education classroom.
ART: ART HISTORY
1905. The Dimensions of Art (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) Same as ART 1905 (Art) P: Art major or consent of
instructor. Various ways of perceiving, discussing, and analyzing works of art.
1906. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) Same as ART 1906 (Art; Art for Non-Art Majors) P:
ART 1905 or 1910; or consent of instructor. History of art from prehistoric times to Renaissance.
1907. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) Same as ART 1907 (Art; Art for Non-art majors) P: ART
1905 or 1910; or consent of instructor. History of art from Renaissance to modern times.
2900. History of Prints and Drawings (3) P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor. History of printmaking and
drawing from Renaissance to present.
2910. Ancient Art History (3) (WI*) (F,S) P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor. Egyptian, Minoan, Mycenaean,
Greek, and Roman art.
2920. Art of the Middle Ages (3) (WI) P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor. Early Medieval, Romanesque,
and Gothic art.
ART
324
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
2925. Byzantine Art and Architecture (3) (WI) Art and architecture of the Mediterranean and Eastern Europe
(ca. 300-1500). Focus on accomplishments in the Byzantine Empire and artistic realms of its cultural inuence (may include
Armenia, Bulgaria, Georgia, Romania, Russia, Serbia, Sicily and Venice).
3920. Asian Art (3) (WI*) (F,S) Painting, sculpture, and architecture of China, Japan, and India.
3930. Italian Renaissance Art: 1300-1500 (3) (WI*) P: ART 1906, 1907. Painting, architecture, and sculpture in
Italy from 1300-1500.
3935. Italian Baroque Art: 1600-1700 (3) (WI*) Signicant artists and art theories of Baroque Italy.
3940. Italian Renaissance Art: 1500-1600 (3) (WI*) (F,S) P: ART 1906, 1907. Painting, architecture, and
sculpture in Italy from 1500-1600.
3950. Architectural History of the Middle East Before 1600 (3) (FC:FA) P: Junior standing; ART 1905 or
1910; 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor. Architecture of ancient Babylon, Assyria, Persia, Egypt, and early Christian and
early Islamic cultures of Middle East.
3951. Introduction to the History of Architecture (3) (WI) (F,S) P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor.
Survey of architectural history in the West, from prehistory to twenty-rst century, including context, expressive content,
function, structure, style, form, building technology. Main architectural terms, concepts, and theories.
3953. Russian Art and Architecture (3) Survey of art and architecture of Russia from medieval to modern times.
3960. Art and Power in Mesoamerica (3) (WI*) (F,S) P: ART 1906, 1907. Chronological survey of major
Mesoamerican cultures and how the visual arts they produce reect aspects of religious and political power.
3961. Native North American Art and Ritual (3) (S) P: ART 1906, 1907. Overview of major Pre-Columbian
North American cultures and how visual arts created by native artists were part of their ritual, religious, and everyday lives.
Covers cultural changes due to European impact.
3962. Art and Landscape in the Andes (3) (F,S) P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor. Chronological
survey of Andean visual culture. Analysis of Andean art from a landscape and sacred geography perspective.
3970. African Art (3) (WI*) (F,S) P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor. Traditional and contemporary art of
west and central Africa.
3975. African American Art (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) Same as ART 3975 (Non-Art Majors) P: ART 1906,
1907; or consent of the instructor. Survey of African American art in North America from Colonial period through twentieth
century. Examines works of art and craft in different media. Explores cultural impact on the production of art.
3980. Ceramic History of North Carolina and the Southeastern United States (3) (S) P: ART 1905
or 1910; 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor. NC ceramics from colonial times to present.
3990. Art History and Its Methods (3) (WI*) (F) Formerly ART 4980 Required of art history majors. P:
ART 1906, 1907 or consent of instructor. Seminar in methodologies of art history.
4900. Northern Renaissance Art History (3) (WI*) P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor. Northern
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from 1300-1600.
4910. Northern Baroque Art (3) (WI*) P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor. Painting, architecture, and
sculpture in Low Countries, England, and France during seventeenth century.
4916. Art of India (3) (WI*) P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor. Signicant art periods, traditions, and artists
of ancient and modern India.
4918. Eighteenth Century Art (3) (WI) Same as ART 4918 (Non-Art Majors) P: ART 1906, 1907; or
consent of instructor. Artists and movements in European painting, sculpture and decorative arts. Rococo, new classicisms,
early romanticism and related trends
325
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4920. Nineteenth-Century Art (3) (WI*) (S) Same as ART 4920 (Non-Art Majors) P: ART 1906, 1907;
or consent of instructor. Artists and movements in European painting, sculpture, and printmaking. Neo-classicism, romanticism,
realism, impressionism, post-impressionism, and related trends of nineteenth century.
4940. Survey of Twentieth-Century Modern Art: 1900-1950 (3) (WI*) (F) P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent
of instructor. Art from the rst half of the twentieth century.
4942. Survey of Twentieth-Century Modern Art: 1950-to the Present (3) (F) (FC:FA) Same as ART
4942 (Non-Art Majors) Formerly ART 4990 P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor. Art from the second
half of the twentieth century.
4944. Studies in Contemporary Art: Post 1960s Art (3) Formerly ART 5981 P: ART 1906, 1907 or consent
of instructor. A critical look at the art since the 1960s dealing with the political economy of representation.
4946 Studies in Contemporary Art: Post 1980s Art (3) P: ART 1906, 1907 or consent of instructor. A critical
look at the art since the 1980s that has been engaged in representing a political economy.
4948. Art of the United States (3) Formerly ART 5900 P: ART 1906, 1907 or consent of instructor. A critical
look at the art in the U.S. from the colonial times to the present.
4950. Twentieth-Century Architecture (3) P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor. Sources and development
of contemporary architecture of the world.
4970. History of Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Design (3) (S) Same as ART 4970 (Non-Art
Majors) P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor. Major artists and movements in history of textile, ceramic, metal,
wood, and graphic design.
ART: ART HISTORY COURSES FOR NON-ART MAJORS
1906. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) Same as ART 1906 (Art; Art History) P: ART 1905 or 1910;
or consent of instructor. History of art from prehistoric times to Renaissance.
1907. Art History Survey (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) Same as ART 1907 (Art; Art History) P: ART 1905 or 1910;
or consent of instructor. History of art from Renaissance to modern times.
1910. Art Appreciation (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) P: Non-art major. Visual experience to enhance student’s understanding
and enjoyment of international art.
2905. Masterpieces in the Visual Arts and Literature (3) (FC:FA) For General College student. Not open
to those who have credit for ART 1907. P: Non-ART major. Comparative study of selected visual and literary works from
the Renaissance to modern times.
2906. West and Central African Art (3) (S) (FC:FA) For General College student. Not open to those who
have credit for ART 3970 nor to art history minors. P: Non-ART major. Art from west and central Africa examined within
environmental and societal conditions which inuence its production and uses.
3975. African American Art (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) Same as ART 3975 (Art History) P: ART 1906, 1907; or
consent of the instructor. Survey of African American art in North America from Colonial period through twentieth century.
Examines works of art and craft in different media. Explores cultural impact on the production of art.
4918. Eighteenth Century Art (3) (WI) Same as ART 4918 (Art History) P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent
of instructor. Artists and movements in European painting, sculpture and decorative arts. Rococo, new classicisms, early
romanticism and related trends.
4920. Nineteenth-Century Art (3) (WI*) (S) Same as ART 4920 (Art History) P: ART 1906, 1907; or
consent of instructor. Artists and movements in European painting, sculpture, and printmaking. Neo-classicism, romanticism,
realism, impressionism, post-impressionism, and related trends of nineteenth century.
ART
326
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4942. Survey of Twentieth-Century Modern Art: 1950 to the Present (3) (F) (FC:FA) Formerly
ART 4990. Same as ART 2942 (Art History) P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor. Art from second half
of twentieth century.
4970. History of Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Design (3) (S) Same as ART 4970 (Art
History) P: ART 1906, 1907; or consent of instructor. Major artists and movements in history of textile, ceramic, metal,
wood, and graphic design.
ART: CERAMICS
2105. Ceramics Survey (3) (F,S,SS) P: ART 1015, 1030. Total ceramic process. Emphasis on potter’s wheel.
2115. Ceramics Studio I (3) (F,S,SS) P: ART 2105 or consent of instructor. Clay mineralogy and development of
clay body formulas. Basic pottery wheel forms.
2125. Ceramics Studio II (3) (F,S,SS) Glaze components and formulation. Self ring of kilns. Hand building and
production pottery techniques.
3100. Ceramics Studio III (3) (F,S,SS) P: ART 2105 or consent of instructor. Kiln materials, design, repair, and
construction. More complex hand building and pottery forms.
3110. Ceramics Studio IV (3) (F,S,SS) P: ART 2105 or consent of instructor. Glaze calculation theory, objectives,
and application. Advanced hand building and pottery wheel problems.
3120. Ceramics Studio V (3) (F,S,SS) P: ART 2105 or consent of instructor. Advanced and aesthetic studies in clay.
4100. Ceramics Studio VI (3) (F,S,SS) P: ART 2105 or consent of instructor. Advanced and aesthetic studies in clay.
4110. Ceramics Studio VII (3) (F,S,SS) P: ART 2105 or consent of instructor. Advanced and aesthetic studies in clay.
4120. Ceramics Studio VIII (3) (F,S,SS) P: ART 2105 or consent of instructor. Advanced and aesthetic studies in
clay.
5100. Ceramics Studio IX (3) P for graduate students: May count as an elective with consent of instructor. Senior
projects in ceramic art and design. Slide portfolio requirement and senior exhibition.
5110. Ceramics Studio X (3) P for graduate students: May count as an elective with consent of instructor. Advanced
projects in ceramic art and design.
ART: COMMUNITY ARTS MANAGEMENT
4000. Community Arts Management (3) (F,S) Internship. Practical experience in community arts organizations
management. Public art production in music, drama, or the visual arts.
ART: DRAWING
2540. Intermediate Drawing (3) (F,S) Formerly ART 1040 Same as ART 2540 (Art) P: ART 1015, 1030;
or consent of instructor. Extension of ART 1020. Investigation of materials, media, and abstraction.
2550. Intermediate Figure Drawing (3) (F,S) Formerly ART 1050 Same as ART 2550 (Art) P: ART
1015, 1030; or consent of instructor. Extension of ART 1030. Investigates drawing strategies and techniques as relevant to
the human gure.
3551. Problems in Figure Drawing (3) (F) ART 3551, 3552, 3553 should be taken in sequence after ART 2550.
Arranged by instructor in consultation with student. P: ART 2550. Emphasis on representation of human gure.
3552. Problems in Figure Drawing (3) (F) ART 3551, 3552, 3553 should be taken in sequence after ART 2550.
Arranged by instructor in consultation with student. P: ART 3551. Emphasis on representation of human gure.
327
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3553. Problems in Figure Drawing (3) (F) ART 3551, 3552, 3553 should be taken in sequence after ART 2550.
Arranged by instructor in consultation with student. P: ART 3552. Emphasis on representation of human gure.
3554. Figure and the Environment (3) ART 3554, 3555, 4551 should be taken in sequence after ART 2550. P: ART
2540. Relationship of the gure to environment. Emphasis on the gure to discover and manipulate space.
3555. Drawing Media and Technique (3) ART 3554, 3555, 4551 should be taken in sequence after ART 2550. P:
ART 2540. Drawing and painting processes as means of pictorial investigation. Use of materials for exploring aesthetic issues
related to image making.
4551. Selected Problems in Drawing (3) (S) ART 3554, 3555, 4551 should be taken in sequence after ART
2550. Designed by student in consultation with instructor. P: ART 3554 or 3555. Series of problems pertinent to needs and
interests of student.
5550. Advanced Figure Drawing (3) P: ART 3553. In-depth investigation of the gure for exploring various drawing
issues.
5551. Advanced Drawing (3) P: ART 4551. In-depth exploration of drawing as depiction, organizational device, metaphor,
and object. Drawing for exploring aesthetic issues related to various forms of image making.
ART: FABRIC DESIGN
2326. Fabric Design Studio I (Silk Screen) (3) (F) P: ART 2303. Methods of decorating fabric with silk screen
printing techniques.
2336. Fabric Design Studio II (3) (S) P: ART 2303. Fundamentals of fabric design. Batik, tie-dye, direct dye application,
and combined techniques.
3306. Fabric Design Studio III (3) (F) P: ART 2336. Further exploration of fabric design techniques and various dye
groups.
3316. Fabric Design Studio IV (3) (S) P: ART 2326, 2336. Advanced printing and combined techniques applied to
designing fabrics.
4306. Fabric Design Studio V (3) (F) P: ART 3316. Application of advanced techniques applied in fabric design.
Major projects of signicant scale.
4316. Fabric Design Studio VI (3) (F,S) P: ART 4306. Advanced fabric design. Light-sensitive materials.
4326. Fabric Design Studio VII (3) (F,S) P: ART 4316. Advanced creative exploration of selected fabric design
processes.
5306. Fabric Design Studio VIII (3) P: ART 4326. Original research in nonstructural textile design.
5316. Fabric Design Studio IX (3) P: ART 5306. Original research in nonstructural textile design.
ART: GRAPHIC DESIGN
2200. Communication Arts Survey (3) (F) P: ART 1015, 1030. Basic conceptual problem solving relevant to two-
and three-dimensional applied design. Emphasis on graphic, typographic, illustrative, photographic, and spatial relationships.
Exploration of media and techniques.
2210. Concepts in Communication Arts (3) (S) P: ART 2200 or consent of instructor. Exploration of conceptual
problem solving in two- and three-dimensional applied design. Further exploration of media and techniques, including
electronic environments.
ART
328
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3200. Typography (3) (F) P: Acceptable portfolio review; ART 2070, 2210; or consent of instructor. Typographic
images in historical and modern design. Emphasis on contemporary applications through digital media. Typographic function,
ow, and form.
3210. Production (3) (S) P: ART 3200 or consent of instructor. Practical execution of design concepts as commercial
printed media. Emphasis on use of computer for digital prepress work.
4200. Advanced Typography (3) (F) P: ART 3200 or consent of instructor. Extended study of typography as related
to communication design. Emphasis on informational and aesthetic concerns in professional design forum. Two- and three-
dimensional problems.
4210. Graphic Design (3) (F) P: ART 3210 or consent of instructor. Emphasis on design, use, and application of creative
visual images and concepts in communication. Two- and three-dimensional problems.
5210. Advanced Graphic Design (3) For students specializing in the discipline. P for undergraduate students: ART 4200
or 4210; P for graduate students: ART 4210. Advanced problems in graphic design history. Development of self-promotional
materials and professional portfolio.
Graphic Design students take ART 2200 and 27 s.h. including the following courses: ART 2210, 2220, 3200, 3210, 2230;
4200 or 4210; 5210.
ART: ILLUSTRATION
2230. Illustration Survey (3) (F,S) Formerly ART 3230 P: ART 1015, 1030; or consent of instructor. Illustration
as a communicative medium. Emphasis on media and techniques.
3240. Illustration Media and Techniques (3) (S) P: ART 2230 or consent of instructor. Further development of
technical skills required to create effective illustration. Emphasis on wide range of media used in contemporary illustration.
Introduction to computer illustration.
4230. Intermediate Illustration (3) (F) P: ART 2230 and consent of instructor. Advanced problems in illustration.
Emphasis on graphic contexts.
5230. Advanced Illustration (3) (S) P: ART 4230. Advanced problems in illustration. Emphasis on exploring aesthetic
issues related to various forms of image making for illustrators. Development of creative professional illustration portfolio.
Illustration students take ART 2200, 2210, 2220, 2230, 3200, 3210, 3240; 3551 or 3560 or 3561; 4230, and 5230.
ART: INDEPENDENT STUDY
3500. Independent Study (3) (F,S,SS) P: Consent of instructor, curricular coordinator, and dean.
3510, 3511, 3512, 3515. Directed Field Study in Studio Art (1,1,1,3) Minimum of 35 hours of instruction at
a qualied off-campus institution or program is required. May count toward studio concentration. P: ART 1015, 1030; consent
of area coordinator and supervising instructor. Studio research supervised by School of Art and Design faculty in conjunction
with another structured program or institution. Strengthens competencies in areas related to programs offered by School of
Art and Design.
4010, 4020, 4030. Work Experience in the Visual Arts and Design (3,3,3) (F,S,SS) Minimum of 140 work
and academic hours per semester for 3 s.h. credit. Maximum of 3 s.h. obtained through independent study may be applied
to art elective requirements. P: Consent of curricular coordinator. Supervised work experience. Strengthens competency in
areas related to programs offered by School of Art and Design.
5500. Independent Study (3) P: Consent of instructor, curricular coordinator, and dean.
329
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
ART: INTERDISCIPLINARY
2071. Computer Graphics Orientation (1) May count as 2- or 3-dimensional art elective. 1 lecture and 1 studio
hour per week. P: ART 1030; 1906 or 1907. Entry-level experiences with cross-section of major categories of art applications
available for Macintosh computer. Technical approach to image-input peripherals and image le formats. Computer presented
as aid to visual thinking and planning.
3000, 3001. Intermedia Studio I, II (3,3) (F,S,SS) 6 contact hours per week. P: Consent of instructor. Visual
art problems not geared toward specic media. Emphasis on creative problem solving. May involve various interdisciplinary
activities.
3002. Book Arts One (3) P: ART 1015, 1030. Covers basic elements of book construction and design. Emphasis will
be on Artist’s Books and historical development of book structure.
3003. Introduction to Letterpress (3) P: Consent of instructor. Design and printing of relief (type-high) compositions
via industry-standard proof press. Includes a variety of plate and image-making processes.
3004. Book Arts Two (3) P: ART 3002; or consent of instructor. Covers intermediate elements of book construction
and conceptual development. Introduction to typographical hand composition and letterpress printing. Emphasis will be on
Artist’s Books.
ART: METAL DESIGN
2300. Metal Design Survey (3) (F,S,SS) P: ART 1015, 1030. Metal as medium in solving visual problems. Historical
and technical aspects of designer craftsman using metal.
2301. Metal Design Studio I (Jewelry) (3) (S) P: ART 2300 or consent of instructor. Design and production of
jewelry.
2311. Metal Design Studio II (Enameling) (3) (F,S) P: ART 2300 or consent of instructor. Advanced enameling
techniques employed in individually designed products.
2321. Metal Design Studio III (Raising, Spinning, Chasing, Repousse, Forging) (3) (F,S) P: ART 2300
or consent of instructor. Techniques of metal forming used by artist craftsman to produce individually styled objects.
3301. Metal Design Studio IV (3) P: ART 2300 or consent of instructor. Advanced jewelry and metal design. Basic
methods of casting.
3311. Metal Design Studio V (3) (S) P: ART 2300 or consent of instructor. Advanced application of metal-forming
techniques. Inuence of traditional techniques on individually designed products.
3321. Metal Enameling Studio II (3) (F,S) P: ART 2311 or consent of instructor. Further development of design
sensitivity and technical skills required to produce enameled objects of art.
4301. Metal Design Studio VI (3) (F,S) P: ART 2300 or consent of instructor. Production of individually designed
products through application of casting and metal construction techniques.
4311. Metal Design Studio VII (3) P: ART 2300 or consent of instructor. Design problems in contemporary materials
and techniques.
5301. Metal Design Studio VIII (3) P for undergraduate students: ART 2300 or consent of instructor. Original
research in metal design.
5311. Metal Design Studio IX (3) P for undergraduate students: ART 2300 or consent of instructor. Original research
in metal design.
ART
330
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
ART: PAINTING
2560. Painting Survey: Materials and Methods (3) (F,S,SS) P: ART 1015, 1030. Extensive experimentation in
studio techniques peculiar to traditional and contemporary painting problems. Emphasis on proper use of grounds, supports,
and pigment characteristics. Criticism and lectures.
2561. Painting: Composition - Design for Painting (3) (F,S,SS) May count toward art concentration or as art
elective. Required for painting concentration students. P: ART 2560. Design principles in painting. Emphasis on color structure
and fundamental methods of pictorial organization.
3560. Painting: Watercolor (3) (F,S) P: ART 2560 or consent of instructor. Comprehensive analysis and use of
watercolor and related liquid media in expressive painting.
3561. Painting Studio I (3) (F,S,SS) P: ART 2560 or consent of instructor. Focus on growth and development of
individual concepts in painting. Experimentation and exploration of assigned problems. Emphasis on individual analysis and
discussion of work.
3562. Figure Painting (3) (F,S) P: ART 2550; 2560 or consent of instructor. Human gure as primary motif in painting.
Painting from model.
3563. Painting Studio II (3) (F,S,SS) Continuation of studio I. Emphasis on technical and aesthetic problems of
painting. Individual and group criticism of work.
3564. Advanced Figure Painting (3) (F,S) P: ART 3562 or consent of instructor. Advanced individual study of the
gure as primary motif in painting. Painting from model.
3566. Portrait Painting (3) (S) P: ART 2560 or consent of instructor. Individual study of human head and costumed
gure as primary motif in painting. Painting from model.
4560. Advanced Painting I (3) (F,S) P: Acceptable portfolio review. Focus on growth and development of individual
concepts in painting. Individual instruction and group criticism.
4561. Advanced Painting II (3) (F,S) P: Acceptable portfolio review. Orientation to student’s individual strengths
and interests. Emphasis on independent thinking. Individual instruction and group criticism.
4562. Advanced Painting III (3) (F,S) P: Acceptable portfolio review. Continuation of ART 4561. Emphasis on
individual criticism.
4563. Advanced Painting IV (3) (F,S) P: Acceptable portfolio review. Continuation of individual growth and
development. Individual and group criticism.
4564. Advanced Painting V (3) (F,S) P: Acceptable portfolio review. Personal directions in painting. Individual and
group criticism.
5560. Advanced Painting VI (3) Personal direction in painting. Individual and group criticism.
5561. Advanced Painting VII (3) Personal direction in painting.
ART: PHOTOGRAPHY
2220. Photography Survey (3) (F,S) P: ART 1015, 1030. Basic camera techniques, darkroom procedures, and
assignments. Full scope of photographic problems.
2225. Basic Black and White Photography (3) (F,S) P: ART 2220. Fundamentals of black and white wet process
photography with emphasis on development of visual concepts and articulation of ideas.
3250. Introduction to Digital Photography (3) (F) 2 lecture and 4 studio hours per week. P: ART 2225; or consent
of instructor. Digital photography and its applications to design and ne art.
331
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3260. Intermediate Photography (3) (F,S) P: ART 2225. In-depth exploration in camera work, darkroom techniques,
and visual literacy.
3270. Color Photography (3) P: ART 3250, 3260; or consent of instructor. Color theory and technique with an emphasis
upon the creative use of color in photo-based media.
3280. Concepts in Photography (3) P: ART 3250, 3260; or consent of instructor. Investigation of contemporary
practices in photography and development of a concept-based body of artwork.
4220. Studio Photography (3) (F,S) P: ART 3260 or consent of instructor. In-depth exploration of camera, lighting,
studio, and darkroom techniques as means of exploring issues in communications and aesthetics.
4240. Advanced Digital Photography (3) (S) 2 lecture and 4 studio hours per week. P: ART 3210, 3250; or consent
of instructor. Extended study of digital photography as related to image design and communications. Emphasis on collecting
raw image data to be processed with other information.
4250. Professional Practices in Photography (3) (F,S) 2 lecture and 4 studio hours per week. P: ART 4220,
4240; or consent of instructor. Advanced problems in photography. Emphasis on digital and analog solutions to professional
projects.
5220. Advanced Photography (3) P: ART 2220. Advanced photographic techniques, sequential problems, animation,
and lm.
Photography students take ART 2220, 3080, 3250, 3260, 3270, 3280, 4220, 4240, 4250 and 5220.
ART: PRINTMAKING
2010. Printmaking Survey (3) (F,S) P: ART 1015, 1030. Broad aspects of relief, intaglio, and planographic
processes.
2020. Printmaking Workshop I (1) (S) 2 studio hours per week. P: ART 1015, 1030; 1906 or 1907; 2010 or consent
of instructor. Continued development of artistic skills. Basic black and white techniques of collagraphic process.
2030. Printmaking Workshop II (1) (S) 2 studio hours per week. P: ART 1015, 1030; 1906 or 1907; 2010 or consent
of instructor. Continued development of artistic skills. Basic stencil techniques of silk-screen process.
2040. Printmaking Workshop III (1) 2 studio hours per week. P: ART 2220. Continued development of artistic
skills. Basic techniques of photo silk-screen process.
2050. Printmaking Workshop IV (1) (S) 2 studio hours per week. P: ART 2010, 2220; or consent of instructor.
Continued development of artistic skills. Basic techniques of photo-intaglio process.
2600. Printmaking Studio I (3) (F,S) P: ART 2010 or consent of instructor. Continued development of aesthetic
concerns. Basic intaglio acid techniques of line etching, aquatint, soft-ground, lift-ground, and appropriate printing
procedures.
2610. Printmaking Studio II (3) (F,S) P: ART 2600 or consent of instructor. Continued development of aesthetic
concerns. Basic intaglio non-acid techniques of drypoint, engraving, mezzotint, and appropriate printing processes. Intaglio
color printing techniques include multiplate, stenciled color, and one-plate printing methods. Etching techniques from ART
2600 employed to make plates for color printing.
3600. Printmaking Studio III (3) (F,S) P: ART 2010 or consent of instructor. Continued development of aesthetic
concerns. Basic processes of lithography. Printing surface preparation, elementary drawing techniques, and printing.
3610. Printmaking Studio IV (3) (F,S) P: ART 3600 or consent of instructor. Continued development of aesthetic
concerns. Several advanced processes employed in lithography. Include color printing, transfer media, and introduction of
other print media.
ART
332
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4600. Printmaking Studio V (3) (F,S) P: ART 2010, 3610; or consent of instructor. In-depth investigation of a
printmaking process. Emphasis on aesthetic and technical considerations.
4610. Printmaking Studio VI (3) (F,S) P: ART 2010, 4600; or consent of instructor. In-depth investigation of a
printmaking process. Emphasis on aesthetic and technical considerations.
4620. Printmaking Studio VII (3) (F,S) P: ART 2010, 4610; or consent of instructor. Initiation and development of
a series of prints to be resolved as folio or ne book.
4630. Printmaking Studio VIII (3) (F,S) P: ART 2010, 4620; or consent of instructor. Continuation of ART 4620.
4640. Printmaking Studio IX (3) (F,S) P: ART 2010, 4630; or consent of instructor. Continuation of ART 4630.
Completion of folio or book.
5610. Printmaking Studio X (3) P: ART 2010, 4640. Independent investigation of specic problems in printmaking.
ART: SCULPTURE
2705. Sculpture Survey (3) (F,S,SS) P: ART 1015, 1030. Methods, materials, and styles of sculpture.
2715. Sculpture Studio I (3) (F,S) P: ART 2705 or consent of instructor. Subtractive techniques (stone, wood, and
plaster) as sculptural problems.
2725. Sculpture Studio II (3) (F,S) P: ART 2715. Additive techniques (plaster, clay, wood, and steel) as sculptural
problems.
3700. Sculpture Studio III (3) (F,S) P: ART 2725. Manipulation and substitution techniques (welding and cast metals)
as sculptural problems.
3710. Sculpture Studio IV (3) (F,S) P: ART 3700. Advanced studio techniques in sculpture (foundry) to explore
visual aesthetics.
3720. Sculpture Studio V (3) (F,S) P: ART 3710. Advanced studio techniques in sculpture (welded metals) to explore
visual aesthetics.
4700. Sculpture Studio VI (3) (F,S) P: ART 3720. Advanced studio studies in sculpture to develop a personal aesthetic
statement (interior scale).
4710. Sculpture Studio VII (3) (F,S,SS) P: ART 4700. Advanced studio studies in sculpture to develop a personal
aesthetic statement (human scale).
5700. Sculpture Studio VIII (3) P for undergraduate students: ART 2705 or consent of instructor. Concentrated
studio pursuit and development of strong personal aesthetic sculptural statement.
5710. Sculpture Studio IX (3) P for undergraduate students: ART 2705 or consent of instructor. Concentrated studio
pursuit and development of strong personal aesthetic sculptural statement (architectural scale).
ART: TEXTILE DESIGN
2303. Textile Design Survey (3) (F,S) P: ART 1015, 1030. Structural and nonstructural textiles. Tools and techniques
of textile designer.
2350. Off-Loom Textile Design (3) P: ART 2303. Design with bers using methods other than oor loom.
3350. Advanced Off-Loom Textile Design (3) P: ART 2350. Advanced ber design. Employs methods other
than oor loom.
333
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
ART: VIDEO
3080. Introductory Video Art (3) P for art majors: ART 1015, 1030; P for communication arts students: ART 2220.
Video for aesthetic inquiry.
3081. Intermediate Video Art (3) Explores video as expressive medium and builds upon competencies developed
in P: ART 3080.
ART: WEAVING DESIGN
2325. Weaving Design Studio I (3) (S) P: ART 2303. Mechanics and operation of the loom. Basic loom-controlled
techniques.
2335. Weaving Design Studio II (3) (S) P: ART 2325. Advanced pattern drafting, multiber exploration, and combined
basic loom-controlled techniques.
3305. Weaving Design Studio III (3) (F,S) P: ART 2335. Advanced application of loom controlled techniques.
3315. Weaving Design Studio IV (3) (F,S) P: ART 3305. Advanced techniques. Multi-layered weaves and supplemental
warping methods.
4305. Weaving Design Studio V (3) (F,S) P: ART 3315. Advanced exploration of various loom and non-loom-
controlled techniques.
4315. Weaving Design Studio VI (3) (F,S) P: ART 4305. Advanced exploration of various loom- and non-loom-
controlled techniques.
5305. Weaving Design Studio VII (3) P: ART 4315. Original research in weaving and ber design.
5315. Weaving Design Studio VIII (3) P: ART 5305. Original research in weaving and ber design.
ART: WOOD DESIGN
2304. Wood Design Survey (3) (F,S) P: ART 1015, 1030. Wood as medium in solving visual problems. Historical
and technical aspects of designer craftsman using wood.
2322. Wood Design Studio I (3) (F,S) P: ART 2304. Application of techniques and design principles to wood as
viable craft material.
2332. Wood Design Studio II (3) (F,S) P: ART 2304. Further and more specialized application of power tool
technique to small scale objects.
3302. Wood Design Studio III (3) (F,S) P: ART 2304. Design with emphasis on combination of wood with various
compatible materials.
3312. Wood Design Studio IV (3) (F,S) P: ART 2304. Increased scale regarding functional and decorative objects.
4302. Wood Design Studio V (3) (F,S) P: ART 2304. Furniture design and its relationship to function.
4312. Wood Design Studio VI (3) (F,S) P: ART 2304. Furniture as means of conceptual expression.
4322. Wood Design Studio VII (3) (F,S) P: ART 2304. Functional and sculptural aspects of furniture design.
5302. Wood Design Studio VIII (3) P for undergraduate students: ART 2304 or consent of instructor. Original
research in wood design.
5312. Wood Design Studio IX (3) P for undergraduate students: ART 2304 or consent of instructor. Original research
in wood design.
ART
334
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
ART Banked Courses
2950. Culture and Art of Europe (6) 4420. Social and Cultural Perspectives
3900. Prehistoric Art (3) in Design (3)
3910. Primitive Art History (3) 4421. Seminar in Contemporary Concepts (2)
4005. Interdisciplinary Three-Dimensional 4450, 4451, 4452. Interdisciplinary Environ-
Design Studio for Ceramics, Wood Design, mental Design Studio (3,3,3)
Metal Design, and Sculpture (3) 4460. Urban Design (3)
4006. Interdisciplinary Three-Dimensional 4461. Comprehensive Environmental Design
Design Studio for Sculpture, Environmental Studio (3)
Design, and Wood Design (3) 5950. Culture and Art of Europe (6)
4411. Professional Practice (3) 5960. Culture and Art of Mexico (6)
ASEU: AREA STUDIES – EUROPEAN STUDIES
ASEU Banked Courses
3010, 3011. Field Study in Europe (3,3)
ASIA: ASIAN STUDIES
2000. Introduction to Asia (3) Introduces Asian civilizations and cultures, drawing on the disciplines of anthropology,
art, geography, history, language and literature, philosophy, and religion.
2010. Great Books of Modern China (3) (WI) (F-OY) (FC: HU) Same as GRBK 2010 P: ENGL 1200.
Guided discussion emphasizing close reading and reasoned argument by students on great works of modern Chinese literature
in relation to history, philosophy and political thought.
4000. Asian Studies Senior Seminar (3) P: Consent of instructor. Interdisciplinary capstone course required for
minors in Asian studies. Advanced students explore in-depth selected aspects of Asian civilizations and cultures.
ASLS: AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE STUDIES
2020. Sign Language Studies I (3) (F,S,SS) Introduces American Sign Language vocabulary as used by deaf adults.
Process of gestural-visual medium of communication, basic structure of American Sign Language, development of expressive
and receptive signing skills, and basic orientation to deaf culture.
2030. Sign Language Studies II (3) (F,S,SS) P: ASLS 2020. Continued study of American Sign Language. Development
of expressive and receptive conversational skills.
ATEP: ATHLETIC TRAINING EDUCATION PROGRAM
1800. Orientation to Athletic Training (1) (F) P: Admission to candidacy period of athletic training curriculum;
C: HLTH 1000 or 1050. Orientation and principles of observation in allied health settings.
2800. Medical Nomenclature for Human Performance (2) (F,S,SS) P: HLTH 1000. Standard nomenclature
of athletic injuries. Focus on orthopedic and surgical conditions of active person.
2810. Principles of Athletic Training (3) (S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: HLTH 1000; C: Current
participation in candidacy aspect of the athletic training program; rst aid and CPR certication; ATEP 2811; RC: BIOL 2130;
EXSS 2850. Fundamental principles. Recognition, evaluation, treatment, rehabilitation, and prevention of athletic injuries. Practical
clinical evaluation and preventative taping.
2811. Principles of Athletic Training (0) (S) 2 lab hours per week. P: Current participation in candidacy period of
athletic training program or consent of instructor; rst-aid and CPR certication; C: ATEP 2810; RC: BIOL 2130; EXSS 2850.
Fundamental principles. Recognition, evaluation, treatment, rehabilitation, and prevention of athletic injuries. Practical clinical
evaluation and prevention taping.
335
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3200. Field Experience in Athletic Training I (1) (F) 1 lecture per week and clinical assignments. P: Current
rst-aid and CPR certications and medical malpractice insurance; C: Current participation in the athletic training curriculum;
ATEP 3810. Introduction to eld experience. Supervised medical coverage of athletic teams.
3201. Basic Rehabilitation Techniques in Athletic Training (2) (S) P: Athletic training major; C: ATEP 3820.
Introduces basic principles of therapeutic exercise rehabilitation techniques of athletic injuries.
3250, 3251. Sports Medicine Treatment Modalities (3,0) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: ATEP 3810
or consent of instructor. In-depth study of theory and application of therapeutic modalities in relation to the treatment of
athletic injuries.
3270. Pathology and General Medicine in Sport (3) (S) P: BIOL 2130, or 2140, or 2150. General pathology associated
with medical conditions in sport. Systemic approach to common medical disorders, including clinical prociencies.
3271. Clinical Experience in Medicine (1) (F,S,SS) P: Current rst-aid and CPR certication required; Proof of
ongoing medical malpractice insurance coverage; ATEP 3200, 3270; C: Current participation in athletic training curriculum.
Clinical assignments in clinical medical settings.
3280, 3281. Therapeutic Rehabilitation in Sports Medicine (3,0) (S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week.
P: ATEP 3250, 3251; or consent of instructor. In-depth study of theory and application of therapeutic rehabilitation of
athletic injuries.
3350. Concepts in Pharmacology (3) (F) General knowledge of therapeutic drug classications, indications,
contraindications, regulations, and drug testing in sport.
3400. Clinical Experience in an Equipment Intensive Sport (2) (F,S) 1 lecture per week and clinical assignment
to an equipment intensive sport for the semester C: Current participation in the athletic training curriculum; ATEP 3810.
Introduces eld experience in athletic training, including supervised medical coverage of athletics teams. Current rst-aid and
CPR certications and proof of medical malpractice insurance are required for duration of course.
3810. Etiology and Evaluation of the Trunk and Upper Extremity (3) (F) 4 lecture/lab hours per week.
P: ATEP 2810; P/C: BIOL 2130; EXSS 2850. In-depth study and practical application of pathomechanics or sports-related
injury and diseases to trunk and upper extremity.
3820. Etiology and Evaluation of Lower Extremity (3) (S) 4 lecture/lab hours per week. P: ATEP 2810;
P/C: BIOL 2130; EXSS 2850. In-depth study and practical application of pathomechanics of sports-related injury and diseases
to lower extremity.
3860. Sports Medicine Practicum I (3) (F) 1 lecture and 15 supervised clinical hours per week P: Admission to
athletic training program; ATEP 3810. Practical experience in athletics under supervision of certied athletic trainer. Current
CPR and rst-aid certications and proof of medical malpractice insurance required.
4001, 4002. Clinical Experience in Athletic Training (1,2) (F,S,SS) P: Consent of instructor and athletic training
major. Individualized program of clinical supervised hours in athletic training. Each can be repeated once.
4300. Field Experience in Athletic Training II (1) (F,S,SS) 1 lecture per week and clinical assignments for the
semester P: ATEP 3250, 3251, 3810, 3820; C: Current participation in the athletic training curriculum. Field experience in
allied health settings relevant to athletic training. Current rst aid and CPR certications and proof of medical malpractice
insurance are required for the duration of the course.
4320. Organization and Administration of Sports Medicine (3) (WI) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P:
ATEP 3810, 3820. Organization and administration of sports medicine programs including law, ethics, and therapeutic concepts.
Advanced experience in prevention, clinical evaluation, treatment, and rehabilitation of sports-associated afictions.
4860. Sports Medicine Practicum II (3) 1 lecture and 15 supervised clinical hours per week. P: ATEP 3820. Practical
experience in athletics under supervision of certied athletic trainer. Current CPR and rst-aid certications and proof of
medical malpractice insurance required.
ATEP
336
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
BIME: BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
3000. Foundations of Biomedical Engineering (3) (F) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: Consent of
instructor. Application of fundamental engineering skills to solve problems in medicine and biology. Introduces students to a
wide range of state-of-the-art applications in biomedical engineering and promotes understanding of interdisciplinary nature
of the eld. Topics may include medical instrumentation and design, biomechanics, biomaterials, mass transport, application
of computers in medicine, articial implants, medical imaging, and medical ethics.
4030. Biomechanics and Materials (4) (S) 3 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. P: CHEM 2750, 2753; ENGR 2450
with minimum grade of C; ENGR 3024. Concepts of statics, dynamics, mechanics of materials, and uid mechanics applied to
biological systems. Characterization of biological materials, including time-dependent properties.
4040. Physiological Systems and Modeling for Engineering (3) (S) 3 lecture hours per week. P: BIME 3000.
Introduction to physiology, emphasizing concepts and systems for engineering, including cell signaling, body signaling and
control systems. Quantitative introduction to cardiovascular and renal systems. Example of brain-machine interfaces. Survey
of other physiological systems.
4200. Biomedical Instrumentation (4) (F) 3 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: BIME 3000; ENGR 3050.
Instrumentation and techniques used in acquisition, processing, and presentation of biomedical signals: transducers, sensors,
Fourier analysis, ow measurement, medical imaging, biosensors, ampliers, bridge circuits, and measurement of physical
parameters and electrophysiological signals.
BIOE: BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING
3016. Engineering Applications in Microbial Systems (2) (F) 2 lecture hours per week. P: ENGR 2450 with
minimum C; MATH 2154; C: CHEM 2650, 2651. Engineering applications and analytical models for microbiology, biochemistry,
environmental, and genetic engineering. Applies engineering principles such enzyme kinetics, metabolic pathways, mass transfer
to biological processes and how cellular formation is altered.
3250. Bioprocess Engineering Systems (3) (S) Formerly BIOE 3000 2 lecture and 3 lab hours per week.
P: BIOE3016; CHEM 2650, 2651. Engineering concepts for biological conversion of raw materials to pharmaceuticals,
biopharmaceuticals, fuels, biological products, and chemicals. Includes enzyme, bioreaction and cellular growth kinetics,
bioreactor stoichiometry, analytical characterization of biological products, and design, analysis, selection, scale up, and control
of bioreactors and fermenters.
4006. Bioprocess Engineering Validation and Quality (2 ) (F) 2 lecture hours per week. P: MATH 3307; consent
of instructor. Foundations of bioprocess validation and good manufacturing practices to ensure safe products, reduce the risk
of adverse reactions, and avoid recalls. Emphasizes cost effectiveness and level of validation required for different phases of
development, license application, and process improvements.
4010. Bioprocess Separation Engineering (3) (F) 2 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. P: BIOE 3250; ENGR 3012.
Unit operations used in biological processing useful in product isolation and purication. Solid-liquid separation, ltration,
centrifugation, cell disruption, isolation, purication, chromatography and drying.
4020. Bioprocess Plant Design, Simulation and Analysis (3) (S) 3 lecture hours per week. P: BIOE 4010; MATH
3307. Engineering principles for design of systems for processing biological materials into primary and secondary products
and study of techniques for mathematically describing biological systems. Covers delivery scheduling, storage requirements,
economic analysis, process control and instrumentation of bioprocess plants.
BIOL: BIOLOGY
1010. Biodiversity of Coastal North Carolina (3) (F,S) Survey of major terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems
from the coastal plain to the continental shelf, with emphasis on their ora and fauna. Self-guided coastal plain trip required
to one of several nature centers or museums at student’s expense.
337
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
1030. Plants and Human Affairs (3) (F,S) (FC:SC) May not count toward BIOL major or minor. BIOL 1051 may
be taken as a lab complement. Biology of plants and their related organisms and importance throughout history.
1050. General Biology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) May not count toward BIOL major or minor. Molecular basis of biology,
bioenergetics, control systems, reproduction and development, genetics, diversity, evolution, communication, and behavior
ecosystems.
1051. General Biology Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) 1 3-hour lab per week. May not count toward BIOL
major or minor. C: BIOL 1030 or 1050. Practical applications of biological principles.
1060. Environmental Biology (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) May not count toward BIOL major or minor. Interrelationships
of organisms with each other and with their environment and human factors. Basic ecological problems, principles, and
solutions.
1061. Environmental Biology Laboratory (1) (F,S) (FC:SC) 1 3-hour lab or eld excursion per week. May not
count toward BIOL major or minor. Optional lab or eld course offered to provide a more in-depth look at habitats.
1100, 1101. Principles of Biology and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) 3 lecture and 3 lab hours per week.
P/C for 1101: BIOL 1100. Molecular biology, bioenergetics, cellular structure, and physiology. Molecular basis of inheritance
and control of gene expression.
1200, 1201. Principles of Biology and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) 3 lecture and 3 lab hours per
week. P/C for 1201: BIOL 1200. Five living kingdoms and diversity that prevails in natural systems. Principles of evolution,
ecology, and behavior, particularly in context of diversity.
2015. Introduction to Biological Anthropology (3) (WI*) (F,S) (FC:SC) Same as ANTH 2015 May
count toward foundations curriculum science requirement for all except ANTH majors. May not count toward foundations
curriculum social sciences requirement. RP: BIOL course. Evolutionary theory, human evolution, and formation of human
variability, adaptation, and genetics. Relationships among primates.
2016. Biological Anthropology Laboratory (1) (F,S) (FC:SC) Same as ANTH 2016 May count toward
foundations curriculum science requirement for all except ANTH majors. May not count toward foundations curriculum
social sciences requirement. C: BIOL 2015. Human and population genetics, anthropometry, anthroposcopy, dermatoglyphics,
blood pressure, blood typing, osteometry, primate taxonomy, and human evolution.
2100, 2101. Basic Laboratory Methods for Biotechnology (3,0) (F,SS) Formerly BIOL 3100, 3101
1 lecture and 4 laboratory hours per week. P: BIOL 1100, 1101; MATH 1065, CHEM 1020, 1021 or 1120, 1121 or 1150,
1151. Practical basic training in laboratory techniques generally applicable to molecular and cell biology, genetics, biochemistry,
microbiology and forensics.
2110, 2111. Fundamentals of Microbiology and Laboratory (3,1) (F,S) (FC:SC) 3 lectures and 2 2-hour
labs per week. May not count toward BIOL major or minor. P for 2110: CHEM 1120, 1130 or CHEM 1150, 1160; RP for
2110: BIOL 1050, 1051 or 1100, 1101; P/C for 2111: BIOL 2110. General study of microorganisms and their importance to
humans. Emphasis on fundamental life processes, including a brief introduction to epidemiology and immunology
2130. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) A maximum of 4 s.h. of 2000-level
human physiology and anatomy coursework may count toward the BIOL major or minor. P: BIOL 1050, 1051; or 1100, 1101.
Functional anatomy and normal physiology of human organ systems.
2131. Survey of Human Physiology and Anatomy Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) 3 lab hours per week.
May not count toward BIOL major or minor. P/C: BIOL 2130. Principles and review of anatomy of human organ systems.
2140, 2150. Human Physiology and Anatomy (3,3) Two-semester integrated course. A maximum of 4 s.h. of
2000-level human physiology and anatomy coursework may count toward the BIOL major or minor. P: CHEM 1120 or
1150; P for 2150: BIOL 2140; C for 2140: BIOL 2141; C for 2150: BIOL 2151. Normal physiology and functional anatomy
of human organ systems.
BIOL
338
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
2141, 2151. Human Physiology and Anatomy Laboratory (1,1) 3 lab hours per week. Two-semester integrated
labs. A maximum of 4 s.h. of 2000-level human physiology and anatomy coursework may count toward the BIOL major or
minor. P for 2151: BIOL 2141; C for 2141: BIOL 2140; C for 2151: BIOL 2150. Application of anatomical and physiological
concepts.
2250. Ecology (3) (F,S,SS) P: BIOL 1100, 1101, 1200, 1201. Structure and function of ecosystems. Relationships of
environmental factors operating in different habitats to oral and faunal composition of each community.
2251. Ecology Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) 3 lab hours per week. P: BIOL 1100, 1101, 1200, 1201; C: BIOL 2250. Field
experiences and lab methods used to determine structure and function of ecosystems.
2300. Principles of Genetics (3) (F,S,SS) P:BIOL 1100, 1200. Emphasis on modern genetics and its application.
2800. Biological Instruction (2) (F, S) 1 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. Open to biology or biochemistry majors
by invitation only. P: BIOL 1100, 1101, 1200, 1201; or consent of instructor. Instruction and supervised experience in methods
and practice of teaching introductory biology.
3070, 3071. Survey of Plants and Fungi (4,0) P: BIOL 1050, 1051 or 1060, 1061 or 12,00 1201. Plants and fungi
with emphasis on evolutionary patterns in structure, reproduction, and ecological function.
3150. Plant Biology (3) (S) P: BIOL 2250 or 2300 or consent of instructor. Plant structure, function and diversity,
including physiology, metabolism, reproduction, genetics, evolution, ecology and human use.
3220, 3221. Microbiology (4,0) (F) 3 lectures and 2 2-hour labs per week. P: BIOL 1200, 1201; CHEM 2650 or 2750.
Structure, physiology, disease, environmental relationships, and molecular biology of microbes.
3230, 3231. Field Botany (4,0) (F,S,SS) P: BIOL 1050, 1051 or 1100, 1101; C for 3230: 3231; C for 3231: 3230.
Plant identication and interactions of plants with their chemical, physical, and living environments. Emphasis on recognition
of common vascular elements of local ora and major plant communities of coastal NC.
3240, 3241. Field Zoology (4,0) (F) P: BIOL 1060 or 2250. Methods and principles in zoological eld study. Focus
on local NC vertebrate fauna.
3310, 3311. Cellular Physiology (4,0) (F,S,SS) 3 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: CHEM 1120 and 1130,
or 2650 or 2750 or 2770. Structure and function of cells. Emphasis on physico-chemical aspects. Current status of major
problems such as gene function, photosynthesis, contraction, active transport, and nerve cell function.
3320. Principles of Animal Physiology (3) (F,S,SS) P: CHEM 2650 or 2750 or 2770. Introduces concepts of
animal physiology.
3321. Principles of Animal Physiology Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) C: BIOL 3320. Lab to accompany BIOL 3320.
3400, 3401. Biological Field Studies of the Coastal Plain (3,0) 2 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. P: BIOL
1100, 1200 or 2 from: GEOL 1500, 1550, 1600 and 1700. Current status and change initiated by nature and man. Field trips
and eld projects important.
3504. Research in Biology (1) (WI) (F,S,SS) 2 hours of research-related work per week. May be repeated for a
maximum of 6 s.h. P: Consent of instructor. Independent research project in collaboration with a faculty mentor.
3550. Biology Honors (1) (WI) (F,S,SS) Conferences with staff as needed. May be repeated once for a maximum of
2 s.h. Student taking this course will normally be expected to take BIOL 4550. P: Faculty invitation. Seminar and research.
3620. Biological Evolution (3) (F) P: MATH 1065 or equivalent; BIOL 2300 or consent of instructor. Evolution
from a biological standpoint. Relationships of evolutionary theory and reciprocal impact on ecology, genetics, diversity, and
biogeography. Speciation, selection and populations.
3621. Biological Evolution Laboratory (1) (F) C: BIOL 3620. 3 lab hours per week. Hands-on experience with
computer-based molecular evolutionary analyses, student discussions and presentations of course material.
339
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3660. Introduction to Marine Biology (3) (F,S,SS) Coastal eld trip, at student’s expense, required. P/C: BIOL
2250, 2251. Ocean habitats and marine plants and animals that comprise various marine ecosystems.
3661. Introduction to Marine Biology Laboratory (1) (F,S) 3 lab hours per week. C: BIOL 3660. Exercises
examine physical and chemical properties of ocean waters and representative marine organisms.
3740, 3741. Animal Behavior (4,0) (WI) (F) 3 lecture and 2 discussion hours per week. P: BIOL 1100, 1200; RP: BIOL
2250. Introduction to animal behavior with emphasis on experimental approaches. Topics include evolution and development
of behavior, neural mechanisms, instinct, communication, foraging and reproductive behavior, and sociobiology.
4040. Human Genetics (3) P: BIOL 2300. Concepts of Mendelian and molecular genetics as applied to inheritance of
human genetic disorders.
4050, 4051. Comparative Anatomy (4,0) (F) 2 lectures and 2 3-hour labs per week. P: BIOL1100, 1200. Structure
and relationship of vertebrate animals. Emphasis on phylogeny of organ systems.
4060, 4061. Embryology (4,0) 3 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: BIOL 2300. Early developmental processes of
anatomical and physiological signicance. Emphasis on developmental stages of frog, chick, and mammalian embryos.
4071. Human Gross Anatomy (4) 3 conference/demonstration and 3 lab hours per week. May not count toward
foundations curriculum science requirement. P: BIOL 4050, 4051; or consent of instructor. Dissection-based regional study
of human cadaver.
4150. Pestilence, Politics and Conquest (3) (S) P: BIOL 1050 or 1100 or consent of instructor. Pathology of
infectious diseases and the impact that they had, or may have, on world events, past, present and future.
4170. Immunology I (3) (F) P: BIOL 2300, or consent of instructor. Structure, function, and genetic organization of
body’s defense system. Interactions of immunocompetent cells and their role in infection, disease, and autoimmunity.
4130. Astrobiology (3) (WI) (F) P: BIOL 2250, 2300; RP: BIOL 3220. Origins, evolution, distribution, and future of
life in the universe. An interdisciplinary science that explores the relevance of planetary scale processes to biology and how
life shapes its environment.
4200, 4201. Population and Community Ecology (4,0) (4200:WI) (S) P: BIOL 2250, 2251, 2300; CHEM 1150,
1151; RP: CHEM 1160, 1161; MATH 2121 or statistics course. Organization of populations and communities. Emphasis on
interactions among organisms and their environments and how these structure populations and communities.
4210. Phylogenetic Theory (3) (F) P: BIOL 2250, 2251, 2300. Theory and practice of modern phylogenetic methods.
Topics include basic evolutionary concepts, reconstructing evolutionary relationships using molecular and other data, and
statistical methods for assessing reliability of phylogenetic analyses. Emphasis on hands-on experience with phylogenetic
computer programs.
4220. Microbes and Immunity (3) (WI*) (S,SS) P: BIOL 2110, 2111; or 3220, 3221. Interaction of pathogenic
microbes such as bacteria, viruses, fungi, and parasites with human defense system.
4230. Concepts in Cell Biology (3) (S) P: BIOL 3310. Basic concepts of cell biology, including control of gene
expression, DNA repair, programmed cell death, cell communication.
4240. Genome Evolution (3) (S) P: BIOL 2300 or consent of instructor. Recent advances in comparative genomics,
focusing on the evolution of more complex eukaryotic genomes. Course includes lectures and seminar discussions of current
research publications.
4300, 4301. Ecosystem Ecology (4,0) (WI) (F) P: BIOL 2250, 2251. In-depth examination of ecosystem processes.
Primary production, decomposition, and nutrient cycling as inuenced by biotic and environmental controls in terrestrial,
aquatic, and wetland ecosystems.
BIOL
340
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4320. Ecological Responses to Global Climate Change (3) (S) P: BIOL 2250, 2251. Theory and practical
examination of effects of climate change. Predicted and present environmental inuences on ecosystems, communities,
populations and organisms.
4400. Terrestrial Field Ecology (4) (SS) 2 lecture and 6 lab or eldwork hours per week. Field and lab work at an
off-campus research site may involve additional costs. P: BIOL 2250, 2251; BIOS 1500 or MATH 2228 or 2283; consent of
instructor (by application). Research skills and techniques used by ecologists in freshwater and terrestrial systems in preparation
for ecological research at graduate level.
4500. Marine Field Ecology (4) (SS) 2 lecture and 6 lab and/or eldwork hours per week at an off-campus research
site or eld station. May involve additional costs. P: BIOL 3660, 3661; P: BIOS 1500 or MATH 2228 or 2283; consent of
instructor (by application). Research skills and techniques used by marine ecologists in preparation for marine and oceanographic
research at graduate level.
4504, 4514. Research Problems in Biology (2,2) (WI, WI) (F,S,SS) 4 hours of research-related work per
week. May be repeated for maximum of 4 s.h. P: Consent of instructor. Designed to meet individual needs and interests of
well-qualied undergraduate students.
4550. Biology Honors (2) (WI) (F,S,SS) Conferences with staff as needed. May be repeated for maximum of 4 s.h.
P: Faculty invitation. Seminar and research.
4650. Biology of Cancer (3) (S) P: BIOL 2300, 3310; or consent of instructor. Comprehensive study of the molecular
basis of cancer with emphasis on the development and treatment of specic cancers.
4800. Topics in Biology (3) May be repeated once with a change of topic. P: BIOL 2300 or 2250 or consent of instructor.
Special topics of contemporary interest.
4995. Biology Honors Thesis (2) (WI) P: Consent of the instructor; minimum GPA 3.0. Independent student research
project with defended thesis product.
5070, 5071. Ornithology (4,0) 3 lecture hours and 1 3-hour lab per week. Field trips to observe native birds in natural
surroundings required. P: 8 s.h. in BIOL. Survey of birds of the world. Emphasis on ecology, evolution, and behavior: adaptive
radiation, migration, ight mechanics, morphology, taxonomy, bird song, reproduction, population biology, and conservation
of birds.
5150, 5151. Herpetology (4,0) 3 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: 8 s.h. in BIOL. Taxonomy, anatomy, physiology,
distribution, phylogeny, natural history, and ecology of reptiles and amphibians of the world. Emphasis on species of NC and
Atlantic Coastal Plain.
5200, 5201. Invertebrate Zoology (4,0) 3 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: 6 s.h. in BIOL. General comparative
anatomical and physiological aspects of invertebrate groups. Emphasis on similarities, differences, and evolution.
5220, 5221. Limnology (4,0) 3 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: BIOL 2250, 2251; or consent of instructor.
Physical, chemical, and biological factors of inland waters and their inuence on aquatic organisms.
5230, 5231. Phycology (4,0) 3 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: BIOL 1200, 1201. Systematic survey of algae.
Emphasis on their role in aquatic ecosystems. Lab employs techniques for studying algae and use of systematic keys.
5260, 5261. Microbial Ecology (4,0) 3 lectures and 2 2-hour labs per week. P: BIOL 2250, 2251, 3220, 3221; or
consent of instructor. Interactions between microorganisms and their physical, chemical, and biological environment. Microbial
involvement in energy ow, nutrient cycling, and intra/inter-specic interactions. Introduces statistical analyses of biological
and ecological data.
5270. Marine Community Ecology (3) P: BIOL 2250, 2251; or consent of instructor. Advanced examination of ecology
of marine and brackish water communities based on principles of population biology and community ecology. Emphasis on
current hypotheses concerning the processes structuring major communities.
341
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
5351. Biological Processes and the Chemistry of Natural Water (2) 6 lab hours per week. P: BIOL 2250, 2251;
2 CHEM courses; or consent of instructor. Interactions of water quality and biological processes in aquatic ecosystems.
5370. Biological Effects of Radiation (3) Same as RONC 5370 P: BIOL 1100, 1101, 1200, 1201; or consent
of instructor. Biological effects resulting from interactions of radiation and matter for scientically and technically-oriented
students.
5400. Wetland Ecology and Management (3) P: BIOL 2250, 2251; or consent of instructor. Marshes, swamps,
bogs, fens, and other intermittently ooded ecosystems. Emphasis on classication, ecosystem processes, structure, and
management of freshwater and saltwater wetlands.
5401. Wetland Ecology Laboratory (1) P: BIOL 2250, 2251; C: BIOL 5400. Application of methods to measure
ecological properties, assess the functioning, identify plant communities, and understand landscape interaction of wetland
ecosystems.
5450, 5451. Histology (4,0) 2 lectures and 2 2-hour labs per week. P: 4 BIOL courses. Organization of cells, tissues,
and organs at microscopic level.
5480, 5481. Cytology (2,2) 2 lectures and 2 2-hour labs per week. P: BIOL 1100, 2300, 3310. Function and structural
components of eukaryotic cells.
5510, 5511. Transmission Electron Microscopy (4,0) 2 lecture and 6 lab hours per week. P for undergraduate
students: Senior standing as BIOL major or consent of instructor. Introduces theory, design, and use of transmission electron
microscope and to preparation of biological materials for its use.
5520, 5521. Scanning Electron Microscopy and X-Ray Analysis (2,0) 1 lecture and 4 lab hours per week. P
for undergraduate students: Senior standing as a BIOL major or consent of instructor. Introduction to theory and techniques
of scanning electron microscopy and X-Ray analysis and preparation of materials for both.
5550, 5551. Ichthyology (4,0) 2 lectures and 2 3-hour labs per week. Evolution and biology of major sh groups of
the world. Emphasis on NC species.
5600, 5601. Fisheries Techniques (3,0) For biology majors interested in marine biology. Field trips and eld studies
are integral. 2 lectures and 1 3-hour lab or eld excursion per week. P: BIOL 2250, 2251; or equivalent. Practical training in
eld and lab experimental methods in sheries techniques.
5630, 5631. Comparative Animal Physiology (4,0) 3 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: 2 BIOL and 2
organic CHEM courses. Principles of function of organ systems of major groups of animals. Nutrition, digestion, respiration,
skin and temperature control, blood and circulatory systems, excretion, the muscular-skeletal system, nervous coordination,
and endocrine system.
5640, 5641. Entomology (4,0) 3 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: 12 s.h. BIOL. General anatomy, physiology,
ecology, and classication of insects.
5680. Current Topics in Coastal Biology (3) P: Consent of instructor. Seminar on environmental issues in coastal
biology presented by directed reading, lecture, and discussion.
5730, 5731. Animal Physiological Ecology (4,0) 3 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: BIOL 2250, 2251; 3310,
3311 or 3320, 3321 or 5800, 5821; or consent of instructor. Physiological adjustments and responses of animals to their
environment. Considers mechanisms involved, and invertebrate, vertebrate, aquatic, and terrestrial animals.
5740, 5741. Behavioral Ecology (4,0) 3 lecture and 2 discussion hours per week. P: BIOL 4200, 4201. Animal behavior
from an evolutionary perspective. Readings from current scientic literature and weekly discussions.
5750, 5751. Introduction to Regional Field Ecology (2,0) (5750:WI) For science and environmental studies
teachers. 20 hours of lecture and 32 hours of eld trips. May not count toward MS in BIOL or molecular biology/biotechnology.
Major regional ecosystems.
BIOL
342
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
5800. Principles of Biochemistry I (3) 3 lecture hours per week. P: BIOL 3310, 3311; or consent of instructor;
CHEM 2760, 2763. Intermediary metabolism, metabolic processes, and metabolic regulation of major groups of compounds
in living cells.
5810. Principles of Biochemistry II (3) May be taken before BIOL 5800. P: BIOL 3310, 3311; or consent of instructor;
CHEM 2760, 2763. Protein biochemistry. Structure and function of amino acids and proteins, including protein biosynthesis
and kinetics. Structures illustrated using computer-modeling techniques.
5821. Principles of Biochemistry Laboratory (1) Required for biochemistry majors; recommended for biology
majors. P/C for undergraduate students: BIOL 5800 or 5810. General biochemistry lab designed to complement BIOL 5800,
5810.
5870. Molecular Biology of the Gene (3) P: BIOL 2300. Genetics of prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms at
molecular level. Structure and function of nucleic acids; replication, recombination, and repair; control of gene expression;
and other related topics.
5890. Virology (3) P: BIOL 2100, 2101; or 5870; 3220, 3221. Plant, animal, and bacterial viruses. Emphasis on distinctive
features of viruses as related to parasitism, disease, and basic research.
5900, 5901. Biotechniques and Laboratory (2,3) 2 1-hour lectures and 2 4-hour labs per week. P: BIOL 2100,
2101, 5870; consent of instructor; RP: BIOL 5810, 5821; C for 5901: BIOL 5900. Theory and practice of modern genetic
engineering technology. Topics include DNA purication, electrophoresis, restriction mapping, use of DNA modifying enzymes,
basic cloning in plasmid vectors, and strain construction by conjugation and transduction.
5930, 5931. Microcomputer Applications in Molecular Biology (2,0) 1 lecture and 1 3-hour lab per week.
P: BIOL 3310, 3311; or 5810, 5821; or 5870. Techniques for analysis of biological characteristics of nucleic acid and protein
molecules using BASIC with microcomputers.
5950, 5951. Taxonomy of Vascular Plants (4,0) 1 2-hour lecture and 1 4-hour lab per week. P: 12 s.h. BIOL
or consent of instructor; RP: BIOL 2250, 2251. Plant importance, identication, classication, and evolution as well as how
plants interact with living and nonliving environments. Field experiences emphasize major communities and dominant oral
elements of coastal NC.
5995. Internship (1) 3 hours per week. May be repeated once for a maximum of 2 s.h. P: Consent of instructor. Lab
experiences under direct supervision of a member of biology faculty.
BIOL Banked Courses
1070, 1071. General Botany (5,0) 5040, 5041. Mycology (4,0)
1080, 1081. General Zoology (5,0) 5050. Applied Ecology (3)
2260. Cell and Developmental Biology (3) 5080, 5081. Plant Anatomy and Morphology (4,0)
2261. Cell and Developmental Biology 5110, 5111. Plant Growth and
Laboratory (1) Development (4,0)
3301. Principles of Genetics Laboratory (1) 5678. Biology of Aging (3)
4480, 4481. Cytology (2,2) 5850, 5851. Biometry (3,0)
4720. Principles of Biology II (2) 5860, 5861. Biological Applications of Digital
4999. Senior Topics (1) Computers (3,0)
5000, 5001. Radio Tracer Techniques in 5880, 5881. Microbial Physiology (4,0)
Biology (3,0) 5910, 5911. Vascular Plant Systematics (4,0)
5020, 5021. Animal Parasitology (4,0) 5920, 5921. Vertebrate Systematics (4,0)
BIOS: BIOSTATISTICS
1500. Introduction to Biostatistics (3) (F,S) P: MATH 1065 with a grade of C or better or equivalent or consent of
instructor. Application of statistics to health eld. Topics include organization and display of different types of data, elementary
probability, and statistical inference for one- and two-sample problems.
343
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4900. Biostatistics Honors (3) P: Consent of instructor. Special topics appropriate to the needs of the student,
arranged with the approval of the instructor.
5010. Epidemiology for Health Professionals (3) P: BIOS 1500 or consent of instructor. Distribution of disease in
human populations and factors that inuence this distribution. Emphasis on leading causes of death, evaluating health research,
and utilizing epidemiologic methods.
BITE: BUSINESS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES EDUCATION
1500. Electronic Information Processing I (3) (F,S,SS) Beginning course in the use of information technology
systems to produce documents via a computerized delivery system.
2000. Introduction to Computer Literacy (1) (F,S,SS) May count toward teacher education degrees. May not
count toward BS in nursing or BS degree programs in Dept. of Technology Systems. Knowledge and skills needed to satisfy
basic technology competencies required to support and enhance professional productivity, information access, collaboration,
and communication among educators, word processing, spreadsheets, presentations, and database.
2112. Introduction to Information Processing Technology (3) (F,S,SS) Use of various information
yechnology systems for business applications.
2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F,S) For prospective teachers. Minimum of 16
hours of directed observations and planned participation in appropriate school environments and 8 hours of seminar class
instruction in the teaching area. Introduces teaching of business, marketing, and career and technology education.
2212. Basic Programming for Business Applications (3) (F,S,SS) Designing and coding basic programs
related to business applications.
2311. Financial Information Systems (3) (F,S,SS) Financial information systems procedures and problems of
business organizations. Emphasis on accounting and nancial computerized applications.
2500. Electronic Information Processing II (3) (F,S,SS) Skill building and application of detailed information
technology concepts in production of documents generated through electronic delivery systems.
3200. Distribution Technology I: Merchandising (3) (F,S,SS) Basic merchandising procedures. Emphasis on
store operations, merchandising, pricing, strategies, and inventory procedures.
3220. Business Communications (3) (F,S,SS) (WI) All students pursuing an undergraduate business education
or marketing education teacher certication option must earn a grade of C or better. Development of understanding of
need for effective communications in business through application of basic principles of written communications to solution
of specic business problems.
3228. Administrative Management (3) (F,S,SS) Evolving concepts and practices of administrative management.
3291, 3292, 3293, 3294. Internship: Supervised Work Experience (1,2,3,4) (F,S,SS) Work hours for
3291: 100; for 3292: 200; for 3293: 300; for 3294: 400. May be taken in any combination for a maximum of 4 s.h.
3301. Distribution Technology II: Promotion (3) (F,S,SS) P: BITE 3200. Basic principles and practice of
promotional distribution.
3302. Distribution Technology III: Selling (3) (F,S,SS) Basic business and selling procedures. Emphasis on selling
preparation, selling techniques, procedures, and selling aids.
3311. Financial Information Systems II (3) (F,S,SS) Automated approach to accounting through use of
integrated computer software.
3500. Electronic Information Processing III (3) (F,S,SS) Advanced information processing. Applications of
modern-day information processing systems.
BITE
344
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4100. Introduction to Virtual Environments in Business and Information Technology Education
(3) (F,S,SS) Introduction to software and applications for designing virtual environments.
4200. Microcomputer Business Applications (3) (F,S,SS) Advanced course in use of specialized microcomputer
applications software to produce business documents and reports.
4300. Administrative Ofce Procedures (3) (F,S,SS) Role of administrative support personnel.
4323. Methods of Teaching Career and Technical Education (3) (F,S) P: Admission to upper division;
Methodology related to student’s special interest areas. Topics include planning for instruction, group and individualized
instructional techniques and strategies, instructional materials development and utilization, community resources utilization,
and evaluating student progress.
4324. Internship in Career and Technical Education (10) (F,S) Full-time, semester-long internship. P: Admission
to upper division; C: BITE 4325. Internship in assigned career and technical education public school classroom.
4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Career and Technical Education (0) (F,S) P: Admission to upper
division; C: BITE 4324. Individualized study of problems or issues pertinent to workforce preparedness education.
4390. Consumer Financial Management (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) Credit management, consumer economics, personal
nance, money and banking, risk management, and small business management.
4400. Administration and Supervision of Career and Technical Education (3) (S,SS) Organization,
admini-stration, and supervision of career and technical education programs. Topics include history of career and technical
education programs, school-to-work transition programs, management of youth organizations, and career and technical
education curricula.
4435. Instructional Strategies for Technical Training (3) (F, S,SS) Focus on the development of strategies,
concepts, and materials for the use of computer technology in enhancing instruction.
4500. Information Processing Systems Design (3) (F,S,SS) Concepts and systems in automated ofce
environment. Preparation for decision-making roles in information processing and/or management. Emphasis on conducting
feasibility studies and dealing with change.
4700. Web Site Design and Maintenance (3) (F, S, SS) Advanced course in the use of specialized software and
microcomputer applications to produce web pages and administer web sites.
5200. Microcomputer Business Graphics Applications (3) (F,S,SS) P: BITE 4200 or consent of instructor.
Advanced course in specialized graphics-oriented microcomputer applications software used to produce business documents,
reports, brochures, newsletters, pamphlets, and other page or screen composition publications.
5205. Teaching Special Populations in Business and Information Technologies Education (3) P:
SPED 2000 or equivalent. Emphasis on modication and development of materials, curricula, and programs for special
populations in career and technical education.
5388, 5389, 5390. Seminar in Business and Information Technologies Education (3,3,3) (F,S,SS)
May be repeated for credit with change of topic. Problem areas of major concern in business and information technologies
education.
5500. Independent Study in Business and Information Technologies Education (3) (F,S,SS) P: Senior
or graduate standing. Independent study, research, and investigation in business and information technologies education.
5503. Integrating Information Processing Technology into Business and Information Technologies
Education (3) (F, S, SS) P for undergraduate students: Senior or graduate standing; consent of dept chair. Integration of
information processing technology into career and technical education curricula.
345
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
BUSI: BUSINESS
1200. Strategy First (3) (F,S,SS) Investigation of the factors that contribute to a rm’s ability to survive long-term in
a competitive environment.
2200, 2201. Leadership I: Interpersonal and Teamwork Skills (3,0) (F,S) 2 lecture and 3 lab hours per
week. P/C: BUSI 1200. Survey and application of interpersonal and teamwork skills related to effective business leadership.
3200. Leadership II: Professional Development Skills (2) (F,S) P/C: BUSI 2200. Survey and application of
professional development skills necessary for effective business leadership.
4001, 4002, 4003. Internship in Business (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) P: Consent of instructor. May be repeated for
maximum of 6 s.h. Part-time experience under the supervision of a business owner, manager, or business professional.
Students are limited to 3 hours of internship in any one semester.
4200. Leadership III: Leadership Capstone (1) (F,S) P: BUSI 3200; senior standing; declared major in College of
Business. Synthesis and application of business leadership skills.
CDFR: CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND FAMILY RELATIONS
1103. Marriage and Family Relations (3) (F,S,SS) Functional relationships in which individuals love, grow, and
share through communication, sexuality, and other human interrelationships.
2000. Child Development I: Prenatal Through Early Childhood (3) (F,S,SS) Behavior and development
of children from conception to eight years of age.
2001. Child Development II: Middle Childhood Through Young Adulthood (3) (F,S,SS) Behavior and
development of children between the ages of eight and twenty-one years.
2021. Introduction to Child Life (2) (S) P: Intended child life major. Course includes practicum experience. Overview
of the eld of child life.
2123. Early Experience in Birth through Kindergarten Education (1) (F) For prospective teachers. Minimum
of 16 hours of directed observation and planned participation in preschool settings and 12 hours of seminar. Introduces
birth-kindergarten teaching.
2124. Interaction Techniques for Working with Young Children (2) (F,S) Requires practicum experience.
P: CDFR major. Theory and practice in interacting with young children. Emphasis on specic techniques of interaction with
and guidance of infants, toddlers, and preschool-aged children.
2280. Introduction to Child, Family, and Community Services (3) (F, S) May not count toward CDFR
minor. Examines various careers and opportunities to work with children and families from three theoretical perspectives:
ecological systems, family systems, and lifespan development.
2400. Introduction to Gerontology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) Same as GERO 2400; SOCW 2400 May
count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement and SOCI major or minor. Current theory and research in
gerontology from interdisciplinary perspective.
3002. Child in the Family (3) (F,S,SS) Overview of child-family relationships. Emphasis on reciprocal interaction of
child and family.
3150. Introduction to Early Childhood Intervention (3) (F,S) P: CDFR 1103, 2000. Examines concepts,
principles, and applications of early childhood intervention for children from birth through ve years.
3210. Models and Foundations of Early Childhood Education (3) (S) Explores philosophies and practices
associated with different models of early childhood education.
CDFR
346
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3215. The Family As Consumers (3) (S) P: CDFR 1103. Comprehensive study of family nancial resources and their
management with application for consumer decision-making skills and advocacy.
3290. Theory and Practice in Family and Community Services (3) (WI) (F,S) P: CDFR 2280; FCS major.
Examination of theories and applications of professional skills for working within family and community agencies.
3306. Guiding Children’s Behavior (3) (F,S,SS) P: CDFR 2000. Roles and responsibilities of parents and teachers
in guiding children’s behavior. Review of theory and research addressing appropriate practices and methods of modifying
children’s behavior.
3321. Infant and Toddler Curriculum (3) (S) Formerly CDFR 4321 Requires practicum experience. P: CDFR
3150. Application of principles of child development in designing appropriate environments and curricula for children from
birth to three years.
3400. Current Issues in Early Childhood Education (3) (SS) P: CDFR 3150. May be repeated for credit with
change of topic up to 6 s.h. Current topics and issues related to child development and early childhood education.
3413. The Hospitalized Child (3) (WI) (F) Course includes practicum experience. P: Child life major; CDFR 2000,
2001, 2021. Recognizing psychosocial needs of children and families in healthcare settings. Techniques to promote positive
coping skills of children and families in stressful situations.
4000. Introduction to Child and Family Research (3) (F,S) P: FCS major; foundations curriculum math
requirement. Introduction to the basic elements of scientic thought and the stages of the quantitative research process
employed in child and family studies.
4001. Community Services Internship (8) (WI) (F,S) Minimum of 310 hours to include labs and classroom work.
P: FCS major with senior standing; CDFR 4366; 2.5 GPA. Observe and participate in community agency.
4002. Child Development: Early Intervention Internship (8) (F,S) Minimum of 310 hours to include labs
and classroom work. P: Senior standing; FCS major; CDFR 4406; 2.50 GPA. Observe and participate in an agency serving
children ages birth through eight years.
4006. Families, Sexuality, and Gender Roles (3) (F) P: CDFR 1103; and junior or senior standing. Biological,
cognitive, social, emotional, and cultural inuences on human sexuality and gender roles within the context of relationships
and families.
4007. Public Policy and Legal Issues Affecting Families (3) (S) P: CDFR major; junior or senior standing.
Current public policy and legal issues facing professionals whom work with children and families.
4121. Social Studies, Math, and Science Curriculum in Early Childhood (3) (F) Requires practicum
hours. P: CDFR 3321. Emphasis on foundational social studies, mathematics, and science concepts for children in preschool
and kindergarten.
4122. Language and Literacy Curriculum in Early Childhood (3) (S) Requires practicum hours. P: CDFR
3321. Emphasis on foundational language and literacy development of children in preschool and kindergarten.
4123. Learning Environments and Teaching Methods in Early Childhood Education (3) (F) Requires
practicum hours. P: CDFR 4121, 4122, 4200, 4300; admission to upper division; RP: CDFR 3306. Application of principles of
development and learning, creation of appropriate environments, and planning and implementation of integrated curricula.
4200. Developmental and Educational Assessment of Young Children (3) (WI) (F) Requires practicum
experience. P: CDFR 3150. Issues and applications in early intervention and education of children birth through kindergarten,
including formal and informal assessment methods and instruments.
4210. Child Life Practicum (3) (F,S,SS) 1 conference and 8 participation hours per week. P: Child life major; CDFR
3413, 4996, 4997. Practical experiences in child life programming and care for children with medical or other special needs.
347
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4300. Birth through Kindergarten Curriculum Adaptations for Diverse Learners (3) (S) Practicum
experience required. P: CDFR 3150, 3321. Application of recommended practices, structuring appropriate learning environments,
adapting curricula, and planning activities for all young children from birth through kindergarten.
4303. Families and Cultural Diversity (3) (F,S) P: CDFR 1103. Comprehensive study of family diversity that
occurs because of different cultural environments. Explores racial, ethnic, and economic differences. Emphasis on developing
an understanding and appreciation for families with differing values and beliefs.
4313. Trends and Issues in Family Studies (3) (F,S,SS) P: CDFR 1103. Review and critique scholarly literature
related to marriage and family relationships. Contemporary trends and issues that impact marriage and families will be
explored.
4320. Practicum in Teaching Birth-Kindergarten in the Public Schools (1) (F,S) Taken simultaneously
with Senior 1 internship. P: Admission to upper division and consent of instructor. Reective study of professional issues in
early childhood education and topics arising from internship experience.
4324. Internship in Birth Through Kindergarten Education (10) (S) Full-time, semester-long internship. P:
Admission to upper division; CDFR 2121, 3215, 3306, 3321, 4121, 4122, 4123, 4300; professional studies courses; SPED 3005;
C: CDFR 4325, 4406. Observation and supervised teaching in an assigned public school program or other approved school/
center serving children birth through kindergarten.
4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Birth-Kindergarten Education (2) (S) P: Admission to upper division
and consent of instructor; C: CDFR 4324. Individualized study of problems and/or issues in birth through kindergarten
education.
4366. Family Life Education (3) (F,S) P: Junior or senior standing; FCS major; CDFR 3290; P/C: CDFR 4000.
Introduction and critical analysis of family life education. Nature, history, intellectual and philosophical foundations, delivery,
and evaluation of methods, materials, resources, and group processes.
4390. Family Resource Management (3) (F) Identication and management of family resources. Impact of decision
making on families’ quality of life. Effect of resource generation and allocation on family relationships and well- being at different
stages of family life.
4406. Parent-Professional Collaboration (3) (WI) (F) Practicum experience required. P: CDFR 4200. Collaboration
between families and professionals. Emphasis on strategies, skills, and resources needed to facilitate development of young
children.
4408. Administration of Programs for Young Children (3) (F) P: CDFR 3321. Planning, organizing, and
administering programs for young children ages birth through ve years.
4410. Professional Seminar (1) (WI) (F,S) P: FCS major with senior standing; 2.5 GPA; C: CDFR 4366; . Develop
professional practices. Topics vary.
4415. Child Life Internship (12) (F,S,SS) 480 minimum total hours. P: Child Life major; CDFR 4210, 4996, 4997;
3.0 GPA. Specialized child life experience with children and families in a healthcare setting, under supervision of certied child
life specialist.
4500. Independent Study (3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for credit with change of topic up to 9 s.h. Current issues
and problems related to children and families.
4521. Directed Readings (1) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for credit with change of topic up to 4 s.h. Independent
study of current topics in child development and family relations.
4611. Counseling Elders and Their Families (3) P: CDFR 1103, 2400. Overview of interventions for age-related
problematic behaviors in the social and family systems of the elderly.
CDFR
348
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4612. Family Crises and Resources (3) P: CDFR 4313. Examination of individual and family reactions to crises and
special problems encountered in family life. Reviews individual and community resources pertinent to such issues.
4996, 4997. Child-Family Internship and Laboratory (3,0) (F,S) 1 conference and 8 lab hours per week.
P: CDFR 2000, 3002; 3321. Supervised practicum experience in program serving children and/or families. Variable titles and
content.
5403. Parent Education (3) (S) P: Senior standing; CDFR 1103; 2000 or 2001; 3002, 3306; and junior or senior
standing or admission to CDFR graduate program. Strategies, skills, and resources to assist parents and professionals who
work directly with them.
5411. Counseling Elders and Their Families (3) (SS:OY) P: GERO 2400 or admission to CDFR graduate program.
Interventions for age-related problem behaviors in social and family systems of elderly.
5412. Family Crises and Resources (3) (S) P: CDFR 1103; senior standing or admission to CDFR graduate program.
Individual and family reactions to crises and special problems encountered in family living. Reviews individual and community
resources pertinent to such problems.
5420. Family Intervention Models (3) (F) P: CDFR major or admission to CDFR graduate program. Selected family
intervention and skill development models with opportunity for in-depth study of individual theoretical approach.
5903. Readings in Aging Studies (3) Same as GERO 5903; SOCW 5903 May count maximum of 3 s.h. toward
the baccalaureate minor in gerontology or graduate certicate in gerontology. P: Junior or senior standing or admission to
CDFR graduate program. Selected from monographs or journals. Focus on specialized areas in which student has taken one
or more courses in either baccalaureate gerontology minor or graduate gerontology certicate.
5992, 5993. Advanced Preschool Internship (3,0) 1 conference and 8 lab hours per week. P for undergraduate
students: CDFR major, senior standing; P for graduate students: Admission to CDFR graduate program. Advanced internship
experiences with preschool children and their parents.
CDFR Banked Courses
3100. Resource Management for the Elderly (3) 5392. Economic Problems (3)
4998, 4999. Preschool Practicum (9,0) 5400. Seminar in Aging Studies (3)
5336. Methods of Teaching Personal and 5410. Gerontology: Developing the Living
Family Living (3) Environment (3)
CHE: COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY
1000. College of Human Ecology Freshman Seminar (1) 2 classroom hours per week. P: Enrolled in rst or
second semester at ECU with intended major in one of the undergraduate majors in the College of Human Ecology (CHE).
Introduction to student life at ECU with a focus on development of academic skills, careers in CHE and decision making for
student success.
1001. Academic Success Strategies (1) 2 classroom hours per week. P: CHE 1000 or COAD 1000; completion
of fewer than 35 hours; GPA below 2.0; intended major in one of the majors in CHE; permission of instructor. Focus on
development of study skills, strategies for success, and procient use of resources at ECU.
1002. Diversity, Leadership and Service: A Model for the Human Sciences (3) P: CHE 1000 or COAD
1000; intended major in one of the majors in CHE. Series of seminars and service learning opportunities to acquaint students
with leadership, diversity, and engagement within the community.
2126. Consumer Affairs (3) Decision making, consumption patterns, and trends of marketplace consumer. Consumer
information and protection.
2999. Special Topics (3) May be repeated for credit with change of topic up to 9 s.h. Current issues and/or applications
related to areas in human ecology.
349
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3990, 3991, 3992. Field Experience in Human Ecology (1,1,1) Supervised professional work experience. May
not be substituted for other required internships. P: CHE major or minor; minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA; minimum 2.5 GPA
in CHE; 6 s.h. in applicable human ecology area; consent of dean. Placement in area of student’s major or minor.
3999. Issues in Human Ecology (3) May be repeated for credit with change of topic up to 9 s.h. Current topics
related to areas in human ecology.
4500, 4501, 4502. Independent Study (3,3,3) May be repeated for credit with change of topic up to 9 s.h. P:
Consent of Instructor. Problems in child development, family relations, food, nutrition, hospitality management, consumer
economics, family resource management, apparel, textiles, interior design, criminal justice, and/or social work.
4521. Readings in Human Ecology (1) Independent study in areas of student’s interests.
5005, 5006, 5007. Special Problems in Human Ecology (1,2,3) May be repeated for credit with different titles.
5007 same as FACS 5007. P: Consent of instructor. Variable content and special topics in areas of human ecology.
CHE Banked Courses
4999. Professional Development in Human Ecology (3)
CHEM: CHEMISTRY
0150. Preparation for College Chemistry (2) (F,S,SS) 3 lectures per week. May not count toward foundations
curriculum science requirement. C: MATH 1065. Intensive review and study of basic chemical laws and mathematical tools
needed for further study in general chemistry.
1020. General Descriptive Chemistry (4) (F,S) (FC:SC) May not count toward foundations curriculum science
requirement for science majors. General chemistry for nonscience majors.
1021. General Descriptive Chemistry Laboratory (1) (F,S) (FC:SC) 3 lab hours per week. Chemistry lab for
nonscience majors. P/C: CHEM 1020. Lab experiences illustrate fundamental chemical principles and relevance of chemistry
in modern world. Topics include chemical measurements, acids, synthesis and purication of biochemical substances and
DNA ngerprinting.
1120. Basic General, Organic, and Biochemistry I (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) May not count toward foundations
curriculum science requirement for science majors. General, organic, and biochemistry and chemical applications in health
professions.
1121. Basic General, Organic, and Biochemistry Laboratory I (1) (F,S) (FC:SC) 3 lab hours per week. C:
CHEM 1120. Introduces lab techniques in general, organic, and biochemistry.
1130. Basic General, Organic, and Biochemistry II (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) May not count toward foundations
curriculum science requirement for science majors. P: CHEM 1120. Continuation of CHEM 1120.
1131. Basic General, Organic, and Biochemistry Laboratory II (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) 3 lab hours per
week. C: CHEM 1130. Continuation of CHEM 1121.
1150, 1151. General Chemistry and Laboratory I (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) For science majors. 3 lecture and
3 lab hours per week. P/C: MATH 1065; C for 1150: CHEM 1151; C for 1151: CHEM 1150. Basic principles and laws of
chemistry. Topics include measurements, reactions and stoichiometry, thermochemistry, atomic structure, periodicity, bonding
and molecular structure, and states of matter.
1160, 1161. General Chemistry and Laboratory II (3,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) 3 lecture and 3 lab hours per
week. P: CHEM 1150, 1151; C for 1160: CHEM 1161; C for 1161: CHEM 1160; RC: MATH 1083 or 1085. Continuation of
CHEM 1150. Topics include solutions, kinetics, equilibrium, acid-base theory, thermodynamics, and electrochemistry. Introduces
organic, nuclear, and coordination chemistry.
CHEM
350
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
1500. Materials Chemistry I (3) (S) Chemistry of elements and compounds, atomic structure, molecular geometry
and intermolecular forces and their effect on the design and uses of materials. May not count toward chemistry major.
1510, 1511. Materials Chemistry II and Laboratory (1,1) (F) 1 hour lecture and 3 hours lab per week.
P: CHEM 1500; C for CHEM 1510: CHEM 1511; C for CHEM 1511: CHEM 1510. Continuation of CHEM 1500. Chemistry
of elements and compounds, equilibrium, thermodynamics and kinetics and their effect on the design and uses of materials.
Lab experience demonstrates chemical properties of materials. May not count toward chemistry major.
2103. Introduction to Chemical Literature (1) (WI) (F) P: CHEM 2750. Introduces methods used to search
and access chemical literature. Development of technical writing skills.
2110. Scientic Glassblowing (1) (F,S,SS) 3 lab hours per week. P: Consent of instructor. Fundamentals of glassblowing
with emphasis on the properties of glass and techniques commonly used in the construction and repair of specialized glassware
in chemical laboratories.
2250, 2251. Quantitative and Instrumental Analysis (3,2) (WI, WI) (F,S) 3 lecture and 4 lab hours per week.
P: CHEM 1160, 1161; CHEM 2650 or 2750; C for 2250: CHEM 2251; C for 2251: CHEM 2250. Theories and techniques of
classical quantitative and modern instrumental analysis.
2301. Teaching Laboratory Chemistry (2,0) (WI) (F,S) 1 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. P: Grade of B or
higher in CHEM 1160 and CHEM 1161 or permission of instructor. Instruction and supervised experience in methods and
practice of teaching introductory chemistry lab.
2650. Organic Chemistry for the Life Sciences (4) (F,S) May not count toward CHEM major or minor. May not
substitute as a prerequisite for CHEM 2760. P: CHEM 1160, 1161. Principles of organic chemistry. Emphasis on biologically
important topics.
2651. Organic Chemistry Lab for the Life Sciences (1) (F,S) 3 lab hours per week. May not count toward
CHEM major or minor. May not substitute as a prerequisite for CHEM 2763. C: CHEM 2650. Organic lab techniques.
2750. Organic Chemistry I (3) (F,S,SS) P: CHEM 1160, 1161; C: CHEM 2753. Classes of compounds and their
typical reactions, mechanisms, stereochemistry, and instrumental methods in organic chemistry.
2753. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) (F,S,SS) 3 lab hours per week C: CHEM 2750. Organic lab
techniques.
2760. Organic Chemistry II (3) (F,S,SS) P: CHEM 2750; C: CHEM 2763. Continuation of CHEM 2750.
2763. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) (F,S,SS) 3 lab hours per week P: CHEM 2750, 2753; C: CHEM 2760.
Continuation of CHEM 2753.
2770. Biological Chemistry (3) (S) (FC:SC) P: CHEM 2650 or 2760. Chemistry and intermediary metabolism of
proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids.
2771. Biological Chemistry Laboratory (1) (S) (FC:SC) 3 lab hours per week. C: CHEM 2770. Applies chemical
lab techniques to study of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids.
3301. Practicum in Teaching (1) (F,S) 3 lab hours per week. May be repeated for credit. May count maximum of 4 s.h.
toward CHEM major. P: CHEM 2301 and consent of instructor. Supervised practicum in teaching introductory chemistry lab.
3450. Elementary Inorganic Chemistry (3) (WI) (F,S) P: CHEM 2250, 2251; C: CHEM 3451. Survey of fundamental
concepts and theories of inorganic chemistry, periodicity, descriptive chemistry of selected main group elements and transition
metals, and their role in organometallic, bioinorganic, and industrial chemistry.
3451. Elementary Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory (1) (WI) (F,S) P: CHEM 2250, 2251; C: CHEM 3450
or 5550. Inorganic laboratory techniques, physical methods, and the synthesis and characterization of inorganic and
organometallic compounds.
3 51
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3501, 3502, 3503. Special Topics in Chemistry (1,2,3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of
topic. May not count toward foundations curriculum science credit. P: CHEM 1160; consent of instructor. Selected topics
of contemporary interest.
3850, 3851. Introduction to Physical Chemistry (4,1) (WI, WI) (F,S) 4 lecture and 3 lab hours per week.
P: CHEM 1160, 1161; MATH 2122 or 2172; PHYS 1260, 1261; C for 3850: CHEM 3851; C for 3851: CHEM 3850. Physical
chemistry for students with limited mathematical background.
3950, 3951. Physical Chemistry and Laboratory I (4,1) (WI, WI) (S) 4 lecture and 3 lab hours per week.
P: CHEM 2250, 2251; MATH 2173; PHYS 1261, 2360; C for 3950: CHEM 3951; C for 3951: CHEM 3950. Theoretical and
mathematical treatment of fundamental laws and theories underlying science of chemistry.
3960, 3961. Physical Chemistry and Laboratory II (4,1) (WI, WI) (F) 4 lecture and 3 lab hours per week.
P: CHEM 3950, 3951; C for 3960: CHEM 3961; C for 3961: CHEM 3960. Continuation of CHEM 3950, 3951.
4103. Seminar (1) (S) P: Junior or senior standing; CHEM 2103. Discuss contemporary topics in chemistry, instruction
on technical presentations, and submission of written and oral reports on approved topics. Requires attendance at selected
departmental seminars.
4505, 4506, 4507. Independent Study (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for credit. May count a maximum of
3 s.h. toward CHEM major. P: Consent of instructor and dept chair. Individual study in selected area of chemistry under
immediate direction of faculty member.
4515, 4516, 4517. Research Problems in Chemistry (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for credit. May count
maximum of 6 s.h. toward CHEM major. P: Consent of instructor. Advanced problems in chemistry pursued under supervision
of faculty member.
5350, 5351. Instrumental Analysis (3,1) (WI, WI) 3 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. P: CHEM 3960; C for 5350:
CHEM 5351; C for 5351: CHEM 5350. Theory and practical uses of modern instrumental methods of chemical analysis.
5525, 5526, 5527. Special Topics (1,2,3) May be repeated for credit with change of topic. P: Consent of instructor.
Selected topics of current interest in areas of analytical, inorganic, organic, and physical chemistry.
5550. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (4) (F) P: CHEM 3950; C: CHEM 3451 (for BS chemistry majors only).
Advanced treatment of atomic and molecular structure, molecular symmetry, group theory, MO theory, the solid state and
ionic bonding, transition metal coordination and organometallic compounds, homogeneous catalysis, and acid-base, redox,
and bioinorganic chemistry.
5750. Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) P: CHEM 2760; P/C: CHEM 3960. Physical organic topics, including
aromaticity, acid/base chemistry, reactive intermediates, mechanisms of common organic reactions, and relationship between
structure and reactivity.
5760. Organic Structure Elucidation (3) P: Consent of instructor. Applies modern instrumental methods to
elucidation of structures of organic compounds, with particular regard to elucidation of complex structures from combined
application of spectral tools.
5993. Industrial Internship in Chemistry (3) 25-30 lab hours per week. May count maximum of 3 s.h. toward
CHEM major. May be repeated. P: Selection by joint Department of Chemistry/Industry screening committee; CHEM 2250,
2760, 3950. Professional experience in industrial application of chemistry.
CHEM
352
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
CHEM Banked Courses
1163. Introduction to Computer Techniques 5450. Industrial Chemistry (3)
in Experimental Chemistry (1) 5560. Inorganic Reaction Mechanisms (2)
2111. Applications of Molecular Modeling (1) 5950, 5951. Introduction to Nuclear
3860, 3861. Introduction to Instrument- Chemistry (2,1)
Computer Interfacing (2,1) 5970. Chemical Thermodynamics (2)
5390. Bioanalytical Chemistry (2)
CHIN: CHINESE
1001. Chinese Level 1 (3) Formerly CHIN 2000 Lab work. Intensive training in basic skills of understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing Mandarin Chinese.
1002. Chinese Level II (3) Formerly CHIN 2001 Lab work. P: CHIN 1001 or placement by Chinese placement
test. Continued intensive training in basic skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing Mandarin Chinese. Second of
a two-course sequence.
CLAS: CLASSICAL STUDIES
1300. Greek and Latin for Vocabulary Building (3) (S) (FC:HU) No previous knowledge of Greek or Latin
required. Greek and Latin elements in English, intended to increase dramatically the student’s knowledge of English and
command of its vocabulary.
1500. Classical Mythology (3) (FC:HU) Formerly CLAS 3460 Major myths of ancient Greece and Rome,
their meanings and functions in ancient cultures and literatures.
2000. Introduction to Classics (Humanities) (3) (WI) (FC:HU) May receive credit for one of CLAS 2000, 2001,
2002. Civilization of classical antiquity through a survey of literature, philosophy, and art of ancient Greece and Rome.
2001. Introduction to Classics (Social Sciences) (3) (FC:SO) May receive credit for one of CLAS 2000, 2001,
2002. Civilization of classical antiquity through a study of history and culture of ancient Greece and Rome.
2002. Introduction to Classics (Fine Arts) (3) (FC:FA) May receive credit for one of CLAS 2000, 2001, 2002.
Civilization of classical antiquity through a survey of art of ancient Greece and Rome. Emphasis is art-historical. Readings
include major works of literature from both cultures.
2220. Great Works of Ancient Literature I: Greece (3) (FC:HU) Ancient Greek literature from time of
Homer to Alexander the Great. Emphasis on cultural ideals expressed in epic and lyric poetry, drama, philosophy, oratory,
and history.
2230. Great Works of Ancient Literature II: Rome (3) (FC:HU) Roman literature from Plautus to Marcus
Aurelius. Emphasis on cultural ideals expressed in its epic and lyric poetry, drama, philosophy, oratory, and history.
2400. Women in Classical Antiquity (3) (FC:HU) Status and daily life of women in ancient Greece and Rome,
attitudes expressed toward them, and their roles in art, archaeology, and literature of ancient world through contemporary
approach.
2500. Greek Tragedy in Translation (3) (FC:HU) Selection of tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides
in translation.
2600. The Power of Images in Ancient Greece and Rome (3) (FC:HU) Monuments and material culture of
Greece and Rome, their philosophical and literary background, and the political purposes to which they were put.
3400. The Ancient City: Rome (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) Development of one of the world’s great cities, Rome, from
its origins to late antiquity. Use of its monuments and topography as sources for history and culture of society that produced
them.
353
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3410. The Ancient City: Pompeii (3) (FC:HU) Pompeii, the oldest archaeological site still under continuous
excavation, from its origins to eruption of Mt. Vesuvius in 79 AD. Use of its monuments and topography as sources for history
and culture of this unique Roman city.
3600. Greek and Roman Religions (3) (FC:HU) Same as RELI 3600 Religious ideas, practices, and beliefs
from prehistoric Crete to the Roman empire in the time of Plotinus (250 AD), including eastern cults of Isis and Mithras,
Judaism and Christianity.
3700. Selected Topics in Classical Studies (3) May be repeated for a maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic.
Selected topics relating to literature, culture, or civilization of the ancient Mediterranean world.
4000. Seminar in Classics (3) (WI) (S) Interdisciplinary seminar in classics on various topics to be chosen by instructors
and students.
4521, 4522, 4523. Directed Readings in Classics in Translation (1,2,3) (FC: HU) May be repeated once
with a change of topic for a maximum of 6 s.h. P: Consent of instructor. In-depth exploration of selected aspects of classical
civilization in translation.
CLSC: CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE
2000. Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Science (2) (F,S) Four major areas in clinical lab: hematology,
immunology, clinical chemistry, and microbiology. Function of various health professionals in these areas and career
opportunities.
3410, 3411. Hematology I Lecture and Laboratory (3,1) (F) 3 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. Formation and
morphology of cellular elements of blood and hematologic ndings in normal blood samples. Normal hemostasis, hemostatic
disorders, and lab evaluation and monitoring of hemostasis. Lab covers manual hematologic analyses, peripheral blood and
bone marrow smear evaluations from normal samples, and samples or coagulation tests.
.
3420, 3421. Hematology II Lecture and Laboratory (3,1) (S) 3 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. P: CLSC
3410, 3411. Hematologic ndings in anemias, various types of infections, storage diseases, leukemias and myeloproliferative
disorders, myelodysplatic syndromes, plasma cell diseases, and lymphomas. Overview of hematology instrumentation.
3430. Clinical Immunology (2) (F) 2 lecture hours per week. P: Consent of instructor. Basic principles. Emphasis on
concepts used in clinical lab.
3440, 3441. Clinical Microscopy and Serology Lecture and Laboratory (2,1) (SS) 2 lecture and 3 lab
hours per week. P: CLSC 3430. Introduces characteristics and methods of chemical and microscopic examination of urine
and other non-blood body uids. Basic concepts of immunology as applied to serological analyses used in clinical lab. Lab
introduces basic tests and techniques used in clinical microscopy and serology.
4001, 4002, 4003. Independent Study in Clinical Laboratory Science (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) May be taken
multiple times for credit. P: Admission to CLSC program; consent of dept chair. Independent study in selected area of clinical
laboratory science under the immediate direction of CLSC faculty member.
4210, 4211. Immunohematology Lecture and Laboratory (3,1) (SS) 3 lecture and 3 lab hours per week.
P: Consent of instructor. Basic concepts. Emphasis on basic lab techniques and resolution of problems in preparation and
administration of blood components.
4430, 4431. Clinical Chemistry I (2,1) (F) 2 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. P: 4 CHEM courses; 1 statistics
course; consent of instructor. Applies basic principles of analytical and biochemistry to measurement of chemical constituents
in body uids.
4440, 4441. Clinical Chemistry II (4,2) (S) 4 lecture and 6 lab hours per week. P: CLSC 4430, 4431; or consent
of instructor. Applies basic principles of analytical and biochemistry to analysis of chemical constituents in body uids and
relationship to disease states.
CLSC
354
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4460, 4461. Clinical Microbiology I (4,2) (F) 4 lecture and 6 lab hours per week. P: BIOL 2110, 2111; or 3220,
3221; or consent of instructor. Essentials of clinical bacteriology.
4470, 4471. Clinical Microbiology II (3,2) (S) 3 lecture and 6 lab hours per week. P: CLSC 4460, 4461; or consent
of instructor. Essentials of select clinically signicant bacteria (mycobacteria, chlamydia, mycoplasma, etc.), clinical mycology,
and clinical virology.
4480, 4481. Clinical Microbiology III (2,1) (SS) 2 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. P: CLSC 4470, 4471; or
consent of instructor. Essentials of clinical parasitology.
4491. Molecular Diagnostics in Clinical Laboratory Science I (1) (F) 1 lecture hour per week. P: Consent
of instructor. Introduction to the theory used in the clinical laboratory for molecular diagnosis and management of human
disease.
4492. Molecular Diagnostics in Clinical Laboratory Science II (1) (S) 1 lecture hour per week for 7 weeks
and 3 lab hours per week for 7 weeks. P: CLSC 4491, consent of instructor. Specic genetic alterations found in various
diseases and disorders along with experience performing selected testing methodologies used for molecular diagnostics in
the clinical laboratory.
4500. Research Problems in Medical Technology (2) P: Consent of dept chair. Individual study in selected area
of CLSC under supervision of department faculty member.
4772. Clinical Project: Hematology (4) (F,S,SS) May include clinical experiences, literature review, and/or lab
testing. P: CLSC major; consent of dept chair. Individualized clinical project from topic area in hematology or hemostaasis
under direction of CLSC faculty member.
4773. Clinical Project: Chemistry (4) (F,S,SS) May include clinical experiences, literature review, and/or lab testing.
P: CLSC major; consent of dept chair. Individualized clinical project from topic area in clinical chemistry under direction of
CLSC faculty member.
4774. Clinical Project: Blood Bank (4) (F,S,SS) May include clinical experiences, literature review, and/or lab testing.
P: CLSC major; consent of dept chair. Individualized clinical project from topic area in blood bank (immunohematology) under
direction of CLSC faculty member.
4777. Clinical Project: Microbiology (4) (F,S,SS) May include clinical experiences, literature review, and/or lab
testing. P: CLSC major; consent of dept chair. Individualized clinical project from topic area in clinical microbiology. May include
clinical parasitology or clinical mycology under direction of CLSC faculty member.
4801. Professional Practice Issues I (3) (WI) (F) 3 lecture hours per week. P: CLSC major. Professional issues
related to current practice in clinical lab science including basic research design and statistics, human rights protection in
research, basic epidemiology and infection control monitoring, and educational methodology, all applied to clinical and
continuing education in clinical lab science.
4802. Professional Practice Issues II (4) (WI) (S) 4 lecture hours per week. P: CLSC major. Professional issues
related to current practice in clinical lab science including management theories and practices, scal management, personnel
administration, and legal and ethical issues, all as related to practice as a clinical lab supervisor or manager, as well as completion
of senior research project.
4803. Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Information Systems (2) (S) 2 lecture hours per week. P: CLSC
major or consent of instructor.
4992. Clinical Education: Hematology, Coagulation, Urinalysis (4) (F,S) 256 hours in appropriate department
of afliated clinical lab. P: CLSC 3420, 3421; consent of instructor. Supervised clinical experience in hematology, coagulation,
and urinalysis.
4993. Clinical Education: Chemistry (4) (F,S) 256 hours in appropriate department of afliated clinical lab. P: CLSC
4440, 4441. Supervised clinical experience in clinical chemistry.
355
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4994. Clinical Education: Blood Bank and Serology (4) (F,S) 256 hours in appropriate department of afliated
clinical lab. P: CLSC 4210, 4211; consent of instructor. Supervised clinical experience in blood bank and serology.
4997. Clinical Education: Microbiology (4) (F,S) 240 hours in appropriate department of afliated clinical lab. P:
CLSC 4470, 4471; consent of instructor. Supervised clinical experience in clinical microbiology.
4998. Clinical Education in Alternate Settings (3) P: Consent of instructor. Supervised clinical experience in
variety of lab settings.
CLSC Banked Courses
4600. Introduction to Clinical Cytology (2) 4642. Urinary Tract Cytology (2)
4601. Introduction to Cytological Techniques (1) 4650. Cytology of Fine Needle Aspiration (3)
4610. Gynecologic Cytology (6) 4660. Special Techniques in Cytology (2)
4611. Gynecologic Cytology Laboratory (6) 4665. Seminar in Cytotechnology (2)
4620. Cytopathology (3) 4750. Clinical Education in Cytology I (4)
4630. Cytology of Body Fluids (3) 4751. Clinical Education in Cytology II (5)
4641. Cytology of the Alimentary Tract (2) 4995, 4996. General Clinical Education (1,1)
CMGT: CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
2200. Introduction to the Construction Industry (3) (F) History of construction management. Role of
construction within residential, commercial, and heavy industries.
2210, 2211. Construction and Civil Materials (3,0) (F,S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: Minimum overall
GPA of 2.0; majors or minors only; P/C: MATH 1065 or 1066. Introduction to construction materials with an emphasis on
the physical characteristics, properties, and signicance of the materials to the industry.
2558. Residential Construction Techniques (3) (F,S) P: CMGT 2210; minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum
grade of C in CMGT 2210. Selection criteria and graphical interpretation of materials and techniques of residential buildings.
Considers performance, code requirements, maintainability, and cost benet aspects related to the different sectors of
residential construction.
2660, 2661. Structural Materials, Systems and Codes (3,0) (F,S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P:
Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade of C in CMGT 2210. Selection criteria and graphical interpretation of concrete,
steel, masonry and wood used in foundation, substructure, and super-structure of residential and commercial buildings.
Considers performance, maintainability and cost/benet aspects. Introduces major building codes, materials and industry
standards, and utilization of manufacturers’ catalogs.
2664, 2665. Interior and Exterior Finishes and Systems (3,0) (F,S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P:
Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade of C in CMGT 2660. Selection criteria and graphical interpretation of common
interior and exterior nish systems, exterior cladding, roong, and interior systems of buildings. Considers aesthetics,
performance, code requirements, maintainability, and cost/benet aspects.
2800. Foundations of Construction (3) (F,S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: Minimum overall GPA of
2.0; minimum grade of C in CMGT 2210; computer-related elective. Graphical expression of construction and architectural
elements through use of CAD and drafting techniques, including lettering, orthographic and isometric projection, descriptive
geometry, construction document organization and preparation, and specications.
3100. Construction Plans and Analysis (3) (F,S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: Minimum overall GPA of
2.0; CMGT 2800; P/C: CMGT 2558 or 2664. Practical exercises in reading and evaluating plans for construction projects to
discern project design, construction materials, and construction placement techniques. Emphasis on understanding graphic
communication methods.
CMGT
356
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3558. Residential Development (3) (F,S) P: CMGT 2558; minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade of C in
CMGT 2558. Introduction to the selection criteria for land development, planning principles, codes and regulations, and
design approaches for residential construction of small to large units.
3660. Structural Analysis (3) (F,S) P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade of C in CMGT 2664; MATH
1074 or 1075 or equivalent; PHYS 1250, 1251. Introduces statics, strength of materials, and structural analysis as related to
stability of building’s structural components. Topics include building loads resulting in compressive and tensile forces in columns,
beams, and trusses; strength of components to resist such loads; analysis of components under varying load conditions; and
basic design considerations of common temporary construction structures such as formwork, bracing of vertical elements,
rigging for lifts, and retaining walls.
3662, 3663. Mechanical and Electrical Construction (3,0) (F,S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: Minimum
overall GPA of 2.0; P/C: CMGT 3664. Study of mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems, applicable codes, and effect on
the construction process. Emphasis on air conditioning, heating, plumbing, re protection, electrical power and lighting, and
control systems with coordination to construction documents.
3664. Construction Contracts and Specications (3) (F,S) P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade of
C in CMGT 2558 or 2664; P/C: CMGT 3100. Practices and principles in use of contract documents and specications as they
apply to construction project. Emphasis on relationship to construction process and project management.
3666, 3667. Construction Surveying (3,0) (F,S) 2 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. P: Minimum overall GPA of
2.0; CMGT 3100; MATH 1074 or 1075 or equivalent. Construction aspects of surveying with eld and classroom exercises
in use of transit, level, tape, and related surveying equipment. Problems and exercises in traverse closure and pipeline, grading,
street, curve, and building layout.
3726. Construction Project Safety Management (3) (F,S) P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade of C
in CMGT 3664. Use of safety management as a company prot center with focus on estimating and scheduling of required
safety standards as they impact the sixteen CSI divisions. Includes safety control strategies based on training, programs, and
culture.
3766, 3767. Soils and Foundations (3,0) (F,S) Formerly CMGT 2666 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week.
P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade of C in CMGT 2558 or 2664; GEOL 1500, 1501; MATH 1074 or 1075 or
equivalent; PHYS 1250, 1251. Fundamentals of soil mechanics as related to soil classication and construction of earthwork
and foundations.
4501. Laboratory Problems: Construction Management (3) 6 lab hours per week. P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0;
consent of CMGT instructor. Independent study to gain further expertise in particular area of construction management.
4502, 4503, 4504. Independent Study: Construction (1,2,3) P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; consent of dept
chair. Special topics in selected areas of construction. Exploration and research in personal areas of interest.
4505. Special Projects (1-3) (WI) (F,S) P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; consent of dept chair. Develop and submit
business and management documents that pertain to varied aspects of construction.
4506. Laboratory Problems: Woods Processing Technology (3) 6 lab hours per week. P: Minimum overall
GPA of 2.0; consent of dept chair. Selected concepts and processes in woods processing technology.
4558. Residential Capstone (3) (F,S) P: CMGT 3558; minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade of C in CMGT
3558, 3662, 3664, 4660, 4662. Integrates multiple aspects of the residential construction management process through the
use of technical and human resources utilizing Construction Documents as the primary resource for the course.
4600, 4601. Managing Construction Quality (3,0) (WI) (F,S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: Minimum
overall GPA of 2.0; CMGT 3662; ITEC 3290; P/C: CMGT 4662. Quality management and assurance techniques relevant to
develop a Quality Management System incorporating productivity, documentation, and quality control. Identify tests, inspections,
and quality control methods as specied by construction documents and regulatory criteria.
357
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4660. Construction Estimating (3) (F,S) P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade of C in CMGT 3664; P/C:
CMGT 3660. Procedures to quantify materials, labor, and equipment for construction. Emphasis on classication of work, quantity
survey techniques, cost estimating, and understanding of schedule of values with coordination to construction documents.
4662. Construction Planning and Scheduling (3) (F,S) P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; minimum grade of
C in CMGT 4660. Applies planning and scheduling techniques construction projects. Emphasis on bar charts, critical path
method (CPM), cost allocation, schedule updating, cash ow, and resource scheduling with coordination to construction
documents.
4664. Commercial Capstone (3) (F,S) P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; CMGT 4600; minimum grade of C in CMGT
4662. Integrates all aspects of the construction management process. Employ knowledge and techniques acquired in the
construction management program to manage a construction project. Emphasis on team interactions, project management,
decision making, and problem solving utilizing current construction documents.
4666. Equipment Management (3) (F,S) P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; CMGT 3660, 3766. Productivity, performance,
and maintenance requirements of construction equipment.
4668. Human Side of Project Management (3) (F,S) P: Minimum overall GPA of 2.0; MGMT 3202; minimum
earned credit hours equal to 110 s.h. Developing group and individual relationships among construction personnel to comply
with laws and regulations governing human element in construction project process.
4699. Construction Work Experience and Professional Development (1) (F,S) P: Minimum overall GPA
of 2.0; completed senior summary; applied to graduate; P/C: CMGT 4664; graduating semester. Required of all construction
management students. Minimum of 500 documented hours of construction work with state licensed general contractor,
subcontractor, construction management company, or other approved employment. Students must pay a fee and sit for the
American Institute of Constructors Level I Certication exam during the last semester (F,S) before graduating.
5503. Independent Study: Construction (3) May be repeated for credit with consent of dept chair. Research-
oriented. Problem solving with tools, materials, and processes of construction industry.
CMGT Banked Courses
2242. Engineering Economics (3) 3278. Hydraulics (3)
3101. Construction Plans and Analysis Lab (0) 4266. Route Surveying (4)
COAD: COUNSELOR AND ADULT EDUCATION
1000. Student Development and Learning in Higher Education (1) (F,S) 2 classroom hours per week. P:
Enrolled in rst 2 semesters at ECU or consent of instructor. Introduction to student life at ECU. Focus on development of
academic skills, learning processes, career decision-making, and personal attributes essential for student success.
2001. Issues and Topics for Residential Advisors (2) (F,S) P: Consent of dept chair. Training to become
effective resident advisors.
COAD Banked Courses
5380. The Adult Education Learning Center (3)
COAS: COASTAL AND MARINE STUDIES
2025. Survey of Coastal and Marine Resources (3) (F) May not be taken after receiving credit for COAS 2125.
P: Basic science course in BIOL, CHEM, GEOL, or PHYS. Biological, physical, social, and historic aspects of coastal and marine
resources.
2150, 2151. Boating Skills and Seamanship (1,1) C for 2150: COAS 2151; C for 2151: COAS 2150. Knowledge
and skills needed to safely use a small boat, following the United States Coast Guard Auxiliary standards.
COAS
358
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4000. Scientic Diving and Underwater Research Techniques (3) (F, S) P: Basic SCUBA certication (or
equivalent) and consent of instructor. Fundamentals of scientic diving, including the use of Nitrox, specialized diving equipment,
emergency procedures, sampling techniques, and the history and policies related to scientic diving. Fee required.
4001. Scientic Diving and Underwater Research Techniques Lab (1) (S) 2 pool hours per week. P:
Basic SCUBA certication (or equivalent) and consent of instructor. P/C: COAS 4000. Required conned water training for
scientic diver certication.
4002. Scientic Diver Qualication (1) (SS) P: Basic SCUBA certication (or equivalent), COAS 4000, 4001 (or
equivalent), and consent of instructor. Required openwater training for scientic diver certication. Successful completion of
this qualication, associated course, and lab may be used to meet American Academy of Underwater Sciences (AAUS) and
ECU scientic diver certication requirements.
4025. Society and the Sea Seminar (3) (S) May not be taken after receiving credit for COAS 5025, 5026. P: COAS
2025. Interdisciplinary seminar in coastal and marine resources. Research paper of senior-level quality.
5000. Scientic Diving and Underwater Research Techniques (5) 4 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P:
Consent of instructor. Fundamentals of scientic diving, including the use of Nitrox, specialized diving equipment, emergency
procedures, sampling techniques, and a review of basic scuba diving skills.
5001, 5002. Coastal Marine Resources Problem Analysis (3,3) Equivalent of 60 hours of research per semester.
P: Research project approved by instructor. Analysis of recognized problem in coastal marine resources in consultation with
assigned faculty.
COAS Banked Courses
2125. Survey of the Coastal Marine 5025, 5026. Man and the Sea Seminar (1,1)
Environment (2)
COHE: COMMUNITY HEALTH
COHE Banked Courses
5460, 5461. Patient Education for Interdisciplinary Health Care Providers (3,0)
COMM: COMMUNICATION
1001. Introduction to Communication (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) Formerly COMM 2001; EMST 1010 Theory
and processes affecting human communication, including interpersonal, small group, and organizational communication as
well as theory processes, and history of mass media communication.
1002. Media Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) Formerly COMM 2002 May not count toward foundations curriculum
social sciences requirement. P: ENGL 1100. Writing techniques for print, electronic mass media, public relations, and
advertising.
2020. Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) Study of rhetorical situations including
audience analysis and adaptation, organization, delivery styles, and analysis and evaluation of oratorical methods.
2030. Communication Research (3) (F,S) Formerly COMM 3030; EMST 2030 2 classroom and 1 lab
hours per week. May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or
consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Research methods used to measure content, process, and effects of communication
on attitudes, knowledge, and behavior. Research design, data analysis, evaluation, and results presented in quantitative and
qualitative research methodologies.
359
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
2103. Multimedia Messages for Communication Professionals (3) Formerly COMM 2003 2 lecture and
1 lab hours per week. May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor
or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Multimedia techniques in professional communication settings. Incorporation
of text, sound, and video messages through computer technology. Emphasis on integrated message production used by
communication professionals in journalism and public relations.
2104. Public Relations and Corporate Writing (3) (WI) May not count toward foundations curriculum social
sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Writing used by print, broadcast,
and online media. In-depth practice writing and editing corporate documents to include memos, reports, brochures, newsletter
articles, backgrounders, news releases, and media kits.
2320. Basic Reporting (3) (WI) (F,S) Formerly COMM 2200; EMST 2510 May not count toward foundations
curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Journalistic
news style. Gathering, writing, and editing of news stories for print and electronic media. Emphasis on broadcast and print
styles and ethical considerations.
2410. Public Speaking (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) Formerly SPCH 2510 Emphasis on organizing and delivering
speeches for all occasions, including informative, persuasive, and ceremonial.
2420. Business and Professional Communication (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) Formerly SPCH 2520 Emphasis
on developing excellent communication skills in everyday speaking, interviews, group presentations, and public speaking.
Student organizes and delivers informative, persuasive, and group presentations.
3061, 3062, 3063, 3064. Special Topics (1,2,3,4) Formerly EMST 3901, 3902, 3903, 3904 May be
repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. credit. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Selected
topics in electronic media studies.
3110. Persuasion Theories (3) (S) Formerly COMM 3010 May not count toward foundations curriculum social
sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Persuasion as communication
process. Differing aspects of source, channel(s), and receiver(s). Emphasis on contributions from behavioral theorists.
3120. Public Relations Theory (3) (F,S) Formerly COMM 3440 May not count toward foundations curriculum
social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Survey of theoretical,
social, behavioral, and communicative aspects of public relations from which practice is built.
3142. Small Group Communication (3) Formerly COMM 3570 May not count toward foundations curriculum
social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Communication variables
which inuence quality of group communication. Group processes used for information exchange, problem solving, and
decision making.
3151. Family Communication (3) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences credit. P: COMM
major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Family members co-construct meanings about their world in the
unique communication environment of the family. In this setting, interpersonal and mass mediated communication converge
about topics that impact the daily life of family members.
3152. Interpersonal Communication Theory (3) (F) (FC:SO) Formerly COMM 3050 P: COMM major
or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Theories and concepts which explain communication in ongoing
interpersonal relationships. Focus on relationship development and maintenance.
3160. Organizational Communication Theory (3) Formerly COMM 3360 May not count toward foundations
curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Meanings and
functions of communication in organizational settings. Communication in role relationships, internal and external information
system ows, and role of communication in organizational culture development and maintenance.
3172. Media Effects (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) Formerly COMM 3615 P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
COMM 1001, 1002. Effects of mass media on individuals, societies, and cultures.
COMM
360
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3180. Intercultural Communication (3) Formerly COMM 3080 May not count toward foundations curriculum
social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Communication
theory and practice in multicultural contexts. Impact of cultural differences on interpersonal, organizational, and international
communication.
3310. Copy Editing and Design (3) (F,S,SS) Formerly COMM 3200 May not count toward foundations
curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002, 2320. Basic
course in editing and layout of variety of publications.
3311. Business and Economic Reporting (3) (WI) Formerly COMM 3211 May not count toward foundations
curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002, 2320.
Communication students write about business and economic events.
3320. Advanced Reporting (3) (F,S) Formerly COMM 3210; EMST 3510 May not count toward foundations
curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001 and 1002 or consent of instructor; COMM
2320; MPRD 3220. Principles and techniques of in-depth newsgathering. Topics include research of individuals, business and
government, computer-assisted reporting, open meetings/records laws, and media research ethics.
3322. Computer Assisted Reporting (3) (WI) (F,S) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences
credit. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002, 2320. Principles and techniques of precision
journalism. Topics include use of data analysis tools (e.g.: Excell, Access, SPSS, Arc View), FOI/Open Records laws, practical
data analysis, and statistical methods for journalism research.
3330. Feature Writing (3) (WI) Formerly COMM 3230 May not count toward foundations curriculum social
sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002, 2320. Study and practice in
feature writing for newspapers, magazines, and special publications.
3340. Desktop Publishing (3) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM
major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002, 2320; ENGL 1200. Desktop publishing techniques for print media,
public relations, and advertising.
3362. Visual Editing (3) Formerly COMM 3260 May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences
requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002, 2320; consent of instructor. Use of
informational graphics in newspaper and public relations design and layout.
3380. Computer Mediated Communication (3) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences
requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Explores liner and interactive CMC
forms as they relate to human behavior and motivation. Involves communication issues related to identity construction,
competency/prociency, rules and conversions for specic mediated forms, online communities, relational development,
ethics and deception, freedom of speech and inuences on culture and access.
3390. International News Communication (3) (S) (FC:SO) Formerly COMM 3290 P: COMM major or
minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Study of world news communication systems. International news ow,
news gathering agencies, foreign correspondents, theories, debates, and role of communication in global coexistence at
socioeconomic and political levels.
3400. Argumentation (3) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM major
or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002; ENGL 1200. Argumentation as method of critical inquiry and public
advocacy. Analysis of controversies and presentation of oral arguments.
3410. Advanced Public Speaking (3) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences or ne arts
requirements. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 2410 or 2420. Enhances skills learned in COMM
2410 or 2420 and cements skills necessary for excellent business presentations, sales presentations, presentations to a board
of directors, and after-dinner presentations. Student renes ability to plan, develop, and deliver professional presentations.
361
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3520. Sports Media Survey (3) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM
major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Basic survey of the historical development of sports communication
and reporting including inuence of mass media on development of sports reporting. Covers basic principles of writing for
sports community using AP Press Sports Writing Guide.
4032. Mass Media Law (3) (F,S) Formerly COMM 4610; EMST 4810 May not count toward foundations
curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002; 18 s.h. COMM.
Provides working knowledge of legal system as it relates to communication professionals. Emphasis on libel, privacy, copyright,
First Amendment, and federal regulation of telecommunication industry.
4040. Media, Culture, and Society (3) (F,S) Formerly COMM 4600; EMST 3530 May not count toward
foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002;
15 hours COMM courses or consent of instructor. Critical perspectives on interaction among media, culture, and society.
4042. First Amendment Law (3) May not count towards foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P:
COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002; 18 s.h. COMM. Examines historical and contemporary
controversies arising under the rst amendment to constitution.
4045. Media Literacy for Communication Professionals (3) (F,S) May not count toward foundations curriculum
social sciences credit. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Media literacy concepts and
practices related to producing, understanding, and using messages distributed by mass media.
4050. Media Management (3) (S) Formerly EMST 4510 P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
COMM 1001, 1002. Operation and management of broadcast stations and cable operations.
4060. Special Problems in Communication (3) (F,S,SS) May not count toward foundations curriculum social
sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Special projects, research, and
independent reading for students capable of individual work under guidance of faculty advisor. Designed to t special needs
and interests of students.
4062. Media Sales and Promotion (3) (F) Formerly EMST 4520 P: COMM major or minor or consent of
instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Role of sales and promotion in public and commercial broadcasting, cable, and related settings.
Emphasis on sales, promotion, and fund raising.
4075. Media Criticism (3) (WI) Formerly COMM 4655; EMST 4530 May not count toward foundations
curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Interpretive
analysis of communication principles and techniques in mediated texts, such as television programs, documentaries, or print
advertisements.
4080. Senior Seminar (3) (SL*) (F,S,SS) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement.
P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002; completion of 24 s.h. in COMM before registering
for course. Advanced study in communication. Emphasis on contemporary issues.
4081, 4082, 4083. Directed Independent Study (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) Formerly EMST 4981, 4982, 4983
Intermediate or advanced student. May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. credit. P: COMM major or minor or consent
of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Topic not otherwise offered in curriculum or beyond or in greater depth than is possible
within context of regular course.
4091, 4092. Internship–Seminar (3,3) (F,S,SS) Formerly EMST 4991, 4992 1 lecture and 10 lab hours per
week. 140 hours of observation and practical experience. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001,
1002; 18 s.h. COMM. Placement in professional setting appropriate to student’s area of concentration.
4130. Conict and Communication (3) Formerly COMM 4030 May not count toward foundations curriculum
social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Role of communication
in productive settlement of interpersonal and organizational disputes. Examines effective communication strategies for dispute
resolution, mediation, negotiation, and bargaining.
COMM
362
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4135. Gender and Communication (3) (F) Formerly COMM 4035 May not count toward foundations curriculum
social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. P for WOST major or
minor: COMM 1001, 1002; or WOST 2000 or 2400. Role of communication in construction of gender and role of gender
in social organization. Use of language and communication systems.
4170. Directed Readings in Communication (3) (F,S,SS) Formerly COMM 4070 May not count toward
foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002.
Individually directed study.
4180. Public Relations Strategies (3) (WI) (F,S) Formerly COMM 4440 May not count toward foundations
curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002, 3120.
Problem-solving strategies and principles of message design for developing public relations campaigns.
4185. International Public Relations (3) (F) Formerly COMM 4445 May not count toward foundations
curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002, 3120. Public
relations as practiced outside US. Examines reasons for international growth of public relations and explores opportunities
for US involvement.
4196. Senior Honors Seminar (3) Formerly COMM 4700 May not count toward foundations curriculum social
sciences requirement. P: Senior standing; 3.5 cumulative and major GPA; COMM 1001, 1002. Tutorially directed readings in
selected area and research proposal writing.
4199. Senior Honors Thesis (3) Formerly COMM 4705 May not count toward foundations curriculum social
sciences requirement. P: Minimum grade of B in COMM 4196. Tutorially directed. Implementation of research proposal
generated in COMM 4700. Oral exam covers reading assignments and completed thesis.
4293. Editing and Producing the News (3) P: COMM 3320; COMM major; COMM 1001, 1002 or consent of
instructor. Capstone course in producing and editing for news media.
4321. Investigative Reporting (3) Formerly COMM 3221 May not count toward foundations curriculum social
sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002, 3320. Advanced news gathering
techniques for journalists. Online database searching and off-campus trips that encourage in-depth reporting.
4400. Rhetorical Theory and Criticism (3) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement.
P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002; ENGL 1200. Signicant developments in rhetorical
theory. Special attention to speech principles and critical analysis of contemporary public address.
4905. Media Ethics (3) (WI) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM
major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002; 18 s.h. COMM. Principles of moral reasoning as applied to
ethical dilemmas arising in media professions.
COMM Banked Courses
3012. Persuasion Practicum (3) 3580. Debate (2)
3240. Photojournalism (3) 4233. Advising Student Publications (3)
CSCI: COMPUTER SCIENCE
1001. Introduction to Computer Science (3) (F,S) May not count towards a BA or BS degree in computer
science, or towards foundations curriculum credit. Elementary treatment of some basic ideas in computer science, such as
how computers store and process data, binary and hexadecimal numbers, arithmetic/logic instructions, social issues, data
structures, web pages, and the Internet. Targeted towards novice computer users.
1002. Web Page Programming (3) (F,S) May not count toward CSCI major or minor. Introduction to the
enhancement of web pages using programming techniques. Provides supervised practical experience in the use of an
embedded programming language. A portable computer is required.
363
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
1200. Introduction to Visual Programming (3) (F,S) May not count toward CSCI major or minor. P: MATH
1065. Introduces programming using a visual design tool such as Visual Basic.
2300. Computer Science Survey (3) (F,S) Elementary architecture, operating systems, le systems, network,
algorithmic, and software development concepts.
2310, 2311. Algorithmic Problem Solving and Programming Laboratory (4,0) (F,S) P: MATH 1065;
C for 2310: CSCI 2311; C for 2311: CSCI 2310. Design of algorithms and their implementation as programs in high-level
language such as Java.
2427. Discrete Mathematical Structures (3) (F,S) Same as MATH 2427 May not count toward MATH
major or minor. May receive credit for only one of CSCI 2427; MATE or MATH 2775, 3237, or MATH 2427. P: MATH
1065 or 1066. Study of discrete mathematical structures. Special emphasis on structures most important in computer science.
Practical applications of subject emphasized.
2600. Introduction to Digital Computation (3) (S) May not count toward CSCI major or minor. P: MATH 1065 or
1066. Emphasis on algorithmic approach to problem solving. Algorithms programmed and run on computer by all students.
2618. COBOL (3) (F) P: CSCI 2310 or 2610. Basic and advanced elements of COBOL.
3200. Data Structures and Their Applications (4) (F,S) P: CSCI 2310, 2311. Common data structures and how
to use them in advanced problem solving.
3300. Introduction to Algorithms and Data Structures (4) (F,S) P: CSCI 2310; C: CSCI 2427. Advanced data
representations such as lists and trees, including associated algorithms and use of both static and dynamic memory.
3310. Advanced Data Structures and Data Abstraction (3) (F,S) P: CSCI 2427, 3300. Data abstractions such
as stacks, queues, graphs, tables, and sets, and implementations in object-oriented style, including principles of class design.
3526. Switching Theory and Computer Organization (3) (F,S) P: CSCI 2310, 2427. Theory and practice of
computer and computer component design. Gates and gate-level design.
3550. Introduction to Computer Game Development (3) (S) P: CSCI 3200 or 3300. A broad view of
computer game development from an applied computer science point of view. Content creation and the concepts behind
the development of story, character, environment, level design, user interface, and sound.
3573. Introduction to Numerical Analysis (3) (S) Same as MATH 3573 P: CSCI 2310 or consent of instructor;
MATH 2119 or 2172 or equivalent. Algorithms suitable for digital computation in areas of linear algebra, linear programming,
slope nding, area nding, and nonlinear equation solution.
3584. Computational Linear Algebra (3) (F,S) Same as MATH 3584 May not count toward MATH major
or minor. P: Calculus course. Introduces vectors, matrices, and determinants. Special emphasis on application of linear algebra
to solution of practical problems.
3601. Computer Organization and Programming (3) (F,S) P: CSCI 3200, 3300, or 3526. Assembly language
used to illustrate general machine architecture that executes assembly language command structure.
3650. Analysis of Algorithms (3) (S) P: CSCI 3200 or 3300; CSCI 2427. Decision trees, mathematical induction,
and adversary arguments used to analyze correctness, complexity, and optimality of algorithms. Emphasis on searching and
sorting algorithms.
3675. Organization of Programming Language (3) (F) P: CSCI 3200 or 3310. Applied course in programming
language constructs. Emphasis on run-time behavior of programs. Provides appropriate background for advanced-level courses
involving formal and theoretical aspects of programming languages and compilation process.
3700. Database Management Systems (3) (F,S) P: CSCI 3200 or 3310. Theory and techniques of relational,
hierarchical, and network database management systems.
CSCI
364
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3800. Introduction to Computer Graphics (3) (F) P: CSCI 3200 or 3310; MATH 3256 or 3584. Computer
graphics systems, hardware, interactive methods; line and curve drawing; two- and three-dimensional transformations; and
perspective transformation.
4000. Ethical and Professional Issues in Computer Science (1) (F,S) To be taken by CSCI seniors in nal
semester. Departmental assessment and professional, ethical, legal, security, and social issues and responsibilities related to
the practice of computer science.
4200. Software Engineering I (3) (WI) (F,S) P: CSCI major and CSCI 3200 or 3310. Formal approach to state-of-
the-art techniques in software design and development and application of the techniques.
4230. Software Engineering II (3) (F,S) P: CSCI 4200 or consent of the instructor. Conceptual and practical knowledge
in relation to large-scale software development using established software engineering principles. Requires completion of
major project using tools and methodologies provided.
4300. Systems Programming (3) (F) P: CSCI 3200 or 3310. Programming issues related to the functionality and general
structure of operating systems, networking, security, and the general architecture of information systems are covered.
4510. Object-Oriented Computing and Graphical User Interfaces (3) (F,S) P: CSCI 3200 or 3310. Object-
oriented program design and development and data abstraction. Object-oriented programming languages. Applications to
graphical user interfaces and event-driven computing.
4520. Introduction to Computer Architecture (3) (S) P: CSCI major; CSCI 3526. Organization of basic elements
of computer system, including processor, memory, control unit, and I/O units.
4530. Computer Networks and the Internet (3) (S) P: CSCI 3200 or 3300 or consent of instructor. Theory and
case studies of modern networking protocols and telecommunication methods. Local area and long-haul networks.
4540. Introduction to Mobile Communications and Wireless Security (3) P: CSCI 4530 or consent of
instructor. Signals, access protocols, application requirements and security issues. Focus is on digital data transfer.
4550. Computer Game Development (3) (F) P: CSCI 3550. Animation development, multi-layer technologies,
haptic displays, spatial issues in gaming and 3D immersion technology, terrain and special effects.
4602. Theory of Automata and Linguistics (3) (F) P: CSCI major; CSCI 2427. Basic concepts of automata theory
and mathematical linguistics and their close interrelationship.
4627. Procedural Languages and Compilers (3) (S) P: CSCI major; CSCI 3526, 3675. State of the art techniques
for compiling procedural languages.
4630. Operating Systems I (3) (F,S) P: CSCI major and CSCI 3200 or 3300. Job control and operating systems.
System organization, resource and storage allocation, interrupt handling, addressing techniques, le structures, and batch/time
sharing systems.
4710. Introduction to Developing e-Business Systems (3) (WI) P: CSCI 3200 or 3310 or consent of instructor.
Introduces use of concepts, technologies, and building blocks from computer science, practical software engineering, and
business development in building e-Commerce systems. Describes systematic life-cycle approach to developing successful
e-Commerce systems and presents knowledge essential to wide range of organization and software developers. Requires
completion of major term projects using state-of-the art tools and methodologies.
4905. Selected Topics in Computer Science (3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P:
CSCI major and CSCI 3200 or 3310. Consideration of new or advanced topics in computer science.
5002. Logic for Mathematics and Computer Science (3) Same as MATH 5002 P: CSCI 3200 or 3310 or
MATE 3223 or 2775 or MATH 2427 or 2775 or 3223 or 3256 or PHIL 3580 or equivalent. Methods of mathematical logic
important in mathematics and computer science applications.
365
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
5210. Operating Systems II (3) P: CSCI 4630 or consent of instructor. Theory and practice of concurrent processes
in computer operating systems. Process scheduling. Memory and auxiliary storage management.
5220. Program Translation (3) P: CSCI 4627 or consent of instructor. Formal language specication for programming
languages. Advanced parsing techniques. Code generation and optimization.
5501, 5502, 5503. Independent Study (1,2,3) Minimum of 3-6 hours per week depending on the nature of the
work assigned. P: CSCI 3200 or 3310 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Advanced computer science students study
topics that supplement regular curriculum.
5774. Programming for Research (3) Same as MATH 5774 For graduate student who wishes to use computer
science to meet required research skills in his or her dept. May not count toward MATH major or minor. P: General statistics
course or consent of instructor. Emphasis on minimum-level programming skill and use of statistical packages.
5800. Articial Intelligence (3) P: CSCI 3200 or 3310 or consent of instructor. Fundamental problems and techniques
of articial intelligence. Heuristic search. Concepts of expert systems.
CSCI Banked Courses
1610. Elementary Pascal (3) 2903. Programming in FORTRAN (1)
2510. Introduction to Computer Science I (3) 3510. Data Structures (3)
2610, 2611. Introduction to Computer 3574. Numerical Analysis II (3)
Science II and Laboratory (4,0) 4600. Systems Analysis (3)
2901. Programming in ADA (1) 4604. Systems Simulation (3)
2902. Programming in C (1) 5726. Scientic Programming (1)
CSDI: SPEECH AND HEARING SCIENCES
2100. Introduction to Communication Disorders (3) (F,S,SS) 3 lectures per week plus observation of speech
therapy sessions. Scope, history, and nature of speech-language pathology and audiology. Topics include development of
language and psychology of speech and hearing impaired as well as a description of etiology, symptomatology, and treatment
of major speech, hearing, and language disorders.
3010. Phonetics (3) (F) P: CSDI major or minor; CSDI 2100; PSYC 1000; or consent of instructor. Applied phonetics
using International Phonetic Alphabet and pertinent modications. Detailed descriptions of American English speech sounds
and transcription of contextual speech representing mainstream and non-mainstream dialects. Transcription abilities developed
to assess and treat speech disorders.
3020. Language Development (3) (F) P: CSDI major or minor; CSDI 2100; PSYC 1000; or consent of instructor.
Normal acquisition and development of language from birth through preschool years, components of language, cognitive and
communicative prerequisites, and language learning theories.
3030. Speech Science: Anatomy, Physiology and Acoustics (3) (F) 3 lecture and 1 lab hours per week. P:
BIOL 1050, 1051; CSDI 2100; or consent of instructor. Anatomy, physiology, and acoustic correlates of speech production
mechanisms. Central and peripheral nervous systems, respiration, phonation, resonation, and articulation.
3050. Acquisition and Development of Phonology and Articulation (3) (S) P: CSDI 3010, 3030; or consent
of instructor. Emphasis on birth to ve years and critical periods through the early teen years. Content areas include birth cry,
babbling, cross linguistic and universal patterns of acquisition, morphophonology, metaphonology, historical and contemporary
normative data issues, and interrelation of normal phonological development with other areas of language growth.
3105. Hearing Science (3) (F) P: CSDI 3030; PHYS 1050; or consent of instructor. Basic information, including acoustics,
anatomy and physiology of the ear and central auditory nervous system, and psychoacoustics.
4100. Introduction to Audiology (3) (S) P: CSDI 3030 or consent of instructor. Concepts related to normal hearing,
causes and effects of defective hearing, and hearing testing procedures.
CSDI
366
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4110. Aural Rehabilitation (3) (S) P: CSDI 4100 or consent of instructor. Habilitation, rehabilitation of the hearing
impaired as related to hearing aid use, speech-reading, auditory training, and total communication. Management philosophies
related to children and adults.
4335. Apprenticeship (3) (WI) (S) 1 stafng, 1 lecture, and 3-4 lab hours per week. P: CSDI major; consent of
departmental director of undergraduate studies; minimum of 25 hours observation of treatment as administered or supervised
by ASHA certied speech-language pathologists/audiologists; CSDI 3020, 4100, 5010. Develop basic clinical skills through
observation and apprenticeship. Apprentice serves as assistant to graduate clinicians in management of patients. Additional
responsibilities assigned as part of experience.
5010. Procedures in Clinical Management (3) P for undergraduate students: CSDI major; CSDI 3020, 3050,
3105; or consent of instructor; P for graduate students: Consent of instructor. Procedures used in diagnostic and treatment
of communication disorders. Topics include observation styles, task presentation and analysis, reinforcement techniques,
group management, and intervention models. Multicultural communication models and supervised observation experiences
in various clinical and public school settings.
5510, 5511, 5512. Special Problems in Speech and Hearing (2,2,2) For advanced senior and graduate
students. May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. May count toward the CSDI major with consent of dept chair. Independent
exploration of specic areas of interest in communication disorders and research.
5565. Seminar in Augmentative Communication (3) 2 and 1/2 lecture and 1 lab hours per week. P: Consent
of instructor. Interdisciplinary approach to augmentative communication. Emphasis on team approach, including discussion of
and experience with patients who require use of augmentative communication systems. Areas of study include assessment,
intervention, neuromotor management, environmental control, computer access, and funding.
CSDI Banked Courses
4000. Introduction to Speech Disorders (5) (F) 5100. Introduction to Speech-Language
4020. Introduction to Language Disorders (3) (F) and Hearing Disorders (2)
DESN: DESIGN
2034, 2035. Engineering Graphics I (3,0) (F,S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223.
Basic skills and theory of graphics. Applies graphics in manufacturing, construction, and related elds.
2036, 2037. Computer-Aided Design and Drafting (3,0) (F,S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: DESN 2034.
Applies computer-aided design and drafting (CADD) as related to design process and development of engineering drawings
and other documents. Use of CADD in various design disciplines, including architectural, electrical, mechanical, and civil.
3030, 3031. Architectural Drafting (3,0) (F,S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: DESN 2036 or IDSN 2281;
ITEC 2080; or program coordinator approval. Fundamental areas of residential working drawings.
3032, 3033. Engineering Graphics II (3,0) (S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: DESN 2036; ITEC 2080; PHYS
1250; C: ITEC 2090; or program coordinator approval. Continuation of DESN 2036, 2037 with greater depth in application
of graphics in manufacturing construction and related elds.
3036, 3037. Architectural Design and Drafting (3,0) (F) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: DESN 3030,
3032; or program coordinator approval. Practical experience in design of commercial structures from graphics perspective.
Develop and interpret working drawings.
3038, 3039. Sustainable Design (3,0) (S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: BIOL 1060, 1061; DESN 3030;
GEOL 1700; ITEC 2090, 3300; PSYC 3241; or program coordinator approval. Introduces sustainability issues related to
building technology and pursuit of design solutions.
3230, 3231. Rapid Prototyping (3,0) (S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: DESN 3032; IENG 2076. Develops
holistic view and initial competencies in engineering design by conceiving, designing, manufacturing, and testing system
components.
367
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3234, 3235. Jig and Fixture Design (3,0) (F) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: DESN 3032; ITEC 2090; IENG
2076. Applies principles of jig and xture design and their construction.
3236, 3237 Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing (3,0) (F) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: DESN
3032; MATH 1074; ITEC 3200 or MATH 2283. Introduces concepts of Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing based on
industry standards such as ANSI and ASME using measuring equipment, problem solving, and case studies. Provide tools for
immediate application of GD&T concepts to production specications.
4030, 4031. Descriptive Geometry (3,0) (S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: DESN 3032; MATH 1074.
Principles of projection, including reference system (the graphical method of solving solid analytic geometry problems).
4234, 4235. Machine and Tool Design (3,0) (F) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: DESN 3032; IENG 2076.
Applies principles of machine and tool design. Complete designs and drawings of machines, tools, xtures, gauges, automated
clamping devices, and piercing and forming dies.
4503. Laboratory Problems: Design and Drafting (3) (F,S,SS) 6 lab hours per week. P: DESN 3030 or 3032;
or consent of instructor. Independent study to gain further expertise in particular area of design and drafting.
4504. Laboratory Problems: Graphic Communication (3) (F,S,SS) 6 lab hours per week. P: Consent of dept
chair. Independent study of concepts, processes, tools, and materials in graphic communication technology.
DESN Banked Courses
3034, 3035. Civil Drafting and Laboratory (3,0) 5500. Independent Study: Graphic
4032, 4033. Technical Illustration: Procedures Communication (3) (F,S,SS)
and Practices (3,0)
DNCE: DANCE
1000. Introduction to Dance (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) May not count toward DNCE major. Development of dance
as art. Roles of choreographer and dancer.
1001. Fundamentals of Ballet (3) (SS) (FC:FA) 7.5 hours per week. Basic skills of ballet. Includes overview of
ballet development.
1002. Fundamentals of Contemporary Dance (3) (SS) (FC:FA) 7.5 hours per week. Basic skills of modern
dance. Includes overview of modern dance development.
1003. Fundamentals of Jazz Dance (3) (SS) (FC:FA) 7.5 hours per week. Basic skills of jazz dance. Includes
overview of jazz dance styles.
1011. Ballet I (3) (F) (FC:FA) Progressive and continuous work in learning and perfecting technique in this most difcult
and rened form of dance.
1012. Contemporary Dance I (3) (F) (FC:FA) Dance technique which does not employ a standardized vocabulary
of steps.
1013. Jazz Dance I (3) (F) (FC:FA) May not count toward BFA in DNCE. Most recent dance form inuenced by
South American and African cultures.
1021. Ballet II (3) (S) Progressive and continuous work in perfecting technique and style in ballet.
1022. Contemporary Dance II (3) (S) Progressive and continuous work in perfecting technique and style in
contemporary dance.
1023. Jazz Dance II (3) (S) May not count toward BFA in DNCE. Progressive and continuous work in perfecting
technique and style in jazz dance.
DNCE
368
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
1111, 1121, 2131, 2141, 3151, 3161, 4171, 4181. Ballet Technique Development I, II, III, IV, V, VI,
VII, VIII (3 each) Formerly 1111 was DNCE 2111; 1121 was DNCE 2121; 6 hours per week. P: Placement
by faculty jury. Progressive and continuous work in perfecting ballet technique.
1112, 1122, 2132, 2142, 3152, 3162, 4172, 4182. Contemporary Dance Technique Development I,
II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII (3 each) Formerly 1112 was DNCE 2112; 1122 was DNCE 2122; 6 hours per
week. P: Placement by faculty jury. Progressive and continuous work in perfecting contemporary dance technique.
1113, 1123, 2133, 2143, 3153, 3163, 4173, 4183. Jazz Dance Technique Development I, II, III, IV, V,
VI, VII, VIII (3 each) Formerly 1113 was DNCE 2113; 1123 was DNCE 2123; 6 hours per week each. P:
Placement by faculty jury. Progressive and continuous work in perfecting jazz dance technique.
1114. Beginning Ballet I (2) (F) May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h. Basic work in learning techniques in ballet.
1115. Beginning Modern I (2) (F) May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h. Basic work in learning techniques in
modern dance.
1116. Beginning Jazz II (2) (F) May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h. Basic work in learning techniques in jazz
dance.
1124. Beginning Ballet II (2) (S) May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h. P: DNCE 1114 or consent of instructor.
Continued work in learning techniques in ballet.
1125. Beginning Modern II (2) (S) May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h. P: DNCE 1115 or consent of instructor.
Continued work in learning techniques in modern dance.
1126. Beginning Jazz II (2) (S) May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h. P: DNCE 1116 or consent of instructor.
Continued work in learning techniques in jazz dance.
2011, 2021, 3011, 3021, 4011, 4021, 4131, 4141. Pointe I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII (1 each) 2 hours per
week. P: Consent of instructor. Progressive and continuous work in perfecting technique of pointe combinations and classical
ballet variations.
2031. Ballet III (3) (F) Continued work on ballet technique.
2032. Contemporary Dance III (3) (F) Continued work on contemporary dance technique.
2033. Jazz Dance III (3) (F) P: 6 s.h. ballet or consent of instructor. Continued work on jazz technique.
2041. Ballet IV (3) Continued work in perfection of technique.
2042. Contemporary Dance IV (3) (S) Continued work in perfection of technique.
2043. Jazz Dance IV (3) (S) P: 6 s.h. ballet or consent of instructor. Continued work in perfection of technique.
2051, 2061. Ballet Studio I, II (1) Progressive and continuous work in perfecting techniques and style in ballet. Emphasis
on performance quality by means of individualized instruction.
2190. Early Experiences for the Prospective Dance Educator (1) (F) 1 lecture hour for 6 weeks; 2 lab or
studio hours for 10 weeks. For students considering a career in dance education. Teaching of dance through observation and
participation in teaching activities in school classrooms.
2134. Intermediate Ballet I (2) (F) May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h. P: DNCE 1124 or consent of instructor.
Continuous and progressive work in perfecting techniques in ballet.
2135. Intermediate Modern I (2) (F) May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h. P: DNCE 1125 or consent of
instructor. Continuous and progressive work in perfecting techniques in modern dance.
2136. Intermediate Jazz I (2) (F) May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h. P: DNCE 1126 or consent of instructor.
Continuous and progressive work in perfecting techniques in jazz dance.
369
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
2144. Intermediate Ballet II (2) (S) May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h. P: DNCE 2134 or consent of instructor.
Continuous and progressive work in perfecting techniques in ballet.
2145. Intermediate Modern II (2) (S) May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h. P: DNCE 2135 or consent of
instructor. Continuous and progressive work in perfecting techniques in modern dance.
2146. Intermediate Jazz II (2) (S) May be repeated for a maximum of 4 s.h. P: DNCE 2136 or consent of instructor.
Continuous and progressive work in perfecting techniques in jazz dance.
2200. Creative Dance and Drama for the Elementary School (2) (S) Same as THEA 2200 Content,
philosophy, methodology, and projects appropriate for student preparing to teach elementary grades.
2201. Dance Improvisation I (1) (F) 2 hours per week. Guided exploration in elements of dance for development
of spontaneity of individual movement, group interaction, and choreographic skills.
2202. Dance Improvisation II (1) (S) 2 hours per week. Continuation of guided exploration in elements of dance.
Student creates and conducts improvisations.
2203, 2204. Dance Improvisation Aerobics (1,1) 2 hours per week. Guided movement exploration within
framework of aerobic workout. Emphasis on spontaneous physical expression and high-paced release of energy.
2211, 2221, 3211, 3221, 4211, 4221, 4231, 4241. Partnering I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII (1 each) Formerly
2211 was DNCE 3071 2 hours per week. P: Consent of instructor. Progressive and continuous work in perfecting technique
of support when performing with a partner.
3000, 3001. Dance Performance (1,1) (F,S) 6 hours per week each. P: Consent of instructor. Practical experience
in various areas of dance performance in faculty-choreographed production.
3014. Fundamentals of Tap Dance (1) (F) (FC:FA) Formerly DNCE 3070 2 hours per week. Introduction
to tap dance as performing art through study of basic tap vocabulary, fundamental rhythms, locomotor movements, and tap
styles.
3024. Intermediate Tap Dance (1) (S) Formerly DNCE 3072 2 hours per week. P: DNCE 3014 or consent of
instructor. Vocabulary of tap terminology, repertoire of tap steps, and recognizable jazz/tap style in performance.
3051. Ballet V (3) (F) P: DNCE 2041 or consent of instructor. Continued study in perfecting ballet technique.
3052. Contemporary Dance V (3) (F) P: DNCE 2042 or consent of instructor. Continued work toward perfection
of technique and style.
3053. Jazz Dance V (3) (F) P: DNCE 2043 or consent of instructor. Continued work in perfection of technique.
3061. Ballet VI (3) (S) P: DNCE 3051 or consent of instructor. Continued study in perfecting ballet techniques.
3062. Contemporary Dance VI (3) (S) P: DNCE 3052 or consent of instructor. Continued work toward perfection
of technique and style.
3063. Jazz Dance VI (3) (S) P: DNCE 3053. Continued work in perfection of technique.
3114, 3124, 4134. Tap Technique Development I, II, III (1,1,2) (3114:F; 3124:S; 4134:F) Formerly
3114 was DNCE 4074; 3124 was DNCE 4075. DNCE 3114, 3124: 2 hours per week; 4134: 3 hours per week. P:
Placement by faculty jury. Progressive and continuous work in perfecting technique and style in tap dance.
3501, 3502, 3503. Independent Study in Dance (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for maximum of 4 s.h. with
change of topic. P: Consent of instructor and dept chair. Independent study of scholarly topic related to dance.
3601, 3602, 3603. Selected Topics in Dance (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for maximum of 4 s.h. with
change of topic. P: Consent of instructor and dept chair. Intensive study of selected topics related to dance.
DNCE
370
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3703. International Ballroom and Folk Dance Styles (3) (FC:FA) Knowledge, skills, and understanding of
international ballroom and folkdance styles.
4000, 4001. Special Dance Projects (1,1) 6 hours per week each. P: Consent of instructor. Practical experience in
various areas of dance performance directed and supervised by faculty.
4034. Advanced Tap Dance (2) (F) Formerly DNCE 3073 3 hours per week. P: DNCE 3024 or consent of
instructor. Progressive and continuous work in perfecting technique of tap dance.
4044. History of Dance I (3) (WI) (F) (FC:FA) Explores dance as ritual and theatrical art.
4045. History of Dance II (3) (WI) (S) (FC:FA) Explores development of dance as theatrical art.
4046. Composition I (3) (WI) (F) P: 3000-level DNCE technique classes. Movement possibilities through kinesthetic
awareness. Development of creative intuition through problem-solving in choreographic design.
4047. Composition II (3) (WI) (S) P: DNCE 4046. Development of choreographic idea.
4048. Choreography Project (3) (F) 9 hours per week. P: DNCE 4047 or consent of instructor. Development,
presentation, and evaluation of choreographic projects.
4071. Ballet VII (3) (F) P: DNCE 3061 or consent of instructor. Continued study in perfection of technique.
4072. Contemporary Dance VII (3) (F) P: DNCE 3062 or consent of instructor. Continued study in perfection of
technique and style.
4073. Jazz Dance VII (3) (F) 6 hours per week. P: DNCE 3063. Continued work in perfection of jazz technique.
4076. Theatre Dance Styles I (3) 6 hours per week. P: DNCE 2041 or 2043; and consent of instructor. Develop
basic practical knowledge of choreographed movement in musical theatre dance idiom. Emphasizes twentieth century theatre
dance styles.
4081. Ballet VIII (3) (S) P: DNCE 4071 or consent of instructor. Continued study in perfection of technique.
4082. Contemporary Dance VIII (3) (S) P: DNCE 4072 or consent of instructor. Continued study in perfection of
technique and style.
4083. Jazz Dance VIII (3) (S) 6 hours per week. P: DNCE 4073. Continued work in perfection of jazz technique.
4323. Perspectives on Dance Education, Grades K-12 (3) (WI) (F,S) P: Admission to upper division; consent
of instructor. Theoretical foundations in dance education and implications for curriculum and teaching.
4324. Internship in Dance Education (10) (F,S) Full-time, semester-long internship. P: Admission to upper division;
C: DNCE 4325. Supervised internship in dance education in public schools.
4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Dance Education (1) (F,S) P: Admission to upper division; C: DNCE
4324. Individualized study of problems or issues in dance education.
DNCE Banked Courses
2071, 2081. Ballet Studio III, IV (1 each) 4032, 4042, 4052, 4062. Contemporary Dance
2052, 2062, 2072, 2082. Contemporary Dance Studio V, VI, VII, VIII (1 each)
Studio I, II, III, IV (1 each) 4033, 4043, 4053, 4063. Jazz Dance Studio V, VI,
2053, 2063, 2073, 2083. Jazz Dance Studio I, II, VII, VIII (1 each)
III, IV (1 each) 4077. Theatre Dance Styles II (3)
4031, 4041, 4051, 4061. Ballet Studio V, VI, VII,
VIII (1 each)
371
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
DRED: DRIVER EDUCATION
2000. Introduction to Driver and Trafc Safety Education (3) (F,S,SS) P: Valid driver’s license. Current
concepts in driver and trafc safety education.
2330. K-12 Safety Education (3) (F,S,SS) Composite look at safety education as related to K-12 students. Emphasis
on trafc, home, school, work, and recreational safety.
3309. Advanced Driver and Trafc Safety Education (3) (F) For advanced driver educator. P: DRED 2000.
Concentrated study on various cognitive areas of driver and trafc safety education.
3320, 3321. Laboratory Programs in Driver and Trafc Safety Education (3,0) (S) 2 lecture and 2 lab
hours per week. P: DRED 2000 and a valid driver’s license. Theory and practice of dealing with multiple-car driving range,
simulation, and on-street lab programs in driver education. Each student responsible for teaching a beginning student the lab
phase of driver education.
DRED Banked Courses
5310. Advanced Motorcycle Safety (3)
ECON: ECONOMICS
2113. Principles of Microeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) Elements of microeconomics and introduction to
macroeconomics.
2133. Principles of Macroeconomics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) P: ECON 2113. Principles and applications of
macroeconomics from Keynesian and Montarist approaches.
3030. Antitrust and Regulation (3) (WI*) (F) (FC:SO) P: ECON 2113. Antitrust policy and government regulation
as a response to market failure.
3144. Intermediate Microeconomics (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) P: ECON 2113. Demand analysis, elasticity, market
structure, pricing, and cost effectiveness.
3244. Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) P: ECON 2133. Classical, Keynesian, and modern analysis
of determinants of national income, employment, and price levels.
3323. Topics in Economics (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) May be repeated for credit with change of topic. P: ECON 2133.
Consideration of new and advanced topics in economics.
3343. Econometrics (3) (WI) (F,S) (FC:SO) P: CSCI 2600 or DSCI 2223; ECON 2133; MATH 2283. Development
and explanation of econometric methods and model building.
3353. Development Economics (3) (FC:SO) P: ECON 2133. Analysis of problems of less developed countries of
the world. National and international policies of such countries.
3365. Russian Economic Transition (3) (S) (FC:SO) P: ECON 2113, 2133, or permission of instructor. Analysis
of the rise and fall of Russian Soviet economic system and its transformation into a market economic system, with focus on
economic institutions and their functions.
3420. Money and Banking (3) (S) (FC:SO) P: ECON 2133. Banking system, Federal Reserve System, monetary
theory, monetary policy in US, and international monetary relations.
3630. Health Economics (3) (WI*) (S) (FC:SO) P: ECON 2133. Organizational structure, nancing, and regulation
of health care delivery and economic measurement of performance.
3750. Economics of Poverty and Discrimination (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) P: ECON 2133. Economic theories of
discrimination and occupational segregation. Analysis of inequalities in earnings distribution. Implications for public policy.
ECON
372
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3855. Environmental Economics (3) (FC:SO) P: ECON 2133. Application of microeconomic analysis to environmental
problems such as air and water pollution and formation of environmental policy.
3960. Economics of Public Choice (3) (F) (FC:SO) P: ECON 2133. Application of microeconomic analysis to study
political decision making within a representative democracy.
4020. Industrial Organization (3) (WI*) (S) (FC:SO) P: ECON 3144. Denition and measurement of structure,
behavior, and market performance of rms.
4214. Public Finance (3) (FC:SO) P: ECON 2133, 3144. Government expenditures, revenue and debts, allocation of
resources, and distribution of income.
4230. Labor in Economics (3) (F) (FC:SO) P: ECON 3144. Analysis of labor market operations and occupational
choice and discrimination from institutional and human capital perspectives.
4373. International Trade (3) (S) (FC:SO) P: ECON 2133, 3144. Theory and application in world markets for
primary and industrial goods.
4430. Business Cycles and Forecasting (3) (FC:SO) P: ECON 3244, 3343; or consent of instructor. Business cycle
theories and quantitative techniques for analyzing and predicting business cycle phenomena.
4521, 4522, 4523. Independent Study and Research in Economics (1,2,3) (4523:WI*) (F,S,SS)
P: Consent of instructor and chair. Extensive or selected readings taken from modern economic research monographs or in
specialized areas of economics in which student has taken one or more courses.
4550. Honors I (3) (F,S) Open only to ECON majors who are eligible to participate in the honors program. P: ECON
3144, 3244. Varying topics developed in cooperation with supervising instructor.
4551. Honors II (3) (F,S) P: ECON 4550 with a minimum grade of B. Varying topics developed in cooperation with
supervising instructor.
4850. Resource Economics (3) (FC:SO) P: ECON 2133, 3144. Applies microeconomic analysis and benet-cost
analysis to problems of allocation of natural resources.
5000. General Topics (3) May be repeated for credit with change of topic. P for undergraduate students: ECON 3144,
3244. Consideration of new or advanced topics in economics.
5150. Development (3) P for undergraduate students: ECON 3144. Applies microeconomic analysis to investments in
human resources, efcient organization of rural economics, intersectoral and international exchange, and interaction between
politics and markets, especially in less developed countries.
5170. Resources I (3) P for undergraduate students: ECON 3144. Applies microeconomic analysis to study of allocation
of natural resources.
5360. Mathematical Economics (3) P for undergraduate students: MATH 2171 or equivalent. Mathematical analysis
applied to economic theory. Structure and specication of quantitative models.
5501. Macroeconomic Theory (3) P for undergraduate students: ECON 3244; ECON 5360 or MATH 2172.
Business cycle uctuations. Emphasis on determinants of consumption and investment and effectiveness of monetary and
scal policy.
5800. Public Economics (3) P for undergraduate students: ECON 3144. Application of microeconomic analysis to
collective choice in democratic societies, government expenditure programs, and taxation.
5910. Health Economics (3) P for undergraduate students: ECON 3144, 3244. Organization structure, nancing, and
regulation of health care delivery and economic measurement of performance.
373
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
ECON Banked Courses
1000. General Economics (3) 3520. Mathematical Economics (3)
2250. Introduction to Econometrics (3) 4024. Regional Development (3)
3363. Comparative Economics Systems (3) 4740. Urban and Regional Economics (3)
EDTC: EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
2240. Virtual Reality: Introduction and Basic Applications (3) (F,S,SS) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week.
P: Basic knowledge of computer operations. Basic applications of virtual reality in education and other elds. Students select
special projects according to their interests.
3242. Graphics-Based Virtual Environments I (3) (S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: EDTC 2240 or
consent of dept chair. Intermediate design, building, applications, and evaluation of graphics-based virtual environments for
specic applications.
3243. Graphics-Based Virtual Environments II (3) (S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: EDTC 3242
or consent of instructor. Advanced design, building, applications, and evaluation of graphics-based virtual environments for
specic applications.
3244. Virtual Reality in Education (3) (F) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: EDTC 2240 or consent of instructor.
Role of virtual reality as instructional tool. Types, applications, and hardware and software.
3245. Text-Based Virtual Environments (3) (F) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: EDTC 2240 or consent
of instructor. Design, building, applications, and evaluation of applications of text-based virtual environments.
3901, 3902, 3903, 3904. Special Topics (1,2,3,4) May be repeated for maximum of 9 s.h. with change of topic. P:
Consent of instructor. Selected topics in educational technology. Variety of newly developed and special courses.
4001. Technology in Education (2) (F,S,SS) P: Admission to upper division. Use of technology for professional and
instructional use. Instructional design, video applications, and basic and expanded computer applications.
4246. Interactive Three-Dimensional Internet Applications (3) (S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week.
P: EDTC 2240 and working knowledge of HTML or consent of instructor. Design and construction of interactive three-
dimensional Internet applications. Uses tools such as VRML.
4900. Seminar on Virtual Reality (3) (S) P: 16 s.h. in virtual reality courses or consent of instructor. Problems and
issues affecting building, use, and evaluation of virtual environments.
4981, 4982, 4983. Directed Independent Study (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) For intermediate or advanced student. May
be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. P: Consent of dept chair. Study of topic not otherwise offered in curriculum or topic
beyond or in greater depth than is possible within the context of regular course.
4991, 4992. Internship Seminar (3,3) (F,S,SS) 1 lecture and 10 lab hours per week and 140 hours of observation
and practical experience in a professional setting. Periodic group meetings with instructor and other interns. P: 16 s.h. in virtual
reality courses or consent of instructor.
5010. Computers in Education (3) Application of computers in education. Operation of microcomputers and selection,
evaluation, and application of educational software.
EDTC Banked Courses
3271. Introduction to Educational Media (1) 3700. Technologies in Education (3)
3272. Introduction to Audiovisual Instruction
Materials and Techniques (2)
EDTC
374
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
EDUC: EDUCATION
2001, 2002, 2003. Trends and Issues in Education (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) P: Consent of chair or program coordinator.
May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. May not substitute for required courses. Individualized study of problems or issues
in pertinent areas of education.
3002. Introduction to Diversity (3) Examines how historical and socially constructed beliefs and values impact our
perceptions of diversity within and outside of public education institutions and how those perceptions shape domestic and
global decisions and actions at the levels of both policy and practice.
3200. Foundations of American Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) P: Early experience course or consent of instructor.
Develops students’ civic and leadership capacities as reective professionals and advocates for the improvement of public
schools and their service to all learners. Examines the social, political, historical, philosophical, legal, ethical, and pedagogical/
curricular foundations of American education and contemporary educational policy.
4400. Foundations of School Learning, Motivation, and Assessment (3) (F,S) P: Admission to upper
division; C: Senior I semester. Theories of learning, motivation, and assessment providing a foundation for understanding the
classroom as an instructional system.
4551, 4552, 4553. Trends and Issues in Education (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h.
May not substitute for required courses. P: Admission to upper division; consent of instructor. Individualized study of problems
or issues in pertinent areas of education.
5001. Education in a Global Perspective (3) Comparative study of selected national educational systems,
curricula, teacher preparatory programs, evaluation systems, and current issues within context of global realities, demands,
and needs.
5002. Foundations of Multicultural Education (3) Aspects of teaching that view cultural differences as educational
assets.
EHST: ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH
2110, 2111. Introduction to Environmental Health Sciences and Laboratory (3,0) (F,S) 2 lecture and
2 lab hours per week. Principles of environmental health practices along with lab and eld techniques. Emphasis on air quality,
safe water, food safety, industrial hygiene, radiation, vectors, and solid and hazardous waste disposal.
3000. Environmental Health Practice Seminar (1) (S) 2 classroom or lab hours per week P: Major or intended
major in EHST. Variety of environmental health practice settings in government, industry, and elsewhere.
3003. Environmental Epidemiology (3) (F) Science of epidemiology and biostatistics required to understand
epidemiological studies. Topics include longitudinal and case control studies; risk and relative risk; collection, tabulation, and
analysis of data.
3060, 3061. Environmental Issues in Construction (4,0) (F,S) 3 lecture and 2 lab hours per week P: GEOL
1500, 1501. Comprehensive overview of environmental impact of construction processes, including legislative and regulatory
requirements.
3200. Food Sanitation Principles (3) (S) P: Consent of instructor; C: EHST 3201. Food composition, engineering
principles, processing and preservation methods, food-borne diseases, and food regulatory programs.
3201. Food Sanitation Principles Laboratory (1) (S) 3 lab hours per week. P: Consent of instructor; C: EHST
3200. Practical experience in procedures for evaluating food, milk products, and sanitizing agents.
3350. Safe Water (4) (F) P: BIOL 2110, 2111; CHEM 1160, 1161; C: EHST 3351. Fundamentals of safe water and
principles of drinking water treatment and supply.
375
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3351. Safe Water Laboratory (1) (F) P: BIOL 2110, 2111; CHEM 1160, 1161; C: EHST 3350. Practical aspects of
drinking water treatment and supply.
3370. Waste Water Management (3) (S) P: EHST 3350, 3351; C: EHST 3371. Fundamentals of waste water
production, collection, treatment, and safe disposal.
3371. Waste Water Management Laboratory (1) (S) P: EHST 3350, 3351; C: EHST 3370. Practical aspects of
waste water characteristics and safe disposal.
3500, 3501, 3502. Problems in Environmental Health (1,2,3) (F,S) Hours required vary with individual
student assignment and/or project. 14 classroom hours for 1 s.h. credit. P: EHST major. Specic topic, area, or problem not
adequately covered in current curriculum.
3600. Air Pollution (3) (F) P: EHST 2110 or consent of instructor. Evaluation and monitoring of air pollutants, effects
of air pollutants, survey of control procedures and legislation, and lab procedures in air quality investigations.
3700. Industrial Hygiene (3) (S) P: 8 s.h. of general science lab courses or consent of program director; C: EHST
3701. Health problems encountered in business, industrial, and other work places. Emphasis on recognition and evaluation
of occupational stresses and disease prevention methods.
3701. Industrial Hygiene Laboratory (1) (S) 3 lab hours per week. P: Consent of instructor; C: EHST 3700. Practical
experience and methods for evaluating work environment.
3900. Introduction to Occupational Health (3) (F) P: 6 s.h. in BIOL, including BIOL 2130; 8 s.h. of general CHEM;
or consent of instructor. Occupational diseases in terms of occupational health hazards and associated health effects.
3910. Introduction to Injury Prevention (3) (F,S,SS) Personal protection issues including injury prevention and
mitigation.
3926. Construction Safety (3) (F,S) Technical aspects of construction safety. Scaffolding, trenching and shoring,
excavations, and building codes.
4010. Toxicological Foundations of Risk Assessment (3) (S) P: BIOL 2130; CHEM 2650, 2651. Undesirable
biological responses to physical and chemical agents. Mechanisms of action at the molecular, cellular, and organ levels.
4200. Environmental Health Management and Law (3) (WI) (F) P: EHST major or minor. Processes involved
in planning, facilitating, executing, evaluating, and controlling environmental health services.
4300, 4301. Institutional and Recreational Sanitation and Laboratory (3,0) (F) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours
per week. P: EHST 2110, 3003, 3200, 3201, 3350, 3351, 3370, 3371; or consent of instructor. Environmental Health practices
and sanitation in institutions and recreational facilities. North Carolina Rules Governing the Sanitation of Institutions and
Recreational Facilities are discussed and evaluated.
4350, 4351. Vector Borne Disease Ecology and Laboratory (3,0) (F) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week.
P: EHST 2110, 3003, 3350, 3351, 3370, 3371; or consent of instructor. Introduction to vector borne diseases, their vectors
and their ecology in humans and the environment.
4990. Environmental Health Internship (3) (F,S,SS) 120 hours of supervised learning experience in an approved
clinical/environmental health facility. P: EHST major; minimum of 13 s.h. in EHST; or consent of program director.
4991. Environmental Health Internship (3) (F,S,SS) 120 hours of supervised learning experience in an approved
clinical/environmental health facility. P: EHST major; minimum of 13 s.h. in EHST courses or consent of program director.
5001. Seminar in Environmental Health (1) Student, staff, and guest speakers on current research.
5010, 5011. Principles of Toxicology and Laboratory (3,1) For EHST majors but other majors accepted. P:
Senior or graduate standing; 8 s.h. of general chemistry; 6 s.h. of biology, including BIOL 2130; or consent of instructor. Basics
of toxicology such as physiological response and environmental sources as well as specics of major toxins.
EHST
376
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
5020. Environmental Toxicology (3) P: EHST 5010, 5011; or consent of instructor. Effect of anthropogenic and
naturally occurring toxins on environment. Toxin sources, distribution, and bioaccumulation. Covers pesticides, metals,
solvents, radioactive isotopes, food additives, air pollutants, and natural plant/animal toxins.
5164. Radiological Health Field Operation (1) P: Consent of instructor. Field observation of radiological health
physics, practices at nuclear fuel cycle facilities, and government nuclear facilities.
5165. Advanced Radiological Laboratory (1) P: Consent of instructor. Intensive radiological lab training at Oak
Ridge Associated Universities. Tour of research facilities.
5510. Physical Safety (2) (F) Practical application of physical safety principles in living and work environments.
5520. Biological Safety (2) (S) Formerly EHST 6120 Practical application of biological safety principles in living
and work environments.
5530. Chemical Safety (2) (S) Practical application of chemical safety principles in living and work environments.
5540. Radiation Safety (2) (F) Practical application of radiation safety principles in living and work environments.
5800, 5801. Solid and Hazardous Waste Management and Laboratory (3,0) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours
per week. P: CHEM 1160, 1161 or consent of instructor. Problems associated with collection, treatment, and disposal of
municipal solid waste and hazardous wastes in the United States.
EHST Banked Courses
5710, 5711. Topics in Health Physics I (3,0) 5720, 5721. Topics in Health Physics II (3,0)
ELEM: ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
2123. Early Experience for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F,S) Minimum of 16 hours of focused observations
and planned participation in appropriate school environments and 8 hours of seminar class instruction. P: Consent of instructor.
Introduction to teaching for prospective elementary education teachers.
3225. Planning, Instruction, and Evaluation in the Early Childhood and Elementary School (3)
(F,S,SS) Practicum required. Emphasis on development of classroom instructional plans with integration of learning and
evaluation. Includes selection of teaching strategies.
3235. Curriculum and Instruction in the Elementary School (4) (F,S,SS) P/C: ELEM 3275; C: ELEM 3236.
Emphasis on planning, instruction, and evaluation in elementary classrooms. Design and organization of curriculum and
differentiation for individual needs.
3236. Practicum in Curriculum and Instruction in the Elementary School (1) (F,S,SS) 3 lab hours per
week. P/C: ELEM 2123; C: ELEM 3235. Supervised teaching of groups of children in an elementary school classroom.
3249. Literacy Development in Early Childhood (3) (F,S,SS) 3 lecture and 1 lab/studio hours per week. P:
Admission to upper division. Language and literacy development of children birth through kindergarten. Emphasis on their
impact on the young child’s success in becoming a literate human being.
3250. Language Arts in the Early Childhood and Elementary School (4) (WI) (F,S,SS) Tutorial teaching
in practicum required. Emphasis on theory and practice in teaching language arts (listening, speaking, writing, reading) in the
elementary grades.
3275. Early Childhood and Elementary School Curriculum (3) (F,S,SS) P: Sophomore standing; P/C:
CDFR 2123 or ELEM 2123. Historical, philosophical, sociological, and psychological bases for elementary school curriculum
design. Consideration given to differentiation of curriculum to meet needs of individuals from various cultures and differing
intellectual abilities.
377
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4324. Internship in the Elementary School (10) (F,S) Full-time, semester-long internship. P: Admission to upper
division; EDTC 4001; EDUC 4400 or PSYC 4305; ELEM 3236, 3250, 4525, 4551; MATE 3223; READ 3210; SCIE 3216; C:
ELEM 4526. Internship in assigned elementary (K-6) classroom under direction of a master teacher and a university supervisor.
Emphasis on teacher as decision maker in planning, implementing, and evaluating instruction.
4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Elementary Education (1) (F,S) P: Admission to upper division. Reective
study of problems or issues in elementary education and concerns arising from internship experience.
4525. Classroom Organization and Management in the Early Childhood and Elementary School
(3) (F,S) Practicum experiences required. P: Admission to upper division; ELEM 4550, ELEM 3235. Roles and responsibilities
of teacher in organizing and managing elementary classroom.
4526. Practicum in Classroom Organization and Management (1) (F,S) Clinical experiences (eld-based
simulations, computer applications) required. 3 lab hours per week. P: Admission to upper division; ELEM 3235, 3236; C:
ELEM 4324, 4325. Structured observation and supervised teaching in elementary school classroom.
4532, 4533, 4534. Problems in Education (1,1,1) Each may be repeated once for maximum of 6 s.h. P: Consent
of instructor and dept chair. Individualized study of problems in pertinent areas in education. No class meetings. Hours for
conferences with the instructor to be arranged. Written paper on problem studied required for one hour of credit.
4550. Social Studies in the Early Childhood and Elementary School (3) (WI) (F,S) Practicum experiences
required. P: Admission to upper division; minimum of 9 s.h. in social studies content courses; ELEM 3236; C: ELEM 4551.
Methods and techniques of teaching social studies in elementary school.
4551. Practicum in Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary School (1) (F,S) P: Upper-division standing;
C: ELEM 4550. Supervised teaching of social studies to groups of children in elementary school classroom.
4575. Observation and Supervised Teaching in the Early Childhood and Elementary Grades (8) 2-hour
seminar 1 day per week required. P: Admission to upper division; ELEM 3250, 4525, 4550; READ 3205, 3206. Observation
and supervised teaching in assigned elementary (K-6) classroom. Emphasis on teacher as decision-maker.
5306. Social Studies in the Elementary School (3) (F,S) Social studies objectives implemented by study of
programs, strategies, and materials.
5310. Teaching and Evaluation in Early Childhood Education (3) P: ELEM 6410. Extensive study and practice
in translating early childhood curriculum into appropriate learning experiences.
ELEM Banked Courses
3110. Introduction to Language Arts Skills (3) 4310. Program Implementation in Early
3111. Language Arts in the Upper Elementary Childhood Education (3)
Grades (4) 5335. Aerospace Education (3)
3203. Language Arts in the Lower Elementary
Grades (4)
ENED: ENGLISH EDUCATION
2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F,S) For prospective teachers. Minimum of 16
hours of directed observations and planned participation in appropriate school environments and 8 hours of seminar class
instruction in the teaching area. May not count toward BA or minor for BA. May not count toward foundations curriculum
humanities requirement. P: ENGL 1200. Introduction to teaching of English.
3018. Introduction to the High School English Curriculum (3) (S) P: ENED 2123 or consent of chair. Emphasis
on planning, instruction, and evaluation in secondary English. Design and organization of curriculum and differentiation for
individual needs.
ENED
378
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3815. Composition Instruction in Grades 9-12 (3) (WI) (S) 2 lecture and 1 practicum hour per week. P:
ENED 2123 or dept consent. Examines stages of composition process and strategies for teaching and evaluating modes of
discourse specied by secondary school curriculum. Practice in application of strategies through tutorial work with secondary
students.
4010. Assessment, Management, and Instruction in High School English (3) (F) P: Admission to upper
-division; ENED 4960. Emphasis on assessing, learning, and managing the classroom for behaviors that maximize language
arts skills and knowledge acquisition.
4319. Teaching English and Language Arts in the Middle Grades (3) (F) May not count toward foundations
curriculum humanities requirement or as an advanced elective for ENGL majors. P: Admission to upper-division; EDUC 3200;
MIDG 3001, 3010, 3022; 10 s.h. in ENGL; C: MIDG 4010; HIED or MATE or SCIE 4319. Curriculum design and methods of
teaching language arts in grades 6-9. Practicum required.
4323. The Teaching of English in High School (3) (F) May not count toward BA ENGL major or minor. May
not count toward foundations curriculum humanities requirement. Must be taken immediately before student teaching. P:
Admission to upper division; ENED 4960. Methods of teaching language, composition, and literature in grades 7-12.
4324. Internship in English (10) (S) May not count toward foundations curriculum humanities requirement. P: Admission
to upper division; a minimum grade of C in ENED 2123, 3815, 4323, 4960; EDTC 4001; EDUC 3200; PSYC 3206; PSYC
4305 or EDUC 4400; SPED 4010. Observation and supervised internship in English in public secondary school.
4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in English Education (2) (S) P: Admission to upper division; C: ENED 4324.
Individualized study of problems or issues related to English Education. Creation of professional portfolio. Preparation for
certication examinations.
4501, 4502, 4503. Independent Study in English Education (1, 2, 3) May be repeated for 4 s.h. with change of
topic. Number of hours per week will depend on credit hours and nature of work assigned. P: BS Secondary English; consent
of department chair or program coordinator. Topics supplement regular instruction.
4960. Literature for High School (3) (WI) (F) To be taken immediately before ENED 4323. May not count as an
advanced elective for ENGL majors. P: ENGL 1200. Literature for grades 7-12.
4970. Literature for the Younger Adolescent (3) (WI) (F) May not count as an advanced elective for ENGL
majors. May not count toward foundations curriculum humanities requirement. P: Admission to upper division in MIDG or
consent of instructor. Purpose and role of literature study in middle grades. Criteria for selection of appropriate literature,
including literature for and about minority groups.
ENGL: ENGLISH
1000. Appreciating Literature (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) For General College students; enrollment limited to students
with fewer than 40 s.h. credit. Introduces past and present readings to enhance student’s enjoyment and understanding of
literature.
1100. Composition (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:EN) Principles of expository writing and their application to writing tasks.
Emphasis on methods of organization; techniques for developing unied, well-supported paragraphs and essays; grammatical
conventions, proofreading and editing skills; and other important aspects of the writing process.
1200. Composition (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:EN) P: ENGL 1100. Instruction in critical reading, library research, and
research writing. Analytical and argumentative writing.
2000. Interpreting Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Principal genres of literature with
attention to literary devices, techniques, and interpretation.
2100. Major British Writers (3) (WI) (F,S) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Major works of English literature.
2200. Major American Writers (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Major works of American literature
before World War II.
379
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
2700. Introduction to Language Studies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Emphasis on origins of language,
historical development of English, acquisition of language, relationship of meaning and language use, and role of linguistic
diversity.
2710. English Grammar (3) (F,S,SS) P: ENGL 1200. Traditional grammar. Emphasis on syntax, forms and usages,
and punctuation.
2730. Functional Grammar (3) (F,S) P: ENGL 1200. Practical English grammar. Emphasis on application, sentence
patterns, and informational writing.
2740. Language in the USA (3) (F) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Linguistic perspective on emergence of American
English within the context of many languages spoken in the USA, both past and present. Issues related to language usage,
language variation, and linguistic pluralism also discussed.
2760. Afro-Caribbean Language and Culture (3) (WI) (S) P: ENGL 1200. Description and analysis of the
languages spoken by the descendents of Africans in the Caribbean.
2830. Writing and Style (3) (WI) (S) P: ENGL 1200. Study of stylistic techniques in written texts through rhetorical
analysis and a series of experimental and practical writing activities.
2900. Introduction to Film Studies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) 3 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. P: 1000-level writing-
intensive course or advanced placement or consent of instructor. Analyze and critique lms.
3000. History of British Literature to 1700 (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) P: ENGL major, minor, or consent of dept;
ENGL 1200. British literary history to 1700.
3010. History of British Literature, 1700-1900 (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) P: ENGL major, minor, or consent of dept;
ENGL 1200. British literary history 1700 to 1900.
3020. History of American Literature to 1900 (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) P: ENGL major, minor, or consent of dept;
ENGL 1200. American literature history to 1900.
3030. Introduction to Rhetorical Studies (3) (WI) (S) P: ENGL 1200. Introduces rhetoric, including classical and
modern theories, and to research and citation practices. Attention to practical application of rhetorical principles in written
texts of popular culture, mass media, and education.
3040. Introduction to Professional Writing (3) (WI) (F) P: ENGL 1200. Overview of professional writing
principles, current communication issues, research practices, and emerging technologies.
3230. Southern Literature (3) (F) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Survey of southern literature from Antebellum writers,
through the Southern Renaissance period, to contemporary writers.
3240. U.S. Latino/a Literature (3) (WI) (F) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Examines literatures written in English in
United States by Latino/a writers, including Chicano/a, Cuban-American, Dominican-American, and Puerto Rican-American
writers.
3250. Native American Literatures (3) (WI) (S) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Emphasis on twentieth century.
3260. African American Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Emphasis on twentieth
century.
3270. The Frontier in American Literature (3) (WI) (F-OY) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Westward expansion
in America as depicted in popular ction.
3280. African Literature (3) (S) P: ENGL 1200. Overview of African literature in English from the twentieth- and
twenty-rst centuries.
ENGL
380
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3290. Asian American Literature (3) (WI) (S) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Overview of Asian American literature
from twentieth and twenty-rst centuries.
3300. Women and Literature (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Literature by and about women.
3330. Early Twentieth-Century Drama (3) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Drama from Ibsen to World War II. Selected
plays of Ibsen, Strindberg, Chekhov, Synge, Shaw, Pirandello, and O’Neill.
3340. Contemporary Drama (3) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Trends in dramatic literature from World War II to present.
3410. Introduction to Poetry (3) (WI) (F) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Narration, description, metrics, tone and
attitude, imagery, and theme in poetry.
3420. The Short Story (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. History, development, and analysis of short story.
3430. Mystery Fiction (3) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Development of detective, crime, suspense, and espionage ction
during last century.
3450. Northern European Mythology (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Major myths of Norse and Celtic people
and their impact on English and American literature.
3460. Classical Mythology (3) (WI*) (S) (FC:HU) Same as CLAS 3460 P: ENGL 1200. Major myths of ancient
Greece and Rome and their impact on English and American literature.
3470. Modern Fantasy (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. History, development, types, and nature of fantasy during
past century.
3480. Science Fiction (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Development of genre from turn of century.
3490. Satire (3) (F) P: ENGL 1200. Representative works of literary satire.
3570. American Folklore (3) (WI) (F,S) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Types of American folklore with concentration
on legends and tales.
3600. Classics from Homer to Dante (3) (F) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Classical and Medieval literature from
Homer to Dante.
3610. Human Values in Literature (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Great works of literature that express
enduring human values.
3630. The Bible as Literature (3) (S) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Various literary genres in the Bible.
3640. Literature and Religion (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Interrelationships of literature and religion.
Exemplary literary artists vary.
3660. Representing Environmental Crisis (3) (F) P: ENGL 1200. Introduction to discursive and narrative
representations of environmental crisis in various texts.
3670. Narrating Food and Environment (3) (S) P: ENGL 1200. Introduction to literary narratives of the connection
between nature, culture, and food production.
3700. History of the English Language (3) P: ENGL 1200. Development of English language and culture;
standardization; colonial and post-colonial Englishes.
3710. Advanced English Grammar (3) (S) P: ENGL 2710 or equivalent. Principles of modern linguistic theory
presented and applied to contemporary American English. Utilizes transformational-generative grammar model. Emphasis on
practical applications to English language and literature.
3720. Writing Systems of the World (3) (F) P: ENGL 1200. Writings systems and their relationship to language,
literacy, and multicultural communication.
381
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3730. The Structure of English: Phonology and Morphology (3) (F) P: ENGL 1200. Contemporary linguistic
theory and its practical application to teaching phonological and morphological components of English language.
3740. The Structure of English: Syntax and Semantics (3) (S) P: ENGL 1200. Contemporary linguistic theory
and its practical application to teaching syntactic and semantic components of English language.
3750. Introductory Linguistics (3) (S) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Methods and techniques of linguistic analysis.
Sample problems on phonological, morphological, syntactic, graphemic, and historic reconstruction levels. Emphasis on non-
Indo-European languages.
3760. Linguistic Theory for Speech and Hearing Clinicians (3) (F,S) P: ENGL 1200. Linguistic theory for
precise formalization of adult language systems on morphophonological, syntactic, and semantic levels. Emphasis on practical
applications to clinical speech therapy.
3770. Language Universals (3) (WI) P: ENGL 1200. Analysis of components of human language and how they are
uniquely congured within the human species, shaped by the brain and evolution.
3810. Advanced Composition (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) P: ENGL 1200. Advanced study of kinds of composition. Practice
in effective writing.
3815. Introduction to Creative Writing (3) (F,S) P: ENGL 1200. Introduction to the major genres of creative
writing.
3820. Scientic Writing (3) (WI) (F,S) P: ENGL 1200. Practice in assimilation and written presentation of scientic
information.
3830. Introduction to Play Writing (3) (F) P: ENGL 1200. Fundamentals of play writing: nding a voice with a
point of view, writing dialog, scene construction, characterization, and plot development.
3831. Plays from the Writer’s Perspective (3) P: ENGL 1200. Study and theory of play forms and techniques
as practiced by contemporary writers.
3835. Persuasive Writing (3) (WI) (F) P: ENGL 1200. Study and practice of elements of persuasion in academic
and public texts.
3840. Introduction to Poetry Writing (3) (F,S) P: ENGL 1200. Practice in poetry writing.
3841. Poetry from the Writer’s Perspective (3) P: ENGL 1200. Study and theory of poetic forms and techniques
as practiced by contemporary poets.
3850. Introduction to Fiction Writing (3) (F,S,SS) P: ENGL 1200. Practice in prose ction writing. Emphasis on
the short story.
3851. Fiction from the Writer’s Perspective (3) P: ENGL 1200. Study and theory of ctional forms and techniques
as practiced by contemporary writers.
3860. Introduction to Nonction Writing (3) (F,S) P: ENGL 1200. Techniques of writing, researching, and
marketing nonction prose. Emphasis on writing skills.
3861. Creative Nonction from the Writer’s Perspective (3) P: ENGL 1200. Study of creative nonction
forms and techniques as practiced by contemporary writers.
3870. Introduction to Editing and Abstracting (3) (WI) (F,S) P: ENGL 1200. Administrative, manuscript, copy,
and production editing of nonction books, periodicals, and corporate documents.
3880. Writing for Business and Industry (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) P: ENGL 1200. Composition with writing practice
for students in business and industry.
ENGL
382
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3885. Writing and Publications Development/Process (3) (WI) (S) P: ENGL 1200; consent of instructor.
Development and writing processes (planning, preparing, production) of professional communication documents, such
as computer documentation instructions, employee manual, and policy and procedural manuals. Aspects of publication
management (scheduling and budgeting).
3890. Critical Writing (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Emphasis on critical theory and critical writing.
3895. Topics in Technical and Professional Writing (3) (WI) (S) P: ENGL 1200; consent of instructor. Intensive
study of special topic(s) in technical and professional communication announced by instructor before preregistration period.
3900. American and International Film History, Part I (3) (F) 3 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: ENGL
2900 or consent of instructor. Social, industrial, and aesthetic history of the major lms, genres, regulatory bodies and economic
structures that dened cinema from its inception in the mid-1890s through the onset of World War II.
3901. American and International Film History Part II (3) (S) 3 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: ENGL
2900 or consent of instructor. Social, industrial and aesthetic history of the major lms, genres, regulatory bodies and economic
structures that shaped cinema from World War II to the present.
3920. Film Theory and Criticism (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 2900 or consent of instructor. Overview of the
major theoretical and critical approaches to the study of cinema from the 1920s to the present.
4000. Introduction to Literary Theory (3) (F) P: English major, minor, or concentration or consent of dept.
Comparative study of current approaches to reading literature in various contexts, beginning with New Criticism. Covers
approaches such as reader-response, psychoanalytic, poststructuralist, feminist, and postcolonial.
4010. Medieval Literature (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Literature from fth to fteenth centuries. Excludes
Chaucer.
4020. Chaucer (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Selections from Chaucer’s poetry.
4030. Milton (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Emphasis on Paradise Lost, Paradise Regained, Samson Agonistes, and
selected prose.
4040. Literature of the New World to 1820 (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Various literatures of North
America from writings about earliest explorations and encounters to those of early US. British, Spanish, French, Native
American, and African American.
4050. Prose and Poetry of the English Renaissance (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Emphasis on beginnings
of forms and types.
4070. Shakespeare: The Histories (3) (F-EY) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Close reading and critical study.
4080. Shakespeare: The Comedies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Close reading and critical study.
4090. Shakespeare: The Tragedies (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Close reading and critical study.
4100. Seventeenth-Century Literature (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Prose and poetry of seventeenth
century England.
4120. Eighteenth-Century Literature (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Prose and poetry of neo-classic and
pre-romantic periods in British literature.
4150. The Romantic Period (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Major poets.
4170. Victorian Literature (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Major writers.
4200. American Literature, 1820-1865 (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Major writers of Transcendental
period. Poe, Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, Melville, and Whitman.
383
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4230. North Carolina Literature (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Representative group of literary works
examined from various critical perspectives.
4250. American Literature, 1865-1920 (3) (WI) (S) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Representative writers of period
between the Civil War and World War I. Twain, Dickinson, James, Crane, Wharton, and Dreiser.
4300. Recent British and American Writers (3) (WI) (S) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Major works and trends
in literature since World War II.
4340. Ethnic American Literature (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Examines multicultural literature, including
African American, Native American, Jewish American, Hispanic American, and Asian American writers.
4360. World Literature in English (3) (WI) (FC:HU) Formerly ENGL 3100 P: ENGL 1200. Examines
literature written in English worldwide, exclusive of the US and England.
4370. Literature and Environment (3) (F) P: ENGL 1200. Survey of American and/or British literary narratives
focusing on the relationship between imagination and nature.
4380. Studies in African American and African Diaspora Literatures (3) (S) P: ENGL 1200. Topics in
African American and African diaspora literatures from the twentieth- and twenty-rst centuries.
4510, 4520. Directed Readings (3,3) (F,S,SS) P: ENGL major with consent of dept chair; ENGL 1200. Based on
needs and interests of individual student.
4530, 4540. Special Topics Seminars (3,3) (WI*) P: Consent of instructor; ENGL 1200. Topics announced by
instructor at preregistration period.
4550, 4555. Senior Honors Seminar (3,3) 2 3-hour units in succession, but no grade or credit is recorded until the
completion of the second 3-hour unit. P: ENGL 1200. Tutorially directed readings in selected area and research writing.
4710. Teaching English as a Second Language: Theories and Principles (3) (F) P: ENGL 1200. Current
theories and principles of teaching English to non-native speakers or speakers of nonstandard dialects.
4720. Applied Linguistics for Language Teachers (3) (S) P: ENGL 4710. Pedagogical application of linguistic
theory. Emphasis on teaching English as a second language.
4730. Language and Society (3) (S) P: ENGL 1200. Explores language in relation to society.
4780. Advanced Business Writing (3) P: ENGL 3880; or consent of director of undergraduate studies in English.
Advanced business writing concepts and techniques to strengthen the ability to communicate effectively, ethically, responsibly,
and professionally in a business environment.
4835. Classical Rhetorics (3) (WI) P: ENGL 1200. A critical examination of rhetorical theories of the ancient, medieval,
and Renaissance worlds and how those theories apply to written texts.
4885. Digital Writing (3) (WI) P: ENGL 1200. Focuses on the theory, analysis and production of digital texts.
4890. Practicum: Careers in Writing (3) (WI) Supervised internship. Minimum of 140 work and academic hours per
semester. P: ENGL 1200; consent of instructor. Practical, professional writing in ofce or agency. Parallel readings and study.
4891. Practicum: Careers in Writing (3) (WI) Supervised internship. Minimum of 140 work and academic hours per
semester. P: ENGL 1200; consent of instructor. Practical, professional writing in ofce or agency. Parallel readings and study.
4910. Survey of Film Styles and Movements (3) (WI) (F) (FC:HU) P: 6 s.h. of literature or consent of instructor.
World art and early history of lms.
4920. Contemporary American and International Cinema (3) (WI) (S) (FC:HU) P: 6 s.h. of literature or
consent of instructor; RP: ENGL 4910. World art and recent history of lms.
ENGL
384
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4930. Film: The Writer’s Perspective (3) (S) Thematic analysis of lms from the screenwriter’s perspective.
4940. Multicultural and Transnational Cinema (3) (WI) (S) May be repeated with change of topic for maximum
6 s.h. P: ENGL 2900 or consent of instructor. Critical examination of contemporary cinema from various cultural zones.
4950. Literature for Children (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Early childhood through junior high school
literature.
4980. Topics in Film Aesthetics (3) (F) May be repeated with change of topic for maximum 6 s. h. P: ENGL 2900
or consent of instructor. Selected topics may include works of individual directors, lm and the other arts, and lm movements.
Topics vary depending on interest.
4985. Issues in Cinema and Culture (3) (S) May be repeated with change of topic for maximum 6 s. h. P: ENGL
2900 or consent of instructor. Selected topics may include social and cultural contexts of lm, and studies in national cinemas.
Topics vary depending on interest.
5060. History of Literary Criticism (3) Major texts of literary criticism from Plato through Pater.
5070. Twentieth-Century Literary Criticism (3) Major critical approaches of twentieth century.
5125. The English Novel Through Hardy (3) Development of English novel: Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Austen,
the Brontes, Dickens, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and others.
5150. The Twentieth-Century British and American Novel (3) Representative British and American novelists
of twentieth century. Joyce, Woolf, Lawrence, Hemingway, Faulkner, and recent writers.
5160. English Drama to 1642 (3) Types and developments of English drama from beginnings in Middle Ages until 1642.
5165. English Drama: Dryden to Sheridan (3) Types and developments of English drama from Restoration to
Romantic period.
5170. Modern Drama (3) Drama from Ibsen to present. Focus on British and American playwrights.
5230. Southern Regional Literature (3) Southern writing representing attitudes of region. Conned to literary
genres.
5250. The American Novel, 1800 to 1920 (3) Development of American novel. Emphasis on Brown, Cooper,
Hawthorne, Melville, Twain, Howells, James, Crane, Dreiser, and Cather.
5260. The Novel Since 1945 (3) Contemporary novel in English. Emphasis on American and British works.
5275. Nineteenth-Century Poetry (3) Major British and American poets.
5280. Twentieth-Century Poetry (3) Variety of voices that comprise poetry written in English.
5330. Studies in Women’s Literature (3) May be repeated for credit by graduate students. Writings of women within
context of feminist scholarship and criticism. Focus on genre within literary period or specic national/international context.
5350. Special Studies in Film (3) May be repeated for credit by graduate students. Aspects of world lm literature.
Topics to be announced by instructor.
5360. Studies in African-American Literature (3) May be repeated for credit by graduate students. Critical
methodologies relating to development of African-American literature. Focus on genre or historical context.
5500. Linguistic and Cultural History of the English Language (3) Cultural emergence and linguistic
development.
5770. Advanced Editing (3) P: ENGL 3870 or consent of instructor. Advanced study of and practice in various editorial
functions as applied to non-ction books, periodicals, and corporate documents.
385
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
5780. Advanced Writing for Business and Industry (3) P: ENGL 3880 or consent of instructor. Advanced
composition with extensive writing practice.
5840. Advanced Poetry Writing (3) Graduate students may repeat for a maximum of 9 s.h. P: ENGL 3840 or consent
of instructor. Advanced poetry-writing practice.
5850. Advanced Fiction Writing (3) Graduate students may repeat for a maximum of 9 s.h. P: ENGL 3850 or consent
of instructor. Practice in prose ction writing. Emphasis on publication.
5860. Advanced Non-Fiction Writing (3) Graduate students may repeat for a maximum of 9 s.h. P: ENGL 3860
or consent of instructor. Practice in non-ction prose writing. Emphasis on publication.
5890. Advanced Script Writing (3) P: ENGL 3830; consent of instructor. Completion of one-act play or major
portion of full-length play or screenplay.
ENGL Banked Courses
2750. Grammar and Linguistics for 5190. The Aesthetic Movement (3)
Elementary Education (3) 5270. Contemporary Poetry (3)
2800. Critical Reading (3) 5390. Advanced Studies in Science Fiction
3620. Oriental Literature (3) and Fantasy (3)
3800. Computing for the Humanities (3) 5410. Pre-Shakespearean Drama (3)
5120. English Drama (3) 5460. Early Twentieth-Century Poetry (3)
5130. The English Novel through 5740. Modern Prose Literature (3)
Jane Austen (3)
5140. The English Novel from Scott through Hardy (3)
ENGR: ENGINEERING CORE COURSES
1000. Engineering Freshman Seminar (1) (F) 1 lecture hour per week. P: Enrolled in rst or second semester
in engineering. Focus on collaborative learning, use of resources, development of engineering study skills, and strategies for
student success.
1002. Fundamentals of Engineering Practice (3) (F,S) 3 lecture hours per week. P: Consent of instructor.
Introduction to the engineering profession. Topics include mathematical modeling, functions and graphs, trigonometry, vector
geometry, systems of equations and analytical geometry.
1010. Integrated Collaborative Engineering I (6) (F) 4 lecture and 4 lab hours per week. C: MATH 1083.
Introduces engineering profession and basic tools and concepts of engineering. Team taught, providing immersive and hands-
on experience in engineering practice areas, including graphics, professional practice, environmental issues, systems thinking,
and basic concepts in machinery, controls, digital circuits, and data analysis.
1012. Engineering Graphics (2) (F) 1 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. C: MATH 1083 or higher. Engineering
graphics in a professional engineering context, including sketching and working drawings, multiple views, sections, solid
modeling software, drawing standards, tolerancing, and dimensioning.
1014. Introduction to Engineering (3) (S) 1 lecture and 4 lab hours per week. P: ENGR 1012. Engineering
profession and basic tools and concepts of engineering, providing immersive and hands-on experience in engineering
practice areas, including professional practice, systems thinking, and basics concepts in machinery, controls, digital circuits,
and data analysis.
1020. Integrated Collaborative Engineering II (6) (S) 4 lecture and 4 lab hours per week. P: ENGR 1010; C:
MATH 2151. Basic engineering concepts of project analysis and business planning for engineering entrepreneurship. Tools
of design analysis involving static forces, stress, shear, torsion and moments. Lab covers use of spreadsheets to evaluate
engineering alternatives and mathematical analytical software plus analysis of engineering materials, including tests of stress,
fastening methods, and fabrication.
ENGR
386
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
2010. Integrated Collaborative Engineering III (4) (F) 3 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: ENGR 1020; C:
MATH 2151; PHYS 2350. Covers advanced topics in engineering fundamentals in particle and rigid body dynamics. Lab covers
applications of engineering software to analyze engineering problems.
2020. Integrated Collaborative Engineering IV (4) (S) 3 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: ENGR 2010;
C: PHYS 2360. Covers advanced engineering fundamentals, analysis, and design of electrical circuits including amplication,
resonance, and three phase power distribution. Lab covers design of electrical circuits, including use of electrical
instrumentation.
2022. Statics (3) (S) 3 lecture hours per week. P: MATH 2152; C: PHYS 2350. Analysis of equilibrium of particles,
addition and resolution of forces, equivalent system of forces, equilibrium of rigid bodies, centroid and moment of inertia,
structural analysis, internal forces, friction, and virtual work.
2050. Computer Applications in Engineering (3) (S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: MATH 1083 or
higher. Application of modern programming tools and languages to solve engineering problems.
2070. Materials and Processes (3) (F) 3 lecture hours per week. Study of the materials used in engineering and
related manufacturing processes. Materials topics include the atomic structure of materials, alloys, phase diagrams, and heat
treatment. Manufacturing processes include casting, forming, machining, and joining processes.
2450. Dynamics (3) (S) Formerly ENGR 3004 3 lecture hours per week. P: ENGR 2022 with minimum grade of
C; MATH 2152. Fundamental topics in particle and rigid body dynamics. Planar kinematics of a particle. Planar kinetics of a
particle: force and acceleration, work and energy, and impulse and momentum. Planar kinematics of a rigid body.
3010. Engineering Systems and Problems Solutions (3) (F) P: ENGR 2020. Explores systems approach to
design, analysis, and engineering of thermal and uid systems using mathematical and software tools.
3012. Thermal and Fluid Systems (4) (S) 3 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: ENGR 2450 with minimum
grade of C; MATH 2153. Explores systems approach to design, analysis, and engineering of thermal and uid systems using
mathematical and software tools.
3014. Circuit Analysis (3) (F) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: MATH 2153; PHYS 2360. Electrical and electronic
engineering concepts, theory, and methods. Includes electric circuit analysis, electro mechanics, and electrical instrumentation
systems.
3020. Information Systems Engineering (3) (S) P: ENGR 3010. Fundamental knowledge of information systems,
including formal systems and models. Use of data, information, and knowledge in organizations, information lifecycle; collection,
storage, processing, retrieval, delivery; and overview of the various components of an information infrastructure. Includes
computing platforms, software architectures, and telecommunications networks. Introduces integration and acquisition of
information for decision-making using information technology.
3024. Mechanics of Materials (3) (WI) (F) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: ENGR 2022 with minimum grade
of C, 2070. Behavior of deformable bodies subjected to axial loading, torsion, and bending. Includes stress-strain relations,
elastic deections of beams, effects of combined loading, buckling of slender columns, and failure criteria for ductile and brittle
materials.
3050. Sensors, Measurement, and Controls (3) (S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: ENGR 3014; MATH 2154.
Fundamental concepts of measurement and instrumentation at the system level. Measurement systems cover non-electrical
parameters measurement, data acquisition, and signal conditioning. Controls systems cover application of mathematical and
analytical tools to model, analyze, and design automated feedback control systems for dynamic processes.
3060. System Optimization (3) (F) P: MATH 3100, 3307. Introduces mathematical tools applied to system
optimization, including problem formulation, identication of decision variables, use of graphical methods, linear programming,
concepts of duality, and sensitivity analysis. Applications include transportation, network analysis, project management and
other engineering areas.
387
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3100. Internship in Engineering (1) (WI) (F, S, SS) P: Consent of instructor. Minimum of 150 hours of supervised
work or project experience in engineering. May include industry or service learning activities and be repeated for credit as
a technical elective.
3400. Engineering Economics (3) (WI) (F) 3 lecture hours per week. P: MATH 2152. Analysis of cash ows including
cost, revenue, and benets that occur at different times. Evaluation of engineering projects using equivalent worth, benet-cost,
and rate of return including impact of depreciation, taxes, and statistical risk.
3500. Introduction to Engineering Project Management (3) (WI) (S) Formerly ENGR 3300 3 lecture
hours per week. P: ENGR 3400; MATH 3307. System needs and analysis identication, functional requirements analysis,
project timelines, network analysis, and system development progress metrics.
3800. Quality Control for Engineers (3) (S) Formerly ENGR 4000 3 lecture hours per week. P: MATH 3307.
Analytical procedures associated with Statistical Quality and Process Control. Includes design of experiments, and system
approaches to maintenance and improvement of process quality.
3901, 3902, 3903. Undergraduate Research in Engineering (1,2,3) (F,S) P: Consent of instructor and chair.
Study of an experimental or theoretical area involving engineering analysis and design. Demonstrates depth of analysis and
study beyond scope of existing courses. Up to 3 s.h. of undergraduate research may be applied toward degree.
4010. Senior Capstone Design Project I (2) (WI) (F) 1 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: Consent of
instructor. Senior capstone course involves open-ended design project, exposing students to practice of engineering design
and problem solving. Emphasis on real problems and working with real clients. Students required to visit facilities, interact
with client employees, determine on-site data measurement strategies, and perform any necessary literature search. Develop
proposal for project to be performed in ENGR 4020.
4020. Senior Capstone Design Project II (2) (WI) (S) 1 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: ENGR 4010. Open-
ended design project, exposing students to practice of engineering design and problem solving. Requires facility visits, interaction
with clients, onsite data measurement and literature search. Preparation and completion of Fundamentals of Engineering
professional examination.
4501, 4502, 4503. Special Topics in Engineering (1,2,3) (F,S) P: Consent of instructor. May be repeated for
credit as a technical elective. Course builds upon knowledge gained from the core engineering or specialization curriculum.
Topics typically focus on advanced or emerging area, which will equip graduates with specialized knowledge to improve
performance in analysis, synthesis, and design.
4510. Practice of Professional Engineering (1) (F) 2 lab hours per week. C: ENGR 4010, 4020, or consent of
instructor. Problem analysis and review of topics related to the fundamentals of engineering exam and professional practice.
ENMA: ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT
3000. Introduction to Engineering Management (3) (F) P: Consent of instructor. Introduces principles of
management and organization as applicable to engineering profession. Special emphasis on project management, systems
engineering and analysis, team building, quality leadership, planning, and quantitative decision making. Includes topic exercises,
case studies, and extensive writing assignments.
4010. Entrepreneurship and Intellectual Property (3) (F) P: ENMA 3000. Understanding of new technological
product development process and role of engineering entrepreneurship in managing process. Emphasis on technological
opportunity recognition and evaluation, and early technological and marketing stages.
4020. Analysis of Production Systems (3) (S) P: MATH 3307. Tools and approaches for design and analysis of
production systems. Covers strategy, aggregate planning, inventory, location, layout and production control systems.
4030. Engineering Logistics (3) (S) P: MATH 3307. Logistics from systems engineering perspective. Covers design of
systems for supportability and serviceability, production and effective distribution of systems for customer use, and sustaining
maintenance and support of systems throughout their period of utilization.
ENMA
388
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
ETHN: ETHNIC STUDIES
2001. Introduction to Ethnic Studies: Humanities (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) May count toward either the
ETHN minor or the foundations curriculum humanities requirement. May receive credit for one of ETHN 2001, 2002, 2003.
Comparative analysis of minority groups in US. Focus on social, cultural, historic, economic, and political aspects of each group’s
experience in America. Social and cultural sources of bias and discrimination explored through literature and philosophy.
2002. Introduction to Ethnic Studies: Social Science (3) (FC:SO) May count toward either the ETHN minor
or foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. May receive credit for one of ETHN 2001, 2002, 2003. Comparative
analysis of minority groups in US. Focus on social, cultural, historic, economic, and political aspects of each group’s experience
in America. Social and cultural sources of bias and discrimination explored through the social sciences.
2003. Introduction to Ethnic Studies: Fine Arts (3) (FC:FA) May count toward either the ETHN minor or
foundations curriculum ne arts requirement. May receive credit for one of ETHN 2001, 2002, 2003. Comparative analysis
of minority groups in US. Focus on social, cultural, historic, economic, and political aspects of each group’s experience in
America. Social and cultural sources of bias and discrimination explored through visual and performing arts.
3501. Selected Topics in Ethnic Studies: Humanities (3) (F) (FC:HU) Interdisciplinary seminar. May be
repeated with change of topic for maximum of 6 s.h.
3502. Selected Topics in Ethnic Studies: Social (3) (S) (FC: SO) Interdisciplinary seminar. May be repeated
for credit with change of topic.
4000. Seminar in Ethnic Studies (3) (S) (FC:HU) Interdisciplinary seminar examining cultural theories that shape
study of US ethnic groups.
5000. Directed Readings in Ethnic Studies (3) P: consent of director. In-depth exploration and written senior-level
paper on topic relevant to ethnic studies.
5500. Studies in Ethnicity (3) May be repeated for credit with change of topic. Theoretical and methodological
issues.
EXSS: EXERCISE AND SPORT SCIENCE
1000. Lifetime Physical Activity and Fitness Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:EX) Investigation of efciency
of human performance through study of variables related to total tness, physical tness, diet, weight control, degenerative
diseases, physiological effects of exercise, and signicance of motor skills development. Physical activity as a way of life. Emphasis
on role physical activity should play in leisure-oriented societies.
1001. Lifetime Physical Activity and Fitness Laboratory II (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:EX) May receive credit for
only one: EXSS 1000, 1001. One lecture hour and two physical activity sessions per week. Instruction in the health related
benets of physical activity focusing on aerobic tness; body composition; muscular strength, endurance, and exibility; and
exercise adherence.
1010. Fitness Walking (1) (F,SS) P: EXSS 1000 or 1001. Fundamentals of walking for health and tness.
1014. Elementary Basketball (1) For beginners. 2 hours per week. P: EXSS 1000 or 1001.
1015. Elementary Softball (1) For beginners. 2 hours per week. P: EXSS 1000 or 1001.
1018. Elementary Swimming (1) For beginners. 2 hours per week. P: EXSS 1000 or 1001.
1021. Elementary Tennis (1) For beginners. 2 hours per week. P: EXSS 1000 or 1001.
1022. Intermediate Tennis (1) For students who have mastered fundamentals of tennis. 2 hours per week. P: EXSS
1000 or 1001. Additional skill development and practice.
389
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
1025, 1026, 1027. Adapted Activities (1,1,1) (FC:EX) For students with physical disabilities. P: Physical disability
which restricts student from taking part in EXSS 1000 or 1001.
1051. Beginning Gymnastics (1)
1060. Introduction to Sailing (1) For beginners. 2 hours per week. P: EXSS 1000 or 1001.
1101. Physical Conditioning (1) (F,S,SS) 2 hours per week. P: EXSS 1000 or 1001.
1104. Archery (1) 2 hours per week. P: EXSS 1000 or 1001.
1110. Physical Activity for Weight Management (2) (F,S,SS) 1 lecture and 2 lab (physical activity) hours per
week. P: EXSS 1000 or 1001. Fundamentals of physical activity and weight management for a healthy lifestyle.
1114. Group Fitness Activities (1) (F,S,SS) 2 hours per week. P: EXSS 1000 or 1001.
1118. Intermediate Swimming (1) For students who have mastered fundamentals of swimming. 2 hours per week.
P: EXSS 1000 or 1001. Additional skill development and practice.
1119. Volleyball (1) 2 hours per week. P: EXSS 1000 or 1001.
1120. Golf (1) 2 hours per week. P: EXSS 1000 or 1001.
1139. Bowling (1) 2 hours per week. P: EXSS 1000 or 1001.
1214. Advanced Group Fitness (1) For students who have mastered fundamentals of basic group tness activities.
P: EXSS 1114. Additional skill development and practice.
2000. Introductory Exercise and Sport Science (3) (F,S,SS) General survey of the methods of study of physical
activity. Introduction, justication, terminology, history, methods of study, and professional and academic applications.
2020. Physical Activity and Disease Prevention (3) (S) P: BIOL 1050,1051 or BIOL 1100, 1101; EXSS 1000;
HLTH 1000. Survey of adaptations caused by regular physical activity that have a positive inuence on disease prevention.
2122. Motor Development (2) (F,S) P: BIOL 2130; EXSS 2850; C: EXSS 2123. Foundation for planning appropriate motor
ability programs throughout life span. Emphasis on birth through adolescence. Observational skills and assessment tools.
2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F,S) For prospective teachers. Minimum of 16 clock
hours of directed observations and planned participation in appropriate school environments and 8 clock hours of seminar
class instruction in the teaching area. May not count toward major or minor for the BA degree. C: EXSS 2122. Introduction
to teaching of physical education
2202. Motor Learning and Performance (3) (F,S,SS) Introduces fundamental principles involved in learning and
performing motor skills in variety of contexts.
2278. Basic Scuba Diving (3) For beginners. 2 classroom and 3 lab hours per week. P: Satisfactory performance on
the NAUI Swimming Test; a notarized statement releasing the instructor and the university from all liability; a satisfactory
medical history and medical examination. Basic instruction in fundamental skills and safety patterns. NAUI certication upon
satisfactory completion of course.
2323. Principles of Physical Education (2) (F,S,SS) Basic introduction to physical education. Philosophical, historical,
biological, physiological, sociological, and political foundations of physical education.
2500. Dance in the Schools (2) (F,S,SS) 1 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. P: EXSS 1000 or 1001. Introduces
Laban’s educational dance framework. Creative, folk, and social dance and methods for presenting in schools.
2600. Children’s Movement Patterns (2) (F,S,SS) P: EXSS 1000 or 1001. Content knowledge and learning
experiences in educational games, gymnastics, and tness for children K-6.
EXSS
390
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
2700. Gymnastics in the Schools (2) (F,S,SS) For physical education majors. 4 lab hours per week. P: EXSS 1000
or 1001. Comprehensive gymnastics. Educational gymnastics (grades K-6) and skills for Olympic gymnastics (grades 7-12).
2704. Tutoring (1) Assignment to activity classes for training and experience in actual conduct of class work.
2727. Sports Ofciating: Football, Touch and Flag Football (2) 4 lecture/lab hours per week for 10 weeks.
Football and touch and ag football rules and interpretations. Emphasis on proper mechanics, techniques, and responsibilities
in ofciating.
2730. Sports Ofciating: Baseball and Softball (1) 4 lecture/lab hours per week for 5 weeks. Baseball and softball
rules and interpretations. Emphasis on proper mechanics, techniques, and responsibilities in ofciating.
2777. Lifeguard Training (2) 2 1 and 1/2 hours sessions per week. P: Prociency in basic swimming skills needed in
lifesaving. Aquatic skills and lifesaving techniques for certication by American Red Cross.
2788. Water Safety Instructors Training Course (3) 6 hours per week of integrated lecture and lab work. P:
EXSS 2777 or consent of instructor. Preparation for teaching swimming courses (beginning through advanced levels) for
individuals of all ages and for operating and maintaining pools.
2850. Structural Kinesiology (1) (F,S,SS) Structural principles of skeletal, muscular, nervous, cardiovascular, and
respiratory systems. Emphasis on contributions of systems to human movement.
2900. Teaching Skillful Movement (3) (F,S,SS) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: EXSS 2323; P/C: EXSS
2202. Introduces teaching of motor skills. Design and presentation of effective learning experiences for psychomotor skill
development through lesson development for peer teaching.
3000. Curriculum in Physical Education (2) (F) Planning curriculum and implementing instruction through physical
education curriculum models.
3278. Skin and Scuba Diving Leadership (3) For experienced, knowledgeable, and certied divers. 6 hours per
week. P: EXSS 2278 or consent of instructor; minimum age of 18 by completion of the course; 1 year of diving experience
with appropriate dives and hours logged; verication of good physical condition as indicated by a recent medical examination;
personal diving equipment suitable for open water; a completed standard application with a clear, recent photograph.
Preparation for teaching skin and scuba diving and/or attaining dive-master certication.
3300. Applied Sports Psychology (3) (F) P: PSYC 1000. Psychomotor theory as applied to athletic performance
and coaching. Focus on understanding and enhancement of psychomotor skills related to optimal athletic performance.
3301. Physical Education and Sport in Modern Society (3) (F,SS) P: Health and human performance major
or minor; or consent of instructor. May not count toward foundations curriculum requirement. Social organization of sport
and its relationship to basic aspects of institutional structure, cultural patterns, and dynamics of American society.
3510. Lifetime Activities (1) (F,S,SS) 2 lab hours per week. P: Declared EXSS major and EXSS 1000 or 1001. Basic
skills and knowledge in archery, golf, badminton, and racquet sport variations.
3520. Team Sports (1) (F,S,SS) 2 lab hours per week. P: Declared EXSS major and EXSS 1000 or 1001. Basic skills
and knowledge in basketball, softball, and volleyball.
3530. Field Sports (1) (F,S,SS) 2 lab hours per week. P: Declared EXSS major and EXSS 1000 or 1001. Basic skills
and knowledge in ag football, soccer, speed ball, and other eld sport variations.
3540. Track and Field/Physical Conditioning (1) (F,S,SS) 2 lab hours per week. P: Declared EXSS major
and EXSS 1000 or 1001. Basic skills and knowledge in track and eld. Purposes and methods of various modes of physical
conditioning and their application.
3545. Practices and Procedures in Physical Education for Elementary Schools (2) Satises EXSS
requirement for elementary education. Not open to EXSS majors. P: Elementary education major or consent of instructor.
Emphasis on selection of materials and presentation methods to be utilized with physical education in grades K-6.
391
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3600. Coaching Theories (2) Coaching as profession. Ramications for coaching responsibilities.
3700. Essentials of Strength and Conditioning (3) (F,S) P: EXSS 3805. Theory and application of strength
training.
3802. Obesity Prevention and Treatment (3) (S) P: BIOL 1050,1051 or 1100,1101; EXSS 1000 or 1001; HLTH
1000 or 1050; or consent of instructor. Introduction to the development of obesity and different intervention methods used
for prevention and treatment.
3803. Physical Activity and Cancer (3) (F) P: BIOL 1050/1051 or 1100/1101; or consent of instructor. Introduction
to the study of physical activity and cancer from primary prevention to rehabilitation.
3804. Measurement of Physical Activity and Fitness (3) (F,S,SS) 2 lecture hours and 1 lab hour per week.
P: ASIP 2112 or MIS 2223; EXSS 2000; or consent of instructor. Practical methods for measuring physical activity and tness.
Application of data management and analysis to these measures.
3805. Physiology of Exercise (3) (F,S,SS) P: BIOL 2130 or BIOL 2140, 2150; EXSS 2850. Effect of exercise on
physical and chemical processes of the human body.
3806. Physiology of Exercise Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) 1 2-hour lab per week. P/C: EXSS 3805. Assessment and
measurement of the effect of exercise on physical and chemical processes of the human body.
3850. Introduction to Biomechanics (3) (F,S,SS) 2, 2-hour lecture/lab classes per week. P: BIOL 2130 or BIOL
2140; EXSS 2850; PHYS 1250, 1251; or consent of instructor. Fundamentals of neuromuscular function and biomechanics of
human movement in healthy, injured, and diseased populations.
3880. Personal Fitness Training (3) (F,S,SS) 2 lecture and 1 lab hour per week. P: Declared major or consent of
instructor. Fundamentals of personal training.
3900. Elementary School Instruction in Physical Education (3) (F,S) Extensive supervised practicum required.
1 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. P: Upper-division standing; EXSS 2122, 2500, 2600, 2700, 2900. Skills and knowledge
for teaching motor skills to children K-6.
3906. Physical Education for Special Populations (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) P: Upper-division standing; EXSS 2323;
SPED 2000; or consent of instructor. Procedures and techniques in physical education for special populations.
3910. Diversity Issues in Teaching Physical Education (3) (F,S) P: EDUC 3200 or any 2123 early experience
course in a teacher education program area. Teacher candidates enhance their sensitivity to, and appreciation of, diversity of
others within physical education.
3950, 3951, 3952. Practicum in Exercise Physiology (1,1,1) (F,S) 10 lab hours per week. Must be taken
in sequence. P: Consent of exercise physiology coordinator. Applied lab experiences in exercise physiology supervised by
Human Performance Lab faculty.
4001, 4002, 4003. Special Topics In Exercise and Sport Science (1,2,3) May be repeated for a maximum
of 6 s.h. with change of topic. New or advanced topics vary by current faculty applied research.
4115. Physical Activity and Public Health (3) (F) P: EXSS 1000; HLTH 1000. Introduction to understanding the
role physical activity has in public health settings.
4278. Scuba Diving Instructor Training Course (3) Minimum of 80-hour training program. 3 2-hour sessions
per week. P: EXSS 3278; minimum age of 18 to be reached on or before completion of the course; a minimum of 1 year
of diving experience since receiving open water diving certication with a total of at least 50 logged dives with 25 hours of
bottom time; good physical condition for scuba diving as veried by a medical examination within the past year; certication
in rst aid, diving rescue techniques, or lifesaving and cardiopulmonary resuscitation; a completed NAUI waiver release and
indemnity agreement and a NAUI instructor training course statement of understanding; own diving equipment. National
Association of Underwater Instructor training course to train and evaluate candidates for certication as NAUI instructors.
EXSS
392
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4300. Program Development and Management in Physical Education and Sports (2) (F,S,SS) P: Health
and human performance major or minor; EXSS 2000 or 2323; or consent of instructor. Theories, research, and practical
applications in current management techniques and program development.
4301. Comparative Sport and Physical Education: International Aspects (3) (WI) (S,SS) P: Health and
human performance major or minor; EXSS 3301. Cultural, social, and political importance of sport and physical education
around the world.
4323. Middle and High School Instruction in Physical Education (3) (F,S) For preservice physical education
teachers. 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: Upper-division standing; EXSS 3510, 3520, 3530, 3540, 3900; P/C: EXSS 4804;
C: EXSS 4400. Teaching skills appropriate for middle and high school instruction in physical education. Supervised teaching
practicum and preparation for internship semester. Must pass with a minimum grade of C.
4324. Internship in Exercise and Sport Science (9) (F,S) Full-time, semester-long internship. P: Upper-division
standing; completion of upper-division courses, except READ 3990, EXSS 4325; C: EXSS 4325. Observation and supervised
teaching in assigned physical education public school classroom.
4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Physical Education (1) (F,S) P: Upper-division standing; C: EXSS 4324.
Individualized study of problems or issues pertinent in physical education pedagogy and the development of the Senior II
Teaching Portfolio.
4333. Sport and Fitness Marketing (3) (S,SS) P: EXSS 4300; or consent of instructor. Theories, concepts, and
practical applications in current marketing techniques relating to the sport and tness enterprise.
4400. Creating Positive Learning Environments in Physical Education (3) (F,S) 2 lecture hours and 2 lab
hours per week. P: Upper-division standing; C: EXSS 4323. Teacher candidates apply student behavior management, learning
environment design, and critical observation in physical education.
4500, 4501, 4502. Independent Study in EXSS (1,2,3) (WI) P: Consent of instructor. Individualized program
developed through student initiative in consultation with designated instructor.
4800. Internship in Health Fitness (12) (F,S,SS) Supervised eld experience. 480 hours per semester. P: Satisfactory
completion of all other degree requirements or consent of dept chair. Develop applied competence in physical activity and
tness leadership.
4804. Measurement and Evaluation in Exercise and Sport Science (3) (F,S,SS) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours
per week. P: Upper-division standing; EXSS 2323; MATH 1065; health and human performance major or minor or consent of
dept chair. Develop competencies needed for evaluation in exercise and sport science. Emphasis on basic statistics, selection,
and administration of standardized tests, test construction, planning for evaluation programs, and appropriate microcomputer
applications.
4805. Exercise Evaluation and Prescription Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) 1, 2-hour lab per week. C: EXSS 4806.
Development of competencies for exercise assessment, evaluation and prescription.
4806. Exercise Evaluation and Prescription (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) P: Health and human performance major or
minor; EXSS 3805; or consent of instructor; C: EXSS 4805. Methods for assessing tness and developing training techniques
in asymptomatic populations.
4807. Advanced Exercise Physiology (3) (F) P: EXSS 4806, CHEM 2750, 2753 (C or better), and consent of
instructor. Physiological responses to exercise and health. Emphasis on effects of physical training and other factors that affect
physical performance and health.
4808. Cardiopulmonary Physiology (3) (S) P: EXSS 4806, CHEM 2750, 2753 (C or better), and consent of instructor.
Current topics in cardiopulmonary physiology as related to clinical and basic science aspects of exercise science. Topics include
cardiopulmonary anatomy and function; cardiovascular pharmacology; metabolic evaluation/assessment/programming during
exercise and other issues related to clinical exercise science.
393
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4809. Exercise Prescription for Clinical Populations (3) (F,S,SS) P: EXSS 4806. Fundamentals of prescribing
aerobic, strength and exibility exercise for clinical populations to include: cardiovascular disease, pulmonary disease,
hypertension, diabetes, obesity, etc.
4850. Exercise Leadership (3) (F,S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: EXSS 1114 or 1214, 3805; declared
EXSS major or consent of instructor. Leadership experiences in physical activity settings. Knowledge and skills associated with
leading others to become physically active. Exercise leadership experiences to develop instructional skills for diverse physical
activity settings.
4991. Independent Research in Exercise Physiology (3) (WI*) (F,S) 9 lab hours per week. P: EXSS 4806;
or consent of exercise physiology coordinator. Plan and execute investigative study in exercise physiology under supervision
of faculty mentor.
4992. Research Internship in Exercise Physiology (12) (F,S,SS) 40 lab hours per week for 15 weeks. P:
Completion of all other requirements for the exercise physiology option or consent of internship coordinator. Professionally
supervised research experience in approved research lab.
5020. Exercise Adherence (3) P: PSYC 1000; P/C: EXSS 4806; HHP major or minor or consent of instructor. Personal
and situational factors which result in adherence to an exercise program. Focus on application of strategies for improving
adherence.
5278. Advanced SCUBA Diving (3) 2 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. P: Satisfactory performance on the NAUI
Swimming Test; EXSS 2278 or consent of instructor; a notarized statement releasing the instructor and the university from all
liability; a satisfactory medical history and medical examination. Variety of safe diving experiences under controlled conditions
beyond basic open water diving levels.
5303. Physical Activity Programs for Individuals with Developmental, Emotional, and Learning
Disabilities (3) 2 lecture and 3 eld work hours per week. P: EXSS 3545 or 3546; SPED 5101; or consent of instructor.
For physical educators, special educators, therapeutic recreation specialists, and others concerned with providing physical
activity programs to individuals with developmental, emotional, or learning disabilities.
5305. Motor Development (3) P: EXSS 2800 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Applies motor development
theory and techniques to numerous settings. Descriptions of changes in movement patterns and skills. Examines underlying
processes which inuence these changes.
5800. Physical Activity and Aging (3) (SL) P: Consent of instructor. Role of physical activity and exercise in
enhancing quality of life and remediating normal aging decits and age-related disease. Includes physiological, cognitive, and
affective perspectives.
5903. Physical Activity Programs for Individuals with Orthopedic, Neurologic, and Sensory
Impairments (3) 2 lecture and 3 eld work hours per week. P: BIOL 2130 or equivalent. For physical educators, special
educators, therapeutic recreation specialists, and others concerned with providing physical activity programs to individuals
with orthopedic, neurologic, and sensory impairments.
5904. Methods in Adaptive Aquatics (2) 1 classroom and 3 lab hours per week. P: Advanced lifesaving certication.
Swimming techniques as adapted for individuals with acute and chronic disabling conditions.
EXSS
394
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
EXSS Banked Courses
1052. Intermediate Gymnastics (1) 3612. Coaching Soccer (1)
1105. Recreational Activities (1) 3613. Coaching Basketball (1)
1109. Intermediate Modern Dance (1) 3614. Coaching Wrestling (1)
1111. Social Dance (1) 3615. Coaching Football (1)
1121. Advanced Tennis (1) 3616. Coaching Track and Field (1)
1150. Beginning Snow Skiing (1) 3617. Coaching Gymnastics (1)
1151. Intermediate Snow Skiing (1) 3618. Coaching Swimming (1)
1152. Advanced Snow Skiing (1) 3619. Coaching Baseball (1)
2728. Sports Ofciating—Volleyball (1) 4347. Philosophy and Sport (3)
2729. Sports Ofciating—Basketball (2) (2) 5400. Activities in Physical Education for the
3610. Coaching Volleyball (1) Elementary School (3)
3611. Coaching Field Hockey (1)
FACS: FAMILY AND CONSUMER SCIENCES
1180. Housing and Interior Design (3) (F) P: FACS major. Examination of housing, furnishings, and equipment as
they inuence family well-being.
2003. Apparel Construction for Secondary Education (2) (F) C: FACS 2004. Application and evaluation in
fabric selection and apparel construction.
2004. Apparel Construction for Secondary Education Laboratory (1) (F) C: FACS 2003. Application of
construction principles. Interrelationship of fabric selection, pattern selection, alteration, and garment t.
2123. Early Experience in Family and Consumer Sciences Education (1) (F,S) For prospective teachers
of family and consumer sciences. Minimum of 16 hours of directed observations and planned participation in appropriate
school environments and 12 hours of seminar class instruction.
4317. Curriculum Development (3) (F) P: FACS 2123. Philosophy and development of family and consumer sciences
education. Principles and procedures of curriculum and program development.
4323. Methods of Teaching Family and Consumer Sciences (3) (F) P: Declared major and admission to upper
division. Application of teaching family and consumer sciences knowledge and skills in all content areas.
4324. Internship in Family and Consumer Sciences Education (10) (S) P: Admission to upper division;
FACS 4323; C: FACS 4325. Full-time, semester-long internship. Internship in middle or high school family and consumer
sciences classroom.
4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Family and Consumer Sciences Education (2) (S) P: Admission to
upper division; FACS 4323; C: FACS 4324. Assessment and development of competencies needed by beginning family and
consumer sciences teachers. Reection on the student teaching experience.
FACS Banked Courses
4400. Professional Presentations (3) 5300. Middle Grades Career Exploration (3)
4410. Professional Seminar (1) 5301. Middle Grades Career Exploration:
4411. Professional Internship (3) Service Clusters (3)
5007. Special Problems in Family and 5321. Adult Education (2)
Consumer Sciences Education (3)
395
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
FINA: FINANCE
1904. Personal Finance (3) May not count toward business core or concentration area. Introduction to managing
personal nances. Topics include investing and retirement planning, career planning, money management and budgeting, taxes,
consumer credit, and purchasing strategies (home, auto, insurance).
2244. Legal Environment of Business (3) (F,S,SS) US system of jurisprudence, sources of law, regulation of
business, and principles of tort law, contracts, labor law, and property. Legal aspects of business organization.
3004. Survey of Financial Management (3) (F,S,SS) May not substitute for FINA 3724. May not substitute for
any College of Business major requirement. P: ACCT 2101 or 2401; ECON 2113; MATH 2283. Survey from a practical
perspective. Includes TVM, capital budgeting techniques, cost of capital, risk and return analysis, leverage, and nancial
management of a rm.
3144. Financial Markets (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared and intended majors with a minimum 2.5
GPA. P: ECON 2113. Banks and nancial intermediaries as sources of funds. Monetary system, structure, and organization of
commercial banking. Nonbank intermediaries, monetary policy, and international markets.
3154. Principles of Risk Management and Insurance (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared and
intended majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MATH 2283, FINA 2244. Fundamentals of risk management and insurance,
including property and liability insurance, workers compensation, employee benets, and social security.
3244. Commercial Law (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared and intended majors with a minimum 2.5
GPA. P: FINA 2244 or consent of instructor. Selected traditional areas of law that affect the commercial community. Law of
sales, bailments of personal property, commercial paper, secured transactions, bank deposits and collections, insurance, and
other aspects of uniform commercial code.
3554. Principles of Real Estate (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared and intended majors with a
minimum 2.5 GPA. P: ACCT 2401; ECON 2133. Economics of real estate. Legal instruments used in real estate transactions,
real estate markets, and real estate businesses, and interactions of public and real estate activities.
3724. Financial Management (3) (F,S,SS) Registration preference given to declared and intended majors with a
minimum 2.5 GPA. P: ECON 2113; MATH 2283; P/C: ACCT 2521. Financial control, capital budgeting techniques, cost of
capital, rates of return, nancial leverage, dividend policy, working capital management, and timing of nancial policy.
3824. Financial Analysis and Planning (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared and intended majors
with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: FINA 3724. Analysis of nancial and accounting information and its impact on nancial decisions
and prot planning.
3884. Corporate and Financial Risk Management (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared and
intended majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: FINA 3154, 3724. Risks faced by rms and the management options available
for prot maximization, growth, and stability.
3904. Investments (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared and intended majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA.
P: ECON 2133; FINA 3724. Corporate and other securities as investments. Organization of capital markets and analysis and
evaluation of securities and portfolios.
4244. Insurance Law (3) (S) Registration preference given to declared and intended majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA.
P: FINA 3154. Legal issues in the insurance industry, including licensing, regulation, and sales.
4354. Commercial Property and Liability Insurance (3) (F) Registration preference given to declared and
intended majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: FINA 3154. Principles of the property and liability insurance marketplace.
4404. Security Analysis and Portfolio Management (3) (S) Registration preference given to declared majors
with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: FINA 3904. Techniques and theories used in analyzing securities. Selection, management,
evaluation, and revision of portfolios.
FINA
396
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4454. International Finance (3) (S) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P:
FINA 3724. Financing international trade and investments. Financial tools, principles, and problems of managing multinational
business.
4564. Real Estate Appraisal (3) (F) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. with
a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: FINA 3554. Valuation of real property, appraisal for nancing purposes, and factors and conditions
affecting residential and commercial values. Methods of appraising real property, utilizing cost, market data, and income
approaches.
4574. Real Estate Management and Brokerage (3) (S) Registration preference given to declared majors with
a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: FINA 3554. Organization and conduct of real estate brokerage. Social, economic, legal, and ethical
responsibilities of real estate brokers and managers.
4604. Real Estate Financing (3) (F) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P:
FINA 3724. Relationships among real estate, nancial, and investor communities. Financing of real property assets.
4654. Commercial Bank Management (3) (F) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum
2.5 GPA. P: FINA 3144, 3824. Managing a commercial bank. American economy as viewed by commercial bank manager.
4734. Financial Management II (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA.
P: FINA 3824. Applies various nancial management decision-making techniques to complex business problems.
4854. Employee Benets and Retirement Planning (3) (S) Registration preference given to declared and
intended majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: FINA 3724. Benet regulations and estate planning strategies, including legal
constraints and tax issues.
4964. Topics in Finance (3) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: Consent of
dept chair. Consideration of new and advanced topics.
4984. Topics in Real Estate (3) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: Consent
of dept chair. Selected topics.
FINA Banked Courses
4584. Real Estate Appraisal II (3) 4864. Life Insurance (3)
FLGC: FOREIGN LANGUAGES, GENERAL
1001. Foreign Language Generic Course I (3) First level of intensive training in the basic skills in reading, writing,
speaking and aural understanding of a language not normally offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures.
This course may be used to fulll the foreign language requirement for the BA degree.
1002. Foreign Language Generic Course II (3) Second level of intensive training in the basic skills in reading,
writing, speaking and aural understanding of a language not normally offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and
Literatures. This course may be used to fulll the foreign language requirement for the BA degree.
1003. Foreign Language Generic Course III (3) Third level of intensive training in the basic skills in reading, writing,
speaking and aural understanding of a language not normally offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures.
This course may be used to fulll the foreign language requirement for the BA degree.
1004. Foreign Language Generic Course IV (3) Fourth level of intensive training in the basic skills in reading,
writing, speaking and aural understanding of a language not normally offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and
Literatures. This course may be used to fulll the foreign language requirement for the BA degree.
397
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
FORL: FOREIGN LANGUAGE
2600. Literature in Translation: The Holocaust (3) (FC:HU) May not count as elective toward major or minor
requirements for the foreign language degree programs. May not count toward foreign language requirement. Conducted in
English; no knowledge of other languages required. Nazis’ crimes during World War II era and fascism in Europe. Examines
and discusses selected literary text and original documents, viewing of lms, and meetings with Holocaust survivors.
2620. French Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU) May not count as elective toward major or minor
requirements for foreign language degree programs. May not count toward foreign language requirement. Conducted in
English; no knowledge of other languages required. Principal genres of French literature from its origins to present. Selected
literary texts read in English.
2622. Francophone Literature of the Americas in Translation (3) (FC:HU) May not count as elective toward
major or minor requirements for foreign language degree programs. May not count toward foreign language requirement.
Conducted in English; no knowledge of other languages required. Literature and culture of French-speaking regions of Americas
through study of selected readings in translation.
2624. Francophone Literature of Africa in Translation (3) (FC:HU) May not count as elective toward
major or minor requirements for the foreign language degree programs. May not count toward foreign language requirement.
Conducted in English; no knowledge of other languages required. Literature and culture of French-speaking regions of Africa
through study of selected readings in translation.
2660. Spanish Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU) Not open to SPAN majors. May not count as elective
toward major or minor requirements for the foreign language degree programs. May not count toward foreign language
requirement. Conducted in English; no knowledge of other languages required. Selected literary texts from Spain. Emphasis
on social, political, and cultural context.
2661. Latin-American Literature in Translation (3) (WI) (FC:HU) Not open to SPAN majors. May not
count as elective toward major or minor requirements for the foreign language degree programs. May not count toward
foreign language requirement. Conducted in English; no knowledge of other languages required. Selected works of major
Latin-American writers.
2665. Don Quixote (3) (WI) (FC:HU) May not count as elective toward major or minor requirements for the foreign
language degree programs. May not count toward foreign language requirement. Conducted in English; no knowledge of
other languages required. Intensive study of world’s rst modern novel, Cervantes’ Don Quixote.
2666. Latino Texts (3) (FC:HU) May not count as elective toward major or minor requirements for the foreign
language degree programs. May not count toward foreign language requirement. Conducted in English; no knowledge of
other languages required. Cultural and literary texts of various Hispanic groups living or having lived in US territory for large
part of their lives from mid-nineteenth century to present.
2680. German Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU) May not count as elective toward major or minor
requirements for foreign language degree programs. May not count toward foreign language requirement. Conducted in
English; no knowledge of other languages required. Selected texts from German-speaking world. Texts read in English.
2700. Special Topics in French or Francophone Literature (3) May not count as elective toward major or
minor requirements for the foreign language degree programs. May not count toward foreign language requirement. Conducted
in English; no knowledge of other languages required. Selected topics relating to literature of France or a French-speaking
region of the world. Topics vary.
2760. Special Topics in Hispanic Studies (3) (FC:HU) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of
topic. May not count as an elective toward major or minor requirements for the foreign language degree programs. May
not count toward foreign language requirement. Conducted in English; no knowledge of other languages required. Selected
topics relating to culture or civilization of Spain or Latin America.
FORL
398
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3660. Hispanic Women Writers (3) (FC:HU) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. May not
be repeated for credit by women’s studies students. May not count as elective toward major or minor requirements for foreign
language degree programs. May not count toward foreign language requirement. Conducted in English; no knowledge of
other languages required. Selected texts written by women in Hispanic countries from a literary, cultural, and historical
perspective.
FREN: FRENCH
1001. French Level I (3) Lab work. Recommended early in college career for BA students and potential French majors
and minors. First of four-course sequence. Intensive training in basic skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing
French. Focus on life and culture of French-speaking world.
1002. French Level II (3) Lab work. Recommended early in college career for BA students and potential French majors
and minors. P: FREN 1001 or placement in 1002 by French placement test. Second of four-course sequence. Further intensive
training in basic skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing French. Focus on life and
culture of French-speaking world.
1003. French Level III (3) Lab work. Recommended early in college career for BA students and potential French majors
and minors. P: FREN 1002 or placement in 1003 by French placement test. Third of four-course sequence. Intensive training
leading to more advanced levels of achievement in understanding, speaking, reading, and writing French. Focus on life and
culture of French-speaking world.
1004. French Level IV (3) Lab work may be required. Recommended early in college career for BA students and
potential French majors and minors. P: FREN 1003 or placement in 1004 by French placement test. Fourth of four-course
sequence. Further intensive training leading to intermediate-level prociency in understanding, speaking, reading, and writing
French. Readings and discussions further acquaint student with life, literature, and culture of French-speaking world.
1220. French Language in France I (3) P: FREN 1001 or consent of dept chair. French language at the Sorbonne (or
another French university) in Cours Elementaire and lower levels of Cours Moyen. Upon their return, students may challenge
French 1002 or 1003; those who received credit for French 1003 before leaving for France and who receive a minimum
grade of C in France will automatically receive credit for French 1004.
2108. Culture and Communication (3) P: FREN 1004. Practice in spoken language. Emphasis on developing a practical
vocabulary for use in conversations and discussions relating to contemporary French and Francophone culture. Includes use of
variety of print and multimedia texts including literature, newspapers, magazines, lm, television, and the world wide web.
2330. Review of Grammar (3) Taught in French. P: FREN 1004 or equivalent. Extensive review of all aspects of French
grammar in formal oral and written communication.
2440. Readings in the Culture of France I (3) (FC:HU) Taught in French. P: FREN 1004. Aspects of French
culture. Emphasis on period from its origins to World War I. Reading and discussion of selected texts.
2441. Readings in the Culture of France II (3) (FC:HU) Taught in French. P: FREN 1004. Aspects of French
culture. Emphasis on period from World War I to present. Reading and discussion of selected texts.
2442. Readings in the Francophone Cultures of the Americas (3) (FC:HU) Taught in French. P: FREN 1004.
Aspects of major French-speaking regions of Canada, the Caribbean, and US. Reading and discussion of selected texts.
2443. Readings in the Francophone Cultures of Africa (3) (FC:HU) Taught in French. P: FREN 1004. Aspects
of major French-speaking cultures of Africa. Reading and discussion of selected texts.
2611. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) For prospective teachers. Taught in French. Minimum
of 16 hours of directed observations and planned participation in appropriate school environments and 8 hours of seminar
class instruction in the teaching area. May not count toward BA or BS major professional or minor requirements. Introduces
teaching of French.
399
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3100. French Business Communication (3) Taught in French. P: FREN 2440 or 2441 or 2442 or 2443. Practical
knowledge of business French. Preparation to deal effectively with business communication in Francophone world.
3200. French Language in France II (3) Taught in French. P: FREN 1004. French language at the Sorbonne (or
another French university) in upper levels of Cours Moyen and Cours Superieur.
3225. Advanced Conversation (3) Taught in French. P: FREN 2330. Direct and systematic use of spoken language.
Intensive approach aimed at development of functional level of French communication.
3330. Composition and Advanced Grammar (3) (WI) Taught in French. P: FREN 2330. Principles of effective
writing in French. Advanced review of grammar with emphasis on syntax, forms, and usage.
3500. Introduction to Literature (3) (FC:HU) Taught in French. P: FREN 2330 or consent of dept chair. Develop
reading skills for understanding genre, concepts of literary structure, and criticism through analysis of selected writings.
3555. France of the Middle Ages and Renaissance (3) (WI) (FC:HU) Taught in French. P: FREN 3500 or
consent of dept chair. France from its origins through sixteenth century. Emphasis on literary masterpieces.
3556. France from Classicism to the French Revolution (3) (FC:HU) Taught in French. P: FREN 3500 or
consent of dept chair. France from end of Renaissance to end of Revolution. Emphasis on literary masterpieces.
3557. France from the Napoleonic Period to World War II (3) (WI) (FC:HU) Taught in French. P: FREN 3500
or consent of dept chair. France from beginning of Napoleonic period to World War II. Emphasis on literary masterpieces.
3558. The Francophone World: Colonization to Independence (3) (FC:HU) Taught in French. P: FREN
3500 or consent of dept chair. Major French-speaking areas of world outside France from beginning of colonization to their
independence. Emphasis on literary masterpieces.
3560. The Contemporary French and Francophone World (3) (FC:HU) Taught in French. P: FREN 3500
or consent of dept chair. Emphasis on literary masterpieces.
3700. Special Topics in French or Francophone Studies (3) Taught in French. May be repeated for maximum
of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P: Consent of dept chair. Selected topics relating to language, literature, culture or civilization
of France or a French-speaking region of the world.
4215. French Phonetics (3) Taught in French. Lab required. P: FREN 3225. Physiology of correct French speech habits.
Sound system of French contrasted with English. Phonetic transcription.
4336. Introduction to Translation (3) Taught in French. P: FREN 3330 or consent of dept chair. Intensive practice
in French-English and English-French translation in variety of prose styles.
4611. Teaching Second Languages in Grades K-12 (5) Formerly FREN 4641 5 lectures per week and
10 lab hours per semester. Includes 10 hours of eld experience. May not count toward a BA major or minor in French. P:
Admission to upper division; 18 s.h. of FREN above 1004 or consent of instructor. Modern methodologies, techniques and
strategies, instructional resources, and evaluation procedures for teaching second languages in grades K-12.
4700. Special Topics in French or Francophone Studies (3) Taught in French. May be repeated for maximum
of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P: Consent of dept chair. Selected topics relating to language, literature, culture, or civilization
of France or another French-speaking region.
4880. Internship in French (10) Full-time, semester-long internship. P: Admission to upper division; FREN 2330,
3225, 3330, 3500; 18 s.h. of FREN at the 2000 and 3000 levels; C: FREN 4881. Observation and supervised internship in an
assigned French K-12 public school classroom.
4881. Internship Seminar: Issues in French Education (1) P: Admission to upper division; C: FREN 4880.
Individualized study of problems or issues related to teaching French.
FREN
400
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4882, 4883, 4884. Internship for Professions (1,1,1) Supervised internship in appropriate professional setting
during junior or senior year of French degree program. P: Consent of dept chair. Fields may include but are not limited to
business, industry, hotel and restaurant management, and social sciences.
4950, 4951, 4952, 4953, 4954. Directed Readings in French (1 each) P: Consent of dept chair. In-depth
exploration of selected aspect of French culture (literature, civilization, etc.).
4990. Honors (3) (F,S) Taught in French. Open to students having a minimum GPA of 3.5 in French. Independent study
under direction of faculty member in student’s major area of interest. Research paper required.
5305. Advanced Syntax (3) P: FREN 3330 or graduate standing. Detailed and comprehensive study of most difcult
points of French grammar. Directed practice in analyzing and writing exercises.
5700. Special Topics in French or Francophone Studies (3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with
change of topic. P: Consent of dept chair. Selected topics relating to language, literature, culture or civilization of France or
another French-speaking region of the world.
FREN Banked Courses
1050. Introduction to French Lyric 4319. Teaching Foreign Languages in the
Literature (3) Middle Grades (3)
1060. French for Reading Knowledge (0) 4360. French Theatre (3)
3260. The French Short Story (3) 4385. History of the French Language (3)
4316. French Poetry (3) 5350. The French Novel (3)
GEOG: GEOGRAPHY
1000. People, Places, and Environments (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) Basic course to eld of geography. Major physical
and cultural elements of environment and their inuence on human activity.
1200. Introduction to Physical Geography (3) (F) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences
requirement. Fundamental processes that inuence weather and climate, land form development, soil formation, water
resources, and vegetative regimes with the purpose of better understanding their spatial interrelationships within human
physical environment.
1250. The Water Planet (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) Importance of water in natural world. Cultural, economic, and legal
issues associated with human uses of water.
1300. Weather and Climate (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences
requirement. Nonmathematical consideration of general weather and climatic processes and patterns. Surface and middle
atmospheric (jet stream) features. Emphasis on North America.
2003. Geography of the Global Economy (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) Development of and contemporary issues in global
economy from geographical perspective.
2019. Geography of Recreation (3) (F) (FC:SO) Spatial distribution and interaction of selected recreational
phenomena. Basic ideas which have emerged over last decade explored for contributions to recreational decision making.
2100. World Geography: Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) Introductory survey of the regions of the US
and Canada, Europe, the former Soviet Union, Australia, and Japan. Emphasis on geographic aspects of physical environment,
population, economy, resources, and current issues in each region.
2110. World Geography: Less Developed Regions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) Introductory survey of regions of
Latin America, Sub-Saharan Africa, North Africa and the Middle East, South Asia, Southeast Asia, and China. Emphasis on
geographic aspects of physical environment, population, economy, resources, and current issues in each region.
401
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
2250. Earth Surface Systems (3) (F) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement.
Basic understanding of natural systems operating on earth’s surface that shape the natural environment. Focuses on global
distribution of land forms and vegetation. Strong emphasis on hands-on learning.
2300. Geography of Environmental Resources (3) (F) May not count toward foundations curriculum social
sciences requirement. Location and development of environmental resources at world and national levels.
2400. Spatial Data Analysis (3) (F,S) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement.
Foundation for data management and analysis in geographic information science. Introduces quantitative expressions common
to geographic information science and descriptive and inferential spatial statistics.
2410. Fundamentals of GIS (3) (F,S) Formerly GEOG 3410 May not count toward foundations curriculum
social sciences requirement. Foundations for understanding and using geographical information systems. Emphasis on creation,
visualization, and analysis of geographically referenced data.
2500. Map and Aerial Photo Interpretation (3) (F,S,SS) 4 lecture hours per week. May not count toward
foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. Principles of map reading and aerial photo interpretation as information
sources on natural and manmade environment.
3001. Historical Geography of the United States (3) Growth and development of US through analysis of
geographic conditions.
3003. Political Geography (3) (WI) (S) (FC:SO) Geographic factors in current national and world problems. Internal
and external power, frontiers and boundaries, colonialism and neonationalism, and impact of technology.
3004. Urban Geography (3) (F) Origin and growth of urban areas. Relationship with one another as well as size,
function, and tributary territory.
3046. United States and Canada (3) (F) (FC:SO) Intensive study of US and Canada based on analysis and
comparison of regions.
3047. Western Europe (3) (S) (FC:SO) Brief geographic survey of Europe and detailed regional study of nations
located in western Europe.
3049. Latin America (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) Geographical analysis of political, social, economic and cultural transformations
in contemporary Latin America.
3050. Africa (3) (WI) (S) (FC:SO) Physical and human background of Africa. Emphasis on political and economic role
of sub-Saharan portion of continent in contemporary world.
3051. Asia (3) (S) (FC:SO) Geographic patterns, economy, population, and role of China, Korea, Japan, India, Pakistan,
and Southeast Asia in world affairs.
3055. North Carolina (3) (F) (FC:SO) Physical and cultural survey of NC. Detailed study of geographic regions.
3056. Middle America (3) (FC:SO) Lands and people of Caribbean, Mexico, and Central America.
3220. Soil Properties, Surveys, and Applications (3) (F) Saturday eld trip may be required. P: GEOG 2250.
Physical and chemical properties of soil, soil-water relationships, soil-forming factors, county soil reports, and soil applications
that involve land management decisions.
3230. Global Climates (3) (S) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: GEOG
1300; MATH 1065; or consent of instructor. Variation in global climates as related to atmospheric circulation patterns and
processes.
3250. Environmental Hazards (3) (F) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P:
GEOG 1300 or 2250. Various ways people and governments respond to natural and human-induced extreme events, human
behavior in threatening or actual hazards, and public policies and programs designed to control or alleviate hazards.
GEOG
402
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3420. Remote Sensing of the Environment I (3) (F) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences
requirement. P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent. Basic understanding of digital image data and tools required to process, analyze,
and interpret digital images.
3430. Geographic Information Systems I (3) (F,S) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences
requirement. P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent. Computer-based decision support systems. Involves integration of spatially-
referenced data in problem-solving context. Concepts and application of GIS include data capture, storage, analysis, and
display.
3450. Introduction to the Global Positioning System (3) (S) May not count toward foundations curriculum
social sciences requirement. P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent. Techniques for spatial referencing via a satellite-based navigation
system.
3460. GIS Applications Programming (3) (F) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences
requirement. P: GEOG 2410; ASIP 2212 or CSCI 1610 or MIS 2223 or consent of instructor. Introduces GIS applications
design, development, and deployment. Focuses on custom mapping user interfaces; programmable solutions for spatial data
display, analysis and manipulation; and custom GIS applications development.
3510. Physical Meteorology (3) (F) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P:
GEOG 1300; MATH 1065; or consent of instructor. Basic principles of atmospheric hydrostatics, thermodynamics, cloud and
precipitation processes, and radiative transfer.
3520. Dynamic Meteorology (3) (S) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement.
3 lecture hours per week. P: GEOG 1300; MATH 2172, PHYS 2360; or consent of instructor. Basic concepts and techniques
of mathematics, thermodynamics, mechanics and uid dynamics in the study of atmospheric motions and weather systems.
3550. Principles of Synoptic Meteorology (3) (F) P: GEOG 3520; or consent of instructor. Basic concepts of
synoptic scale atmospheric phenomena, including upper level waves and mid-latitude weather systems.
4140. Research Methods in Human Geography (3) (S) May not count toward foundations curriculum social
sciences requirement. P: GEOG 2300; 15 s.h. in GEOG; or dept consent. Methods and techniques of eld research in human
geography.
4150. Advanced Spatial Analysis (3) (F) Formerly GEOG 3400 P: GEOG 2400, 2410; or consent of instructor.
Multivariate statistical methods applied to spatially referenced data with explicit concern for spatial autocorrelation and
heterogeneity.
4191, 4192, 4193. Supervised Study in Regional Geography (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for maximum
of 6 s.h. May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: Consent of instructor. Individualized
study of selected aspect of regional geography under direct supervision of faculty member.
4210. Fluvial and Hydrological Processes (3) (S) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences
requirement. P: GEOG 1300, 2250; or consent of instructor. Comprehensive examination of principles of surface water
hydrology and uvial geomorphology. Application of principles to environmental problems.
4220. Coastal Geography (3) (WI) (S) Formerly GEOG 3002 May not count toward foundations curriculum
social sciences requirement. P: GEOG 1300, 2250; or consent of instructor. Comprehensive examination of coastal systems,
including beaches, dunes, and estuaries. Focuses on processes that form and maintain systems, how landforms respond to
those processes, and how human activities affect the system.
4230. Earth Surface Processes (3) (WI) (F) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement.
P: GEOG 1300, 2250; or consent of instructor. Detailed examination of dominant geomorphic processes and sediment
dynamics involved in the creation of landforms. Emphasis on laboratory experimentation.
4270. Water Resources Management and Planning (3) Same as PLAN 4270 P: GEOG 1000 or 1250; or
PLAN 1900. Spatial and temporal characteristics of water. Consideration of hydrologic, engineering, economic, and institutional
aspects of water management.
403
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4291, 4292, 4293. Supervised Study in Physical Geography (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for maximum
of 6 s.h. P: Consent of instructor. Individualized study of selected aspect of physical geography under direct supervision of
faculty member.
4310. Geography of Transportation and Trade (3) (S) P: GEOG 2003. Forces leading to interaction of people
and commodities between places, distribution and characteristics of transport networks, and effects of transportation ows
on regions and nations.
4315. Geographic Images (3) (F) (FC:SO) Formerly GEOG 3300 Social and cultural images of space, place,
and environment as produced and consumed through various media at a variety of scales.
4320. Gender, Economy, and Development (3) (S) May not count toward foundations curriculum social
sciences requirement. P: Consent of instructor. Role of gender in economic and development processes from geographical
perspective.
4325. Resources, Population, and Development (3) (WI) (FC:SO) Formerly GEOG 3000 P: GEOG 2003
or consent of instructor. Demographic issues and population policies in relation to resource use and economic development
from a geographical perspective.
4330. Agricultural Geography (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) Contemporary trends in global restructuring of agro food
systems in both industrialized and developing nations.
4335. Geography of Tourism (3) (FC:SO) Traditional and emerging forms of tourism development as they transform
economic, social, cultural, and environmental landscapes inside and outside the US.
4340. Introduction to Medical Geography (3) (S) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences
requirement. P: GEOG 2410 or consent of instructor. Topics range from geographic patterns and processes of disease to
locational aspects of health care delivery systems. GIS used to describe and analyze problems in medical geography.
4345. Human Migration and Global Restructuring (3) (F) Human migration processes associated with political
and economic restructuring in different regions of the globe.
4391, 4392, 4393. Supervised Study in Human Geography (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for maximum
of 6 s.h. May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: Consent of instructor. Individualized
study of selected aspect of human geography under direct supervision of faculty member.
4410. Advanced Cartographic Design and Production (3) (F,S) May not count toward foundations curriculum
social sciences requirement. P: GEOG 2410 or equivalent experience. Continuation of GEOG 2410 at advanced level. Advanced
mapping techniques such as animation. Internet mapping and production of publication-quality maps.
4420. Remote Sensing II (3) (S) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: GEOG
3420 or consent of instructor. Interpretation of environmental phenomena remotely sensed data by sensors on board aircraft
and satellites. Emphasis on learning digital image processing from remote sensing perspective.
4430. Geographic Information Systems II (3) (S) P: GEOG 3430 or consent of instructor. Advanced topics.
Emphasis on development of GIS projects.
4440. Coastal Applications of GIS (3) (F,S) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences
requirement. P: GEOG 2250, 2410; or consent of instructor. Application of geographic information science to coastal resource
management.
4450. GIScience, Society and Technology (3) (S) 3 lecture hours per week. P: GEOG 2410, 3420, 3430; or consent
of instructor. Critical perspectives on the roles and impacts of geospatial technologies in contemporary society.
4460. Digital Terrain Analysis (3) (F) 3 lecture hours per week. P: GEOG 2250, GEOG 2410; or consent of instructor.
Overview of digital topographic analyses that focuses on topographic data acquisition, development of digital elevation models,
topographic analyses, and terrain visualization.
GEOG
404
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4491, 4492, 4493. Supervised Study in Geographic Techniques (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for
maximum of 6 s.h. May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: Consent of instructor.
Individualized study of selected geographic technique under direct supervision of faculty member.
4510. Meteorological Instruments and Observations (3) (F) May not count toward foundations curriculum
social sciences requirement. 2 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. P: GEOG 1300; MATH 1065; or consent of instructor. Basic
principles of meteorological instruments and measurement techniques; introduction of data logging, processing, and sources
of measurement error; hands-on experience in labs and group eld projects.
4520. Boundary Layer Meteorology (3) (S) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement.
P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor. Structure of atmospheric boundary layers and turbulence, principles of turbulent
transport and diffusion processes, their measurements and modeling.
4525. Dynamic Meteorology II (3) (F) P: GEOG 3520; MATH 4331; or consent of instructor. Applications of the
governing equations of the atmosphere for the study of atmospheric waves, extratropical cyclones, and basic concepts in
numerical weather prediction.
4530. Micrometeorology (3) (F) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: GEOG
1300; or consent of instructor. Atmospheric processes at micro and local scales, including exchange processes of momentum,
mass and energy, radiation budget and energy balance near the surface, soil temperature and heat transfer, turbulent transport,
biosphere-atmosphere interactions, micrometeorological measurement and modeling techniques.
4540. Coastal Storms (3) (F) May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: GEOG
1300; or consent of instructor. Basic dynamics, analysis, and forecasting of extratropical and tropical storms; history of storms
in the Carolinas and current mitigation plans.
4550. Applied Synoptic Meteorology: Analyses and Forecasting (3) (S) P: GEOG 3550; or consent of
instructor. Current techniques in mid-latitude weather analyses and forecasting, including chart analyses, introduction to
computer meteorological analyses and visualization, numerical weather prediction, and forecast discussion, development,
and evaluation.
4560. Urban Climatology (3) (F) P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor. Impact of urbanization upon atmospheric
processes, including energetic balance, precipitation, atmospheric circulation, and pollution.
4570. Hydrometeorology (3) (S) May not count toward foundations curriculum social science requirement. P:
GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor. Theory and observation of atmospheric processes as they relate to surface hydrology.
Emphasis on measurement, prediction, and climatology of precipitation, evapotranspiration and associated hydrologic events,
such as ooding.
4580. Radar and Satellite Meteorology (3) (S) P: GEOG 1300, 3420; or consent of instructor. History, theory and
applications of radar and satellite meteorology, with a focus on techniques of satellite image interpretation and radar data
processing applied to severe weather forecasting and climate analysis.
4590. Tropical Meteorology (3) (F) P: GEOG 1300; or consent of instructor. Tropical atmosphere as a key component
of global weather and climate and climate prediction. Examination of the El Niño – Southern Oscillation, the Madden Julian
Oscillation, tropical cyclones and monsoons and their associated climate predictability.
4801, 4802, 4803. Geographic Internship (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) 60 hours of work responsibility for 1 s.h. credit . May
be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: Consent
of director of geography internships; consent should be obtained during the semester prior to internship. Application of
geographic principles in industrial, governmental, or business setting.
4900. Honors Research (3) (F,S) P: Admission to GEOG honors program. Supervised reading and research in area
of geography that leads to preparation of senior honors thesis proposal.
4901. Senior Honors Thesis (3) (F,S) P: GEOG 4900 with a grade of B or higher. Extensive program of supervised
research in area of geography that leads to writing of senior honors thesis.
405
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4999. Geography Professional Seminar (1) (F,S) P: Consent of instructor. Design and completion of professional
portfolio. Examines transition from undergraduate student status to professional life or continued education.
5220. Physical Geography Field Experience (3) 10 classroom hours of orientation and organization over a
2-week period followed by 3 weeks (15 working days) in a eld location. Undergraduates May not count toward foundations
curriculum social sciences requirement. P: GEOG 1300, 2250; or consent of instructor. Field-based introduction to basic
aspects of physical geography research. Development of research questions, eld techniques, use of modern instrumentation,
and geographic analysis of eld data.
5281, 5282, 5283. Selected Topics in Physical Geography (1,2,3) May be repeated for up to 6 s.h.
Undergraduates May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: Consent of instructor. Seminar
on selected topic.
5393. Seminar in Human Geography (3) May be repeated for up to 6 s.h. Undergraduates May not count toward
foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: Consent of instructor. Seminar on selected topic in economic-human
geography.
GEOG Banked Courses
1100. World Regional Geography (3) 5020. Spatial Efciency Analysis (3)
1201. Introduction to Physical Geography 5022. Theories of Industrial Location (3)
Laboratory (1) 5024. Regional Development (3)
2009. Human Geography (3) 5050, 5051. Nautical Charts and
2201. Weather and Climate Laboratory (1) Navigation (3,0)
3008. Evolution of Cartography (3) 5084. Map Compilation and Design (3)
3048. Eastern Europe (2) 5098. Hydrology and Water Resources (3)
3201. Land Form Analysis Laboratory (1) 5191, 5192, 5193. Seminar in Regional
3221, 3222, 3223. Natural Regions of the Geography (1,2,3)
United States Field Studies (1,2,3) 5200. Climatology: Regions and
4072. Intermediate Cartography (3) Applications (3)
5009. Geography of Public and Private 5210. Terrain Analysis (3)
Parkland Use (2)
GEOL: GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES
1500. Dynamic Earth (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) Introductory survey of geologic materials (minerals and rocks), topographic
features on the continents and in the ocean basins, geologic structures (faults, folds, etc.), and various processes (plate tectonics
igneous activity, weathering, erosion, sedimentation, glaciation, mountain-building, etc.) that produce geologic features.
1501. Dynamic Earth Laboratory (1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) 3-hour lab per week. C: GEOL 1500. Study, classication,
and identication of common minerals and rocks of the earth’s crust; study of various topographic features as revealed on
topographic maps and aerial photographs; and study of geologic structures as seen on geologic maps, structural cross sections,
and aerial photographs.
1550. Oceanography (4) (F,S) (FC:SC) Introductory survey of geological, biological, chemical, and physical characteristics
of marine environment, their interrelationships, and interaction between people and the ocean.
1600. Earth and Life Through Time (4) (F,S) (FC:SC) Survey of physical, chemical, and biological geologic events
that have occurred on earth during its long history. Chronologic arrangement of these events in world-wide geologic time
scale and consideration of their causes. Major theme is organic evolution.
1700. Environmental Geology (4) (F,S) (FC:SC) Interactions among basic geologic processes, geomorphic features,
earth resources, and people whose activities are an expanding and increasingly demanding geological agent.
GEOL
406
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
1800. Geology of the National Parks (4) (FC:SC) P: GEOL 1500. Geologic evolution and scenic features in our
national park system. Topics may include volcanoes, caverns, sea coasts, glaciation, arid regions, and fault block mountains.
Relationship of scenery to geologic processes and materials.
3050, 3051. Mineralogy and Petrology I (4,0) (F) 3 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. P: 1000-level GEOL
course; RP: CHEM 1150, 1151; GEOL 1500, 1501, or consent of instructor. Systematic approach to hand-specimen study
and classication of minerals and igneous, metamorphic, and sedimentary rocks.
3150, 3151. Mineralogy and Petrology II (4,0) (S) 3 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. P: GEOL 3050, 3051;
P/C: CHEM 1150, 1151. Crystallographic and chemical properties of minerals and study of chemical and physical processes
governing the classication, origin, and occurrence of minerals and rocks.
3200, 3201. Introduction to Field Methods (2,0) (S) 1 lecture and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: GEOL 1600. Introduces
standard scientic methods of solving geologic eld problems. Techniques include description, sampling, and measurement
of geologic processes and sections, and principles of eld mapping, utilizing the Brunton compass, aerial photographs, and
plane table and alidade.
3209. Environmental Forensics (3) P: CHEM 1150, 1151, 1160, 1161; or equivalent; or consent of instructor.
Identication of environmental pollutants, estimation of their source(s), quantication of how long the pollution has persisted,
and assessment of human health and ecosystem exposure. Investigation of common environmental contamination within air,
water, soil, groundwater, sediments, and biota.
3250, 3251. Introduction to Geomorphology (3) 2 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P:GEOL 1500, 1501 or
consent of instructor. Study and classication of landforms, their origin, and the processes which shape them. Emphasis on
eld observation and dating techniques for Quaternary processes and landforms.
3300, 3301. Structural Geology (4,0) (F) 3 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: GEOL 3200, 3201. Structures
resulting from tectonic formation of earth’s crust and intrusion of molten magma.
3402. Engineering Geology (3) P: GEOL 1500; MATH 1065. Study of geologic factors affecting the location, design,
construction, operation and maintenance of engineering structures.
3500. Hydrogeology and the Environment (3) Hydrogeology with emphasis on environmental water resources
issues.
3700. Advanced Oceanography (3) P: GEOL 1550 or equivalent; or consent of the instructor. An in-depth examination
of the structure and formation of ocean basins, the role of oceans in the hydrological cycle, the physical properties of seawater,
atmospheric and ocean circulation, waves and tides. Emphasis is placed on key scientic studies, research methods, data
analysis and quantitative problem solving.
3800. Earth’s Climate: A Geological Perspective (3) The geologic record and causes (processes) of climate
change with a focus on the Quaternary.
4000. Summer Field Course in Geology (6) (SS) Full-time each week for the entire 6-week session. P: GEOL
3050, 3051, 3300, 3301. Stratigraphy, structure, geomorphology, and economic deposits of southwestern and central New
Mexico and southern Colorado through basic mapping on topographic and photo bases. Mapping exercises involve wide
variety of geologic features ranging from complexly faulted Mesozoic and Cenozoic rocks to isoclinally folded Precambrian
rocks in areas of excellent exposures.
4010, 4011. Sedimentology (4,0) (4010:WI) (F) 3 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. P: GEOL 1600, 3050, 3051.
Analysis of processes and products of sedimentation. Flow mechanics and sedimentary structures, depositional systems,
sedimentation and tectonics, the effects of sea level on depositional systems, methods of description and classication of
sediments and sedimentary rocks, and preparation of sedimentologic eld reports.
4020, 4021. Stratigraphy (3,0) (4020:WI) (S) 2 lectures and 1 2-hour lab per week. P: GEOL 1600. Description,
classication, and interpretation of stratied sedimentary rocks. Emphasis on principles and methodology.
407
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4200, 4201. Paleontology (4,0) (4200:WI) (S) 3 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: GEOL 1600. Fossilized
remains of principal animals that lived during earth history. Emphasis on paleontologic principles, especially as applied to
invertebrate fossils. Topics include population dynamics, taxonomic principles, functional morphology, paleoecology, evolution,
and biostratigraphy.
4550, 4551. Honors Thesis (3,3) (F,S) 9 research hours per week. P: Junior standing with minimum cumulative 3.0
GPA; completion of minimum of 20 s.h. in GEOL; a minimum grade of C and minimum 3.0 GPA in GEOL courses. Extensive
program of carefully supervised reading and research in area of geology. Written report in scientic format.
5000, 5001. Geomorphology (3,0) 2 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: GEOL 1500, 1501; an additional 4 s.h.
in introductory GEOL sequences; or consent of instructor. Advanced study of landforms, stages of their development, and
agencies which have shaped them.
5150. The Geologic Component of Environmental Science (3) P: Introductory GEOL course or consent of
instructor. Basic geologic knowledge and insights that support sound, rational, and science-based environmental decisions and
policies in regard to land and water use. Topics include pollution abatement, clean up, and prevention; resource extraction,
use, and conservation; and hazardous geologic processes.
5300. Geology of Coastal Processes and Environments (3) May include eld trips to various coastal systems. P:
GEOL 1550, 4010, 4011; or consent of instructor. Modern coastal systems. Diversity and distribution, complexity and dynamics
of interacting processes and responses, origin and evolutionary history, and role of man as major modifying force.
5350. Marine Geology (3) P: GEOL 1550, 4010, 4011; or consent of instructor. Geology of world’s ocean basins.
Impact of geophysical, geochemical, and geobiological principles on concepts of origin and evolution of ocean basins; source,
transportation, and deposition of marine sediments and formation of marine stratigraphic record; and role of oceanographic
processes affecting earth history such as sea level uctuation, plate tectonics, paleogeography, and paleoclimatology.
5400, 5401. Optical Mineralogy (3,0) 2 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: GEOL 3050, 3051. Theory and basic
techniques for determining optical constants of crystals using a polarizing microscope and thin sections.
5450. Introduction to Aqueous Geochemistry (3) 2 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: CHEM 1150,
1151, 1160, 1161; or equivalent. Applies chemical principles to study of elements at earth’s surface; their transportation in
aqueous solutions; and weathering, groundwater, and surface water chemistry, geochemical cycles, and distribution of stable
isotopes.
5500, 5510, 5520. Directed Studies in Geology (2,2,2) P: Senior or graduate standing in GEOL or consent of
instructor. Independent study on selected topic. May include eld work, directed readings, or some combination thereof.
Occasionally special eld study or course offered using one of these course numbers.
5600, 5601. Economic Geology (3,0) 2 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: GEOL 3050, 3051. Genesis, mode of
occurrence, and utilization of mineral resources. Metals, nonmetals, and basic energy resources such as petroleum, coal, and
uranium. Emphasis on geology of these resources and their relationship to modern technological society.
5700, 5701. Geohydrology of Drainage Basins (3,0) 2 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: GEOL 1500, 1501;
or consent of instructor. Drainage basin geology and hydrology. Emphasis on quantitative analysis, evaporation, streamow,
and hydrologic parameters of surface water and ground water basins.
5710, 5711. Ground Water Hydrology (3,0) 2 lectures and 1 3-hour lab per week. P: GEOL 1500, 1501; or consent
of instructor. Origin, occurrence, movement, quality, regional analysis, and management of ground water. Interrelationship of
ground and surface water. Lab emphasis on aquifer test data collection and interpretation.
GEOL
408
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
GEOL Banked Courses
1601. Historical Geology Laboratory (1) 5050. Regional Geomorphology of the United
3000, 3001. Mineralogy (4,0) States (2)
3100, 3101. Petrology (4,0) 5250, 5251. Stratigraphy (3,0)
3402. Engineering Geology (3) 5750, 5751. Introduction to Engineering
4100, 4101. Sedimentation and Stratigraphy (4,0) Geology (3,0)
GERM: GERMAN
1001. German Level I (3) Lab work. Recommended early in college career for BA students and potential GERM majors
and minors. First of four-course sequence. Intensive training in basic skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing
German. Focus on life and culture of German-speaking world.
1002. German Level II (3) Lab work. Recommended early in college career for BA students and potential GERM
majors and minors. P: GERM 1001 or placement in 1002 by German placement test. Second of four-course sequence. Further
intensive training in basic skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing German. Focus on life
and culture of German-speaking world.
1003. German Level III (3) Lab work. Recommended early in college career for BA students and potential GERM
majors and minors. P: GERM 1002 or placement in 1003 by German placement test. Third of four-course sequence. Intensive
training leading to more advanced levels of achievement in understanding, speaking, reading, and writing German. Focus on
life and culture of German-speaking world.
1004. German Level IV (3) Lab work may be required. Recommended early in college career for BA students and
potential GERM majors and minors. P: GERM 1003 or placement in 1004 by German placement test. Fourth of four-course
sequence. Further intensive training leading to intermediate-level prociency in understanding, speaking, reading, and writing
German. Readings and discussions to further acquaint student with life, literature, and culture of German-speaking world.
2210. Intermediate German Composition and Conversation I (3) P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor.
Intensive development of oral skills for use in everyday situations, vocabulary growth, listening comprehension, and correctness
in grammar. Practice in task-oriented compositions and comprehensive review of grammatical forms and usage.
2211. Intermediate German Composition and Conversation II (3) P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor.
Practice in spoken and written language with emphasis on developing students’ writing skills and increasing knowledge of
contemporary culture. Makes use of variety of print and multimedia texts, including literature, newspaper, magazines, lm,
television and world wide web.
2300. Introduction to German Literature (3) (FC:HU) P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor. Develop reading
skills necessary for understanding genre, concepts of literary structure, and criticism through analysis of selected writings.
2420. Culture of the German-Speaking World (3) (FC:HU) P: GERM 1004 or consent of instructor. Selected
contemporary aspects of cultures of German-speaking world through reading and discussion of selected texts.
2611. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) For prospective teachers. Minimum of 16 hours of
directed observations and planned participation in appropriate school environments and 8 hours of seminar class instruction
in the teaching area. May not count toward BA or minor. Introduces teaching of German.
2700. Special Topics in German Studies (3) P: GERM 1004 or consent of dept chair. Selected topics related to
language, literature, culture, or civilization of German-speaking countries. Topics vary.
3110. German Business Communication (3) P: GERM 2210 or 2211; or consent of instructor. Working knowledge
of oral and written German as used in business world. Preparation for dealing effectively with business German in the US
and abroad.
409
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3120. German Business Communication II (3) (WI) P: GERM 2210 or 2211; or consent of instructor. Introduces
students to contemporary topics impacting business in German-speaking countries. Prepares students to apply for a job or
internship with a German-language company.
3210. Conversation (3) P: GERM 2210 or 2211; or consent of instructor. Direct and systematic use of spoken language.
Intensive approach for developing functional levels of communication in German.
3330. Composition and Advanced Grammar (3) (WI) P: GERM 2210, 2211; or consent of instructor. Principles
of effective writing in German and advanced review of grammar. Emphasis on syntax, forms, and usage.
3340. Civilization of the German-Speaking World (3) (FC:HU) P: GERM 2210 or 2211, 2420; or consent
of instructor. Survey of cultural development of German-speaking peoples from Germanic tribes to reunication of East and
West Germany through reading and discussing signicant texts.
3350. Introduction to Translation Studies (3) (WI) For students of all disciplines who expect to do specialized
reading or research work in German. P: GERM 2210 or 2211; or consent of instructor. Translating skills from German to
English. Emphasis on grammar and style, approaches to vocabulary learning, and decoding difcult structures. Readings from
areas of general knowledge.
3400. German Drama (3) (FC:HU) P: GERM 2210 or 2211, 2300; or consent of instructor. Survey of representative
German dramas from Lessing to the present.
3500. Nineteenth-Century Prose: The Novella (3) (FC:HU) P: GERM 2210 or 2211, 2300; or consent of
instructor. Survey of representative literary works of the German novella from Classicism to the early twentieth century.
3520. The German-Speaking World from the Beginning to the Nineteenth Century (3) (FC:HU)
P: GERM 2210 or 2211, 2300; or consent of instructor. Emphasis on literary masterpieces.
3530. The German-Speaking World of the Nineteenth Century (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: GERM 2210 or
2211, 2300; or consent of instructor. Emphasis on literary masterpieces.
3540. The German-Speaking World from 1900 to 1945 (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) P: GERM 2210 or 2211, 2300;
or consent of instructor. Emphasis on literary masterpieces.
3550. The Contemporary German-Speaking World (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: GERM 2210 or 2211, 2300; or
consent of instructor. Emphasis on literary masterpieces.
3600. German Poetry (3) P: GERM 2210 or 2211, 2300; or consent of instructor. Survey of representative German
poetic literature from the Middle Ages to the present.
3700. Special Topics (3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P: GERM 2210 or 2211; or consent
of instructor. Topics relating to language, literature, culture, or civilization of a German-speaking country. Topics vary.
4350. Phonetics and History of the German Language (3) P: GERM 3210 or consent of dept chair. Introduces
Germanic linguistics and history of German language. Emphasis on phonetics of modern German.
4361. German Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3) P: GERM 2210 or 2211, 2300; or consent of instructor.
Survey of representative texts of the eighteenth century.
4362. The Classic Period (3) P: GERM 2210 or 2211, 2300; or consent of instructor. Survey of texts representative
of German classicism.
4363. German Romanticism (ca. 1790-ca. 1830) (3) P: GERM 2210 or 2211, 2300; or consent of instructor.
Survey of texts representative of German Romanticism.
4500. Popular Culture and Literature (3) (WI) P: GERM 2210 or 2211, 2300; or consent of instructor. Explores
and contextualizes popular culture in Germany using audio-visual, literary, historical, and theoretical texts.
GERM
410
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4510. Post-Unication Culture and Literature (3) (WI) P: GERM 2210, 2211, 2300; or consent of instructor.
Explores cultural trends after the 1989 fall of the Berlin Wall using literary, historical, and audio-visual texts.
4611. Teaching Second Languages in Grades K-12 (5) 5 lectures per week and 10 lab hours per semester.
Includes 10 hours of eld experience. May not count toward BA or minor. P: Admission to upper division; 18 s.h. above
GERM 1004 or consent of instructor. Modern methodologies, techniques and strategies, instructional resources, and evaluation
procedures for teaching second languages in grades K-12.
4700. Special Topics in German Studies (3) May be repeated for a maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P:
Consent of dept chair. Selected topics relating to the language, literature, culture, or civilization of the German-speaking
world. Topics vary.
4880. Internship in German (10) Full-time, semester-long internship. P: Admission to upper division; GERM 2210,
2211, 2420, 3210, 3330; 6 s.h. GERM literature above 2999; 12 s.h. GERM electives above 2999. Observation and supervised
internship in assigned German K-12 public school classroom.
4881. Internship Seminar: Issues in German Teaching (1) P: Admission to upper division; C: GERM 4880.
Individualized study of problems or issues related to teaching German.
4882, 4883, 4884. Internship for Professions (1,1,1) Supervised internship in appropriate professional setting
during junior or senior year of German degree program. P: Consent of dept chair. Fields may include but are not limited to
business and industry.
4950, 4951, 4952, 4953, 4954. Directed Readings in German (1 each) P: Consent of dept chair. In-depth
exploration of selected aspect of German culture (literature, civilization, etc.).
4990. Honors (3) P: Minimum 3.5 GPA in German. Independent study under direction of faculty member in student’s
major area of interest. Research paper required.
5700. Selected Topics (3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P: Consent of dept chair.
Selected topics relating to language, literature, culture, or civilization of a German-speaking country. Topics vary.
GERM Banked Courses
1050. Introduction to German Lyric 4100. The Modern German Novel (3)
Literature (3) 4319. Teaching Foreign Languages in
2100. German Conversation (3) the Middle Grades (3)
2220. Modern German Drama in Translation: 4387. The Baroque Era (ca. 1600-ca. 1750) (3)
The Theatre in Protest (3)
GERO: GERONTOLOGY
2400. Introduction to Gerontology (3) (FC:SO) Same as CDFR 2400; SOCW 2400 May count toward
either the SOCI major or minor or foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. Current theory and research from
interdisciplinary perspective.
5400. Seminar in Aging Studies (3) Same as CDFR 5400; SOCW 5400 Entry point for graduate certicate in
gerontology; exit course for undergraduate minor in gerontology. P: Consent of instructor. Topics include historical perspective
on aging issues, normal aging and pathology, aging program administration, aging policy development, research in gerontology,
rural aging, and aging and ethnicity.
5903. Readings in Aging Studies (3) Same as CDFR 5903; SOCW 5903 May count as 3 s.h. toward
baccalaureate minor in GERO or graduate certicate in GERO. P: Consent of instructor and chair of instructor’s home unit.
Selected readings from monographs or journals. Focus on specialized areas in which student has taken one or more courses
in either baccalaureate gerontology minor or graduate gerontology certicate.
411
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
GERO Banked Courses
4600, 4601. Practicum in Gerontology (3,3) 5901, 5902. Readings in Aging Studies (1,2)
GRBK: GREAT BOOKS
2000. Introduction to the Great Books (3) (F) (FC:HU) May be repeated once with a change of topic for
a maximum of 6 s.h. Moderated discussion featuring close reading of fundamental works of humanities, arts, and sciences.
Students make reasoned arguments in class discussions. Content varies by semester’s topic, but typically includes selections
from thinkers across the ages whose writings have shaped modern thought.
2010. Great Books of Modern China (3) (WI) (F-OY) (FC: HU) Same as ASIA 2010 P: ENGL 1200.
Guided discussion emphasizing close reading and reasoned argument by students on great works of modern Chinese literature
in relation to history, philosophy and political thought.
2400. Great Books of the Middle Ages and Renaissance (3) (WI) (S-EY) (FC: HU) Guided discussion
emphasizing close reading and reasoned argument by students on some of the great ideas of the Middle Ages and
Renaissance.
2500. Great Books of the Enlightenment (3) (WI) (S-OY) (FC:HU) Guided discussion emphasizing close
reading and reasoned argument by students on some of the great ideas of the Enlightenment.
2600. Great Books of the 19th and 20th Centuries (3) (WI) (F-EY) (FC: HU) Guided discussion emphasizing
close reading and reasoned argument by students on some of the great ideas of the 19th and 20th centuries.
3001. Great Books of Science (3) May not count toward foundations curriculum requirement. May be repeated once
with a change of topic for a maximum of 6 s.h. Founding texts of the origins, development, and implications of science and
scientic thought from the Greeks to the present.
4000. Seminar in the Great Books (3) (S) (FC:HU) May be repeated once with a change of topic for a maximum
of 6 s.h. P: GRBK 2000 or consent of instructor. Seminar featuring close reading of fundamental works of humanities, arts, and
sciences. Students will make reasoned arguments in class discussions. Content will typically include selections from thinkers
across the ages whose writings have shaped modern thought.
4999. Thesis in the Great Books (3) (F,S) (WI) (FC:HU) May include supervised readings as appropriate to
topic and student. Capstone experience supervised by faculty mentor. Paper or idea from earlier course work developed
into complete thesis.
GRK: GREEK
1001. Ancient Greek Level I (3) First of two-course sequence. Training in principles of Greek grammar. Emphasis on
reading skills. Correct pronunciation taught, but no other oral skills required. All communication in English.
1002. Ancient Greek Level II (3) P: GRK 1001 or consent of instructor. Second of two-course sequence. Completion
of basic skills of Greek grammar. Elementary readings introduced and adjusted to student’s level.
1003. Ancient Greek Level III (3) P: GRK 1002 or consent of instructor. Intensive review and application of basic
skills of grammar acquired in GRK 1001-1002. Development of reading skills through works of major authors such as Plato,
Xenophon, or Lysias.
1004. Ancient Greek Level IV (3) P: GRK 1003 or consent of instructor. Continued development of reading skills.
Introduction to critical approaches to literature. Readings in poetry from plays of Euripides.
3001. Homer and Hesiod (3) (FC:HU) Formerly GRK 2021 P: GRK 1004 or consent of instructor. Readings in
ancient Greek from Homer’s Iliad and Odyssey and from Hesiod’s Works and Days and Theogony.
GRK
412
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3002. Age of Herodotus (3) (FC:HU) Formerly GRK 2022 P: GRK 3001 or consent of instructor. Readings in
ancient Greek from Herodotus’ Histories, the plays of Sophocles and Aristophanes, and from Dialogues of Plato.
3330. Greek Prose Composition (3) RP: GRK 3001. Advanced instruction in Classical Greek grammar and style
through daily translation from English into Classical Greek.
3700. Selected Topics in Ancient Greek (3) P: GRK 3001 or consent of Instructor. May be repeated for a maximum
of 6 s.h. with change of topic. Selected topics relating to Classical Greek texts of the literature, culture, or civilization of the
ancient Mediterranean world.
4001. Athenian Drama (3) (FC:HU) P: GRK 3002 or consent of instructor. Readings in Ancient Greek from the
tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides, and the comedies of Aristophanes and Menander.
4002. Classical Greek Prose Authors (3) (FC:HU) P: GRK 4001 or consent of instructor. Readings in Ancient
Greek oratory, history and philosophy.
4521, 4522, 4523. Directed Readings in Greek (1,2,3) May be repeated. P: Consent of instructor. In-depth
exploration of selected aspect of Greek culture (literature, civilization, etc.).
HIED: HISTORY EDUCATION
2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F,S) For prospective teachers. Minimum of 16
hours of directed observations and planned participation in appropriate school environments and 8 hours of seminar class
instruction in the teaching area. May not count toward BA major or minor. P: 6 s.h. in HIST and 6 s.h. in other social sciences.
Introduction to teaching of history and social studies.
3001. Teaching Civics and Economics in the Secondary Classroom (3) (F) Contributes to pre-service social
studies teachers’ content and pedagogical knowledge related to teaching civics and economics at the 9-12 level.
3010. History Curriculum and Planning in the Secondary Classroom (2) (S) Investigates elements of
content-specic pedagogy, including lesson planning and classroom management. Practicum observations and teaching lessons
in high school social studies classrooms are required components.
4010. Assessment in Secondary Social Studies (3) (F) P: Admission to upper division; EDUC 3200; HIED 3001,
3010; or consent of instructor; C: HIED 4323. Introduction to assessments utilized by high school social studies teachers.
4319. Teaching Social Studies in the Middle Grades (3) (F) 10 to 12 hours of eld experience. May not count
toward BA or BS in HIST major or minor. P: Admission to upper division; 18 s.h. in social sciences; EDUC 3200; MIDG 3001,
3010, 3022; or consent of instructor; C: MIDG 4001, 4010; ENED or MIDG or SCIE 4319; or consent of instructor. Teaching
strategies, instructional resources, and evaluation procedures for teaching social studies in middle grades.
4323. The Teaching of Social Studies in High School (3) (F) Formerly HIST 4323 P: Admission to upper
division; EDUC 3200; HIED 3001, 3010; or consent of instructor; C: HIED 4010. Materials and basic teaching strategies
employed in high school social studies classroom.
4324. Internship in History and Social Studies (10) (S) Full-time, semester-long internship. Application must
be led one year in advance. P: Admission to upper division; C: HIED 4325. Placement in school under direction of a clinical
teacher and university supervisor.
4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Social Studies Education (1) (S) P: Admission to upper division; HIED
44323; C: HIED 4324. Individualized study of problems or issues related to social studies education.
HIMA: HEALTH INFORMATION MANAGEMENT
2000. Introduction to Health Information Management (2) (F) Introduction to the profession.
413
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3000. Medical Terminology for Health Professionals (3) (F,S,SS) Interdisciplinary study providing solid
foundation in medical terminology for effective communication in health care industry. Focus on analyzing, constructing, and
dening medical terms. Includes diseases, symptoms, and signs of disease; diagnostic and clinical procedures; and treatment
modalities.
3032. Record Documentation Systems (3) (S) P: HIMA major; HIMA 3120. Origin, content, and format of health
records across the continuum of care.
3113. Applied Medical Sciences I (3) (F) P: HIMA major; HSMA major; or consent of instructor; BIOL 2130, 2131.
First of two-semester sequence. Integrated study of pathophysiology, diagnostic and treatment modalities utilized in clinical
medical practice, and pharmacology.
3118. Applied Medical Sciences II (3) (S) P: HIMA 3113. Continuation of HIMA 3113.
3120. Health Care Delivery Systems (3) (F) P: HSMA 2000, P/C: HSMA 3030. Continuum of care in health
industry. Historical development and future trends, organizational structure, regulatory and accrediting bodies, multicultural
issues, and policy formulation.
3142. Diagnostic and Procedural Coding (3) (S) P/C: HIMA major; BIOL 2130, 2131; HIMA 3118. Coding of
diseases and procedures by International Classication of Diseases.
3148. Health Service Coding (3) (F) P: HIMA 3120, 3142. Coding services and procedures by Healthcare Common
Procedural Coding System and for reimbursement.
4030. Quality Management in Health Care (3) (S) P: HIMA 3113, 3120; or consent of instructor. Applies quality
management principles across continuum of care.
4075. Applied Health Services Research (3) (WI) (F) P: BIOS 1500; HIMA 3120. Develops the skills required
to formulate a research question, model, review literature, and write up research results in a health care context. Uses skills
acquired in prerequisite statistics course to collect, code, and analyze data.
4081, 4082, 4083. Directed Independent Project (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) Hours vary by project. May be repeated for
maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P: HIMA major; consent of instructor. Selected project on new and advanced issue
in health information practice. May include readings, research, or eld work.
4138. Health Data Structures (3) (S) P: HIMA 3120. Technical standards for health data structures. Emphasis on
knowledge representation and content for computer-based health records systems.
4153. Management of Health Information Services Department (3) (WI) P: HSMA 3030, 3035, 3050,
4055. Theoretical and practical applications of managerial functions of planning, organizing, and controlling health information
services department. Emphasis on solving complex departmental problems.
4160. Concepts in Health Information Technology (3) (F) P: ASIP 2112 or MIS 2223. Major concepts of
computer hardware, architecture, operating systems, and application software. Introduces data and databases. Reinforces
ability to use selected general purpose microcomputer applications.
4165. Health Information Systems (3) (S) P: HIMA 4160. Role of computers in gathering, recording, interpreting,
and transmitting health care data. Applies data and database concepts to information systems in health care.
5060. Health Informatics (3) (S) P: Consent of instructor. Informatics in health care delivery systems with focus on
the clinical, public health, and consumer aspects.
HIST: HISTORY
1030. World Civilizations to 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) May receive credit for one of HIST 1030, 1552.
Evolution of world civilizations from prehistory to 1500.
HIST
414
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
1031. World Civilizations Since 1500 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) May receive credit for one of HIST 1031,
1553. World civilizations since 1500 and their economic, social, cultural, and political development.
1050. American History to 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) May receive credit for one of HIST 1050, 1550.
History of US from discovery of America in 1492 to end of Reconstruction.
1051. American History Since 1877 (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) May receive credit for one of HIST 1051,
1551. History of US from Reconstruction to present.
1550. Honors, American History to 1877 (3) (F) (FC:SO) May receive credit for one of HIST 1050, 1550. P: By
invitation or consent of instructor. History of US from discovery of America in 1492 to end of Reconstruction.
1551. Honors, American History Since 1877 (3) (WI*) (S) (FC:SO) May receive credit for one of HIST 1051,
1551. P: By invitation or consent of instructor. History of US from Reconstruction to present.
1552. Honors, World History to 1500 (3) (F) (FC:SO) May receive credit for one of HIST 1030, 1552. P: By
invitation or consent of instructor. Evolution of world civilizations from prehistory to 1500.
1553. Honors, World History Since 1500 (3) (S) (FC:SO) May receive credit for one of HIST 1031, 1553.
P: By invitation or consent of instructor. World civilizations since 1500 and their economic, social, cultural, and political
development.
2012. American Business History (3) (WI*) (F) (FC:SO) History of business in America. Emphasis on evolution
of business structure and function.
2222. Western Europe Since 1500 (3) (F) (FC:SO) History of Western Europe from Age of Discovery to present.
Emphasis on development and growth of nation state system using Spain, France, England, and Germany as examples.
2444. The History of Sports in Western Society (3) (F) (FC:SO) Role of sports from ancient Greeks to
twentieth century. Focus on how sports mirror historical developments and social and cultural trends.
3000. History: Its Nature and Method (3) (WI) (F,S) P: 6 s.h. in HIST. Designed for students in the HIED
program. Introduction to historical thought and method and varieties and uses of history. May not count toward the “above
2999” HIST major requirement in the BA in history or the BSP in public history. May not count toward the history or public
history minor.
3005. Selected Topics in History (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) May be repeated for credit with change of topic. May count
3 s.h. toward HIST major or minor. Selected topics from historical perspective.
3010. Constitutional History of the United States to 1888 (3) (FC:SO) Constitutional development of US
from colonial period through Waite Court.
3011. Constitutional History of the United States Since 1888 (3) (FC:SO) Constitutional evolution of US.
Emphasis on Supreme Court’s response to industrial developments, politics, war, and civil liberties.
3031. Economic History of the United States Since 1865 (3) (FC:SO) Economic development of US since
Civil War.
3100. North Carolina History (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) Political, social, and economic developments in NC from colonial
era to present.
3110. History of African-Americans (3) (F) (FC:SO) Narrative account of African-Americans in America from
1619 to present. Brief consideration of African origins and heritage. Explores political, economic, legal, cultural, and intellectual
aspects of the African-American experience.
3121. American Military History to 1900 (3) (F) (FC:SO) History of military thought and institutions in US from
era of American Revolution through nineteenth century. Emphasis on interrelationship between war and society by study of
political, economic, and social aspects of military affairs.
415
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3122. American Military History Since 1900 (3) (S) (FC:SO) American military thought and institutions since
1900. Emphasis on interrelationship between war and society by study of political, economic, and social aspects of military
affairs.
3130. Problems in American History (3) Principal turning points in American history. Emphasis on varying
interpretations.
3140. Women in American History (3) (FC:SO) Variety of women’s experience in American history. Role of
women in nation’s social, economic, political, and cultural development.
3170. History of Native Americans (3) (FC:SO) Historical approach to understanding the socio-economic, political,
legal, and cultural changes experienced by Native Americans focusing on the territory that is now the United States.
3200. Diplomatic History of the United States (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) American diplomatic history from 1776
to present. Emphasis on major episodes, policies, and personalities.
3205. History of American Urban Life (3) (FC:SO) May receive credit for one of HIST 3205, 5210. Historical
assessment of importance of the American city in US history.
3210. Colonial America to 1763 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) Discovery and settlement of North America by Europeans.
Evolution of English colonies to era of American Revolution.
3215. American Revolution and the Federal Era, 1763-1800 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) Military and political
history of War for Independence, problem of constructing a new nation as a union of states, making and ratication of Federal
Constitution, and rise of political parties during Federal Era.
3225. The Era of Sectionalism and Civil War, 1848-1877 (3) (FC:SO) Rise of sectionalism and events of
Civil War and Reconstruction.
3230. The Birth of Modern America, 1865-1892 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) Major historical trends in US from end
of Civil War to 1890s.
3235. The Era of Populism and Progressivism in American History, 1892-1919 (3) (FC:SO) US history
from 1892 to 1919. Compares Populist and Progressive movements and shows emergence of US as a world power.
3240. The Age of Franklin Roosevelt, 1919-1945 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) US politics and society of 1920s, Great
Depression, New Deal, and background and impact of World War II.
3245. The United States Since 1945 (3) (WI*) (F) (FC:SO) Economics, politics, and society of US from Truman
years to present.
3260. The United States and the Middle East, 1783 to the Present (3) (FC:SO) History of American
interests and involvement in Middle East since 1783.
3300. History of American Rural Life (3) (F) (FC:SO) Rural America from pre-contact to present. Major themes
include regional development of agricultural economy, agrarian ideology, myths and realities of family farms, farm protest and
public policy, and representations of American rural life in literature, music, and lm.
3333. Biography and History (3) (FC:SO) May be repeated for credit with change of topic. May count maximum
of 3 s.h. may count toward HIST major or minor. Selected inuential people and their impact on society.
3350. War and Society (3) (F) (FC:SO) Survey of interrelationship between society and warfare from dawn of
civilization to present.
3405. History of Ancient Greece to 146 BC (3) (FC:SO) Political, social, and cultural developments in Greece
from 800 BC to 146 BC.
HIST
416
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3406. War and Society in Ancient Greece and Rome (3) Military and social history of Ancient Greece and
Rome.
3410. History of Ancient Rome (3) (F) (FC:SO) Examines political, social, and cultural developments in Rome
from 753 BC to 476 AD.
3412. A History of Christianity to 1300 (3) (FC:SO) Formation and evolution of institutional church and its role in
society from its origins to Renaissance. Emphasis on historical interaction between Mediterranean and trans-Alpine cultures.
3413. A History of Christianity 1300-present (3) (FC:SO) RP: HIST 3412. Development of Christianity in the
Near East and Europe and its spread to the rest of the world.
3414. The Celtic World, 700 BC-1601 AD (3) Institutional and cultural developments of Celtic-speaking polities
on the Continent and British Isles until seventeenth century.
3415. The Middle Ages (3) (F) (FC:SO) Major aspects of political, social, economic, and cultural history of Middle
Ages from third to sixteenth centuries.
3420. Early Modern Europe to 1648 (3) (F) (FC:SO) Political, social, and intellectual transformation that marked
beginnings of modern European history.
3430. History of Europe, 1815-1914 (3) (F) (FC:SO) Europe from Congress of Vienna to outbreak of rst world
war. Emphasis on political, social, and economic developments of period.
3435. History of Europe Since 1914 (3) (FC:SO) Transformations in European society and institutions from
outbreak of rst world war to present.
3444. Old Regime and Revolutionary France (3) (FC:SO) RP: HIST 1031. Major themes in politics, society and
culture from the “Old Regime” to Napoleon’s defeat (1660-1815).
3445. Modern France, 1815-present (3) (FC:SO) RP: HIST 1031 and/or HIST 3444. The history of French culture,
politics and society from the defeat of Napoleon to the present day.
3460. Germany, 1790-1914 (3) (FC:SO) RP: HIST 1031. Political, social, economic, and cultural development of
Germany from late eighteenth century to World War I. Not open to students who have successfully completed HIST
3450.
3461. Germany Since 1914 (3) (FC:SO) RP: HIST 1031. Political, social, economic, and cultural development of
Germany from World War I to the present. Not open to students who have successfully completed HIST 3450.
3480. Britain to 1688 (3) (FC:SO) Social, political, and cultural development of the British Isles to 1688, with particular
emphasis on methods of historical research.
3482. Britain, 1688-1832 (3) (FC:SO) Social, political and cultural development of British Isles from 1688 to 1832,
with particular emphasis on historiography.
3484. Britain from 1832 (3) (FC:SO) Social, political and cultural development of British Isles from 1832, with particular
emphasis on collective memory.
3551. Medieval Russia, 862-1682 (3) History of Russia from its legendary foundation in 862 to reign of Peter the
Great. Emphasis on religious history as well as impact of nationalism on historical writing.
3552. Imperial Russia, 1682-1917 (3) Political, social, cultural and intellectual history of Russia under Romanovs
from Peter I to October Revolution.
3553. Soviet Russia, 1917-1991 (3) (WI) Politics, society, and ideology of Soviet experiment from October Revolution
to collapse of communism.
3610. History of East Asia to 1600 (3) (FC:SO) Contrasting religions, life-styles, and institutions of major civilizations
of traditional Asia. Emphasis on China and Japan.
417
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3611. History of East Asia Since 1600 (3) (FC:SO) Main themes of modern Asian history. Emphasis on revolutionary
impact of the West on civilizations of China, Japan, and Southeast Asia (including Vietnam).
3615. History of Traditional Japan (3) (FC:SO) Japanese history from ancient times to 1600. Emphasis on
foundations of traditional patterns, in politics society, religion, philosophy, and art.
3620. History of Modern Japan (3) (F) (FC:SO) Transformation of Japanese culture under inuence of West.
Emphasis on causes and consequences of modernization.
3625. Field Study in Japanese Historical Culture (3) (FC:SO) Field study of traditional Japanese culture and
history, based in former imperial capital (794-1868) of Japan, Kyoto.
3626. Field Study in Japanese Historical Texts (3) (FC:SO) Field study of traditional Japanese historical texts
produced in former imperial capital (794-1868) of Japan, Kyoto.
3627. History of Japanese Buddhism (3) (FC:SO) History of Japanese Buddhism from its introduction in mid-sixth
century, through modern times.
3629. History of Traditional China (3) (FC:SO) History of China before 1600, focusing primarily on main forces
operative within intellectual history of China, Confucianism, Daoism, Mohism, Legalism, various schools of Buddhism, and
Neo-Confucianism.
3630. History of Modern China (3) (FC:SO) Factors responsible for collapse of China’s traditional Confucian culture
and triumph of communism. Emphasis on role of West in this revolutionary transformation.
3669. History of the Middle East, 600-1500 (3) (FC:SO) Social, political, economic, and religious developments
of the Middle East, as well as Islamic Empires in Europe and Central Asia.
3670. History of the Middle East Since 1500 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) People, land, and religious groups of Middle
East. Emphasis on Islam and imperialism.
3710. Introduction to Latin-American History: Colonial Period (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) Establishment and
administration of Spanish and Portuguese colonies in New World, 1492-1808.
3711. Introduction to Latin-American History: Since 1808 (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) Wars of Independence.
Latin-American nations since independence. Emphasis on growth of republican institutions, social organizations, and economic
and cultural developments.
3760. The ABC Powers: Argentina, Brazil, Chile (3) (FC:SO) Major developments in Republics of Argentina,
Brazil, and Chile since independence. Emphasis on conservative-liberal struggle, development of democratic institutions, and
economic changes.
3780. Mexico and Central America (3) (WI*) (F) (FC:SO) Major developments in history of Mexico and Central
American republics.
3810. History of Africa (3) (WI) (F) (FC:SO) Emphasis on pre-colonial African societies, interactions between
African societies and Europeans during colonial era, and African quest for independence.
3820. History of South Africa (3) (WI) (FC:SO) Examination of pre-colonial, colonial, and post-colonial South
African history. Emphasis on post-1800 South Africa.
3830. Africa and Islam (3) (WI) (FC:SO) Examination of relationship between Africans and Islam. Emphasis on the
impact of Islam on African societies, especially in North, West, and East Africa.
3900. Introduction to Public History (3) (F) May not count toward BS in HIST. Meaning and various aspects and
practices of public history. Emphasis on reading, discussion, and eldwork projects.
HIST
418
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3920. Social History of American Medicine (3) (S) (FC:SO) Development of medical ideas, practices, and
healing professions. Emphasis on changing interactions between medicine and society.
3980. Shipwreck Archaeology (3) (F, S) Introduction to the eld of maritime archaeology using archaeological and
historical case studies from around the world.
3985. History of American Architecture (3) Introduction to American architectural styles and techniques, within
the broader context of American social and technological history. Emphasis on vernacular architecture and basic concepts
of historic preservation.
3993. Approaches to Historical Objects (3) Social, cultural, political, and intellectual implications of classifying,
conserving, and displaying historical objects. Topics include artifacts, archives, monuments, cultural policy, commercial history,
and historical memory.
4000. Senior Seminar (3) (WI) P: Declared major in either history or public history, with senior standing or consent
of the instructor. Capstone course in undergraduate study of history.
4400. Science and Religion in Europe and America, 1600-1900 (3) Examines debate between intellectuals
who believed that scientic discovery and religious faith were compatible and those who did not. Primary and secondary
sources.
4444. Studies in French History (3) May be repeated with change of topic. May count maximum of 3 s.h. toward
HIST major or minor. Varied selected topics in French history from Middle Ages to present day.
4445. The European Enlightenments (3) RP: A 3000-level course in history, political science, philosophy and/or
classical studies. History and major texts of period and process called Enlightenment, including its critics and legacy in modern
history and politics.
4470. The Great War: Experience, Memory and Legacy (3) RP: HIST 1031, HIST 3435. Examines experiences
of World War I and its social, cultural and intellectual impact in Europe.
4500. Political Culture and Community in Eighteenth-Century Britain (3) RP: HIST 3480, or 3482 or
3484. Dimensions of British political culture during long eighteenth century, 1688 to 1832.
4531, 4532, 4533. Directed Readings in History (1,2,3) (F,S) (FC:SO) P: Consent of dept chair. Intensive
examination of specic eld in student’s area of interest. May be repeated once with change of topic and permission of the
director of undergraduate studies and the department chair.
4550, 4551. Honors (3,3) (F,S) (FC:SO) Independent reading and research program under direction of major area
professor.
4610. History of Southeast Asia (3) (FC:SO) Evolution of modern Southeast Asia. Emphasis on transformation of
traditional cultures under impact of western colonial rule.
4940, 4941, 4942. Internship in Archives and Historical Records Administration (3,6,9) (F,S) 140
hours for 3 s.h., 280 hours for 6 s.h., 420 hours for 9 s.h. Maximum of 3 s.h. in HIST 4940-4948 may count toward HIST
requirement for BS or minor in public history. May not count toward HIST major or minor elective requirements above 2999.
P: Senior standing; minimum cumulative 2.2 GPA; minimum 2.5 GPA in HIST; consent of instructor. Practical eld experience
under supervision in archival and manuscript agencies.
4943, 4944, 4945. Internship in Museum Administration (3,6,9) (F,S) 140 hours for 3 s.h., 280 hours for
6 s.h., 420 hours for 9 s.h. May not count toward HIST major or minor elective requirements above 2999. Maximum of 3
s.h. in HIST 4940-4948 may count toward HIST requirement for BS or minor in public history. P: Senior standing; minimum
cumulative 2.2 GPA; minimum 2.5 GPA in HIST; consent of instructor. Practical eld experience under supervision.
419
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4946, 4947, 4948. Internship in Historic Site Administration (3,6,9) (F,S) 140 hours for 3 s.h., 280 hours
for 6 s.h., 420 hours for 9 s.h. Maximum of 3 s.h. in HIST 4940-4948 may count toward HIST requirement for BS or minor in
public history. May not count toward HIST major or minor elective requirements above 2999. P: Senior standing; minimum
cumulative 2.2 GPA; minimum 2.5 GPA in HIST; consent of instructor. Practical eld experience under supervision.
5005. Selected Topics (3) (WI*) May be repeated with change of topic. May count maximum of 3 s.h. toward graduate
or undergraduate HIST major or minor. Intensive study of selected topics from historical perspective.
5122. Social and Cultural History of the United States Since 1865 (3) Selected main currents in American
thought. Social and intellectual activity since 1865.
5125. American Political Development in the Nineteenth Century (3) Evolution of major political party
conict from mellowing of rst party system to 1890s realignment.
5130. Comparative History of New World Slavery and Race Relations (3) (WI*) Origin and development
of slavery and race relations in US and various societies in Western Hemisphere.
5135. Problems in North Carolina History (3) (WI*) P: HIST 1050, 1051; or consent of instructor. Process by
which NC evolved from isolated English colony into part of modern US. Emphasis on bibliographic work. Research in archival
and manuscript sources.
5140. The Old South (3) (F) Development of southern US to outbreak of Civil War.
5141. The South Since 1877 (3) (WI*) Development of southern US from end of Civil War to recent years.
5220. Selected Topics in US Women’s History (3) (S) In-depth exploration of topics. Analysis of major themes,
documents, and theoretical work.
5230. Themes in African American History (3) (S) Intensive examination of pivotal themes and writings.
5300. Comparative History of Non-Western Civilizations (3) (WI*) May not count toward 3 s.h. 5000-
level requirement for undergraduate HIST majors. Evolution of major civilizations of Asia, Africa, and Middle East. Emphasis
on comparative cultural foundations of civilizations.
5310. Intellectual History of Europe (3) Major themes of modern European thought. Analysis of selected readings
from representative nineteenth- and twentieth-century thinkers.
5340. The Ancient Near East (3) Civilizations from lower paleolithic age to conquest of Persia by Alexander the
Great.
5350. The Renaissance in European History (3) (S) Cultural and intellectual developments of western Europe
from about 1300 to about 1600.
5360. The Reformation, 1450-1598 (3) European history from 1450 to 1598. Renaissance materials as background.
5440. Twentieth-Century England (3) England in two great wars–World Wars I and II. Development of socialism.
Breakup of British Empire. British Commonwealth of Nations. English development since 1945.
5450. Tudor-Stuart England (3) Emergence of England into world leadership. Internal developments which shaped
its political, economic, and social life in sixteenth, seventeenth, and early eighteenth centuries.
5470. History of Soviet Russia Since 1917 (3) Russian revolutions of 1917 and rise of Soviet Union to superpower
status.
5480. Weimar and the Rise of Hitler (3) Society, culture, and politics of Germany during Weimar Republic. Failure
of democracy and establishment of Nazi state.
HIST
420
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
5505. Maritime History of the Western World to 1415 (3) Designated as European history. Maritime activities
from classical antiquity through Middle Ages. Emphasis on development of maritime commerce, piracy, and naval warfare.
5515. Maritime History of the Western World 1415-1815 (3) (WI*) Designated as European history.
European voyages of discovery, expansion of maritime commerce, establishment of overseas possessions, and domination
of world’s sea lanes.
5520. Maritime History of the Western World Since 1815 (3) Designated as American history. Impact of
maritime activities on political, diplomatic, economic, and military affairs. Emphasis on technology.
5525. Sea Power, 480 BC to the Present (3) (WI*) Sea power from Classical Era to the atomic age. Nature of
warfare at sea. Changing role of sea power in eras of peace and war.
5530. Field School in Maritime History and Underwater Research (2) (S) 20 classroom/lab hours per
week. P: Scientic diving certication; consent of instructor. Early eld experience.
5555. Constitutionalism and Kingship in Early Modern Europe (3) Royal absolutism as dominant philosophy
in seventeenth-century state building. Role of Continental political ideologies in development of English constitutional
government.
5660. Imperialism in Theory and Practice, 1800 to the Present (3) (WI*) Theoretical and empirical
perspectives on European expansion, primarily in Africa and Asia. Political, economic, social, and non-European origins of
imperialism.
5670. Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815 to the Present (3) Survey of international relations of great
European powers.
5680. Diplomatic History of Modern Asia (3) Role of diplomacy. Emphasis on conict between East and West
since 1800.
5765. Latin America, 1492 to the Present (3) (WI*) Selected historical problems in Latin-American society
and economy. Conquests and settlement, role of indigenous people in the formation of Latin-American society, reform and
revolution, independence, and organization of nation states.
5910. Introduction to the Administration of Archives and Historical Manuscripts (3) Undergraduates
may not count toward 3 s.h. 5000-level HIST major requirement. Background, preservation, and use of archives and
historical manuscripts. Emphasis on historical evolution of archival profession and administration of archives and manuscript
repositories.
5920, 5921. Techniques of Museum and Historic Site Development (3,0) (F) Undergraduates may not
count toward 3 s.h. 5000-level HIST major requirement. History and theory of museology and techniques of museum and
historic site management.
5930, 5931. Field and Laboratory Studies in Museum and Historic Site Development (3,0)
Undergraduates may not count toward 3 s.h. 5000-level HIST major requirement. Develop practical methods for operation
and management of history museums and historic sites.
5950. Introduction to Quantitative History (2) P: 20 s.h. of undergraduate history. Categories of quantitative
history. Role of computer and techniques of its implementation in historical research.
5951. Directed Readings and Research in Quantitative History (1) P: HIST 5950. Intensive examination of
special historical eld in area of student’s interest. Research projects limited to quantitative assessments of historical eras.
5960. Introduction to Oral History (3) Theory and methodology of oral history interviewing and interpretation of
oral history materials. Emphasis on eldwork projects.
5970. Living History (3) P: Consent of instructor. Interpretations of past events. Focus on seventeenth- through
nineteenth-century event specics, world view, clothing, and accouterments.
421
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
5985. Historic Preservation Planning (3) Same as PLAN 5985 Historic preservation planning. Examination
of theoretical, legal, historical, and design bases of preservation planning.
HIST Banked Courses
3030. Economic History of the United States 3486. Constitutional History of England (3)
to 1865 (3) 3910. History of Science (3)
3220. Continental Expansion of the United 3915. History of Western Medical Thought (3)
States, 1800-1848 (3) 4450. History of Eastern Europe (3)
HLTH: HEALTH
1000. Health in Modern Society (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:HL) May receive credit for only one: HLTH 1000, 1050. Mental,
social, and physical health problems related to man’s internal and external environments in technological and leisure-oriented
societies.
1050. Health and Service in Modern Society (3) (SL) (F,S) (FC:HL) May receive credit for only one: HLTH
1000, 1050. Mental, social, and physical health issues related to our society. Integrates service learning to enhance academic
achievement, build citizenship skills and civic engagement related to health issues in our society.
1100. Personal Safety Issues (1) (F,S,SS) Overview of legal protection, obligation, and consequences related to
personal safety.
1101. Threat Assessment and Conict Resolution (1) (F,S,SS) Survey of effective threat assessment,
management, and conict prevention strategies.
1102. Peer Mediation (1) (F,S) Techniques and skills to serve as a mediator and organize a peer mediation program.
Practical skills to de-escalate conict at school, at work and in life.
1900. Introduction to Health Professions (3) (F,S) 3 lecture hours per week. Does not meet foundations
curriculum requirements for health. Survey of health professions including, process for successful entrance into health
professional schools or graduate programs.
2000. Introduction to Health Education (3) (F,S,SS) P: HLTH 1000 or 1050. Health education theory and
practice. Emphasis on educational change process; settings, skills, and outcomes of health and education practice; and evolving
roles of health educators.
2050, 2051. Sexual Health (3,0) (F,S) 2 lecture and 1 seminar hour per week. P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; C for 2050:
HLTH 2051; C for 2051: HLTH 2050. Introduces human sexuality from personal health perspective. Topics include reproductive
anatomy, sexually transmitted diseases, contraception, sexual response, sexual behavior, and sexual health problems.
2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F) For prospective teachers. Minimum of 16
hours of directed observations and planned participation in appropriate school environments and 8 clock hours of seminar
class instruction in the teaching area. May not count toward a BA major or minor. P: HLTH 1000 or 1050. Introduction to
teaching of health.
2125, 2126. Safety Education and First Aid (3,0) (F,S,SS) 2 classroom and 2 lab hours per week. P: HLTH
1000 or 1050; C for 2125: HLTH 2126; C for 2126: HLTH 2125. Accident prevention and skills for emergency rst aid care.
Skills necessary for cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Successful completion leads to Red Cross certication in standard rst aid
and personal safety and cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
2220, 2221. Basic Athletic Training (3,0) (F,S,SS) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. Does not meet requirements
for National Athletic Trainers’ Association Certication. P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; C for 2220: HLTH 2221; C for 2221: HLTH
2220.
HLTH
422
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
2290, 2291, 2292. Field Experience in Community Health Education (1,2,3) 50 hours of work experience
required for each s.h. credit. P: Sophomore standing; HLTH 1000 or 1050. Early, supervised work experience. Planning,
implementing, and evaluating health education programs. Variety of health agencies.
2500. Peer Health I: Training (3) (F,S) P: HLTH 1000 or 1050 or consent of instructor. Training experience in
planning, implementation, evaluation of health education activities for ECU community.
3000. Theory and Practice in Community Health Education (3) May receive credit for only one of HLTH 3000,
3001. Basic behavioral, community organization, educational, and administrative concepts and methodologies of professional
practice in community health education.
3001. Principles of Community Health Education (2) (S) May receive credit for one of HLTH 3000, 3001. P:
HLTH 1000 or 1050. Theory and practice. Introduction to eld.
3010. Health Problems I (3) (F,S,SS) P: BIOL 2130 or 2140; HLTH 1000 or 1050; or consent of instructor. Current
health problems. Focus on relationship between patterns of individual behavior and pathophysiology of specic disease states.
Emphasis on universal chronic disease states. Rationale for development of primary and secondary intervention strategies.
3011. Introduction to Epidemiology in Health Education and Promotion (3) (F,S,SS) Principles of
epidemiology in health education and promotion settings.
3020. Health Disparities (3) (F,S,SS) P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; 3010; or consent of instructor. Current health issues
of priority populations. Health education strategies that seek to eliminate racial and ethnic health disparities.
3030. Health Behavior (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; PSYC 1000. Theories and models used to explain
health behaviors.
3225. Standard First Aid and Personal Safety Instructor (2) (S) 1 lecture and 4 lab hours per week. P:
HLTH 2125, 2126; or certication as having completed the American Red Cross advanced rst aid course within the past 3
years. Satisfactory completion results in certication as instructor in standard rst aid and personal safety, rst aid multimedia
systems, and basic rst aid.
3244. Practices and Procedures in Health for Elementary School (2) (F,S,SS) P: HLTH 1000 or 1050
and any 2123 course, or consent of the instructor. Required of all elementary education majors. Class organization, principles,
and practices associated with health education at elementary level.
3300. Introduction to Patient Education (3) (F) P: HLTH 3010 or consent of instructor. Theories that apply to
the practice of patient education in a variety of health care settings.
3355. Alcohol, Tobacco, and Other Drugs Education and Prevention (3) (F) ATOD abuse education and
prevention theory for use with children and adolescents.
3500. Planning, Implementation and Evaluation in College Health Promotion: Nutrition (3) (F,S)
P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; HLTH 2500 or NUTR 2105. Theory and application of content and methodologies to be utilized in
college health promotion programs with an emphasis on nutrition education.
3501. Planning, Implementation and Evaluation in College Health Promotion: Sexuality (3) (F,S)
P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; HLTH 2500 or HLTH 2050. Application of methods in college-based sexual health programs.
3502. Planning, Implementation and Evaluation in College Health Promotion: Alcohol, Tobacco
and Other Drugs (3) (F,S) P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; HLTH 2500 or REHB 2003. Application of methods in college-based
ATOD prevention education programs.
3515. AIDS HIV Disease in Modern Society (3) (S) P: HLTH 1000 or 1050 or consent of instructor. Key issues
surrounding AIDS epidemic. Focus on social, psychological, political, economic, legal, ethical, and health aspects.
423
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3520. Introduction to Global Health (3) (S) P: HLTH 1000 or 1050; or consent of instructor. An overview of how
health problems and issues in other parts of the world compare and contrast with those in the U.S.
4001. Stress Management: Principles and Practices (3) (S) Same as RCTX 4001 Concepts and theories
of stress management in human health.
4006. Health Promotion in the Workplace (3) (F) Needs and corporate operations assessment, design,
implementation, and evaluation of health-related programs in worksite settings.
4010. Senior Seminar: Tutorial in Health Issues Research (3) (F,S) 2 1-hour lectures and 2 2-hour labs per
week. P: Senior standing or school and community health majors; completion of all core courses; or consent of instructor.
Guidance in development of investigative study appropriate to student’s needs and interests.
4100. Community Health Prole (3) Consent of instructor. Basic concepts and tools for identifying community
health education needs. Develop community health prole for county of internship (HLTH 4990).
4200. Planning and Evaluation in Worksite Health Promotion (3) (F,S,SS) P: Completion of core courses.
Role of evaluation. Emphasis on measuring instrument design, evaluation, planning, and interpretation of evaluation results.
4305. Class Management in Health Occupations (3) (F) Strategies for managing behaviors in the health education
classroom and related clinical settings.
4323. Methods of Teaching Health Education (3) (F,S) P: Admission to upper division. Theory and application
of content and methodologies to be utilized in secondary school health program.
4324. Internship in Health Education (10) (F,S) Full-time, semester-long internship. P: Admission to upper division;
EDUC 3200; HLTH 2123; completion of HLTH 4323 with a minimum grade of C; PSYC 1000; C: HLTH 4326. Observation
and supervised teaching in an assigned health education public school classroom.
4326. Internship Seminar: Issues in Health Education (1) (F,S) P: Admission to upper division; C: HLTH
4324. Individualized study of problems or issues pertinent in school health education.
4500, 4501, 4502. Independent Study (1,2,3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) P: Consent of instructor. Individualized program
developed through student initiative in consultation with designated instructor as extension of formal course offerings.
4600. Data Analysis for Health Promotion Programming (3) (S) C: HLTH 4700. Understanding of and skills
in utilizing health-related data for planning worksite health promotion and cost-control programs.
4604. Applied Principles of Health Promotion (3) (SL*) (F,S) P: BIOL 2130 or 2140; NUTR 1000 or 2105;
PSYC 1000; or consent of instructor. In-depth study of the health content areas most commonly addressed in health promotion
programs. Emphasis on integration of current knowledge in context of contemporary educational strategies.
4605. Community Strategies for Health Education (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) P: HLTH 3000 or consent of instructor.
Skills in community interventions for health educators based on principles of community organization. Both classroom instruction
and eld exposure will be utilized. Additionally, case studies and real life experiences used to greatest extent possible.
4611. Planning and Evaluation of Community Health Education Programs (3) (F,S) P: HLTH
3000. Planning theory and application for health education programs, including evaluation methodology. Applications for
epidemiological and sociological diagnoses in program development.
4700. Practicum Seminar in Worksite Health Education (3) (S) P: HLTH 4200. Private sector health promotion
programs. Based on needs and operations of local sites, student will be assigned individual projects.
4800. Field Study in International Health (6) (SS) P: Consent of instructor. Study of public health and health
care delivery systems in international host countries.
4901, 4902. Prehealth Professions Field Experience (3,3) (F,S,SS) P: HLTH 3010, 3020 and consent of
instructor. 75 hours of documented clinically-related eld experience.
HLTH
424
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4910. Prehealth Professions Internship (6) (F,S,SS) P: Completion of all major requirements and consent of
program director. Supervised learning experience in an approved clinical setting.
4991. Health Education and Promotion Internship (12) (WI) (F,S,SS) P: Completion of all other major
requirements. Professionally-supervised learning experience.
5002. Maternal and Child Health Education (3) P for undergraduate students: HLTH 3010 or consent of instructor;
P for graduate students: BIOL 2130, 2131; HLTH 3010, 3020; or consent of instructor. Theoretical base and appropriate
education strategies for delivery of community health education programs including basic population concepts and measures;
epidemiological indicators of health and social status of women and children; analysis of prevailing social policies as related to
maternal and child health; and federal policies affecting children and families.
5310. Education for Human Sexuality (3) (S) For school and community professionals working in or consulting
with schools. P: Health education major or consent of instructor. Comprehensive knowledge and sex education methodology
for effective communication with children and youth.
5345. Alcoholism in Health Education (3) (F) P: HLTH 1000 or 1050. Effects of alcohol on human body with
sociological, psychological, physiological, and economic implications as applicable to everyday living. Methods, procedures,
and resource materials for alcohol education.
HLTH Banked Courses
5313. School Health Education (3)
HMGT: HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT
1350. Introduction to Hospitality Management (3) Exploration and analysis of management functions, methods,
and concepts in food service and lodging operations.
1500. Multicultural Hospitality Management (3) Inuences of culture on hospitality organizations and management
style. Impacts of diversity of the global hospitality industry. Signicance of culture to hospitality labor market issues, legal and
political environments, societal work values, communication, and corporate cultures.
2000. Hospitality Study Tour (1) May be repeated for different meetings up to 3 s.h. P: HMGT 2591; consent of
instructor. Supervised travel to hospitality professional meetings and events.
2100. Lodging Management I (3) P: HMGT 1350. Structure, operations, and management in the lodging industry.
Emphasis on management of the front ofce, housekeeping, guest services, security and trends in the lodging industry.
2170. Hospitality Services Management (3) Formerly HMGT 4170 Customer behavior, expectations, and
perceptions and managing hospitality service quality. Strategies for closing critical service gaps.
2200. Introduction to Conventions and Special Events (3) P: HMGT 1350. Introduction to meetings, expositions,
events, and conventions industry.
2300. Principles of Food Preparation and Menu Planning (2) Formerly HMGT 2110 C: HMGT 2301. Scientic
principles of food preparation. Includes menu planning, preparation methods and procedures, recipe conversion and costing,
equipment use, service techniques, and principles of sanitation.
2301. Principles of Food Preparation and Menu Planning Lab (1) Formerly HMGT 2111 C: HMGT 2300.
Application of scientic principles of food preparation. Application of menu planning, preparation methods and procedures,
recipe conversion and costing, equipment use, service techniques, and principles of sanitation to meal preparation.
2591. Field Experience in Hospitality Management I (3) 200 work hours. P: HMGT 2100, 2200, 2300. Supervised,
on-site experience in lodging housekeeping and maintenance and restaurant food production operations.
3200. Dimensions of Tourism (3) P: HMGT 1350. Survey of travel and tourism industry. Emphasis on concepts,
terminology, demographics, trends, and nancial and economic implications of tourism dynamics.
425
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3294. Hospitality Information Systems (3) P: HMGT 1350. Review of hospitality management information systems,
including property management systems, point of sale systems, yield management systems, and managerial decision making
aids. Use and impact of industry-specic applications.
3300. Principles of Classical Cuisine (2) Formerly HMGT 3110 P: HMGT 2300, 2301; or consent of instructor;
C: HMGT 3301. Survey of scientic principles in classical European food preparation.
3301. Principles of Classical Cuisine Lab (1) P: HMGT 2300, 2301; or consent of instructor; C: HMGT 3300.
Application of the principles and techniques of classical European food preparation.
3400. Meeting, Event, and Convention Planning (3) P: HMGT 2200. Planning, organizing, stafng, and evaluating
meetings, events, and conventions.
3600. Lodging Management II (3) P: ACCT 2101; HMGT 2100. Decision-making processes for budgeting, forecasting,
pricing, cost-volume-prot analysis, and capital budgeting in a real-time hotel simulation.
3750. Hospitality Facilities Management (3) P: HMGT 2100, 2200, 2300. Operation of hospitality facilities, including
operating costs, characteristics of major building systems, responsibilities of the engineering-maintenance department, and
renovation needs.
3800. Hospitality Club Management (3) P: HMGT 2100, 2200, 2300, 2301. Organization, operation, facilities,
governance, and ownership of private and public clubs.
3832. Hospitality Franchising and Entrepreneurship (3) P: MKTG 3832, MGMT 3202. Principles and processes
of franchising and entrepreneurship in hospitality. Start up of hospitality business ventures as franchise or independent units,
including acquiring an existing franchise or hospitality business.
3990. Field Experience in Lodging Management (3) (WI) 400 work hours. P: HMGT 2100, 2591; minimum
cumulative 2.0 GPA; consent of instructor. Supervised experience designed to develop management skills in lodging
operations.
3991. Field Experience in Food and Beverage Management (3) (WI) 400 work hours. P: HMGT 2300, 2301,
2591; minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA; consent of instructor. Supervised experience designed to develop management skills
in food and beverage operations.
3992. Field Experience in Conventions and Special Events Management (3) (WI) 400 work hours.
P: HMGT 2200, 2591; minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA; consent of instructor. Supervised experience designed to develop
management skills in conventions and special events.
4100. Lodging Revenue Management (3) P: HMGT 3600. Use of revenue management in the lodging industry.
Application of demand-based pricing, stimulating demand and the analysis of yield and revenue.
4120. Wine and Beverage Management (3) P: HMGT 2300, 2301; proof of majority age (21). Review of alcoholic
and non-alcoholic beverages. Management of bartending, cocktail and sommelier service, and cost control emphasizing social
responsibility, liability, safety and security, and legal issues.
4200. Travel and Tourism Management (3) P: HMGT 3200. Explores domestic and international tourism, including
social science, economic, cultural, and environmental components of effects of tourism.
4244. Hospitality Law (3) P: FINA 2244; HMGT 3990, 3991, or 3992. Legal aspects of hospitality guest-host relationship
as related to personal and property liability.
4300. Advanced Food Production and Service Management (2) Formerly HMGT 4110 P: HMGT 3300,
3301, or consent of instructor; C: HMGT 4301. Planning, executing, and evaluating food and beverage operations.
4301. Advanced Food Production and Service Management Lab (1) Formerly HMGT 4111 P: HMGT
3300, 3301, or consent of instructor; C: HMGT 4300. Planning, executing, and evaluating food and beverage operations.
HMGT
426
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4308. Cost Controls for Hospitality Operations (3) P: HMGT 3990, 3991, or 3992. Techniques for analyzing
and controlling products, services, and costs.
4400. Convention Sales and Services Management (3) P: HMGT 2200. Scope and segmentation of the convention
and group business market. Marketing and sales strategies to attract markets with specic needs. Techniques to meet those
needs as part of meeting and convention service.
4440. Hospitality Marketing (3) P: HMGT 3990, 3991, or 3992; MKTG 3832. Applies marketing principles to hospitality
products and services.
4450. Hospitality Human Resource Management (3) (WI) P: HMGT 3990, 3991, or 3992. Integration and
applications of human resource management and ethical principles through case studies of lodging, food and beverage, and
convention/special event operations.
4600. Resort and Timeshare Management (3) P: HMGT 2100. Scope of resorts and timeshares. Principles of
successful marketing, management, and development of a resort or timeshare.
4650. Hospitality Financial Management (3) P: HMGT 3990, 3991, or 3992; FINA 3004. Management systems
and techniques used to monitor and control nances and costs in the hospitality industry.
4700. Hospitality Management Current Issues Seminar (3) P: HMGT 3990, 3991, or 3992; senior standing;
HMGT major. Capstone course to address current issues in hospitality management.
4900. Independent Study in Lodging (3) Problems in lodging management.
4901. Independent Study in Food and Beverage (3) Problems in food and beverage management.
4902. Independent Study in Conventions and Special Events (3) Problems in conventions and special events.
4905. Hospitality Management International Experience (3) May be repeated for up to 12 s. h. P: Consent
of instructor. On-site exposure to practices and procedures in international hospitality and tourism businesses.
4995. E-commerce in Hospitality Management (3) P: MIS 2223; MKTG 3832. Management and marketing of
hospitality on the Internet. Security and integrity of data trafc. Planning, designing, and evaluating hospitality related web sites.
HMGT Banked Courses
3393. Purchasing for Food Service 5351. Food Service Production Systems (2)
Operations (3) 4209. Food and Beverage Management
4208. Food and Beverage Management (2) Laboratory (1)
HNRS: HONORS
2006. Interdisciplinary Honors Seminar (3) (WI) Interdisciplinary investigation. Examples include “The Grotesque in
Art and Literature,” “Poets and Painters,” “The Sixties: Be There Now,” and “The History and Philosophy of Technology.”
2011. Honors Seminar in the Humanities (3) (WI) (FC:HU) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with
change of topic. Topic varies by semester. Examples include “What it Means to be Human (according to Shakespeare),”
“Current Attempts to Resolve Classical Philosophical Problems,” “Banning Books: Censorship in Modern America,” and “Gay
Literature: From Marginal to Mainstream.”
2012. Honors Seminar in the Fine Arts (3) (WI) (FC:FA) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change
of topic. Topic varies by semester. Examples include “The Arts in Society,” “An Introduction to the Fine Arts,” “Gothic
Cathedrals: Their Meaning and Signicance,” and “Listening to Music Intelligently.”
2013. Honors Seminar in the Social Sciences (3) (WI) (FC:SO) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with
change of topic. Topic varies by semester. Examples include “Sexual Abuse: Incidence, Impact, Prevention,” “The Race for
the Presidency,” “The Civil Rights Revolution,” “The American Way of War,” “Church and State in the United States,” and
“New World Meets Old: The Colombian Exchange.”
427
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
2014. Honors Seminar in the Sciences (3) (WI) (FC:SC) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of
topic. Topic varies by semester. Examples include “Subjectivity in Science,” “Scientic Experimentation and Social Acceptance,”
“Chemistry and the Environment,” and “The Geology of the National Parks.”
2015. Honors Science Laboratory (1) (WI) (FC:SC) Accompanies HNRS 2014 when considered appropriate
by science department offering the seminar.
2116. Interdisciplinary Honors Seminar (3) (WI) (FC:HU) Interdisciplinary investigation. Examples include
“The Grotesque in Art and Literature,” “Poets and Painters,” “The Sixties: Be There Now,” and “The History and Philosophy
of Technology.”
2216. Interdisciplinary Honors Seminar (3) (WI) (FC:FA) Interdisciplinary investigation. Examples include “The
Grotesque in Art and Literature,” “Poets and Painters,” “The Sixties: Be There Now,” and “The History and Philosophy of
Technology.”
2316. Interdisciplinary Honors Seminar (3) (WI) (FC:SO) Interdisciplinary investigation. Examples include “The
Grotesque in Art and Literature,” “Poets and Painters,” “The Sixties: Be There Now,” and “The History and Philosophy of
Technology.”
2416. Interdisciplinary Honors Seminar (3) (WI) (FC:SC) Interdisciplinary investigation. Examples include “The
Grotesque in Art and Literature,” “Poets and Painters,” “The Sixties: Be There Now,” and “The History and Philosophy of
Technology.”
3011. Honors Seminar in the Humanities (3) (WI) (FC:HU) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change
of topic. Topic varies by semester. Examples include “The Literature of Fyodor Dostoevsky,” “Literature and Medicine,” “A
Bi-Gender Reading of Jewish-American Literature,” and “The World as seen by Nobel Prize Winners in Literature.”
3012. Honors Seminar in the Fine Arts (3) (WI) (FC:FA) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change
of topic. Topic varies by semester. Examples include “African-American Women Artists,” “The Great Museums of Europe
and their Treasures,” “The Ethnic Music of Eastern Europe,” and “The Theatre of the Absurd.”
3013. Honors Seminar in the Social Sciences (3) (WI) (FC:SO) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with
change of topic. Topic varies by semester. Examples include “Intimate Violence: Out of the Shadows,” “The Islamic World,”
“South Africa: Transition from Apartheid to Democracy,” and “Terrorism and September 11.”
3014. Honors Seminar in the Sciences (3) (WI) (FC:SC) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change
of topic. Topic varies by semester. Examples include “Integrating Science and the Arts,” “Science and Religion,” “Disease and
Animal Populations,” and “How Things Work-Physics and Chemistry in Our Daily Lives.”
3015. Honors Science Laboratory (1) (WI) (FC:SC) Accompanies HNRS 3014 when considered appropriate
by science department offering the seminar.
3101, 3102, 3103. Independent Study (1,2,3) (WI) (F,S,SS) May be repeated in combination with other HNRS
independent students courses for a maximum of 6 s.h. P: Consent of program director. Independent research/creative activity
project supervised by faculty mentor.
4101, 4102, 4103. Independent Study (1,2,3) (WI) (F,S,SS) May be repeated in combination with other HNRS
independent students courses for a maximum of 6 s.h. P: Consent of program director. Independent research/creative activity
project supervised by faculty mentor.
HPRO: HEALTH PROFESSIONS
2000. Survey of the Allied Health Professions (2) May receive credit for one of HPRO 2000, REHB 2000.
Description of the profession, educational requirements, employment opportunities, and role of each profession in integrated
system of health care. Emphasis on professions represented by ECU educational programs.
HPRO
428
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
2100. Perspectives in Health Care (2) Recommended for freshmen and sophomores interested in becoming health
professionals. General health terminology, professional ethics, inter- and intra-professional relationships, and concept of total
health care.
2501, 2502, 2503, 2504, 2505. Allied Health Practice (1,2,3,4,5) (F,S,SS) May transfer a maximum of 6
courses for a total of 30 s.h. P: Current and valid applicable credential, license, or registration; consent of advisor and dept
chair. Equivalency credit for technical courses or clinical rotations completed in a regionally accredited, associate degree
program for allied health technicians or therapist assistants.
4300. Community Health and Organization (2) Health and health care systems at local, state, and national levels.
Emphasis on socio-medical problems and role of health professionals in community health care delivery.
4305. Administration, Supervision, and Consultation for the Health Professions (3) Concepts and
principles within health care settings.
4350. Research Design (3) (F) (WI) P: MATH 2228 or equivalent. Introduction. Develop skills for critique of research
literature and articulation between statistical/analytical methods and research designs. Beginning competence in research
process.
5000. Seminar in Human Sexual Dysfunctions (3) Explores problems in human sexual behavior and functioning.
Emphasis on development of assessment and intervention skills in delivery of sexual health care to broad spectrum of clients.
HSMA: HEALTH SERVICES MANAGEMENT
2000. Professional Roles and Environments in Health Care (3) (F,S,SS) Examines interdisciplinary professional
roles and environments in health care. Orientation to HSMA academic program and its role in career development.
3020. Health Care Payment Systems (3) (S) P: HSMA 2000; P/C: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3030, 3035. Overview of
payment systems in health care across the continuum of care.
3025. Professional Ethical Codes and Law in Health Care (3) (F) P: HSMA 2000; P/C: HSMA 3030; or consent
of instructor. Ethical codes in allied health professions. Laws and regulations that apply to health care.
3030. Written Communication and Documentation in Health Care (4) (WI) (F) P and accepted major:
HSMA 2000. Principles and models of documentation in health care.
3035. Interpersonal Team Skills for Health Care Supervisors and Practitioners (3) (S) P: HSMA 2000;
P/C: HSMA 3030. Focus on interpersonal skills for effective supervision and clinical practice in health care, especially within
health care team, committees, and oversight entities. Requires oral presentations.
3050. Leadership in Health Care (3) (F) P/C: HSMA 3030. Theory and application of basic organizational development,
organizational structure and norms, change management, and strategic planning within health care organizations.
4010. Health Information Management (3) (F) P: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3035. Introduces health information from
perspective of control and management of information resources. Includes strategic information systems with emphasis on
collection, organization, and interpretation of information for planning and evaluating of health care services.
4015. Health Care Records and Data: Maintenance and Analysis (3) (S) P: HSMA 3025. Examines advanced
methods of storage, retrieval, transmission, and security of data from perspective of longitudinal health records.
4020. Health Care Reimbursement: Public (3) (F) P: HSMA 3020. Examines approaches of public payers to
health care services reimbursement and cost containment.
4025. Health Care Reimbursement: Private (3) (S) P: HSMA 3020. Examines approaches of private payers to
health care services reimbursement and cost containment.
4028. Health Care Reimbursement: Policy and Research (3) (S) P: HSMA 3020. Survey of national policies
and research with development of framework for analysis.
429
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4050. Personnel Management and Supervision in Health Care (3) (F) P: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3035; or
consent of instructor. Managerial theory and application, including management styles, personnel records and management,
staff development, work re-design, ergonomics, and departmental performance assessment.
4055. Health Care Finance and Accounting (3) (F,SS) P: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3035. Overview of departmental
nancial management and accounting functions as applied to health care environments. Includes inventory control, budgeting,
cost analysis, resource allocation, capital expenditures, and nancial forecasting.
4056. Marketing Health Care Services (3) (S) P: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3035; or consent of instructor. Entrepreneurship
and marketing services. Includes market assessment, strategic planning, designs, nancial analyses, contracts, and outcomes
management.
4070. Outcomes Assessment and Management in Health Care (3) (F,S) P: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3035.
Survey of outcomes research that includes methods, cost effectiveness, measurement, decision support, quality of life, and
improvement management.
4075. Managed Care in Health Systems (3) (FS) P: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3035. Models of managed care systems
in health care delivery. Includes designs, outcomes management, history and future trends, and impact on US health care
delivery and policy.
4081, 4082, 4083. Advanced Topics in Health Care Management and Service Delivery (1,2,3) (S)
May be repeated for credit with consent of instructor and dept chair. P: HIMA 3120; HSMA 3035; consent of instructor,
advisor, or dept. chair. Directed research with written and oral presentations on advanced topic, emerging trend, or new
system in health care delivery.
4903, 4904, 4905, 4906. Allied Health Management Experience (3,4,5,6) (WI*) (S) Supervised learning
experiences. Students expected to provide personal transportation to eld site when necessary. P: Senior standing, consent
of advisor, and within 15 s.h. of completing degree program. Workplace experience or credit by portfolio to include specic
project, cooperative practicum, professional shadowing, or individual topic of study relevant to allied health management that
is reported orally and in writing.
ICTN: INFORMATION AND COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
1500, 1501. PC Hardware (3,0) (F,S) Must be taken concurrently. 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. Hardware
components of PCs and BIOS and operating system options needed to support those components. Topics include interface
standards, component conguration, and troubleshooting.
2000. Introduction to Telecommunications (3) (F) Includes computer networking. Broad view of technology
and application in information technology industry.
2154, 2155. Digital Communication Systems (3,0) (F,S) Must be taken concurrently. 2 lecture and 2 lab hours
per week. P: ICTN 1500; RP/C:ICTN 2000. Introduces local-area and wide-area networks. Provides basic understanding of
network concepts and router programming.
2158, 2159. Computer Networking Technology (3,0) (F,S) Must be taken concurrently. 2 lecture and 2 lab
hours per week. P: ICTN 2154. Advanced study of local-area and wide-area networks. Develops competence in designing
and implementing enterprise-wide campus network using routers and switches.
2510, 2511. Network Environment I (3,0) (F) Must be taken concurrently. 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P:
ICTN 1500. Network management using various NOS products. Topics include NOS setup, network resource management,
user and group management, and security model.
2530, 2531. Network Environment II (3,0) (F,S) Formerly ICTN 3530, 3501 Must be taken concurrently.
2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: ICTN 1500. Network management using various products such as Linux and Solaris,
including NOS setup, network resource management, user and group management, and security model.
ICTN
430
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
2732. Scripting for Information Technology (3) (S) P: ITEC 2000; P/C: ICTN 2530. Introduction of scripting for
information technology applications.
2900,2901. Fundamental Network Security (3,0) (F) Must be taken concurrently. 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per
week. P: ICTN 2154. Computer network and information security principles, devices, and applications.
3250, 3251. Internetwork Routing Technology (3,0) (F) Must be taken concurrently. 2 lecture and 2 lab hours
per week. P: Current CCNA certication. Advanced network routing technology in industry. Topics include routing protocols
and technology, network performance consideration, and trafc control over LAN and WAN.
3540, 3541. Network Environment III (3,0) (F) Must be taken concurrently. 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week.
P: 2530. Enterprise system administration using mixed vendor network operating systems, such as Linux and Microsoft. Topics
include integrating networking services such as network le systems, enterprise printing administration, remote administration,
and host and network security issues.
3900, 3901. Web Services Management (3,0) (F) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: ICTN 2510, 2530. Current
technologies that provide web services and management for organizations. Topics include web content development, web
server installation and conguration, database integration, and security issues.
4000. Network Internship (3) (F,S,SS) Minimum of 120 contact hours at internship site. P: Junior standing; ICTN
major. Educational collaboration between business and industry and ECU, linking theoretical and lab practice with real-world
applications. Proposal, fully describing planned activities, developed around student’s educational goals and objectives.
4010, 4011. User Application Management and Emerging Technologies (3,0) (F) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours
per week. P: ICTN 2530. Emerging technologies that provide exible and secure access to enterprise information resources.
Topics include wireless and WLAN technology, broadband Internet connection, storage area networks, data warehousing/
mining, application support for enterprise network.
4020. Senior Information and Computer Technology Capstone Design Project I (1) (WI) (F) 1 lecture
hour per week. P: Senior standing, IDIS 3790, ITEC 3290, 3300; ICTN major. Open-ended design project, exposing students to
practice of information and computer technology. Development of proposal for ICTN 4022 project.
4022. Senior Information and Computer Technology Capstone Design Project II (2) (WI) (S) 2 lecture
hours per week. P: ICTN 4020. Open-ended design project, exposing students to practice of information and computer
technology. Completion of project proposed in ICTN 4020.
4040. Communication Security (3) (S) P: Senior standing and ICTN 2154, 2530. Practical and comprehensive survey
of network-based and Internet-based security applications and standards. Includes cryptography, encryption, hash functions,
digital signatures, key exchanges, and security applications.
4064. Regulations and Policies (3) (S) P/C: FINA 2244; P: ICTN 2000, 2530. Government and industry regulations
and policies applied to information technology industry. Broad view of impact and effectiveness of regulations and policies.
4150, 4151. Switching Network Technology (3,0) (F) Must be taken concurrently. 2 lecture and 2 lab hours
per week. P: Current CCNA certication. Concepts and technology used to interconnect multiple LANs. Covers advanced
switching technology and applications.
4200, 4201. Intrusion Detection Technologies (3,0) (F) Must be taken concurrently. 2 lecture and 2 lab hours
per week. P: ICTN 2530, 2900. Computer network intrusion detection principles, devices, and applications.
4250, 4251. Enterprise Network Technology (3,0) (S) Must be taken concurrently. 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per
week. P: Current CCNA certication. Designs and implementation of enterprise network system in industrial environment.
Includes designing and planning processes, technology and trend, network and system analysis, skill assessment and technical
training, and corporate policies.
4501, 4503, 4505. Laboratory Problems (1,2,3) 2 lab hours per week for 4501; 4 lab hours per week for 4503,
6 lab hours per week for 4505. May be repeated for credit with consent of dept chair. P: Consent of instructor. Independent
study of concepts, processes, tools, and/or materials in the eld of Information and Computer Technology.
431
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4592, 4593. Optimizing Converged Networks (3,0) (S) Must be taken concurrently. 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per
week. P: Current CCNA certication. Optimizing and providing effective QoS techniques for converged networks, including
implementing a VoIP network, QoS, wireless security, and basic wireless management.
4600, 4601. Enterprise Information Technology Management (3,0) (S) P: ICTN 2154, 2540. Capstone course
with case studies on various issues about enterprise IT management. Students work on projects that address these issues.
4800, 4801. Information Assurance Technologies (3,0) (F) Must be taken concurrently. 2 lecture and 2 lab
hours per week. P: ICTN 2530, 2900. Information assurance principles, devices, and applications. Emphasis on problems
relating to systems of varied operations system technologies and computer networking technologies.
ICTN Banked Courses
3010. Data Communications (4) 3520. Wireless Communications (4)
3020. Computer Networks (4) 4054, 4055 Integrated Network Services (3,0)
3058, 3059. Electronic Communication Systems (3,0)
IDIS: INDUSTRIAL DISTRIBUTION AND LOGISTICS
2771. Introduction to Distribution and Logistics (3) (F,S) Overview of all aspects of the Distribution and
Logistics industry. Includes sales and marketing techniques, supply chain issues, inventory control methods and case studies.
3780, 3781. Warehousing and Materials Handling (3,0) (F,S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: IDIS
2771. Warehousing operations and management, logistics, control, productivity, and analytical tools and techniques used to
analyze and solve problems related to warehouse protability.
3785. Global Logistics (3) (F) P: IDIS 2771, 3815. Evaluation of the complexities of the international environment and
logistical infrastructure on supply chain performance. Covers inbound and outbound logistics including sourcing, inventory
control, packaging, 3PL, shipping, warehousing, distribution, Incoterms, documentation, customs, and global entry strategy.
3790. Technical Presentations (3) (F,S) P: ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223. Investigation and utilization of tools, techniques,
and technical systems for transmitting information related to problems and issues of contemporary industry.
3795, 3796. Distributor Sales and Branch Management (3,0) (F,S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P:
IDIS 2771. Role of the industrial distributor salesperson in the supply chain. Discussion of branch management issues are also
analyzed. SME Distributor Sales Certication Test required.
3800. Transportation Logistics (3) (S) P: IDIS 2771. Comprehensive examination of critical issues involved in
domestic and international transportation, including logistical network design, third party selection, transportation regulations,
shipment planning, and routing and scheduling.
3805. Purchasing Logistics (3) (F,S) P: IDIS 2771. Comprehensive examination of the critical role of purchasing
in supporting logistics strategy. Topics include supplier selection, product delivery, inventory management, application of
technology, nancial impact of purchasing, cost analysis, purchasing of transportation services, and negotiations.
3815. Supply Chain Logistics (3) (F,S) P: IDIS 2771. Evaluates supply chain and its effects in logistics. Covers concepts
and strategies used to design and manage supply chain, and explains relationship proper supply chain management has between
industrial sales and logistics.
3825. Strategic Pricing for Distributors (3) (F) P: ACCT 2101; IDIS 2771. Examination of pricing in the
distribution industry and pricing strategy as a competitive advantage. Covers breakeven cost analysis, value-based pricing,
life-cycle pricing, segmented pricing, dynamic pricing, and channel strategy.
3830. ERP Systems for Distributors (3) (F,S) P: IDIS 3780, 3781, 3815. Provides in-depth understanding of
Enterprise Resource Planning, as well as application of case studies and exercises of an ERP software information system
as it relates to the supply chain, distribution and logistics.
IDIS
432
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3835. Security and Risk Analysis for Distributors (3) (S) P: IDIS 3815. Logistical issues involving laws and
regulations internationally and in the United States. Includes safety and security issues involved in logistics. Risk assessment
techniques and issues are also explored.
4502. Laboratory Problems: Industrial Distribution (3) (F,S) P: Consent of instructor. Independent study
of industrial distribution systems, processes, and concepts.
4504. Independent Study: Industrial Distribution (3) (F,S) P: Consent of instructor. Research-oriented problem
solving with tools, materials, and processes of industrial distribution eld.
4800. Distribution and Logistics Capstone (3) (F,S) P: Junior standing; IDIS 3790, ITEC 3290, 3300; IDIS major.
Capstone course involving a design project exposing students to the practice of distribution and logistics. Minimum of 240
hours of supervised, full-or-part-time work experience required.
4802. Distribution Research (3) (F,S) P: IDIS 4800; senior standing. Capstone course for all industrial distribution
seniors. Application of new and innovative technologies used in industrial technology, industrial distribution, and logistics
elds.
IDIS Banked Courses
IDIS 2770. The Industrial Distributor: IDIS 2775. Blueprint Reading and
Purpose and Functions (3) Sketching (3)
IDSN: INTERIOR DESIGN
1180. Interior Design Fundamentals (3) Principles of interior design, design process, and organization of design
industry. Spatial planning, interior materials and elements, and design in residential and commercial interiors. Implications of
social, psychological, and cultural inuences on design and function of interior spaces. Relationship between human factors
and social responsibility.
1181. Interior Design Fundamentals Laboratory (3) 6 lab hours per week. C: IDSN 1180. Application of
elements and principles of design as they affect environment.
1281. Interior Design Graphics (3) 6 lab hours per week. P: IDSN 1180, 1181. Basic skills and theory of manual
graphics. Application of visual communication techniques in interior design.
1500. Color and Light Interior Design (3) 6 studio hours per week. P: IDSN 1180, 1181. Elements of color and
light in interior design and how to render both. Emphasis on color theories and interaction, psychological effects of color and
lighting, and color and lighting schemes.
2040. Textiles for Interiors (3) P: Merchandising majors; C: MRCH 2035. Textile products and fabrics for interiors.
Emphasis on selection, performance, and care of interior textiles.
2281. Computer-Aided Design in Interior Design (3) Formerly IDSN 3700 6 lab hours per week.
P: IDSN 2800; interior design major. Application of graphic presentation techniques using computer drafting, design, and
rendering programs. Problems in orthographic and three-dimensional forms in both residential and commercial interiors
and structures.
2700. Historic Interiors I: 3000 BC Through Mid-Nineteenth Century (3) (WI) Major styles of interiors
from 3000 BC through mid-nineteenth century. Emphasis on inuences and characteristics of styles in Italy, France, England,
and North America.
2750. Historic Interiors II: Late Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries (3) (WI) Major styles of interiors
of late nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Emphasis on design movements, furniture and interior designers, manufacturers,
and products, both nationally and internationally.
433
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
2800. Interior Design I: Residential Design (3) 6 lab hours per week. P: IDSN 1281, 1500. Understanding of
volumetric spatial solutions expressed through traditional design drafting, model making and various graphic presentation
techniques. Fundamentals of residential building structures and systems. Introduction to programming interior space through
needs assessments, and adjaceny requirements. Implications of social, cultural and psychological inuences on function,
aesthetics and space planning of interior spaces. Application and analysis of graphic presentation techniques in communicating
spatial planning, systems, and design.
2850. Interior Design II: Commercial Design (3) 6 lab hours per week. P: IDSN 2800. Fundamentals of spatial
planning, building structure, and design. Implications of social and psychological inuences on design, needs assessment, and
function of interior spaces. Application and analysis of graphic presentation techniques in communicating spatial planning and
design in nonresidential spaces.
3001, 3002, 3003. Special Topics (1,2,3) (3003:WI) May be repeated for credit with change of topic. P: Consent of
instructor; may vary by topic offered. Special topics in selected areas of interior design. Variable titles, content, and hours.
3550. Materials and Specications for Interior Design (3) P: IDSN 2040; junior standing; IDMR majors.
Emphasis on product knowledge in the selection, specication and maintenance of interior materials and nishes through an
ecological approach.
3600. Interior Design III: Systems (3) 6 lab hours per week. P: IDSN 2850; interior design major; junior standing.
Fundamental principles of energy-driven systems as in residential and commercial interiors. Development of graphic presentation
techniques.
3650. Kitchen and Bath Design (3) 1 lecture and 4 lab hours per week. P: IDSN 3550, 3600. Fundamentals of
kitchen and bath design. Emphasis on design detailing, ergonomics considerations, and universal design criteria. Client project
required.
3999. Professional Procedures in Interior Design (2) P/C: IDSN 3550, 3600. Interior design profession and
support industries. Business practices such as documentation, contracting, subcontracting, bidding, and management of interior
design services.
4001, 4002, 4003. Independent Study: Interior Design (1,2,3) P: Junior standing. Problems in interior design.
4500. Interior Design IV: Universal Design (3) Formerly IDSN 4500, 4501 6 lab hours per week P: IDSN
3600. Barrier-free interior design for all populations. Emphasis on human factors and physical aspects of the near environment
which contribute to safety, comfort, and convenience. Global perspective and approach to thinking and problem solving.
Development of graphic presentation techniques.
4600. Interior Design V: Commercial Design (3) Formerly IDSN 4600, 4601 6 lab hours per week. P:
IDSN 3600. Theories and principles of space programming applied to commercial interior design.
4700. Problems in Interiors (3) 6 lab hours per week. May be repeated for a maximum 6 s.h. P: IDSN 3600.
Comprehensive design process as applied to development of residential or commercial interior design problem. Development
of graphic presentation techniques.
4750. Interior Design for Adaptive Reuse (3) (WI) 6 lab hours per week. P: IDSN 3600. Synthesis of interior
design knowledge and application to redesign of existing structures for contemporary use.
4880. Interior Design Internship (3) 200 work hours. P: IDSN 3999; senior interior design major; consent of
instructor. Work experience involving application of interior design knowledge and skills under direction of professional
interior designer.
IDSN
434
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
IDSN Banked Courses
2500. Interior Design I: Introduction to Spatial 4601. Interior Design V Lab (2)
Composition and Design (1) 4650. Advanced Computer-Aided Design (3)
2600. Interior Design II: Proxemics, Behavior, 5387. Interior Lighting Design (3)
and Design Process (1) 5389. Contemporary Interpretation of Period
4501. Interior Design IV Lab (2) Interiors (3)
IENG: INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
2020, 2021. Materials and Processes Technology (3,0) (WI*) (F,S) P: ITEC 2000 or MIS 2223. Factors which
inuence the production and modication of materials into useful forms. Various manufacturing processes and machinery used
to convert raw materials into nished products. Hands on experience with materials and processes used in industry.
2076, 2077. Introduction to Computer Numerical Control (CNC) (3,0) (F) 2 hours lecture and 2 hours lab
per week. P: DESN 2034. Review of fundamental manual programming for numerical control machines. Topics include CNC
machine types, controls, safety, and coordinate measuring systems; CNC speed and feed calculations, tooling and xturing;
and programming CNC mills and lathes; computer controlled laser cutting and engraving. Self-paced. Hands-on experience
with CNC machines and simulations in virtual reality.
3020, 3021. Robotics in Computer Integrated Manufacturing (3,0) (S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per
week. P: IENG 2076; ITEC 2090. Students will learn how to build, program, and integrate robots into computer integrated
manufacturing (CIM) processes in an hands-on manner.
3300. Plant Layout and Materials Handling (3) (F) P: IENG 2020. Examines integrated plant layout and materials
handling approaches. Covers simulation as an analytical tool.
3600. Statics and Strength of Materials (3) (S) P: IENG 2020; MATH 2119. Statics including vectors, moments,
equilibrium of structures, centroids and moments of inertia. Strength of materials including basic stresses and deformations;
beam diagrams, exure and shear.
4020. Manufacturing System Planning (3) (F) P: ITEC 3200; MATH 2119. Introduction to manufacturing planning
including system concepts such as strategy, product design, learning curves, forecasting, aggregate planning, stochastic inventory
control, reliability models, linear programming, and scheduling.
4023. Advanced Manufacturing Systems (3) (S) P: IENG 3300. Design of advanced manufacturing systems through
the incorporation of lean manufacturing techniques, value stream mapping, lean business processes, kaizen, visual workplace
organization, total productive maintenance, setup reduction, poke yoke, lean accounting and theory of constraints.
4092. Operations Research (3) (S) P: IENG 3300; MATH 2119. Application of operations research models to
industrial engineering problems. Linear programming, sensitivity analysis, transportation models, network models, queuing
models, dynamic programming, game theory and simulation.
4200. Work Methods and Ergonomics Analysis (3) (S) P: IENG 4020. Work methods and study of work
measurement systems. Principles of motion study, work simplication, and work measurement by direct and predetermined
motion-time systems.
4401, 4402, 4403. Independent Study: Industrial Engineering Technology (1, 2, 3) P: Consent of instructor.
Special topics in selected areas of Industrial Engineering Technology. Exploration and research in personal areas of interest.
4502. Laboratory Problems: Production (3) (F,S) 6 lab hours per week. Independent study of industrial
manufacturing systems, processes, and concepts.
4507. Laboratory Problems: Metals (3) 6 lab hours per week. P: IENG 2076. In-depth and independent study of
concepts and/or processes of metals, tools, and materials. Emphasis on lab work.
435
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4900. Capstone (3) (F,S) P: Senior standing. Hands-on industrial project. Teams of students will work directly with
individual clients or organizations to improve their processes through the implementation of industrial engineering technology
principles and tools.
5504. Independent Study: Manufacturing (3) May be repeated for credit with consent of chair. P: Consent of
instructor. Research-oriented problem solving with tools, materials, and processes of manufacturing industries.
IENG Banked Courses
2066, 2067. Polymeric Materials (3,0) 4094, 4095. Industrial Maintenance (3,0)
2072, 2073. Metals Technology I (3,0) 4501. Laboratory Problems: Maintenance (3)
3072. Metals Technology (3) 5060. Organic Matrix Composite Materials (3)
4060, 4061. Woods Products 5090, 5091. Fluid Power Circuits (3,0)
Manufacturing (3,0)
INTL: INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
1000. Introduction to International Studies (3) (F,SS) (FC:SO) Global perspective of major social, economic,
geographical, political, and cultural issues affecting men and women. Introduction to INTL minor concentration areas.
1050. Global Understanding (3) (F, S, SS) Virtual exchange with a variety of countries to explore human diversity
and the impact of globalization.
2003. Introduction to Chinese Culture (3) (FC:HU) P: ENGL 1200. Culture of Chinese society and people.
2004. Introduction to Japanese Culture (3) Evolution of Japanese culture. Emphasis on changing social-cultural
values of Japanese as a people.
2100, 2101. Arts and Sciences Abroad: Humanities (3,6) (FC:HU) 2100 for 3 s.h.: Minimum of 4 weeks
abroad during summer; 42 classroom hours (including eld trips). 2101 for 6 s.h.: Minimum of 13 weeks abroad during spring
and/or fall, 6 s.h.; 84 classroom hours (including eld trips). On-site exploration of particular culture and its literary and/or
philosophical contributions.
2200, 2201. Arts and Sciences Abroad: Arts (3,6) (FC:FA) 2200 for 3 s.h.: Minimum of 4 weeks abroad during
summer; 42 classroom hours (including eld trips). 2201 for 6 s.h.: Minimum of 13 weeks abroad during spring and/or fall; 84
classroom hours (including eld trips). On-site exploration of ne arts produced by particular foreign culture.
2300, 2301. Arts and Sciences Abroad: Science (3,6) (FC:SC) 2300 for 3 s.h.: Minimum of 4 weeks abroad
during summer; 42 classroom hours (including eld trips). 2301 for 6 s.h.: Minimum of 13 weeks abroad during spring and/or
fall; 84 classroom hours (including eld trips). On-site scientic eld studies. Specic topics in biology, chemistry, geology,
physics, and/or science education.
2400, 2401. Arts and Sciences Abroad: Social Sciences (3,6) (SS) (FC:SO) 2400 for 3 s.h.: Minimum of 4
weeks abroad during summer; 42 classroom hours (including eld trips). 2401 for 6 s.h.: Minimum of 13 weeks abroad during
spring and/or fall, 6 s.h.; 84 classroom hours (including eld trips). On-site exploration of history, geography, political science,
psychology, sociology, anthropology, and/or economics of particular region.
3010. Field Study in Latin America (6) P: Consent of instructor. Work under supervision of ECU faculty member
approved by Latin-American Studies Committee.
3852. Cultural Environment of International Business (3) Same as MKTG 3852 P: Junior standing; 3
s.h. in ECON. Cross-cultural differences in international relations and business management . Study of strategies/tactics to
overcome cultural barriers to international trade, investment, and human relationships.
INTL
436
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
5000. Senior Seminar in International Studies (3) (S) P: Consent of instructor or graduate standing. Diverse
contemporary international issues. Topics determined by instructor may include ethical/normative perspectives in world
community; demographic trends of population, food, and health; energy policies; environmental hazards such as climate and
pollution; economic development; selected regional conicts; and initiatives in transnational cooperation.
IPAM: INDIGENOUS PEOPLES OF THE AMERICAS
4000. Indigenous Peoples of the Americas Seminar (3) P: Consent of instructor. Interdisciplinary capstone
course required for minors in indigenous peoples of the Americas. Advanced students explore selected aspects of land,
culture, arts, prehistory and history of the indigenous peoples of North, Central, and South America.
IRHE: INTERDISCIPLINARY RURAL HEALTH EDUCATION
2000. Introduction to Rural Health Care Teams (3) (WI) May not count toward foundations curriculum
requirement. P: HLTH 1000 or consent of instructor. Provides foundation of knowledge about rural health care teams.
Develop knowledge and skills for effective communications with patients and health care professionals. Review health issues
in rural environments.
2100. Rural Health Immersion (3) (WI) 1 lecture hour per week and 80 hours immersion in rural community
sites. P/C: IRHE 2000 or consent of instructor. Intensive immersion experience with rural health care teams; apply
knowledge and skills for effective communications with patients and health care professionals; and review health issues in
rural environments.
2500. Service Learning in Interdisciplinary Teams (3) (SL) (WI) (F, S, SS) 1 lecture hour per week and
48 hours of service throughout the semester. Active, collaborative, inquiry-based learning experiences that meet identied
rural community needs.
3100,3101,3102. Independent Study (1,2,3) (WI) (3102:SL) P: Permission of instructor. Supervised learning
experience of a concentrated community immersion or an individual topic of study which is reported in writing as well
as orally. Student responsible for transportation as applicable.
3500. Designing Interdisciplinary Rural Health Environments (3) (WI) (S) Application of knowledge
of interdisciplinary rural health teams and rural environments to the design of rural interdisciplinary health care.
ISYS: INDUSTRIAL AND SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
3010. Principles and Methods of Industrial and Systems Engineering (3) (F) 3 lecture hours per
week. P: Junior standing in engineering. Systems engineering methodologies, and processes; conceptual system design;
testing; design review; multiple criteria design decisions; and design for reliability. Introduces engineering management
and organization principles, team building, leadership, motivation, and quantitative decision making.
3060. Systems Optimization (3) (S) 3 lecture hours per week. P: MATH 2154, 3307. Mathematical tools
applied to system optimization: problem formulations, identication of decision variables, use of graphical methods,
linear programming, duality, and sensitivity analysis. Applications include transportation analysis, network analysis, project
management, decision analysis, and production planning.
4010. Work Measurement and Human Factors (3) (S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: MATH 3307.
Work place design and analysis: Human information processing, motor skills, hand tool designs, biomechanics, and work
related injuries. Work measurement, motion analysis, human interface design and response.
4020. Analysis of Production Systems and Facility Design (3) (F) 3 lecture hours per week. P: MATH
3307. Tools and approaches for design and analysis of production systems including strategy, aggregate planning, inventory,
location, layout, scheduling, forecasting, and production control systems.
4065. Discrete Systems Modeling (3) (F) 3 lecture hours per week. P: ENGR 3800. Simulation with emphasis
on discrete event models. Model building, data integration, verication and validation, statistical analysis of simulation
results, and applications to engineering problems.
437
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
ITAL: ITALIAN
1001. Italian Level I (3) Lab work. May not count toward foreign language requirement. First of two-course sequence.
Intensive training in basic skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing Italian. Focus on life and culture of Italy.
1002. Italian Level II (3) Lab work. May not count toward foreign language requirement. P: ITAL 1001. Second of
two-course sequence. Further intensive training in basic skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing Italian. Focus
on life and culture of Italy.
1003. Intermediate Italian I (3) Lab work. P: ITAL 1002 or equivalent. Emphasis on Italian reading ability, civilization,
and Italy’s most important writers.
1004. Intermediate Italian II (3) Lab work. P: ITAL 1003 or equivalent. Emphasis on improving reading ability in Italian
and acquainting students with Italian civilization and its most important writers.
2220. Italian Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU) May not be used to satisfy a language requirement. Selected
works in Italian literature.
ITAL Banked Courses
1040. Conversational Italian Practiced in 1050. Introduction to Italian Lyric
Italy (3) Literature (3)
ITEC: INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY
2000. Industrial Technology Applications of Computer Systems (3) (F,S) Technical and managerial aspects
of computer applications and information technology in industry and engineering areas.
2010. Introduction to Industry and Technology (3) (F,S) Foundation for advanced study in various technology
specialization areas. Emphasis on basic technical and technical managerial concepts of manufacturing, construction, and service
industries. Evolution of industry and career opportunities in broad elds of industry and industrial education.
2054, 2055. Electricity/Electronics Fundamentals (3,0) (F,S) 2 classroom and 2 lab hours per week. P: MATH
1065 or 1066 or 1085 or 2119. Electronic components and circuits. Study communications and industrial control systems.
2080, 2081. Thermal and Fluid Systems (3, 0) (F,S) P: IENG 2020. Basic elements of design and analysis of
thermal and power systems including boilers, air conditioning, refrigeration, pumps, compressions, heat exchanges, and piping
systems.
2090, 2091. Electromechanical Systems (3,0) (F,S) P: ITEC 2054. Design and analysis of electromechanical control
systems. Includes the fundamentals of programmable controllers as well as practical applications of interfacing mechanical,
electrical, pneumatic, and hydraulic systems and components.
3000. Internet Tools Technology (3) (F,S) P: MIS 2223 or ITEC 2000 or equivalent experience. Experience-
based introduction to Internet applications, communications, and collaboration methods for industry and other technical
environments.
3100. Internship in Industrial Technology (3) (F,S,SS) Minimum of 240 hours of supervised, full- or part-time
industrial or technical work experience. P: Consent of instructor and at least one semester as a full-time ECU student. First
experience in technical and managerial problems of industry. Participation in weekly seminar or completion of eight concept
papers.
3200. Introduction to Statistical Process Control (3,0) (F,S) P: MATH 1065 or 1066 or equivalent. Examination
of statistical measures, tools, and methods employed to analyze and control variation in industrial processes. Course covers
measures of central tendency and variation, frequency distributions and use of variable and attribute control charts.
ITEC
438
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3290. Technical Writing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) P: ENGL 1200. Practice in writing about technical problems of signicance
to student.
3292. Industrial Safety (3) (F,S) Formerly EHST 3292 P: Junior standing. Causes and prevention of occupational
accidents and health hazards. Emphasis on organization and operation of safety programs and development of safety
consciousness.
3300. Technology Project Management (3) (F,S) (WI) 3 lecture hours per week. P: ENGL 1200; ITEC 2000 or
MIS 2223. Systems needs analysis identication, functional requirements analysis, IT project timelines, and system development
progress metrics.
3800. Cost and Capital Project Analysis (3) (S) P: MATH 1065. Economic analysis of technology alternatives.
Valuation techniques, time value of money, cash ow analysis, cost estimation, taxes and depreciation, operations planning
and control, project evaluation, accounting and budgeting tools.
4100. Internship in Industrial Technology (3) (F,S,SS) Supervised internship for student with industrial or
technical experience. Minimum of 240 hours of supervised work experience. May be taken concurrently with ITEC 3100. P:
ITEC 3100 or consent of instructor. Work experience and participation in weekly seminar. For students not within commuting
distance of ECU, participation in the seminar may be waived in lieu of concept papers.
4150. Microbiology for Industrial Processing (3) (S EY) P: Admitted to bioprocess manufacturing concentration
within BS industrial technology degree. Microbiological and cell growth techniques utilized by the bioprocessing, chemical,
food, or other industries.
4250. Engineering for Food Safety and Sanitation (3) (F,S) P: Admitted to bioprocess manufacturing concentration
within BS industrial technology degree. Techniques for the sanitary design of food plants and food plant equipment.
4293. Industrial Supervision (3) (WI) (F) P: Senior standing or approval of instructor. Fundamental and special
techniques for supervising people in industrial or business work situation. Duties and responsibilities of supervisor. Emphasis
on successful supervisory practices.
4300. Quality Assurance Concepts (3) (F,S) P: ITEC 3200 or MATH 2283. Managerial, statistical, motivational, and
technological aspects of quality control as practiced in manufacturing, construction, processing, and service industries.
4350. Separation Techniques for Industrial Processing (3) (S OY) P: Admitted to bioprocess manufacturing
concentration within BS industrial technology degree. Numerous separation techniques utilized by the bioprocessing
industry.
4450. Waste Treatment Techniques for Industrial Processing (3) (S OY) P: Admitted to bioprocess
manufacturing concentration within BS industrial technology degree. Waste treatment processes utilized by the bioprocessing,
chemical, food, or other industries.
4550. Quality in Regulatory Environment (3) (F EY) P: Admitted to bioprocess manufacturing concentration
within BS industrial technology degree. Quality processes in a regulatory environment utilized by the bioprocessing, chemical,
food, or other industries.
5100. Internship in Industrial Technology (3) Supervised internship. P: Consent of graduate director. Placement
in industrial or technical rm. Requires journal of related activities and nal report.
ITEC Banked Courses
2001. Industrial Technology Applications of 3291. Technical Writing (0)
Computer Systems (0) 3294. Principles of Industrial Training (3)
3030, 3091. Supervised Work Experience (2) 4290. Job Analysis: Procedures and
Applications (3)
439
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
JAPN: JAPANESE
1001. Japanese Level I (3) Lab work. First of four-course sequence. Intensive training in basic skills of understanding
and speaking Japanese.
1002. Japanese Level II (3) Lab work. P: JAPN 1001 or placement in 1002 by Japanese placement test. Second of
four-course sequence. Further intensive training in basic skills of understanding and speaking Japanese. Introduction to reading
and writing Japanese.
1003. Japanese Level III (3) Lab work. P: JAPN 1002 or placement in 1003 by Japanese placement test. Third of four-
course sequence. Further intensive training leading to more advanced achievement in understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing Japanese.
1004. Japanese Level IV (3) Lab work. P: JAPN 1003 or placement in 1004 by Japanese placement test. Fourth of
four-course sequence. Further intensive training leading to more advanced achievement in understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing Japanese.
JUST: CRIMINAL JUSTICE
1000. Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) (F,S,SS) Roles, problem areas, and suggested program changes for
police and law enforcement, detention services, courts, community correctional services, and correctional institutions.
2525. Law and the Movies (3) (F,S) P: JUST 1000 or consent of instructor. Compares due process model and crime
control model in criminal justice system as portrayed in movies.
3003. Addiction, Crime, and the Criminal (3) P: JUST major or minor. Crime relationship to alcohol and drug
addiction and abuse.
3004. Crime and Criminality (3) (F,S) Formerly JUST 2000 P: JUST major or minor. Systematic examination
of criminal theories and causes of crime. Explores various disciplines of explaining crime and assessing strategies and policy
issues which work to prevent crime.
3006. Security Systems (3) (S,SS) P: JUST major or minor. Historical and current legal bases of security and loss
prevention. Examines relationship between public and private security elds and criminal justice agencies.
3007. Criminal Investigation (3) (F) P: JUST major or minor; or forensic science minor. Fundamentals include various
types of physical evidence, collection and preservation of evidence, preliminary procedures, crime scene searches, major crime
investigations, and court appearances.
3008. Correctional Systems (3) (F,S) P: JUST major or minor. Federal, state, and local correctional operations. Role
and purpose of correctional facilities, historical and philosophical development, management and organizational principles,
custody and security operations, treatment and classication issues, custody levels of various correctional facilities for men
and women, and role of correctional personnel.
3012. Police Operations (3) (S) P: JUST major or minor. Role and operation of law enforcement organizations in US.
Accountability, legal issues, and community relationships.
3020. Introduction to Forensic Science (3) (F,S,SS) P: JUST major or minor; or forensic science minor. Introduction
to and history of key themes in forensic science. Application of science to enforcement of criminal and civil laws.
3021. Forensic Impressions and Markings (3) (F,S,SS) P: JUST major or minor; or forensic science minor.
Forensic impressions and markings obtained at crime scenes. Identication, techniques, process and procedure to aid in the
recovery of impressions and markings for evidence.
3022. Crime Scene Investigation (3) (F,S,SS) P: JUST major or minor; or forensic science minor. Crime scene
safety, evidence photography, hair, ber and paint samples, document and voice forensics, toxicology, blood and body uid
collection, bloodstain examination.
JUST
440
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3101. Conict Management (3) (F,S) Formerly JUST 3100 P: JUST major or minor. Theoretical and practical
bases for accurately assessing and responding to crises unique to criminal justice profession in order to reduce stress, violence,
injury, or even death among citizens.
3102. Interviewing in Criminal Justice (3) (F,S) Formerly JUST 3100 P: JUST major or minor. Examines
interactions between criminal justice personnel and persons other than offenders, including victims, witnesses, children, and
families. Develops interviewing skills.
3500. Principles of Criminal Law (3) (F,S) P: JUST or SOCW major or minor; JUST 1000. Nature, sources, and
types of criminal law. Detailed examination of selected specic criminal offenses, criminal liability, and defenses and basic
legal research.
3501. Criminal Procedure (3) (WI) (F,S) P: JUST major or minor. Rules and procedures governing criminal justice
process from arrest through search, interrogation, indictment, arraignment, and trial until nal sentence. Review and rights
given to prisoners. Basic concepts of due process from the Constitution.
3502. Correctional Law (3) (WI) (F,S) P: JUST major or minor. Legal issues of conning prisoners and operating a
correctional facility. Prisoners’ rights, constitutional issues, and legal role and responsibilities of jails, prisons, and community
correctional personnel. Role of courts in correctional matters. Development of correctional law in US.
3700. Race, Gender and Special Populations in the Criminal Justice System (3) (F,S) P: JUST major
or minor. Issues related to public safety services in communities of cultural, ethnic, racial, philosophical, and moral diversity.
Discrimination within system, including hiring, promotion, and assignment policies.
3800. Research Methods in Criminal Justice (3) (F,S) P: JUST major or minor. Design, conceptualization, hypothesis
formulation, measurement, sampling techniques, data management, and research writing as related to eld.
3900. Introductory Statistics for Criminal Justice (3) (F,S) P: JUST major or minor; JUST 3800. Descriptive
and inferential statistical techniques for criminal justice research and administration.
4004. Criminal Justice History (3) (S) P: JUST major or minor. Development of major aspects from pre-historic
time to present. Past practices in American criminal justice and other societies.
4005. Organized Crime (3) (SS) P: JUST major or minor. Type of individuals and organizations involved in organized
crime, activities conducted, historical and socio-political forces which facilitate organized criminal behavior, structural aspects
of organized crime, and ofcial responses.
4006. Community Corrections (3) (F,SS) P: JUST major or minor. Applies intervention methods within particular
community service-delivery constructs.
4200. The Juvenile Justice System (3) (WI) (F,S) P: JUST major or minor. Conditions under which delinquency
occurs. Strategies and treatment interventions identied as most effective in dealing with delinquent behaviors. Role of
juvenile court in prevention and control of delinquency. Emphasis on changing role of court and implications for professional
practice.
4300. Criminal Justice Administration and Management (3) (S) P: JUST major or minor. Basic concepts
of organization and management as applied to criminal justice organizations. Management principles, supervision, and
leadership.
4401, 4402, 4403. Independent Study (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for maximum of 3 s.h. P: JUST major
or minor. Selected readings, research, or studies related to criminal justice. Faculty conferences arranged by student-faculty
contracts for program approved by JUST program director.
4500. Issues and Problems in Criminal Justice (3) (F,S) To be taken by graduating JUST major or minor. Values,
ethics, and major issues of concern to American criminal justice system.
4600. Special Topics in Criminal Justice (3,6) (F,S ,SS) May be repeated for credit with change of topic. P: JUST
major or minor. Current topics and developments.
441
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4990. Field Education and Seminar (9) (F,S) Supervised eld education in approved agencies taken during nal
semester of program. 2 seminar hours per week; 4 days directed eld education per week. Application for admission to this
course must be received 2 semesters in advance of placement. P: JUST major; minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA to be eligible for
consideration; completion of all required JUST and supportive area courses; selection based upon availability of appropriate
placements and criteria specied in Criminal Justice Student Handbook.
JUST Banked Courses
3000. Residential Institutions (3) 5000. Comparative Criminal Justice (3)
3009. Corrections Case Management (3)
LATN: LATIN
1001. Latin Level I (3) First of two-semester sequence. Training in principles of Latin grammar. Emphasis on reading
skills. Correct pronunciation, but no other oral skills. All communication in English.
1002. Latin Level II (3) P: Placement by examination; LATN 1001; or consent of instructor. Second of two-course
sequence. Completion of basic skills of Latin grammar. Elementary readings introduced and adjusted to student’s level.
1003. Latin Level III (3) P: Placement by examination; LATN 1002; or consent of instructor. Intensive review and
application of basic skills of grammar acquired in LATN 1001-1002. Development of reading skills through selected works
of major authors such as Cicero or Caesar.
1004. Latin Level IV (3) P: Placement by examination; LATN 1003; or consent of instructor. Continued development of
reading skills and introduction to critical approaches to literature. Readings in poetry of major author such as Vergil, Catullus,
or Ovid.
3001. Age of Cicero (3) (FC:HU) Formerly LATN 2021 P: LATN 1004 or consent of instructor. Literary and
historical portrait of Rome from 133-44 BC. Readings in Latin from prose of Cicero, Caesar, and Sallust, and poetry of
Lucretius and Catullus.
3002. Age of Augustus (3) (FC:HU) Formerly LATN 2022 P: LATN 3001 or consent of instructor. Literary
and historical portrait of Rome from 44 BC-14AD. Readings in Latin from poetry of Vergil, Horace, Ovid, and Propertius,
and prose selections from “Res Gestae” and other works.
3330. Latin Prose Composition (3) RP: LATN 3001. Advanced instruction in Latin grammar and style through daily
translation from English into Classical Latin prose.
3700. Selected Topics in Latin (3) P: LATN 3001 or consent of Instructor. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 s.h.
with change of topic. Selected topics relating to Latin texts of the literature, culture, or civilization of the ancient Mediterranean
world.
4001. Silver Age Latin Literature (3) (FC:HU) Formerly LATN 3021 P: LATN 3002 or consent of instructor.
Literary and historical portrait of Rome in rst and second centuries AD. Readings in Latin from prose of Seneca, Suetonius,
Tacitus, Quintilian, and Pliny the Younger, and poetry of Petronius, Lucan, and Apuleius.
4002. Roman Drama (3) (FC:HU) Formerly LATN 3022 P: LATN 4001 or consent of instructor. Roman drama
with readings in Latin from comedies of Plautus and Terence and tragedies of Seneca.
4521, 4522, 4523. Directed Readings in Latin (1,2,3) May be repeated. P: Consent of instructor. In-depth
exploration of selected aspect of Roman culture (literature, civilization, etc.).
LDVP: LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT
3000. Washington Experience (3) (F,S,SS) P: Nomination by student’s dean or chair. Seminar, variable topics
course taught in Washington D.C. Enrollment limited to students participating in the UNC in Washington Program.
LDVP
442
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3401, 3402, 3403. Seminar in Leadership Development (1,2,3) (S) P: Nomination by student’s dean or chair.
Series of seminars acquaint students with variety of leadership experiences and patterns. Each seminar led by thought leader
from different area of society.
LEAD: LEADERSHIP
1000. Introduction to Leadership Studies (3) Survey of leadership theory and practice.
4000. Capstone Seminar in Leadership Studies (3) Interdisciplinary synthesis of leadership theories and
concepts and their applicability to leadership in a variety of contexts.
LIBS: LIBRARY STUDIES
1000. Research Skills for Electronic and Print Resources (1) (F,S,SS) University electronic and print
information sources.
3102. Research Sources and Techniques (3) Selection and research of topics in are of student’s academic interests
in general and major areas through reference and nonreference materials.
3200. The Art of Storytelling (3) (S) Selection, adaptation, evaluation, and use of storytelling in professions such
as human services, business, education, recreation, health care, and entertainment. Emphasis on storytelling performance for
audiences of all ages.
4950. Literature for Children (3) (WI) (S) May not count toward foundations curriculum literature requirement
or as advanced elective for ENGL majors. Literature for children from early childhood through junior high school.
LIBS Banked Courses
2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective 4324. Observation and Supervised
Teacher (1) Participation as a School Media Specialist (8)
4323. School Media Specialist in Grades 5114. Materials for Children (2)
K-12 (3)
MATE: MATHEMATICS EDUCATION
1267. Functional Relationships (3) (S) P: MATH 1065 or equivalent. Problem-solving approach to study of functions
for teachers. Includes polynomial, exponential, logarithmic, logistic, and trigonometric functions from multiple representations,
particularly using visual technology and making real-world applications. Applications taken from K-12 mathematics.
2067. Data and Probability Explorations (3) (F,S) P: MATH 1065 or equivalent. Conceptual development and
exploration of notions in data analysis and probability for teachers. Collection, organization, representation, and analysis of
data from experiments and surveys. Probabilistic analysis for purposes of judging claim and making decisions. Applications
taken from K-12 mathematics.
2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F,S) For prospective teachers. Minimum of 16
hours of directed observations and planned participation in appropriate school environments and 8 hours of seminar class
instruction in the teaching area. May not count toward BA in MATH major or minor. P: MATH 2171. Introduction to teaching
of mathematics.
2129. Basic Concepts of Mathematics II (2) (F,S,SS) For elementary education majors. May not count toward
MATH or CSCI major or minor. P: MATH 2127. Second course in sequence. Methods and language of geometry and
relationship of geometry to real world.
2700. Applications in Statistics and Probability (3) (S) P: MATH 1065 or equivalent. Conceptual development,
exploration, and applications in statistics and probability for teachers. Study involves the collection, organization, representation,
and interpretation of data using a hands-on approach. Emphasis on using technology, including graphics calculators and software.
Applications taken from 9-12 mathematics.
443
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
2800. Discrete Mathematics: Explorations and Applications (3) (F) P: MATH 1065 or equivalent. Problem-
solving study of discrete mathematics for teachers. Topics include sequences, graph theory, counting techniques, dynamical
systems, recursion, combinatorics, and mathematical induction. Applications taken from 9-12 mathematics.
3050. Mathematics and Methods for Grades Pre-K-2 (3) (F, S, SS) P: Foundations curriculum mathematics
course; C: MATE 3051. Mathematics of the Pre-K-2 classroom including number sense, operations, place value, patterns, shapes,
and tools for measurement. Focus on student thinking and tools and strategies for developing thinking. Includes attention to
exceptional children in the general mathematics curriculum.
3051. Field Experience in Mathematics Grades K-2 (1) (F, S, SS) P: Foundations curriculum mathematics
course; C: MATE 3050. Supervised practicum in a K-2 mathematics setting. Focus on diagnosis of student thinking.
3060. Mathematics and Methods for Grades 3-6 (4) (F, S, SS) P: Admission to upper division; MATE 3050.
Fractions, decimals and percent, properties of polygons, area and perimeter and other grade 3-6 mathematical concepts. Methods
of instruction, lesson planning, tools for instruction, and strategies. Emphasis on reasoning, problem solving, communication,
and connections. Includes attention to exceptional children in the general mathematics curriculum.
3067. Algebra and Number Foundations (3) (F,S) P: MATH 1065 or equivalent. Problem-solving development
of important concepts in number and algebra for teachers. Focus on properties of integers, rationals, and real numbers;
properties of linear, quadratic, and cubic functions; multiple representations (physical models, graphs, equations, tables) of
relations, functions, equations, and inequalities. Applications taken from K-12 mathematics.
3167. Geometry and Measurement (3) (F,S) P: MATH 1065 or equivalent. Tool-based development of important
concepts in Euclidean geometry and measurement for teachers. Focus on inductive reasoning, deductive reasoning, and
informal and formal proof. Use of tools (technology and instruments) to explore issues in measurement. Applications taken
from K-12 mathematics.
3218. Teaching Mathematics in Special Education (3) (F,S,SS) 4 lecture/lab hours per week. Lab and practicum
experiences required. May not count toward MATH major or minor. P: Admission to upper division; MATH 1065, 2127;
SPED 2000; at least one of the following: SPED 2102, 2103, 2104; RP: MATE 2129. Methods, materials, and techniques of
teaching mathematics to special education students.
3223. Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary Grades K-6 (3) (F,S,SS) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per
week. P: Admission to upper division; MATE 2129. Techniques and methods for teaching mathematics to students in grades
K-6. Lab provides deeper understanding of mathematical concepts and experience with materials and methods appropriate
for classroom work.
3267. Concepts in Discrete Mathematics (3) (S) P: MATE 3067. Problem-solving course for teachers features graph
theory, social choice, dynamical systems, logic, sets, and mathematical induction. Applications taken from K-12 mathematics.
3300. Geometry for High School Teachers (3) (F) P: MATH 2171. Euclidean geometry from a synthetic, analytic
and measurement perspective and an introduction to Non-Euclidean geometry for secondary teachers developed through
inductive and deductive reasoning, informal and formal proof, and technology. Applications taken from grades 9-12 and
college mathematics.
3367. Mathematical Modeling (3) (S) P: MATE 1267, 2067, 3067, and 3167. Capstone course in modeling for teachers.
Investigation of models such as Mendelian Genetics, Markov Chains, Weighted Voting, and population models. Development
of models to solve real-world problems using a variety of mathematical strands. Applications taken from K-12 mathematics.
3523. Teaching Topics in High School Mathematics (3) (S) P: MATE 2123. Pedagogical focus on lesson planning
for major content areas in the high school mathematics curriculum, particularly algebra, geometry, and advanced mathematics
topics. Fifteen hours of eld experience.
4001. Technology in Secondary Mathematics Education (3) (F) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. May not
count toward MATH major or minor. P: Admission to upper division; MATE 2700, 2800; C: MATE 4323. Uses and implications
of calculators and computers in secondary mathematics curriculum.
MATE
444
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4319. Teaching Mathematics in the Middle Grades (3) (F) 4 hours per week and 10-12 hours of eld experience.
May not count toward MATH or CSCI major or minor. P: Admission to upper division; EDUC 3200; MIDG 3010, 3022;
MATE 3067, 3167, 3267 or consent of instructor; C: MIDG 4001, 4010; ENED or HIED or MIDG or SCIE 4319; or consent
of instructor. Techniques and methods of teaching mathematics in grades 6-9.
4323. The Teaching of Mathematics in High School (3) (F) 4 hours per week. May not count toward BA in
MATH or minor. P: Admission to upper division; MATE 2123. Modern methods and techniques used in teaching secondary
school mathematics.
4324. Internship in Mathematics (10) (S) Full-time, semester-long internship. May not count toward BA in MATH
or minor. P: Admission to upper division; MATE 4323; C: MATE 4325; READ 3990. Observation and supervised teaching in
mathematics in assigned public secondary school classroom.
4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Mathematics Education (1) (S) May not count toward BA in MATH or
minor. P: Admission to upper division; MATE 4323; C: MATE 4324. Individualized study of problems or issues.
4501, 4502, 4503. Independent Study in Mathematics Education (1,2,3) For advanced mathematics education
students. Number of hours per week will depend on credit hours and nature of work assigned. P: BS in MATH, secondary
major; mathematics concentration; consent of dept chair. Topics supplement regular curriculum.
5251. Modern Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I (3) Not open to under-graduate or graduate math
majors or minors. A teacher taking this course would receive certicate renewal credit and/or 3 s.h. of graduate elective
credit in elementary education. P for undergraduate students: MATE 3223 or consent of instructor; P for graduate students:
MATE 2129; MATH 2127; 3219 or 3221; or equivalent; or consent of instructor. Numeration systems and real numbers from
axiomatic approach. Topics in geometry, algebra, probability theory, and number theory. Emphasis on relationship between
these topics and school mathematics.
5263, 5264. Modern Mathematics for Junior High School Teachers I, II (3,3) May not count toward
MATH or CSCI major or minor. P for 5263: Consent of instructor; P for 5264: MATH 5263 or consent of instructor. Set
theory, mathematical systems and proofs, number systems, elementary number theory, applications of mathematics in business,
science, and other areas. Basic concepts of geometry, algebra, probability, and statistics.
5265, 5266. Microcomputers in Secondary Education (3,0) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. May not count
toward a MATH or CSCI major or minor. P: MATE 3166 or MATH 3166 or MATH 1075 or 1085; consent of instructor.
Operation and programming of microcomputers in secondary school system.
5267, 5268. LOGO: A Computer Language for Educators (3,0) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. May not
count toward MATH major or minor. P: MATE or MATH 3166 or consent of instructor. LOGO and its uses with students
K-12.
MATH: MATHEMATICS
0001. Intermediate Algebra-A (2) (F,S,SS) May not be taken by students who have credit for MATH 0045, 1065,
1074, 1085, 2119, 2171, or who have passed the math placement test. May not count toward foundations curriculum math
requirement, certication, or degree. Remedial course in basic algebra; some sections may be taught in a lab/tutorial mode.
0045. Intermediate Algebra-B (2) May not be taken by students who have credit for MATH 0001, 1065, 1074, 1085,
2119, 2171, or who have passed the math placement test. May not count toward foundations curriculum math requirement,
certication, or degree. Remedial basic algebra. Some sections may be taught in lab/tutorial mode.
1050. Explorations in Mathematics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) May not count toward MATH major or minor. Fullls
foundations curriculum MATH requirement for students whose major does not require a specic MATH course. Broad
overview of mathematics and its relevance to life. Selected topics include at least four of the following: algebraic concepts,
geometry, set theory and logic, number theory, discrete mathematics, statistics, consumer mathematics/nance, and history
of mathematics.
445
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
1065. College Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) May not be taken by students who have credit for MATH 1085. P:
Appropriate score on math placement test. Topics include sets; linear, quadratic, polynomial, and exponential functions;
inequalities; permutations; combinations; binomial theorem; and mathematical induction.
1066. Applied Mathematics for Decision Making (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) Required for students planning to major
in business administration or accounting. P: Appropriate score on the math placement test or approval of the dept chair. Skills
in formulating models for and interpreting solutions to business word problems. Topics include linear and nonlinear equations,
systems of linear equations, applications of matrix algebra, and applied basic differential calculus. No proofs included.
1067. Algebraic Concepts and Relationships (3) (F,S) (FC:MA) May not count toward MATH or CSCI
major or minor. P: Appropriate score on math placement test. Properties of integers, rationals, real and complex numbers,
and polynomials from an algebraic point of view; conjectures and intuitive proofs in number theory; properties of linear and
quadratic functions. Representations of real-world relationships with physical models, charts, graphs, equations and inequalities.
Emphasis on development of problem-solving strategies and abilities.
1074. Applied Trigonometry (2) (F,S,SS) Students who plan to take MATH 2171 must choose 1083 or 1085. May
not be taken by students who have credit for MATH 1083 or 1085. P: MATH 1065. Practical and computational aspects
of trigonometry. Properties of trigonometric functions. Use of tables, interpolation, logarithms, solution of right and oblique
triangles, and applications.
1077. Pre-Calculus Concepts and Relationships (3) (S) May not count toward MATH or CSCI major or minor.
P: MATH 1067. Modeling approach to study of functions (including logarithmic, exponential, and trigonometric functions),
data analysis, and matrices. Foundation for future course work in calculus, nite mathematics, discrete mathematics, and
statistics.
1083. Introduction to Functions (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) May not be taken by students who have successfully
completed MATH 1074 or MATH 1085. P: MATH 1065 with a minimum grade of C. Accelerated introduction to language
of functions. Emphasis on trigonometry as a preparation for calculus sequence MATH 2171-73.
1085. Pre-Calculus Mathematics (5) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) May not be taken by students who have credit for MATH
1074. P: MATH 1065 with minimum grade of C. Algebra and trigonometry for qualied students who plan to take calculus.
2119. Elements of Calculus (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) May not receive credit for MATH 2119 after having received
credit for a higher numbered calculus course. P: MATH 1065 with minimum grade of C. Elementary differentiation and
integration techniques. Proofs not emphasized.
2121. Calculus for the Life Sciences I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) May not receive credit for MATH 2121 after taking
MATH 2171 P: MATH 1065 or 1077 with minimum grade of C. Introductory differential calculus with biological sciences
applications. Introduces differentiation of exponential and logarithmic functions. Applications to exponential biological
phenomena, related rates, regions of increase and decrease, and extrema.
2122. Calculus for the Life Sciences II (3) (F,S,SS) May not receive credit for MATH 2122 after taking MATH
2172. P: MATH 2121. Introductory integral calculus with biological sciences applications. Introduction to and applications of
denite integrals. Introduces trigonometric functions with applications to periodic biological phenomena. Functions of several
variables, partial derivatives, simple differential equations, and arithmetic of matrices and vectors.
2124. Elementary Mathematical Models (1) P: MATH 2171. Formulation and solution of various types of problems
using techniques of establishing a mathematical model.
2127. Basic Concepts of Mathematics (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) May not count toward MATH or CSCI major or
minor. P: Appropriate score on math placement test. System of real numbers and subsystems and their properties from an
algebraic viewpoint. Statistics and number theory.
2151. Engineering Calculus I (3) (S) (FC:MA) May not receive credit for MATH 2151 after receiving credit for MATH
2171. P: MATH 1083 or 1085 or placement test criteria; or consent of instructor. Fundamentals of single variable differentiation
with applications to problems in geometry, engineering, and physics. Includes applications to engineering areas.
MATH
446
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
2152. Engineering Calculus II (3) (S) (FC:MA) May not receive credit for MATH 2152 after receiving credit for
MATH 2172. P: MATH 2151 or 2171; or consent of instructor. Fundamentals of single variable integration with applications
to problems in geometry, engineering, and physics. Includes applications to engineering areas such as, work and moments.
2153. Engineering Calculus III (3) (F) (FC:MA) May not receive credit for Math 2153 after receiving credit for
MATH 2173. 3 lecture hours per week. P: MATH 2152 or 2172; or consent of instructor. Fundamentals of vectors functions
and multivariable calculus including partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and vector calculus. Includes applications to engineering
problems such as motion in space, and force elds.
2154. Engineering Linear Algebra and Differential Equations I (4) (S) 3 lecture and 2 lab hours per week P:
ENGR 2050; MATH 2153. First order and second order linear differential equations, Laplace transforms, systems of equations
and general matrix theory. Includes software applications to solve differential equations and systems of equations.
2171. Calculus I (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) P: minimum grade of C in any of MATH 1083, 1085, or 2122. First of three-
course sequence. Brief review of precalculus, limits and continuity, differentiation and its applications, and integration.
2172. Calculus II (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) P: MATH 2171 with a minimum grade of C or MATH 2122 with consent
of instructor. Second of three-course sequence. Transcendental functions, applications of integrals, techniques of integration,
and innite series.
2173. Calculus III (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) P: MATH 2172 with a minimum grade of C. Third of three-course sequence.
Conics, parametrized curves, polar coordinates, vectors and analytic geometry in space, partial derivatives, and multiple
integrals.
2228. Elementary Statistical Methods I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) For students with limited mathematical training.
May not count toward MATH major or minor. May receive credit for one of MATH 2228, 2283. P: MATH 1065 or equivalent.
Collection, systematic organization, analysis and interpretation of numerical data obtained in measuring certain traits of a
given population.
2282. Data Analysis and Probability (3) (F,S) (FC:MA) May not count toward MATH or CSCI major or minor.
May receive credit for one of MATE or MATH 2282, 2935. P: MATE or MATH 1067. Collection of data from experiments
and surveys. Organizing and representing data. Interpreting data for judging claims, making decisions, or making predictions.
2283. Statistics for Business (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:MA) May receive credit for one of MATH 2228, 2283. P: MATH
1065 or 1066 or equivalent. Sampling and probability distributions, measures of central tendency and dispersion, hypothesis
testing, Chi-square, and regression.
2300. Transition to Advanced Mathematics (3) P: MATH 2171. Proof methods including induction, naïve set
theory, functions and relations, cardinality, basic number theory, completeness of the real number system.
2427. Discrete Mathematical Structures (3) Same as CSCI 2427 May not count toward MATH major or
minor. May receive credit for one of MATE or MATH 2775, 3237, or MATH 2427. P: MATH 1065 or 1066. Structures of
discrete mathematical structures. Special emphasis is given to those structures most important in computer science. Considers
practical applications of the subject.
2775. Topics in Discrete Mathematics (3) (S) (FC:MA) For prospective teachers of secondary school math.
May receive credit for one of MATE or MATH 2775, 3237 or MATH 2427. P: MATH 1085. Selected topics include counting
techniques, graph theory, difference equations, recursion, iteration, induction, and dynamical systems.
2935. Data Analysis (3) (F) (FC:MA) May receive credit for one of MATE or MATH 2282, 2935. P: MATH 1085.
Introductory course utilizing hands-on approach to collection, representation, and interpretation of data. Topics include
types of data, sampling techniques, experimental probability, sampling distributions, simulations, and hypothesis testing using
collected.
447
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3100. Mathematical Methods for Engineers and Scientists (4) (F,S,SS) May not count toward MATH major
or minor. May not be taken by students who have credit for MATH 2173 or MATH 3256 or MATH 4331. P: MATH 2172;
or equivalent; or consent of instructor. Functions of several variables, partial derivatives, rst and second order differential
equations, matrices, determinants, cofactor expansions, vector spaces, linear independence/dependence, linear transformations,
eigenvalues/eigenvectors, variation of parameters.
3166. Euclidean Geometry (3) (F,S) (FC:MA) May not count toward MATH or CSCI major or minor. P: MATE
1067 or MATH 1065; 2127. Euclidean geometry using deductive and inductive mathematical reasoning. Formal proofs.
3174. Vector Calculus (3) P: MATH 2173. Vector algebra and vector functions of single variable. Scalar and vector
elds, line and surface integrals, and multiple integrals.
3229. Elementary Statistical Methods II (3) For students with limited mathematical training. May not count
toward MATH major or minor. P: MATH 2228 or equivalent. Collection, systematic organization, analysis, and interpretation
of numerical data obtained in measuring certain traits of a given population.
3233. College Geometry (3) (F) P: MATH 2300. Modern college geometry presented as outgrowth and extension of
elementary plane geometry. Important theorems relative to nine-point circle, cross ratios, the geometry of circles, and solid
geometry. Euclidean transformations discussed.
3237. Discrete Mathematics (3) (F) (FC:MA) May not count toward MATH or CSCI major or minor. May receive
credit for one of MATE or MATH 2775, 3237 or MATH 2427. P: MATH 2121. Logic and sets, mathematical induction, and
matrices. Applications of discrete mathematics in probability, linear programming, dynamical systems, social choice, and graph
theory.
3239. Applied Mathematics Via Modeling (3) (FC:MA) May not count toward MATH or CSCI major or minor. P:
MATE or MATH 2282, 3166, 3237; MATH 2122. Real world problems that can be modeled with algebra, geometry, calculus,
and statistical, probabilistic, discrete, or other mathematical techniques appropriate for prospective teachers of middle school
mathematics. Mathematical modeling processes examined through historical and contemporary modeling success stories.
Power and limitations of mathematical modeling.
3256. Linear Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) P: MATH 2172. Vector spaces, linear maps, matrices, systems of equations,
determinants, and eigenvalues.
3263. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3) (WI) (F,S) P: MATH 2300, 3256. Postulation viewpoint of modern
algebra. Dening postulates for mathematical system exhibited from which properties of system are derived. Principal systems
studied are groups, rings, elds, each fully treated with illustrative examples.
3273. Combinatorics (3) P: MATH 2300. Advanced counting methods, recurrences, mathematical induction, generating
functions. Additional topics from: graphs and trees, combinatorial designs, combinatorial games, error-correcting codes.
3301. Foundations of Geometry (3) (F) P: MATH 2300. Axiomatic development of Euclidean and Non-Euclidean
geometries. Analytic models and geometric transformations.
3307. Mathematical Statistics I (3) (F,S) P: MATH 2172. Axiomatic development of theory of probability and its
application to construction of certain mathematical models.
3308. Mathematical Statistics II (3) P: MATH 3307. Construction of mathematical models for various statistical
distributions. Testing of hypotheses and estimation, small-sample distributions, regression, and linear hypotheses.
3550, 3551. Mathematics Honors (2,1) (F,S,SS) Acceptance in program entitles student to register for MATH
3550 or 3551. P: Exceptional mathematical ability; MATH 2173 or consent of instructor.
3573. Introduction to Numerical Analysis (3) Same as CSCI 3573 P: CSCI 2310 or consent of instructor;
MATH 2119 or 2172 or equivalent. Algorithms suitable for digital computation in areas of linear algebra, linear programming,
slope nding, area nding, and nonlinear equation solution.
MATH
448
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3584. Computational Linear Algebra (3) (F,S,SS) Same as CSCI 3584 May not count toward MATH major
or minor. P: Calculus course. Introduces vectors, matrices, and determinants. Special emphasis on application of linear algebra
to solution of practical problems.
4031. Applied Statistical Analysis (3) (S) P: MATH 2228 or 2283 or 3308; MATH 3256 or MATH/CSCI 3584;
or equivalent; or consent of instructor. Topics include analysis of variance and covariance, experimental design, multiple and
partial regression and correlation, nonparametric statistics, and use of computer statistical packages.
4101. Advanced Calculus I (3) (F,S) May receive credit for one of MATH 4101, 5101. P: MATH 2173, 2300; or
consent of instructor. Axioms of real number system, completeness, sequences, innite series, power series, continuity, uniform
continuity, differentiation, Riemann integral, and Fundamental Theorem of Calculus.
4110. Elementary Complex Variables (3) P: MATH 2173. Complex numbers, analytic functions, mapping by
elementary functions, integrals, residues, and poles.
4201. Introduction to Stochastic Processes (3) P: MATH 3307 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Fundamental
theory and models of stochastic processes. Expectations and independence, sums of independent random variables, Markov
chains and their limiting behavior and applications, Poisson processes, birth and death processes; and Gaussian processes.
4264. Introduction to Modern Algebra II (3) P: MATH 3263. Continuation of development of topics begun in
MATH 3263. Normal subgroups, factor groups, homomorphisms, rings, ideals, quotient rings, and elds.
4322. Foundations of Mathematics (3) (F) P: MATH 3233, 3263 or equivalent. Fundamental concepts and structural
development of mathematics. Non-Euclidean geometries, logic, Boolean algebra, and set theory. Construction of complex
number systems. Transnite cardinal numbers and study of relations and functions. Topics developed axiomatically.
4331. Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations (3) (F,S) P: MATH 2173. Linear and nonlinear
differential equations.
4332. The Calculus of Finite Differences (3) P: MATH 2173. Discrete changes that take place in values of a function
and its dependent variable due to discrete changes in independent variable.
4501, 4502, 4503. Independent Study (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) For advanced math students. Number of hours per week
will depend on credit hours and nature of work assigned. P: MATH major; consent of dept chair. Topics supplement regular
curriculum.
4550, 4551. Mathematics Honors (2,1) (F,S,SS) Acceptance in program entitles student to register for MATH
4550 or 4551. P: Exceptional mathematical ability; MATH 2173 or consent of instructor.
4774. Programming for Research (3) P: MATH 2228 or 2283 or equivalent. Emphasis on minimum-level programming
skill and use of statistical packages.
4801. Probability Theory (3) (F) P: MATH 2173 or 3307. Axioms of probability, random variables and expectations,
discrete and continuous distributions, moment generating functions, functions of random variables, Central Limit Theorem,
and applications.
4999. Capstone and Statistical Consulting (3) (F,S) 1 hour lecture and 3 hours practicum per week. P: MATH
4031. Supervised statistical consulting experience related to prior coursework in statistics.
5000. Introduction to Sampling Design (3) (F) P: MATH 3308 or 3229 or consent of instructor. Fundamental
principles of survey sampling. Data sources and types, questionnaire design, various sampling schemes, sampling and nonsampling
errors, and statistical analysis.
5002. Logic for Mathematics and Computer Science (3) (S) Same as CSCI 5002 P: CSCI 3200 or 3310
or MATE 3223 or 2775 or MATH 2427 or 2775 or 3256 or PHIL 3580 or equivalent. Methods of mathematical logic that
have important applications in mathematics and computer science.
449
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
5021. Theory of Numbers I (3) P: MATH 3263 or consent of instructor. Topics in elementary and algebraic number
theory such as properties of integers, Diophantine equations, congruences, quadratic and other residues, and algebraic
integers.
5031. Applied Statistical Analysis (3) (WI) May not count toward math hours required for math MA. P: MATH
2228, 3584; or equivalent; or consent of instructor. Topics include analysis of variance and covariance, experimental design,
multiple and partial regression and correlation, nonparametric statistics, and use of computer statistical package.
5101. Advanced Calculus I (3) May receive credit for one of MATH 4101, 5101. P: MATH 2173, 2300; or consent of
instructor. Axioms of real number system, completeness, sequences, innite series, power series, continuity, uniform continuity,
differentiation, Riemann integral, Fundamental Theorem of Calculus.
5102. Advanced Calculus II (3) P: MATH 3256, 5101; or consent of instructor. Mathematical analysis of functions of
several real variables. Includes limits, continuity, differentiation, and integration of multivariable functions.
5110. Elementary Complex Variables (3) May not be taken for credit by those having completed MATH 6111. P:
MATH 2173. Complex numbers, analytic functions, mapping by elementary functions, integrals, residues, and poles.
5121. Numerical Analysis in One Variable (3) P: MATH 2173. Numerical analysis of problems with one independent
variable. Solution of nonlinear equations in one unknown, interpolation and approximation of functions of one variable,
numerical integration, and numerical differentiation and optimization.
5122. Numerical Analysis in Several Variables (3) P: MATH 2173, 3256, 4331. Numerical analysis of problems
with several independent variables. Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations, systems of linear equations, numerical
linear algebra and matrix algebra, systems of nonlinear equations, and systems of ordinary differential equations.
5131. Deterministic Methods in Operations Research (3) P: MATH 2173; 3307 or 5801. Mathematical models;
linear programming; simplex method, with applications to optimization; duality theorem; project planning and control problems;
and elementary game theory.
5132. Probabilistic Methods in Operations Research (3) P: MATH 2173, 3256; 3307 or 5801. Introduces
stochastic processes. Queuing theory with applications to inventory theory and forecasting, Poisson and Markov processes,
reliability simulation, decision analysis, integer programming, and nonlinear programming.
5270. Pascal Using the Microcomputer (3) May not be taken by students who have successfully completed CSCI
2610. May not count toward MATH or CSCI major or minor. P: MATH 1065 or equivalent. Pascal language and use in
problem solving utilizing a microcomputer.
5311. Mathematical Physics (3) Same as PHYS 5311 P: MATH 4331; PHYS 2360; or consent of instructor.
Mathematical methods important in physics. Emphasis on application. Functions of complex variables, ordinary and partial
differential equations, integrals and integral transforms, and special functions.
5322. Foundations of Mathematics (3) (WI) P: MATH 3233, 3263; or equivalent. Fundamental concepts and structural
development of mathematics. Non-Euclidean geometries, logic, Boolean algebra, and set theory. Construction of complex
number systems. Transnite cardinal numbers and study of relations and functions. Topics developed as postulational.
5521. Readings and Lectures in Mathematics (3) Individual work with student.
5551. The Historical Development of Mathematics (3) P: MATH 3233; C: MATH 2172 or consent of instructor.
History of mathematics from antiquity to present. Emphasis on study of signicant problems which prompted development
of new math. Uses computer resources and library for research of topics and solutions.
5581. Theory of Equations (3) P: MATH 2173 or consent of instructor. Topics include operations with complex
numbers, De Moivre’s Theorem, properties of polynomial functions, roots of general cubic and quartic equations, methods
of determining roots of equations of higher degree, and methods of approximating roots.
MATH
450
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
5601. Non-Euclidean Geometry (3) P: MATH 3233 or consent of instructor. Non-Euclidean geometries, nite
geometries, and analysis of other geometries from point of view of properties which remain invariant under certain
transformations.
5774. Programming for Research (3) Same as CSCI 5774 For graduate student who wishes to use computer
science to meet required research skills of his or her dept. May not count toward MATH major or minor. P: General statistics
course or consent of instructor. Emphasis on minimum-level programming skill and use of statistical packages.
5801. Probability Theory (3) P: MATH 2173 or 3307. Axioms of probability, random variables and expectations,
discrete and continuous distributions, moment generating functions, functions of random variables, Central Limit Theorem,
and applications.
MATH Banked Courses
1063. College Algebra (3) 5301, 5302. Analytical Mechanics I (3,3)
5252. Modern Mathematics for Elementary 5321, 6322. Applied Mathematics I, II (3,3)
Teachers II (3) 5331. Introduction to Celestial Mechanics (3)
5261, 5262. Modern Mathematics for Secondary 5610. Applied Analysis (3)
Teachers I (3,3)
MENG: MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
3624. Solid Mechanics (3) (S) 3 lecture hours per week. P: ENGR 3024. Analysis of structures including static and
fatigue, failure criteria, column buckling, statically indeterminate structures, impact loading, and the nite element method.
3070 Thermodynamics I (3) (F) P: MATH 2154; ENGR 2450 with minimum grade of C. Thermodynamic properties
and tables. First and second law analysis for open systems and control volumes. Ideal and real gases and mixtures of gases,
availability, irreversibility, and exergy.
4018. Thermodynamics II (3) (S) 3 lecture hours per week. P: MENG 3070. Engineering applications involving ideal gas
mixtures, psychrometrics, real gas mixtures, power cycles, refrigeration systems, pumps, heat exchangers, boilers, combustion,
dissociation and chemical equilibrim.
4150. Fluid Mechanics (4) (F) 3 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: ENGR 2450 with minimum grade of C; MATH
2154. Fluid systems including uid statics; conservation of mass, momentum, and energy; incompressible inviscid ow;
similitude; internal and external incompressible viscous ow; and uid machinery.
4260. Heat and Mass Transfer (3) (F) 3 lecture hours per week. P: MENG 3070. Three fundamental modes of heat
transfer: conduction, convection and radiation, and mass transfer.
4350. Electromechanical Systems Design (3) (S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. C: ENGR 3050. Application
of motion sensors and actuators; real-time closed-loop control of electromechanical/robotic systems; motor control and
digital controller design methods.
4650. Machine Design (3) (F) 3 lecture hours per week. P: MENG 3624. Kinematics of mechanisms and machines.
Design and analysis of machine components, including shafts, gears, bearings.
MGMT: MANAGEMENT
3202. Fundamentals of Management (3) (F,S,SS) Registration preference given to declared and intended majors
with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: ECON 2113. For non-business majors only. May receive credit for only one of MGMT 3202
and 3302. Organizational management, including managerial functions, understanding of individual needs and motivation, and
managerial leadership.
4 51
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3302. Management of Organizations (3) (F,S,SS) For Business Majors Only. Credit cannot be earned for MGMT
3202 and MGMT 3302. Cannot be used to fulll the requirements of the business minor. P: ECON 2113, ECON 2133, ACCT
2401. Examines fundamental management principles and shows how managers can improve organizational effectiveness by
attending to the human side of the enterprise.
3352. International Business (3) (F,S,SS) Registration preference given to declared and intended majors with a
minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MGMT 3302. Framework within which international business is conducted. Analysis of typical business
and economic problems in multinational business.
4001, 4002, 4003. Special Issues and Topics (1,2,3) (F,S) May be repeated for maximum of 3 s.h. P: Business
major; consent of dept chair and instructor. Individual study of special issues and topics in management and business. Subject
approved by instructor.
4242. Organizational Behavior (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA.
May receive credit for one of MGMT 4242, PSYC 3241. P: MGMT 3302. Human aspect of managing modern organizations.
Modern theory and application of behavior with emphasis on applications.
4252. Entrepreneurship (3) (WI) (F) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P:
FINA 3724; MGMT 3302; MKTG 3832. New venture creation and management.
4262. Small Business Management (3) (SL*) (WI) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared majors with a
minimum 2.5 GPA. 2 classroom and 2 lab hours per week. P: FINA 3724; MGMT 3202 or 3302; MKTG 3832. Student teams
provide management counseling to area small businesses under continued supervision of instructor. Travel necessary. Drivers
must provide copy of valid driver’s license and liability insurance. Drivers reimbursed for required travel.
4272. Managing the Family Business (3) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA.
P: MGMT 3302. Business, personal, and interpersonal issues associated with family owned and managed rms.
4342. Organizational Change and Development (3) (F,S) Formerly MGMT 3342 P: MGMT 3202 or
3302; MGMT 4242 or PSYC 3241. Registration preference given to declared and intended majors with a minimum 2.5
GPA. Basic, yet comprehensive, overview of organizational development. Evolution of eld, key concepts, and methods that
drive organizational development; techniques to diagnose opportunities for change; and tools to implement and evaluate
organizational development initiatives.
4343. Organizational Leaders and Leadership (3) (F,S) Formerly MGMT 3343 P: MGMT 3202 or 3302;
MGMT 4242 or PSYC 3241. Registration preference given to declared and intended majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. Current
and emerging leadership theories as bases for discussing leadership ability of both historical and contemporary organization
managers.
4352. Management in a Global Economy (3) (S) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum
2.5 GPA. P: FINA 4454 or MGMT 3352 or MKTG 4992. Application of US management practices in foreign economies and
performance implications of applying foreign management practices in US economy. Ethical, legal, and social responsibility
concerns.
4402. Human Resource Management (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum
2.5 GPA. P: MGMT 3202 or 3302. Management, procurement, development, maintenance, compensation, and utilization of
effective working force by line and staff executives.
4422. Labor Relations (3) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MGMT
3202 or 3302. Labor in US. History, structure and government of unions, labor law, collective bargaining processes, contract
administration, and public sector organizations.
4482. Managerial Negotiation (3) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P:
MGMT 3302. Role of negotiation in management. Goal formation, buying and selling, employer-employee relations, and
mergers and acquisitions. Various bargaining strategies and tactics.
MGMT
452
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4842. Strategic Management (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) P: Senior standing; declared major in College of Business; FINA
3724; MKTG 3832; MGMT 3302; OMGT 3123. Integrated analysis of administration and policy determination from overall
management point of view under conditions of uncertainty.
4952. Topics in Management (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA.
May be repeated for credit with change of topic and consent of dept chair. P: Senior standing; MGMT 3302; consent of dept
chair. Selected topics.
MGMT Banked Courses
3203. Organizational Management (3) 4492. Personnel Decision Making (3)
4472. Compensation Management (3) 4992. Internship (0)
MIDG: MIDDLE GRADES EDUCATION
2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F,S) P: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor.
Introduction to teaching for prospective middle-school teachers. Practicum required.
3001. The Middle Grades (3) (WI) (F,SS) P/C: MIDG 2123. Nature of pre-adolescent and organizational structure of
middle school which supports developmentally appropriate levels of each student. Emphasis on cognitive, social, moral, physical,
and psychological domains of development. Shadow experience with middle grades students. Practicum may be required.
3010. Middle Grades Curriculum and Planning (4) (S,SS) P: Junior standing; MIDG 3001; C: MIDG 3022. Planning
of curricular lessons, units, and courses of study in middle grades. Emphasis on organization of curriculum within structure of
interdisciplinary planning, teaming, and instruction. Practicum may be required.
3022. Instructional Models and Strategies for Middle Grades (3) P: MIDG 3001; C: MIDG 3010. Repertoire
of teaching/learning strategies appropriate for middle-level classroom. Emphasis on practice and integration of strategies into
curriculum planning process introduced in MIDG 3010. Practicum may be required.
4001. Organization, Management, and Motivation in the Middle Grades Classroom (3) (S,SS) P:
Upper division standing. Practicum required.
4010. Instructional Evaluation in Middle Grades (3) (WI) (F) P: Upper division standing; MIDG 3010, 3022;
choose 2 from ENED or MIDG; or HIED or MATE or SCIE 4319. Traditional and authentic assessment for both middle
grades students and teachers. Practicum required.
4324. Internship in the Middle Grades (10) (F,S) Full-time, semester-long internship. P: Admission to upper division;
EDUC 4400 or PSYC 4305; EDUC 3200; MIDG 4001, 4010; choose two methods courses from MIDG, HIED, MATE, SCIE
4319; C: MIDG 4325. Structured clinical internship. Student teaches under supervision for extended period of time in two
content areas in classroom situation.
4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Middle Grades Education (2) (F,S) P: Admission to upper division; C:
MIDG 4324. Problems and/or issues vital to internship. Presentation of professional portfolio.
5991, 5992, 5993. Readings in Middle Grades Education (1,2,3) (5993:WI) Each may be repeated once for
a maximum of 6 s.h. P: Upper-level undergraduate or graduate standing; consent of advisor. Directed readings on selected
topics.
MIDG Banked Courses
4319. Teaching English/Language Arts in the Middle Grades (3)
MIS: MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
2223. Introduction to Computers (3) (F,S,SS) Formerly DSCI 2223 Basic concepts of data processing and
computer programming.
453
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3063. Introduction to Management Information Systems (3) (F,S,SS) Formerly DSCI 3063 Registration
preference given to declared and intended majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MIS 2223. Information systems in business
and hardware and software tools to implement them.
3673. Software Design and Development (3) (F,S) Formerly DSCI 3673 Registration preference given to
declared and intended majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MIS 3063. Design and development of software for business
applications.
3943, 3953. Topics in Management Information Systems (1,2) (F,S) Formerly DSCI 3943, 3953
Registration preference given to declared and intended majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: Consent of dept chair. Selected
topics of contemporary interest in Management Information Systems.
4113. Data Base Management Systems (3) (F,S) Formerly DSCI 4113 Registration preference given to
declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MIS 3063. Analysis of data base theory and practice.
4123. Telecommunications and Networked Systems (3) (F,S) Formerly DSCI 4123 Registration preference
given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MIS 3063. Detailed study of evolving communication technology and
management problems associated with communication networks.
4153. Web Application Development for Business (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared majors
with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MIS 3063. Exploration of evolving technologies that fuel modern day web applications for
business and drive interactive web sites.
4163. Information Systems Analysis and Design (3) (F,S) Formerly DSCI 4163 Registration preference
given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MIS 3063. Analysis and design of business information systems.
4173. Information Systems Development and Implementation (3) (F,S) Formerly DSCI 4173
Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MIS 4163; P/C: MIS 3673. Implementation of
business information systems using current technologies.
4963. Topics in Management Information Systems (3) (F,S,SS) Formerly DSCI 4963 Registration
preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: Consent of dept chair. Advanced topics of contemporary
interest in Management Information Systems. Intended primarily for management information system majors.
4993. Cooperative Education (0) (F,S) Formerly DSCI 4993 Registration preference given to declared majors
with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: Consent of dept chair. Topics to supplement regular curriculum.
MIS Banked Courses
4103. Decision Support Systems (3) 4133. Managing Information Systems
Formerly DSCI 4103 Resources (3)
MKTG: MARKETING
3832. Marketing Management (3) (F,S,SS) Registration preference given to declared and intended majors with
a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: ECON 2113. Marketing concepts and their relevance to corporate objectives and methods of
operation. Marketing environment, marketing mix, marketing planning and strategies implementation, and assessment of
marketing performance.
3852. Cultural Environment of International Business (3) (F,S) Same as INTL 3852 Registration
preference given to declared and intended majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: Junior standing and completion of 3 s.h. in
ECON. Cross-cultural differences in international relations and business management. Strategies and tactics to overcome
cultural barriers to international trade, investment, and human relationships.
4332. Professional Selling (3) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MKTG
3832. Role and activities of professional salesperson in modern marketing. Selling as profession, selected aspects of buyer
behavior, sequential steps of selling process, and career development.
MKTG
454
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4342. Sales Force Management (3) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P:
MKTG 4332. Role and activities of sales manager in modern marketing. Brief review of personal selling, role of sales function
in organization, and managerial tasks of designing, developing, directing, and compensating sales force.
4352. Selling and Sales Management (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum
2.5 GPA. P: MKTG 3832. Nature and importance of selling function, effective sales techniques, sales force recruiting, testing,
selection, training, motivation, compensation, evaluation, and management.
4362. Retail Management (3) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MKTG
3832. Retail structure and organization. Buying, selling, and pricing. Sales promotions and customer services. Establishment
of retail business. Retail accounting control.
4532. Business and Organizational Marketing (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared majors with
a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MKTG 3832. Strategic implications of marketing products or services to organizations. Focus on
group buying processes, interrm dynamics and relationship building, marketing mix considerations, and effects of global
marketplace.
4562. Marketing Strategy (3) (F,S,SS) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA.
P: MKTG 3832; additional 6 s.h. in MKTG. Strategic frame work for selections of appropriate marketing mix to satisfy overall
organizational objectives.
4662. Marketing Research (3) (F,S) (WI) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5
GPA. P: MATH 2283; MKTG 3832. Development, validation, and execution of research design to solve marketing and other
business problems based on primary and secondary data bases.
4732. Consumer Behavior (3) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P:
MKTG 3832. Behavioral science concepts as related to processes of consumer motivation and buyer behavior.
4752. Advertising and Promotion Management (3) Registration preference given to declared majors with a
minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MKTG 3832. Development and evaluation of promotional strategies, programs, and plans.
4762. Services Marketing (3) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MKTG
3832. Services marketing situations in different environments such as commercial, nonprot, public sector and professional
organizations. Development of appropriate marketing strategies and tactics to maximize customer and client satisfaction.
4782. Customer Relationship Management (3) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum
2.5 GPA. P: MKTG 3832. Customer-focused strategies to develop long-term, protable relationships with customers and
channel partners.
4790. Distribution Management (3) (F) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5
GPA. P: MKTG 3832. Current approaches and procedures for attaining and maintaining effective manufacturer/distributor
relationships. Channel participants, communication and other behavioral processes, selection and motivation of channel
members, and international channel perspectives.
4972. Topics in Marketing (3) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MKTG
3832; consent of dept chair. Selected topics.
4973. Topics in Marketing (2) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MKTG
3832; consent of dept chair. Selected topics.
4974. Topics in Marketing (1) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MKTG
3832; consent of dept chair. Selected topics.
4975. Electronic Commerce (3) (F,S) P: MKTG 3832. Examines processes necessary to integrate a website into an
organization’s strategic plan and basics of the Internet. Focuses on strategic application of website to enhance corporate prot,
serve customers, and market organization. Covers improvement, maintenance, and promotion of site, including registering
with search engines and directories.
455
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4992. International Marketing (3) (WI) (S) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5
GPA. P: MKTG 3832. International theory, environment, strategy, and problems.
MKTG Banked Courses
4462. Retailing Strategy (3) 4882. Physical Distribution Management (3)
MLSC: MILITARY SCIENCE
1001. Military Leadership and Personal Development I (1) (F) C: MLSC 1011. Introduction to leadership
doctrine and personal competencies essential for effective military leadership, including self-discipline, goal-setting, time
management, physical tness, and stress management.
1004. Military Leadership and Personal Development II (1) (S) RP: MLSC 1001; C: MLSC 1014. Recommended
prerequisite MLSC 1001. Instruction in the values, attributes, and actions considered necessary for effective military leadership.
Includes essential communication skills and opportunities to practice effective listening, brieng, counseling, and writing.
1011. Basic Tactical Skills Lab I (1) (F) C: MLSC 1001. Basic tactical skills, including orienteering, basic marksmanship,
and battle drills. Students complete two-day eld training exercise, rappelling, and combat water survival training.
1014. Basic Tactical Skills Lab II (1) (S) RP: MLSC 1011; C: MLSC 1004. Improvement of basic tactical skills, including
further instruction in orienteering, basic marksmanship, re team movement and battle drills.
2001. Small Unit Leadership I (1) (F) RP: MLSC 1001; C: MLSC 2011. Application of the time management process
used by military leaders in receiving, planning, preparing, and executing missions. Includes instruction in team dynamics and
role of the leader in training and developing small units.
2002. Small Unit Leadership II (1) (S) RP: MLSC 2001; C: MLSC 2012. Examination of the challenges of leading
military teams in the contemporary operating environment (COE). Focus on providing the knowledge necessary to analyze
terrain, plan and issue operations orders, conduct patrols and other small unit military operations. Includes COE case studies,
assessment of individual leadership styles, and exercise of communication and team building skills.
2011. Advanced Tactical Skills Lab I (1) (F) RP: MLSC 1011; C: MLSC 2001. Practical experience in developing
discipline and teamwork within a military organization and applying leadership techniques. Improvement of orienteering,
basic marksmanship, re team movement and battle drills through extended eld training exercises and rigorous physical
challenges.
2012. Advanced Tactical Skills Lab II (1) (S) RP: MLSC 2011; C: MLSC 2002. Practical experience in developing
discipline and teamwork within a military organization and applying leadership techniques. Further improvement of orienteering,
basic marksmanship, re team movement and battle drills through extended eld training exercises and rigorous physical
challenges.
3001. Tactical Leadership I (3) (F) P: MLSC 1001, 1004, 2001, 2002; C: MLSC 3011. Development of advanced tactical
leadership abilities through instruction on squad tactics, military problem-solving techniques, and troop-leading procedures.
Focus on importance of reection and self-evaluation, human behavior and the inuence of culture on leadership, different
leadership styles, and peer evaluation. Student will serve in leadership position within the Army ROTC battalion and receive
systematic and specic feedback on leadership attributes and actions.
3002. Tactical Leadership II (3) (S) P: MLSC 3001; C: MLSC 3012. Improvement of tactical leadership skills
through further instruction on squad tactics; review of combat, stability, and support operations; and honing of brieng and
communication skills. Focus on team dynamics, decision-making skills, and motivation of peers.
3003, 3004, 4003, 4004. Military Leadership and Development Independent Study (1,2,3,4) (F,S)
Provides ROTC Cadets who have completed their Advanced Course program the opportunity to conduct detailed research
and independent study on a current problem or topic associated with military leadership. Program of study will be arranged
individually with a faculty advisor.
MLSC
456
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3011. Tactical Leadership Lab I (1) (F) P: MLSC 2012; C: MLSC 3001. Practical experience in writing and issuing
operation orders, and in applying military problem-solving methods and troop-leading procedures as squad leaders in tactical
scenarios.
3012. Tactical Leadership Lab II (1) (S) P: MLSC 3011; C: MLSC 3002. Further practical experience in writing and
issuing operation orders, and in applying military problem-solving methods and troop-leading procedures as squad leaders
in tactical scenarios.
4001. Adaptive Military Leadership (3) (F) Develops student prociency in planning, executing, and assessing
complex operations, functioning as a member of a staff, and providing performance feedback to subordinates. Cadets are
instructed on how to assess risk, make ethical decisions, and lead fellow ROTC cadets. Lessons on military justice and personnel
processes further prepare cadets for service as an Army ofcer.
4002. Modern Combat Leadership (3) (S) Places signicant emphasis on preparing cadets for their rst assignment
by exploring the dynamics of leading Soldiers in combat. Instruction focuses on ensuring that cadets understand the inuence
that culture, stress, and the other rigors of combat on the modern battleeld will have on their ability to lead effectively. Uses
case studies, scenarios, and “What Now, Lieutenant?” exercises to prepare cadets to face the complex ethical and practical
demands of leading as a commissioned ofcer in the United States Army.
4011. Advanced Military Leadership Lab I (1) (F) Cadets function as the senior leadership within the Pirate
Battalion, planning and executing a variety of tactical, leadership, and military skills labs for all assigned underclass cadets. With
cadre supervision and guidance, cadets assist in the development of the underclass cadets and assume increased responsibility
for the success and/or failure of all Pirate Battalion events.
4012. Advanced Military Leadership Lab II (1) (S) Cadets continue to gain practical leadership experience while
functioning as the senior Pirate Battalion leadership, planning and executing a variety of tactical, leadership, and military skills
labs for all assigned underclass cadets. With cadre supervision and guidance, cadets assist in the development of the underclass
cadets and assume increased responsibility for the success and/or failure of all Pirate Battalion events.
MPRD: MEDIA PRODUCTION
2210. Writing for the Electronic Mass Media (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) Formerly COMM 2210 P: COMM major
or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001,1002. Key components of written electronic mass media. Variety of written
assignments and development of comprehensive nal project.
2215. Audio Production (3) (F,S,SS) Formerly COMM 2215 P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
COMM 1001,1002; MPRD 2210. Fundamental principles and techniques of writing copy for electronic news, advertising, and
promotional mass media.
2220. Video Production (3) (F,S,SS) Formerly COMM 2220 Lecture and lab. P: COMM major or minor or
consent of instructor; COMM 1001,1002; MPRD 2210. Basic video production techniques and equipment.
2230. Announcing (3) (F,S,SS) Formerly COMM 2230 P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM
1001, 1002. Development of applied speaking skills necessary for professional announcing employment
2250. Classic Documentaries, 1900-2000 (3) Formerly COMM 2250 May not count toward foundations
curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001,1002. Content,
style, structure, production, purpose, and sociological impact of twentieth century long-format visual documentary in lm and
video from historical, theoretical, and artistic perspectives.
2260. Image Theory and Aesthetics (3) Formerly COMM 2260 P: COMM major or minor or consent of
instructor; COMM 1001,1002, Exploration of the principles of media aesthetics (e.g. light, space, time-motion, and sound)
across various genres of media production.
3020. Videography and Lighting (3) Formerly COMM 3020 P: COMM major; consent of instructor; COMM
1001,1002; MPRD 2220, 2260; C: MPRD 3250. Intensive focus upon the craft and aesthetics of videography and lighting design
and execution for location and studio-based settings.
457
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3070. Multimedia Production Laboratory (3) Formerly COMM 3070 1 lecture and 6 lab hours per week.
May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM 1001,1002, 2103; consent of instructor.
Independent practical work in multimedia production with faculty supervision.
3212. Non-News Media Features (3) Formerly COMM 3212 P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
COMM 1001, 1002, 2320. Basic approaches and techniques used to design and write documentaries, investigative reports,
and other media features
3215. Advanced Audio Production (3) (F,S) Formerly COMM 3215 P: COMM 1001,1002; MPRD 2215.
Advanced recording, production, and editing techniques for radio and recording studio applications.
3220. Video News Production (3) Formerly COMM 3220 P: COMM major or consent of instructor; COMM
1001,1002. Electronic news gathering for television journalists; writing, video eld production, and video editing of television
news packages.
3235. Advanced Writing for Media (3) Formerly COMM 3235 P: COMM major or consent of instructor;
COMM 1001,1002; MPRD 2210. Writing professional series or feature length and short form narrative scripts.
3242. Advanced Studio Production (3) Formerly COMM 3242 May not count toward foundations curriculum
social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Creative and technical
skills and theoretical framework needed in studio production environment.
3250. Video Post Production Techniques (3) Formerly COMM 3250 May not count toward foundations
curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Advanced
post production non-linear editing techniques for analog and digital video, including A/B roll editing, digital video effects, and
electronic graphics.
3275. Advanced Video Production (3) (F,S,SS) Formerly COMM 3275 P: COMM major or minor or consent
of instructor; COMM 1001,1002; MPRD 3250. Advanced elements of video production.
3280. Video Magazine Practicum (3) Formerly COMM 3280 1 lecture and 6 lab hours (to be arranged) per
week. May not count toward foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. credit.
P: COMM major or minor; COMM 1001, 1002, 2103; consent of instructor. Lab for students working on university’s video
yearbook, the Treasure Chest, or other team-oriented video production projects used in public relations and journalism.
3291, 3292, 3293. Production Practicum (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) Formerly COMM 3291, 3292, 3293 Minimum
of 6 hours of practical work per week for each hour of credit. Maximum of 3 s.h. may count toward COMM major. P: COMM
major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Faculty guidance in some area of communication.
3500. Web Design for Communication Professionals (3) Formerly COMM 3500 May not count toward
foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002.
Essential design and building techniques to create web pages for the World Wide Web.
3660. History of the Moving Image (3) Formerly COMM 3660 May not count toward foundations curriculum
social sciences requirement. P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor; COMM 1001, 1002. Examines development
of media that utilize moving visual image. Covers history of cinema from 1890s to present and history of television from
early 20th century to present.
4210. Video Direction (3) (F,S) Formerly COMM 4210 P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
COMM 1001, 1002; MPRD 3275. Analysis and practice of dramatic video direction.
4220. Video Performance (3) (F,S,SS) Formerly COMM 4220 P: COMM major or minor or consent of instructor;
COMM 1001, 1002; MPRD 2230. Practical experience in techniques involved in on-camera video presentations.
MPRD
458
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4250. Media Production Capstone (3) Formerly COMM 4250 P: COMM major or consent of instructor;
all required COMM/MPRD courses under 4000; P/C: MPRD 4210 or 4280. Career launch strategizing, service learning via
production of public service announcements for non-prots, and compilation of professional portfolio including production
reel.
4280. Digital Practicum for Professional Distribution (3) Formerly COMM 4280 P: COMM major; consent
of instructor; all required COMM/MPRD courses under 4000. Practical experience with instructor mentored/student executed
television or internet programming and/or corporate videos. Selective admission.
MPRD Banked Courses
2400. Oral Communication (3) 4190. International Communication and
3325. Reporting for Visual Media (3) Foreign Media (3)
4240. International Electronic Mass Media Systems (3)
MRCH: MERCHANDISING
1135. Principles of Merchandising (3) Principles of merchandising as applied to textile, apparel, and interiors industries.
Survey of supply, manufacture, distribution, and auxiliary industries and fashion terminology, creators, and careers.
2034. Textiles (3) C: MRCH 2035. Textile bers and fabrics. Emphasis on quality, performance, care, and selection.
Introduction to textile industry.
2035. Textiles Laboratory (1) C or P: IDSN 2040 or MRCH 2034. Assessment of textile bers and fabrics as related
to quality and performance.
2239. Apparel and Human Behavior (3) Cultural, social, psychological, and economic aspects of apparel which
affect selection and use of apparel by consumer.
2350. Merchandising Strategies (3) P: MRCH 1135. Introduces theories and concepts in soft goods retailing.
Investigates strategic planning process in apparel and interiors retailing.
2500. Survey of Historic Costume Through the 18th Century (3) A study of clothing worn by men, women,
and children from prehistory to the end of the eighteenth century. Course will focus on political, cultural, economic, and social
forces on clothing as well as stylistic changes.
2999. Pre-Professional Merchandising Seminar (3) P: Merchandising major. Sophomore capstone course which
introduces students to careers in merchandising, job search tactics, and community practice of merchandising skills.
3001, 3002, 3003. Special Topics (1,2,3) May be repeated for credit with change of topic. P: MRCH 1135. Special
topics in selected areas of apparel, interiors, and merchandising. Variable titles, content, and hours.
3050. Quality Analysis: Apparel (3) P: MRCH 2034; 2035. Evaluates apparel construction through identication,
differentiation, and analysis. Relationship between product quality and production, distribution, and consumption of apparel.
3200. Consumer Studies in Merchandising (3) P: Merchandising majors or minors; MRCH 2350. Consumer
motivation and purchasing behavior in apparel and interiors products.
3307. Nineteenth and Twentieth Century Costume (3) P: Merchandising majors or minors; MRCH 2239.
Chronological survey of development and characteristics of western dress from nineteenth century to the present.
3350. Merchandising Analysis (3) P: Merchandising majors or minors; MRCH 2350. Buying, management, and operations
in apparel and interiors industry, including wholesale and retail. Emphasis on analysis techniques utilized by merchandisers.
3400. Visual Merchandising, Planning, and Operations (3) P: Merchandising majors or minors; MRCH 1135.
Promotion of apparel and interior furnishings throughout production and distribution systems. Emphasis on merchandising
concepts and strategies that convey product characteristics.
459
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3401. Visual Merchandising/CAD Lab (1) P: MRCH 3400. Practical application of visual merchandising planning
and operational concepts. Projects may consist of software-based learning, service-learning, and community and campus
outreach experiences.
4001, 4002, 4003. Independent Study: Apparel, Textiles, Interiors Merchandising (1,2,3) P: Junior
standing. Problems in apparel, textiles, interiors and merchandising.
4209. Directed Study: Research in Merchandising (3) (WI) P: Senior standing; Merchandising majors or minors.
Research methods and applications in merchandising of apparel, textile, and interior furnishing products.
4300. Global Economics: Textiles, Apparel, and Interior Furnishing Industries (3) (WI) P: MRCH
2034 or IDSN 2040; ECON 2113. Global economic issues affecting these industries and their impact on merchandising and
consumption of these end-use products.
4350. Merchandise Buying and Sourcing (3) P: MRCH 3350. Theoretically based decision-making in forecasting,
buying, and sourcing of apparel and interiors porducts with computer applications.
4400. International Merchandising (3) P: MRCH 3200; senior merchandising major. Comparative overview of
merchandising practices in selected international environments, with special emphasis on the apparel and home furnishings
industries.
4883. Merchandising Internship (3) (WI) (F,SS) P: Senior merchandising major; minimum cumulative 2.5 GPA;
consent of instructor. Supervised work experience to enhance student’s competency in merchandising through integration
of theory and practice.
4999. Merchandising Capstone: Executing the Concept (3) P: MRCH 4350; senior merchandising major.
Application of merchandising concepts in the execution of a merchandise plan and the development and presentation of
apparel and interiors products to complete the plan.
MRCH Banked Courses
2003. Apparel Construction for Secondary 4308. Professional Development in
Education (2) Merchandising, Apparel, and Textiles (3)
2004. Apparel Construction for Secondary 4333. Quality Analysis: Textiles (2)
Education Laboratory (1) 5338. Problems in Apparel, Merchandising,
2301. Computer Applications in and Interior Design (3)
Merchandising (3)
3883. Professional Development in Merchandising (2)
MRST: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE STUDIES
2000. Introduction to Medieval and Renaissance Studies (3) (FC:HU) May count toward elective requirement
of MRST minor or foundations curriculum humanities requirement. Medieval and Renaissance studies via art, English, foreign
languages and literatures, history, music, and philosophy.
2400. Introduction to Medieval Studies (3) (FC:HU) Comprehensive interdisciplinary orientation to the European
Middle Ages (c. 300-1450), integrating decisive contributions in humanistic disciplines, religion, and the arts.
2500. Introduction to Renaissance Studies (3) (FC:HU) Comprehensive interdisciplinary orientation to the
European Renaissance era (c. 1300-1650), integrating decisive contributions in humanistic disciplines, religion (including the
Reformation), and the arts.
5000. Medieval and Renaissance Studies Seminar (3) P: 3 s.h. in MRST or consent of director. Interdisciplinary
seminar.
MRST
460
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
MULT: MULTIDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
3500. Research in Multidisciplinary Studies (3) (WI) P: Admission to MULT; consent of program director. First
of two-course sequence. Independent thesis research/creative project. Supervised by a faculty member.
4999. Seminar in Multidisciplinary Studies (3) (WI) P: MULT 3500; consent of program director. Seniors from
all disciplines complete, present, and discuss their theses/creative projects with fellow students, faculty mentors, and program
director.
MUSC: MUSIC
1000. Recital (0) Studio, student, and senior recitals. Lab for all music majors.
4507, 4508, 4509. Topics and Issues in Music (1,2, or 3) May be repeated for credit. P: Consent of instructor.
Research of relevant problems and issues.
4550. Music Honors Program (2) May be repeated for maximum of 4 s.h. P: Senior standing; minimum 3.0 GPA.
Elective program. May be elected in lieu of senior electives in theory and/or music history and literature.
MUSC: APPLIED MUSIC, GROUP
Applied music fee for all private and group courses is $35 per semester hour credit.
1105, 1115. Beginning Group Piano (1,1) Required of all non-keyboard music minors and those non-keyboard
music majors who are not able to meet requirements for entrance into MUSC 2105. 2 sessions per week. Instruction in
classes of 4 or more students. May count toward minor applied music requirement. P for 1115: MUSC 1105. Functional use
of piano. Piano prociency for music majors and minors. Student must earn minimum grade of C in each course to satisfy
piano prociency requirements.
1205, 1215. Beginning Voice Group (1,1) Required of all beginning voice minors. 2 sessions per week. Instruction in
classes of 4 or more students. May count toward minor applied music requirement. P for 1215: MUSC 1205. Fundamentals
of vocal production and some literature.
1305, 1315. Functional Piano for Singers I, II (1,1) May not count toward foundations curriculum ne arts
requirement. P: Music major. Basic keyboard uency for singers. Preparation for departmental keyboard prociency exam
required of all voice performance majors.
1415. Woodwind Group (1) May be repeated for credit. 2 1-hour labs per week. Instruction in classes of 4 or more
students. May count toward minor applied music requirement. Develop basic playing ability and methodology of teaching
woodwind instruments.
1435. Brass Group (1) 2 sessions per week. Instruction in classes of 4 or more students. May count toward minor applied
music requirement. Develop basic playing ability on common brass instruments.
1445. Percussion Group (1) 2 sessions per week. Instruction in classes of 4 or more students. May count toward
minor applied music requirement. Fundamentals and teaching techniques.
1455. Introduction to Winds and Percussion (2) (F) Fundamentals of playing, teaching, and rehearsing woodwind,
brass, and percussion instruments in the classroom setting.
2105, 2115. Intermediate Group Piano (1,1) Required of all non-keyboard music majors who are not able to
meet prociency requirements. 2 sessions per week. Instruction in classes of 4 or more students. May count toward minor
applied music requirement. P for 2105: MUSC 1115; P for 2115: MUSC 2105. Functional use of piano. Prociency for music
majors. Successful completion of sequence satises piano prociency requirements for some concentrations. Student must
earn minimum grade of C in each course to satisfy piano prociency requirements.
461
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
2125, 2135. Basic Keyboard Skills (1,1) Same as MUSC 2125, 2135 (Pedagogy) 2 sessions per week.
Instruction in classes of 4 or more students. May count toward minor applied music requirement. P for 2135: MUSC 2125.
Functional use of piano for music majors and minors whose primary performance medium is keyboard instrument.
2315. String Class (1) (F) 2 1-hour labs per week. Instruction in classes of 4 or more students. May count toward minor
applied music requirement. Develop basic playing ability and methodology of teaching string instruments.
2455, 2465, 3455, 3465, 4455. Accompanying (1 each) Same as MUSC 2455, 2465, 3455, 3465, 4455
(Performance Groups, Small) 1 hour per week and supervised accompanying of singers and instrumentalists. Instruction
in classes of 4 or more students. May count toward minor applied music requirement. May be repeated for credit. P for 2465,
3455, 3465, 4455: MUSC 2455. Skills, sight reading, transposition, and style required of accompanists.
3105, 3115. Functional Guitar Class (1,1) (F,S) For prospective music teachers and music therapists. 2 sessions per
week. Instruction in classes of 4 or more students. May count toward minor applied music requirement. P for 3105: MUSC
2115 or consent of instructor; P for 3115: MUSC 3105 or consent of instructor. Use of guitar as functional accompanying
instrument in classroom music teaching.
MUSC: APPLIED MUSIC, PRIVATE
Applied music fee for all private and group courses is $35 per semester hour credit.
Courses in applied music are required for all music majors and are open to qualied non-music major university students
when teaching time is available.
Minor applied students receive one half-hour lesson per week. Major applied students receive one hour lesson per week.
Each music major is required to have a performance medium. The minimum entrance performing prociency level is III, and
the minimum graduation level ranges from VI to VIII. A minimum of a half recital is required of all music majors for graduation;
2 recitals are required of performance majors. 2 semester hours credit per semester is required as a minimum for the major
performing medium. Instruction is available for the following instruments:
01-Piano 08-Viola 14-Bassoon 19-Trombone
02-Organ 09-Cello 15-Clarinet 20-Euphonium
03-Harpsichord 10-String Bass 16-Saxophone (alto or tenor) 21-Tuba
05-Guitar 11-Flute 17-Trumpet 22-Percussion
06-Voice 13-Oboe 18-Horn 23- Jazz
07-Violin
In addition to the above, instruments such as piccolo, English horn, bass clarinet, contrabasson, etc., may be studied in
conjunction with 1 of these applied majors, but not as a separate major or minor.
Catalog numbers are set by the registrar as follows: the rst digit indicates level, the middle 2 digits indicate the applied areas
as listed above, and the last digit indicates credit. Credit is variable: 1-4 s.h. If the last digit is 0, the applied music course is
for students who do not meet minimum performance prociency requirements as determined by the student’s auditioning
committee and the course may not count toward foundations curriculum ne arts requirements, certication, or degree
requirements. No applied music course may count toward foundations curriculum requirements.
Below are the catalog numbers and credit for each class. The 2 digits to be substituted for the blanks will indicate the applied
area, as listed above. For example, Lower-Level Applied Piano for 1 credit is MUSC 1011. All applied music courses may be
repeated for credit.
1_ _0 Lower-Level Applied Music (2) 3_ _0 Upper-Level Applied Music (2)
1_ _1 Lower-Level Applied Music (1) 3_ _1 Upper-Level Applied Music (1)
1_ _2 Lower-Level Applied Music (2) 3_ _2 Upper-Level Applied Music (2)
1_ _3 Lower-Level Applied Music (3) 3_ _3 Upper-Level Applied Music (3)
1_ _4 Lower-Level Applied Music (4) 3_ _4 Upper-Level Applied Music (4)
MUSC
462
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
MUSC: CONDUCTING
3156, 3166. Conducting (1,1) P: MUSC 2166, 2186; P for 3166: MUSC 3156. Skills relevant to performance of
instrumental and choral music.
5706, 5716. Advanced Applied Conducting (3,3) May be repeated for credit. Applied instrumental or choral
conducting techniques. Score reading and analytical studies to develop knowledgeable interpretation of compositions for
performance.
MUSC: JAZZ STUDIES
1231, 1232, 1233, 1234. Lower-Level Applied Jazz (1,2,3,4) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for credit. P: MUSC
2166, 2186; or consent of instructor. Application of principles and techniques used in performance practices in various jazz
styles. Style periods include Dixieland, swing, bebop, cool, contemporary, and electronic jazz.
2095, 2096. Jazz Keyboard Harmony (2,2) P for 2095: MUSC 2115, 2166, 2186; or consent of instructor. Application
of principles of twentieth century jazz keyboard harmony, form, and structure from ragtime to present.
2195. Jazz Improvisation (2) P: MUSC 1115, 2166, 2186; or consent of instructor. Application of techniques.
2196. Advanced Jazz Improvisation (2) P: MUSC 2195 or consent of instructor. Continuation of MUSC 2195.
Emphasis on performance, transcription of solos, original compositions, and advanced ear training in current jazz idioms.
2295, 2296. Jazz Theory and Arranging (2,2) P for 2295: MUSC 2166, 2186; or consent of instructor; P for 2296:
MUSC 2295. Music theory for jazz. Analysis of various styles performed in twentieth century. Choral substitution and extended
harmonies. Arranging in different styles for variety of instrumentations.
2395. Rhythm Section Concepts (2) May be repeated for credit. P: Audition or consent of instructor. Performance
practices used by traditional, contemporary, and augmented rhythm section.
3231, 3232, 3233, 3234. Upper-Level Applied Jazz (1,2,3,4) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for credit. P: MUSC
2166, 2186; or consent of instructor. Application of principles and techniques used in performance practices in various jazz
styles. Style periods include Dixieland, Swing, Bebop, Cool, and Contemporary Eras and electronic jazz.
4195. Jazz Seminar (3) (F,S,SS) P: Passing score on jazz studies upper division exam; MUSC 1406, 2258, 2406, 2416.
Analyze, research, and study of important innovators, musicians, educators, musical concepts, compositions, and developments
of jazz eras from 1900 to present. Dixieland, Swing, Bebop, Cool, and Contemporary Eras.
MUSC: MUSIC EDUCATION
2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (S) For prospective teachers. Minimum of 16 hours of
directed observations and planned participation in appropriate school environments and 8 hours of seminar class instruction in
the teaching area. May not count toward a major or minor for the BA degree. P: Completion of 8 s.h. in theory, composition,
and musicology or consent of music education chair. Introduction to teaching of music.
2345. Introduction to Secondary General Music (1) (F) Fundamentals for teaching general music at the
secondary level.
3217. Beginning Instruction in Instrumental Music (2) (F) P: Completion of lower-level competencies in music
education; acceptance into music education degree program; MUSC 2123. Criteria for selection and utilization of music and
materials suitable for elementary school children. Role of beginning instrumental music in schools and its relationship to total
school program.
3227. Rehearsal Techniques in Secondary Instrumental Music Education (2) (S) P: MUSC 3217. Teaching
techniques applicable to large-group instrumental rehearsals, study of suitable materials, orientation to philosophy and its
application in teaching sessions, and self-evaluation.
463
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3237. Beginning Instruction in Vocal-General Music Education (2) (F) P: Completion of lower-level
competencies in music education; acceptance into music education degree program; MUSC 2123. Identication of elements
of music and their components. Planning and evaluation of teaching experiences in general music classroom and consideration
of voice classication and vocal technique in elementary school. Role of choral program in schools and its relationship to
total school program.
3247. Rehearsal Techniques in Secondary Vocal-Choral Music Education (2) (S) P: MUSC 3237.
Teaching techniques applicable to large-group choral rehearsals, study of junior- and senior-high choral literature, orientation
to philosophy and its application to choral rehearsal, and self-evaluation.
3277. Marching Band Practices and Techniques (2) P: 2 years of experience in the university marching band
or consent of instructor. Training of marching band. Emphasis on efcient use of rehearsal time and various styles of
presentations.
3287. Choral Laboratory (1) Primarily for music education majors and conducting students. 2 1-hour sessions per
week. May be repeated for credit. P: Completion of or enrollment in MUSC 3156 or 3217 or 3237 or consent of instructor.
Application of rehearsal skills, choral sight reading, and musicianship development.
3697. Introduction to String Teaching (2) Same as MUSC 3697 (Pedagogy) P: MUSC 2115; 2305 or 2315.
Principles of string teaching and their application to individual and group settings. Emphasis on elementary and secondary
schools. Critical examination and evaluation of string instruction materials.
4323. Materials and Methods of Instrumental Music Teaching (2) (F) P: Admission to upper division; MUSC
3227. Instrumental pedagogy with additional concentration on developing course objectives, evaluative procedures, rehearsal
techniques, administrative procedures, and discipline as related to secondary school instrumental program.
4324. Internship in Music Education (10) (S) Full-time, semester-long internship. P: Admission to upper division;
MUSC 4323 or 4333; C: MUSC 4325. Internship in assigned school under direction of master teacher and university
supervisor.
4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Music Education (0) (S) P: Admission to upper division; C: MUSC 4324.
Individualized study of problems or issues pertinent to music education during music internship experience.
4333. Materials and Methods of Vocal-General Music Teaching (2) (F) P: MUSC 3247. Techniques of
organization, administration, motivation, discipline, and innovative techniques associated with choral-vocal programs in
secondary schools.
5937. Teaching Music in the Elementary School (3) May not count toward foundations curriculum ne arts
requirement. Materials, techniques, and all phases of elementary school music program.
5947. Choral Problems and Techniques (2) Seminar in problems pertaining to rehearsal and performance of
choral music.
5957. Instrumental Problems and Techniques (3) Seminar in problems pertaining to elementary, middle school,
and secondary school instrumental music programs.
5977. General Music in the Secondary Schools (3) May not count toward foundations curriculum ne arts
requirement. Contemporary concepts in teaching at middle, junior, and senior high school levels. Examination of literature
and materials.
MUSC: MUSIC HISTORY AND LITERATURE
1406, 2406, 2416. Music History and Literature (3,3,2) (WI) P for 2406: MUSC 1406; P for 2416: MUSC
2406. Three-semester survey of Western Music proceeding chronologically from Antiquity to modern times. Emphasis on
style, genre, and cultural context.
MUSC
464
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3055. History of the American Musical Theatre (3) Same as THEA 3055 P: MUSC 2166 or consent of
instructor. Styles and periods.
4406. Music of the Baroque Era (3) P: MUSC 1406, 2406, 2416. Detailed examination of analytical and historiographical
issues in a variety of representative musical genres from 1600 to 1750. Topics include the rise of the stile moderno and the
development of new vocal and instrumental forms such as opera and concerto. Individual class sessions focus on selected
individual works from all phases of the Baroque, along with consideration of their historical and cultural context.
4416. Music of the Classic Era and Enlightenment (3) P: MUSC 1406, 2406, 2416. Detailed consideration
of analytical and historiographical issues in a variety of representative musical genres from 1720 to 1820, including both
precursors and proponents of Classic style (Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven), and also exploring the relationship of this art music
to Enlightenment gures such as Rousseau and Goethe.
4426. Music of the Romantic Era (3) P: MUSC 1406, 2406, 2416. Detailed examination of analytical and historiographical
issues in a variety of representative musical genres of the 19th century, including developments in symphonic forms, instrumental
and vocal chamber music, and opera, from Schubert to Debussy, along with consideration of their historical and cultural
context.
4436. Symphonic Music (2) P: MUSC 1406, 2406, 2416. Development of orchestral forces, repertoire, and symphonic
conceptions from the Pre-Classic era through the 20th Century. Emphasis on forms, styles, and historical issues in the symphony,
symphonic poem, and concerto.
4446. Music of the Modern and Postmodern Eras (3) P: MUSC 1406, 2406, 2416. Detailed examination of central
analytical, historiographical, and philosophical issues in music of the 20th and 21st centuries, including conceptual developments in
traditional genres, as well as serialism, electronic music, minimalism, and crossovers with vernacular and popular styles. Individual
class sessions focus on selected individual works, along with consideration of their historical and cultural context.
4496. Opera History (2) (WI) (S03) Formerly MUSC 5796 P: MUSC 2416. History of lyric theatre from late
sixteenth century to present. Emphasis on examples from outstanding operas of various periods in music history.
4596. Historical Development of Solo Vocal Literature (2) (S04) Formerly MUSC 5616 P: Senior standing;
undergraduate survey of music history; MUSC 2416. History with concentration on literature of major composers.
4658. Musical Aesthetics and Criticism (3) (WI) P: MUSC 1406, 2406, 2416. Pro-seminar devoted to issues of
judging artistic value in music through the discipline of aesthetics and through various modes of music criticism raised by
seminal gures such as Aristotle and Kant. Subsequent focus on value judgment in relation to music aesthetics and criticism.
5456. Introduction to Ethnomusicology (2) P: MUSC or ANTH major with consent of instructor. Theories,
methods, techniques, and fundamental concepts used in study of non-Western and primitive music.
5466. Folk and Indigenous Music of Europe and the Americas (2) P: Area minors and ANTH majors with
consent of instructor; undergraduate MUSC course. Ethnic music of the West surveyed with particular attention to society,
culture, and tradition.
5476. African Music (2) P: Open to area minors and ANTH majors with consent of instructor. Sub-Saharan African
music surveyed in the context of African society and culture.
5506. Early Music in the West: to 1600 (3) P: MUSC 1406, 2406, 2416; or equivalent. Genres, sources, theoretical
literature, and cultural contexts of western art music from Late Antiquity through end of Renaissance. Pro-seminar format.
5516. Ibero-American Musics of the Twentieth Century (3) (WI) P: MUSC 2166 or consent of instructor.
Comprehensive overview from ethnomusicological perspective. Vernacular musics of Spanish- and Portugese-speaking cultures
and their inuence on art-music composers of twentieth century.
5667, 5677. Organ History, Literature, and Design (2,2) Same as MUSC 5667, 5677 (Sacred Music)
P: MUSC 2416 or consent of instructor. Recommended to be taken in sequence. Historical survey of organ literature from
earliest manuscripts through music of J. S. Bach in rst term. From J. S. Bach to present in second term. Basic principles of
organ construction and style. Emphasis on relationship between organ and its repertoire throughout centuries.
465
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
5737. Piano Literature and Advanced Pedagogy (3) Recommended that MUSC 5737, 5747 be taken in
sequence. Literature for piano in relation to contemporary pedagogical use. Intermediate through advanced-level literature
from Renaissance through Beethoven and Schubert.
5747. Piano Literature and Advanced Pedagogy (3) Recommended that MUSC 5737, 5747 be taken in sequence.
Literature for piano in relation to contemporary pedagogical use. Intermediate through advanced-level literature from Chopin
and Schumann to present.
5757. Lute and Guitar Literature (3) Comprehensive survey of solo literature for lute and guitar from Renaissance
to twentieth century.
5887, 5897. Survey of Performance Practice (2,2) P: MUSC 2416 or consent of instructor. Original and secondary
sources on performance practices from Renaissance to present. Development of instruments and comparison of notated
music with actual performance practices.
5906, 5916. Choral Literature (2,2) Historical and stylistic survey and critical evaluation of choral literature for use
with school, community, and sacred choirs.
5926. Wind Instrument Literature (3) Chamber music, band, wind, and percussion literature for all phases of
instrumental instruction.
MUSC: MUSIC TECHNOLOGY
2280. Introduction to Music Technology (2) (F) P: MUSC major or consent of instructor. Basic concepts in acoustics,
psychoacoustics, and electroacoustics and their application to computer music programs and keyboard synthesizers.
3300. Creating Media Software for Music Instruction (2) (S) Computer-authoring programs for instruction
and development of original multimedia applications.
MUSC: MUSIC THERAPY
2277. Orientation to Therapy (1) For students who plan to major in music therapy. 1 classroom and/or lab hour
per week. Overview of music in therapy.
2287. Orientation to Therapy Practicum (1) 1 classroom and/or lab hour per week. Orientation to music in
therapy through observation and participation in music therapy programs in variety of treatment settings.
3257. Music Therapy I: Introduction to Music in Therapy (3) C: MUSC 3357. Current trends and historical
bases for use of music in therapy.
3267. Music Therapy II: The Inuence of Music on Behavior (3) P: MUSC 3257; C: 3367. Theoretical bases
and experimental evidence of inuence of music on human behavior and development of clinical procedures.
3297. Orientation to Therapy (1) Supervised eld experience. P: Music therapy major; completion of sophomore
year in music or consent of instructor. Orientation to use of music therapy in various rehabilitation and therapeutic centers.
3357. Music Therapy Practicum (1) Supervised practicum for music therapy majors. 1 classroom and/or lab hour
per week. C: MUSC 3257. Application of music therapy procedures and techniques in approved treatment setting.
3367. Music Therapy Practicum II (1) Supervised practicum for music therapy majors. 1 classroom and/or lab hour
per week. C: MUSC 3267. Application of music therapy procedures and techniques in approved treatment setting.
4277. Music for Group Activities (2) Same as MUSC 4277 (Non-music Majors) Open to recreation
and leisure studies and allied health majors. C: MUSC 4287. Organization and development of social and recreational music
activities. Emphasis on therapeutic function.
4287. Music for Group Activities Practicum (1) C: MUSC 4277. Supervised experience in group music activities
at hospitals, special schools, sheltered workshops, or community health centers.
MUSC
466
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
5257, 5267. Psychological Foundations of Music (3,3) Nature and extent of scientic investigations into acoustics
of music, human responses to music, learning theory, and basic research in music.
5287. Psychological Foundations of Music Practicum (1) Lab provides opportunity to develop and carry out
research in clinical setting.
5297. Music Therapy Practicum III (1) Supervised practicum for music therapy majors. Application of music therapy
procedures and techniques with individual clients.
5997. Clinical Internship (1) Supervised internship. P: Music therapy major; completion of academic requirements for
the degree. Placement in approved music therapy clinical training program with registered music therapist as director.
MUSC: PEDAGOGY
1627. Italian Lyric Diction for Singers (2) (F) Basic understanding of standard lyric literature. Grammatical and
phonetic analysis.
1637. French Lyric Diction for Singers (2) (S02) Standard French lyric literature. Grammatical and phonetic analysis.
1647. German Lyric Diction for Singers (2) (S03) Standard German lyric literature. Grammatical and phonetic analysis.
2125, 2135. Basic Keyboard Skills (1,1) (2125: F02; 2135: S03) Same as MUSC 2125, 2135 (Applied
Music, Group) 2 sessions per week. Instruction in classes of 4 or more students. No fee. May count toward minor applied
music requirement. P for 2135: MUSC 2125. Functional use of piano for music majors and minors whose primary performance
medium is keyboard instrument.
3637. Voice Pedagogy (3) Materials and techniques for teaching voice students at all levels of advancement.
3697. Introduction to String Teaching (3) Same as MUSC 3697 (Music Education) P: MUSC 2115;
2305 or 2315. Principles of string teaching and their application to individual and group settings. Emphasis on elementary and
secondary schools. Critical examination and evaluation of string instruction materials.
3707. Foundations and Principles of Piano Pedagogy (2) (F02) Conceptual approach to teaching of piano.
Emphasis on development of methodology and standards in piano teaching.
3717. Elementary Piano Pedagogy (2) (S03) Piano literature and instruction. Emphasis on development of practical
teaching strategies.
4644, 4647. Suzuki Pedagogy I, II (3,3) C for 4644: MUSC 4646; P for 4647: MUSC 4644, 4646; C for 4647: MUSC
4648. Philosophy and principles of Suzuki approach to teaching and playing violin. Course scope limited to material presented
in volumes I and II (for 4644) and volumes III and IV (for 4647) of Suzuki Violin School.
4646, 4648. Suzuki Observation I, II (1,1) C for 4646: MUSC 4644; P for 4648: MUSC 4644, 4646; C for 4648:
MUSC 4647. Two-semester sequence. Field observation of Suzuki approach to teaching and playing violin.
4649, 4650. Suzuki Observation III, IV (1,1) 2-semester sequence. P for 4649: MUSC 4648; C for 4649: MUSC 4654;
P for 4650: MUSC 4649; C for 4650: MUSC 4656. Field observation of Suzuki approach to teaching and playing violin.
4654, 4656. Suzuki Pedagogy III, IV (3,3) (F,S) P for 4654: MUSC 4647, 4648; C for 4656: MUSC 4650. Philosophy
and principles of Suzuki approach to teaching and playing violin as presented in volumes V through VIII of Suzuki Violin
School.
4657. Directed Study in Instrumental Pedagogy for Brass, Percussion, Strings, or Woodwinds (3)
Required of all brass, percussion, string, and woodwind performance majors. Conferences scheduled as needed with minimum
of 1 hour per week. P: Acceptance in performance degree program; consent of instructor. Teaching materials and techniques
for all levels of instruction in student’s area of specialization.
4660. Percussion Pedagogy and Literature P: Upper division standing in applied music. Study of pedagogical
methods and performance materials for percussion instruments of Western art music.
467
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
5647. Orchestral and String Pedagogy (3) P: MUSC 3697 or consent of instructor. Methodology and materials for
studio teaching. Orchestral organization, rehearsal, and repertoire, and their practical application. Minor repair.
5657. Organ Pedagogy (2) P: Completion of 4 semesters of applied organ. Technical, artistic, and philosophical aspects
of teaching organ at all levels of development. Survey of organ methods, appropriate graded repertoire in wide range of
styles, and practice teaching.
5707. Seminar: Topics and Problems of Piano Pedagogy (2) C: MUSC 5727. Emphasis on teaching the
intermediate level pre-college student, including psychology of adolescent student, piano technique, keyboard skills, and
working with transfer students.
5717. Advanced Piano Performance Problems (2) C: MUSC 5727. Preschool music, the adult beginner, teaching
in group settings, and nonmajor and secondary college piano.
5727. Piano Pedagogy: Observation and Student Teaching (2) 4 hours per week. May be repeated for credit.
C: MUSC 5707 fall semester; MUSC 5717 spring semester. Supervised teaching and observation in the piano pedagogy
program and/or through internship in an independent piano teaching studio.
5967. Choral Practicum (2) Same as MUSC 5967 (Sacred Music) P: MUSC 5706, 5716; or consent of instructor.
Student derives solutions to specic problems encountered in preparing chorus for performance.
MUSC: PERFORMANCE GROUPS, LARGE
1615. Varsity Choir (1) (FC:FA) May be repeated for credit.
1625. Concert Choir (1) (FC:FA) May be repeated for credit. Open to all students by audition only.
1635. University Chorale (1) (FC:FA) May be repeated for credit. Open to all students.
1645. Men’s Glee Club (1) (FC:FA) May be repeated for credit. Audition required.
1665. Women’s Glee Club (1) (FC:FA) May be repeated for credit. Audition required.
1675. Chamber Singers (1) (FC:FA) May be repeated for credit. Open to all students by audition only.
1705. Marching Band (2) (FC:FA) May be repeated for credit. Open to all students. May not count toward large
ensemble credit for music majors. Music majors taking more than 2 s.h. of MUSC 1706 or 1705 must sign a release form to
be made available in the music ofce and in the SoM Undergraduate Handbook. The form will help clarify that hours above
the required 2 s.h. of MUSC 1706 will not count as part of the Music Education degree plan at ECU, and that these extra
hours may lead to additional hours on a student’s transcript before graduation.
1706. Marching Band Field Experience (1) May be repeated for credit. Open to all students. Participation in
marching band with teaching component emphasizing marching band pedagogy through student leadership positions. Music
majors may count only 2 s.h. of Marching Band Field Expereince (MUSC 1706, 1 s.h.) for large ensemble credit. Music majors
taking more thatn 2 s.h. of MUSC 1706 or 1705 must sign a release form to be made available in the music ofce and in the
SoM Undergraduate Handbook. The form will help clarify that hours above the required 2 s.h. of MUSC 1706 will not count
as part of the Music Education degree plan at ECU, and that these extra hours may lead to additional hours on a student’s
transcript before graduation.
1715. Concert Band (1) (FC:FA) May be repeated for credit. Open to all students.
1735. Wind Ensemble (1) (FC:FA) May be repeated for credit. Open to all students by audition only.
1745. Symphony Orchestra (1) (FC:FA) May be repeated for credit. Open to all students by audition only.
1765. Symphonic Band (1) May be repeated for credit. Open to all students.
MUSC
468
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
1775. Jazz Ensemble (1) (FC:FA) May be repeated for credit. Open to all students by audition or consent of
instructor.
MUSC: PERFORMANCE GROUPS, SMALL
1605. Opera Theatre (1) (FC:FA) May be repeated for credit. 2 rehearsals per week.
1805. String Chamber Music (1) 2 rehearsals per week. May be repeated for credit.
1815. Woodwind Chamber Music (1) 2 rehearsals per week. May be repeated for credit.
1825. Percussion Chamber Music (1) 2 rehearsals per week. May be repeated for credit.
1835. Saxophone Chamber Music (1) 2 rehearsals per week. May be repeated for credit.
1845. Collegium Musicum (1) 2 rehearsals per week. May be repeated for credit.
1855. Jazz Chamber Music (1) 2 rehearsals per week. May be repeated for credit.
1865. Brass Chamber Music (1) 2 rehearsals per week. May be repeated for credit.
1875. Keyboard Chamber Music (1) 2 rehearsals per week. May be repeated for credit.
1885. Contemporary Chamber Music (1) 2 rehearsals per week. May be repeated for credit.
1895. Vocal Chamber Music (1) 2 rehearsals per week. May be repeated for credit.
2455, 2465, 3455, 3465, 4455. Accompanying (1 each) (2455, 3455:F; 2465, 3465: S) Same as MUSC
2455, 2465, 3455, 3465, 4455 (Applied Music, Group) 1 hour per week and supervised accompanying of singers
and instrumentalists. Instruction in classes of 4 or more students. Applied music fee is $31 per semester hour credit. May
count toward minor applied music requirement. May be repeated for credit. P for 2465, 3455, 3465, 4455: MUSC 2455.
Skills, sight reading, transposition, and style required of accompanists.
MUSC: SACRED MUSIC
2476, 4476. Introduction to Service Playing I, II (1,1) (S) 1 lecture and 1 studio hour per week. P: 1 semester
of applied organ or consent of instructor. Basic techniques and materials of service playing. Includes hymn playing, registration,
and accompanying.
4417, 4437. Service Playing (2,2) Formerly MUSC 5517, 5527 Must be taken in sequence. P: MUSC 2476
or consent of instructor. Techniques and repertoire related to many facets of service playing, hymn playing, improvisation,
accompanying, console conducting, and liturgical planning.
4525. History of Sacred Music and Worship (3) P: MUSC 2416. Liturgical ritual and worship practices. Special
emphasis on music and hymnody related to these practices from pre-Christian roots to modern day.
4526, 4527. Philosophy and Practice of Sacred Music I, II (2,2) Must be taken in sequence. Explores
philosophical and theological dimensions of music in worship; administration of a sacred music program; direction of handbell
choirs; composition and arranging for the service; choral techniques and repertoire for children’s and youth choirs; and multi-
cultural and non-traditional contemporary trends in sacred music.
4528. Sacred Music Internship (1) (F,S) 1 semester internship. P for organ majors: MUSC 2476; for vocal majors:
MUSC 3156, 3166. Develop various skills under direct supervision of church supervisor and university advisor.
5667, 5677. Organ History, Literature, and Design (2,2) Same as MUSC 5667, 5677 (Music History
and Literature) Recommended to be taken in sequence. P: MUSC 2416. Historical survey of organ literature from earliest
manuscripts through music of J. S. Bach in rst term. From J. S. Bach to present in second term. Basic principles of organ
construction and style. Emphasis on relationship between organ and its repertoire throughout centuries.
469
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
5967. Choral Practicum (3) Same as MUSC 5967 (Pedagogy) P: MUSC 5706, 5716; or consent of instructor.
Student derives solutions to specic problems encountered in preparing chorus for performance.
MUSC: THEORY COMPOSITION
1156, 1166. Basic Musicianship (3,3) (F,S,SS) P for 1166: MUSC 1156. Basic concepts of scales, melody, rhythm,
form, and notation. Emphasis on functional harmony and analysis.
1176, 1186. Basic Musicianship Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) 2 1-hour sessions per week. P for 1186: MUSC 1176;
C for 1186: MUSC 1166. Aural comprehension, sight singing, performance, and conducting skills.
1326, 1336. Composition (1,1) Beginning study. P/C: MUSC 1156, 1176.
2156, 2166. Basic Musicianship (3,3) P for 2156: MUSC 1166; P for 2166: MUSC 2156. Selected Baroque and
nineteenth- and twentieth-century styles and genres. Emphasis on analysis, chromatic functional harmony, and twentieth-
century compositional techniques.
2176, 2186. Basic Musicianship Laboratory (1,1) 2 1-hour sessions per week. P for 2176: MUSC 1186; C for 2176:
MUSC 2156; P for 2186: MUSC 2176; C for 2186: MUSC 2166. Continued development of skills in aural comprehension,
sight singing, performance, and conducting.
2326, 2336. Composition (2,2) Weekly seminar plus conference. P: MUSC 1336 or consent of instructor. Intermediate
study.
3176. Basic Musicianship V (2) (WI) P: MUSC 2166, 2186. Analytical study of complete works of large ensembles.
Applies analysis to practical situations of performance and conducting.
3326, 3336. Composition (2,2) Weekly seminar plus conference. P: MUSC 2336 or consent of instructor. Advanced
study.
3366, 3386. Electronic Music Composition (2,2) P: MUSC 2326 or consent of instructor. Beginning and intermediate
composition in electronic idiom. Classical studio technique (3366). Electronic music synthesis on Moog Series III Synthesizer
(3386).
4326, 4336. Composition (3,3) May be repeated for credit. Weekly seminar and conference. P: MUSC 3336 or
consent of instructor. Advanced study.
4327. Counterpoint (3) (F) Formerly MUSC 5316 Counterpoint from sixteenth to twentieth century. Emphasis
on eighteenth-century genres, through listening, analysis, and written assignments.
4328. Language of Post-tonal Music (3) (WI) (S-EY) Formerly MUSC 5326 Materials and techniques used by
composers since beginning of twentieth century. Stylistic writing and analysis of works by selected composers of century.
4366, 4376. Advanced Composition in Electronic Media (3,3) P: MUSC 3386 or consent of instructor. Emphasis
on larger, extended forms, tape and instrumental combination, real-time performance, and intermedia.
4506. Directed Study in Music Theory (2) (F,S,SS) Required of all undergraduate theory-composition majors
who specialize in theory. Conferences scheduled as needed with minimum of 1 hour meeting per week. May be repeated
for maximum of 4 s.h. P: MUSC 2166.
4536. Introduction to Schenkerian Analysis (3) (S-OY) P: MUSC 2166 or consent of instructor. Tonal music
using graphic analytical techniques of Heinrich Schenker. Includes contemporary extensions of Schenker approach.
5336. Advanced Orchestration (2) Scoring for orchestra and symphonic band. Techniques from Classic period
through contemporary idioms.
5346. Modern Instrumental Arranging (2) P: MUSC 3176 or consent of instructor. Develop arranging skills and
techniques as applied to instrumental music (e.g., stage band, marching band, symphonic band, and orchestra).
MUSC
470
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
5366. Special Studies in Music Theory (3) May be repeated for credit with consent of dept chair. P: MUSC 2166
or graduate standing in MUSC or consent of instructor. Subject matter determined by needs and interests.
MUSC: COURSES FOR NON-MUSIC MAJORS
1008. Music Theory for Non-music Majors (3) (FC:FA) Not open to MUSC majors. P: Ability to read music or
consent of instructor. Various elements of music theory. Notation, intervals, scales, rhythm, harmony, and form.
1018, 1028. Music Reading and Fundamentals for Non-music Majors (2,2) (FC:FA) Not open to MUSC
majors. P for 1028: MUSC 1018. Music reading skills and fundamentals.
1108, 1118. Non-music Major Group Voice (1,1) (FC:FA) 2 classroom hours per week. P for 1118: MUSC 1108.
Fundamentals of voice production and beginning vocal literature. Applied music group fee is $35 per semester hour credit.
1208, 1218. Non-music Major Group Piano (1,1) (FC:FA) 2 classroom hours per week. P for 1218: MUSC
1208 or consent of instructor. Develop basic playing ability. Note reading, rhythm, technique, and repertoire. Applied music
group fee is $35 per semester hour credit.
1308, 1318. Non-music Major Group Guitar (1,1) (FC:FA) 2 classroom hours per week. P for 1318: MUSC
1308 or consent of instructor. Fundamentals of technique and notation on guitar. Emphasis on basic right-hand techniques
and their application to solo performance. Applied music group fee is $35 per semester hour credit.
2207. The Enjoyment of Music (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) Not open to MUSC majors. May not be taken by students
who have credit for MUSC 2208. Basic materials of music and their utilization in understanding and enjoyment of music of
different styles and periods.
2208. Music Appreciation (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) Not open to MUSC majors. May not be taken by students who
have credit for MUSC 2207. Basic materials of music and their utilization in understanding and enjoyment of music of different
styles and periods. Lectures and live performances. Emphasis on aural awareness development.
2209. The Musical Experience (3) Non-specialist overview of the resources, genres, and cultural outlook of musical
traditions worldwide, including vernacular (folk and indigenous), popular, and cultivated (i.e., “classical”) musics. Emphasizes
development of musical and multicultural awareness through mastery of basic terminology, stylistic concepts, and critical-
listening skills.
2225. Introduction to Early Music in the West (3) (FC:FA) Survey of materials, forms, genres, and signicant
issues of music in the Medieval and Renaissance periods. Non-technical format emphasizing basic terminology, stylistic concepts,
and place of music in intellectual, cultural, and religious context of time. Development of critical thinking and listening skills.
2226. Introduction to Popular Music Styles in America (3) (FC:FA) Identies stylistic strands of American
popular music from ante-bellum New Orleans to present multifarious musical spectrum. Explores musical and cultural
signicance. Develop basic terminology, tracing important formative inuences such as blues, ragtime, jazz, Tin Pan Alley,
Broadway, and rock. Fosters development of cultural and historical awareness through critical listening.
2227. Introduction to American Music from Colonial Times to the Present (3) (FC:FA) Overview of
rich palette of music produced and consumed in US in historic times, from the Bay Psalm Book to diverse styles of twentieth
century. Focuses on cultivated and vernacular traditions, including band music, gospel, folk and country styles, popular music,
and European-inuenced trends. Develop cultural and historical awareness through critical listening.
2229. Introduction to Western Art Music (3) (FC:FA) Nonspecialist overview of musical resources, genres, and
historical styles of European music, illustrated through masterworks by great composers of previous historical eras through the
modern period. Emphasizes development of cultural awareness through mastery of basic terminology, stylistic and historical
concepts, and critical-listening skills.
2248. Music of the World’s Peoples (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) Broader comprehension and appreciation of non-
Western music. Increased awareness of music and musical thought of other cultures. Basic survey of music of non-Western
cultures from Asia, Africa, the Near East, the Pacic, and South America.
471
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
2257. Jazz Appreciation (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) May not be taken by students who have credit for MUSC 2258. Basic
materials of jazz music and their utilization in understanding and enjoyment of jazz music of different styles and periods.
2258. History of Jazz Music (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) May not be taken by students who have credit for MUSC 2257.
May count toward MUSC major electives. Jazz from its origin to present.
2268. Music of Latin America (2) (FC:FA) Not open to MUSC majors. Popular and classical music of Latin
America. Effect of Latin-American historical events on its music, basic musical concepts, and vocabulary. Emphasis on aural
awareness.
3018. Introduction to Basic Music Skills for Elementary School Teachers (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) Skills
and understanding necessary for teaching music. Applied music group fee is $35 per semester hour credit.
3048. Music for Exceptional Children (2) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) May count toward MUSC major electives. Emphasis
on materials, procedures, and activities. Applied music group fee is $35 per semester hour credit.
3058. Music for the Preschool Child (2) May count toward MUSC major electives. P: MUSC 3018 or consent of
instructor. Materials and methods for teaching music to children from birth to 6 years of age.
4228. Arts Marketing (3) May count toward MUSC major electives. Key concepts, background, public relations
strategies, and arts-specic marketing solutions for teachers, sacred musicians, and community-sponsored arts program
directors to promote music, theatre, and arts programs effectively.
4277. Music for Group Activities (2) (F) Same as MUSC 4277 (Music Therapy) Open to recreation
and leisure studies and allied health majors. C: MUSC 4287. Organization and development of social and recreational
music activities. Emphasis on therapeutic function.
MUSC Banked Courses
1405, 1425. Woodwind Group (1,1) 3909. Seminar in Music Industry (1)
1655. Women’s Chorus (1) 4306. Advanced Theory (2)
1755. Symphony Orchestra Laboratory (0) 4465. Accompanying (1)
2008. Theatre Score Analysis (3) 4909. Selected Topics in Music Business (2)
2218. Orchestral Music (2) 4993. Cooperative Internship in Music
2228. Music of the Theatre (2) Business (3)
2238. Contemporary Music (2) 4996. Cooperative Internship in Music
2305. String Group (1) Business (6)
2445. Intermediate Percussion Group (1) 5446. American Music (2)
2909. Introduction to Music Business (3) 5496. Electronic Music (2)
3028. Music Education in Elementary Grades (2) 5537. Music for Children and Youth (2)
3038. Music Education in Intermediate 5547. Hymnology (2)
Grades (2) 5567. History of Liturgies (2)
3205. Voice Fundamentals (1) 5587. Introduction to Handbells (1)
3647. Voice Pedagogy (2)
NCST
NCST: NORTH CAROLINA STUDIES
2000. Introduction to North Carolina Studies (3) (F) NC studies via anthropology, biology of coastal plains,
geography, history, literature, politics, and society.
4000. Windows on North Carolina’s Past (3) (S) P: NCST 2000; 6 s.h. in NCST; or consent of director.
Interdisciplinary research seminar focusing on selected events, localities, and/or groups from NC’s past.
4010. Contemporary Issues and Problems in North Carolina (3) (S) P: NCST 2000; 6 s.h. in NCST; or
consent of director. Interdisciplinary research seminar focusing on selected contemporary issues in NC.
472
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
NEUR: NEUROSCIENCE
3310. Introduction to Neuroscience (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) Same as PSYC 3310 Relationship of neuroanatomy
and neurophysiology to behavior.
4200. Literature in Neurosciences (1) (F) 1 lecture hour per week. May not count toward foundations curriculum
science requirement. P: Consent of instructor. Each week one or two original research articles analyzed for impact on
understanding of neuron, glial, and brain function at cellular, molecular, and integrative levels. Literature tailored to student
and faculty interests.
4201. Laboratory Methods in Cellular and Molecular Neuroscience (2) (S) 6 lab hours per week. May
not count toward foundations curriculum science requirement. Basic lab methods for research in cellular and molecular
neuroscience. Principles of measurement of electrical properties of excitable cells, current voltage and patch clamp, electronic
instrumentation, biochemical and radiological methodology, molecular radio and uorescence labeling, microscopy, and cell
and tissue culturing.
4900. Cellular and Molecular Neuroscience (3) (F) Formerly NEUR 5000 P: Senior standing and consent
of instructor. Introduces cellular mechanisms and molecular basis of neuron and glial function and interaction. Topics include
membrane trafcking, action potentials, receptors, and signal transduction, gene transcription factors, neuroimmunology, and
developmental neuroscience.
4901. Behavioral and Integrative Neuroscience (3) (S) Formerly NEUR 5001 P: Senior standing and
consent of instructor. Introduces neural systems and neural basis of behavior. Topics include basic neuroanatomy; computational
neuroscience, learning and memory; sensory and motor systems, neural basis of affective behavior, consciousness and cognitive
neuroscience, neural plasticity, and brain lateralization and language.
4950, 4951. Neuroscience Senior Thesis I, II (3,3) (F,S,SS) (WI) P: PSYC 2101 or MATH 2228, PSYC 2210,
consent of instructor. Research under the direction of full-time faculty member on neuroscience project culminating in senior
thesis.
NURS: NURSING
3005. Academic Development for Nursing Education (2) P: Declared nursing majors. Assessment of academic
strengths and weaknesses and development of academic skills essential to success in nursing education.
3010. Foundations in Nursing Informatics (3) (F,S) P: Hold a current unrestricted license as a registered nurse
in NC; completion of required sciences, foundations curriculum, and cognate courses. Application of information technology
and literacy related to nursing education and practice.
3020, 3021. Health Assessment (3,0) (F,S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: Admission to NURS major.
Theoretical foundations and lab experiences necessary for performing holistic health assessment.
3025. Health Assessment and Diagnostic Reasoning (3) (F,S) P/C: NURS 3010. Theoretical foundations and
skills for performing a holistic plan of care for individuals across the lifespan.
3030. Management of Diabetes Mellitus Across the Life Span (2) P: Students in the health sciences division
or consent of instructor. Management of individuals with diabetes mellitus using a multidisciplinary approach.
3040. Pharmacotherapeutics (3) (F,S) P: Admission to NURS major. Relationship of drugs and their physiological
effects. Nursing role in pharmacotherapeutics with consideration to legal, ethical, economic, and technological factors.
3081, 3082, 3083. Topics in Nursing (1,2,3) 1 classroom hour for 1 s.h.; 2 lab hours for 1 s.h.; 3 clinical hours for 1
s.h. May be repeated for credit at discretion of instructor. Selected contemporary topics. Individualized or small group learning
experiences provide in-depth content in a nursing area.
3200. Introduction to Professional Nursing (2) (F,S) P: Admission to NURS major. Conceptual and philosophical
foundations of professional nursing.
473
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3210, 3211. Nurse as Care Provider (6) (F,S) 4 lecture and 6 practicum hours per week P/C: NURS 3020, 3021,
3200, 3270, 3271, 3410. Holistic view of adult client in acute care settings. Theoretical foundations of wellness and illness
and their relationship to nursing practice.
3260. Legal Aspects of Health Care (2) (F) P: Nursing major or consent of instructor. Legal system as related to
practice of health care professionals, especially professional nurses.
3270, 3271. Clinical Nursing Foundations I (2,0) (F,S) 1 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: Admission to
NURS major. Basic skills required for professional nursing practice.
3330, 3331. Nursing Care of Families During the Childbearing Phase (5) (F,S) 3 lecture and 6 practicum
hours per week. P: All required NURS courses below 3300; P/C: NURS 3040, 3370, 3371, 3410. Theoretical foundations
and clinical experiences in nursing care of families during childbearing phase.
3340, 3341. Nursing Care of Children (5) (F,S) 3 lecture and 6 practicum hours per week. P: All required NURS
courses below 3300; P/C: NURS 3040, 3370, 3371, 3410. Theoretical foundations and clinical experiences in nursing care
of children and their families.
3370, 3371. Clinical Nursing Foundations II (2,0) (F,S) 1 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: NURS 3270,
3271. Intermediate and advanced skills required for professional nursing practice.
3410. Concepts of Pathophysiology for Nursing (3) (F,S) P: Admission to NURS major; RN students; P/C:
NURS 3010. Etiology, mechanism, and clinical presentation of alterations in physiology.
3510. Nursing Research (3) (F,S,SS) P: All required NURS courses below 3330; approved statistics course; RN students;
P/C: NURS 3010. Introduction to research process and its impact on nursing practice, education, and public policy.
3520. Trends and Issues in Professional Nursing (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) P: All required NURS courses below
3330. Topics in global health care environment.
3851. Nurse Extern I (2-3) P: All required nursing courses below 3400; consent of extern course coordinator; nursing
assistant I or II certication (as agency requires). Opportunities to perform as a contributing staff member of the patient care
team while developing and enhancing critical thinking and clinical skills.
3852. Nurse Extern II (2-3) P: All required nursing courses below 3400; consent of extern course coordinator; NURS
3851; nursing assistant I or II certication (as agency requires). Continues to provide opportunities to perform as a contributing
staff member of the patient care team while developing and enhancing critical thinking and clinical skills.
4010, 4011. Nursing Care of Clients with Alterations in Mental Health (5) (F,S) 3 lecture and 6 practicum
hours per week. P: All required NURS courses below 4000. Theoretical foundations and clinical experiences specic to
promotion of mental health. Maintenance of optional functioning and maximization of quality of life for clients with alterations
in mental health.
4020, 4021. Nursing Care of Adults (6) (F,S) 3 lecture and 9 practicum hours per week. P: All required NURS
courses below 4000. Theoretical foundations and clinical experiences specic to nursing care of adults within a family
experiencing complex alterations in health.
4100. Health of the Older Adult (2) (F,S) P: All required NURS courses below 4000. Conceptual and philosophical
approaches to aging along wellness-illness continuum.
4150. Nursing Leadership (3) (WI*) (F,S) P: All required NURS courses below 4000. Theoretical and organizational
frameworks for understanding essential elements of nursing leadership.
4210, 4211. Nursing Care of Populations and Communities (6) (F,S) 3 lecture and 9 practicum hours per
week. P: All required NURS courses below 4200. Theoretical foundations and clinical experiences specic to nursing care of
populations and communities.
NURS
474
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4220. Perspectives in International Community Health Nursing (3) P: All required nursing courses below
4210. Introduction to global health issues of select international communities and/or nations.
4410. Nursing Management of Complex Health Issues: Individuals and Families (3) (F,S) P: All required
NURS 3000-level courses. Principles and practices of nursing promoting holistic care of individuals and families across the
lifespan.
4420. Nursing Management of Complex Health Issues: Populations and Systems (3) (WI) (F,S)
P: All required NURS 3000-level courses; P/C: NURS 4410. Principles and practices of nursing promoting holistic care of
population health across the lifespan.
4430. Systems, Complex Heath Issues and Nursing (3) (F,S) P: All required NURS 3000-level courses. P/C:
NURS 4420. Principles and practices of nursing focusing on systems impacting current and emerging complex health issues.
4440. Nursing Leadership and Service Learning I (3) (WI) (F,S) 2 lab and 6 practicum hours per week. P: All
required NURS 3000-level courses. Assessing and planning service-learning project relevant to health concerns of aggregates
or populations.
4450. Nursing Leadership and Service Learning II (4) (F,S) 2 lab and 9 practicum hours per week. P: NURS
4440. Implementing and evaluating service-learning project relevant to health concerns of aggregates or populations.
4460. Nursing Leadership and Service Learning III (3) (F,S) 2 lab and 6 practicum hours per week. P: NURS
4440; P/C: NURS 4450. Disseminating service-learning project relevant to health concerns of aggregates or populations.
4500. Theory Capstone (5) (F,S) P: All required NURS courses below 4200; C: NURS 4210, 4211. Synthesis of
previous learning for transition into professional nursing practice.
4511. Clinical Capstone (3) 2 seminar and 12 practicum hours per week. P: All required NURS courses below 4200;
C: NURS 4210, 4211. Manages, coordinates, and delivers nursing care in selected settings based on application of previous
learning.
5000. Nursing Care for Families: A Systems Perspective (3) P: Graduate standing or consent of instructor.
Interpretation of family responses useful in formulating nursing assessments and diagnoses and for dening basic nursing
therapeutic interventions for families in variety of health care settings. Nursing process used to explore state of the art concept
of family nursing science. Current and predicted changes in health care delivery and their affect on family.
5025. Computer Applications in Nursing (2) P: Graduate student standing; undergraduate seniors by consent of
instructor. Computer applications in nursing service, education, research, and clinical practice.
5327. Women’s Health (3) Health care issues and changes affecting delivery of care.
5620. International Health Care (3) P: Graduate standing or senior by consent of instructor. Issues, philosophy, and
cultural differences in health care from international perspective. Compares US health care to that in other nations.
5900. School Nursing Practice (3) Complexity of school nurse role in coordinated school health programs. Emphasis
on case management and interdisciplinary practice in school setting.
NURS Banked Courses
3050. Nursing Core I (2) 4050. Nursing Core II (3)
3205. Health in the Older Adult (3) 5460, 5461. Patient Education for
3250, 3251. Geriatric Nursing (3,0) Interdisciplinary Health Care Providers (3,0)
3900. Concepts in Professional Nursing (3)
3901. Practicum in Concepts in Professional Nursing (2)
475
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
NUTR: NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
1000. Contemporary Nutrition (3) Basic nutrition knowledge necessary to evaluate nutrition issues and make sound
lifestyle decisions.
1010. Cultural Foods (3) (S) Economic, environmental, and cultural aspects of food.
1300. Introduction to Dietetics (3) Introduction to nutrition and dietetics including academic and professional
preparation.
1330. Food Safety and Sanitation Profession (1) Applied food service sanitation procedures in food handling
including ServSafe certication.
2105. Nutrition Science (3) Elementary principles of nutrition and their practical application.
2330. Food Science (3) P: NUTR 1330; C: NUTR 2331. Introduction to properties of foods and changes that occur
during preparation and processing.
2331. Food Science Laboratory (1) P: NUTR 1330; C: NUTR 2330. Laboratory providing active learning approaches
to food preparation, sensory evaluation of food, and food product development.
2400. Nutrition Assessment (3) P: NUTR 2105. Application of nutrition assessment methodology in clinical and
research settings; introduction to assessment tools used in dietetics practice.
2999. Current Issues in Nutrition and Dietetics (1) May be repeated for a maximum of 12 s.h. with a change
of topic. P: NUTR 1000 or 2105. Special topics in selected area of nutrition and dietetics. Variable topics and content
permitted.
3101. Clinical Nutrition for Allied Health Professions (3) Basic nutrition and selected applied topics that relate
to prevention and treatment of nutrition-related health problems.
3104. Advanced Vitamins and Minerals (3) P: BIOL 2130, 2131; NUTR 2105. Functions and processes related
to micronutrients.
3105. Nutritional Biochemistry and Metabolism (3) (WI) P: NUTR 2105; P or C: CHEM 2650, 2651; or
equivalent. Macronutrient processes at cellular level.
3311. Life Cycle Nutrition (4) P: NUTR 2105, 2400 or permission of instructor. Scientic principles of human nutrition
in various stages in life cycle. Emphasis on nutrition assessment, planning, intervention, and evaluation.
3330. Financial Management in Dietetics (4) P: NUTR 2330; nutrition major. Purchasing, cost control, inventory
management, and nancial planning for institutional foodservice.
3500. Nutrition Research Methodology (3) (WI) P: NUTR 2105 and statistics; C: NUTR 3501; nutrition major.
Application of research methodologies to nutrition and dietetics.
3501. Nutrition Research Methodology Laboratory (1) P: NUTR 2105 and statistics; C: NUTR 3500; nutrition
major. Laboratory application of research methodologies to nutrition and dietetics.
3535. Nutrition Education and Counseling (3) P: NUTR 2400; nutrition major. Nutrition educational and
counseling techniques for use by dietetics professionals in research, clinical, and community settings.
3995, 3996, 3997. Field Experience in Nutrition and Dietetics (1,1,1) P: Permission of instructor. Supervised
professional work experience in nutrition and dietetics.
4300. Professional Preparation in Dietetics (1) Senior standing; nutrition major. Concepts and skills required for
leadership and professional practice in dietetics.
NUTR
476
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4312. Medical Nutrition Therapy I (4) P: NUTR 3105; nutrition major. Biochemical and physiological anomalies of
disease and application of medical nutrition therapy.
4313. Medical Nutrition Therapy II (4) P: NUTR 4312; nutrition major. Continuation of NUTR 4312.
4330. Food Production Principles of Dietetics (4) P: NUTR 3330; nutrition major. Food preparation and
management principles applied to quantity health care food production.
4331. Food Production in Dietetics Lab (3) P: NUTR 4330; nutrition major. Application of food preparation and
management principles in health care food production.
4400. Study Abroad: Global Perspectives in Nutrition (3) (SL) P: Consent of instructor. International eld
and research experiences in nutrition and dietetics.
4500. Community Nutrition (3) P: Nutrition major. Nutrition program development and delivery in community
setting. Includes nutrition surveillance, screening, assessment, education, counseling, documentation, and referral.
4600. Senior Seminar (3) P: Senior standing. Capstone course that requires a community-based service learning
project.
4800. Orientation to Professional Dietetic Practice (1) P: Admission to dietetic internship. Applies dietetic
knowledge to entry-level practice. Emphasis on performance responsibilities of dietitians, quality assurance procedures, and
professional ethics.
4804. Supervised Dietetic Practice (3) 20 hours practice per week or 250 hours per semester. P: Admission to
dietetic internship. Development and integration of knowledge and skills in practice.
5300. Nutrition for Wellness (3) P: 1 course in clinical nutrition and 1 in nutrition education. Planning, implementing,
and evaluating nutrition services and education in wellness programs.
NUTR Banked Courses
5050. Nutrition and the Workplace (1) 5211, 5212. Advanced Clinical Nutrition (1,2)
OCCT: OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY
3000. Exploring Occupational Therapy (3) (F,S,SS) Foundation for understanding occupational therapy. History,
common work settings and clients, language, and skills required to become a successful occupational therapist.
OMGT: OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
3123. Operations and Supply Chain Management (3) (F,S,SS) Formerly DSCI 3123 Registration
preference given to declared and intended majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MATH 2228 or 2283; MIS 2223. Organizations
as integrated systems and as members of integrated supply chains. Designing, planning, and controlling operating systems and
managing of supply chains to achieve global competitive advantage. Application of quantitative techniques to organizational
and supply chain management problems.
3223. Business Decision Modeling (3) (F,S,SS) Formerly DSCI 3023 Registration preference given to declared
and intended majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: Minimum grade of C in MIS 2223, MATH 1066 or 2119 or 2121 or 2171,
2283. Managerial problem solving and decision making skills using quantitative methods and computer skills.
3843, 3853. Topics in Operations Management (1,2) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared and
intended majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: Consent of dept. chair. Selected topics of contemporary interest in operations
management.
4293. Statistical Analysis (3) (F,S) Formerly DSCI 4293 Registration preference given to declared majors with
a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: MATH 1066 or 2119 or 2121 or 2171, 2283. Statistical hypothesis tests, simple and multiple linear
regression and correlation, nonparametric methods, and analysis of variance.
477
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4383. Supply Chain Systems (3) (S) Formerly DSCI 4383 Registration preference given to declared majors
with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: OMGT 3123. Application of technology to three key aspects of a supply chain’s competitive
advantage: product design, product demand estimation, and supply chain systems analysis.
4493. Quality Management (3) (F) Formerly DSCI 4493 Registration preference given to declared majors with
a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: OMGT 3123. Quality management principles and applications in business enterprises. Topics include
quality strategy and organization; international issues; supply chain quality; decision-making; cost of quality; quality planning;
improvement of product, process and service, including statistical process control and capability; and other basic techniques
for quality improvement.
4733. Project Management (3) (F,S) Formerly DSCI 4733 Registration preference given to declared majors
with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: OMGT 3123. Concepts and technology of project management as applicable to wide range of
business and technical situations. Focus on behavioral and organizational aspects as well as quantitative methods and computer
systems in project management.
4743. Logistics and Materials Management (3) (F) Formerly DSCI 4743 Registration preference given to
declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: OMGT 3123. Logistics and materials management as supporting functions of
supply chain management. Specic topics include manufacturing planning and control, lean operations, materials handling,
inventory ow, warehousing, packaging, purchasing, transportation, and physical distribution.
4763. Strategic Supply Chain Management (3) (S) Formerly DSCI 4763 Registration preference given to
declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: OMGT 3123. Concepts in supply chain management and its role in global markets.
Coverage focuses on analyzing supply chains, creating supplier networks, and evaluating the performance of a supply chain,
with consideration of the role of information technology, ERP, e-procurement, e-commerce, and B2B technologies.
4863. Topics in Operations Management (3) (F,S,SS) Intended primarily for declared majors. Registration
preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA. P: Consent of dept chair. Advanced topics of contemporary
interest in operations management.
4893. Cooperative Education (0) (F,S) Registration preference given to declared majors with a minimum 2.5 GPA.
P: Consent of dept chair. Topics to supplement regular curriculum.
OMGT Banked Courses
4393. Forecasting and Statistics for Operations 4723. Production Planning and Control (3)
Analysis (3) Formerly DSCI 4393 Formerly DSCI 4723
4633. Management Science II (3)
Formerly DSCI 4633
PHIL: PHILOSOPHY
1110. Introduction to Philosophy (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) Introduces some of the main philosophical
questions about knowledge, existence, and value, e.g. What can we be certain of? Does God exist? What is the difference
between right and wrong? Selected readings from major philosophers.
1175. Introduction to Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) Introduces major ethical theories and to questions
such as: What is justice? What is virtue? What are human rights? What is happiness?
1176. Introduction to Social and Political Philosophy (3) (WI*) (F,S) (FC:HU) Philosophical basis of main
social, political, and economic systems. Classic issues such as civil disobedience, justication of revolution, institution of private
property, and redistribution of wealth.
1180. Introduction to Critical Reasoning (3) (WI*) (F) (FC:HU) Introduces non-symbolic logic. Topics may
include how to recognize simple valid arguments, avoid common fallacies, dene terms, criticize arguments, and answer
objections.
PHIL
478
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
1262. Introduction to Philosophical Issues in Biology (3) (FC:HU) Introduces philosophical thinking and writing
by study of issues at foundations of contemporary biology. Topics may include philosophical import of evolutionary theory,
nature of scientic justication, reductionism versus holism in biological theory, and ethical issues in biological research.
1263. Introduction to Philosophical Issues in Psychology (3) (FC:HU) Introduces philosophical thinking and
writing by study of issues at foundations of psychology. Topics may include competing models of mind (biological, information-
processing, holistic), nature of scientic justication, pharmacological versus more traditional methods in psychiatry and clinical
psychology, and ethical issues in psychological research.
1275. Contemporary Moral Problems (3) (FC:HU) (WI*) Philosophical consideration of some central moral
problems of modern society and civilization, such as abortion, euthanasia, war, sexual morality, government paternalism,
reverse discrimination, animal rights, environmental ethics, and capital punishment. Topics vary.
1290. Introduction to Philosophy of Religion (3) (F) (FC:HU) Analysis of some main concepts, arguments,
and issues in philosophy of religion. Topics include meaning of religious language, arguments for existence of God, problem
of evil, miracles, and meaning of religious experience.
1311. Great Philosophers from Antiquity to the Present (3) (FC:HU) Focuses on several philosophers,
each from different historical periods. Emphasis on selections from their writings and their inuence. Historical periods include
Ancient, Medieval, and Modern Periods and nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
1500. Introduction to Logic (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU or MA) Introduces basic logical notions: statement, argument,
validity, consistency, and proof. Various methods for analyzing these notions. Translation of natural language statements into
logical system and other topics.
2261. Introduction to Philosophy of Science (3) (FC:HU) Investigation into nature of science and scientic
method. Topics include nature of scientic theories, existence of theoretical entities, structure of space-time, and causality.
2271. Introduction to Philosophy of Art (3) (WI*) (F,S) (FC:HU) Introduces classical and current philosophical
theories explaining the nature and value of art. Emphasis on general understanding of such theories and their application to
the art world. Past and current developments in philosophy linked with work and theories of currently inuential artists and
historical gures in the arts.
2274. Business Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) Survey of main theories of normative ethics and their application
to moral issues that arise in business, such as employee rights and responsibilities, honesty in advertising, trade secrecy, and
corporate social responsibility.
2275. Professional Ethics (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) Concept of a professional and obligations of professionals
to their clients and others. Survey of related ethical issues in law, accounting, health care, engineering, education, scientic
research, etc.
2280. Introduction to Philosophy of Sport (3) (FC:HU) Introduces philosophy of sport through study of
philosophical writings relevant to sport and contemporary writings in philosophy of sport.
2282. Philosophy of Law (3) (S) (FC:HU) (WI*) Explores philosophical topics arising from study and application
of legal principles, such as nature of law and obligation, civil liberties, rights, and theories of punishment.
2451. American Philosophy (3) (FC:HU) Major themes in American philosophy and/or major American philosophers,
such as Emerson, Peirce, James, Dewey and later Americans.
2453. Existentialism and Phenomenology (3) (FC:HU) Study of representative writers from late nineteenth-
and twentieth-century tradition of existentialism and phenomenology, such as Nietzsche, Kierkegaard, Husserl, Sartre, and
Heidegger.
2455. Introduction to Africana Philosophy (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) Introduces philosophy rooted in the traditions
and experience of Africa and the African Diaspora. Topics may include philosophy and slavery, the philosophy of Alain Locke,
contemporary African American philosophy, and African metaphysics, epistemology and aesthetics.
479
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3255. Philosophy of Mind (3) (FC:HU) P: 3 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor. Philosophical problems concerning
the mind, such as intentionality and subjectivity of our mental states. Nature of psychology and cognitive sciences and their
implications for philosophy.
3260. Epistemology (3) (F) (FC:HU) P: 3 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor. Philosophical examination of issues
related to knowledge and acceptable belief. Topics may include role of experience, perception, sensation, and reasoning in
generating knowledge or acceptable, true beliefs, and extent to which our various knowledge seeking activities (such as pursuit
of scientic methodologies) succeed in producing what is being sought.
3272. Aesthetics (3) (FC:HU) P: 3 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor. Philosophical examination of issues such as
nature and foundation of aesthetic value, relevance of aesthetics to current developments in art world, whether the concept
of art is an evolving concept, and relevance of artist’s intention to nature and value of art.
3281. Introduction to Philosophical Ethics in the Health Care Professions (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) Survey
of moral problems pertaining to study and practice of medical sciences and study of philosophical concepts and methods as
they pertain to those problems.
3290. Philosophy of Religion (3) (S) (FC:HU) P: 3 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor. Topics discussed in PHIL
1290 pursued thoroughly. Ramications and implications of opposing positions and arguments.
3313. Ancient Philosophy (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) P: 3 s.h. in Phil or consent of instructor. Study of major writings of
ancient period, such as those of the Pre-Socratics, Plato, Aristotle, Epicurus.
3321. Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy (3) (FC:HU) P: 3 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor. Representative
writings of signicant philosophers in the Medieval and Renaissance periods, such as Augustine, Anselm, Aquinas, and
Machiavelli.
3331. Modern Philosophy (3) (FC:HU) P: 3 s.h. in philosophy or consent of instructor. Critical examination of the
ideas of the great European philosophers of the 17th and 18th centuries: such as Descartes, Locke, Berkeley, Leibniz, Spinoza,
Hume and Kant.
3340. Twentieth-Century Analytic Philosophy (3) (FC:HU) P: 3 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor. Major
movements, themes, and gures in mainstream of philosophy from 1900 to present, such as Russell, Wittgenstein, Quine,
and Austin.
3350. Great Philosopher (3) (F) (FC:HU) May be repeated for credit with change of topic. P: 3 s.h. in PHIL or
consent of instructor. Intensive study of a great philosopher. Selected from such major gures as Plato, Aristotle, Augustine,
Aquinas, Descartes, Leibniz, Kierkegaard, Sartre.
3519, 3520, 3521. Directed Readings (1,2,3) (3521:WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) May be repeated for credit with
consent of instructor and dept chair. P: Consent of directing professor and dept chair. Independent study of particular topic
for which general department curriculum does not provide adequate opportunity.
3550. Junior Honors (3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for credit. P: Consent of instructor and dept chair.
3580. Intermediate Logic (3) (FC:HU or MA) P: PHIL 1500 or MATH major or consent of instructor. Review of
propositional logic. Logical notions of validity, consistency, and proof are extended to predicate logic. Emphasis on derivations
in this system. Other topics may be included.
4250. Metaphysics (3) (FC:HU) P: 6 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor. Inquiry concerning philosophical questions
about reality, the world, the mind, God, universals, essences, and substances.
4270. Ethics (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) P: 6 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor. Intensive study of particular issue or theory,
such as meaning and justication of ethical statements, utilitarianism, responsibility, blame, and punishment.
PHIL
480
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4276. Social and Political Philosophy (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) P: 6 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor. Analysis of
conceptual problems and normative questions that arise in social and political philosophy. Foci may include justice theory,
injustice theory, the philosophy of family, or theories of political obligation.
4282. Mathematical Logic (3) (FC:HU) P: PHIL 3580 or MATH major or consent of instructor. Focuses on rigorous
proof of consistency and completeness of rst order of predicate logic. Other topics may include proofs of adequacy of various
sets of operators to express all truth functions, theory of identity, discussion of incompleteness of arithmetic, decidability and
undecidability results, contrasts between objectual and substitutional quantication, and contrasts between natural deduction
and axiomatic systems.
4283. Philosophy of Language (3) (S) (FC:HU) P: 6 s.h. in PHIL or consent of instructor. Problems of meaning,
truth, reference, necessity, naming, concepts, propositions, speech acts, semantic theories, and nature of language.
4550. Senior Honors (3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for credit. P: Consent of instructor and dept chair.
5531, 5532, 5533. Directed Readings (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for credit with consent of directing
professor and dept chair. P: Consent of directing professor and dept chair.
PHIL Banked Courses
2272. Philosophical Perspectives of Sex (3) 4333. Kant and German Idealism (3)
2273. Philosophy and Education (3) 4441. Analytic Philosophy (3)
3311. Plato (3) 5273. Reasoning Skills in Elementary
3312. Aristotle (3) Education (3)
3332. Empiricism (3) 5285. Philosophical Problems in the Health
4331. Continental Rationalism (3) Care Professions (3)
PHYS: PHYSICS
1050. Physics and the Environment (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) Basic principles of physics and their uses and
consequences in the world and our lives. Comprises, along with PHYS 1080, 1081 or 1090, 1091, a nonmathematical science
sequence designed primarily for nonscience majors.
1080, 1081. Physics and the Universe (3,1) (F,S) (FC:SC) 3 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. C for 1081: PHYS
1080. Nonmathematical study of universe from earth to galaxies. Topics include appearance of sky, physical nature of moon
and planets, birth and evolution of stars, and galaxies.
1090. Physics of Sound (3) (S) (FC:SC) Musical sound, including its properties, production, behavior, and reproduction.
Topics include basic physical principles, sound reception and the ear, basic acoustics, and sound production by musical
instruments.
1091. Physics of Sound Laboratory (1) (S) (FC:SC) 2 lab hours per week. C: PHYS 1090.
1250, 1260. General Physics (3,3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) P for 1250: MATH 1065 or 1066; P for 1260: PHYS 1250.
Basic principles of physics, including mechanics, heat, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, light, wave motion, and modern
developments in physics.
1251, 1261. General Physics Laboratory (1,1) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) 2 lab hours per week. C for 1251: PHYS 1250
or 2350; C for 1261: 1260 or 2360. Experiments involving general concepts.
2021. Experimental Physics (1) (F-04) 3 lab hours per week. P: PHYS 1261, 2360. Experiments involving basic
electricity and digital electronics concepts.
2350, 2360. University Physics (4,4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SC) P: for 2350: MATH 2121, 2151 or 2171; P for PHYS 2360:
PHYS 2350. Calculus-based introduction to basic principles of physics. Mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism,
optics, and modern physics.
481
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3516, 3517, 3518. Problems in Physics (1,1,1) Equivalent of 1 lecture hour per week. P: Consent of instructor and
dept chair. Research under faculty supervision.
3700, 3701. Advanced Laboratory (3,0) (3700:WI) (S) 1 lecture and 6 lab hours per week. P: PHYS 2360.
Advanced experimental physics. Major writing requirement.
3716, 3717, 3718. Advanced Physics Laboratory (1,2,3) Equivalent of 2, 4, or 6 hours of lab work per week.
May be repeated for maximum of 9 s.h. P: Consent of instructor and dept chair. Experiments and investigations to supplement
any physics course.
4080, 4081. Astronomy (3,0) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: PHYS 2360. Astronomy as birthplace of great
concepts of physics. Nature of solar system, stars, and galaxies.
4120. Thermodynamics (3) (S-OY) P: PHYS 2360. Topics include laws of thermodynamics with applications and
introduction to kinetic theory and statistical mechanics.
4226. Mechanics I (3) (F) P: MATH 2173; PHYS 2360. Topics include motion of particle and system of particles, statics
of rigid bodies, gravitation, and moving coordinate systems.
4227. Mechanics II (3) P: PHYS 4226. Topics include mechanics of continuous media, Lagrange’s and Hamilton’s equations,
rigid body rotations, and theory of small vibrations.
4310. Modern Optics (3) (F-EY) P: PHYS 2360. Topics include image information and ray theory, wave optics, optical
transformation theory, and quantum optics.
4326. Electricity and Magnetism I (3) (F) P: MATH 2173; PHYS 2360. Topics include electrostatics, dielectrics,
electric current, magnetic properties of steady currents and of matter, and electromagnetic induction.
4327. Electricity and Magnetism II (3) P: PHYS 4326. Topics include properties of slowly varying currents, Maxwell’s
equations, and electromagnetic waves.
4416. Modern Physics I (3) (F) P: PHYS 2360. Topics include special relativity, early quantum theory, solution to the
Schrodinger equation, and theory of hydrogen atom and complex atoms.
4417. Modern Physics II (3) (S) P: PHYS 4416. Topics include nuclear models, elementary particles, quantum statistics,
molecular structure, solid-state physics, and astrophysics.
4560. Mathematical Methods for Physics (3) (S) P: MATH 2173; PHYS 2360. Vector calculus, matrix applications,
tier series, complex variables, and numerical methods.
4610. Electronics (3) (F-OY) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: PHYS 2021, 2360. Theoretical and experimental
survey of electric and electronic circuits.
5311. Mathematical Physics I (3) Same as MATH 5311 P: MATH 4331; PHYS 2360; or consent of instructor.
Mathematical methods important in physics. Emphasis on application. Functions of complex variables, ordinary and partial
differential equations, integrals and integral transforms, and special functions.
5400. Quantum Mechanics I (3) P: Intermediate modern physics. Fundamentals of quantum theory as applied to
atomic and molecular systems.
5600, 5601. Modern Electronics (3,0) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: PHYS 4610. Theory and application
of modern electronic devices. Circuit design using linear, nonlinear, and hybrid integrated circuits and their application in a
graphical (GUI), computer-based environment for scientic instrument and process control.
5715. Biomedical Physics (3) P: BIOL 1050; CHEM 1160; PHYS 2360; or consent of instructor. Applications of physics
principles in biology and medicine. Topics include statistical analysis, biomechanics, structure of cells and membranes, transport
in medium and through membranes, interaction of photons and charged particles with biological systems.
PHYS
482
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
5900, 5901. Computational Physics (3,0) 1 lecture and 4 lab hours per week. P: MATH 4331; PHYS 2360 or 5311.
Application of modern computer program with symbolic, numerical, and graphical capabilities to problems in physics.
PHYS Banked Courses
1011. Experimental Physics I (1) 3860, 3861. Introduction to Instrument-
1021. Experimental Physics II (1) Computer Interfacing (2,1)
1061. Experimental Physics (1) 4110. Applied Thermodynamics (3)
1070. Physics and Man (3) 5060. The Conceptual Development of
1100. Introduction to Physics and Physics (3)
Engineering (3) 5321. Applied Mathematics I (3)
2011. Experimental Physics III (1) 5350. Modern Optics (3)
2250, 2260, 2270. Advanced General 5610. Applied Electromagnetism (3)
Physics (3,3,3) 5630. Gaseous Conductors (3)
2600, 2601. Introduction to Health 5640, 5641. Solar Energy (3,0)
Physics (3,0) 5710, 5711. Topics in Health Physics I (3,0)
3100. Topics for Secondary School Teachers (3) 5720, 5721. Topics in Health Physics II (3,0)
3650, 3651. Medical Instrumentation (3,0) 5800. Biophysics (2)
PLAN: PLANNING
1900. Planning for the Human Environment (3) (F,S,SS) Theories, concepts, and methodologies used to plan
for man and environment. Planning process examined in context of urban, regional, environmental, site, and institutional
scenarios.
3015. Planning for Circulation (3) (S) Theories and principles involved in planning for circulatory systems in urban
and regional settings. Historical aspects of circulation, overview of planning concerns, and discussion of practice of planning
as related to transportation.
3018, 3028. Planning Internship (1,2) (F,S,SS) Minimum of 50 hours of professional work per semester hour of
credit. P: Completion of a minimum of 9 s.h. of planning courses and consent of internship coordinator based upon student’s
submitting written proposal indicating applicability of planning internship to his or her educational and professional objectives.
Supervised experience with professional planning personnel in approved agency or organization.
3020. Environmental Planning (3) (F) Concepts and issues of the environment in relation to planning and management
principles and practices.
3021. Introduction to Planning Techniques (3) (F) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. Communication,
computation, data analysis, and other analytical techniques for effective urban and regional planning.
3022. History and Theory of Planning (3) (WI) (F) Past and present planning concepts, methods, and theories.
In-depth examination of evolution of cities and history of planning in US.
3030. Urban and Regional Planning (3) Philosophy, theories and principles involved in urban and regional planning,
including an analysis of problems confronting urban areas, and the development of regions and their resources.
3031. Quantitative Analysis in Planning (3) (S) P: PLAN 3021 or consent of the instructor. Basic application in
demographic, economic, land use, and transportation methods in policy context to develop effective community planning.
3032. Planning Legislation and Administration (3) (WI) (S) State enabling acts, zoning ordinances, subdivision
regulations, and other legislative bases essential to effective planning. Administrative methods and theory presented in context
of planning practice.
3041. Computer Applications in Planning (3) (F) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. Various computer hardware,
software, and operating systems for effective planning and design at urban and regional scales.
3051. Introduction to GIS in Planning (3) (F) 2 hours lecture and 2 hours lab per week. Overview of principles
and applications of GIS in planning. Focuses on use of GIS to facilitate decision making in planning process.
483
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4003. Urban Form and Design (3) (S) General types, scales, features, and determinants of urban form. Design
concepts, problems, and potentials associated with urban development projects of varying scales.
4015. Emergency Management Planning (3) (F,SS) Case studies examine emergency management planning and
techniques. Emphasis on mitigation of, preparation for, response to, and recovery from natural and technological disasters.
4021. Advanced GIS Applications in Planning (3) (S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: PLAN 3051 or
GEOG 2410 or consent of instructor. Overview of advanced principles and applications of GIS in planning using vector, raster,
and TIN data models. Focuses on use of GIS to facilitate and support decision-making in planning process.
4025. Housing and Neighborhood Planning (3) (F) Substantive and methodological issues related to housing
and neighborhood planning. Current local, state, and federal statutory planning requirements in housing and community
development examined in relationship to planning process.
4041. GPS Applications in Planning (3) (S,SS) 2 lecture and 1 lab hours per week. P: PLAN 3051 or consent of
instructor. Provides an in-depth survey of Global Positioning Systems (GPS) technology developments, applications, concepts,
and operation. Emphasis is on eld data collection, processing, and integration with GIS to provide accurate mapping for many
essential decision-making and planning applications.
4046. Planning and Design Studio (3) (F,S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. Analytical and practical skills involved
in real world planning, development, and management.
4050. World Architecture and Urbanism (3) (S) Survey of world architectural styles and urban patterns from
antiquity to present time.
4096. Planning Studio (3) (F,S) 4 studio hours per week. P: PLAN 3022; PLAN 3051; or consent of instructor.
Collaborative studio investigating an advanced issue in planning. Work is conducted in teams, often for a community client.
4099. Practicum in Planning (3) (WI) (F,S) 1 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. Culmination of undergraduate
preparation for professional practice. Planning process used to prepare high-quality planning document.
4270. Water Resources Management and Planning (3) Same as GEOG 4270 P: PLAN 1900; or GEOG 1000
or 1250. Spatial and temporal characteristics of water. Consideration of hydrologic, engineering, economic, and institutional
aspects of water management.
5025. Coastal Area Planning and Management (3) (S) 2 classroom and 3 studio hours per week. P: Consent of
instructor. Conceptual approach to planning and management problems, policies, and practices in coastal area.
5045. Environmental Resources Planning and Management (3) Frame of reference for studying natural
resources for purpose of development.
5065. Land Use Planning (3) (S) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. Social, economic, physical, and environmental
aspects of urban land use and planning. Other tools for effective planning.
5121, 5131. Problems in Planning (2,3) (5131:WI) 3 hours per week per credit hour. P: Consent of instructor.
Analysis of specic problem in planning to be approved prior to registration.
5985. Historic Preservation Planning (3) Same as HIST 5985 Historic preservation planning. Examines
theoretical, legal, historical, and design bases of preservation planning.
PLAN
484
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
PLAN Banked Courses
3000. Urban Planning (3) 4132. Land Use Law (3)
3010. Regional Planning (3) 4152. Environmental Law (3)
4001. Field Methods in Planning (3) 5015, 5016. Transportation Planning and
4005. Environmental Impact Assessment in Transportation Planning Studio (2,1)
Planning (3) 5035. Community Planning for Health Facilities (3)
4040. Community Facilities Planning and 5055. Soils and Planning (3)
Capital Budgeting (3) 5095. International Development Planning (3)
4086. Site Design (3) 5111. Problems in Planning (1)
POLS: POLITICAL SCIENCE
1010. National Government (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) Basic concepts, structure, powers, procedures, and problems
of American government.
2010. Introduction to Comparative Government and Politics (3) (WI) (F,S) (FC:SO) May receive credit for
one of POLS 2010, 2107. Comparative analysis of political systems. Examines foundations of structures and governments.
2020. Introduction to International Relations (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) May receive credit for one of POLS 2020,
2106. Basic concepts and principles of functioning of international system. War and peace, economics, diplomacy, arms
control, and threats to peace.
2070. Introduction to Political Theory (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) May receive credit for one of POLS 2070, 2108.
Selected literature and thinkers addressing political life and problems.
3011. Political Issues (3) (FC:SO) Current foreign and domestic issues facing American national government.
3012. Politics Through Film (3) (S) (FC:SO) Themes, issues, and processes of politics through in-depth study of
selected lms.
3013. Decision Making In the United Nations (3) (F) (FC:SO) Development of debate and decision-making
skills regarding issues before the United Nations, and practiced through administering a model United Nations conference.
3031. Research Design for Political Science (3) (F) Concepts and theories essential to research design, kinds of
data, and measurement use to address political questions.
3032. Statistical Methods for Political Science (3) (S) RP: POLS 3031. Application of scientic method to
political and social problems.
3033. Voting Behavior and Public Opinion (3) (FC:SO) Factors which affect development and expression of
public opinion, voter turnout, partisanship, and electoral choices.
3035. American Political Parties and Politics (3) (FC:SO) Politics, parties, and pressure groups. Consideration
of recent research ndings in many aspects of political behavior.
3037. Campaigns and Elections (3) Detailed analysis of campaigns and elections in the US, from prior to primaries
to general election, including candidates, parties, media, and voting behavior.
3039. Black Politics in America (3) (FC:SO) Investigates political goals of Black Americans.
3040. Women in Politics (3) Status and influence of women in American political system. Cross-national
comparisons.
3041. Women and Public Policy (S) (3) (FC:SO) Public policies that affect women in American society.
3042. American Politics Through Music (3) (S) (FC:SO) 3 lecture hours per week plus 3 lab hours per semester.
Study of political expression through and qualitative research about various genres of music.
485
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3045. Humor and American Politics (3) (S) Political humor, especially in television and the new media, as it relates
to elections, political attitudes, public opinion.
3050. Theory and Politics of Social and Protest Movements in the United States (S) (3) (FC:SO)
Major social and protest movements, including women’s suffrage, civil rights, and the rise of the religious right.
3080. Security and Weapons of Mass Destruction (3) (S) Chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear weapons,
their potential use, and the challenges governments face at all levels as they prepare to counter these threats.
3090. Religion and American Politics (3) (S) The role of religious groups in the American political system, including
both elite and mass behavior, and denominational differences.
3140. Politics of Globalization (3) Sources, consequences, processes of globalization; topics include economic
liberalization, spread of democracy, multicultural global civil society, international conict, economic development, human
rights.
3144. American Foreign Policy (S) (3) RP: POLS 2020. Principles and policies which characterize America’s recent
and contemporary foreign relations.
3155. National Security Policy (3) Overview of processes, forces, and inuences which determine contemporary
national security policy in United States. Examine contemporary issues, including transnational threats, multinational and
coalition defense strategies, force modernization, recruitment and retention, and homeland security.
3202. The American Legislature (3) (FC:SO) Organization, powers, and role of legislature in American political
process.
3203. The American Executive (3) (FC:SO) Organization, powers, and role of executive in American political
process.
3204. The American Judiciary (3) (F) (FC:SO) P: POLS 1010 or consent of instructor. Organization, powers, and
role of judiciary in American political process.
3223. Constitutional Powers (3) P: POLS 1010 or consent of instructor. Constitutional issues related to powers of
Congress, the presidency, courts, and state governments in American political system.
3224. Civil Liberties (3) P: POLS 1010 or consent of instructor. Contemporary civil liberties issues confronting American
political system.
3232. The European Union (3) (S) (FC:SO) P: POLS 2010 or 2020 or consent of instructor. Major theoretical issues
and political problems surrounding evolution of major institutions of European Union.
3234. West European Political Systems (3) (F) (FC:SO) Comparative analysis of political structures and institutions
in Great Britain, France, Germany, and selected West European nations.
3235. East European Political Systems (3) (FC:SO) Political structures, institutions, and processes of eastern
European states. Communist legacy, socioeconomic transformations, and patterns of institutional change.
3236. Russian Politics (3) (FC:SO) Political structures, institutions, and processes in post-Soviet Russia. Legacies of
communism and current political, economic, and social transformations.
3240. State and Local Government (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) May receive credit for one of POLS 2102, 3240. P: POLS
1010 or consent of instructor. Structures, principles, and policies of subnational government in US.
3241. Urban Political Systems (3) Issues confronting US urban areas.
3242. Municipal Policy and Administration (3) Decision-making process in urban governments. Survey of selected
policy areas.
POLS
486
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3243. Comparative State Politics (3) Major state political institutions, political context within which they function,
and processes by which they work. Comparative analysis rather than detailed account of a particular state government.
3244. North Carolina Politics (3) (FC:SO) Forces that shaped NC politics and public policy. Survey of NC
government.
3252. Public Administration (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) Federal government administration and role of administrative
agencies in formulation and implementation of public policy.
3253. Government Fiscal Administration (3) RP: POLS 1010. Government budgeting, scal policy, principles,
and problems of taxation.
3255. Domestic Public Policy (3) (F,S) American policy-making process and major issues in several public policy
areas.
3256. Environmental Politics (3) Energy and environmental policies, especially governmental responses to conicting
goals of clean environment and energy sufciency.
3257. International Environmental Policy (3) Structures and processes used in formulation and implementation
of international environmental treaties and agreements. Focus on international environmental policy, law, and cooperation.
3260. Middle Eastern Political Systems (3) (FC:SO) Comparative study of government and politics in selected
countries of Middle East.
3265. African Political Systems (3) (FC:SO) Comparative study of government and politics in selected countries
in Africa.
3270. Latin-American Political Systems (3) (FC:SO) Selected Latin-American governments. Emphasis on internal
processes and systems.
3280. South Asian Political Systems (3) Comparative analysis of development and change in India, Pakistan, Ceylon,
and Burma.
3282. East Asian Political Systems (3) (FC:SO) Comparative analysis of political structures and institutions in East
Asia with particular attention to China, Japan, and other selected countries.
3290. Conict and Peace in the Post-Cold War Era (3) Political, economic, socio-cultural, and ecological issues
in post-Cold War international system that structure nature of conict and prospects for future cooperation and peace.
3291. Politics of Genocide in the Twentieth Century (3) (SS) Domestic, international, political, legal, socio-
cultural issues which structure government atrocities since 1900; prevention, punishment.
3293. International Organizations (3) Origins, structures, and functions of United Nations, Organization of American
States, North Atlantic Treaty Organization, and other international organizations.
3295. International Law (3) P: POLS 2020 or consent of instructor. Basic survey of international law.
3297. International Political Economy (3) (FC:SO) P: POLS 2020 or consent of instructor. Major theoretical
issues and political problems surrounding interaction of international politics and international economics.
4000. Political Leadership (3) P: 12 s.h. in POLS or consent of instructor. Theoretical analysis of leadership as dened,
developed, and practiced in diverse political settings.
4107. Topics in Comparative Politics (3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P: 12 s.h. in
comparative government and politics courses or consent of instructor. Selected topics and issues include executive-legislative
relations, ethnicity and nationalism, revolutions, etc.
4310. Public Policy and the Media (3) (F) (FC:SO) Role of media in formulation and analysis of public policies
primarily in US, also comparisons with other nations.
487
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4321. Contemporary Southern Politics (3) Comprehensive study of southern regional politics. Emphasis on role
of mass movements, power structures, political parties, and factionalism. Underlying cultural and economic factors.
4360. Politics of Developing Areas (3) (FC:SO) Major theoretical issues and political problems central to processes
of modernization and socioeconomic development in Third World.
4380. Topics in International Politics (3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P: POLS
2020 or consent of instructor. Selected topics and issues in contemporary international politics.
4382. Politics of Terrorism (3) Explores phenomenon of terrorism throughout world with particular focus on
characteristics of terrorism, reasons why groups choose terrorist action, and issues in counter terrorism.
4383. War in the Modern Age (3) Broad-ranging study of politics of modern war. Causes, weaponry and strategy,
and effects. Arms control issues and analysis of potential for armed conict in post-Cold War era.
4384. Inter-American Relations (3) (SOY) (FC:SO) International politics among the countries of the Western
Hemisphere.
4501, 4502. Independent Study in Political Science (1,2) (WI, WI) (F,S,SS) May count maximum of 6
s.h. of POLS 4501, 4502, 4521, 4522, 4981, 4982, 4992 toward any degree offered by the political science dept. P: Consent
of dept chair. Individualized program developed through student initiative in consultation with professor of choice as an
extension of material offered through formal courses in departmental curriculum. Available only as extended study program
when regular course offerings in a particular eld of discipline have been exhausted and student is interested in additional
study in that eld.
4521, 4522. Directed Readings in Political Science (1,2) (F,S,SS) May count maximum of 6 s.h. of POLS
4501, 4502, 4521, 4522, 4981, 4982, 4992 toward any degree offered by the political science dept. P: Consent of dept chair.
Advanced students read basic literature in eld.
4551, 4552. Honors (3,3) (WI, WI) (F,S,SS) P for 4551: POLS major; invitation to participate in honors program;
P for 4552: POLS 4551 with a minimum grade of B.
4981, 4982. Internship in Practical Politics (1,2) (F,S,SS) 3 hours per week for 4981; 6 hours per week for
4982. May be taken concurrently. May count maximum of 6 s.h. of POLS 4501, 4502, 4521, 4522, 4981, 4982, 4992 toward
any degree offered by the political science dept. P: Consent of internship director and dept chair. Experiential learning under
academic supervision in political setting.
4991, 4992. Internship in Public Administration (1,2) (F,S,SS) 3 hours per week for 4991; 6 hours per week
for 4992. May be taken concurrently. May count maximum of 6 s.h. of POLS 4501, 4502, 4521, 4522, 4981, 4982, 4991, 4992
toward any degree offered by the political science department. P: Consent of internship director and dept. chair. Experiential
learning under academic supervision in public agency setting.
4996. Capitol Experience (9) (F,S,SS) P: Admission to approved legislative internship program and consent of
dept chair. Participation in organized legislative internship program with state legislature or U.S. national government.
Experiential learning under academic supervision in political or public agency setting.
5000. American Government and Politics (3) May not count toward POLS major or minor or MPA degree. P:
Consent of instructor. Introductory survey of readings in American national government and politics for students interested
in graduate work, but who have no undergraduate background in political science or public administration.
POLS
488
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
POLS Banked Courses
3145. Russian Foreign Policy (3) 4373. Western Political Thought II: Rousseau
3370. American Political Thought (3) to Camus (3)
4305. Public Administrative Theory (3) 5030. Seminar in American Government (3)
4306. Intergovernmental Relations in the 5050. Seminar in Political Participation
United States (3) and Behavior (3)
4307. Comparative Public Administration (3) 5381. Seminar in Comparative Politics (3)
4371. Western Political Thought I: Moses 5410. Seminar in International Relations (3)
to Montesquieu (3)
PSYC: PSYCHOLOGY
1000. Introductory Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) May receive credit for one of PSYC 1000, 1060. General
survey of fundamental principles underlying human behavior. Introduction, learning, memory, development, physiological,
motivation, social and abnormal behavior, and one or two additional topics as time permits.
1060. Honors Introduction to Psychology (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) May receive credit for one of PSYC 1000, 1060.
Introduces fundamental concepts in psychology in seminar format.
1070. Global Understanding: Psychological Perspectives (3) (F,S) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. Virtual exchange
with variety of countries to explore impact of culture on psychological development.
2101. Psychological Statistics (4) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) 3 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: MATH 1065 or
equivalent or MATH 1066; PSYC 1000 or 1060. Descriptive statistics. Measures of central tendency, variability, and correlation.
Probability, with emphasis on sampling distributions used for prediction and hypothesis testing. Selection, computation, and
interpretation of parametric and nonparametric inferential statistics, including introduction to analysis of variance.
2201. Psychology of Childhood (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. May receive psychology major or
minor credit for one of PSYC 2201, 3206. Psychological bases of growth and development of children. Brief introduction of
major theories and scientic ndings and their application to learning, cognitive development, motivation, personality, and
social relations (including parent-child, peers, and school relations).
2210. Research Methods in Psychology (4) (WI) (F,S) (FC:SO) P: PSYC 2101or equivalent. Methods of
research, including design, measurement, analysis, interpretation, and presentation.
2211. Careers in Psychology (1) (F,S) P: PSYC 1000. Exploring career opportunities in psychology and related
professions.
2250. Selected Topics in Psychology (3) (FC:SO) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. Important current developments. Topics
vary according to faculty preferences.
2275. Psychology of Adjustment (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. Overall dynamic adjustive process
in individuals in situations of stress, frustration, conict, disease, disability, and other psychologically thwarting situations.
2777. Ethnocultural Psychology (3) (FC:SO) Formerly PSYC 3777 P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. Importance of
various ethnocultural factors (gender, race, nationality, education, occupation, religion, sexual orientation, family background)
which affect psychological functioning of the individual.
3206. Developmental Psychology (3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. May receive psychology
major or minor credit for one of PSYC 2201, 3206. Psychological development throughout life span. Emphasis on perceptual,
cognitive, social, and personality development.
3221. Social Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. Interaction of individual and society. Topics
include study of basic psychological factors such as perception and motivation, which shape and reect social inuence; nature,
formation, and change of attitudes; attitude measurement; conformity; role expectations; leadership and dynamics.
489
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3225. Psychology of Learning (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. Introductory survey of experimental
methods, basic research, principles, and theories of learning and forgetting.
3226. Cognitive Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. Focus on human research and cognition
including attention, perception, consciousness, memory, concept learning, language, symbolic behavior, and problem
solving.
3241. Personnel and Industrial Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) May receive credit for one of MGMT 4242,
PSYC 3241. P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. Systems approach to study employee-employer relationships inuencing productivity and
satisfaction. Secondary emphasis on employee selection, job analysis, performance appraisal, and training. Research applied
to industrial, governmental, and military organizations.
3300. Psychology of Personality (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. Theories of personality. Emphasis on
structure, development, and dynamics.
3310. Introduction to Neuroscience (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) Same as NEUR 3310 P: PSYC 1000 or 1060.
Neuroanatomy and neurophysiology and their relationship to behavior.
3311. Neuropsychology (3) (F,S) (FC:SO) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. Clinical and cognitive neuropsychology. Basic
anatomy of nervous system and neuronal physiology, cortical lesion syndromes, brain disorders affecting higher functions, and
basic research on attention, laterality, language, and thought.
3312. Sensation and Perception (3) (F,S) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. Anatomy and functioning of the various sensory/
perceptual systems, including empirical research, controversies, and theories of perception.
3314. Psychology of Religion (3) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. Psychological perspectives on religious behavior, cognition
and affective experience, including research methods, spiritual development, biological and evolutionary approaches to religious
experience and behavior, altruism, and current theoretical approaches.
4000. Advanced General Psychology (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) P: PSYC major; PSYC 2210; 2 courses from learning and
cognition, biological bases, or general course groups. In-depth overview of psychology as a science organized around ve
main questions: How do humans (and, where relevant, animals) act, how do they know, how do they interact, how do they
develop, and how do they differ from each other?
4250. Advanced Topics Seminar (3) (WI) (F,S,SS) May be repeated with change of topic for a maximum of 6
s.h. P: PSYC major; PSYC 2210; 2 courses from learning and cognition, biological bases, or general course groups. In-depth
coverage of primary research sources in a psychological topic.
4280. History of Psychology (3) (WI) P: PSYC major; PSYC 2210; 2 courses from learning and cognition, biological
bases, or general course groups. Psychological thought from ancient Greek philosophers to present.
4305. Educational Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. Psychological principles applied to educational
settings, including learning, motivation, classroom management, and psychological assessment.
4312. Laboratory Methods in Behavioral Neuroscience (3) Formerly PSYC 5312, 5313 1 lecture and 4
lab hours per week. P: PSYC 3310, 3311; or consent of instructor. Basic techniques of animal surgery, histological, examination,
drug administration, and behavior testing.
4315. Neuroscience: Literature and Laboratory Experience (3) (F,S) Formerly PSYC 5315, 5316
1-hour seminar and 8 hours lab per week. May be repeated for maximum of 12 s.h. May count a maximum of 12 s.h. toward
PSYC major. P: PSYC 2210; 3310 or 3311; consent of instructor. Recently published research in behavioral neuroscience and
lab work on ongoing research project.
4333. Learning Theories and Applications (3) (F,S) P: PSYC 1000 or PSYC 1060. Introductory survey of the
basic theories and principles of learning, including classical and operant conditioning, and successful applications of these
principles in a variety of settings.
PSYC
490
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4335. Psychology of Women (3) (FC:SO) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. Psychological issues pertaining to women. Impact
of sex and gender on cognitive and personality development, mental health, methodological issues in research, roles of women
in psychology, and inuence of feminist theories.
4340. Behavioral Pharmacology Seminar (3) Formerly PSYC 5320 P: PSYC 3310, 3311; or consent of
instructor. Behavioral and neurophysiological effects of psychoactive drugs in experimental animals and clinical populations.
4350. Psychology of Sexual Behavior (3) P: 6 s.h. of PSYC to include PSYC 1000 or 1060. Research relating to
psychological aspects of sexual behavior. Historical and cultural perspectives and conventional and unconventional sexual
expression.
4375. Abnormal Psychology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. Systematic appraisal of development
of human deviant behavior. Examination of formation of deviancy and current diagnostic procedures.
4401. Thesis Research (3) P: PSYC major; PSYC 2210; GPA above 3.00 overall and in Psychology. Research under
direction of full-time faculty member leading to preparation of written senior thesis proposal.
4402. Senior Thesis/Project (3) (WI) 9 lab hours per week. P: PSYC major; PSYC 4401; 2 courses from the learning
and cognition, biological bases, or general course groups; GPA above 3.00 overall and in Psychology. Design, conduct, analyze,
interpret, and write up an experiment. Conducted in lab or eld setting.
4501, 4502. Psychological Research I, II (2,2) (F,S,SS) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060; consent of instructor and dept
chair. Supervised research involving planning, conducting, and writing of behavioral study.
4521, 4522, 4523. Readings in Psychology (1,1,1) (F,S,SS) Application form obtained from Department of
Psychology. No class meetings; performance mode and reporting to be arranged with the instructor. P: PSYC major; PSYC
1000 or 1060. Survey, review, and/or critical analysis of reading material appropriate to students’ interests and needs.
4601. Honors Research (3) To be taken in second semester of junior year. P: PSYC 2210; admission to PSYC Honors
Program; GPA above 3.5 overall and in psychology. Research with full-time faculty member leading to preparation of written
senior thesis proposal.
4602. Senior Honors Thesis (3) (WI) Satises departmental requirements for capstone course. P: PSYC major; PSYC
4601 with a minimum grade of B; 2 courses from the learning and cognition, biological bases, or general course groups; GPA
above 3.5 overall and in Psychology. Minimum of 9 hours per week. P: PSYC 4601 with minimum grade of B; GPA above 3.5
overall and in psychology. Research with full-time faculty member resulting in senior thesis.
4990, 4991, 4992. Field Experience in Psychology (1,1,1) (F,S) May be taken concurrently. Approximately 10
hours per week for 1 s.h. credit. May count maximum of 3 s.h. eld experience toward PSYC major. Additional hours may
count as general electives. P: PSYC major; minimum cumulative and major 2.0 GPA; 9 s.h. in PSYC; consent of dept chair.
Application of concepts and principles from related courses to applied situations in eld. Lab and/or eld experiences under
joint supervision of eld supervisor and university instructor.
5250. Topics in Psychology (3) (WI*) May be repeated with change of topic for a maximum of 6 s.h. P: Minimum of
9 s.h. in PSYC. Selected topics at advanced level. Topics vary.
5325. Introduction to Psychological Testing (3) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060; a statistics course. Principles of testing,
including requirements for validity, reliability, norm samples, and examples of psychological tests.
5380. Psychology of the Exceptional Child (3) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060. Study of children who are markedly different
from the average child in physical, mental, emotional, academic, or social characteristics.
5400. Advanced Gerontology (3) P: PSYC 1000 or 1060; GERO 2400 or consent of instructor. Seminar on psychological
research and its applications to the aged.
491
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
5990, 5991, 5992. Field Experience in Psychology (1,1,1) May be taken concurrently. Accepted graduate
psychology students spend approximately 10 hours per week per credit hour in lab/eld experiences under joint supervision of
eld supervisor and university instructor. May count maximum of 3 s.h. of eld experience toward BA or MA PSYC requirement.
Additional hours may count toward electives. P for undergraduate students: PSYC major; 9 s.h. in PSYC; minimum cumulative
and PSYC major 2.0 GPA; dept consent. P for graduate students: PSYC major; minimum cumulative and major GPA of 3.0
in PSYC; dept consent. Application of concepts and principles from related courses to applied situations in the eld.
PSYC Banked Courses
2010. Memory and Thinking (3) 4320, 4321. Behavioral Research (3,0)
2150. Applied Psychology (2) 5311. Sensation and Perception
3240. Psychology of Adolescence 5370. Mental Hygiene in Schools (2)
3290. Comparative and Evolutionary Psychology
RCLS: RECREATION AND LEISURE STUDIES
2000. Introduction to Leisure Services (3) (F,S,SS) Introduces profession of recreation and contemporary
leisure services.
2400. Facilitation and Leadership of Adventure-Based Programs (3) (F,S) 10 clock hours of lab. Theory,
practice, and delivery of adventure programs.
2600. Outdoor Recreation Activities (3) (F,S) Knowledge and skills related to outdoor recreation activities
for lifetime leisure skill development. Choose two areas: backpacking, sea kayaking, whitewater kayaking, caving, surng,
or canoeing. Three eld trips required. Requires additional fees. May be repeated up to 6 s.h. with different skills areas by
permission of instructor.
2601. Leisure in Society (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) Introduces concept of leisure from historical, socio-cultural, and
individual perspectives.
3003. Leisure Programming (3) (F,S) P: Declared RT major or RPM major or minor; P/C: RCLS 2000; C: RCLS 3004.
Expertise in comprehensive, multi-purpose program planning. Design in recreation-serving agencies.
3004. Leisure Programming Laboratory (1) (F,S) 2 lab hours. P: Declared RT major or RPM major or minor;
P/C: RCLS 2000; C: RCLS 3003.
3104. Public and Non-Prot Recreation (3) (F) P: RCLS 2000 or consent of instructor. P/C: RCLS 3003, 3004.
Role, scope, and function of public and nonprot recreation agencies. Focus on legal foundations, scal, personnel, and
program management.
3110. Facility Management (3) (F) P: Declared RCLS major or minor; RCLS 2000. Knowledge and skills necessary
to supervise, develop, maintain, and operate leisure areas and facilities.
3120. Commercial Recreation and Tourism (3) (S) Nature and function of commercial recreation agencies and
tourism industry. Historical development, components, management, economic impacts, and entrepreneurship.
3131. Inclusive Recreation (3) (F) Background and understanding of inclusive recreation, planning, and delivery of
services.
3180. Experience Preplacement Seminar (1) P: Declared RPM major or minor; RCLS 2000. Purpose and objectives
of required summer work experience, RCLS 3190. Utilization of resources to identify and obtain quality work experience.
3190. Work Experience through Community/Commercial Recreation Agencies (2) 180 hours of
supervised work experience. P: Declared RPM major or minor; minimum 2.0 GPA; RCLS 3003, 3004, 3180; consent of advisor.
Exposure to community/commercial recreation agencies.
RCLS
492
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3300. Outdoor Programming (3) (S) History of outdoor programming techniques for planning, developing, and
administering outdoor programs.
3301. Recreational Interpretation of Cultural and Natural Resources (3) Theory and practice in
communication and education in parks and other recreation settings.
3500. Recreation Leadership and Group Process (2) (S) C: RCLS 3501. Skills and processes for planning,
leading, and motivating groups engaged in recreation programs.
3501. Recreation Leadership and Group Process Lab (1) (S) C: RCLS 3500. Students practice skills and
processes for planning, leading, and motivating groups engaged in recreation programs.
4000. Research Methods and Techniques (3) (F,S) P: Declared RT major or RPM major or minor; RCLS 3003,
3004. Understanding, interpreting, and applying research in leisure studies.
4002. Administration of Leisure Services (3) (S) P: RCLS 3003, 3004. Role and scope of administrative processes
and practices in leisure service agencies.
4004. Philosophical and Current Issues in Leisure (3) (WI*) (F,S) P: Declared RT major or RPM major or
minor; RCLS 3003, 3004. Philosophical concepts and issues of leisure with a focus on current trends and issues in professional
leisure service delivery.
4111. Design of Parks and Recreation Facilities (4) (F) P: RCLS 3104 or 3120 or consent of instructor. Knowledge
and skills necessary to prepare a comprehensive recreation and park master plan. Includes completing an inventory of existing
recreation and park opportunities, comparison to existing standards, population analysis, needs assessment, evaluation, executive
report and action plan which is presented to community or county park board or elected ofcials.
4120. Leisure Services Marketing (3) (S) P: RCLS 3104 or 3120 or consent of instructor. Marketing process and
skills needed to develop marketing plans.
4121. Tourism Planning and Development (3) (F) P: RCLS 3120 or consent of instructor. Focuses on strategies
for planning and developing tourism as an industry within communities and regions. Special emphasis on appropriateness and
sustainability of tourism development projects.
4122. Case Studies in Leisure Management (3) (F) P: RCLS 3104 or 3120 or consent of instructor. Applies
management concepts and techniques to leisure service delivery systems. Case studies, research, and student projects.
4123. Study Abroad in International Sustainability (6) (SS) Sustainable management of natural and cultural
resources in international settings.
4124. Study Abroad in Sustainable Tourism (3) (SS) Sustainable tourism principles and practices that minimize
culture loss and environmental impact.
4130. Recreational Sport Programming (3) (F) P: RCLS 3003, 3004; or consent of instructor. Foundations,
support and delivery systems, and desirable practices of recreational sport programming in community, commercial, and
educational settings.
4170. Youth Development Organizations and Services (3) (S) P: PSYC 1000; junior standing. Theory and
principles of youth development for out-of-school time programs and recreational services.
4700, 4701, 4702. Independent Study in Recreation (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) 3 hours per week per 1 s.h. credit. May
be repeated for credit with change of topic up to 6 s.h. P: RCLS 2000 or consent of instructor. Work with recreation faculty
member on project directly related to recreation profession.
4901. Recreation and Park Management Internship Pre-Placement Seminar (1) (F,S) To be taken in
semester preceding RCLS 4990. P: Declared RPM major; minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA; consent of RCLS advisor. Explores
purpose and objectives of internship experience. Utilizes resources to identify and obtain quality internship placement.
Instruction related to internship academic assignments.
493
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4990. Recreation Internship (12) (WI) (F,S,SS) P: Senior standing; declared RPM major; RCLS 4901; minimum
cumulative 2.0 GPA; minimum grade of C in all RCLS courses; successful completion of all other degree requirements and
current certication in rst aid and CPR. In-depth practical work experience with approved professional agency or business.
Direct supervision of approved full-time professional.
5100. Aquatic Facility Management (3) Operation, maintenance, and management of aquatic facilities used for
recreation, exercise, therapy, competition, education programs, and other aquatic-related programs.
5101. Waterfront Facility Operations (3) Principles and practices of waterfront facility management, maintenance,
and operations.
5111. Recreational Facility Management (3) P: RCLS 3104 or 3120 or consent of instructor. Principles and practices
of parks and recreational facility management, maintenance, operations, and evaluation.
RCLS Banked Courses
5301. Advanced Interpretation (3)
5600. Trends and Problems in Development of Avocational Coastal and Oceanic Programs (3)
RCTX: RECREATIONAL THERAPY
2230. Recreational Therapy Foundations (3) (F,S) Formerly RCLS 2230 Overview of therapeutic recreation
profession. Historical development, service delivery models, and service settings across health care continuum. Emphasis on
recreational therapy, treatment process, and outcomes of treatment services. Professional development and components of
professional behavior.
3202. Camping and Adventure Programming for Individuals with Disabilities (3) (SS) Formerly
RCLS 3202 P: Consent of instructor. Applies camping and outdoor adventure programming interventions for individuals
with disabilities. Requires lab and/or eld experience under supervision of eld supervisor and university instructor.
3240. Disability Survey for Recreational Therapy Services (3) (F,S) Formerly RCLS 3240 P: Declared
RT major; BIOL 2130, 2131; RCLS 2000; or consent of instructor. Etiology, symptomatology, and characteristics of disabling
conditions that limit individual’s independent functioning. Recreational therapy interventions essential to facilitating specic
functional outcomes. Adaptive equipment, assistive devices, and programmatic considerations.
4001. Stress Management: Principles and Practices (3) (S) Same as HLTH 4001 Concepts and theories
of stress management in human health.
4210. Introduction to Biofeedback (3) P: BIOL 2130, 2131 or equivalent; RCTX 3240. Basic principles, history,
instrumentation, and intervention techniques, including assessment, treatment, and evaluation processes. Clinical and non-
clinical applications.
4211. Biofeedback Lab (1) P: BIOL 2130, 2131 or equivalent; RCTX 3240. P/C: RCTX 4210. Application of techniques
and instrumentation.
4250. Recreational Therapy Program Design (3) (F,S) Formerly RCLS 4250 P: Declared RT major; RCLS
3003, 3004; RCTX 2230, 3240; or consent of instructor. Design process of treatment-oriented programs in RT. Various
methods and systems for program delivery. Emphasis on program development and evaluation and treatment process in
individual assessment, outcomes, and documentation.
4252. Recreational Therapy Leadership and Group Dynamics (3) (S) Formerly RCLS 4252 P: Declared
RT major; RCLS 3003, 3004; RCTX 2230, 3240; or consent of instructor. Interpersonal and leadership skills necessary for
development and maintenance of therapeutic relationships and implementation of effective therapeutic practices.
RCTX
494
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4260. Recreational Therapy Senior Practicum (3) (F,S) Formerly RCLS 4260 36 hours of supervised
practical experience, in-class lecture and associated assignments designed for student skill acquisition. P: Declared RT major;
RCLS 3003, 3004; RCTX 2230, 3240 or consent of instructor. Practice in aspects of recreational therapy services.
4262. Recreational Therapy Interventions and Techniques (3) (F) Formerly RCLS 4262 P: Declared
RT major; RCLS 3003, 3004; RCTX 2230, 3240; or consent of instructor. Theory and practice of intervention techniques
applicable to different clientele within recreational therapy services. Development of implementation skills in intervention
techniques.
4264. Recreational Therapy Assessment, Documentation, and Evaluation (3) (F) Formerly RCLS
4264 P: RCLS 3003, 3004; RCTX 2230, 3240; or consent of instructor. Procedures used in RT treatment process. Emphasis
on assessment and documentation process; instrument design, selection, and implementation; and reporting and use of data
for treatment planning and program evaluation.
4266. Organization and Management of Recreational Therapy Services (3) (F,S) Formerly RCLS
4266 P: RCLS 3003, 3004; RCTX 2230, 3240; or consent of instructor. Management processes for RT within health care
industry. Emphasis on practical concerns related to organization of RT services. Standards of practice, accreditation, personnel
supervision, scal management, quality improvement, marketing, and public relations.
4902. Recreational Therapy Internship Pre-Placement Seminar (2) (F,S) Formerly RCLS 4902 To
be taken in semester preceding RCTX 4990. P: Declared RT major; minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA; consent of RCLS advisor.
Purpose and objectives of internship experience. Utilization of resources to identify and obtain quality internship placement.
Instruction related to internship academic assignments.
4990. Recreational Therapy Internship (12) (WI) (F,S,SS) P: Senior standing; declared RT major; minimum
cumulative 2.0 GPA; minimum grade of C in all RCLS and RCTX courses; successful completion of all other degree requirements
and current certication in First Aid and CPR. In-depth practical experience designed to satisfy the eld placement requirements
for state licensure as recreational therapist and national certication as certied therapeutic recreation specialist.
5000. Theoretical Foundations of Aquatic Rehabilitation (3) Formerly RCLS 5000 Examines treatment
principles in aquatic rehabilitation environment. Develop understanding of benets, contraindications, and use of aquatic
therapy to address needs of participants with specic health conditions.
5001. Applied Techniques in Aquatic Rehabilitation (3) Formerly RCLS 5001 P: RCTX 5000 or consent
of instructor. Develop fundamental techniques in aquatic therapy. Additional attention to management of aquatic rehabilitation
services.
READ: READING
1031. Personalized Reading for Speed and Understanding (1) 1 classroom hour per week plus completion
of individualized prescriptions. Not open to students in READ 0092. Individualized to assess and increase students’ study
skills, reading power, and efciency.
3204. Fundamentals of Reading (3) (F,S,SS) Practicum required. P: ELEM 3250. Development of student’s knowledge
of total reading program, including word recognition, comprehension, whole language, developmental reading program, and
strategies for teaching reading.
3205. Diagnostic/Prescriptive Teaching of Reading (3) (F,S,SS) P: READ 3204; C: READ 3206. Diagnosis of
individual’s needs, levels of reading, and design of reading programs on basis of group and individual prescriptions.
3206. Practicum in Diagnostic/Prescriptive Teaching of Reading (1) (F,S,SS) P: READ 3204; C: READ
3205. Diagnostic/prescriptive instruction of child in clinical setting.
3210. Assessment, Design, and Implementation of Elementary Classroom Reading Instruction
(3) (F,S,SS) P: Admission to upper division; READ 3204. Assessment, design, and implementation of instructional reading
program in group and whole class settings at primary and intermediate levels.
495
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3211. Practicum in Assessment, Design, and Implementation of Elementary Classroom Reading
Instruction (1) (F,S,SS) 3 lab hours per week. P: READ 3204; C: READ 3210. Assessment, design, and implementation
of reading instruction at primary and intermediate levels.
3990. Teaching Reading in the Content Areas in the Secondary School (2) (F,S,SS) May receive credit
for one of READ 3990, 5317. P: Secondary education and designated K-12 program majors. Knowledge and skills necessary
to assure continuing development of student’s reading capabilities.
4532, 4533, 4534. Problems in the Teaching of Reading (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) May count maximum of 3 s.h. P:
Consent of instructor and dept chair. Independent study of problems in teaching of reading.
5312. Improvement of Reading Instruction (3) May not be taken by students who have had READ 3204. Beginning
reading process. Understanding of essential skills. Early detection and remediation of possible reading problems.
5313. Reading Remediation and Practicum (3) May not be taken by students who have completed READ 3205.
P: READ 3204 or 5312. Guidance in designing reading programs on basis of individual and group presentations. Practicum
experience in guiding individual and group student activities in reading instructional program.
5316. Applied Phonics (3) Skill in phonics as one kind of help in identifying written words. Essentials of phonics and
linguistically sound approach in methodology.
5317. Reading in the Junior and Senior High School (3) Lecture and lab. May receive credit for only one of
READ 3990, 5317. Knowledge and skills enable prospective junior high and secondary teachers to assess reading levels of
students and use methods and materials in keeping with individual interests and needs. Reading capability enhanced through
teaching-learning process in each content area.
READ Banked Courses
0092. Remedial Reading (0) 1033. Reading Skills for Academic Study (1)
1032. Reading as a Language Process (1) 1034. Reading for Appreciation and
Evaluation (1)
REHB: REHABILITATION STUDIES
2000. Survey of Community Resources in Rehabilitation and Health Care (3) (SL) (S) 3 lecture
hours per week and 10 practicum hours per semester. May receive credit for one of HPRO 2000, REHB 2000. Roles and
responsibilities of rehabilitation and health care service providers who work with individuals with disabilities. Disability issues
and need for teamwork in providing services to achieve rehabilitation goals.
2003. Alcohol and Drug Abuse: Health and Social Problem (3) (F,S) Origins of alcohol and drug use.
Toxicological effects on physical, psychological, and social behavior. Attitudes and responses to use and abuse of alcohol and
drugs as derived from historical sources, cross-cultural comparisons, and studies of contemporary chemical use patterns and
practices. Etiological theories of addiction. Prevalence and dysfunctional effects on the individual, public health, and social
control. Prevention of alcohol and drug abuse.
3000. Introduction to Rehabilitation (3) (F,S,SS) Introduces the eld of rehabilitation with emphasis on
rehabilitation counseling.
3010. Case Management in Rehabilitation (3) (WI) (S) P: REHB major or consent of instructor. Basic principles
of methodology for rehabilitation and social services. Process and ethics of rehabilitation from identication through case
termination.
4000. Interviewing Techniques for Health and Rehabilitation Settings (3) (F) P: REHB major. Develops
knowledge of interviewing in health and related settings. Patient orientation to medical procedures. Information gathering
and responding to patients’ concerns.
REHB
496
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4501, 4502, 4503. Independent Study (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) per week meeting with instructor. May be repeated for
maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P: REHB major; consent of instructor. Individualized extension of course/content
area of student’s interest. May include selected readings, research, and eld experience.
4991. Field Practicum in Rehabilitation Studies (3) (F,S,SS) 1 lecture and 8 lab hours per week. P: Senior
standing; REHB 3010. On-site experience in community agency involved in some phase of rehabilitation process.
4993, 4994, 4995, 4996. Rehabilitation Services Internship (3,3,3,3) (WI*) (F,S,SS) 450 hours of
supervised clinical eld experience in human service agency related to student’s interest and course work preparation. P:
REHB major; 2.5 GPA; REHB 3010, 4000; consent of instructor. Roles and functions of program staff who provide direct
rehabilitation service.
5000. Introduction to Rehabilitation (3) (F,S,SS) Entire eld of rehabilitation. Emphasis on rehabilitation
counseling.
5100, 5101. Occupational Analysis and Career Counseling (3,0) (F,SS) 3 classroom and 3 hours per week
with additional vocational eld experience. P for non-majors: consent of instructor. Current occupational, vocational, career
counseling and career development theories and practices related to persons with mental and physical disabilities. Emphasis
on occupational analysis, career exploration, and person-centered job-seeking and job-placement activities.
5400. Introduction to Vocational Evaluation (3) (F,SS) P: Graduate or senior standing; consent of instructor or
dept chair. History, theory, philosophy, and denitions of vocational evaluation and assessment of individuals who are disabled
or disadvantaged. Review of service delivery and self-determination models in public and private sectors. Vocational evaluation
and its relationship to career development, work, and labor market. Assessment processes, instruments, and techniques in
rehabilitation, education, and social service settings.
5793. Treatment of Alcohol and Drug Addiction (3) (F,S,SS) P: REHB 2003 or consent of instructor.
Sociocultural, psychological, and physiological contributions to alcohol and major drug addictions. Etiological theories of
addiction. Philosophies and modalities of treatment including family, individual, and group counseling. Vocational rehabilitation.
Detoxication processes, etc. Self-help treatment philosophies. Intervention concepts and strategies; dynamics of motivation;
assessment techniques; models for contemporary treatment of addiction within health care system. Roles of various professionals
in treating addiction. Barriers to effective application of treatment processes.
5795. Prevention of Alcohol and Drug Abuse (3) P: REHB 2003 or consent of instructor. Various issues related to
prevention of alcohol and drug abuse as a community health problem. Critical evaluation of various models and philosophies
of prevention. Early intervention and secondary prevention models, including employee assistance programs. Exposure to
ongoing prevention efforts and strategies. Barriers to prevention programs.
5796. Contemporary Alcohol/Drug Abuse Issues (3) (F,S,SS) P: REHB 5793 or consent of instructor. Current
signicant and/or controversial issues.
RELI: RELIGIOUS STUDIES
1000. Introduction to Religious Studies (3) (FC:HU) Formerly RELI 2000 Examination of a variety of human
expressions of religiosity and raising questions about how humans have created meaning for themselves through religion.
Explores major historical and methodological approaches basic to the study of religion.
1690. World Religions (3) (F,S) (FC:HU) Formerly PHIL 1690 Historical and contemporary expressions of
major living religions, such as Buddhism, Christianity, Hinduism, Islam, Judaism, and Taoism.
2500. Study Abroad (6) (SS) (FC:HU) Includes eld experience. P: Consent of instructor. Religion and culture.
2691. Classical Islam (3) (FC:HU) Formerly PHIL 2691 Islam and some of its cultural manifestations during the
formative period. Topics covered include early history, basic beliefs and practices, and the Qur’an.
497
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
2692. Buddhism (3) (FC:HU) Formerly PHIL 2692 Buddhism during the formative period. Topics covered include
early history, formation of the canon, basic philosophy, initial spread through Asia, and basic practices such as mediation and
pilgrimage.
2693. Hinduism (3) (FC:HU) Exploration of the art, doctrines, history, literature, mythology, and practices throughout
the various stages of the religion.
2694. Indigenous Religions (3) (FC:HU) Concepts of the sacred, individual and group identity, and ritual practices
of indigenous religions, such as Native American religions, African traditional religions, and Aboriginal religions of Australia.
2695. Introduction to the Old Testament (3) (F) (FC:HU) Formerly PHIL 1695 History, literature, and
religion of ancient Israel.
2696. Introduction to the New Testament (3) (S) (FC:HU) Formerly PHIL 1696 History, literature, and
religion of early Christianity.
3000. Motherhood of God in Asian Traditions (3) (FC:SO) Same as ANTH 3009; WOST 3000 Female
representation of deities in Eastern traditions, including Hinduism, Mahayana Buddhism, and Taoism. Religious and social
impact of such representation.
3113. Archaeology of the Old Testament World (3) (OY) Same as ANTH 3113 P: ANTH 1000 or 2000
or PHIL 1695 or consent of instructor. Survey of Bronze and Iron Age cultures of Syria-Palestine, ca. 3500-586 BC/BCE, with
emphasis on use of archaeological materials in historical reconstruction.
3114. Archaeology of the New Testament World (3) (OY) Same as ANTH 3114 P: ANTH 1000 or
2000 or PHIL 1696 or consent of instructor. Survey of Persian, Hellenistic, Roman, and Byzantine periods in Syria-Palestine,
539 BC/BCE to 640 AD/CE, with emphasis on use of archaeological materials in historical reconstruction.
3500. Methodology of Religious Studies (3) (WI) Classic and contemporary theories and methods employed in
the academic study of religion.
3600. Greek and Roman Religions (3) (FC:HU) Same as CLAS 3600 Religious ideas, practices, and beliefs
from prehistoric Crete to the Roman empire in the time of Plotinus (250 AD), including eastern cults of Isis and Mithras,
Judaism and Christianity.
3690. Women and Religion (3) (FC:HU) (WI*) Formerly PHIL 3690 Historical and contemporary situation
of women in major religious traditions. Special emphasis on Judaism and Christianity.
3691. Islam in the Modern World (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) Formerly PHIL 3691 Contemporary issues of war
and peace, gender issues, fundamentalism, modernity, and religious identity.
3692. Tibetan Religion and Culture (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) Formerly PHIL 3692 Inuence of Buddhist and
Bon religions on Tibetan culture.
3694. Religions of Africa (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) Traditional religions of Africa with emphasis on myths, symbols, and
rituals, as well as the encounter of these beliefs with Christianity and Islam in Africa and in diaspora.
3698. Mysticism (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) Formerly PHIL 3698 Mystical traditions in various religions. Topics include
historical and religious contexts, representative mystics, and classic texts.
3700. Religion and Social Issues (3) (WI) (FC:HU) Exploration of the religious dimensions of social issues, including
social justice, liberation theology, and other themes.
3800. Religion and Violence (3) (WI) (FC:HU) Classic and contemporary theoretical approaches to the study of
religious violence and critical analysis of religious practices, ideologies, and imagery that involve violence and non-violence.
RELI
498
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3930. Directed Readings in Religious Studies (3)(WI*) (FC:HU) May be repeated for maximum of 9 s.h.
with change of topic. P: Consent of RELI co-director. In-depth exploration of topic chosen in consultation with directing
professor.
4500. Religious Studies Seminar I (3) (WI*) (F) May be repeated for a maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic.
P: Consent of instructor or RELI program director. Selected topics with emphasis on research methods.
4699. Special Topics in Religious Studies (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) Formerly PHIL 4699 May be repeated
for a maximum of 9 s.h. with change of topic. P: 6 s.h. in religion or philosophy or consent of instructor. Selected topics in
religious studies.
4800. Religious Studies Seminar II (3) May be repeated for credit with change of topic. P: Consent of instructor or
director of RELI. Interdisciplinary seminar examines selected topics.
5000. Religious Studies Seminar (3) (WI*) May be repeated for credit with change of topic. P: Consent of instructor
or director of RELI. Interdisciplinary seminar examines selected topics.
RONC: RADIATION ONCOLOGY
5370. Biological Effects of Radiation (3) Same as BIOL 5370 P: BIOL 1100, 1101, 1200, 1201; or consent
of instructor. Biological effects resulting from interactions of radiation and matter for scientically and technically oriented
students.
RUSI: RUSSIAN STUDIES
2001. Introduction to Russian Studies: Humanities (3) (FC:HU) May count toward either the RUSI minor or
the foundations curriculum humanities requirement. May receive credit for one of RUSI 2001, 2002, 2003. Introduces Russian
culture and civilization. Focus on Russian cultural identity, Russian land and its people, evolution of national and social-cultural
values, explored through literature, popular culture, and lm.
2002. Introduction to Russian Studies: Social Science (3) (FC:SO) May count toward either the RUSI minor
or the foundations curriculum social sciences requirement. May receive credit for one of RUSI 2001, 2002, 2003. Introduces
Russian culture and civilization. Focus on history, economics, politics, and society.
2003. Introduction to Russian Studies: Fine Arts (3) (FC:FA) May count toward either the RUSI minor or
the foundations curriculum ne arts requirement. May receive credit for one of RUSI 2001, 2002, 2003. Introduces Russian
culture and civilization. Focus on visual, musical, and/or performing arts in their historical, cultural, and aesthetic contexts.
3011, 3012. Field Study in Russia (3,6) P: RUSS 1004 or consent of the director. 3011 for 3 s.h.: Minimum of 3
weeks in Russia during summer. 3012 for 6 s.h.: Minimum of 5 weeks in Russia during summer, or 13 weeks during fall or
spring study abroad program. Includes eld experience, and on-site exploration of literary, cultural, social, historic, economic,
political, and/or artistic life of Russia. Work under supervision of ECU faculty member approved by RUSI program director.
3500. Selected Topics in Russian Studies (3) P: Consent of instructor. May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h.
with change of topic. Selected topics in Russian history, philosophy, government, society, and civilization, with emphasis on
research methods.
3931, 3932, 3933. Directed Readings in Russian Studies (1,2,3) P: Consent of instructor. Directed study of
basic research literature in a eld, based on needs and interests of individual Russian Studies student. In-depth exploration
of topic chosen in consultation with directing professor.
4000. Senior Seminar in Russian Studies (3) P: Consent of instructor or RUSI program director. Interdisciplinary
capstone course required for minors in Russian studies. Advanced study of Russian culture and civilization, including literature,
history, philosophy, politics, and economics, in depth.
499
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
RUSS: RUSSIAN
1001. Russian Level I (3) Lab work. P: No previous study of Russian or placement in RUSS 1001 by Russian placement
test. First of four-course sequence. Intensive training in basic skills of writing, reading, speaking, and understanding Russian.
1002. Russian Level II (3) Lab work. P: RUSS 1001 or placement in 1002 by Russian placement test. Second of four-
course sequence. Further intensive training in basic skills of Russian language.
1003. Russian Level III (3) P: RUSS 1002 or placement in 1003 by Russian placement test. Third of four-course sequence.
All language skills strengthened. Introduction to texts which enhance study of Russian in cultural context.
1004. Russian Level IV (3) P: RUSS 1003 or placement in 1004 by Russian placement test. Fourth of four-course
sequence. Emphasis on speaking and understanding written and spoken Russian.
2120. Introduction to Russian Culture (3) (FC:HU) Taught in English. No knowledge of Russian required. May
not count toward foreign language requirement. Introduces most signicant achievements of Russian culture in their socio-
historical context through study and discussion of important literary texts and other cultural elements.
2700. Special Topics in Russian Studies (3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. May not
count toward foundations curriculum requirement. May be taught in Russian or English. Selected topics relating to language,
literature or culture of Russia (pre-Soviet, Soviet or post-Soviet). Topics may vary.
3220. Nineteenth Century Russian Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU) P: RUSS 2120 or consent of
instructor. Taught in English. No knowledge of Russian required. Literature of Russia during nineteenth century through study
of selected readings in translation.
3221. Twentieth Century Russian Literature in Translation (3) (FC:HU) P: RUSS 2120 or consent of
instructor. Taught in English. No knowledge of Russian required. Literature and culture of Russia and Soviet Union during
twentieth century through reading and discussion of signicant texts in translation.
3230. Russian and Soviet Film (3) (FC:HU) P: RUSS 2120 or consent of instructor. Taught in English. No knowledge
of Russian required. Introduction to the major Russian and Soviet lmmakers.
3700. Special Topics in Russian Studies (3) May not count toward foundations curriculum requirement. May be
repeated for a maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P: RUSS 2120 or 3220 or 3221 or consent of instructor. Taught in
English or Russian. Selected topics relating to literature or culture of Russia (pre-Soviet, Soviet or post-Soviet). Topics may
vary.
SCIE: SCIENCE EDUCATION
2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) (F,S) For prospective teachers. Minimum of 16
hours of directed observations and planned participation in appropriate school environments and 8 hours of seminar class
instruction in the teaching area. Introduction to teaching of science.
3100. Creativity and Inventiveness in Science (3) (S) Theories of creativity. Creation and/or invention of product
or project unique to student’s academic major. Development and practice of creative abilities.
3216. Teaching Science in the Elementary School (3) (F,S,SS) Issues and concerns in elementary science
education. Planning and teaching in eld-based setting.
3323. Introduction to Teaching in the High School Science Classroom (3) (S) P: SCIE 2123. Practicum
addressing local, state, and national standards applicable for science teachers. Focus on lesson planning and classroom
challenges.
3350, 3351. Descriptive Astronomy (4,0) (F) 3 hours lecture and 1 hour lab per week. Introductory astronomy
for prospective teachers, liberal arts majors, and others.
SCIE
500
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3360, 3361. Physical Meteorology (4,0) (S) Two 2 hour lectures/labs per week. P: CHEM 1150; MATH 1085;
PHYS 1250, 1260. Principles and concepts for understanding atmosphere and various meteorological phenomena taking place
in it. Phenomena explained using basic principles of radiation, thermodynamics, statics, and buoyancy.
3602. Investigations in Physical and Earth Science (4) (F,S,SS) Two 2 hour lectures/labs per week. Series
of selected topics and investigations in physical and earth sciences. Science concepts treated in depth. Emphasis on role of
investigative approach.
3604. Investigations in Life and Environmental Science (4) (F,S,SS) Two 2 hour lectures/labs per week.
Development of skills in utilizing living organisms and school yard environment to provide learning experiences for children.
4000. Biological Science Practicum for Secondary Teachers (1) 1 2-hour lab per week. P: Minimum of 16
s.h. of biology, earth science, or physical science. Aids in-service and prospective science teachers.
4010. Earth Science Practicum for Secondary Teachers (1) 1 2-hour lab per week. P: Minimum of 16 s.h. of
biology, earth science, or physical science. Aids in-service and prospective science teachers.
4020. Physical Science Practicum for Secondary Teachers (1) 1 2-hour lab per week. P: Minimum of 16 s.h.
of biology, earth science, or physical science. Aids in-service and prospective science teachers.
4030. Technology in Science Teaching (3) (F) P: Admission to upper division; SCIE 3323. Experience using digital
technology to conduct scientic inquiry in a science classroom.
4319. Teaching Science in the Middle Grades (3) 10 to 12 hours of eld experience per week. P: Admission to
upper division; EDUC 3200; MIDG 3010, 3022; SCIE 3602, 3604; or consent of instructor; C: MIDG 4001, 4010; ENED or
HIED or MATE or MIDG 4319. Methods and techniques of teaching biological, physical, and earth sciences.
4323. The Teaching of Science in High School (3) (WI) (F) P: Admission to upper division. Methods and
techniques of teaching biological, physical, and earth sciences.
4324. Internship in Science Education (10) (S) Full-time, semester-long internship. P: Admission to upper division;
SCIE 4323; C: SCIE 4325. Internship under direction of master teacher and university supervisor in assigned school.
4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Science Education (1) (S) P: Admission to upper division; C: SCIE 4324.
Reective study of issues and concerns encountered in internship experience.
5000. Contemporary Approaches to Teaching Biological Science (3) P: BIOL 1100, 1101, 1200, 1201; or
equivalent; minimum of 16 s.h. in BIOL. Effective teaching in biology using current curricula materials. Emphasis on investigative
nature of biology.
5010. Applications of Microcomputers in Teaching Physical Science (3) 2 1-hour lectures and 1 2-hour lab
per week. Use of microcomputer to assist in teaching physical science. Topics include operation of microcomputer, review
and evaluation of available software, and computer techniques to illustrate physical science concepts.
5020. Applications of Microcomputers in Teaching Biological Science (3) Use of microcomputer to assist
in teaching biological science. Topics include operation of microcomputer, review and evaluation of available software, and
computer techniques to illustrate biological concepts.
5990. Apprenticeship Science (3) Direct supervision in lab procedures by members of science staff.
SCIE Banked Courses
1270. Physical Science for Elementary 1281. Life and Environmental Science for
Education Majors (3) Elementary Education Majors Laboratory (1)
1271. Physical Science for Elementary 2110, 2111. Elements of Photography (2,0)
Education Majors Laboratory (1) 3010, 3011. Nature Photography (3,0)
1280. Life and Environmental Science for 3110, 3111. Scientic Photography (3,0)
Elementary Education Majors (3)
501
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
SECS: SECURITY STUDIES
1000. Introduction to Security Studies (3) (F) (FC:SO) Basic concepts and principles of security planning and
program implementation across multiple academic disciplines with application at local, state, and federal levels of government
as well as private and non-prot sectors.
4000. Senior Seminar in Security Studies (3) (S) P: SECS 1000 and consent of instructor. Practical application and
exercises in security studies, to include threat-based scenarios, consequence management, and disaster assistance planning.
SOCI: SOCIOLOGY
1025. Courtship and Marriage (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) Designed for freshmen. Critical thinking and empirical
knowledge relative to affectional involvement.
2110. Introduction to Sociology (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) Nature, concepts, and principles of sociology. Society,
culture, socialization, groups, institutions and organizations, class system, social change, and social processes.
2111. Modern Social Problems (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Nature, extent, causes and consequences of
social problems in America today. Methods of limiting and solving these problems.
3000, 3001. Sociology Topics Three classroom and/or lab hours per week. May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h.
P: SOCI 2110; 6 s.h. of SOCI above 1999. Specialized topics and current developments.
3025. Sociology of Mass Media (3) (FC: SO) P: SOCI 2110. Major perspectives in sociology are used to study the
role of mass media in society.
3100. Sociology of Aging (3) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Effects of social forces on aging and age-related issues.
3213. Methods of Research (3) P: SOCI 2110; or consent of instructor. Skills necessary to evaluate and interpret
quantitative analyses frequently found in technical sociological reports.
3215. Introduction to Qualitative Sociology (3) P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor. Qualitative approaches
used in sociology for data collection and analysis.
3216. Introduction to Social Statistics (3) (F,S) P: SOCI 3213. Research methods and techniques employed in
sociology and behavioral sciences.
3219. Sociology of Immigration (3) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Current state of sociological knowledge and research
on immigration as a social phenomenon. Attention given to trends in immigration and its impact on society.
3220. Sociology of Deviant Behavior (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Extent and nature of deviance.
Traditional problems such as mental illness, suicide, and crime as well as less commonly considered organizational and
occupational deviance.
3222. Rural Sociology (3) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. American rural tradition and forces that modied it. Recent changes
in agriculture and rural way of life. Rural problems and planning in changing society.
3225. Urban Sociology (3) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Urbanism as a way of life. Organization, functions, and problems
of urban communities.
3234. The Individual in Society (3) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Symbolic interactionist theories of social interaction,
socialization, and social control traced from Charles H. Cooley and George H. Mead to recent theorists.
3235. Population Trends and Problems (3) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Population theory, composition, dynamics,
and mobility of populations and problems involved in population trends.
3280. Industrial Sociology (3) P: SOCI 2110. Application of sociological concepts in understanding the production,
distribution, and consumption of goods and services in modern and developing societies.
SOCI
502
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3289. Community Organization (3) (S) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Theoretical perspectives and social organization
in communities of varying complexity. Theory and practices relative to problems of American communities.
3325. Sociology of Human Sexuality (3) (F) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor. Human sexuality as
part of social behavior and social interaction. Emphasis on sexuality as learned via social scripting.
3327. Introductory Medical Sociology (3) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor. Social aspects of
health and health-related behavior.
3385. History of Sociology (3) (WI) P: SOCI 2110. Schools of sociological thought and development of scientic
sociology from Comte to present.
3400. Introduction to Gender and Society (3) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Various expressions of masculinity and
femininity and analysis of structure of gender inequality. Attention given to intersection of gender, race, and social class.
3410. Introduction to Maritime Sociology (3) (FC:SO) P: ANTH 1000 or SOCI 2110. People in marine
environment. Emphasis on interrelationship of social, economic, and technological systems.
3500. Economy and Society (3) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Current state of sociological knowledge and research on
economy as a social institution.
3600. Power and Politics in Society (3) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Political sociology analyzing relationship of state
and society. Sociological perspectives on power, politics, and the state are considered by analyzing contemporary social issues,
conicts, and political alignments.
4000, 4001. Selected Topics in Sociology (3) 3 classroom and/or lab hours per week. May be repeated for maximum
of 6 s.h. P: SOCI 2110; 6 s.h. of SOCI above 1999. Specialized topics and current developments.
4200. Advanced Techniques in Quantitative Sociology (3) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: MIS 2223;
SOCI 3213. Techniques of statistical analysis in applied sociology. How to select statistical methods, carry them out, and
present results in technical reports. Emphasis on computer exercises using contemporary statistical software.
4201. Advanced Techniques in Applied Research (3) P: SOCI 3216. Major techniques in applied research (e.g.,
needs assessment, process and outcome assessment, organizational analysis, client and consumer surveys, cost-benet analysis,
key informant surveys, and focus groups). Effective techniques for presenting applied research results.
4202. Special Topics in Applied Social Research (3) P: Statistics or research design course; SOCI 2110. Topics
vary based on current faculty applied research.
4300. Sociology of Emotion (3) (FC: SO) P: SOCI 2110; or consent of instructor. Analysis of the social origins,
expression, and consequences of emotion.
4320. Sociology of Law (3) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Legal system from social perspective. Emphasis on history of legal
and punishment systems and their organization, socialization of participants, and alternatives to traditional organization.
4322. Law and Social Change (3) (F03) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Relationship between law and social change. In-
depth analysis of social conditions leading to, and societal consequences of, such legal decisions as related to desegregation,
age discrimination, abortion, euthanasia, and school prayer.
4325. Marriage and the Family (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Family cycle, roles, and status of members in their
relationships. Family and social class. Nature, causes, and consequences of family problems and methods of adjustment.
4330. Criminology (3) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Nature, extent, causes, and methods of treatment and prevention of
crime and delinquency.
4337. Principles of Sociology (3) (S) (FC:SO) May not count toward SOCI major. Intensive study of basic sociological
concepts and their applications to understanding modern society.
503
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4341. Sociology of Religion (3) (S) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Mutual effects of religion and society on each other in
ongoing social system. Focus on founded religions in literate societies.
4345. Racial and Cultural Minorities (3) (S) (FC:SO) P: ANTH 1000 or SOCI 2110. Origin and present status
of American minorities, sources and consequences of prejudice and discrimination, and goals and strategies of change in race
and ethnic relations.
4347. Social Inequality (3) (F) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Stratication systems of various societies. Emphasis on concepts
and theories relative to American communities.
4350. Social Change (3) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Theoretical perspectives and cross-cultural analyses of social change
in developed and developing societies and resulting consequences.
4385. Theoretical Perspectives and Applications (3) (WI) P: SOCI 2110. History and nature of sociological
theory reviewed and applied to selected social problems and social issues.
4400. Sociological Perspectives of Sport (F) (FC: SO) P: SOCI 2110; or consent of instructor. Sociological
investigation of sport through the lenses of classical, modern, and postmodern sociological theories, including issues of power,
privilege, and social difference as they are manifested in sport and sports participation.
4500. Work and Organizations (3) (S) (FC:SO) P: SOCI 2110. Contemporary problems in work and organizational
settings examined from sociological perspective.
4521, 4522, 4523. Readings in Sociology (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for maximum of 9 s.h. May count
maximum of 9 s.h. of readings in SOCI and from practicum in SOCI (SOCI 4950, 4951, 4952) toward the BA in SOCI major
or minor. P: Consent of instructor and dept chair. Extensive or selected readings taken from modern sociological research
monographs or in specialized areas of sociology in which student has taken one or more courses.
4550, 4551. Honors (3,3) (F,S) To be taken in succession. No grade or credit recorded until second course is
completed. P: Senior SOCI major; admission to Sociology Honors Program. Reading, research, or service program resulting
in writing of honors paper.
4800. Senior Seminar (3) (WI) (F,S) P: SOCI major; SOCI 3216; 3385 or 4385. Integration of sociological knowledge and
analysis of meaning of current sociological issues to develop sociological perspectives and better understand career choices.
4950, 4951, 4952. Practicum in Sociology (3,3,3) 140 work and academic hours per semester for 3 s.h. credit.
Practicum must be arranged at least 30 days before term begins. May be taken concurrently for a maximum of 9 s.h. P: SOCI
major; 27 s.h. in SOCI with a minimum grade of C in each course; consent of dept chair, practicum coordinator, and faculty
member who will supervise the practicum. Supervised internship in area of applied sociology. Practical experience in research
or agency work. Parallel readings and study. Emphasis on guided application of concepts and principles from related courses
and structured readings to applied situations.
5100. Seminar in Social Inequality and Diversity (3) P for undergraduates: SOCI 2110 and consent of instructor;
P for graduate students: Graduate standing in SOCI or consent of instructor. Critical examination of theory and research on
stratication. Consequences for industrial and non-industrial societies. Emphasis on method and design for analysis.
5200. Seminar in the Sociology of Health (3) P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor. Individual as health care
consumer. Social factors affecting distribution of disease in population, socio-political structure of health care services in US,
and health care system from perspective of various health care providers.
5300. Seminar in Juvenile Delinquency (3) P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor. Juvenile delinquency as a socio-
legal phenomenon. Special attention to theoretical and methodological issues in study of delinquency, consequences of and
societal responses to delinquency, and prediction and intervention techniques.
5318. Social Aspects of Death and Dying (3) P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor. Sociological perspective.
Focus on organizational aspects of death and dying as process and status.
SOCI
504
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
5335. Sociology of Marriage Problems (3) For students planning to work in marriage counseling. P: SOCI 2110;
consent of instructor. Advanced study of nature, causes, consequences, and treatment of marriage problems. Supervised
individual experience in sociological and counseling techniques.
5400. Seminar in Gender Roles (3) P for undergraduates: SOCI 2110 and consent of instructor; P for graduate
students: SOCI 2110 or graduate standing or consent of instructor. Origins of gender roles and gender stratication. Personal,
interpersonal, and social consequences of gender. Alternatives to traditional gender relations.
5500. Seminar in Population (3) P for undergraduates: SOCI 2110 and consent of instructor; P for graduate students:
SOCI 3222 or 3225 or 3235 or consent of instructor. Intensive study of substantive theory, methods of population analysis,
and select problems of population dynamics, communities, and regions.
5600. Seminar in Aging (3) P: SOCI 2110 or consent of instructor. Places experience of aging in a social context. Begins
with examination of aging from demographic and entitlement perspectives and concludes with application of sociological
theory to changing self denition accompanying age-related functional decline.
5700. Seminar in Social Interaction (3) P for undergraduates: SOCI 2110 and consent of instructor; P for graduate
students: SOCI 2110 or graduate standing. Empirical research on interaction in small groups and relations between group
structure and personality. Emphasis on micro-sociological research methods and results.
5800. Seminar in the Family (3) P for undergraduates: SOCI 2110 and consent of instructor; P for graduate students:
SOCI 2110 or graduate standing or consent of instructor. Sociological theories, methods, and applications involving family
and social policies. Emphasis on comparative and social historical perspectives for understanding family in social context and
change.
SOCI Banked Courses
2125. The Sociology of Parenthood (3) 4960. Practicum Seminar (3)
3214. Introduction to Quantitative Sociology (0) 5311. Contemporary Social Problems (3)
3285. Social Thought Before Comte (3) 5314. Sociological Concepts (3)
3429. Sociology of Formal Organizations (3)
SOCW: SOCIAL WORK
1010. Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Work (3) Historical and philosophical overview of development
of social work profession and social welfare institutions.
2010. Introduction to Social Work Practice with Special Populations (3) Dynamics of human diversity
as it affects, informs, and shapes social work practice and fosters an awareness and appreciation for diverse and special
populations.
2400. Introduction to Gerontology (3) (FC:SO) Same as CDFR 2400; GERO 2400 May count toward
foundations curriculum social sciences requirement and the SOCI major or minor. Current theory and research in gerontology
from an interdisciplinary perspective.
3101. Human Behavior and the Social Environment I (3) P for SOCW majors: SOCW 2010; P for others:
Consent of instructor or program coordinator; C for SOCW major: SOCW 3201 and SOCW 3301. Concepts, theories,
and frameworks which guide understanding of human behavior in various social environments.
3201. Social Work Practice I (3) P: SOCW major. Preparation for generalist practice in social work. Emphasis on
generalist problem-solving process and development of interviewing and intervention skills with individuals.
3202. Social Work Practice II (3) P: SOCW 3201; C: SOCW 3302, 3401. Continuation of preparation for generalist
social work practice and problem-solving process. Emphasis on intervention with small groups and families. Introduces case
management skills.
505
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3301. Social Work Policy I (3) P: SOCW 2010 or consent of instructor or program coordinator; C: SOCW 3101 and
3201. Social welfare as social system. Social welfare concepts, policy, and organization. Emphasis on programming in relation
to social needs, social problems, and social goals.
3305. Social Work Policy II (3) (WI) Formerly SOCW 4303 P: SOCW major or consent of program coordinator;
C: SOCW 3202, 3401. Study of social welfare policy making process and analysis.
3401. Social Work Research and Statistics (3) (WI) 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: SOCW major or
consent of program coordinator; C: SOCW 3202, 3302. Research methods and statistics used by social workers as part of
social work practice. Knowledge and skills necessary for critical review of research of others and basic statistical analysis.
4102. Human Behavior and the Social Environment II (3) May receive credit for one of SOCW 4102, 5001.
P: SOCW 3101; C: SOCW 4203 and 4303. Advanced theoretical knowledge for generalist social work practice. Sensitivity
to human diversity and need for self awareness in selection and application of theory in practice.
4203. Social Work Practice III (3) P: SOCW 3202; C: SOCW 4102 and 4303. Advanced use of problem-solving process
for generalist social work practice. Knowledge and skills used in organizational, agency, and community interventions.
4305. Social Work Policy III (3) Formerly SOCW 3302 P: SOCW 3301, 3305; C: SOCW 4102 and 4203.
Legislation and court decisions for social and economic justice, including client rights and the well-being of social work
constituency groups.
4401, 4402, 4403, 4404, 4405, 4406. Independent Study (1,2,3,4,5,6) May be repeated for a maximum of 9
s.h. Faculty conferences arranged by student-faculty contracts for course of study approved by program coordinator. Selected
readings, research, or studies related to social work/social welfare.
4501. Crisis Intervention (3) Recognition and appropriate intervention in crisis situation.
4503. Social Work Services in Schools (3) P: SOCW major or consent of program coordinator. Introduction and
orientation to social work practice in school settings.
4504. Ethics in Human Services (3) Ethical and legal standards as related to practice, training, supervision, and
consultation.
4505. Community Services for Children (3) Emphasis on characteristics of families and children who may need
help, adequacies and inadequacies of community resources are explored.
4506. Theory and Practice in Child Welfare (3) Emphasis on knowledge and skills as related to practice in the
eld of child welfare services.
4507. Intimate Partner Violence from a Social Work Perspective (3) Examination of prevalence, theories,
and practices in the eld of Intimate Partner Violence.
4510. Selected Topics in Human Behavior and the Social Environment (2 or 3) May be repeated for
credit with change of topic. New or advanced topics in eld.
4520. Selected Topics in Social Work Practice (2 or 3) May be repeated for credit with change of topic. New
or advanced topics in eld.
4530. Selected Topics in Social Work Policy (2 or 3) May be repeated for credit with change of topic. P: SOCW
major or consent of program coordinator. New or advanced topics in eld.
4540. Selected Topics in Social Work Research (2 or 3) May be repeated for credit with change of topic. P:
SOCW major or consent of program coordinator. New or advanced topics in eld.
SOCW
506
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4990. Field Education and Seminar (12) (WI) 3 seminar hours per week; 4 days directed eld education per
week. Applications for admission to this course must be received 2 semesters in advance of placement. P: SOCW major
with minimum 2.5 GPA and approval of eld education ofce; completion of all required SOCW courses. Culmination of
student’s undergraduate preparation for professional practice. Placement in approved agency provides supervised educational
experience. Weekly seminar integrates theory and practice.
5001. Human Behavior and Social Environment for the Human Service Professions (3) May receive
credit for one of SOCW 4102, 5001. P: Consent of MSW Coordinator; graduate standing. Development of social systems
concept of bio-psycho-social elements of man’s being. Emphasis on deeper self-awareness of one’s own behavior, attitudes,
beliefs, and values as related to professional practice.
5007. Women as Clients (3) Issues and corrective measures to counteract gender bias in delivery of human services.
Strengths and vulnerabilities of women as clients.
5008. Supervision in Social Welfare Agencies (3) P: Consent of MSW Coordinator. Role of supervision in social
welfare system and functions it performs. Process of supervising and problems and issues concerning supervisor. Emphasis
on supervision of social work and criminal justice students who are in eld placement, beginning supervisors, and supervisors
of beginning workers.
5400. Seminar in Aging Studies (3) Same as CDFR 5400; GERO 5400 Entry point for graduate certicate in
gerontology; exit course for undergraduate minor in gerontology. P: Consent of instructor. Topics include historical perspective
on aging issues, normal aging and pathology, aging program administration, aging policy development, research in gerontology,
rural aging, and aging and ethnicity.
5900. Foundations of Social Work and Social Welfare (3) P: Graduate standing SOCW. Introduces social work
profession, and social welfare, policy, and services.
5903. Readings in Aging Studies (3) Same as CDFR 5903; GERO 5903 May count maximum of 3 s.h.
toward baccalaureate minor in gerontology or graduate certicate in gerontology. P: Consent of instructor and coordinator
of instructor’s home unit. Selected from monographs or journals. Focus on specialized areas in which student has taken one
or more courses in either baccalaureate gerontology minor or graduate gerontology certicate.
5910. Foundation Skills in Social Work Practice (3) P: Graduate standing in SOCW. Basic practice skills.
Foundation for internship preparation.
5940. Research Methodology for Social Workers (3) P: Graduate standing or consent of MSW Coordinator.
Evaluation of published social work research. Interpretation of research articles which employ common statistical measures
and identify basic limitations of research methodology. Research methods used by social workers in practice. Denes research
and the ethical issues in conducting research.
SOCW Banked Courses
5000. Organization and Management of Social 5005. Community Programming and
Service Agencies (3) Development in Social Welfare (3)
5003. Processes of Group Intervention (3) 5006. Planning within Social Welfare Agencies
and Institutions (3)
SPAN: SPANISH
1001. Spanish Level I (3) P: Appropriate score on Spanish placement test. Lab work. Recommended early in college
career for BA students and potential SPAN majors and minors. First of four-course sequence. Focus on basic skills of listening,
speaking, reading, and writing Spanish. Emphasis on life and culture of Spanish-speaking world.
1002. Spanish Level II (3) Lab work. Recommended early in college career for BA student and potential SPAN majors
and minors. P: SPAN 1001 or equivalent or placement by Spanish. placement test. Second of four-course sequence. Increased
exposure to and command over basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing Spanish. Fosters understanding of
Hispanic cultures.
507
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
1003. Spanish Level III (3) Lab work. Recommended early in college career for BA students and potential SPAN
majors and minors. P: SPAN 1002 or equivalent or placement by Spanish placement test. Third of four-course sequence.
Further renement of command over basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing Spanish. Fosters understanding
of Hispanic cultures.
1004. Spanish Level IV (3) Recommended early in college career for BA students, and potential SPAN majors and
minors. P: SPAN 1003 or equivalent or placement by Spanish placement test. Fourth of four-course sequence. Further
renement of command over basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing Spanish. Readings further acquaint student
with life, literature, and cultures of Hispanic world.
1220. Conversational Spanish Practiced in a Spanish-Speaking Country (3) P: Consent of dept chair.
Practice in formal classroom situation and in Spanish-speaking country. Exception to classroom requirement would be Spanish
language program approved by dept chair.
1440. Spanish Culture Experienced in a Spanish-Speaking Country (2) 3 months’ residence in Spanish-
speaking country. Culture (social customs, the ne arts, architecture, historical and political inuences) of Spanish-speaking
country experienced in the country.
2110. Cultural Readings in Spanish (3) P: SPAN 1004 or consent of dept chair. Further development of language
prociency and cultural appreciation through study of selected works of literature (including children’s literature), lm, and
ne arts.
2117. Spanish for Professions (3) P: SPAN 1004 or consent of dept chair. Introduces vocabulary and cultural concepts
necessary to communicate and function effectively in Spanish-speaking professional world. Fields may include but are not
limited to business, criminal justice, health sciences, and social sciences.
2222. Intermediate Spanish Conversation (3) For students with limited experience in Spanish-speaking
environments. P: Minimum grade of B in SPAN 1004 or consent of dept chair; RC: SPAN 2330. Development of oral
communication skills. Emphasis on use of language in everyday situations, vocabulary growth, listening comprehension, and
correctness in grammar.
2330. Intermediate Spanish Composition and Review of Grammar (3) P: Minimum of grade B in SPAN
1004 or consent of dept chair; RC: SPAN 2222. Intensive practice in task-oriented compositions and comprehensive review
of grammatical forms and usage. Emphasis on vocabulary development.
2440. Spanish Culture and Civilization (3) (WI*) P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of dept chair. Readings, lms,
and discussion about artistic, political, historical, and social development of Spain and its geography and regional diversity.
2441. Latin-American Culture and Civilization (3) P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of dept chair. Overview
and contrastive study of geography, history, social and political structures, currents of thought, and artistic expressions of Latin
America which contribute to contemporary life.
2550. Approaches to the Study of Hispanic Literature (3) (FC:HU) P: SPAN 2222 or 2330 or consent of
dept chair. Interpretation of Spanish literature. Relevant terminology and its application to representative Spanish and Spanish-
American prose, poetry, and drama.
2611. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) For prospective teachers. Minimum of 16 hours of
directed observations and planned participation in appropriate school environments and 8 hours of seminar class instruction
in the teaching area. May not count toward BA major or minor. Introduction to teaching Spanish.
2700. Special Topics in Hispanic Studies (3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P:
SPAN 1004 or consent of dept chair. Selected topics relating to language, literature, culture, or civilization of Spain or Latin
America.
SPAN
508
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3220. Advanced Oral Communication Through Multimedia (3) P: SPAN 2222 or consent of dept chair.
Advanced practice in spoken Spanish. Emphasis on topics of current interest. Use of material available through newspapers,
magazines, lms, radio and television broadcasts, software, and the world wide web.
3225. Spanish Phonetics (3) Lab work. P: SPAN 2222, 2330; or consent of dept chair. Physiology of phonetics applied
to Spanish language. Sound system of Spanish contrasted with English. Introduction to various dialects. Emphasis on improving
pronunciation. Phonetic transcription.
3330. Advanced Composition (3) (WI) P: SPAN 2222 or 3220; 2330. Renement of Spanish writing skills through
exercises which enhance control of grammar, expand vocabulary, and promote greater awareness of rhetoric, critical reading,
and revising.
3335. Structure of the Spanish Language (3) P: SPAN 3330 or consent of dept chair. Contemporary linguistic
theory and its practical application to teaching of syntactic and semantic components of Spanish. Contrasts structures of
Spanish and English.
3340. Introduction to Translation (3) P: SPAN 3330 or consent of dept chair; RC: SPAN 3335. History, theory,
and techniques of translation. Intense practice in Spanish-English and English-Spanish translations. Short prose texts from areas
of general knowledge, such as those dealing with cultural information and current events.
3700. Special Topics in Hispanic Studies (3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P:
SPAN 2222 or 3220; 2330; or consent of dept chair. Selected topics relating to language, literature, culture, or civilization
of Spain or Latin America.
4340. Intermediate Translation (3) P: SPAN 3335, 3340; or consent of dept chair. Further practice in Spanish-English
and English-Spanish translation. Longer texts from areas of general knowledge. Introduction to translation of specialized material
(such as business, medical and legal documents, and literary texts). Study of related lexical and stylistic.
4555. Medieval Spain (900-1499) (3) (WI) (FC:HU) P: SPAN 2440, 2550; or consent of dept chair. Selected
texts of Medieval Spain from primitive lyric to La Celestina examined against background of cultural, social, and historical
transformations of Spanish Middle Ages.
4556. Renaissance and Baroque Spain (1500-1681) (3) (FC:HU) P: SPAN 2440, 2550; or consent of dept chair.
Reading and discussion of representative works from drama, poetry, and prose of great literary gures of Renaissance and
Golden Age (such as Garcilaso de la Vega, the Mystics, Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Calderon de la Barca, Gongora). Cultural,
social, and political factors that inuenced their development.
4557. Spain from Neo-Classicism to Realism (1681-1898) (3) (FC:HU) P: SPAN 2440, 2550; or consent
of dept chair. Selected texts from Spain from Neoclassic Period to end of nineteenth century. Emphasis on social, political,
and cultural context.
4558. Contemporary Spain (1898-Present) (3) (FC:HU) P: SPAN 2440, 2550; or consent of dept chair.
Selected texts of contemporary Spain analyzed in social, political, and cultural contexts of monarch, republic, dictatorship,
and democracy.
4560. Major Latin-American Authors (3) (FC:HU) P: SPAN 2441, 2550; or consent of dept chair. Evolution of
Latin-American literature from period of discovery to present. Readings and discussion of representative writers, movements,
and genres within context of political, social, historical, and artistic realities.
4561. Latin-American Texts of the Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods (3) (FC:HU) P: SPAN 2441,
2550; or consent of dept chair; RP: SPAN 4560. Development of Latin-American literature and culture through analysis of
representative texts from late Pre-Columbian times through Colonial Period.
4562. Latin-American Texts of the Nineteenth and Early Twentieth Centuries (3) (FC:HU) P: SPAN
2441, 2550; or consent of dept chair; RP: SPAN 4560. Representative literary works and reappraisal of critical problems and
themes within aesthetic framework of movements of Neoclassicism, Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, Modernism, and the
Avantgarde, and within political, social, and economic realities of period from Independence to early twentieth century.
509
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4563. Latin-American Texts: The Boom and Beyond (3) (FC:HU) P: SPAN 2441, 2550; or consent of dept
chair; RP: SPAN 4560. Major Latin-American writers from mid-twentieth century to present.
4611. Teaching Second Languages in Grades K-12 (5) 5 lectures per week and approximately 60 hours of eld
experience per semester. May not be used to fulll requirements for BA major or minor. P: Admission to upper division; 18
s.h. of SPAN above 1004 or consent of dept chair. Modern methodologies, techniques and strategies, instructional resources,
and evaluation procedures.
4700. Special Topics in Hispanic Studies (3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P:
Consent of dept chair. Selected topics relating to language, literature, culture, or civilization of Spain or Latin America.
4880. Internship in Spanish (10) Full-time, semester-long internship. P: Admission to upper division; SPAN 2110,
2440, 2441, 3225, 3330; 15 s.h. in SPAN above 2999, including 9 s.h. in SPAN 4555, 4556, 4557, 4558, 4560, 4561, 4562,
4563, with a minimum of 3 s.h. in SPAN 4555, 4556, 4557, 4558 and 3 s.h. in SPAN 4560, 4561, 4562, 4563. Observation
and supervised internship in an assigned Spanish K-12 public school classroom.
4881. Internship Seminar: Issues in Spanish Teaching (1) P: Admission to upper division; C: SPAN 4880.
Individualized study of problems or issues related to teaching Spanish.
4882, 4883, 4884. Internship for Professions (1,1,1) (F,S,SS) Supervised internship in appropriate professional
setting during junior or senior year of the Hispanic studies degree program. P: Consent of dept chair. Fields may include but
are not limited to business, criminal justice, health sciences, and social sciences.
4950, 4951, 4952, 4953, 4954. Directed Readings in Spanish (1 each) P: Consent of dept chair. In-depth
exploration of selected topics relating to language, literature, culture, or civilization of Spain or Latin America.
4990. Honors (3) P: Minimum 3.5 GPA in SPAN. Independent study of selected aspect of Spanish culture under direction
of faculty member in student’s major area of interest.
5340. Advanced Translation I (3) P: SPAN 4340. Practice of translation skills with greater variety of style and subject
matter.
5440. Contemporary Issues of the Hispanic World (3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change
of topic. P: Consent of dept chair. Selected events, artistic trends, and currents of thought that signicantly contribute to life
in contemporary Hispanic societies.
5445. Hispanic Cinema (3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P: Consent of dept chair.
Films as cultural product reecting social, political, and economic realities. Power to represent, inform, and create. Viewed
and discussed by representative directors.
5550. Hispanic Women Writers (3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. May not be
repeated for credit by students in WOST program. P: Consent of dept chair. In-depth study and discussion of representative
writings by women in Hispanic countries from variety of genres. Emphasis on relationships between society and origin,
content, and form of texts.
5700. Special Topics in Hispanic Studies (3) May be repeated for maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P:
Consent of dept chair. Topics relating to language, literature, culture, or civilization of Spain or Latin America.
5940. Advanced Translation II (3) Candidates who successfully complete this course may be allowed to take
qualifying exams for award of the Certicate in Spanish Translation. P: SPAN 5340. Continuation of skills practiced in SPAN
4340, 5340 at advanced level. Translation of written texts in variety of styles and different topics, from Spanish into English
and vice versa.
SPAN
510
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
SPAN Banked Courses
1060. Spanish for Reading Knowledge (0) 4319. Teaching Foreign Languages in the
3005. Spanish Business Communication (3) Middle Grades (3)
3006. Spanish for International Business (3) 4350. The Spanish Novel (3)
3290. Spanish Poetry (3) 4360. Spanish Theatre (3)
4385. History of the Spanish Language (3)
SPED: SPECIAL EDUCATION
2000. Introduction to Exceptional Children (2) (F,S,SS) Incidence, causes, education, and rehabilitation of
exceptional children.
2100. Introduction to Students with Disabilities in the General Curriculum (3) (F) P: SPED 2000; C:
SPED 2109. Comprehensive survey of students with disabilities receiving services in the general curriculum. Emphasis on
child development characteristics, historical aspects, etiology, identication, theoretical explanations and models, Individualized
Education Program development and placement alternatives.
2109. Introductory Practicum with Students with Disabilities in the General Curriculum (1) (F)
P: SPED 2000; C: SPED 2100. Practicum experience in structured and guided observation of students with disabilities in the
general curriculum.
2123. Early Experiences for Prospective Teachers (1) (F,S) For prospective teachers. Minimum of 16 hours of
directed observations and planned participation in appropriate school environments and 8 hours of seminar class instruction
in the teaching area.
2200. Introduction to Students with Disabilities in the Adapted Curriculum (3) (F) P: SPED 2000; C:
SPED 2209. Comprehensive survey of students with disabilities receiving services in the adapted curriculum. Emphasis on
child development characteristics, historical aspects, etiology, identication, theoretical explanations and models, Individualized
Education Program development and placement alternatives.
2209. Introductory Practicum with Students with Disabilities in the Adapted Curriculum (1) (F)
P: SPED 2000; C: SPED 2200. Practicum experience in structured and guided observation of students with disabilities in the
adapted curriculum.
3001. Assessing Students with Disabilities (3) (S) P: SPED 2100, 2109; or SPED 2200, 2209. Comprehensive
and socially responsible approaches to formal and informal assessment of students with disabilities receiving special education
services.
3004. Managing the Learning Environment (3) (F) P: SPED 2000, 2100, 2109; or 2200, 2209; C: SPED 3005.
Methods and strategies for establishing a positive, strength-based classroom environment that incorporates developmental
understanding of behavior, effective teaching structures, and social emotional learning.
3005. Instructional Programming in Special Education (3) (F) P: SPED 2100, 2109; or SPED 2200, 2209; C:
SPED 3004. Fundamentals of effective teaching of learners who have disabilities. Emphasis on long and short term instructional
planning for students with special needs, individual and team planning considerations, and program evaluation.
3006. Augmentative and Alternative Communication for Students with Disabilities (3) (S) P:
SPED 2000, 2200, 2209; C: SPED 3001. Methods and strategies for identifying and providing augmentative and alternative
communication strategies for students with communication disabilities in the educational setting. Areas of focus include trans-
disciplinary planning, assessment, and interventions.
3007. Managing the Physical Needs of Learners with Disabilities (1) (F) P: SPED 2200, 2209. Assessment
techniques and procedures in the classroom setting to manage the physical needs of learners who have motor challenges
and/or complex medical conditions.
511
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3100. Instructional Methods for Students with Disabilities in the General Curriculum (4) (WI) (S)
P: Admission to upper division; SPED 3001, 3004, 3005; C: SPED 3109. Methods and strategies for the design and delivery
of instructional programs for students with disabilities in the general curriculum.
3109. Instructional Practicum for Exceptional Children in the General Curriculum (2) (S) P: Admission
to upper division; SPED 3001, 3004, 3005; C: SPED 3100. Supervised instruction of exceptional children in the general
curriculum in individual, small group, and large group arrangements.
3200. Instructional Methods for Students with Disabilities in the Adapted Curriculum (4) (WI)
(S) P: Admission to upper division; SPED 3004, 3005; C: SPED 3209. Methods and strategies for the design and delivery of
instructional programs for students with disabilities in the adapted curriculum.
3209. Instructional Practicum for Students with Disabilities in the Adapted Curriculum (2) (S,SS)
P: Admission to upper division; SPED 3004, SPED 3005; C: SPED 3200. Supervised instruction of students with disabilities in
the adapted curriculum in individual, small group, and large group arrangements.
3510. Methods in Early Childhood Special Education (3) (S) P: Admission to upper division; SPED 3000;
C: SPED 3511. Assessment, classroom organization, interagency collaboration, family consultation, inclusion, and educational
plan development for meeting needs of preschool children with disabilities and their families.
3511. Practicum in Early Childhood Special Education (1) (S) P: Admission to upper division; C: SPED 3510.
Minimum of 30 hours of directed observation and planned participation in an appropriate school environment with preschool
children who have disabilities.
4000. Technology in Special Education (3) (F,S,SS) P: SPED 2000; EDTC 4001. Introduces specialized hardware
and software, variety of adaptive and assistive devices, computer adaptations and peripherals, special educational instructional
and productivity software, and issues related to each.
4010. Effective Instruction in Inclusive Classrooms (2) (F,S) 2 lecture and 1 lab hours per week. RP: SPED
2000. Knowledge and skills fundamental to effective teaching of individuals with exceptionalities in the regular classroom.
Emphasis on individualization, content modication, instructional techniques, and classroom management.
4100. Issues and Strategies for Students with Disabilities in the General and Adapted Curricula
(3) (F) P: Admission to upper division; SPED 3100, 3109; or SPED 3200, 3209; C: SPED 4300. Application of current issues
and instructional strategies for providing services to students receiving special education.
4300. Practicum in Special Education (3) (F) P: Admission to upper division; SPED 3100, 3109; or SPED 3200,
3209; C: SPED 4100. Directed observation and planned participation with persons who have disabilities in an appropriate
school environment. Must be taken semester prior to internship in special education.
4320. Communication and Collaboration in Special Education (3) (S) P: Admission to upper division; SPED
4100, 4300; C: SPED 4324. Culturally responsive communication and collaboration with families, community agencies, and
other professionals. Focus on skills that provide effective programs and services for students with disabilities.
4324. Internship in Special Education (10) (S) Full-time, semester-long internship. P: Admission to upper division;
SPED 3005, 4000. Observation and teaching in assigned special education public school classroom.
4352. Seminar in Mental Retardation (2) P: Admission to upper division; C: SPED 4324. Integration of theory,
research, ethics, and legislation related to teaching persons who have mental retardation. Emphasis on effective teaching and
reective thinking skills.
4353. Seminar in Learning Disabilities (2) P: Admission to upper division; C: SPED 4324. Integration of theory,
research, ethics, and legislation related to teaching persons who have learning disabilities. Emphasis on effective teaching and
reective thinking skills.
SPED
512
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4354. Seminar in Behaviorally Emotionally Handicapped (2) P: Admission to upper division; C: SPED 4324.
Integration of theory, research, ethics, and legislation related to teaching persons who have behavior disorders. Emphasis on
effective teaching and reective thinking skills.
5101. Introduction to Exceptional Children (3) Incidence, nature, causes, rehabilitation, and education of
exceptional children.
5102. Perspectives in Mental Retardation (3) Incidence, nature, causes, and education of students who have
mental retardation.
5301. Tests and Measurements in Special Education (3) P: Consent of instructor. Basic testing theory in terms
of exceptional children.
5501, 5502. Minor Problems in Special Education (3,3) (5501:WI) Each may be repeated for maximum of
6 s.h. P: Consent of instructor. Conference, library, or lab work in area of special education.
SPED Banked Courses
3002. Assessing Students with Disabilities in the Adapted Curriculum (3)
4200. Special Issues and Strategies for Students with Disabilities in the Adapted Curriculum (3)
SYSE: SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
3010. Principles and Methods of Systems Engineering (3) (F) P: Consent of instructor. Systems engineering
foundations, methodologies and processes, limitations for complex systems, “design for criteria” of complex systems, human
factors, interoperability and system architecture; planning, risk analysis, management, and organization for performing systems
engineering.
3040. Introduction to Dynamic Systems and Controls (3) (S) P: ENGR 3060; MATH 3100. Covers application
of mathematical and analytical tools to analyze and design automated control systems for dynamic systems. Topics include
block diagrams, transfer functions, stability, time response, frequency domain analysis, and other topics required to design
control systems for physical systems.
3060. System Optimization (3) (F) 3 lecture hours per week. P: MATH 2154, 3307. Introduces mathematical tools
applied to system optimization, including problem formulation, identication of decision variables and constraints, use of
graphical methods, linear programming, concepts of duality, and sensitivity analysis. Applications include transportation, network
analysis, project management and other engineering areas.
4000. Integrated Systems Engineering (3) (S) 3 lecture hours per week. P: SYSE 3010. Explores life cycle
of systems; generation and analysis of life cycle requirements and development of functional, physical, and operational
architectures for the allocation and derivation of component-level requirements for the purpose of specication production.
Examines interfaces and development of interface architectures. Introduces and uses software tools for portions of systems
engineering cycle.
4010. Human-Machine Systems: Design and Analysis (3) (F) 3 lecture hours per week. P: MATH 3307;
SYSE 3010; or consent of instructor. Introduces measurement, evaluation, implementation, communication, equipment, and
data for developing and implementing human /machine /environment systems in industrial and consumer contexts. Explores
techniques to assess visual, auditory, cognitive, and physical capabilities of individuals. Emphasizes systems approach, with
a special interest in the human/machine interface. Explores interaction of environment and individual to enable designers
and/or managers to reduce errors, increase productivity, and enhance both safety and comfort, while performing tasks.
4065. Discrete System Simulation (3) (S) P: MATH 3307. Approaches to computer simulation models, with
special emphasis on discrete event simulation. Covers model building, data integration, model verication and validation, and
applications to engineering and management problems.
513
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
THEA: THEATRE ARTS
1000. Introduction to Theatre (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) For non-theatre arts majors. Audience’s appreciation of art
of playwright, actor, director, and designer. Emphasis on development of western drama and theatrical arts in general.
1010. Introduction to Acting I (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:FA) Acting through use of exercises and improvisational
techniques.
1020. Introduction to Acting II (3) (S,SS) P: THEA 1010. Acting through use of exercises, improvisations, and
scenes.
1027. Musical Theatre Fundamentals I (1) (F) P: Audition and/or consent of instructor. Introduction to musical
theatre performance fundamentals and song analyses.
1037. Musical Theatre Fundamentals II (1) (S) P: THEA 1027 or consent of instructor. Intermediate -level musical
theatre performance fundamentals and song analyses.
1061. Musical Theatre Private Voice (1) (F,S) May be repeated for maximum of 10 s.h. P: THEA 1108, 1118 and/
or admission to BFA musical theatre program. Applied private voice instruction specic to musical theatre singing, ranging
from historic/legit technique to contemporary mix/belt techniques.
1108. Introduction to Musical Theatre Voice I (1) (F) Minimum of 1 instructed session and 1 studio hour per
week. P: Audition and/or qualied status for BFA musical theatre program. Introduction to applied voice instruction specic
to musical theatre technique and repertoire ranging from historic/legit technique to contemporary mix/belt technique.
1111. Apprentice Level Production (1) (F,S,SS) May be repeated up to three times. P: Consent of instructor.
Entry level practicum in various areas of theatre and dance production supervised by faculty.
1118. Introduction to Musical Theatre Voice II (1) (S) Minimum of 1 instructed session and 1 studio hour per
week. P: THEA 1108 or consent of instructor. Intermediate-level introduction to applied voice instruction specic to musical
theatre repertoire.
2001. Stage Scenery I (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) Lectures and mandatory participation in construction and running crews on
dept productions. Backstage organization and basic scenery production methods.
2002. Stage Scenery II (3) (S) Lectures and mandatory participation in construction and running crews on dept
productions. P: THEA 2001. Backstage organization and basic scenery production methods.
2003. Scene Painting (3) (S) 4 hours per week. P: THEA 2001, 2002. Scene painting techniques and materials.
2004. Introduction to Theatrical Properties (3) (S) P: THEA 2001. Techniques in construction and design of
stage properties, including production operation.
2006. The Art of Make-up (2) (F,S) P: THEA major. Materials and techniques involved in the art of stage make-up.
2009. Decor and Ornament for the Stage (3) (F) (FC:FA) Decorative modes in Western civilization from
Renaissance to present.
2010. Professional Acting Technique I (3) (F) Scene work and auditions for dept productions required. 6 hours
per week. P: Audition and faculty jury; THEA 1020. Introduces reality of doing, repetition exercise, adjustment with fellow
actor, independent activity, justication, and simple objectives. Frees impulses of young actor within structure of improvisational
exercise.
2015. Voice and Articulation (3) (F,S,SS) P: Intended DNCE or THEA major. Develop personal and professional
speech effectiveness.
THEA
514
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
2016. Vocal Production for the Actor (3) (F) P: Professional acting and musical theatre major; THEA 2015; or
consent of instructor. Exercises improve and develop actor’s voice.
2017. Movement for Actors (3) (F,S) May not count toward foundations curriculum ne arts requirement. Movement
study and exercises. Emphasis on integration of physical action and emotional response.
2018. Stage Combat: Unarmed (3) (F,S) May not count toward foundations curriculum ne arts requirement. Study
of unarmed stage combat technique. Emphasis on safety and dramatic application for the stage.
2020. Professional Acting Technique II (3) (S) Scene work and auditions for department productions are required.
6 hours per week. P: THEA 2010. Beginning work with daydream and incorporation of emotional preparation into repetition
exercise. Personalizing imaginary circumstances and introduction to relationship. Sustains young actor with true inner life from
moment to unanticipated moment.
2035. Theatre History-Literature I (3) (WI*) Integrated study of developments in theatre production and style.
Dramatic literature from Ancient Greece to fteenth century.
2123. Early Experiences for the Prospective Teacher (1) For prospective teachers. Minimum of 16 hours of
directed observations and planned participation in appropriate school environments and 8 hours of seminar class instruction
in the teaching area. May not count toward a BA major or minor. Introduction to teaching of theatre arts.
2222. Intern Level Production (2) (F,S,SS) May be repeated up to three times. P: Consent of instructor. Basic level
practicum in various areas of theatre and dance production supervised by faculty.
3000, 3001. Special Theatre Projects (1,1) (F,S,SS) May not be taken concurrently with THEA 2001 or 2002.
P: Consent of instructor. Various areas of theatre production and performance supervised by faculty.
3002. Advanced Theatrical Drafting (3) (F) P: THEA 2002 or consent of instructor. Techniques and tools with
primary focus on computer-aided drafting.
3003. Stage Lighting (3) (F,S) P: Consent of instructor. Theory and practice of methods of stage lighting.
3004. Scenery Design I (3) (F) P: THEA 2002 or consent of instructor. Principles of scenery design for production.
3005. Scenery Design II (3) (S) P: THEA 3004. Further development of design responses and rendering ability.
3007. Costume Design (3) (F,S) 3 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. Principles and process of stage costume design.
3008. Advanced Costume Design (3) (S) 6 studio hours per week. P: THEA 3007 or consent of instructor. Design
process through design phase. Emphasis on character development and rendering skills.
3010. Professional Acting Technique III (3) (F) Scene work and auditions for dept productions required. 6
hours per week. P: THEA 2020. Interpretation with emotional colors of previous work. Introduction to character idea and
characterization work through a physical impediment. Organizes and synchronizes student to role.
3015. Oral Interpretation (3) (F,S) P: THEA 2015 or consent of instructor. Reading of prose, narrative, dialogue,
and poetry to audience.
3018. Movement for Actors II: Physical Characterization (3) (F) May not count toward foundations
curriculum ne arts requirement. P: THEA 2017. Continuing movement studies for the actor. Emphasis on developing
character through movement.
3019. Stage Combat: Rapier and Dagger (3) (F,S) May not count toward foundations curriculum ne arts
requirement. P: THEA 2018. Study of armed stage combat, sword technique as it applies to Rapier and Dagger. Emphasis
on safety and dramatic application for the stage.
3020. Professional Acting Technique IV (3) (S) Scene work and auditions for dept productions required. 6 hours
per week. P: THEA 3010. Monologue work. Text work includes actions, beats, paraphrasing, phrasing, particularizations, and
justication. Play reality of action from consistent and meaningful point of view.
515
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
3025. Intermediate Voice and Articulation (3) (S) P: THEA 2015 or consent of instructor. Professional competence
in pronunciation, intonation, and strenuous use of voice.
3027, 4027, 4028. Vocal Production Laboratory I, II, III (1,1,1) (3027:F; 4027:S; 4028:F) 2 hours per
week. P: THEA 2016, 3025. Exercises to maintain acting student’s vocal technique.
3030. Youth Theatre I (3) (F,S) May not count toward foundations curriculum. P: THEA 1010, 1020, 2015; consent
of instructor. Introduction to theatre for youth, K-12, which explores the history, literature, theory, writing and practical
application in production. The class will function as a theatre-for-youth performance ensemble company as part of the
practicum experience.
3031. Youth Theatre II (3) (F,S) May not count toward foundations curriculum. P: THEA 3030; consent of instructor.
Intermediate-level in theatre for youth, K-12, which explores literature, writing and practical application of youth theatre
production throughout the semester. The class will function as a youth theatre performance ensemble company as part of
the practicum experience.
3032. Constructing Performance Projects in Theatre for Youth (3) (F,S) P: THEA 3030 and consent of
instructor. Development of performance projects and original scripts for children and youth. Study and analysis or international
dramatic literature in children’s theatre as it applies to current production practices.
3035. Theatre History-Literature II (3) (WI*) Integrated study of developments in theatre production and style.
Dramatic literature from European Renaissance to Commonwealth and Restoration Period.
3036. Theatre History-Literature III (3) (WI*) (F) Integrated study of developments in theatre production
and style. Dramatic literature from Age of Enlightenment in eighteenth century through beginnings of Modern Realism to
present day.
3050. Advanced Acting I (3) (F) For students not involved in THEA 2010-3020. Basic approach to role development
through intensive scene study and improvisational exercises.
3055. History of the American Musical Theatre (3) (S) (WI) Same as MUSC 3055 P: MUSC 2166 or
consent of instructor. Styles and periods.
3060. Advanced Acting II (3) (S) P: THEA 3050. Continued role development through intensive scene study and
improvisational exercises.
3075. Developing the Concept: Play Analysis for Designers and Directors (3) (WI) (F,S) P: THEA 2035;
3003 or 3004 or 3007. Use of select one-act plays to develop skills in devising design-production concepts and preparing
plays for production.
3090. Musical Theatre Performance Techniques I (3) (F) 2, 2-hour per week performance labs and/or lectures.
P: THEA 1020; qualied status for BFA musical theatre program; and/or consent of instructor. First of four-part process-
oriented approach to analyzing and developing musical and dramatic techniques for performing musical material in context
of its original setting. Music from standard Broadway repertoire.
3095. Musical Theatre Performance Techniques II (3) (S) 2, 2-hour per week performance labs. P: THEA
3090. Continuation of technical development in THEA 3090, with increase in musical and dramatic difculty. Emphasis on
lyric analysis and period musical styles.
3333. Journeyman Level Production (3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated up to three times. P: Consent of instructor.
Intermediate level practicum in various areas of theatre and dance production supervised by faculty.
3501, 3502, 3503. Independent Study in Theatre (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for maximum of 4 s.h.
with change of topic. P: Consent of instructor and dept chair. Independent study of scholarly topic.
3601, 3602, 3603. Selected Topics in Theatre (1,2,3) (F,S,SS) May be repeated for maximum of 4 s.h. with
change of topic. P: Consent of instructor and dept chair. Intensive study of selected topics.
THEA
516
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
4000, 4001. Special Theatre Projects (1,1) (F,S,SS) May not be taken concurrently with THEA 2001 or 2002.
P: Consent of instructor. Special projects in areas of theatre production and performance supervised by faculty.
4002. Advanced Technical Production (6) (F,S) Minimum of 280 work and academic hours per semester. P:
Junior standing; consent of instructor. Supervised internship in area of technical production. Extensive practical experience.
Emphasis on professional methods in group situation. Parallel readings and study.
4003. Advanced Stage Lighting (3) (F) 4 classroom and/or lab hours per week. P: THEA 3003 or consent of
instructor. Advanced theory and application of lighting design for theatre.
4018. Stage Combat: Broadsword and Quarterstaff (3) (F,S) May not count toward foundations curriculum
ne arts requirement. P: THEA 2018. Study of armed stage combat, sword technique as it applies to Broadsword. Study of
armed stage combat, Quarterstaff technique. Emphasis on safety and dramatic application for the stage.
4010. Master Class in Advanced Acting I (3) (F) P: THEA 3020 or 3060; consent of instructor. Concentration
on advanced problem for the actor: Spoon River monologue work, relaxation, sensory task work, rehearsal preparation,
improvisation, and modern and contemporary scene work.
4021. Master Class in Advanced Acting II (3) (S) P: THEA 4010 or consent of instructor. Concentration on
advanced problems for the actor; classical scene work, characterization, inner monologue, substitution object and situation
exercises, quick result exercises, preparation, rehearsal and lming of scenes for television.
4025. Television and Film Practicum for the Actor I (3) (F) Auditions for dept productions required. 6 hours
per week. P: THEA 3020 or consent of instructor. Development of actor’s craft and instrument used as expressive tools for
lm media. Major genres in TV/lm, both in studio and on location.
4026. Television and Film Practicum for the Actor II (3) Auditions for dept productions required. 6 hours
per week. P: THEA 4025 or consent of instructor. Continued development of actor’s craft and instrument used as expressive
tools for lm media. Major genres in TV/lm, both in studio and on location.
4030. Creative Dramatics (3) (F,S,SS) Informal, improvised dramatics with children. Preparation of leaders to conduct
such sessions in school and community.
4031. Dialects for the Stage (2) (S) P: THEA 2020 or consent of instructor. Selected dialects for performer.
4036. Playwriting (2) (WI) Structure of play as piece of writing. Emphasis on actual writing of one-act plays.
4040. Directing I (3) (WI) (F) Formerly THEA 3070 Work as assistant director or stage manager on a dept.
production. P: THEA 2035, 3035, 3036; 3020 or 3050. Principles, techniques, and methods of analyzing and directing a play.
4041. Directing II (3) (WI) (S) Formerly THEA 3080 Work as assistant director or stage manager on a dept.
production. P: THEA 4040 and consent of instructor. Advanced study of principles, techniques, and methods of directing
plays in various styles and stage settings.
4065. Stage Management (3) (F,S) 2 lecture and 1 lab/studio hours per week. P: At least 2 of the following courses:
THEA 2001, 2001, 3003, 3007 or consent of instructor. Duties and operating procedures of stage manager in professional
and nonprofessional theatre.
4066. Theatre Management (3) (F,S) (FC:FA) Theory and practice of administration for nonprot and commercial
theatres. Theatre unions, nancial considerations, promotion, grantsmanship, audience development, and career opportunities
in theatre management.
4070. Professional Preparation and Audition Technique for Actors (3) (S) Auditions for dept productions
required. 2 lecture and 2 lab hours per week. P: THEA 4025. Preparation for professional entertainment industry market.
Development of diverse audition repertoire and market-entry skills.
4080. Musical Theatre Practicum (1) (WI) P: THEA 4095. Faculty-supervised senior recitals for graduating performers
in BFA musical theatre concentration.
517
Some courses which carry foundations curriculum credit are identied using the following key. Consult the offering department concerning additional
courses which carry foundations curriculum credit. Courses in major prex may not count toward foundations curriculum.
(FC:EN)=English; (FC:EX)=Exercise and Sport Science; (FC:FA)=Fine Arts; (FC:HL)=Health; (FC:HU)=Humanities; (FC:MA)=Mathematics;
(FC:SC)=Science; (FC:SO)=Social Science
4090. Musical Theatre Performance Technique III (3) (F) 4 studio hours per week. P: THEA 2035, 3095.
Musical material (solos, duets, and trios) from Broadway repertoire utilized for advanced in-context scene study.
4095. Musical Theatre Performance Technique IV (3) (S) 4 studio hours per week. P: THEA 4090. Audition
technique and preparation for mock audition performed for jury of stage directors at end of semester.
4099. Design and Production Portfolio (1) (F,S) 3 hours per week. P: Junior or senior standing; consent of
instructor. Assembly and presentation of portfolio and resume in theatrical scenography.
4140. Internship in Production and Performance in Theatre for Youth I (3) (F,S) P: Consent of instructor.
Observation and supervised internship in production and performance in school and community settings.
4141. Internship in Production and Performance in Theatre for Youth II (3) (F,S) P: THEA 4140 and
consent of instructor. Observation and supervised internship in production and performance in school and community
settings.
4323. The Teaching of Theatre Arts in Grades K-12 (3) P: Admission to upper division. May not count toward
BA major or minor. Teaching methods and practice application of theory.
4324. Internship in Theater Education (10) Full-time, semester-long internship. P: Admission to upper division;
THEA 2123; C: THEA 4325. Observation and supervised teaching in assigned theatre arts public school classroom.
4325. Internship Seminar: Issues in Theater Education (1) P: Admission to upper division; C: THEA 4324.
Individualized study of problems or issues pertinent in theatre education.
4444. Master Level Production (4) (F,S,SS) May be repeated up to three times. P: Consent of instructor. Advanced
level practicum in various areas of theatre and dance production supervised by faculty.
5000. Dramatic Arts Workshop (3) Presentation and evaluation of workshop projects in various aspects of theatre
arts.
THEA Banked Courses
2005. Oral Communication (2) 3040. Acting II (3)
2200. Creative Dance and Drama for the 4029. Advanced Oral Interpretation (2)
Elementary School (2) 4032. Dialects for the Stage (2)
3030. Acting I (3)
WOST: WOMEN’S STUDIES
2000. Introduction to Women’s Studies: Humanities (3) (F,S,SS) (FC:HU) May receive credit for one of
WOST 2000, 2200, 2400. Interdisciplinary approach to study of women in society. Emphasis on women as contributors to
society and their own human development.
2200. Introduction to Women’s Studies: Arts (3) (FC:FA) May receive credit for one of WOST 2000, 2200,
2400. Interdisciplinary approach to study of women in society. Emphasis on women as artists and subjects of art.
2400. Introduction to Women’s Studies: Social Sciences (3) (FC:SO) May receive credit for one of WOST
2000, 2200, 2400. Interdisciplinary approach to study of women in society. Emphasis on historical and contemporary roles
of women as contributors to society and their own human development.
3000. Motherhood of God in Asian Traditions (3) (FC:SO) Same as ANTH 3009; RELI 3000 Female
representation of deities in Eastern traditions, including Hinduism, Mahayana Buddhism, and Taoism. Religious and social
impact of such representation.
3500. Selected Topics in Women’s Studies: Social Sciences (3) (WI*) (FC:SO) May be repeated for
maximum of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400 or consent of program director.
WOST
518
(SL)=Service-learning; (SL*)=Selected Sections are Service-learning. (WI)=Writing Intensive; (WI*)=Selected Sections are Writing Intensive.
Semester of course offering is not guaranteed. Anticipated semester of course offering: (F)=Fall; (S)=Spring; (SS)=Summer Session; (OY)=Odd
Year; (EY)= Even Year. P=Prerequisite(s); C=Corequisite(s); P/C=Prerequisite(s) or Corequisite(s); R=Recommended P, C, or P/C
SECTION 9: COURSES
3510. Selected Topics in Women’s Studies: Humanities (3) (WI*) (FC:HU) May be repeated for maximum
of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400 or consent of program director.
3520. Selected Topics in Women’s Studies: Fine Arts (3) (WI*) (FC:FA) May be repeated for maximum
of 6 s.h. with change of topic. P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400 or consent of program director.
3910, 3920, 3930. Directed Readings in Women’s Studies (1,1,1) (F,S,SS) P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400;
consent of director. Directed study based on needs and interests of individual women’s studies student.
4000. Senior Seminar in Women’s Studies (3) (S) P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400; additional 3 s.h. in WOST;
or consent of instructor. Interdisciplinary seminar.
4200. Feminist Theory (3) (WI) (F) P: WOST 2000 or 2200 or 2400; 1 other course accepted for WOST major
or minor. Origin, development, and praxis of contemporary feminist theories.
4500. Internship in Women’s Studies (3) (F,S,SS) P: Senior standing; WOST 4000; minimum 2.5 GPA or consent
of director. Supervised work experience in women-centered community projects.
5000. Advanced Seminar in Women’s Studies (3) P: Consent of instructor. Interdisciplinary. History and
development of feminist theories that shape women’s studies. Readings reect international and multi-ethnic perspectives by
including materials from variety of countries and cultures.
519
THOMAS HARRIOT COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Department of Anthropology
Linda D. Wolfe, Professor and Chairperson (BA, MA, University of California, Los Angeles; PhD, University of Oregon)
Shahna Arps, Assistant Professor (AB, Ohio University; MA, PhD, Ohio State University)
Christine Avenarius, Associate Professor (MA, PhD, University of Cologne)
Eric Bailey, Professor (BA, MA, PhD, Wayne State University)
John Roger Bort, Associate Professor (BA, University of Minnesota; MA, PhD, University of Oregon)
E. Anthony Boudreaux, III, Assistant Professor (BA, Mississippi State Univeristy; MA University of Alabama; PhD, University
of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Robert L. Bunger, Associate Professor (BA, Old Dominion University; MA, PhD, Northwestern University)
Ricardo Contreras, Assistant Professor (PhD, University of South Florida)
I. Randolph Daniel, Jr., Professor (BS, Florida State University; PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Charles R. Ewen, Professor (BA, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Florida)
Luci M. Fernandes, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, MA, PhD, Univerity of Connecticut)
David C. Grifth, Professor (BA, University of Iowa; PhD, University of Florida)
Jeffrey Johnson, Adjunct Professor (BA, PhD, University of California, Irvine)
Jami Leibowitz, Teaching Associate Professor (BA, University of Delaware; MA, PhD, University of Connecticut)
Heidi Luchsinger, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, Columba University; MA, PhD, Texas A&M University)
Holly F. Mathews, Professor (BA, Georgia State University; PhD, Duke University)
Laura Mazow, Assistant Professor (AB, MA, PhD, University of Arizona)
Megan Perry, Associate Professor (BA, Boston University; MA, Case Western Reserve University; PhD, University of
New Mexico)
Benjamin Saidel, Assistant Professor (AM, PhD, Harvard University)
Department of Biology
Jeffrey S. McKinnon, Professor and Chairperson (BSc, University of British Columbia; MSc, University of Guelph,
PhD, Harvard University)
Jason E. Bond, Professor (BS, Western Carolina University; MS, PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
Mark M. Brinson, Distinguished Research Professor (BS, Heidelberg College; MS, University of Michigan; PhD, University
of Florida)
Anne Bunnell, Teaching Instructor (BA, Mount Holyoke College; MAT, Brown University)
Anthony A. Capehart, Associate Professor (BS, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MS, University of North
Carolina, Wilmington; PhD, Wake Forest University)
David R. Chalcraft, Associate Professor (BS, University of Windsor; MS, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University;
PhD, University of Illinois)
Tim Christensen, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Utah; PhD, Cornell University)
Robert R. Christian, Distinguished Research Professor (AB, Rutgers University; MS, PhD, University of Georgia)
Lisa M. Clough, Associate Professor (BA, Wesleyan University; PhD, State University of New York, Stony Brook)
John W. Conoley, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, North Carolina State University; MEd, North Carolina State
University, PhD, North Carolina State University)
Mary A. Farwell, Professor and Director of Undergraduate Studies (ScB, Brown University; PhD, University of California,
Berkeley)
Grant Gardner, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, Vanderbilt; MS, North Carolina State University; PhD, North Carolina
State University)
Jason Gee, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, Mississippi State University; PhD, Louisiana State University Medical Center)
Alexandros G. Georgakilas, Associate Professor (BS, MS, PhD, University of Athens, Greece)
Robin Gibson Brown, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of North Carolina, Greensboro; MS, East Carolina University)
Carol Goodwillie, Associate Professor (BM, Oberlin Conservatory; BS, University of Massachusetts; PhD, University
of Washington)
Paul W. Hager, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, Western Washington State College; PhD, University of California,
Berkeley)
FACULTY SECTION 10
520
Patrick Harris, Teaching Associate Professor (BSc, Rhodes University, South Africa; MS, East Carolina University;
PhD, University of South Carolina, Columbia)
Jinling Huang, Assistant Professor (B, Agr Henan Agricultural University, Zhengzhou, China; MS, Kunming Institute of
Botany, Kunming, China; MS, University of Georgia; PhD, University of Georgia)
Claudia L. Jolls, Associate Professor (BS, University of Michigan; PhD, University of Colorado)
Elizabeth A. Jones, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, Bristol Polytechnic, Bristol, England; PhD, East Carolina University)
David G. Kimmel, Assistant Professor (BS, Pennsylvania State University; PhD, University of Maryland)
Alfred “Trip” C. Lamb, III, Professor (BS, Auburn University; MS, Auburn University, PhD, University of Georgia)
Joseph J. Luczkovich, Associate Professor of Biology and Associate Scientist for the Institute for Coastal Science and
Policy (BA, Lehigh University; MS, Rutgers University; PhD, Florida State University)
Thomas J. McConnell, Professor (BS, University of Florida; PhD, University of Florida Medical Center)
Susan B. McRae, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada; MS, University of Waterloo,
Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, PhD, University of Cambridge, UK)
Ronald J. Newton, Professor and Assistant Vice Chancellor for Administration and Finance (BA, University of Northern
Colorado; MA, University of Utah; PhD, Texas A & M University)
Anthony S. Overton, Assistant Professor (BS, South Carolina State University; MS, University of Georgia; PhD, University
of Maryland)
Xiaoping Pan, Assistant Professor (BS, Nanjing University, China; PhD, Texas Tech University)
Cindy Putnam-Evans, Professor and Associate Dean (BS, Gardner-Webb College; MS, Clemson University;
PhD, University of Georgia)
Enrique Reyes, Associate Professor (BS, Universidad Autonoma Metropolitana; MS, Universidad Nacional Autonoma
de Mexico; PhD, Louisiana State University)
David Rudel, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Missouri, Columbia; PhD, University of Wisconsin, Madison)
Roger A. Rulifson, Professor of Biology and Senior Scientist, Institute for Coastal and Marine Resources, and Director,
Field Station for Coastal Studies at Mattamuskeet (BS, University of Dubuque; MS, North Carolina State University;
PhD, North Carolina State University)
John D. Rummel, Professor and Director, Institute for Coastal Science and Policy (BA, University of Colorado, Boulder;
PhD, Stanford University)
Jean-Luc Scemama, Associate Professor (BS, Maitrise de Biologie Cellulaire, France; PhD, University P. Sabatier, France)
Margit Schmidt, Teaching Assistant Professor (MS, Ruprecht Karls University, Germany; PhD, Ruprecht Karls University,
Germany)
Matthew O. Schrenk, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Wisconsin; MS, University of Washington; PhD, University
of Washington)
Edmund J. Stellwag, Associate Professor (BA, University of Virginia, Charlottesville; PhD, Medical College of Virginia,
Richmond)
John W. Stiller, Associate Professor (BS, PhD, University of Washington)
Kyle Summers, Professor (BA, University of California, Santa Cruz; PhD, University of Michigan)
Leonard “Lee” F. Sutton, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, Davidson College; PhD, North Carolina State University)
Beth E. Thompson, Assistant Professor (BA, Rice University; PhD, University of Wisconsin, Madison)
Heather Vance-Chalcraft, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, Wittenberg University; PhD, University Of Illinois)
Terry L. West, Associate Professor and Director of Graduate Studies (BA, Western Washington State University;
MS, University of the Pacic; PhD, Duke University)
Alan R. White, Professor and Dean (BS, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; PhD, University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill)
Nancy M. White, Associate Professor, and Director, Coastal Studies Institute (AB, University of North Carolina; MLA,
North Carolina State University; PhD, North Carolina State University)
Kirim Shaun Willson, Teaching Instructor (BS, University of North Carolina; MS, East Carolina University)
Baohong Zhang, Assistant Professor (BS, Beijing Agricultural University, China; PhD, Texas Tech University)
Yong Zhu, Assistant Professor (BS, Xiamen University; MS, PhD, Tokyo University)
SECTION 10: FACULTY
521
Department of Chemistry
Rickey P. Hicks, Professor and Chairperson (BS, PhD, Virginia Commonwealth University)
William E. Allen, Associate Professor (BS, Washington and Lee University; PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
John Libero Bartolotti, Jr., Professor (BS, University of Illinois; PhD, Southern Illinois University)
Rosa M. Bell, Teaching Instructor (BS, Universidad Centroamericana Jose Simeon Canas, El Salvador; PhD, North Carolina
State University)
David R. Bjorkman, Teaching Instructor (BA, Baylor University; MS, PhD, East Carolina University)
Colin S. Burns, Associate Professor (BA, Kenyon College, Ohio; PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
James E. Collins, Teaching Instructor (BA, MS, Marshall University; PhD University of South Carolina)
Allison S. Danell, Assistant Professor (BS, Northeast Missouri State University; PhD, University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill)
Gregory E. Despopoulos, Teaching Instructor (BS, Boise State University; PhD, University of California, Davis)
Subodh K. Dutta, Teaching Instructor (BS, Burdwan University; MS, Kalyani University; PhD, Indian Association for the
Cultivation of Science)
Paul J. Gemperline, Professor, Arts and Sciences Distinguished Professor (BS, PhD, Cleveland State University)
Irene H. Gerow, Teaching Instructor (BS, University of West Florida; ME, PhD, University of South Carolina)
Keith D. Holmes, Jr., Teaching Instructor (BS, East Carolina University; PhD, Emory University)
Shoquan Huo, Assistant Professor (BS, MS, Zhengzhou University; PhD, Nanjing University)
Eli Hvastkvos, Assistant Professor (BS, PhD, University of Wyoming)
Anthony Kennedy, Assistant Professor (BSc, PhD, Trinity College, Dublin)
Yumin Li, Associate Professor (BS, MS, Zhengzhou University; PhD, Nanjing University)
Kwang Hun Lim, Associate Professor (BS, MS, Pohang University of Science and Technology, South Korea; PhD, State
University of New York, Stony Brook)
Brian Love, Associate Professor (BS, Texas Christian University; PhD, Princeton University)
Andrew T. Morehead, Jr., Associate Professor (AB, Harvard University; PhD, Duke University)
Art A. Rodriguez, Associate Professor (BS, Sul Ross State University; PhD, University of North Texas)
Timothy J. Romack, Associate Professor (BS, Illinois State University; PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Anne M. Spuches, Assistant Professor (BS, Syracuse University; MS, PhD, Yale University)
Andrew L. Sargent, Professor (BA, Colorado College; PhD, Texas A & M University)
Kristin L. Voytek, Teaching Instructor (BS, University of Delaware; MS, East Carolina University)
Yu Yang, Professor (BS, MS, Changchun Institute of Geology; PhD, Johannes Gutenberg-University of Mainz)
Department of Economics
Richard E. Ericson, Professor and Chairperson (BSFS, Georgetown University; MIA, Columbia University; PhD, University of
California, Berkeley)
Carson W. Bays, Professor (BA, University of Texas, Arlington; MA, University of North Texas; PhD, University of Michigan)
Okmyung Bin, Associate Professor (BA, Hankuk University; MA, Korea University; PhD, Oregon State University)
John A. Bishop, Professor (BA, University of Virginia; MA, Virginia Commonwealth University, PhD, University of Alabama)
Mitchell R. Dudley, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of Virginia; MA, North Carolina State University)
Nehad Elsawaf, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, American University of Cairo; MA, American University of Cairo;
PhD, Old Dominion University)
Andrzej Grodner, Assistant Professor (BA, Warsaw University; MA, PhD, Syracuse University)
Mohammad R. Jahan-Parvar, Assistant Professor (BS, Beheshti University; MS, Illinois State University; MS, PhD, University
of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Jamie Kruse, Professor and Director of the Center for Natural Hazards Research (BS, University of Nebraska; MS,
Colorado State University; PhD, University of Arizona)
Fan-chin Kung, Assistant Professor (BA, National Taiwan University; MA, University of Rochester; PhD, Washington University)
Craig E. Landry, Associate Professor (BSA, MS, University of Georgia; PhD, University of Maryland)
Haiyong Liu, Associate Professor (BS, Peking University; PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Xuan Liu, Assistant Professor (BA, Peking University; MPP, College of William and Mary; PhD, Duke University)
Augusto Nieto-Barthaburu, Assistant Professor (LE, Universidad Nacional de Tucuman; PhD, University of California,
San Diego)
THOMAS HARRIOT COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
522
Randall E. Parker, Professor (BS, Northern Illinois University; MS, PhD, University of Kentucky)
Philip A. Rothman, Professor (BA, University of Pennsylvania; PhD, New York University)
Nicholas G. Rupp, Associate Professor (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MA, University of North Carolina,
Greensboro; PhD, Texas A&M University)
Vera A. Tabakova, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, University of Sophia; MA, Central European University; PhD,
Louisiana State University)
Lester A. Zeager, Professor (BA, Millersville University; PhD, University of Pittsburgh)
Department of English
Jeffrey Johnson, Professor and Chairperson (BA, Manhattan Christian College; MA, PhD, University of Missouri-Columbia)
Michael Aceto, Associate Professor (BA, University of Connecticut, Storrs; MA, PhD, University of Texas, Austin)
Michael Albers, Associate Professor (BA, Coe College; MS, North Carolina State University; PhD, Texas Tech)
Donald Alexander Albright, Associate Professor (AB, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MFA, University of North
Carolina, Greensboro)
Ellen Arnold, Associate Professor (AB, University of Georgia; MA, Appalachian State University; PhD, Emory University)
William Banks, Associate Professor (BA, MA, Georgia Southern; PhD, Illinois State)
Andrew Bates, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Margaret Bauer, Professor and Rives Chair of Southern Literature (BA, Louisiana State University; MA, University of
Southwestern Louisiana; PhD, University of Tennessee)
Joseph Campbell, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Lorrie Coltraine, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Ludmila Cope, Associate Professor (BA, Palacky University; MA, PhD, University of Arizona)
Alexis Davis, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Seodial Deena, Professor (BA, University of Guyana; MA, Chicago State University; PhD, Indiana University of Pennsylvania)
Slobodanka Dimova, Assistant Professor (BA, Ss, Cyril and Methodius University; MA, PhD, Purdue University)
Thomas E. Douglass, Associate Professor (BA, Davis and Elkins College; MLS, Indiana University; MA, West Virginia
University; MA, PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Cheryl Dudasik-Wiggs, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Joanne Dunn, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Michelle F. Eble, Associate Professor (BA, University of Louisiana, Lafayette; MAEd, PhD, Georgia State University)
Jason Faulkner, Teaching Instructor (BS, MA East Carolina University)
Julie Fay, Professor (BA, University of Connecticut; MA, Arizona State University; MFA, University of Arizona)
Helena Feder, Assistant Professor (BA, University of Massachusetts, Amherst; MA, Boston College; PhD, University of
California, Davis)
Gabrielle Freeman, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of San Diego; MA, East Carolina University)
Anna Froula, Assistant Professor (BA, Birmingham-Southern College, MA, PhD, University of Kentucky)
Erika Galluppi, Teaching Instructor (BA, Peace College; MA, North Carolina State University)
Brian Glover, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, Amherst College; MA, PhD, University of Virginia)
Marame Gueye, Assistant Professor (BA, MA, Cheikh Anta Diop University, Senegal; PhD, University of New York at
Binghamton)
Corinee Guy, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, MA, East Carolina University; PhD, University of Kansas)
Timm Hackett, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of North Carolina, Greensboro; MA, East Carolina University)
William Hallberg, Associate Professor (AB, Miami University, Ohio; MFA, Bowling Green State University)
Christy Hallberg, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, MA, East Carolina University; MFA, Goddard College)
Mike Hamer, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of Vermont, BS, MA, East Carolina University)
Dana K. Harrington, Associate Professor (BA, Hendrix College; MA, PhD, University of Texas, Austin)
Josh Hasty, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Brent Henze, Associate Professor (BA, Hamilton College; MA, Syracuse University; PhD, Pennsylvania State University)
Thomas Herron, Assistant Professor (BA, Carleton College; MA, PhD, University of Wisconsin, Madison)
Ronald W. Hoag, Professor (BA, Middlebury College; MA, Duke University; MA, University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee;
PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
James Craig Holte, Professor (BA, Columbia University; MA, PhD, University of Cincinnati)
John Hoppenthaler, Assistant Professor (AA, Rockland Community College; BS State University of New York at Brockport;
MFA, Virginia Commonwealth University)
SECTION 10: FACULTY
523
Grace Horne, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MA, East Carolina University)
Joseph Horst, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Su-ching Huang, Assistant Professor (BA, MA, National Taiwan University; MA, PhD, University of Rochester)
James W. Kirkland, Professor (AB, MA, University of Florida; PhD, University of Tennessee)
Andrea Kitta, Assistant Professor (BA, Slippery Rock University; MA, Western Kentucky University; PhD, Memorial
University of Newfoundland)
Amanda Klein, Assistant Professor (BA, Cornell University; MA, PhD, University of Pittsburgh)
Sally Lawrence, Teaching Instructor (BS, College of Charleston; MA, East Carolina University)
Brenda Lewis, Teaching Instructor (BS, Barton College; MA, East Carolina University)
Anne Mallory, Assistant Professor (BA, Williams College; MA, PhD, Cornell University)
Randall Martoccia, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Melissa Matyjasik-Parsons, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Christopher McPhatter, Teaching Instructor (BS, MA, East Carolina University)
Angela Mellor, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, University of Wisconsin-Whitewater; MFA, Georgia College and State
University)
Danielle Melvin, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Joyce I. Middleton, Associate Professor (BA, MA, PhD, University of Maryland, College Park)
Gera Miles, Teaching Instructor (BA, Virginia Military Institute; MA, University of Virginia)
Marilyn Miller, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Marianne Montgomery, Assistant Professor (AB, Wellesley College; MA, PhD, University of Virginia)
Sean Morris, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, Spring Hill College; MA, Georgia State University; PhD, University of Kentucky)
Debra O’Neal, Teaching Instructor (BS, Penn State University; MS, University of Pennsylvania)
Donald E. Palumbo, Professor (AB, The University of Chicago; MA, PhD, The University of Michigan)
Kenneth Parille, Assistant Professor (BA, Central Connecticut State University; MA, PhD, University of Virginia)
Michael M. Parker, Teaching Instructor (BA, Ohio State University; MA, East Carolina University)
Carla Pastor, Teaching Instructor (BA, University College of Belize; MA, East Carolina University)
John Patterson, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MA, East Carolina University)
Zachary Perkinson, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Marc Petersen, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, MA, Virginia Tech; MFA, University of Alabama)
Barri Piner, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of North Carolina, Wilmington; MA, East Carolina University)
Lisa Proctor, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Angela Raper, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
LaKesha Rhodes, Teaching Instructor (BA, Howard University; MA, East Carolina University)
Lorraine Robinson, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Diane Rodman, Teaching Instructor (BA, North Carolina Wesleyan College; MA, East Carolina University)
Ronisha Ross, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Roger Schlobin, Visiting Assistant Professor (BA, C.W. Post; MA, University of Wisconsin, Madison; PhD, The Ohio
State University)
George Shambley, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Wendy B. Sharer, Associate Professor (BA, Hamilton College; MA, Syracuse University; PhD, Pennsylvania State University)
E. Thomson Shields, Associate Professor (BA, Bucknell University; MA, Western Kentucky University; PhD, University
of Tennessee)
Deborah Shoop, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Nicole Sidhu, Associate Professor (BA, University of Toronto; MA, PhD, Rutgers University)
Robert Siegel, Associate Professor (BA, San Francisco State University; MFA, Brooklyn College)
Jennifer Sisk, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Leanne Smith, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Catherine Smith, Professor (BA, University of South Carolina; PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Sherry G. Southard, Associate Professor (BS, MA, PhD, Purdue University)
Kirk St. Amant, Associate Professor (BA, Bowdoin College; MA, James Madison University; PhD, University of Minnesota)
Charles W. Sullivan III, Distinguished Research Professor and Arts and Sciences Distinguished Professor (AB, MA, State
University of New York, Albany; DA, PhD, University of Oregon, Eugene)
Sandra K. Tawake, Associate Professor (BA, MA, Ohio University; MA, PhD, University of Hawaii)
THOMAS HARRIOT COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
524
Richard C. Taylor, Associate Professor (BA, Franklin and Marshall College; MA, Millersville University; PhD, Pennsylvania
State University)
Laureen A. Tedesco, Associate Professor (BA, Nicholls State University; MA, University of Louisiana, Lafayette; PhD,
Texas A & M University)
Mellisa Tetterton, Teaching Instructor (BA, Campbell University; MA, East Carolina University)
Dean Tuck, Teaching Instructor (BA, BS, MA, East Carolina University)
Reginald Watson, Associate Professor (BA, North Carolina Central University; MA, East Carolina University; PhD, Indiana
University of Pennsylvania)
Stephanie West-Puckett, Teaching Instructor (BA, North Carolina Wesleyan College; MA, East Carolina University)
Luke Whisnant, Professor (BA, East Carolina University; MFA, Washington University)
Liza Wieland, Assistant Professor (BA, Harvard; MA, PhD, Columbia)
David Wilson-Okamura, Associate Professor (BA, Stanford University; MA, PhD, University of Chicago)
Sheryll Wood, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Melissa Yow, Teaching Instructor (BA, Gardner-Webb University; MA, East Carolina University)
Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures
Frank Romer, Professor and Chairperson (BA, New York University; MA, PhD, Stanford University)
Debra Anderson, Associate Professor (BA, University of Central Arkansas; MA, PhD, Louisiana State University)
Michael F. Bassman, Associate Professor (BA, Brooklyn College, City University of New York; MAT, Brown University; MA,
PhD, University of Connecticut)
Ann. F. Borisoff, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire; MSA, East Carolina University, MA, New
York University)
Joanna Bradley, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, Mars Hill College; MA, La Ponticia Universidad Javeriana, Bogotá,
Colombia; PhD, University of Texas, Austin)
Steven Cerutti, Associate Professor (BA, University of Iowa; PhD, Duke University)
W. Keith Corbitt, Teaching Instructor (BA, High Point University; MA, Indiana University, MA University of Delaware)
Juan José Daneri, Associate Professor (Licenciatura en Lengua y Literatura Inglesa, Universidad Católica de Valparaíso,
Chile; MA, PhD, Washington University)
Stephen Varick Dock, Associate Professor (BA, Colby College; MA, PhD, Vanderbilt University)
Charles Fantazzi, Teaching Professor (AB, MA Catholic University; PhD Harvard University)
Paul Fallon, Associate Professor (BA, Occidental College; MA, PhD, University of Kansas)
Frédéric Henri Fladenmuller, Associate Professor (BA, Florida International University; MA, PhD, University of North
Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Katherine B. Ford, Assistant Professor (AB, Bowdoin College; MA, Middlebury College, PhD Emory University)
John Given, Associate Professor (BA, Dickinson College; MA, PhD, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor)
Howard B. Grabois, Assistant Professor (BA, University of California at Santa Cruz, MA, PhD, Cornell University)
Sylvie Debevec Henning, Professor (BA, MA, PhD, Case Western Reserve University)
Birgit Jensen, Associate Professor (BA, University of Florida; MA, PhD, Ohio State University)
Susanne Lenné-Jones, Assistant Professor (BA, MA, Johannes-Gutenberg University of Mainz, Germany; MA, PhD,
University of Cincinnati)
Dale Knickerbocker, Professor (BA, MA, Illinois State University; PhD, State University of New York, Stony Brook)
Rosa López, Teaching Instructor (Certicado de Aptitud Pedagógica, Universidad de Sevilla; Licenciatura en Filología,
Universidad de Sevilla)
Javier Lorenzo, Associate Professor (BA, Universidad Complutense, Madrid, Spain; MA, University of Ottawa, Canada;
PhD, Pennsylvania State University)
Puricacíon Martínez, Associate Professor (Licenciatura en Filología Hispánica, Universidad Autónoma de Madrid; MA,
PhD, State University of New York, Stony Brook)
Anne-Hélène Miller, Assistant Professor (MA, University of Washington, Seattle; Phd, University of Washington, Seattle)
Elena Konstantinovna Murenina, Assistant Professor (PhD, Saratov State University, Russia)
Marylaura Papalas, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MA, Ohio State University;
PhD, Ohio State University)
Miriam Asenjo Reed, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, University of Puerto Rico; MA, Auburn University; PhD, University
of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Marcela Ruiz-Funes, Associate Professor (BA, Universidad Nacional de Córdoba; MA, PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
SECTION 10: FACULTY
525
and State University)
Michael Schinasi, Associate Professor (BA, State University of New York, Binghamton; MA, PhD, University of Washington)
David Luther Smith, Assistant Professor (BA, The Citadel; MA, PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Peter Standish, Professor (BA, PhD, University of Bristol)
John A. Stevens, Associate Professor (BA, MA, University of Iowa; PhD, Duke University)
Nobuaki Takahashi, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, Kanda University of International Studies, MA, PhD, University of Iowa)
Jill Twark, Associate Professor (BA, MA, Kent State; PhD, University of Wisconsin, Madison)
Jennifer M. Valko, Assistant Professor (BA, University of Colorado, Boulder; MA, Washington University in St. Louis;
PhD, University of California, Davis)
Ricard Viñas de Puig, Assistant Professor (MA, PhD, Purdue University, West Lafayette)
Department of Geography
Burrell E. Montz, Professor and Chairperson (BA, Mary Washington University; MS, Oklahoma State University; PhD,
University
of Colorado, Boulder)
Derek Alderman, Professor (BA, Georgia Southern College; MA, PhD, University of Georgia)
Thomas Allen, Associate Professor (BS, Old Dominion University; PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Jennifer Arrigo, Assistant Professor (BA, PhD, Boston University)
Jennifer Brewer, Assistant Professor (BA, University of Michigan; MS, University of Maine; PhD, Clark University)
Alan Burne, Teaching Instructor (BS, East Carolina University; MA, University of North Carolina, Charlotte)
Thomas Crawford, Associate Professor (BS, Wake Forest University; MA, PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Scott Curtis, Associate Professor (BA, University of Virginia; MS, PhD, University of Wisconsin, Madison)
Paul Gares, Professor (BA, Middlebury College; MA, Syracuse University; PhD, Rutgers University)
Holly Hapke, Associate Professor (BA, Hamline University; MA, PhD, Syracuse University)
Misun Hur, Assistant Professor (BS, GyeongSang National University; MCRP, PhD, Ohio State University)
Scott Lecce, Professor (AB, University of California, Berkeley; MA, Arizona State University; PhD, University of Wisconsin)
Daniel Marcucci, Assistant Professor (BA, Harvard University; MLA, PhD, University of Pennsylvania)
Ronald Mitchelson, Professor (BA, State University of New York, Buffalo; MA, PhD, Ohio State University)
Anuradha Mukherji, Assistant Professor (Dip., Center for Environmental Planning and Technology; MS, Texas A&M
University; PhD. University of California, Berkeley)
Karen Mulcahy, Assistant Teaching Professor (BA, MA, PhD, City University of New York)
Rosana Nieto Ferreira, Assistant Professor (BS, MA, University of São Paulo; PhD, Colorado State University)
E. Jeffrey Popke, Associate Professor (BA, Dartmouth University; MA, PhD, University of Kentucky)
Thomas Rickenbach, Assistant Professor (BS, University of California, Berkeley; MS, PhD, Colorado State University)
Hong-Bing Su, Associate Professor (BSc, Beijing University, MS, Chinese Academy of Sciences; PhD, University of
California, Davis)
Tracy Van Holt, Assistant Professor (BS, State University of New York; MS, PhD, University of Florida)
Scott Wade, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MA, East Carolina University)
Yong Wang, Associate Professor (BS, Northwestern Polytechnic University; MA, PhD, University of California, Santa Barbara)
Thad Wasklewicz, Associate Professor (BS Plymouth State College; MA, PhD, Arizona State University)
Jerry Weitz, Associate Professor (BA, Emory University; MCP Georgia Institute of Technology; PhD Portland State University)
Mulatu Wubneh, Professor (BA, Haile Selassie University; MA, MURP, PhD, Florida State University)
Department of Geological Sciences
Stephen J. Culver, Professor and Chairperson (BSc, PhD, DSc, University of Wales)
John T. Bray, Adjunct Associate Professor (BS, Rose-Hulman Institute of Technology; MS, PhD, Johns Hopkins University)
Martin A. Buzas, Adjunct Professor (BS, University of Connecticut; MSc, Brown University; PhD, Yale University)
D. Reide Corbett, Associate Professor (BS, MS, PhD, Florida State University)
Stephen B. Harper, Teaching Associate Professor (BS, MS, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; PhD, University
of Georgia)
Ralph C. Heath, Adjunct Professor (BS, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Eric Horsman, Assistant Professor (BA, Rice University; MS, University of Wisconsin; PhD, University of Wisconsin)
Eduardo Leorri, Assistant Professor (BSc, PhD, University of the Basque Country, Spain)
THOMAS HARRIOT COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
526
David J. Mallinson, Associate Professor (BS, MS, East Carolina University; PhD, University of South Florida)
Alex K. Manda, Assistant Professor (BSc, Cardiff University; MS, Florida International University; PhD, University of
Massachusetts)
Richard L. Miller, Professor (BS, Duke University; MS Louisiana State University; PhD, North Carolina State University)
Siddhartha Mitra, Assistant Professor (BS, Lehigh University; MS, New Jersey Institute of Technology; PhD, College of
William and Mary)
Ryan P. Mulligan, Assistant Professor (BA Sc, Queen’s University; MA Sc, University of British Columbia; PhD, Dalhousie
University)
Donald W. Neal, Associate Professor (BS, College of William and Mary; MS, Eastern Kentucky University; PhD, West
Virginia University)
Michael A. O’Driscoll, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Connecticut; MS, PhD, Penn State University)
Stanley R. Riggs, Distinguished Research Professor (BS, Beloit College; MA, Dartmouth College; PhD, University of Montana)
Catherine A. Rigsby, Professor (BS, Lamar University; MS, Louisiana State University; PhD, University of California,
Santa Cruz)
Adriana Heimann Rios, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Uruguay; MS, PhD, Iowa State University)
Richard K. Spruill, Associate Professor (BS, MS, East Carolina University; PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
J.P. Walsh, Associate Professor (BA, Colgate University; MS, State University of New York, Stony Brook; PhD, University
of Washington)
Terri L. Woods, Associate Professor (BS, University of Delaware; MS, University of Arizona; PhD, University of South Florida)
Department of History
Gerald J. Prokopowicz, Professor and Chairperson (BA, JD, University of Michigan; MA, PhD, Harvard University)
Lawrence E. Babits, Professor (BA, MA, University of Maryland; PhD, Brown University)
M. Todd Bennett, Assistant Professor (BA, MA, Texas Tech University; PhD, University of Georgia)
Charles W. Calhoun, Professor (BA, Yale University; MA, MPhil, PhD, Columbia University)
David C. Dennard, Associate Professor (BS, Fort Valley State College; MA, Atlanta University; PhD, Northwestern
University)
Thomas Doumaux, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, BS, Ohio State University; MA, University of St. Andrews;
PhD, Vanderbilt University)
Wade G. Dudley, Teaching Associate Professor (BA, MA, East Carolina University; PhD, University of Alabama)
Michael J. Enright, Professor (BA, MA, PhD, Wayne State University)
Susanne G. Grieve, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of West Florida; MA, University College London)
Michael B. Gross, Associate Professor (BA, University of Chicago; MA, Columbia University; PhD, Brown University)
B. Lynn Harris, Assistant Professor (BA, Honors, Stellenbosch University; MA, East Carolina University; PhD, University
of South Carolina)
Richard L. Hernandez, Jr., Assistant Professor (BA, University of Colorado; MA, PhD, Stanford University)
Timothy Jenks, Associate Professor (BA, University of Victoria; MA, PhD, University of Toronto)
David E. Long, Associate Professor (BA, Ohio State University; MA, PhD, Florida State University)
Christopher A. Oakley, Assistant Professor (BA, MA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; PhD, University of Tennessee)
Michael A. Palmer, Professor (BA, PhD, Temple University)
Donald H. Parkerson, Professor (BA, MA, PhD, University of Illinois, Chicago)
Kennetta H. Perry, Assistant Professor (BA, North Carolina Central University; PhD, Michigan State University)
Jonathan Reid, Associate Professor (BA, University of Chicago; MA, PhD, University of Arizona)
Nathan T. Richards, Associate Professor (BA, BA, PhD, Flinders University of South Australia)
Bradley A. Rodgers, Professor (BA, University of Minnesota; MA, East Carolina University; PhD, Union Institute)
Chad Ross, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, University of Texas; MA, PhD, University of Missouri)
Mona L. Russell, Assistant Professor (BA, North Carolina State University; PhD, Georgetown University)
David J. Stewart, Assistant Professor (BA, Baylor University; MA, PhD, Texas A&M University)
Carl E. Swanson, Associate Professor (BA, Michigan State University; MA, PhD, University of Western Ontario)
Anoush F. Terjanian, Assistant Professor (BA, McGill University; MPhil, Cambridge University; MA, PhD, Johns Hopkins
University)
Angela T. Thompson, Assistant Professor (BA, University of North Carolina, Greensboro; MA, PhD, University of Texas)
John A. Tilley, Associate Professor (BA, Capital University; MA, PhD, Ohio State University)
SECTION 10: FACULTY
527
Larry E. Tise, Wilbur and Orville Wright Distinguished Teaching Professor (AB, MDiv, Duke University; PhD, University
of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
John A. Tucker, Professor (AB, Davidson College; MA, University of Hawai’i; PhD, Columbia University)
Kenneth E. Wilburn, Jr., Assistant Professor (BA, Belmont Abbey College; MA, University of South Carolina;
PhD, University of Oxford)
Jeffrey D. Wilhelm, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Karin L. Zipf, Associate Professor (BA, Wake Forest University; MA, PhD, University of Georgia)
Department of Mathematics
Johannes H. Hattingh, Professor and Chairperson (BS, PhD, University of Johannesburg)
Ahmed Abdelfattah, Teaching Instructor (BS, University of Cairo; MS, Oregon State University; PhD, Ashwood University)
Salman Abdulali, Professor (MSc, Birla Institute of Technology and Science, India; PhD, State University of New York,
Stony Brook)
Ivana Alexandrova, Assistant Professor (BS, Furman University; MA, PhD, University of California, Berkeley)
Beth Andrews, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of North Carolina at Wilmington; MAEd, East Carolina University)
Sviatoslav Archava, Teaching Assistant Professor (MA, PhD, University of California)
F. Chal Benson, Professor (BS, McMaster University; PhD, Yale University)
Robert L. Bernhardt, Professor (BS, MA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; PhD, University of Oregon)
Joseph Bland, Teaching Instructor (MA, East Carolina University)
Jason Burns, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, MA, University of South Carolina; PhD, Massachusetts Institute
of Technology)
Gene Drew Butcher, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, PhD, University of Kentucky)
Christopher A. Carolan, Associate Professor (BS, Creighton University; MS, PhD, University of Iowa)
April Church, Teaching Instructor (MA, East Carolina University)
John Richard Crammer, Assistant Professor (BS, PhD, Clemson University)
Deborah Keyes Ferrell, Teaching Instructor (BS, Wake Forest University; MA, East Carolina University)
Ioannis Gkigkitzis, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, University of Athens; MA, MS, PhD Columbia University)
Anne Heritage, Teaching Instructor (BS, University of North Carolina, Greensboro; MAT, University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill)
Fawaz Hjouj, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, Yarmouk University; MS, Colorado State University; PhD, Southern
Illinois University)
Carl Huber, Teaching Instructor (BS, Cleveland State University; PhD, Carnegie-Mellon University)
Paul Jambor, Visiting Professor (MA Columbia University, New York, PhD, Charles University Prague)
Chris S. Jantzen, Professor (BS, University of Wisconsin; MS, PhD, University of Chicago)
Elias Katsoulis, Professor (BA, MS, PhD, University of Athens, Greece)
Paul Kornegay, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Geraldine MacLeod, Teaching Instructor (BA, Saint-Mary-of-the-Woods College; MA, University of Central Florida)
Vickie McGlohon, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Kimberly Mullis, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Wieslawa Teresa Obuchowska, Teaching Associate Professor (MA, University of Wroclaw; PhD, Wroclaw University of
Economics; MSc, PhD, University of Windsor)
Maxine Ouellette, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
James C. Pleasant, Teaching Professor (BS, MA, East Carolina University; PhD, University of South Carolina)
David W. Pravica, Professor (BS, MS, University of Toronto; PhD, University of Toronto)
Njinasoa Randriampiry, Assistant Professor PhD, Kansas State University)
Gail Ratcliff, Professor (BSc, University of Sydney; PhD, Yale University)
M. S. Ravi, Associate Professor (BE, Birla Institute of Technology and Science, Pilani, India; MA, PhD, University of Rochester)
Mark J. Rentmeesters, Teaching Instructor (BS, Purdue University; MS, Cornell University; PhD, University of California,
Irvine)
Heather L. Ries, Associate Professor (BA, Bates College; MA, PhD, State University of New York, Binghamton)
Zachary Robinson, Professor (BS, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; AM, PhD, Harvard University)
Said Elmahdy Said, Associate Professor (BS, Cairo University; MS, PhD, North Carolina State University)
Alexandra Shlapentokh, Professor (BSE, BA, MA, University of Pennsylvania; PhD, New York University)
THOMAS HARRIOT COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
528
Michael J. Spurr, Professor (BS, Marquette University; MS, PhD, Tulane University)
Katherine E. Stanley, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Katalin Szucs, Teaching Instructor (BS, MA, PhD, University Jozsef Attila, Szeged, Hungary)
Wayne Tabor, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, MS, Iowa State University; PhD, Washington State University)
Anthony VanHoy, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Cathy S. Wilkerson, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Ronald Williams, Teaching Instructor (BS, University of Louisville; MS, Air Force Institute of Technology, MA, University
of Kentucky)
Darlene Worthington, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, East Carolina University)
Peng Xiao, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Science and Technology of China; PhD, University of Texas, Dallas)
Department of Philosophy
George Bailey, Associate Professor and Chairperson (BA, MA, PhD, University of Miami)
Gerald Beaulieu, Assistant Teaching Professor (BA, MA, University of Manitoba; PhD, McGill University)
John Collins, Associate Professor (BA, Carleton College; MA, CPHIL, PhD, University of California at Santa Barbara)
Kenneth Ferguson, Associate Professor (BA, West Virginia Wesleyan; MA, Louisiana State University; MA, PhD, University
of Rochester)
Nicholas Georgalis, Professor (BA, University of Minnesota; MA, Lehigh University; PhD, University of Chicago)
Henry Jacoby, Teaching Professor (BA, MA, Ohio State University; PhD, University of Southern California)
Lee Johnson, Assistant Professor (B.S. Kansas State University; B.S. Manhattan Christian College; M.A. Moravian Theological
Seminary; Ph.D. University of St. Michael’s College, University of Toronto)
Derek Maher, Associate Professor (BA, BS, The Evergreen State College, Olympia, Washington; MA, PhD, University
of Virginia)
Coleman Markham, Instructor (AA, Mars Hill College; BA, Wake Forest University; BD, Southeastern Theological Seminary;
PhD, Vanderbilt University)
Richard McCarty, Associate Professor (BA, Northwest Nazarene College; MA, PhD, University of Missouri)
Calvin R. Mercer, Jr., Associate Professor (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MA, East Carolina University;
MDiv, ThM, Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; PhD, Florida State University)
Richard Miller, Associate Professor (BA, Villanova University; MPhil, PhD, Rutgers University)
Jay Newhard, Assistant Professor (BA, University of California at Santa Barbara; MS, Pennsylvania State University;
AM, PhD, Brown University)
Mary Nyangweso, Assistant Professor (BA, Kenyatta University; M Phil, Moi University; M TH, Emory University;
PhD, Drew University)
Rodney C. Roberts, Associate Professor (AA, Leeward Community College (Hawaii); BGS, Indiana University-Purdue
University Indianapolis; MA, PhD, University of Wisconsin-Madison)
James LeRoy Smith, Professor (BA, MA, Pennsylvania State University; PhD, Tulane University)
Michael L. Veber, Assistant Professor (BA, University of North Florida; MA, University of South Florida; PhD, University
of Miami)
Edmund Wall, Associate Professor (BA, Brandeis University; MA, Boston College; PhD, University of California,
Santa Barbara)
Jane Webster, Teaching Associate Professor (BTh, McGill University; MA, PhD, McMaster University)
J. Jeremy Wisnewski, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, The College of William and Mary; MA, PhD, University of
California at Riverside)
Paul Woodward, Teaching Professor (BA, Western Washington University; MA, PhD, University of Washington)
Umit D. Yalcin, Associate Professor (BA, Bosphorus University; MA, PhD, University of California, Berkeley)
Department of Physics
John C. Sutherland, Professor and Chairperson (BS, MS, PhD, Georgia Institute of Technology)
Daniel V. Bellittiere, Teaching Instructor (BS, MS, Niagara University; MP, East Carolina University)
Martin Bier, Associate Professor (BS, MS, University of Amsterdam, Netherlands; PhD, Clarkson University)
Chris A Bonnerup, Teaching Instructor (BS, MS, University of Houston)
Daniel C. Criminger, Teaching Instructor (BSAP, MS, East Carolina University
Orville Day, Associate Professor (BS, PhD, Brigham Young University)
SECTION 10: FACULTY
529
Michael Dingfelder, Associate Professor (BS, MS, PhD, Friedrich-Alexander-Universitat, Erlangen, Nurnberg)
Xin-Hua Hu, Professor (BS, MS, Nankai University; MS, Indiana University; PhD, University of California, Irvine)
Kenneth M. Jacobs, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, Skidmore College; MS, PhD, East Carolina University)
James M. Joyce, Professor (AB, LaSalle College; MS, PhD, University of Pennsylvania)
Edson Luiz Berquo Justiniano, Associate Professor (BS, MS, Pontica Universidade Catolica do Rio De Janeiro; PhD,
Kansas State University)
C. Ruth Kempf, Professor (BS, MS, PhD, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; BS-German, Goethe Institute, Murnau, Germany)
John Kenney, Associate Professor (BS, University of Maryland; PhD, State University of New York, Stoney Brook)
Gregory Lapicki, Professor (Magister Fizyki, Warsaw University; PhD, New York University)
Yong-Qing Li, Associate Professor (BS, Zhongshan University, Guangzhou, China; MS, Chinese Academy of Science,
Shanghai, China; PhD, Shanghai Institute)
Zi-Wei Lin, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Science and Technology of China; MS, Mphil; PhD, Columbia University)
Jun Q. Lu, Associate Professor (BS, MS, Nankai University; PhD, University of California, Irvine)
Edward J. Seykora, Professor (BS, MS, Florida State University; PhD, North Carolina State University)
Jefferson L. Shinpaugh, Professor (BS, MS, PhD, Kansas State University)
Mark W. Sprague, Associate Professor (BS, Rhodes College; MS, PhD, University of Mississippi)
Melodee Wolfe, Adjunct Assistant Professor (BSAP, MP, East Carolina University)
Department of Political Science
Brad Lockerbie, Professor and Chairperson (BA, University of Georgia; PhD, University of Iowa)
Steve Ballard, Professor and Chancellor (BA, University of Arizona; PhD, Ohio State University)
Jody C. Baumgartner, Associate Professor (BA, University of Maine; MA, PhD, Miami University)
David P. Conradt, Professor (BA, Valparaiso University; PhD, Brown University)
Alethia Cook, Assistant Professor and Assistant Program Director, Security Studies (BA, MA, University of Akron;
PhD, Kent State University)
Thomas Floyd Eamon, Associate Professor (BA, University of the South; MA, PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Rhonda Evans Case, Assistant Professor (BA, Kent State University; JD, University of Pittsburgh; PhD, University of Texas)
Peter L. Francia, Associate Professor (BA, University of Rochester; MA, PhD, University of Maryland)
Young Hun Kim, Assistant Professor (BA, Hankuk University of Foreign Studies; MA Seoul National University, Pennsylvania
State University; PhD, Pennsylvania State University)
Younhee Kim, Assistant Professor (BA, Korea University; MPA, State University of New York, Albany; PhD, Rutgers
University)
William R. Mangun, Professor (BA, Syracuse University; BA, University of Akron; MAPA, University of Oklahoma; PhD,
Indiana University)
Bonnie G. Mani, Professor (BM, East Carolina University; MPA, PhD, Virginia Commonwealth University)
Jonathan S. Morris, Associate Professor (BA, Miami University; MA, PhD, Purdue University)
Marie Olson Lounsbery, Assistant Professor (BA, Oakland University; MA, PhD, Wayne State University)
Sharon R. Paynter, Assistant Professor (BS, UNC, Chapel Hill; MPA, UNC, Chapel Hill; MS, University of Denver Sturm
College of Law; PhD, North Carolina State University)
Dursun Peksen, Assistant Professor (BA, Marmara University; MA, University of Indianapolis; PhD, University of Missouri)
Jalil Roshandel, Associate Professor and Director of Security Studies Program (BA, Tehran University; MA, PhD, Toulouse
University)
Carmine P. F. Scavo, Associate Professor (BA, University of Virginia; PhD, University of Michigan)
Olga V. Smirnova, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Maryland; MA, Central European University; PhD, University
of North Carolina, Charlotte)
Nancy L. Spalding, Associate Professor (BA, University of Central Florida; MA, PhD, State University of New York,
Binghamton)
Robert J. Thompson, Associate Professor and Director of MPA Program and Graduate Studies (BA, Miami University;
MA, PhD, University of Oklahoma)
THOMAS HARRIOT COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
530
Department of Psychology
Kathleen A. Row, Professor and Chairperson (BA, Oklahoma City University; MA, University of Iowa; PhD University of
North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Shahnaz Aziz, Associate Professor (BS, University of Calgary; MA, PhD, Bowling Green State University)
Lisa E. Baranik, Assistant Professor (BA, Bucknell University; MA, James Madison University; PhD, The University of Georgia)
Larry M. Bolen, Professor (BA, MA, West Georgia College; EdD, University of Georgia)
Jennifer L. Bowler, Assistant Professor (BS, Duke University; MA, College of William and Mary; PhD, University of Tennessee)
Mark C. Bowler, Assistant Professor (BA, Southern Methodist University; MA, St. Mary’s University; PhD, University of
Tennessee)
Michael B. Brown, Professor (BS, MS, PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
Lisa C. Campbell, Assistant Professor (BA, Yale University; MS, PhD, University of Florida)
Rosina C. Chia, Professor and Assistant Vice Chancellor for Global Academic Initiatives (BS, Taiwan University; MA, PhD,
University of Michigan)
John G. Cope, Professor (BA, Armstrong State College; MS, Augusta College; PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State
University)
C. Ervin Davis, III, Assistant Professor (BS, MS, Georgia Institute of Technology; MS, Georgia Southern University; PhD,
University of Kentucky; NIMH Postdoctoral Fellow, University of California, San Diego)
Christyn L. Dolbier, Associate Professor (BS, Eckerd College; MS, University of Florida; PhD, University of Texas)
Laura E. Edwards, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, MA, PhD, University of North Carolina, Greensboro)
Marion A. Eppler, Associate Professor (BA, University of North Carolina, Wilmington; MA, College of William and Mary;
PhD, Emory University)
D. Erik Everhart, Associate Professor (BA, University of Delaware; MS, PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
John F. Finch, Assistant Professor (BA, University of Vermont, Burlington; MPH, University of California, Los Angeles;
PhD Arizona State University)
Jean A. Golden, Associate Professor (BA, State University of New York, Genesco; MS, PhD, Florida State University)
Cathy W. Hall, Professor (BA, Emory University; MEd, PhD, University of Georgia)
E. Marsha Ironsmith, Associate Professor (BA, University of Kansas; PhD, State University of New York, Stony Brook)
Heather Littleton, Assistant Professor (BA, Clemson University; MS, PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
Lesley D. Lutes, Assistant Professor (BA, Concordia University; MS, Wake Forest University; PhD, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute and State University)
Amy Lyndon, Assistant Professor (BA, Appalachian State University; MA, PhD, University of North Carolina, Greensboro)
Lisa Maag, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, New Mexico State University; MBA, California Lutheran University; MS, PhD,
University of Florida)
Susan M. McCammon, Professor (BA, Drury College; PhD, University of South Carolina)
Scott A. Methe, Assistant Professor (BA, MEd, PhD, University of Massachusetts at Amherst)
G. Michael Poteat, Associate Professor (BA, University of North Carolina, Asheville; MA, Western Carolina University;
PhD, University of Tennessee)
Jonathan M. Reed, Associate Professor (BA, Lehigh University; MS, Villanova University; PhD, University of New Mexico)
T. Chris Riley-Tillman, Associate Professor (BA, Ithaca College; MA, PhD, Syracuse University)
Samuel F. Sears, Jr., Professor (BS, MS, PhD, University of Florida)
Tuan Tran, Assistant Professor (BS, Regis University; MA, PhD, University of South Carolina; NIAAA Postdoctoral Fellow,
Indiana University-Purdue University)
Cecelia R. Valrie, Assistant Professor BA, East Carolina University; MA,PhD University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Nathaniel A. Vietor, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, Miami University; MA, East Tennessee State University; PhD, University
of Houston)
Christy L. Walcott, Associate Professor (BS, University of Illinois; PhD, Illinois State University)
Tamara D. Warner, Assistant Professor (AB, Harvard University; MA University of Michigan; MS, PhD, University of Florida)
Theodore W. Whitley, Teaching Professor (BA, MA, East Carolina University; PhD, Duke University)
Derrick R. Wirtz, Assistant Professor (BA, AM, PhD, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
Karl L. Wuensch, Professor (BA, Elmira College; MA, East Carolina University; PhD, Miami University)
SECTION 10: FACULTY
531
Department of Sociology
Leon Wilson, Professor and Chairperson (BTH, Caribbean Union College; MA, Andrews University; PhD, University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor)
Don E. Bradley, Associate Professor (BA, Mars Hill College; MA, PhD, University of Texas at Austin)
Rebecca S. Powers, Associate Professor (BA, William Penn College; MA, PhD, Louisiana State University)
Richard J. Caston, Professor (BS, University of Iowa; MA, PhD, Duke University)
Mamadi Corra, Associate Professor (BS, MBA, Gardner-Webb University; PhD, University of South Carolina
Bob H. Edwards, Professor (BA, Moody Bible Institute; MA, Wheaton College; PhD, Catholic University of America)
Charles E. Garrison, Professor (BA, MA, PhD, University of Kentucky)
A.J. Jacobs, Assistant Professor (BA, PhD, Michigan State University; MRP, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Jeffrey C. Johnson, Professor (BA, MA, PhD, University of California, Irvine)
Arunas Juska, Associate Professor (BA, Kaunas Technology Institute; MA, Syracuse University; PhD, Michigan State
University, Academy of Sciences of Lithuania)
Melinda Kane, Assistant Professor (BA, Villanova University; MA, Vanderbilt University; PhD, Vanderbilt University)
Sitawa Kimuna, Associate Professor (BA, MA, PhD, Kansas State University)
David Knox, Professor (BA, Auburn University; MA, PhD, Florida State University; Post Doctoral Fellow, Behavior
Modication, New York State University)
Lee Maril, Professor (BA, Grinnell College; MA, University of Indiana; PhD, Washington University)
James P. Mitchell, Professor (BA, Bemidji State University; MA, University of Wyoming; PhD, Oklahoma State University)
Linda Mooney, Associate Professor (BA, Kent State University; PhD, University of Akron)
Susan Pearce, Assistant Professor (MA, Mississippi College; MDiv Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; MA New
School for Social Research; PhD, New School for Social Research)
Christa Reiser, Associate Professor (BA, MA, Purdue University; PhD, North Carolina State University)
Martin Schultz, Associate Professor (BA, MA, Eastern Illinois University; PhD, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Marieke M. Van Willigen, Associate Professor (BA, Ithaca College; MA, PhD, Ohio State University)
Kenneth R. Wilson, Professor (BA, MA, PhD, Purdue University)
PROFESSIONAL COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS
COLLEGE OF ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES
Stephen W. Thomas, Professor and Dean (BA, Texas Christian University; MS, EdD, University of Arizona)
David Cistola, Associate Dean for Research (BS, State University of New York; MD, PhD, Boston University
School of Medicine)
Kevin F. O’Brien, Professor and Associate Dean for Academic Affairs (BA, University of Rhode Island; MA, Georgetown
University; PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Beth Velde, Professor and Assistant Dean of Special Projects (BS, MS, University of Illinois; MSOT, Misericordia University;
PhD, University of Calgary)
Department of Biostatistics
Paul W. Vos, Professor and Chairperson (BA, Calvin College; MS, PhD, University of Chicago)
Jason Brinkley, Assistant Professor BA, MA, East Carolina University; MS, PhD, North Carolina State University)
Xiangming Fang, Assistant Professor (B.Engineering, Beijing Institute of Technology; MS, PhD, University of Iowa)
Suzanne Hudson, Associate Professor (BS, Michigan State University; MS, California Institute of Technology;
PhD, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; MS, PhD, University of Oregon)
Andrada Ivanescu, Assistant Professor (BS, Universitatea de Vest, Romania; MS, PhD, Florida State University)
Kevin F. O’Brien, Professor and Associate Dean for Academic Affairs (BA, University of Rhode Island; MA, Georgetown
University; PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Qiang Wu, Assistant Professor (B. Finance, University of Science and Technology of China; MS, University of Iowa;
PhD, University of Iowa)
THOMAS HARRIOT COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
532
Department of Clinical Laboratory Science
Kathleen M. Schulman, Clinical Assistant Professor and Acting Chairperson (BS, St. Johns University; MS, Long Island
University)
W. Richard Bamberg, Professor (BS, University of South Carolina; MS, PhD, Florida State University)
David Cistola, Associate Dean for Research (BS, State University of New York; MD, PhD, Boston University School
of Medicine)
Stanley Humienny, Adjunct Clinical Instructor (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; BS, East Carolina University)
Ann C. McConnell, Adjunct Clinical Assistant Instructor (BS, University of Florida; MAEd, East Carolina University)
Joanna Moore, Adjunct Clinical Instructor (BS, East Carolina University)
Cynthia Oliver, Adjunct Clinical Instructor (BS, University of Evansville)
P. Karen Sullivan, Associate Professor (BS, Clinch Valley College; MS, East Tennessee State University; PhD, Virginia
Commonwealth University)
Gwen Taylor, Adjunct Clinical Instructor (BS, East Carolina University)
Department of Communication Sciences and Disorders
Gregg D. Givens, Professor and Chairperson (BS, MS, Ithaca College; PhD, Florida State University)
Rose L. Allen, Associate Professor and Director of Distance Education (BA, MA PhD, Wichita State University)
Laura Ball, Associate Professor (BA, BS, West Virginia University; MA, University of Tennessee-Knoxville; PhD, University
of Nebraska)
Deborah E. Bengala, Clinical Associate Professor and Director of Undergraduate Studies (BS, Ohio University;
MA, Western Michigan University)
Kathleen T. Cox, Associate Professor (BS, Ithaca College; MA, PhD, Ohio State University)
Deborah S. Culbertson, Clinical Associate Professor, Director of Audiology Clinic and Director of Clinical Operations
(BA, University of Maryland; MS, Idaho State University, PhD, University of Iowa)
Monica S. Hough, Professor and Director of Graduate Studies (BA, CUNY Brooklyn College; MA, University of Florida;
PhD, Kent State University)
Sherri M. Jones, Associate Professor (BS, MS, PhD, University of Nebraska)
Timothy A. Jones, Professor (BS, PhD, University of California, Davis)
Joseph Kalinowski, Professor (BA, PhD, University of Connecticut; MS, Northeastern University)
Julia Morrow, Clinical Instructor and Coordinator of External Education (BA, MA, University of Pittsburgh)
Heather Ramsdell, Assistant Professor (BA, Iona College; MS, Boston University; PhD, University of Memphis)
Michael P. Rastatter, Professor (BS, Clarion University; MS, State University of New York, Fredonia; PhD, Bowling
Green State University)
Sharon Rutledge, Clinical Assistant Professor (BS, MS, East Tennessee State University; AuD, University of Florida)
Martha L. Smith, Clinical Professor (BA, Meredith College; MS, PhD, East Carolina University)
Andrew Stuart, Professor (BS, BEd, MS, PhD, Dalhousie University)
Marianna M. Walker, Associate Professor (BS, MS, East Carolina University; PhD, North Carolina State University)
Department of Health Services and Information Management
Xiaoming Zeng, Associate Professor and Chairperson (MD, Peking Union Medical College; PhD, University of Pittsburgh)
Anthony Bartholomew, Adjunct Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, East Carolina University; MA, Webster University;
MBA, East Carolina University)
Paul D. Bell, Professor (BA, MS, State University of New York, Albany; PhD, North Carolina State University)
Myra M. Brown, Associate Professor (BS, MBA, East Carolina University)
Robert Campbell, Assistant Professor (BA, Bethany College; MLS, EdD, University of Pittsburgh)
Susie T. Harris, Assistant Professor (BS, MBA, PhD, East Carolina University)
Jolyn Johnson, Adjunct Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, MPA, East Carolina University)
Michael H. Kennedy, Associate Professor (BA, North Carolina State University; MA, Webster University; MHA, Baylor
University; PhD, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute)
Robert Kulesher, Associate Professor Program Director-Health Services Management (BA, Villanova University;
MHA, Washington University in St. Louis; PhD, University of Delaware)
Mark Lane, Adjunct Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, Seton Hall University; MBA, Rutgers University)
SECTION 10: FACULTY
533
Elizabeth J. Layman, Professor (BA, University of Minnesota; MA, College of St. Catherine; PhD, Georgia State University)
Richard Scott Rahm, Adjunct Teaching Assistant Professor (BSBA, Auburn University, East Carolina University;
MBA, East Carolina University)
Thomas Ross, Assistant Professor (MBA, MA, University of Cincinnati; PhD, St. Louis University)
Patricia D. Royal, Assistant Professor (BS, Mount Olive College; MSW, EdD, East Carolina University)
Bonita Sasnett, Assistant Professor (BSBA, MAEd, EdD, East Carolina University)
Lilless Schilling, Adjunct Teaching Associate Professor (AB, University of Michigan; MA, Columbia University Teachers’
College; MA, PhD, Ohio State University)
H. Glyn Young, Adjunct Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, MSW, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; PhD, North
Carolina State University)
Department of Occupational Therapy
Leonard Trujillo, Associate Professor and Chairperson (BS, Colorado State University; MA, Webster University;
PhD, Texas A&M University)
Wanda Bennett, Adjunct Teaching Instructor (BS, MS, East Carolina University)
Don Michael Bradley, Assistant Professor (BA, East Texas State University; MS, University of Houston-Clear Lake;
MOT, ABD, Texas Woman’s University)
Anne E. Dickerson, Professor (BS, Temple University; MS, Southwest Texas State University; MS, PhD, Florida
International University)
Denise Donica, Assistant Professor (BA, BS, Indiana University; MHS, PhD, University of Indianapolis)
Annette Jones, Teaching Instructor (BS, Elizabethtown College; MBA, Penn State University)
Carol Lust, Associate Professor (BS, Texas Woman’s University; MAEd, Texas Tech University; EdD, North Carolina
State University)
Jane Painter, Professor (AS, BS, Indiana University; MHS, University of Florida; EdD, North Carolina State University)
Beth Velde, Professor, Assistant Dean (BS, MS, University of Illinois; MSOT, Misericordia University; PhD, University
of Calgary)
Department of Physical Therapy
Walter L. Jenkins, Associate Professor and Interim Chairperson (BPE, Purdue University; MS, West Virginia University;
MSPT, Indiana Central University; DHS, University of Indianapolis)
Bruce C. Albright, Professor (BS, University of Maryland; MS, PhD, Virginia Commonwealth University)
Leslie K. Allison, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Pennsylvania; MS, Oregon State University; PhD, University
of Maryland)
Dave Edwards, Adjunct Clinical Instructor (DPT, Simmons College)
Amy Gross McMillan, Associate Professor (BS, University of Delaware; MS, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill;
PhD, University of Delaware)
Patricia Hodson, Clinical Associate Professor and Director of Clinical Education (BA, University of North Carolina,
Greensboro; BSPT, MS, East Carolina University; DPT, Simmons College)
Kandy Hounard, Adjunct Clinical Instructor (BS, University of Toledo; MA, Ball State University)
Terry Jones, Associate Professor (BA, Washburn University; MS, PhD, University of Kansas)
Susan J. Leach, Assistant Professor (BEd, University of Toledo; MS, Columbia University; PhD, Louisiana State University)
Stephanie Slayton, Clinical Assistant Professor BS, University of Wisconsin, LaCrosse; MPT, PhD, Elon University)
Jason Thorp, Clinical Assistant Professor (AAS, Professional Skills Institute; BS, Trevecca Nazarene University; MS, Des
Moines University-Osteopathic Medical Center; DHS, University of Indianapolis)
Dorsey Williams, Associate Professor (BA, University of Virginia; MA, University of Maryland; PhD, University of Delaware)
Kevin Youngs, Clinical Instructor (BS, MPT, East Carolina University)
Department of Physician Assistant Studies
Carolyn Pugh, Clinical Assistant Professor and Interim Chairperson (BA, Duke University; BS, East Carolina University;
MHS, Duke University)
Kelly Brillant, Clinical Assistant Professor (MPH, BS, PA-C, Nova Southeastern University)
Spencer Cole, Clinical Assistant Professor and Clinical Coordinator (BS, Northern Kentucky; MPAS, University of Nebraska)
COLLEGE OF ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES
534
Julie Daniel-Yount, Clinical Assistant Professor and Clinical Education Coordinator (BS, Barton College; BS, East Carolina
University; MHS, Duke University)
Larry Dennis, Associate Professor (BS, West Texas State University; BS, University of Texas Medical Branch;
MPA, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Jane Trapp, Clinical Associate Professor (BS, George Washington University; MSEd, Wilkes University)
Department of Rehabilitation Studies
Lloyd R. Goodwin, Jr., Professor and Interim Chairperson (BA, MS, PhD, Florida State University)
Paul P. Alston, Professor (BS, East Carolina University; MEd, PhD, University of Georgia)
John C. Anema, Jr., Adjunct Assistant Professor (BA, MEd, East Carolina University)
Martha Chapin, Associate Professor and Director of BS in Rehabilitation Services and Coordinator of Minor in Alcohol
and Drug Studies (BA, University of Arkansas; MA, PhD, Michigan State University)
Mary Crozier, Assistant Professor and Coordinator of the Substance Abuse Counseling Certicate Program (BA, Old
Dominion University; MA, University of Virginia; EdS, EdD, College of William and Mary)
Cheryl Gentile, Adjunct Assistant Professor (BA, Hunter College; MS, East Carolina University)
Michael T. Hartley, Assistant Professor (BS, MS, University of Wisconsin-Madison; PhD, University of Iowa)
Stephen Leierer, Associate Professor (BA, Wheaton College; MA, University of Iowa; PhD, Florida State)
Jerry F. Lotterhos, Teaching Instructor (BS, MSW, Louisiana State University)
Nathalie Mizelle, Assistant Professor (BS, North Carolina Central University; MS, East Carolina University; PhD, University
of Wisconsin-Madison)
Robert Morphet, Adjunct Assistant Professor (BA, St John Fisher College; MS, East Carolina University)
Sharon Shallow, Clinical Instructor and Graduate Internship Coordinator (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Shari Sias, Associate Professor and Director of the Substance Abuse and Clinical Counseling Program (BA, Marshall
University; MEd, The Citadel; PhD, College of William and Mary)
Steven Sligar, Associate Professor and Director of the Vocational Evaluation Program (BA, State University of West
Georgia; MAEd, Auburn University; EdD, Northern Illinois University)
Mark A. Stebnicki, Professor and Director of the Rehabilitation Counseling Program (BS, MS, RhD, Southern Illinois
University, Carbondale)
Paul Toriello, Professor and Director of the PhD Program (BA, MS, Wright State University; RhD, Southern Illinois University)
Lisa Ward-Ross, Adjunct Assistant Professor (BS, MS, East Carolina University)
Henry D. Wong, Adjunct Assistant Professor (BS, MS, East Carolina University; RhD, Southern Illinois University)
Glyn Young, Adjunct Assistant Professor (BS, MSW, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; PhD, North Carolina
State University)
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
Frederick D. Niswander, W. Howard Rooks Distinguished Professor and Dean (BBA, Idaho State University; PhD, Texas
A & M University)
Stanley G. Eakins, Professor and Associate Dean (BS, Washington State University; MBA, University of Alaska, Fairbanks;
PhD, Arizona State University)
James Westmoreland, Associate Dean for External Affairs (BS, MA, East Carolina University; EdD, NC State University)
Richard L. Kerns, Professor and Associate Dean (BS, University of Kansas; MBA, East Carolina University; PhD, University
of Virginia)
Margaret T. O’Hara, Associate Professor and Assistant Dean (BS, Seton Hall University; PhD, University of Georgia)
Paul H. Schwager, Associate Professor and Assistant Dean for Assessment, Accreditation, and Curriculum (BA, Palm Beach
Atlantic College; MBA, Florida Atlantic University; PhD, Auburn University)
Anne K. Bogey, Director of Professional Programs, Teaching Instructor (BSA, MBA, East Carolina University)
James H. Bearden, Professor and Director, BB&T Center for Leadership Development (BS, Centenary College; MA,
East Carolina University; PhD, University of Alabama)
James W. Kleckley, Director of Business Bureau Research, Research Associate Professor (BS, PhD, University of South
Carolina)
Tina Williams, Director Graduate Programs, Teaching Instructor (BS, East Carolina University; MBA, East Carolina University)
SECTION 10: FACULTY
535
Department of Accounting
Dan L. Schisler, Professor and Chairperson (BS, Southeastern Louisiana University; MBA, Auburn University; PhD,
Memphis State University)
Rose L. Bailey, Assistant Professor BSBA, Appalachian State University; JD, St. Mary’s University School of Law; LLM,
New York University School of Law)
Rachel A. Brassine, Teaching Instructor (BSA, MSA, East Carolina University)
John Calvin Christian, Jr., Associate Professor (BAccy, University of Mississippi; PhD, Florida State University)
Denise Dickins, Assistant Professor (BS, Florida State University; PhD, Florida Atlantic University)
Edwin A. Doty, Jr., Associate Professor (BA, MBA, PhD, University of Massachusetts)
Kimberly M. Everett, Teaching Instructor (BSA, MSA, East Carolina University)
Patricia Fritz, Teaching Instructor (BSA, East Carolina University; MSA, East Carolina University)
Joseph M. Hagan, Associate Professor (BBA, MA, University of Georgia; PhD, Georgia State University)
James M. Kohlmeyer, Associate Professor (BA, Cedarville University; MBA, Northern Illinois University; PhD, University
of South Florida)
Malcolm H. Lathan, Jr., Teaching Associate Professor (BS, University of NC Chapel Hill; MBA, Duke University;
PhD, University of NC Chapel Hill)
Mark G. McCarthy, Professor (BS, MBA, PhD, University of South Carolina)
Brian A. O’Doherty, Associate Professor (BEc, The University of Sydney; MA, PhD, University of Florida)
Dennis M. O’Reilly, Associate Professor (BS, University Alabama; MS, University Alabama; PhD, University of South Carolina)
John T. Reisch, Associate Professor (BS, University of Virginia; MAccy, University of Alabama; PhD, University of
South Carolina)
Michele H. Reisch, Teaching Instructor (BSBA, Mary Washington College; MBA, Florida Atlantic University)
Audrey Scarlata, Assistant Professor (BBA, MBA, Morehead State University; PhD, University of Kentucky)
Debra Schisler, Teaching Instructor (BSA, Southeastern Louisiana University; MSA, Auburn University)
Douglas K. Schneider, Professor (BS, Bentley College; MS, University of Virginia; PhD, University of Georgia)
Jan S. Workman, Teaching Instructor (BS, Tennessee Technological University; MBA, East Carolina University)
Department of Finance
Scott D. Below, Associate Professor and Chairperson (BS, MS, South Dakota State University; PhD, University of Kentucky)
Jaclyn Beierlein, Assistant Professor (BS, Georgetown University; PhD, University of Utah)
Eli Beracha, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Kansas; MA, University of Kansas; PhD, University of Kansas)
Kaysia Campbell, Assistant Professor (BS, University of the West Indies; PhD, Georgia State University)
Brett Cotten, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Georgia; MBA, Georgia State University; PhD, Florida State University)
Ralph W. Flanary, Teaching Instructor (BA, Methodist College; MBA, East Carolina University)
Charmaine Glegg, Assistant Professor (BBA, MBA, PhD, Florida Atlantic University)
Aaron Gubin, Assistant Professor (BA, New College of Florida; MBA, University of Florida; PhD (ABD) University of Florida)
O’Neil Harris, Assistant Professor (BS, MS, PhD, Florida Atlantic University)
James E. Holloway, Professor (BS, North Carolina Agricultural and Technical State University; MBA, East Carolina
University; JD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Jack E. Karns, Professor (BA, MS, MPA, Syracuse University; JD, Tulane University; LLM, Georgetown University;
SJD, Loyola University)
Johann Luyt, Teaching Instructor (B.Law, University of South Africa; MBA, University of the Witwatersrand)
Carol Moore, Teaching Associate Professor (BA, Temple University; JD, Syracuse University College of Law)
Wanda Naylor, Teaching Associate Professor (BS, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; JD, North Carolina
Central University)
James Nelson, Associate Professor (BBA, MBA, Western Michigan University; PhD, University of Arizona)
Robert S. Prati, Assistant Professor (BA, Emory University; MBA, University of San Diego; PhD, Florida State University)
Bill Pratt, Teaching Instructor (BS, Frostburg State University; MBA, Hood College)
Nancy Ray, Teaching Associate Professor (BA, Mary Baldwin College, JD, University of North Carolina Chapel Hill)
Len Rhodes, Teaching Instructor (BSBA, MBA, East Carolina University)
Frederick P. Schadler, Associate Professor (BSBA, West Virginia University; MBA, University of North Carolina,
Charlotte; PhD, University of South Carolina)
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
536
David Silver, Teaching Instructor (BS, Pennsylvania State University; MBA, East Carolina University; JD, University of
North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Samuel L. Tibbs, Assistant Professor (BS, Thomas Edison State College; PhD, University of Tennessee)
Mark C. Weitzel, Teaching Instructor (BS, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor; MBA, Loyola University of Chicago)
Brenda Wells, Associate Professor (BBA, University of Georgia; PhD, University of Georgia)
Department of Management
Joseph M. Tomkiewicz, Professor and Chairperson (BSBA, Drexel University; MBA, PhD, Temple University)
Tope Adeyemi-Bello, Professor (BS, MBA, Eastern Illinois University; PhD, University of Arkansas)
Joshua R. Aaron, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Alabama; MBA, PhD, University of Alabama)
Kenneth E. Bass, Professor (BS, Mt. St. Michael School of Medical Technology; MBA, Louisiana State University;
DBA, Louisiana Technical University)
John Davis, Teaching Instructor (BS, MBA, East Carolina University)
Shanan G. Gibson, Associate Professor (BA, Armstrong Atlantic State University; MS, PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
and State University)
Anthony D. Gribble, Teaching Instructor (BSBA, MBA, East Carolina University)
W. Lee Grubb III, Associate Professor (BA, Hampden-Sydney College; MBA, Averett University; PhD, Virginia
Commonwealth University)
Michael L. Harris, Associate Professor (BSBA, MBA, East Carolina University; EdD, North Carolina State University)
Joanne M. Hartsell, Teaching Instructor (BS, East Carolina University; MBA, East Carolina University)
Andrew O. Herdman, Assistant Professor (BA, Pennsylvania State University; MA, Saint Francis University; PhD, Virginia
Polytechnic & State University)
R. Eugene Hughes, Professor (BA, Lenoir-Rhyne College; MSBA, University of North Carolina, Greensboro;
DBA, University of Kentucky, Lexington)
Judith R. Hunt, Associate Professor (BS, Temple University; BS, MBA, Fairleigh Dickinson University; PhD, University
of Tennessee)
Joy Karriker, Assistant Professor (BA, MBA, James Madison University; PhD, Virginia Commonwealth University)
Abigail Knight, Teaching Instructor (BA, Jacksonville State University; MA, University of Alabama)
William C. McDowell, Assistant Professor (BS, Southwestern Christian University; MBA, California State University,
Dominguez Hills; PhD, University of North Texas)
Amy McMillan-Capehart, Associate Professor (BA, San Diego State University; MBA, Mississippi College; DBA, Louisiana
Tech University)
L. Melita Prati, Assistant Professor (BS, PhD, Florida State University)
JoAnna Robinson, Teaching Instructor (BSBA, MBA, East Carolina University)
Nona Saling, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of Delaware; MA, University of Kentucky; EdD, North Carolina State
University)
Roy L. Simerly, Professor (BS, University of Maryland; MS, Troy State University; PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and
State University)
James O. Smith, Jr., Associate Professor (BS, University of Alabama; MA, PhD, University of Mississippi)
Stephen M. Sullivan, Teaching Instructor (BS, Syracuse University; MBA, University of Connecticut)
Laura J. Stanley, Assistant Professor (BS, MA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; PhD, University of Georgia)
John Toller, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of Notre Dame; MS, University of Hartford)
Tifany Woodward, Teaching Instructor (BSBA, MBA, East Carolina University)
Robert Zinko, Assistant Professor (BA, Appalachian State University; MBA, University of NC Greensboro; PhD, Florida
State University)
Department of Management Information Systems
Richard D. Hauser, Jr., Associate Professor and Chairperson (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MBA,
East Carolina University; PhD, Florida State University)
John H. Bradley, Professor (BS, Louisiana State University; MA, Criswell Bible Institute; MBA, PhD, University of
Texas, Arlington)
Laura A. Eakins, Teaching Instructor (BSBA, University of Alaska; MBA, Arizona State University)
Kevin Fontana, Teaching Instructor (BS, East Carolina University; MBA, East Carolina University)
SECTION 10: FACULTY
537
John Howard, Teaching Instructor (BSBA, East Carolina University, MBA, East Carolina University)
Brenda L. Killingsworth, Associate Professor (BSBA, MBA, East Carolina University; PhD, University of South Carolina)
Huigang Liang, Assistant Professor (BS, China Pharmaceutical University; MS, China Pharmaceutical University; MS,
Auburn University; PhD, Auburn University)
Crystal Lopez, Teaching Instructor (BS, East Carolina University, MBA, East Carolina University)
Henry E. Newkirk, Associate Professor (BS, North Carolina State University; MBA, East Carolina University; PhD,
University of Kentucky, Lexington)
James Orr, Teaching Instructor (BS, MBA, East Carolina University)
Ravi C. Paul, Associate Professor (BS, Bangalore University; MS, PhD, Clemson University)
April Reed, Assistant Professor (BA, BS, Roosevelt University; MBA, Ph.D., DePaul University)
Paul Russell, Assistant Director Graduate Programs, Teaching Instructor (BSBA, East Carolina University; MBA, East
Carolina University)
Elaine D. Seeman, Associate Professor (BA, Indiana University of Pennsylvania; MBA, East Carolina University;
PhD, Indiana State University)
Joanie Tyson, Teaching Instructor (BSBA, MBA, East Carolina University)
Claudia Van Salisbury, Teaching Instructor (BSBA, East Carolina University; MBA, East Carolina University)
John Wall, Teaching Instructor (BS, University of Maryland; MA, Central Michigan University)
Harold L. Wise, Teaching Instructor (BSBA, East Carolina University; MS, University of Virginia)
William D. Wittman, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, University of North Dakota; MBA, East Carolina University)
Yajiong (Lucky) Xue, Assistant Professor (BS, China Pharmaceutical University; MS, Auburn University;
PhD, Auburn University)
Department of Marketing and Supply Chain Management
Kenneth Anselmi, Associate Professor and Chairperson (BBA, Eastern Michigan University; MBA, Arizona State University;
PhD, University of Nebraska, Lincoln)
Robin Armstrong, Teaching Instructor (BSBA, East Carolina University; MBA, East Carolina University)
Christy Ashley, Assistant Professor (BS, Sacred Heart University; MBA, University of Miami; PhD, University of
Rhode Island)
Terrance Boardman, Teaching Instructor (BS, University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire; MBA, University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Jennifer Brezina, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of NC Chapel Hill; MBA, East Carolina University)
Margaret M. Capen, Professor (BA, PhD, University of South Carolina)
Haozhe Chen, Assistant Professor (BA, Anhui University; MBA, University of Alabama; PhD, University of Oklahoma)
Reid P. Claxton, Associate Professor (BA, Drury College; MBA, University of Evansville; PhD, University of Arkansas)
Margaret P. Conchar, Assistant Professor (BSC, Diploma in Datametrics, University of South Africa; PhD, University
of Georgia)
Richard E. Cook, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, PhD, Wayne State University; MS, Case Western Reserve;
MBA, East Carolina University)
Scott Dellana, Associate Professor (BS, University of Pittsburgh; MS, PhD, University of Missouri)
Susan K. DelVecchio, Associate Professor (BA, University of Pittsburgh; MBA, University of North Carolina, Greensboro;
PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
Mauro Falasca, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Buenos Aires; MBA, East Carolina University; PhD, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute and State University)
Richard A. Gooner, Assistant Professor (BS, U.S. Naval Academy; MBA, University of Virginia; PhD, University of
North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Christopher Keller, Assistant Professor (BS, Florida International University; MA, Indiana University; PhD, Indiana
University; JD, University of Chicago)
John F. Kros, Associate Professor (BBA, University of Texas; MBA, Santa Clara University; PhD, University of Virginia)
Jane M. Lang, Teaching Instructor (BSBA, MBA, East Carolina University)
Kenneth R. MacLeod, Associate Professor (BS, Georgia Institute of Technology; MBA, University of Notre Dame;
PhD, University of South Carolina)
Enping Mai, Assistant Professor (BS, Zhongshan University; MS, Indiana University of PA; MS, PhD, Syracuse University)
Roger P. McIntyre, Professor (BSBA, Oregon State University; MBA, University of Portland; PhD, Arizona State University)
Jason D. Oliver, Assistant Professor (BS, Clemson University; MBA, PhD, University of Rhode Island)
Anthony J. Polito, Associate Professor (BS, Radford University; MBA, Duke University; PhD, University of Georgia)
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
538
Thomas R. Robbins, Assistant Professor (BS, Pennsylvania State University; MBA, Case Western Reserve University;
PhD, Pennsylvania State University)
W. Jason Rowe, Assistant Professor (BBA, MBA, Marshall University; PhD (ABD), University of Kentucky)
William Swart, Professor (BS, Clemson University; MS, PhD, Georgia Institute of Technology)
Tracy L. Tuten, Associate Professor (BS, MBA, East Carolina University; PhD, Virginia Commonwealth University)
Judy A. Wagner, Associate Professor (BS, Northern Illinois University; MBA, University of Texas at Arlington; PhD,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
David A. West, Associate Professor (BS, Clarkson University; MBA, University of Chicago; PhD, University of Rhode Island)
Beverly Wright, Assistant Professor (BBA, MS, PhD, Georgia State University)
James E. Zemanek, Jr., Professor (BBA, MS, PhD, Texas A & M University)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Linda Patriarca, Professor and Dean (BA, MA, Eastern Michigan University; PhD, Michigan State University)
John A. Swope, Associate Professor and Associate Dean (BBA, MBA, Eastern Kentucky University; EdD, University
of Kentucky)
Vivian Martin Covington, Teaching Assistant Professor and Director of Teacher Education (BS, MAEd, CAS, EdD,
East Carolina University)
Diana B. Lys, Interim Director of Assessment and Accreditation (BA, MAT, EdD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Department of Business and Information Technologies Education
Ivan G. Wallace, Professor and Chairperson (BS, MA, MA, EdS, Truman State University; EdD, University of Georgia)
Maureen Ellis, Associate Professor (BS, Saint Mary-of-the-Woods College; MS, PhD, Indiana University)
Elizabeth M. Hodge, Associate Professor (BS, Ithaca College; MS, East Carolina University; PhD, University of Florida)
Stephen E. Kirk, Teaching Instructor (BS, The New School; MS, Milano Graduate School)
Eric Kisling, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Alabama; MAS, Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University; MS, PhD,
Indiana University)
Ruth Lupton, Teaching Instructor (BSBE, MS, East Carolina University)
Cynthia P. Miller, Teaching Instructor (BSBE, MS, East Carolina University)
Patricia B. Stallings, Teaching Instructor (BSBE, MA, East Carolina University)
John A. Swope, Associate Professor and Associate Dean (BBA, MBA, Eastern Kentucky University; EdD, University
of Kentucky)
Sheila Y. Tucker, Associate Professor (BS, MA, PhD, Virginia Polytechnic and State University)
Scott Williams, Teaching Assistant Professor (BSBE, MAEd, East Carolina University, PhD, Virginia Polytechnic and
State University)
Tomegia Winston, Teaching Instructor (BSBA, MS, East Carolina University)
Department of Counselor and Adult Education
Vivian W. Mott, Professor and Chairperson (BS, MS, University of Tennessee; PhD, University of Georgia)
Crystal R. Chambers, Assistant Professor (BA, Spelman College; JD, PhD, University of Virginia)
Joseph C. Ciechalski, Professor (BEd, University of Miami; MAEd, EdS, Florida Atlantic University; EdD, North Carolina
State University)
Kylie Dotson-Blake, Assistant Professor (BA, MS, East Carolina University; PhD, College of William and Mary)
J. Scott Glass, Associate Professor (BA, North Carolina State University; MEd, East Carolina University; PhD, University
of North Carolina, Greensboro)
Elizabeth S. Knott, Associate Professor (BA, Meredith College; MEd, EdD, North Carolina State University)
Cheryl C. McFadden, Associate Professor (BS, University of North Carolina, Greensboro; MA, Villanova University;
EdD, Widener University)
Michael Poock, Associate Professor (BA, MA, Bowling Green State University; MPA, State University of New York,
Albany; PhD, Kent State University)
Steven W. Schmidt, Assistant Professor (BSBA, MS, PhD, University of Wisconsin)
Mark B. Scholl, Assistant Professor (BA, St. Andrews Presbyterian College; MEd, PhD, University of North Carolina,
Greensboro)
SECTION 10: FACULTY
539
Sandra Seay, Associate Professor (BA, University of Massachusetts, Boston; MA, University of Chicago; MA, EdD,
East Tennessee State University)
David Siegel, Associate Professor (BA, Wake Forest University; MEd, University of South Carolina; PhD, University
of Michigan)
Florence S. Weaver, Professor (AB, Wake Forest University; MA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; PhD, Florida
State University)
Department of Curriculum and Instruction
Carolyn Cox Ledford, Associate Professor Emeritus and Interim Chairperson (BA, University of Kentucky; MAED,
Florida Atlantic University; EdD, University of Pittsburgh)
Ann Adams-Bullock, Associate Professor (BS, Appalachian State University; MA, New Mexico State University;
PhD, Virginia Commonwealth University)
Patricia J. Anderson, Professor (BS, MAEd, Delta State University; EdD, University of Georgia)
Terry S. Atkinson, Associate Professor (BS, MS, PhD, University of North Carolina, Greensboro)
Susan Bashinski, Associate Professor (BS, MEd University of Missouri-Columbia; EdD, University of Kansas)
Laura Bilbro-Berry, Instructional Consultant, Wachovia Partnership East (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill;
MAEd, East Carolina University)
Benjamin S. Blaisdell, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA. New York University; MA, City University of New York;
PhD, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill)
Christine Bouck, Assistant Director of Project STEPP (BA, Eastern Michigan University)
Daniel Boudah, Associate Professor (BS, MAEd, University of Vermont; PhD, University of Kansas)
Kathy Bradley, Instructional Consultant, Wachovia Partnership East (BS, MSA, East Carolina University)
Tanya Cannon, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Lori Lee Smith Canter, Assistant Professor (BA, MEd, University of North Carolina, Wilmington; PhD, University of
South Carolina)
Thomas Caron, Assistant Professor (BA, Carleton University; MEd, Western Washington University; PhD, University of
Victoria)
Jamin Carson, Assistant Professor (BA, MEd, PhD, University of Texas)
Marsha Craft-Tripp, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, MS, EdS, East Carolina University; EdD, North Carolina State University)
Margaret Kristen Cuthrell, Assistant Professor (BA, Duke University; MEd, Lesley University; EdD, Wilmington College)
Melissa A. D. Engleman, Professor (BA, Mills College; MS, EdD, University of Kansas)
Ruth Evans, Assistant Professor (BA, MAEd, PhD, North Carolina State University)
Paige Everett, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Johna L. Faulconer, Associate Professor (BS, East Carolina University; MEd, Campbell University; EdD, North Carolina
State University)
Marie Anne B. Faulkenberry, Coordinator, Wachovia Partnership East, Coastal Consortium (BS, MAEd, East Carolina
University)
Alice J. Feret, Associate Professor (BS, Syracuse University; MA, EdD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
Todd B. Finley, Associate Professor (BA, University of Puget Sound; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota)
Christine L. Fitch, Assistant Professor (BA, Bennett College; MA, George Washington University; DEd, University
of Massachusetts)
Lori Flint, Assistant Professor (BA, Fairmont State University; MAEd, Ashland University; PhD, University of Georgia)
Elizabeth Fogarty, Assistant Professor (BA, College of Saint Benedict, MS, Minnesota State University, PhD, University
of Connecticut)
David A. Gabbard, Professor (BA, Centre College; MEd, EdD, University of Cincinnati)
Debbie H. Grady, Coordinator, Wachovia Partnership East, South Central Consortium (BS, MAEd, MSA, East Carolina
University; MSA, Campbell University; EdD, East Carolina University)
Helen Carol Greene, Associate Professor (BA, Morehead State University; MAEd, East Carolina University; PhD, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute and State University)
Robin Grifth, Assistant Professor (BS, MAEd, PhD, Texas Tech University)
Allen Guidry, Assistant Professor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University; PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Theresa Guidry, Teaching Assistant Professor and Coordinator of MAT (BA, Meredith College; MAEd, EdD, East
Carolina University)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
540
Sandra Harvey, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Brian Housand, Assistant Professor (BS, BA, University of Georgia; MA, EdD, University of Connecticut)
Ran Hu, Assistant Professor (BA, Beijing Second Foreign Languages Institute; MA, MEd, PhD, University of Georgia)
Emily Johnson, Project STEPP Transition Specialist (BS, College of Charleston; MA, The Citadel)
Troy A. Jones, Assistant Professor (BA, Franklin Pierce College; MA, University of South Florida; PhD, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute and State University)
Laura King, Assistant Professor (BS, University of North Carolina, Pembroke; MAEd, PhD University of Central Florida)
Mark L’Esperance, Associate Professor (BS, MEd, PhD, University of North Carolina, Greensboro)
Jane Carol Manner, Associate Professor (AB, Vassar College; MEd, East Stroudsburg University; EdS, Barry University;
EdD, Florida International University)
James A. McKernan, Professor (BS, Temple University; MA, National University of Ireland, Galway; PhD, University of Ulster)
Michael Meloth, Associate Professor (BA, Boise State University; MA, San Francisco State University; PhD, Michigan
State University)
Deborah J. Metcalf, Teacher-in-Residence (BA, MA, San Diego State University)
Katherine E. Misulis, Associate Professor and Assistant Chairperson (BA, MS, State University of New York, Potsdam;
CAS, State University of New York, Brockport; PhD, Syracuse University)
Lanette T. Moret, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, MS, EdD, East Carolina University)
Alfred P. Muller, Professor Emeritus (AB, Mercer University; MA, PhD, Florida State University)
Dorothy H. Muller, Associate Professor and Special Assistant to the Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs for Regional
and Campus Initiatives (BA, Winthrop College; MA, PhD, Florida State University)
Katherine A. O’Conner, Associate Professor (BA, Catawba College; MAEd, EdD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Melissa Parker, Lead Teacher, REAP (BS, East Carolina University)
Betty B. Peel, Associate Professor (BS, University of North Carolina, Greensboro; MS, PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
and State University)
Diane Rodriguez-Luterbach, Associate Professor (BA, Universidad InterAmericana de Puerto Rico; MAEd, PhD, Fordham
University)
C. Lisa Rogerson, Teaching Instructor and Director, Advising Center (BS, MAEd, EdD, East Carolina University)
Caitlin L. Ryan, Assistant Professor (BA, University of Virginia; MA, PhD Candidate, Ohio State University)
Christine M. Shea, Professor (BA, Nazareth College; MSEd, State University of New York, Geneseo; MEd, PhD, University
of Illinois)
Marilyn A. Sheerer, Professor and Provost and Senior Vice Chancellor for Academic and Student Affairs (BS, Bloomsburg
University; MS, Syracuse University; PhD, Ohio University)
Dawn B. Shelton, Teaching Instructor (BA, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Judith J. Smith, Assistant Professor (BS, MAEd, EdD, East Carolina University)
Joy N. Stapleton, Associate Professor (BS, Radford University; MEd, University of Richmond; PhD, University of Tennessee)
Sharilyn Steadman, Assistant Professor (BS, Med, Belmont University; PhD, University of Michigan)
Sue B. Steinweg, Associate Professor (BA, University of North Carolina, Greensboro; MEd, PhD, University of North
Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Elizabeth Swaggerty, Assistant Professor (BS, MS, PhD, University of Tennessee)
Anne S. Ticknor, Assistant Professor (BA, Luther College; Med, University of Nevada; PhD, University of Iowa)
Christina Tschida, Assistant Professor (BA, College of St. Catherine; MSA, University of North Carolina Greensboro;
PhD, University of North Carolina Greensboro)
Michael R. Vitale, Professor (BS, MS, PhD, Florida State University)
Karen Voytecki, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Wisconsin; MA, University of South Florida, St. Petersburg;
PhD, University of South Florida)
Beth B. Ward, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, EdS, East Carolina University)
Louis L. Warren, Professor (BS, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MEd, University of North Carolina, Pembroke;
EdD, University of Georgia)
Sandra Hopfengardner Warren, Associate Professor (BA, The College of Wooster; MPA, University of Dayton;
PhD, University of Maryland)
Kathi Wilhite, Teaching Assistant Professor (BS, MS, Indiana State University; EdD, Ball State University)
Lisa Wilkins, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Jennifer Bautel Williams, Assistant Professor (BS, Appalachian State University; MEd, PhD, North Carolina State University)
SECTION 10: FACULTY
541
Sarah C. Williams, Associate Professor (BS, MA, East Carolina University; PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Peggy Yates, Assistant Professor (BA, Fairmont State University; MAEd, Tarleton State University; CAGS, PhD,
Regent University)
Alana Zambone, Associate Professor (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MS, PhD, Vanderbilt University)
Nancy Zeller, Professor (BSEd, MA, PhD, Indiana University)
Guili Zhang, Assistant Professor (BA, Shandong University; MAEd, Georgia Southern University; PhD, University of Florida)
Department of Education Leadership
William A. Rouse, Jr., Associate Professor and Chairperson (BS, MAEd, EdS, EdD, East Carolina University)
Lynn K. Bradshaw, Professor (AB, MAEd, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; EdD, East Carolina University;
EdD, North Carolina State University)
Kermit Buckner, Professor (AB, MA, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; EdD, University of North Carolina
at Greensboro)
Emmett M. Floyd, Teaching Associate Professor (BS, Atlantic Christian College; MAEd, EdS, East Carolina University;
EdD, Duke University)
Charles R. Gainey, Teaching Professor (BS, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MAEd, East Carolina University;
EdD, University of North Carolina, Greensboro)
Lee W. Grier, Teaching Professor (AB, High Point University; MEd, University of North Carolina, Greensboro;
EdD, Duke University)
William J. Grobe, Associate Professor (BA, MEd, EdD, State University of New York, Buffalo)
Harold L. Holloman, Associate Professor (BA, Wake Forest University; MA, East Carolina University; PhD, University
of South Carolina)
James McDowelle, Professor (BA, West Virginia State University; MS, Radford University; EdD, University of Virginia)
Lane Mills, Associate Professor (BA, East Carolina University; MA, PhD, University of South Carolina)
Allan Okech, Assistant Professor (BRE, Bay Ridge Christian College; BS Mid-America Christian University; MA, University
of Houston; PhD, Texas A&M University)
Henry A. Peel, Professor and Wachovia Distinguished Professor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University; EdD, University
of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Joy Phillips, Associate Professor (BS, MA, Louisiana Tech University; PhD, University of Texas)
Marjorie Ringler, Assistant Professor (BS, Florida International University; MAEd, Stetson University; EdD, University
of Florida)
Linda C. Stevens, Teaching Professor (BA, Campbell University; MAT, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Charles L. Thompson, Professor and Lora King Distinguished Professor of Education (BA, University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill; EdM, EdD, Harvard University)
Department of Library Science
Mary E. Yontz, Professor and Chairperson (BA, University of Central Florida; MFA, University of Florida; MSLS Florida
State University; PhD, University of Florida)
Elizabeth A. Briggs, Teaching Instructor (BA, Mary Baldwin College; MS, East Carolina University)
Ruth C. Clark, Associate Professor (BEd, University of Alaska, Anchorage; MLIS, University of Hawai’i; PhD, Texas
Woman’s University)
Lana Kaye Dotson, Assistant Professor (BS, MLS, CAS, EdD, East Carolina University)
John B. Harer, Associate Professor (BS, Bloomsburg University; MSLS, Clarion University; MPA, University of Baltimore;
PhD, Texas A&M University)
Jami L. Jones, Assistant Professor (BA, Mills College; MLS, University of Maryland; PhD, Nova Southeastern University)
Plummer A. Jones, Jr., Professor (BM, East Carolina University; MS, Drexel University; PhD, University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill)
Barbara M. Marson, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MLS, University of
North Carolina, Greensboro; PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Gail M. Munde, Assistant Professor (BFA, MEd, University of Oklahoma; MLS, Emporia State University; PhD, University
of North Texas)
Veronica S. Pantelidis, Professor and College of Education Distinguished Professor (BA, University of Miami; MS, MS,
PhD, Florida State University)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
542
Patrick Valentine, Assistant Professor (BA, ML, University of South Carolina; MA, PhD, Tulane University)
David C. Vinciguerra, Teaching Instructor (BS, MS, East Carolina University)
Larry White, Assistant Professor (BA, University of Florida; MLS, PhD, Florida State University)
Department of Mathematics, Science, and Instructional Technology Education
Kwaku Adu-Gyam, Assistant Professor (BSc, University of Cape Coast; MS, PhD, North Carolina State University)
Sunday A. Ajose, Associate Professor (BA, Antioch College; MA, Northwestern University; PhD, University of South Carolina)
Michael Bossè, Associate Professor (BS, MS, Southern Connecticut State University; PhD, University of Connecticut)
Abbie Brown, Associate Professor (BA, Temple University; MA, Columbia University; MS, PhD, Indiana University)
Carol A. Brown, Associate Professor (BS, MAEd, University of Arkansas, Little Rock; EdD, University of Memphis)
Frank E. Crawley, Professor (BS, Virginia Military Institute; MST, University of Wisconsin, Superior; EdD, University of Georgia)
Elizabeth C. Doster-Taft, Associate Professor (BS, MEd, Georgia Southern University; PhD, University of Georgia)
Charles S. Duncan, Professor and Director of Military Programs (BA, University of Kentucky; MT, PhD, University of Arizona)
Martha D. Fewell, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Wyoming; PhD, University of Illinois, Chicago)
Beth Ann Fine, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Tammy Lee, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Donna Wilene Loftin, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Kenneth Luterbach, Assistant Professor (BEd, BS, MA, MS, University of Calgary; PhD, Indiana University)
Floyd E. Mattheis, Professor and Director of Summer Ventures (BS, University of North Dakota; MEd, EdD, University
of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Rhea L. Miles, Associate Professor (BS, James Madison University; PhD, University of Virginia)
Ronald V. Preston, Associate Professor (BS, Oakland City University; MS, University of Southern Indiana; PhD, Indiana University)
Sidney L. Rachlin, Professor (BS, Shippensburg University; MA, Lehigh University; EdD, University of Georgia)
Brent Ream, Teaching Instructor (BS, College of William and Mary; MS, MAT, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Sharon Schleigh, Assistant Professor (BA, University of Hawaii; MAED, University of Phoenix; EdD, Arizona State University)
Catherine Stein Schwartz, Assistant Professor (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MEd, PhD, University of
North Carolina, Greensboro)
Rose Sinicrope, Associate Professor (BS, Concord College; MA, West Virginia University; EdD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
and State University)
Patricia J. Slagter van Tryon, Assistant Professor (BS, Temple University; MA, Arcadia University; EdD, Lehigh University)
William A. Sugar, Associate Professor (BA, Sonoma State University; MS, Simmons College; PhD, Indiana University)
Anthony D. Thompson, Associate Professor (BS, Northwestern State University of Louisiana; MS, PhD, Florida State University)
Margaret B. Wirth, Teaching Instructor (BA, MAEd, East Carolina University)
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
Michael A. Dorsey, Interim Dean and Professor (BSE Eastern Illinois University; MA Bowling Green State University;
MFA Bowling Green State University)
Susan Beck-Frazier, Associate Dean (BM, MM, EdD, East Carolina University)
Michael Crane, Assistant Dean of Marketing and Outreach (BA, MA, University of Missouri)
Mary Jane Gaddis, Director of Development (AAS, Wake Forest Technical College)
School of Art and Design
Michael H. Drought, Professor and Director (BS, University of Wisconsin-Madison; MFA, University of Wisconsin-Madison)
Kelly Adams, Associate Professor (BFA, MFA, East Carolina University)
Alice Arnold, Associate Professor (BFA, Illinois Wesleyan University; MA, EdD, University of Illinois)
Cynthia A. Bickley-Green, Associate Professor (BA, MA, University of Maryland; MA, George Washington University;
PhD, University of Georgia)
Carl R. Billingsley, Professor (BFA, MFA, University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Beth Blake, Associate Professor (BFA, Virginia Commonwealth University; MFA, Ohio University)
Jelena Bogdanovic, Assistant Professor (Undergraduate degree from School of Architecture, University of Belgrade,
Serbia; MA, Vanderbilt University; MA Art and Archaeology, Princeton University)
Jessica Christie, Associate Professor (Studies in Art History, University of Munich; MA, University of Erlangen, Nurenberg,
West Germany; MA, PhD, University of Texas, Austin)
SECTION 10: FACULTY
543
Hsiao-Kang Chu, Assistant Professor (BA, MFA, University of North Carolina)
Linda Darty, Professor (BS, University of Florida; MFA, East Carolina University)
Michael Dermody, Assistant Professor (BA, MFA, California State University, Sacramento; MS, Ithaca College)
Michael H. Duffy, Associate Professor (BA, MA, University of New Hampshire; MA, Michigan State University;
PhD, University of Illinois)
Scott Eagle, Associate Professor, Assistant Director, Graduate Director (BFA, MFA, East Carolina University)
Robert Ebendorf, Carol Grotnes Belk Distinguished Professor (BFA, MFA, University of Kansas)
Matthew Egan, Assistant Professor (BFA, University of Windsor; MFA, University of South Dakota)
Michael William Ehlbeck, Professor (BFA, University of Illinois; MFA, University of Florida)
Ray E. Elmore, Jr., Teaching Instructor (BFA, The Maryland Art Institute; MFA, University of Michigan)
Seo Eo, Associate Professor (BFA, Utah State University; MFA, Indiana University)
Holly Garriott, Teaching Instructor and Executive Director of Emerge Gallery (BS, James Madison University; BFA, East
Carolina University; MFA East Carolina University)
Wayne Godwin, Associate Professor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University; MPD, North Carolina State University)
Ronald S. Graziani, Associate Professor (BA, University of California, Los Angeles; MA, State University of New York,
Stony Brook; PhD, University of California, Los Angeles)
Erick Y. Green, Assistant Professor (BA, North Carolina State University; MFA, University of Southern California)
Robin Haller, Associate Professor (BFA, MFA, Kent State University)
Mi Sook Hur, Associate Professor (BFA, Seoul National University, Korea; MFA, University of Wisconsin, Madison)
Hanna Jubran, Professor (BFA, MFA, University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Audrey Kilgore, Associate Professor (BD, Atlantic Christian College; MFA, East Carolina University)
Nanyoung Kim, Associate Professor (BA, MA, Seoul National University; EdD, MA, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign)
Kate LaMere, Assistant Professor (PhD, University of Minnesota)
Timothy Lazure, Associate Professor (BFA, Rochester Institute of Technology; MFA University of Massachusetts, Dartmouth)
Gilbert W. Leebrick, Associate Professor (BFA, Med, University of Hawaii; MFA, Clemson University)
Jackie Leebrick, Associate Professor (BS, Florida State University; MFA, Clemson University)
Susan Luddeke, Teaching Instructor (BFA, MFA, East Carolina University)
Punam Madhok, Associate Professor (BFA, Visva-Bharati University; MA, PhD, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign)
Mark Malley, Associate Professor (BS, MS, Southern Connecticut State University; PhD, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Craig D. Malmrose, Professor (BA, State University of New York, Fredonia; MFA, Rochester Institute of Technology)
Joan Manseld, Associate Professor (BFA, MFA, East Carolina University)
Ann Melanie, Academic Advisor (BFA, MFA, East Carolina University)
Sharon Pruitt, Associate Professor (BS, Case Western Reserve University; MA, Howard University; PhD, Ohio State University)
Robert Quinn, Assistant Professor (AA, Young Harris College; BSEd, PhD, University of Georgia, Athens)
Dindy Reich, Teaching Instructor (BA, Grinnell College; MFA, Indiana University)
Terry Smith, Professor (BA, BFA, California State University, Northridge; MFA, Cranbrook Academy of Art)
Borim Song, Assistant Professor (EdD, Seoul Women’s University)
Gunnar Swanson, Assistant Professor (BA, University of California, Los Angeles; MFA, California State University, Fullerton)
Michael Tierno, Assistant Professor (BA, MFA, City College of New York)
James Tisnado, Associate Professor (BA, California State University; BFA, University of Iowa; MFA, Ohio University)
Carl Twarog, Associate Professor (BA, State University of New York, Buffalo; MFA, Massachusetts College of Art)
Michael Voors, Professor (BFA, Indiana University; MFA, Eastern Michigan University)
Catherine C. E. Walker Bailey, Professor (BFA, MFA, East Carolina University)
Ken C. Wyatt, Assistant Professor (BS, Norfolk State University; MFA, Temple University)
Christine Zoller, Associate Professor (BS, State College of Buffalo, New York; MFA, The University of Georgia)
School of Communication
Linda Godbold Kean, Associate Professor and Director (BS, University of Illinois; MA, PhD, University of Wisconsin)
T. Harrell Allen, Professor (BJ, University of Texas; MS, West Virginia University; PhD, Ohio State)
Barbara C. Bullington, Teaching Instructor (BA, MS, Shippensburg University)
Michael Cavanagh, Teaching Instructor (BA, MA, Colorado State University; JD, University of Denver, College of Law)
Rebecca J. Dumlao, Associate Professor (BS, Penn State University; MS, Oregon State University; PhD, University
of Wisconsin)
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATIONS
544
Cindy J. Elmore, Assistant Professor (BS, James Madison University; MA, University of Leicester; PhD, University of
North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Festus Eribo, Professor (BA, MA, State University of Leningrad; PhD, University of Wisconsin)
Todd A. Fraley, Associate Professor (BS, James Madison University; MA, PhD, University of Georgia)
Joshua Godwin, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Oregon; MA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Pamela Davis Hopkins, Teaching Instructor (BA, Clemson University; MA, Pennsylvania State University)
John W. Howard, III, Associate Professor (AS, North Country Community College; BA, SUNY Binghamton; MS, University
of Rochester; MA, PhD, Bowling Green State University)
Glenn Hubbard, Assistant Professor (BS, MA, Appalachian State University; PhD, University of Tennessee)
Jin-Ae Kang, Assistant Professor (BA, Handong University; MA, Sogang University; PhD, The University of Alabama-Tuscaloosa)
Kris Kirschbaum, Assistant Professor (BA, University of California, Los Angeles; MA, PhD, University of New Mexico)
Brian L. Massey, Assistant Professor (BA, MA, University of West Florida; PhD, Florida State University)
Aysel Morin, Assistant Professor (BA, MA, Anadolu University; PhD, University of Nebraska)
Laura C. Prividera, Associate Professor (BS, University at Albany, State University of New York; MA, PhD, Bowling
Green State University)
Sachiyo M. Shearman, Assistant Professor (BA, Kitakyushu University; MA, PhD, Michigan State University)
Eric B. Shouse, Assistant Professor (BA, Indiana University; MA, San Diego State University; PhD, University of South Florida)
Deborah M. Thomson, Assistant Professor (BA, MA, PhD, University of North Carolina)
Mary Tucker-McLaughlin, Assistant Professor (BA, University of Illinois; MS, Southern Illinois University)
Linda Vangelis, Assistant Professor (BS, MA, Northern Illinois University; PhD, University of South Florida)
School of Music
J. Christopher Buddo, Professor and Director (BM, James Madison University; MA, DMA, University of Iowa)
Jeffrey J. Bair, Associate Professor (BM, Bowling Green State University; MM, University of North Texas; DMA, University
of North Texas)
Joanne M. Bath, Hardy Distinguished Professor (BM, Denison University; MM, University of Michigan)
George LeBlanc Broussard, Professor (BME, University of Southwestern Louisiana; MM, Northwestern University)
Jennifer Bugos, Associate Professor (BM, University of Florida; MM, University of Central Florida; PhD, University of Florida)
Mary A. Burroughs, Professor (BM, University of Missouri; MM, University of Wisconsin; DMA, University of Illinois)
Kerry D. Carlin, Associate Professor and Chairperson, Keyboard Department (BM, Cleveland Institute of Music; MM,
DME, Indiana University)
Amy Carr-Richardson, Associate Professor (BM, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga; MM, PhD, Florida State University)
R. Scott Carter, Professor and Chairperson, Instrumental Department (BM, MM, East Carolina University; DMA,
University of Cincinnati)
Carroll V. Dashiell, Jr., Associate Professor (BM, MM, Howard University)
Marc R. Faris, Teaching Assistant Professor (BM, Eastman School of Music; PhD, Duke University)
Leonid Finkelshteyn, Teaching Instructor (BM, MM, Leningrad Conservatory)
Elliot P. Frank, Professor (BM, University of Georgia; MM, Southern Methodist University; DM, Florida State University)
John Franklin, Teaching Assistant Professor (BM, MM, Florida State University; DMA Indiana University)
Catherine Garner, Teaching Assistant Professor (BM, Louisiana State University; MM, Florida State University;
DMA, Eastman School of Music)
Alisa W. Gilliam, Teaching Instructor (BM, MM, East Carolina University)
Ara Gregorian, Associate Professor (BM, MM, Juilliard School of Music)
Emanuel Gruber (Gour), Associate Professor (BM, MM, The Jerusalem Rubin Academy of Music and Dance)
Christopher Grymes, Associate Professor (BM, Indiana University; MM, East Carolina University)
Christine M. Gustafson, Professor (BM, Indiana University; MM, Eastman School of Music; DMA, University of Texas)
Michelle P. Hairston, Professor and Chairperson, Department of Music Education (BM, MEd, EdD, University of Georgia;
RMT-BC)
Linda R. High, Associate Professor (BM, Texas Christian University; MM, North Texas State University; EdD, University
of North Carolina, Greensboro)
Benjamin Hochman, Assistant Professor (BM, Curtis Institute of Music; MM, Mannes College The New School for Music)
Thomas J. Huener, Associate Professor and Chairperson, Department of Theory, Composition, and Musicology
(BA, Kalamazoo College; MM, Southern Illinois University; MFA, PhD, University of Iowa)
SECTION 10: FACULTY
545
C. Gregory Hurley, Associate Professor (BM, University of North Carolina, Greensboro; MM, University of Texas;
PhD, University of Wisconsin)
Edward Jacobs, Associate Professor (BA, University of Massachusetts at Amherst; MA, University of California at
Berkeley; DMA, Columbia University)
Jay A. Juchniewicz, Assistant Professor (BME, MME, PhD, Florida State University)
John Kramar, Associate Professor (BM, Eastman School of Music; MM, Curtis Institute of Music)
Michael LaRoche, Instructional and Technology Consultant for Recording and Media Services (BM, University of Delaware;
MM, East Carolina University)
Thomas McCaslin, Assistant Professor (L. Mus, McGill University; MM, Arizona State University)
Barbara C. Memory, Associate Professor (BM, BS, Michigan State University; MM, Florida State University; PhD, Michigan
State University; RMT-BC)
Kevin N. Moll, Associate Professor (BA, University of Pennsylvania; MM, New England Conservatory of Music;
PhD, Stanford University)
Sharon Munden, Associate Professor and Chairperson, Department of Vocal Studies (BM, Mars Hill College;
MM, University of Illinois)
Christopher Nappi, Teaching Instructor (BM, Manhattan School of Music)
Jocelyn Nelson, Teaching Assistant Professor (BM, MA, Lamont School of Music; DMA, University of Colorado)
Bo N. Newsome, Teaching Instructor (BM, Artist’s Diploma, University of Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music)
John B. O’Brien, Professor (BM, MM, DMA, University of Southern California)
Melissa L. Reardon, Assistant Professor (BM, Curtis Institute of Music; MM, GD, New England Conservatory of Music)
Mario Rey, Associate Professor (BA, Florida International University; MA, Florida Atlantic University; MM, University
of South Florida; PhD, Florida State University)
Jami Rhodes, Assistant Professor (BM, East Carolina University; MM, University of South Carolina; DMA, Louisiana
State University)
Mark D. Richardson, Associate Professor (BM, University of Kansas; MM, PhD, Florida State University)
Jorge L. Richter, Assistant Professor (BA, Parana State School of Music; MM, Andrews University; DMA, Michigan
State University)
Andrew Scanlon, Teaching Instructor (BM, Duquesne University; MM, Yale University)
Keiko Sekino, Assistant Professor (BA, MM, Yale University; DMA, Peabody Conservatory of the Johns Hopkins University)
Perry Smith, Associate Professor (BM, Oberlin College; MM, Indiana University; DMA, University of Kentucky)
Eric A. Stellrecht, Teaching Instructor (BM, University of Wisconsin; MM, University of Michigan)
Mark A. Taggart, Professor (BA, University of Louisville; MFA, DMA, Cornell University)
Britton E. Theurer, Professor (BM, Western Michigan University; MM, Bowling Green State University; DMA, Florida
State University)
Christopher Ulffers, Associate Professor and Associate Director of Administrative Support (BM, Southern Illinois
University at Edwardsville; MM, Indiana University)
Jonathan D. Wacker, Associate Professor (BM, North Texas State University; MM, University of Nevada, Reno;
DM, Indiana University)
Lori Wacker, Teaching Assistant Professor (BM, University of Saskatchewan; MM, PhD, Indiana University)
Jeffery T. Ward, Assistant Professor (BA, Rollins College; MM, East Carolina University, DMA, Shenandoah University)
School of Theatre and Dance
John Shearin, Professor and Director (AB, College of William and Mary; MFA, Pennsylvania State University)
Robert C. Alpers, Associate Professor (BS, Iowa State University; MA, University of Connecticut; MFA, Brandeis University)
Robert Caprio, Associate Professor (BFA, East Carolina University; MFA, Syracuse University)
Jill Carlson, Associate Professor (BS, Illinois State University; MFA, Western Illinois University)
John A. Carlson, Teaching Instructor (BA, Salisbury State University; MFA, Western Illinois University)
Dawn Clark, Associate Professor (BFA, Ohio University; MEd, Bowling Green State University; EdD, University of North
Carolina, Greensboro)
Patricia Clark, Associate Professor (BFA, MFA, Virginia Commonwealth University)
Steven C. Crick, Assistant Professor (BA, University of Wisconsin; MFA, University of Missouri)
F. Leonard Darby, Associate Professor (BFA, MFA, Florida State University)
Teal Darkenwald, Assistant Professor (BFA, State University of New York; MFA, University of Arizona)
John Dixon, Assistant Professor (BA, University of Maryland; MBA, University of Washington)
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATIONS
546
Teresa A. Donohue, Associate Professor (BA, University of the Pacic; MFA, University of California, Davis)
Gregory Funaro, Associate Professor (BA, University of New Hampshire; MA, Brown University; MFA, Florida State
University)
Tommi Galaska, Teaching Instructor (BFA, East Carolina University)
Lisa Grant, Teaching Instructor (BM, MM, East Carolina University)
Galina R. Panova, Associate Professor (Ballet Artist, Perm Choreographic School of Ballet)
Jeni Parker, Associate Professor (BA, Lehigh University; MFA, Ohio University)
T. Reid Parker, Assistant Professor (BA, Western Carolina University; MFA, Ohio University)
Jeffery B. Phipps, Associate Professor (BA, Berea College; MFA, University of Texas at Austin)
Clarine Powell, Teaching Instructor (AA, Saint Mary’s College; BA, Salem College; MEd, University of North Carolina,
Charlotte)
Rhonda Riley, Teaching Instructor (BM, East Carolina University; MM, University of South Florida)
Natalie Stewart, Associate Professor (BA, University of Utah; MFA, National Theatre Conservatory, Denver)
Michael H. Tahaney, Assistant Professor (BA, University of Central Florida; MFA, San Diego State University)
Dayton A. Vesper, Piano Accompanist (BM, East Carolina University)
Patricia Weeks, Associate Professor (BA, Mississippi State University; MA, Texas Woman’s University; MFA, University
of Utah)
Jeffery Woodruff, Teaching Instructor (BA, East Carolina University; MA, American University)
COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
Glen G. Gilbert, Professor and Dean (BS, MS, University of Oregon; PhD, Ohio State University)
James T. Decker, Associate Professor and Associate Dean (BS, MS, State University of New York College, Brockport;
PhD, Ohio State University)
Susan A. McGhee, Associate Professor and Associate Dean (BS, MS, Florida State University; PhD, University of Maryland)
Department of Exercise and Sport Science
Stacey R. Altman, Associate Professor and Chairperson (BA, Coastal Carolina University; MAEd, University of Georgia;
JD, University of Alabama)
D. Allen Adeimy, Teaching Instructor (BS, Appalachian State University; MA, UNC Pembroke)
Boni B. Boswell, Associate Professor (BS, University of Texas, Austin; MA, University of Texas, Arlington; PhD, Texas
Woman’s University)
William E. Cain, Assistant to the Dean (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Lucas Carr (BS, MS, PhD, University of Wyoming)
Ronald N. Cortright, Professor (BA, Hiram College; MA, PhD, Kent State University)
Kathryn L. Davis, Associate Professor (BS, University of North Carolina at Greensboro; MA, University of North Carolina
at Chapel Hill; PhD, Temple University)
Rebecca A. Davis, Teaching Instructor (BS, MA, East Carolina University)
D. Michael Dawson, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Paul DeVita, Professor (BA, State University of New York, Binghamton; MS, PhD, University of Oregon)
Katrina DuBose, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Toledo; MS, PhD, University of South Carolina)
Dana S. Espinosa, Associate Professor (BS, Auburn University; MAEd, Nicholl’s State University; PhD, Texas
Woman’s University)
Clinton Etheridge, Teaching Instructor (BA, MS, East Carolina University)
Peter A. Farrell, Professor (BS, MEd, Bowling Green State University; PhD, University of Arizona)
Timothy P. Gavin, Professor (BS, MS, PhD, Indiana University)
Scott E. Gordon, Associate Professor (BS, Bowdoin College; MS, PhD, The Pennsylvania State University)
Robert C. Hickner, Professor (BS, Indiana University; MS, Ball State University; PhD, Karolinska Institute)
Tibor Hortobagyi, Professor (BS, University College, Hungary; MS, PhD, University of Massachusetts)
Joseph A. Houmard, Professor and Director, Human Performance Laboratory (BA, Manchester College; MA, Miami
University; PhD, Ball State University)
Kandy L. Houmard, Teaching Instructor (BS, RN, University of Toledo; MA, Ball State University)
Kristina Karvinen, Assistant Professor (BA, Queen’s University; MA, York University; PhD, University of Alberta)
C. David Kemble, Teaching Instructor (BS, MA, East Carolina University)
SECTION 10: FACULTY
547
COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
Rhonda K. Kenny, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MAEd, East Carolina University)
Bomna Ko, Assistant Professor (BS, MA, Seoul National University; PhD, The Ohio State University)
Matthew Mahar, Professor (BSE, State University of New York, Cortland; MEd, EdD, University of Houston)
Michael R. McCammon, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of South Carolina; MA, East Carolina University)
Mark E. Moore, Assistant Professor (BS, Kent State University; MBA, PhD, University of Pittsburgh)
Nicholas P. Murray, Associate Professor (BS, George Mason University; MS, Virginia Tech; PhD, University of Florida)
P. Darrell Neufer, Professor (BS, West Virginia Wesleyan College; MS, Ball State University; PhD, East Carolina University)
Eva Price, Teaching Instructor (BS, MA, Western Carolina University)
Thomas D. Raedeke, Associate Professor (BA, Concordia College; MS, University of Idaho, Moscow; PhD, University
of Oregon)
Patrick Rider, Teaching Instructor (BS, MA, East Carolina University)
Melanie Sartore, Assistant Professor (BS, Western Illinois; MS, Indiana University; PhD, Texas A&M University)
Charles J. Tanner, Research Instructor (BS, MA, East Carolina University)
Jessica Van Meter, Research Instructor (BS, MA, East Carolina University)
Paul Zalewski, Teaching Instructor (BS, State University of New York College, Cortland; MA, East Carolina University)
Donghai Zheng, Research Associate (BA, Nanjing University; MA, MS, PhD, East Carolina University)
Department of Health Education and Promotion
Sharon M. Knight, Professor and Interim Chairperson (BS, University of West Florida; MAHE, PhD, University of Florida)
Victor G. Aeby, Jr., Associate Professor (BSEd, University of Arkansas; MS, Western Kentucky University; EdD, University
of Georgia)
Alice Anderson, Associate Professor (BA, MS, Central Michigan University; PhD, Bowling Green State University)
Craig Becker, Associate Professor (BS, Purdue University; MS, Ball State University; PhD, Arizona State University)
David Birch, Professor (BS, Slippery Rock University; MS, Towson University; PhD, Pennsylvania State University)
Charla Blumell, Teaching Instructor (BS, MA, East Carolina University)
Sloane Burke, Assistant Professor (BS, California State University, Northridge; MS, University of North Texas;
PhD, Texas Woman’s University)
Jennifer Cremeens, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Florida; MSPH, University of South Carolina; PhD, University
of Alabama at Birmingham)
Edward Crotts, Teaching Instructor (BS, MS, East Carolina University)
Shauna Dixon, Teaching Instructor (BS, MA, East Carolina University)
Barry Elmore, Teaching Instructor (BS, Mount Olive College; MA, East Carolina University)
W. Michael Felts, Professor (BS, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University; MS, University of Kentucky;
PhD, University of Maryland)
Mary Alice Glascoff, Professor (BS, University of Massachusetts; MSN, Mississippi University for Women; EdD, West
Virginia University)
Rose Haddock, Teaching Instructor (BA, BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Melissa J. Haithcox, Assistant Professor (BS, North Carolina Central University; MA, Montclair State University;
PhD, Southern Illinois University)
William E. Hill, Jr., Teaching Instructor (BS, Delaware State University; MSA, Central Michigan University)
Charles Humphrey, Assistant Professor (BS, MS, NC State University; PhD, East Carolina University)
Hans H. Johnson, Associate Professor (BS, MS, EdD, Montana State University)
Timothy R. Kelley, Professor (BS, MEd, PhD, University of Georgia)
Anthony S. Kulas, Assistant Professor (BS, Westeld State College; MA, Western Michigan University; PhD, University
of North Carolina, Greensboro)
Elizabeth M. Lee, Teaching Instructor (BA, The College of Wooster; MA, East Carolina University)
Ryan J. Martin, Assistant Professor (BS, Eastern Illinois University; MS, University of Illinois, Champaign-Urbana;
PhD, University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa)
Suezanne T. Orr, Associate Professor (BA, MA, Wake Fore University, PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Andrew D. Pickett, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Susanne G. Raedeke, Teaching Instructor (BA, Gettysburg College; MA, Western Michigan University)
Alice R. Richman, Assistant Professor (BA, North Carolina State University; MPH, Boston University; PhD, University of
South Florida)
548
SECTION 10: FACULTY
Sharon D. Rogers, Assistant Professor (BS, College of William and Mary; MS, Certicate of Gerontology, University of
South Carolina; PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
Mustafa I. Selim, Professor (BS, MS, University of Cairo; PhD, University of Mississippi)
Joe S. Shrader, Associate Professor (BS, MEd, Miami University, Ohio; PhD, Michigan State University)
Debra F. Tavasso, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Karen Vail-Smith, Teaching Instructor (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MS, MPA, East Carolina University)
Michelle Wallen, Assistant Professor (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MPH, PhD, University of North
Carolina, Greensboro)
Kathleen W. Walsh, Associate Professor (BS, Oregon State University; MS, Illinois State University; EdD, University of
Southern California)
Jamie T. Williams, Teaching Instructor (BS, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Department of Recreation and Leisure Studies
Debra Jordan, Professor and Chairperson (BS, Slippery Rock State University; MS, Western Illinois University;
ReD, Indiana University)
Nelson L. Cooper, Associate Professor (BS, NC State University; MA, East Carolina University; PhD, Clemson University)
Joseph Fridgen, Professor (BA, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of California at Davis)
David K. Loomis, Associate Professor (BS, Michigan State University; MS, Colorado State University; PhD, Texas A&M
University)
David P. Loy, Associate Professor (BS, Georgia Southern College; MA, PhD, University of Georgia)
William Obenour, Associate Professor (BS, Indiana University of Pennsylvania; MEd, Bowling Green State University;
PhD, Clemson University)
Rebecca Riedl, Teaching Instructor (BS, MS, East Carolina University)
Carmen V. Russoniello, Associate Professor (BA, MS, Eastern Washington University; PhD, Gonzaga University)
Paige P. Schneider, Instructor (BS, Bowling Green State University; MS Bowling Green State University)
Kindal A. Shores, Associate Professor (BS, Ball State University; MS, PhD, Texas A & M University)
Thomas K. Skalko, Professor (BS, MEd, University of Georgia; PhD, University of Maryland)
Gretchen Snethen, Instructor (BS, University of Kansas; MS, East Carolina University)
Cheryl A. Stevens, Associate Professor (BS, MA, PhD, The Ohio State University)
Hans Vogelsong, Associate Professor (BS, Pennsylvania State, MS, University of Ohio; PhD, Pennsylvania State University)
Clifton Watts, Assistant Professor (BS, Bridgewater State University; MS, Pennsylvania State University; PhD, Pennsylvania
State University)
Robert C. Wendling, Associate Professor (BS, MS, Southern Illinois University; PhD, Texas A & M)
Wendy C. Whisner, Teaching Instructor (BS, MS, East Carolina University)
Richard T. Williams, Associate Professor (BS, Virginia Commonwealth University; BA, MA, EdD, University of Georgia)
OFF ICE OF MILITARY PROGRAMS
Steve Duncan, Professor and Director (BA, University of Kentucky; MT, PhD, University of Arizona)
Department of Aerospace Studies
Daniel P. Bair, Assistant Professor (BA, The Pennsylvania State University)
Robert T. Lord, Assistant Professor (BA, Friends University)
Patricia A. Sergey, Professor and Department Chairperson (BA, Kent State University; MA, University of Oklahoma;
MA, Air University)
Department of Military Science
Twondell Baylor, Assistant Military Instructor
Eric F. Buller, Assistant Professor (BS, United States Military Academy; MED, College of William and Mary)
Steven L. Delvaux, Professor and Department Chairperson (BS, United States Military Academy; MA, PhD, Florida
State University)
James R. Hunter, Senior Military Instructor
Ronald R. Roseboro, Jr., Assistant Professor (BS, Winston-Salem State University)
Glenn L. Young, Assistant Professor (BS, Excelsior College State University New York; MA, Touro College, New York)
549
COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY
COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY
Judy Siguaw, Professor and Dean (BBA, Lamar University; MBA, DBA, Louisiana Tech University)
Margie L. Gallagher, Professor and Associate Dean of Research and Graduate Studies (BS, University of Tennessee;
MS, University of Florida; PhD, University of California, Davis)
Ginger A. Woodard, Associate Professor and Associate Dean (BS, Meredith College; MEd, PhD, University of North
Carolina, Greensboro)
Mary Lisa Pories, Teaching Instructor and Grants Coordinator (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MSW,
East Carolina University)
Department of Child Development and Family Relations
Cynthia E. Johnson, Professor and Chairperson (BS, North Carolina Central University; MS, East Carolina University;
PhD, Ohio State University)
Sharon Ballard, Associate Professor (BS, University of Maine; MS, PhD, University of Tennessee)
Eboni Baugh, Assistant Professor (BA, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; MS, East Carolina University;
PhD, Florida State University)
Susannah Berry, Teaching Instructor (BS, MS, East Carolina University)
Barbara Brehm, Teaching Instructor (BA, Hope College; MEd, University of North Carolina, Greensboro)
Elizabeth A. Carroll, Associate Professor (BS, University of Mississippi; MS, East Carolina University; JD, Mississippi College)
Priti Desai, Assistant Professor (MPH, Emory University; MS, PhD, Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda, India)
Bernice Dodor, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Ghana; MS, PhD, Iowa State University)
David A. Dosser, Jr., Professor (BS, University of Georgia; MEd, Georgia State University; PhD, University of Georgia)
Archana Hegde, Assistant Professor (BS, MS, Nirmala Niketa, India; PhD University of North Carolina, Greensboro)
E. Wayne Hill, Professor (AA, Anderson College; BA, Erskine College; MDiv, Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary;
MEd, PhD, University of North Carolina, Greensboro)
Jennifer Hodgson, Associate Professor (BA, University of Akron; MS, Northern Illinois University; PhD, Iowa State University)
Cheryl Johnson, Associate Professor (BS, Oregon State University; MS, PhD, Virginia Polytechnic and State University)
Bryce L. Jorgensen, Assistant Professor (BS, Brigham Young University; MS, PhD, Virginia Polytechnic and State University)
Angela Lamson, Associate Professor (BA, MS, PhD, Iowa State University)
Linda Mitchell, Associate Professor (BSEd, MEd, Ohio University; PhD, The Pennsylvania State University)
Damon Rappleyea, Assistant Professor (BS, Brigham Young University; MEd, University of Oregon; PhD, Texas Tech
University)
Natalia Sira, Associate Professor (MD, Uzhhorod State University; PhD, Virginia Polytechnic and State University)
Alan Taylor, Assistant Professor BS, MS, Brigham Young University; PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
Jane K. Teleki, Professor (BS, East Carolina University; MSHE, University of North Carolina, Greensboro; PhD, Oklahoma
State University)
Sandra L. Triebenbacher, Associate Professor (BS, MS, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University; PhD, University
of Tennessee, Knoxville)
Carmel White, Assistant Professor (BS, MS, Brigham Young University; PhD, Kansas State University)
Mark White, Associate Professor (BA, MS, Brigham Young University; PhD, Kansas State University)
Barbara Woods, Assistant Professor (BS, Valparaiso University; MAT, University of Vermont; PhD, Ohio State University)
Ummuhan Yesil-Dagli, Assistant Professor (BS, Hacettepe University; MS, PhD, Florida State University)
Department of Criminal Justice
William P. Bloss, Professor and Chairperson (BS, University of Houston-Downtown; MA, PhD, Sam Houston
State University)
James Anderson, Professor (BS, MS, Alabama State University; PhD, Sam Houston State University)
Matthew Johnson, Assistant Professor (BA, Baylor University; MA, PhD, Sam Houston State University)
Gerald Mark Jones, Professor (BS, University of Georgia; MS, Georgia State University; PhD, Sam Houston State University)
Naoki Kanaboshi, Assistant Professor (LLB, Aoyama Gakuin University; LLM, Waseda University; MLI, LLM, SJD, University
of Wisconsin Law School)
John Kerbs, Associate Professor (BS, Emory University; MSW, University of California, Berkley; MA, PhD, University
of Michigan)
550
SECTION 10: FACULTY
Hamid Kusha, Assistant Professor (BA, Abadan Institute of Technology; MA, PhD, University of Kentucky)
Daniel Lytle, Instructor (BA, Marquette University; MS, PhD Candidate, University of Cincinnati)
Nancie Mangels, Assistant Professor (BS, MS, Eastern Kentucky University; PhD, University of Missouri-Kansas City)
Patrice Morris, Assistant Professor (BS, University of the West Indies; MA, PhD, Rutgers University)
Department of Hospitality Management
Robert M. O’Halloran, Professor and Chairperson (BS, University of Massachusetts; MBA, PhD, Michigan State University)
James A. Chandler, Associate Professor (BS, Western Carolina University; MS, PhD, University of Tennessee, Knoxville;
CHA and CHE, Educational Institute of the AH&MA, East Lansing, Michigan)
Alleah Crawford, Assistant Professor (BA, MS, Auburn University)
Cynthia Deale, Associate Professor (BS, University of Puget Sound; MS, Michigan State University; PhD, University
of Denver)
Jacqueline DeChabert-Rios, Teaching Instructor (BS, Howard University; MS, Florida International University;
PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
Dori Dennison, Professor (BS, MS, Kansas State University, Manhattan; PhD, University of Missouri, Columbia)
David L. Edgell, Sr., Professor (BS, University of Kansas; BA, American University; MA, Indiana University; PhD, University
of Cincinnati)
George Fenich, Professor (BS, S.U.N.Y. Cortland; MS, Rennsalaer Polytechnic University; PhD, Rutgers University)
Dori Finley, RD, Professor (BS, MS, Kansas State University, Manhattan; PhD, University of Missouri, Columbia)
Kathryn Hashimoto, Associate Professor (BM, Ithaca College; MBA Management, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute;
MBA Marketing, MS, Fairleigh Dickinson University; PhD Marketing, Century University; PhD Curriculum and
Instruction, University of New Orleans)
Cynthia Deale O’Halloran, Associate Professor (BS, University of Puget Sound; MS, Michigan State University;
PhD, University of Denver)
David Rivera, Assistant Professor (BS, MS, University of South Carolina; PhD, Texas Tech University)
Marcia Taylor, Assistant Professor (AAS, New York City Community College; BBA, MBA, Pace University; PhD,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
Mel Weber, Associate Professor (BS, MBA, PhD, University of Missouri-Columbia)
Department of Interior Design and Merchandising
Katherine L. Swank (formerly Warsco), Associate Professor and Chairperson (BA, MA, PhD, Michigan State University)
Marina Alexander, Associate Professor (BS, Kerala University, India; HDSM [Honor Diploma in Systems Management],
Kerala University, India; Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing Management, IGNOU, India; MS, PhD, Auburn University)
Runying Chen, Associate Professor (BS, China Textile University; MS, Bowling Green University; PhD, Ohio State University)
Charles Gustina, Assistant Professor (BA, Georgetown University; MFA, Virginia Commonwealth University)
Walter Huntley McKinnon, Teaching Assistant Professor (BA, North Carolina State University; MArch, Princeton University)
Susan Martin Meggs, Assistant Professor (MFA, University of Wisconsin; MEA, Fordham University)
Erin Parrish, Assistant Professor (BS, MS, PhD, North Carolina State University)
Ronald M. (Reece) Allen, Assistant Professor (BS, MS, PhD, North Carolina State University)
Yaprak Savut, Associate Professor (BS, Middle East Technical University; MFA, PhD, Bilkent University)
Rebecca Sweet, Associate Professor (BA, Emory & Henry College; BFA, MFA, Virginia Commonwealth University;
MEd, University of Virginia)
Ginger A. Woodard, Associate Professor and Associate Dean (BS, Meredith College; MEd, PhD, University of North
Carolina, Greensboro)
Department of Nutrition and Dietetics
William Forsythe, Professor and Chairperson (BS, MS, University of Florida; PhD, Michigan State University)
Oyinlola Babatunde, RD, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Ibadan, Ibadan, Nigeria; MS, University of West Indies,
Kingston Jamaica; PhD, Florida International University)
Sarah Colby, RD, Assistant Professor (BS, Florida State University; MHS, Western Carolina University; PhD, University
of North Carolina at Greensboro)
Melani Duffrin, RD, Associate Professor (BS, MS, Western Illinois University; PhD, Ohio University)
Sylvia Escott-Stump, RD, Teaching Instructor (BS, MA, Indiana University of Pennsylvania)
551
COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY
Margie L. Gallagher, RD, Professor and Associate Dean (BS, University of Tennessee; MS, University of Florida;
PhD, University of California, Davis)
Nancy G. Harris, RD, Clinical Instructor (BS, Winthrop College; MS, East Carolina University)
Kimberly Heidal, RD, Assistant Professor (BS, MHS, Western Carolina University; PhD, University of Nebraska)
Ian Hines, PhD, Assistant Professor (BS, University of North Carolina at Asheville; PhD, Louisiana State University
Health Sciences Center)
Brenda Bertrand, Associate Professor (BS, Auburn University; MS, University of Alabama, Birmingham; PhD, Auburn University)
Diana Saum, Teaching Instructor (BS, MS, The Ohio State University)
Roman Pawlak, Associate Professor (BS, Wyzsze Seminarium Duchowne, Podkowa Lesna, Poland; MS, Andrews
University; PhD, University of Southern Mississippi)
Michael Wheeler, Associate Professor (BS, Appalachian State University; PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
School of Social Work
Shelia G. Bunch, Professor and Director (BS, East Carolina University; MSW, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill;
PhD, North Carolina State University)
Margaret Arnd-Caddigan, Associate Professor (BA, University of Illinois; MA, MSW, University of Chicago; PhD, Loyola
University, Chicago)
Paige Averett, Assistant Professor (BS, Montreat College; MSW, Washington University in St. Louis; PhD, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute and State University)
Lena W. Carawan, Associate Professor (BSW, East Carolina University; MSW, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill;
PhD, Memorial University of Newfoundland)
Tracy Carpenter-Aeby, Associate Professor (BA, MSW, PhD, University of Georgia)
Beth Dunn, Clinical Instructor (BSW, MSW, Adelphi University)
Brenda J. Eastman, Associate Professor (BSW, MSW, PhD, Virginia Commonwealth University)
Linner W. Grifn, Professor (BA, University of North Carolina, Greensboro; MSW, University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill; EdD, University of Houston)
David Harrison, Professor (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MSW, PhD, University of Minnesota)
Mary S. Jackson, Professor (BA, Notre Dame College of Ohio; MSSA, PhD, Case Western Reserve University)
Carol Jenkins, Associate Professor (BS, Binghamton University; MPA, PhD, Syracuse University)
Kerry Littlewood, Associate Professor (BSW, North Carolina State University; MSW, PhD, University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill)
Monte Miller, Associate Professor (BSW, MSW, PhD, University of Maine)
Blace Nalavany, Assistant Professor (BA, University of Tampa; MSW, PhD Florida State University)
Elizabeth Osborne, Teaching Instructor (BSW, East Carolina University; MSW, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
John H. Pierpont, Associate Professor (BA, McMurry College; MTh, Southern Methodist University; MSW, PhD, University
of Kansas)
Nancy Pierson, Field Director (BA, Rowan University; MDiv, Princeton Theological Seminary; MSW, East Carolina University)
Richard Pozzuto, Associate Professor (BS, Cornell University; MA, University of Kentucky; MSW, Rutgers University;
PhD, University of Oregon)
Kelley Reinsmith-Jones, Assistant Professor BA, University of Alaska Southeast; MSW, Eastern Washington University;
PhD, Gonzaga University)
Fran Yong, Assistant Professor (BA, Hallym College; MA, Ewha Women’s University; PhD, State University of New York,
Albany)
Intae Yoon, Assistant Professor (BA, Konkuk University; MSW, PhD, University of South Carolina)
552
SECTION 10: FACULTY
COLLEGE OF NURSING
Sylvia T. Brown, RN, CNE, Professor and Dean (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University; EdD, North Carolina State University)
Martha Alligood, RN, ANEF, Professor (BSN, University of Virginia; MSN, Ohio State University; PhD, New York University)
Alta W. Andrews, RN, Clinical Professor, Co-Interim Associate Dean Undergraduate Program, Director of Community
Partnerships and Practice (BSN, East Carolina University; MPH, DrPH, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Jeanette Avery, RN, Clinical Associate Professor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University)
Rebecca Bagley, RN, CNM, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, MSN, CNM, East Carolina University)
Lou Anne Baldree, MD, Clinical Associate Professor (BS, MD, East Carolina University)
Kristen Barbee, RN, CNE, Clinical Instructor (BSN, Gardner-Webb University; MSN, East Carolina University)
Nicole Barrett, RN, ARNP, NNP-BC, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, Shenandoah University; MSN, East Carolina University)
Bonnie Benetato, RN, APRN, FNP-BC, Assistant Professor (BSN, MSN, PhD, The Catholic University of America;
MBA, American University)
Rebecca Beneld, RN, CNM, Associate Professor (BSN, University of North Carolina, Charlotte; MSN, University of
Kentucky; PhD, University of South Carolina)
Linda Bolin, RN, ANP, Clinical Associate Professor (BSN, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MSN, Medical University
of South Carolina, ANP Post Graduate Certicate, Duke University)
Josie Bowman, RN, Associate Professor, Chair, Department of Undergraduate Nursing Science, Senior Division (BSN, MSN,
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; DSN, University of Alabama at Birmingham)
Beth Bryant, RN, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University)
Joyce Buck, RN, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University)
Tristin Carpenter, RN, Clinical Instructor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University)
Kim Cherry, RN, FNP-BC, Clinical Instructor (BSN, MSN East Carolina University)
Sharon Cherry, RN, CNE, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, East Carolina University; MSN, University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill)
Cathy D. Clark, RN, CNM, Clinical Instructor (BSN, East Carolina University; MSN, East Carolina University)
Tamara Congdon, RN, Clinical Instructor (BSN, University of Michigan; MSN, Graceland University)
Garris Conner, RN, Associate Professor (BSN, Medical University of South Carolina; MSN, DSN, University of Alabama)
Robin Webb Corbett, RN, Associate Professor (BS, Atlantic Christian College; MSN, East Carolina University;
PhD, University of South Carolina)
John Core, Assistant Dean for Administration, Finance (BS, Montclair State College; MAEd, East Carolina University)
Barbara Courtney, RN, Teaching Assistant Professor (BSN, Norfolk State University; MSN, Old Dominion University)
Carol Cox, RN, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, University of Massachusetts, Amherst; MS, MPH, University of North
Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Jennifer Cuthrell, RN, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University)
Amanda Davis, RN, CPNP, NRP, Clinical Instructor (BSN, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MSN, Duke University)
Nellie Droes, RN, Clinical Associate Professor (BS, Stanford University; MS, University of Nevada; DNSc, University of
California, San Francisco)
Frances R. Eason, RN, CNE, BC, ANEF, Professor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University; MEd, EdD, North Carolina
State University)
Melydia Edge, RN, CRNA, Clinical Associate Professor (BSN, University of Texas, Arlington; MSN, University of Texas,
San Antonio)
Peggy Edmondson, RN, Clinical Instructor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University)
Cheryl Elhammoumi, RN, Clinical Instructor (BSN Barton College; MS, University of Phoenix)
Martha K. Engelke, RN, Professor, Associate Dean for Research and Scholarship (BSN, Michigan State University;
MPH, University of Michigan; PhD, North Carolina State University)
Lula W. Everett, RN, LMFT, Clinical Professor, Co-Interim Associate Dean Undergraduate Program (BSN, MSN, East
Carolina University; EdD, North Carolina State University)
Paul Gambrell, RN, CRNA, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, East Carolina University; MSN, University of North Carolina,
Greensboro; CRNA, Raleigh School of Anesthesia)
Laura Gantt, RN, Assistant Professor, Executive Director of Learning Technologies, Labs (BSN, Duke University; MSN,
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; PhD, University of Colorado)
Robert Green, RN, CNM, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, Pittsburg State University; MSN, University of Colorado)
553
Mark Hand, RN, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, University of New Hampshire; MS, University of New Hampshire,
Post-masters Certicate, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Kim Broady Hardy RN, FNP, Clinical Instructor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University)
Nancy Harnett, RN, PMHCNS-BC, Clinical Associate Professor (BSN, MSN, Catholic University of America;
PhD, University of Maryland)
Mary Holland, RN, Research Instructor (BSN, University of Missouri; MSN, East Carolina University)
Carolyn Horne, Clinical Instructor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University)
Krista Horne, RN, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, MSN, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Phyllis N. Horns, RN, FAAN, Professor and Vice-Chancellor Health Sciences Division (BSN, East Carolina University;
MPH, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; DSN, University of Alabama)
Elizabeth Jesse, RN, Associate Professor (BS, University of Minnesota; MSN, Vanderbilt University; PhD, University of
Tennessee)
Philip W. Julian, RN, Clinical Assistant Professor (BS, Wake Forest University; BSN, MSN, University of North Carolina,
Greensboro)
Barbara Kellam, RN, Assistant Professor (BFA, University of Georgia; BSN, Medical College of Georgia; MS/ARNP,
University of South Florida; PhD, Medical College of Georgia)
Susan Kidd, RN, Clinical Associate Professor (BSN, Barton College; MSN, East Carolina University)
Mary Kirkpatrick, RN, Professor (BSN, Emory University; MSN, University of Washington; EdD, North Carolina State
University)
Debra Kosko, RN, CRNP, FNP-BC, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, University of Texas at Austin; MSN, University of
California, Los Angeles)
Karen Krupa, RN, Clinical Assistant Professor (MS, BSN, East Carolina University; MPH, University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill)
Donna Lake, RN, Clinical Instructor (BSN, Suny Stony Brook University; MAEd, University of Oklahoma)
Wanda Lancaster, RN, Clinical Instructor (BSN, University of North Carolina at Charlotte, MSN, Indiana University,
NPMC, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Kim Larson, RN, Assistant Professor (BSN, College of St. Teresa; MPH, PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Betty B. Lease, RN, Clinical Associate Professor (BS, Barton College; MSN, MSRC, East Carolina University)
Darlene Listopad, RN, Clinical Instructor (BSN, McMaster University, MS, University of Phoenix, Graduate Certicate
Nursing Education, University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Bobby Lowery, RN, FNP, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, East Carolina University; MSN, Emory University)
Sharon Mallette, RN, MPH, FNP-BC, Clinical Associate Professor (BSN, North Carolina A&T State University;
MPH, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; Post-masters Certicate FNP, East Carolina University)
Linda Mayne, RN, Associate Professor (BSN, Bowling Green State University; MSN, MPA, East Carolina University;
PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Maura McAuliffe, RN, CRNA, FAAN, Professor (BS, George Washington University; MSNA, Virginia Commonwealth
University; MSN, PhD, University of Texas)
Cathy McLean, RN, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, University of Pittsburgh; MSN, East Carolina University)
Michele Mendes, RN, Assistant Professor (BSN, Simmons College; MS, Boston University; PhD, University of Rhode Island)
Jane Miles, RN, NEA-BC, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, Marquette University; MSN, Catholic University of America)
Frank Moore, RN, PMHCNS-BC Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, MSN, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Janice Neil, RN, Associate Professor, Chair, Department of Undergraduate Nursing Science, Junior Division (BSN, University
of Virginia; MS, PhD, Virginia Commonwealth University)
Melissa Ott, RN, FNP, NP-C, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, MS, University of New Hampshire)
Monica S. Parker, RN, CDE, Clinical Associate Professor (BSN, Fitchburg State College; MS, Boston College)
Annette Peery, RN, Assistant Professor (BSN, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MSN, East Carolina University,
EdD, North Carolina State University)
Marie E. Pokorny, RN, Professor and PhD Program Director (BSN, Armstrong State College; MSN, Medical College of
Georgia; PhD, University of Virginia)
Iona Poston, RN, Associate Professor (BSN, Medical University of South Carolina; MSN, Medical College of Georgia;
PhD, University of Florida)
Janice Puglisi, RN, FNP-BC, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, Florida Atlantic University; MSN, Duke University)
Lona P. Ratcliffe, RN, Clinical Associate Professor (BSN, East Carolina University; MN, Emory University)
COLLEGE OF NURSING
554
Pam Reis, RN, CNM, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, Duke University; MSN, East Carolina University)
Donna W. Roberson, RN, FNP-BC, Assistant Professor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University, PhD, University of North
Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Mary Ann Rose, RN, Professor, Chair, Department of Graduate Nursing Science (BSN, Georgetown University;
MSN, Case Western Reserve University; EdD, North Carolina State University)
Tamara Scherer, RN, NRP, Clinical Instructor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University)
Ann M. Schreier, RN, Associate Professor (BS, Boston University; MS, University of California, San Francisco;
PhD, Stanford University)
Melissa Schwartz, RN, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, East Carolina University; MSN, University of Phoenix)
Elaine Scott, RN, Associate Professor (BSN, MS, University of North Carolina, Greensboro; PhD, East Carolina University)
Andrea Sessoms , RN, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University)
Joy Shepard, RN, CNE, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University)
Michelle Skipper, RN, FNP, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MSN, Duke University)
Kathleen Simpson, RN, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, University of North Carolina, Greensboro: MSN, University of
South Carolina)
Debbie Smith, RN, Clinical Instructor (BSN, East Carolina University; MSN, University of North Carolina, Greensboro)
Renee Spain, RN, Clinical Instructor (BSN, MSN, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Nancy N. Stephenson, RN, Associate Professor (BSN, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MAEd, MSN, East Carolina
University; PhD, University of South Carolina)
Melvin S. Swanson, Professor (BS, Indiana University; PhD, University of Pittsburgh)
Christy Swinson, RN, Clinical Instructor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University)
Frances Thunberg, RN, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University)
Mollie Tripp, RN, NNP, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University)
Deborah Tyndall, RN, Clinical Instructor (BSN, Barton College; MSN East Carolina University)
Rebecca J. Whitley, RN, Clinical Assistant Professor, Director of RN/BSN (BSN, University of North Carolina, Greensboro;
MPH, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Susan A. Williams, RN, Associate Professor (BSN, Murray State University; MSN, University of Virginia; DNS, Louisiana
State University)
Mary Wilson, RN, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University)
Lucinda S. Winstead, RN, Clinical Instructor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University)
Carol Winters-Moorhead, RN, Professor (BSN, MSN, University of North Carolina, Greensboro; BA, Greensboro College;
PhD, University of Pittsburgh)
Mary Ellen Wojtasiewicz, RN, Research Assistant Professor (BS, BA, University of Mexico; MS, Villanova University;
PhD, Emory University)
Gina Woody, RN, CNE, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, MSN, East Carolina University)
Jeannie Yount, RN, MSN, Clinical Assistant Professor (BSN, MS, MSN, East Carolina University)
COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
David M. White, Professor and Dean (BS, Concord College; MS, Radford College; EdD, University of Tennessee)
Leslie R. Pagliari, Associate Professor and Associate Dean of Academic Affairs (BS, MS, East Carolina University;
PhD, Walden University)
Evelyn C. Brown, Associate Professor and Associate Dean of Research and Graduate Studies (BS, Furman University;
MS, North Carolina State University; PhD, University of Virginia)
Department of Computer Science
Karl R. Abrahamson, Associate Professor and Interim Chairperson (BS, PhD, University of Washington)
Junhua Ding, Assistant Professor (MS, PhD, Florida International University)
Qin Ding, Assistant Professor (BS, MS, Nanjing University; PhD, North Dakota State University)
K. Gopalakrishnan, Associate Professor (BE, University of Madras; MTech, Indian Statistical Institute; PhD, University
of Nebraska)
Robert D. Hoggard, Teaching Instructor (BS, MS, East Carolina University)
Masao Kishore, Associate Professor (BA, University of California, Berkeley; MS, University of Toledo; MA, PhD,
Princeton University)
SECTION 10: FACULTY
555
Lakshmi Narasimhan, Professor (BE, Indian Institute of Science; ME, Madras Institute of Technology; PhD, University
of Queensland)
John R. Placer, Professor (BS, California State Polytechnic University; MSI, University of California Santa Barbara;
MS, University of Arizona; PhD, Oregon State University)
Ronnie W. Smith, Associate Professor (BS, Vanderbilt University; MS, PhD, Duke University)
Mohammad H. Tabrizi, Professor and Graduate Director (BSc, University of Manchester; MS, PhD, University of Shefeld)
Sergiy Vilkomir, Assistant Professor (College of Gifted Students Moscow State University; MS, Kharkov State University;
PhD, Kharkov Polytechnic University)
James Frederick Wirth, Associate Professor (BS, PhD, University of Notre Dame)
Department of Construction Management
Syed Ahmed, Professor and Chairperson (BSCE, University of Engineering and Technology; MSCE, PhD, Georgia Institute
of Technology)
Yong Ahn, Assistant Professor (BS, Purdue University; MS, Auburn University; PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and
State University)
David L. Batie, Associate Professor (BS, MA, University of Nebraska; PhD, Texas A&M University)
Gazan A. Bozai, Assistant Professor (BS, NEDUET; MS, Auburn University; PhD, Auburn University)
Grady Eric Connell, Associate Professor (BA, City University of New York; MA, University of Texas; PhD, Texas A&M
University)
Donna A. Hollar, Teaching Instructor (BS, University of North Carolina, Charlotte; MSCE, University of Washington)
Seong Tommy Kim, Teaching Instructor (BS, Soongsil University; MS, Texas A&M University; PhD, University of Florida)
Namhun Lee, Assistant Professor (BE, Kyung-Hee University; MS, University of Washington; PhD, University of Washington)
Huanqing Lu, Associate Professor (BEng, MEng, Tianjin University; MS, PhD, University of Florida)
Danny L. Morton, Teaching Instructor (BSBA, MAEd, East Carolina University)
Ronald H. Sessoms, Teaching Instructor (BS, MA, East Carolina University)
Keith E. Sylvester, Assistant Professor (BA, University of Louisiana; MS, University of Houston; PhD, Texas A&M University)
George C. Wang, Assistant Professor (BE, ME, Tongji University; PhD, University of Wollongong)
Yuhong Wang, Assistant Professor (BE, ME, Tongji University; MS, PhD, University of Kentucky)
Bryan E. Wheeler, Teaching Instructor (BS, MS East Carolina University)
Department of Engineering
O. Hayden Grifn, Professor and Chairperson (BS, MS, Texas Tech; PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
Tarek M. Abdel-Salam, Associate Professor (BS, MS, Cairo University; PhD, Old Dominion University)
Purvis H. Bedenbaugh, Assistant Professor (BSE, Duke University; MS, Clemson University; PhD University of Pennsylvania)
Evelyn C. Brown, Associate Professor (BS, Furman University; MS, North Carolina State University; PhD, University of Virginia)
Karen De Urquidi, Teaching Instructor (BS, MS, University of Michigan)
Eugene Dixon, Assistant Professor (BS, Auburn University; MBA, Nova Southeastern University; PhD, University of
Alabama in Huntsville)
William Howard, Assistant Professor (BS, MS, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University; PhD, Marquette University)
Paul J. Kauffmann, Professor (BS, MENG, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University; PhD, Pennsylvania State
University)
Byungjoon Kim, Assistant Professor (BS, Hanyang University; MS, PhD, University of Nebraska)
Loren Limberis, Assistant Professor (BS, PhD University of Utah)
Gerald Micklow, Professor (BS MS, Pennsylvania University; PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
John C. Reis, Professor (BS, Oregon State University; MS, PhD, Stanford University)
Stephanie, Sullivan, Teaching Instructor (BS, University of Notre Dame; MS, North Carolina State University)
Richard R. Williams, Assistant Professor (BS, MS, Georgia Institute of Technology; PhD, Auburn University)
Jianchu Yao, Assistant Professor (BS, ME, Shaanxi University of Science and Technology; PhD, Kansas State University)
Department of Technology Systems
Tijiani Mohammed, Associate Professor and Interim Chairperson (BS, Central Missouri State University; MS, Indiana State
University; PhD, Texas A&M University)
Ranjeet Agarwala, Teaching Instructor (BS, Bangalore University; MS, Texas A&M)
COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
556
Mark G. Angolia, Teaching Instructor (BS, ME, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute)
David L. Batts, Assistant Professor (BS, MS, EdD, East Carolina University)
Michael Behm, Associate Professor (BS, Millersville University; MS, Temple University; PhD, Oregon State University)
Robert A. Chin, Professor (BA, University of Northern Colorado; MAE, Ball State University; PhD, University of Maryland)
Te-Shun Chou, Assistant Professor (BS, Feng Chia University; MS, PhD, Florida International University)
Charles E. Coddington, Professor (BS, California University of Pennsylvania; MED, Pennsylvania State University; PhD,
University of Maryland)
Kanchan K. Das, Assistant Professor (BA, MS, Indian Institutes of Technology; PhD, University of Windsor)
Melinda T. Doty, Teaching Instructor (BA, MS, East Carolina University)
Carolyn K. Dunn, Assistant Professor (BA, Clarion University of Pennsylvania; MA, PhD, East Carolina University)
J. Barry Duvall, Professor (BS, MS, Indiana State University; PhD, University of Maryland)
Hamid Fonooni, Associate Professor (BS Indiana State University; MS, PhD, University of Cincinnati)
Amy R. Frank, Teaching Instructor (BS, MS, Eastern Illinois University)
Sandra L. Friend, Teaching Instructor (BS, MS, Murray State University)
Clyde Hicks, Teaching Instructor (BS, MS, East Carolina University)
Andrew E. Jackson, Professor (BA, University of Louisville; MA, Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University; PhD University of
Central Florida)
Samir Y. Khoury, Assistant Professor (BAS, Mount Olive College; MSA, Central Michigan University; PhD, Capella University)
Jeanne M. Lawrence, Teaching Instructor (BS, University of Florida; MBA, Hofstra University)
Charles J. Lesko, Assistant Professor (BA, United States Naval Academy; MS, Boston University; PhD, Walden University)
ChengCheng Li, Assistant Professor (BS, Bejing Polytechnic University; MS, PhD Texas Tech University)
Peng Li, Assistant Professor (MS, PhD, University of Connecticut)
Jimmy B. Linn, Teaching Instructor (BS, Rose Institute of Technology; MS, Purdue University)
Philip J. Lunsford, Associate Professor (BS, MS, Georgia Institute of Technology; PhD, North Carolina State University)
Merwan Mehta, Associate Professor (BE, University of Bombay; MS, PhD, University of Missouri, Rolla)
Gonzague Erol Ozan, Associate Professor (BS, Middle East Technical University; MS, Istanbul University; PhD, Old
Dominion University)
Leslie R. Pagliari, Associate Professor (BS, MS, East Carolina University; PhD, Walden University)
Leonard E. Palmer, Teaching Instructor (United States Military Academy; MBA, Florida Institute of Technology; MS, Air Force
Institute of Technology)
John L. Pickard, Teaching Instructor (BS, Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University; MBA, Wayland Baptist University)
Christine Russell, Visiting Assistant Professor (BA, Randolph Macon College; MA, East Carolina University; JD, University
of Missouri, Kansas City)
Janet H. Sanders, Assistant Professor (MS, Clemson University; PhD, North Carolina A&T State University)
Lee W. Toderick, Teaching Instructor (BS, East Carolina University; MS, Boston University)
OTHER UNITS
Academic Library Services
Larry Boyer, Professor and Dean of Academic Library and Learning Resources (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill; MA, Tulane University; MSLS, Catholic University of America; PhD, George Washington University)
Alan R. Bailey, Associate Professor (BS, MLS, East Carolina University; MLS, North Carolina Central University)
Lisa Barricella, Associate Professor (BA, Shippensburg University of Pennsylvania; MLIS, University of Pittsburgh)
Patrick Carr, Assistant Professor (BA, St. Bonaventure University; MA, University of Rochester; MLS, University of Pennsylvania)
Eleanor Cook, Associate Professor (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MA, Appalachian State University;
MSLS, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Bryna Coonin, Associate Professor (BA, University of Maryland; MSLS, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill;
MBA, Meredith College)
Jonathan Dembo, Associate Professor (AB, Washington University; MA, University of Pittsburgh; PhD, University of
Washington)
Patricia Dragon, Associate Professor (BA, Wellesley College; MILS, University of Michigan)
David M. Durant, Associate Professor (AB, MLS, University of Michigan; MA, University of California, Los Angeles)
Jacquelyn Erdman, Assistant Professor (BA, Bradley University; MLS, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign)
Erik Estep, Assistant Professor (BA, Purdue University; MA, Ball State University; MLS, Indiana University)
SECTION 10: FACULTY
557
C. William Gee, Assistant Professor (BA, Berry College; MSIS, University of Tennessee)
Gretchen Gueguen, Assistant Professor (BA, Pennsylvania State University; MLS, University of Maryland)
Kacy Guill, Assistant Professor (BA, California State University; MA, University of California; MLS, University of Oklahoma)
Amy Z. Gustavson, Assistant Professor (BA, North Carolina State University; MLS, North Carolina Central University)
Robert James, Assistant Professor (BS, University of Florida; MLS, North Carolina Central University)
David W. Hursh, Associate Professor (BM, Houghton College; MM, Converse College; MSLS, Florida State University)
John R. M. Lawrence, Associate Professor (BA, East Carolina University; MSLS, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Janice S. Lewis, Associate Professor (BA, College of William and Mary; JD, University of Virginia; MLS, Catholic
University of America)
Janet L. Mayo, Assistant Professor (BA, Ohio State University; MLS, Kent State University)
Herbert C. Nall, Assistant Professor (BA, St. Andrews Presbyterian College; MA, University of South Carolina;
MSLS, University of North Carolina, Greensboro)
Nara Newcomer, Assistant Professor (BA, Bethany College; MLS, State University of New York, Buffalo)
Matthew Reynolds, Assistant Professor (BA, MLS, University of Kentucky)
Mark Sanders, Associate Professor (BA, MSLS, University of North Carolina; MA, Pennsylvania State University)
Dale Sauter, Assistant Professor (BA, University of Mississippi; MLIS, University of Texas)
Ralph L. Scott, Professor (BA, MS, Columbia University; MA, East Carolina University)
Cynthia Shirkey, Assistant Professor (BA, Augustana College; MA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill;
MLS, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign)
Daniel L. Shouse, Associate Professor (BS, MA, Ball State University; MLS, Indiana University)
Linda Teel, Assistant Professor (BS, MLS, East Carolina University; MLS, North Carolina Central University)
Willam J. Thomas, Assistant Professor (BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; MA, University of North Carolina,
Greensboro; MSLS, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Hazel Walker, Assistant Professor (BS, MLS, East Carolina University; MLS, North Carolina Central University)
Angela Whitehurst, Assistant Professor (BS, MA, East Carolina University; MLS North Carolina Central University)
Carolyn N. Willis, Associate Professor (BS, East Carolina University; MLS, North Carolina Central University)
Elizabeth Winstead, Assistant Professor (BS, East Carolina University; MLS, North Carolina Central University; MA,
East Carolina University)
Maurice C. York, Professor (AS, Louisburg College; BA, MA, MSLS, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Center for Counseling and Student Development
Matthew T. Dwyer, Staff Psychologist and Adjunct Assistant Professor (BA, Furman University; MA, Ball State University;
PhD, University of Kentucky)
Derrance W. Hughes, Counselor and Adjunct Assistant Professor (BS, Elizabeth City State University; MAEd, East Carolina
University)
Valerie A. Kisler-van Reede, Interim Director/Clinical Coordinator and Adjunct Assistant Professor (BA, Quincy College;
MA, PhD, Southern Illinois University at Carbondale)
Robert J. Morphet, Assistant Director/Counselor and Adjunct Assistant Professor (BA, St. John Fisher College; MS, East
Carolina University)
Laupus Health Sciences Library
Dorothy A. Spencer, Professor, Associate Vice Chancellor, Communication and Information Resources Director (BA,
Hope College; MSL, Western Michigan University; PhD, University of Nebraska)
Megan Besaw, Research Assistant Professor (BA, Queens University of Charlotte; MLIS, University of Pittsburg)
Kathy M. Cable, Research Assistant Professor (BS, Eastern New Mexico University; MLS, East Carolina University;
MLS, North Carolina Central University)
Jeffrey G. Coghill, Associate Professor (BA, Methodist College; MA, Western Carolina University; MLIS, University of Alabama)
Elizabeth A. Ketterman, Assistant Professor (BA, College of William and Mary; MLS, North Carolina Central University)
Ruth Moskop, Adjunct Associate Professor (BA, University of Texas at Austin; MA, University of Texas at Austin;
PhD, University of Texas at Austin)
Melissa M. Nasea, Assistant Professor (BA, Wayne State University; MSLS, Wayne State University; MBA, East Carolina
University)
OTHER UNITS
558
Katherine Rickett, Research Assistant Professor (BS, Kent State University; MSLS, Catholic University of America;
MSEd, Old Dominion University)
Roger G. Russell, Associate Professor (BA, East Carolina University; MLS, North Carolina Central University)
Susan Nash Simpson, Associate Professor (BA, State University College at Buffalo; MLS, State University of New York
at Buffalo)
FACULTY EMERITI
THOMAS HARRIOT COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Department of Biology
Wendall E. Allen, PhD, Professor Emeritus Christine Wilton Helms, PhD, Professor Emerita
Francis P. Belcik, MS, Assistant Professor Emeritus Takeru Ito, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Vincent J. Bellis, PhD, Professor Emeritus Gerhard W. Kalmus, Professor Emeritus
Charles E. Bland, Professor Emeritus Clifford B. Knight, Jr., PhD, Professor Emeritus
Hal J. Daniel, Professor Emeritus John S. Laurie, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Graham J. Davis, PhD, Professor Emeritus Susan J. McDaniel, PhD, Associate Professor Emerita
Thomas Feldbush, PhD, Professor Emeritus Prem P. Sehgal, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Carolyn H. Hampton, PhD, Professor Emerita Everett C. Simpson, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Donald W. Stanley, Associate Professor Emeritus
Department of Chemistry
Caroline L. Ayers, PhD, Professor Emerita James E. Hix, Jr., PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Paul Wayne Ayers, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus Robert A. Klein, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Myron L. Caspar, PhD, Professor Emeritus Robert C. Morrison, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Donald F. Clemens, PhD, Professor Emeritus Phillip A. Zoretic, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Department of Economics
Gary W. Zinn, PhD, Teaching Professor Emeritus
Department of English
Patrick Anthony Bizzaro, PhD, Professor Emeritus Peter Makuck, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Myra Cain, MA, Assistant Professor Emerita Douglas J. McMillan, PhD, Professor Emeritus
William G. Cherry III, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus Ralph Hardee Rives, EdD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Donna Congleton, PhD, Assistant Professor Emerita F. David Sanders, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Collett B. Dilworth, Jr., PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus Mary Sorensen, MA, Assistant Professor Emerita
Paul Dowell, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus Malcolm South, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Theodore R. Ellis, PhD, Professor Emeritus Bruce Southard, PhD, Associate Professor Emerius
Marie Farr, PhD, Associate Professor Emerita William E. Stephenson, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Janice Hardison Faulkner, MA, Associate Professor Emerita Alfred Wang, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
W. Erwin Hester, PhD, Professor Emeritus and Department Veronica Wang, PhD, Associate Professor Emerita
Chairperson Emeritus Elizabeth Webb, MA, Assistant Professor Emerita
JoAnn F. Jones, MA, Assistant Professor Emerita Edith Webber, MA, Instructor Emerita
Donald L. Lawler, PhD, Professor Emeritus James R. Wright, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures
Gary John Ambert, MA, Associate Professor Emeritus Richard L. Hattendorf, Associate Professor Emeritus
Nicole Aronson, PhD, Professor Emerita Maria Malby, PhD, Professor Emerita
Manolita Buck, MA, Assistant Professor Emerita Raquel Manning, MA, Assistant Professor Emerita
Susana Castano-Schultz, MA, Teaching Instructor Emerita Nancy Mayberry, PhD, Professor Emerita
Grace Ellenberg, MA, Associate Professor Emerita Marguerite Perry, MA, Professor Emerita
Esther Fernandez, BA, Assistant Professor Emerita Bramy Resnik, PhD, Assistant Professor Emeritus
Brian LaMont Harris, Associate Professor Emeritus Martin Schwarz, PhD, Professor Emeritus
SECTION 10: FACULTY
559
Department of Geography
Simon Baker, PhD, Professor Emeritus George Martin, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Ralph E. Birchard, PhD, Professor Emeritus Janet Petterson, PhD, Assistant Professor Emerita
Ennis L. Chestang, PhD, Professor Emeritus Philip Shea, PhD, Assistant Professor Emeritus
William Wesley Hankins, MSG, Associate Professor Emeritus Richard A. Stephenson, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Edward P. Leahy, PhD, Professor Emeritus Douglas C. Wilms, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Palmyra M. Leahy, Associate Professor Emerita
Department of Geological Sciences
Charles Q. Brown, PhD, Professor Emeritus Richard L. Mauger, PhD, Professor Emeritus
David P. Lawrence, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus Scott W. Snyder, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Department of History
Philip J. Adler, PhD, Professor Emeritus Henry C. Ferrell, Jr., PhD, Professor Emeritus
J. Conner Atkeson, MA, Associate Professor Emeritus Robert J. Gowen, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Wyatt Brown, MA, Assistant Professor Emeritus Koleen H. Huggins, PhD, Visiting Assistant Professor Emerita
Walter T. Calhoun, MA, Associate Professor Emeritus Anthony J. Papalas, PhD, Professor Emeritus
William H. Cobb, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus Fred D. Ragan, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Donald E. Collins, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus Herbert Rothfeder, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Charles P. Cullop, PhD, Professor Emeritus Joseph F. Steelman, PhD, Professor Emeritus
John C. Ellen, Jr., PhD, Professor Emeritus William N. Still, Jr., PhD, Professor Emeritus
James Hugh Wease, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Department of Mathematics
Roger L. Creech, MA, Associate Professor Emeritus Robert J. Hursey, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
John W. Daniels, EdD, Associate Professor Emeritus Robert N. Joyner, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Stella M. Daugherty, MA, Associate Professor Emerita Virginia Green Joyner, PhD, Assistant Professor Emerita
John P. Daughtry, PhD, Professor Emeritus Soumaya Makdissi Khuri, PhD, Professor Emerita
Kenneth Joseph Davis, PhD, Professor Emeritus Joong Ho Kim, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Frances F. Dudley, MA, Assistant Professor Emerita Nannie M. Linton, MA, Assistant Professor Emerita
Tennala A. Gross, MA, Assistant Professor Emerita Frank W. Saunders, MA, Professor Emeritus
Paul W. Haggard, MS, Professor Emeritus Katye Oliver Sowell, PhD, Professor Emerita
Robert M. Woodside, MS, Associate Professor Emeritus
Department of Philosophy
Dawyer D. Gross, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus Ernest C. Marshall, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Robert L. Holt, PhD, Professor Emeritus Frank J. Murphy, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Eugene E. Ryan, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Department of Physics
Carl G. Adler, PhD, Professor Emeritus Terence E. McEnally, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
George Bissinger, Professor Emeritus Thomas C. Sayetta, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Byron Coulter, PhD, Professor Emeritus Larry H. Toburen, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Mumtaz A. Dinno, PhD, Professor Emeritus Paul Varlashkin, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Department of Political Science
Herbert R. Carlton, MA, Associate Professor Emeritus Young-dahl Song, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Dorothy H. Clayton, PhD, Assistant Professor Emerita H. A. I. Sugg, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
John M. Howell, PhD, Professor and Chancellor Emeritus William F. Troutman, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Lauriston King, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus James A. VanFleet, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Maurice D. Simon, PhD, Professor Emeritus Sandra Wurth-Hough, PhD, Associate Professor Emerita
Tinsley E. Yarbrough, PhD, Professor Emeritus
FACULTY EMERITI
560
Department of Psychology
Wilbur A. Castellow, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus Beverly L. Harju, PhD, Associate Professor Emerita
Dennis E. Chestnut, PhD, Assistant Professor Emeritus Ramon Monnie Hedges, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
John S. Childers, EdD, Associate Professor Emeritus Thomas E. Long, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Robert Denney, PhD, Assistant Professor Emeritus M. John Lutz, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Thomas W. Durham, PhD, Professor Emeritus Larry W. Means, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Rand B. Evans, PhD, Professor Emeritus Charles C. Mitchell, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Robert B. Graham, PhD, Professor Emeritus Margaret F. O’Neal, PhD, Assistant Professor Emerita
William F. Grossnickle, PhD, Professor Emeritus Robert S. Tacker, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Clement J. Handron, D. Min, Teaching Assistant Raymond E. Webster, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Professor Emeritus
Department of Sociology
Charles Garrison, PhD, Professor Emeritus Buford Rhea, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Gladys D. Howell, MA, Professor Emerita Martin Schultz, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
John Maiolo, PhD, Professor Emeritus Paul Tschetter, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Jasper Register, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
COLLEGE OF ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES
Madge S. Chamness, MAEd, Associate Professor Emerita Robert B. McCabe, MS, Faculty Emeritus
Doris Davenport, EdS, Associate Professor Emerita Robert Muzzarelli, MA, Associate Professor Emeritus
Sheldon C. Downes, DEd, Professor Emeritus Frank Rabey, MS, Associate Professor Emeritus
Donald E. Ensley, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus Richard Shine, EdD, Professor Emeritus
George F. Hamilton, MS, Professor Emeritus Susan T. Smith, PhD, Professor Emerita
W. Garrett Hume, EdD, Professor Emeritus Mary Susan Templeton, Professor Emerita
Jerry Lotterhos, MSW, Professor Emeritus Ronald L. Thiele, MD, Dean Emeritus
Peggy H. Wood, MAEd, Professor Emerita
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
Dorothy R. Brandon, MBA, Associate Professor Emerita Ray L. Jones, EdD, Professor Emeritus
Charles L. Broome, PhD, Professor Emeritus Ruth B. Jones, MA, Assistant Professor Emerita
William H. Collins, Jr., PhD, Professor Emeritus Gorman W. Ledbetter, MBA, Associate Professor Emeritus
Ouida C. Debter, MA, Assistant Professor Emerita Jesse L. McDaniels, MA, Assistant Professor Emeritus
Lena C. Ellis, MA, Assistant Professor Emerita Oscar K. Moore, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Donald B. Guest, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus Robert E. Schellenberger, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Umesh C. Gulati, PhD, Professor Emeritus Stanley R. Stansell, PhD, Professor Emeritus
J. Larry Hagler, PhD, Professor Emeritus Jack W. Thornton, Jr., PhD, Professor Emeritus
Danny R. Hines, PhD, Professor Emeritus Ernest B. Uhr, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Jerry G. Hunt, PhD, Professor Emeritus Edward W. Wheatley, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Buddy Zincome, PhD, Professor Emeritus
SECTION 10: FACULTY
561
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Vivian O. Arnold, EdD, Associate Professor Emerita Mabel V. Laughter, EdD, Associate Professor Emerita
Carlton R. Benz, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus Carolyn Ledford, EdD, Associate Professor Emerita
Delma C. Blinson, EdD, Associate Professor Emeritus Louise A. Levey, EdD, Professor Emerita
Emily S. Boyce, MSLS, Professor Emerita Leonard D. Lilley, Jr., EdD, Professor Emeritus
Donald H. Bragaw, PhD, Professor Emeritus William Martin, EdD, Professor Emeritus
Anita Brehm, MSEd, Assistant Professor Emerita Walter McLendon, PhD, Assistant, Professor Emeritus
Patricia T. Campbell, PhD, Associate Professor Emerita Floyd E. Mattheis, EdD, Professor Emeritus
Thomas A. Chambliss, EdD, Professor Emeritus Constance Mellon, PhD, Professor Emerita
Amos Clark, EdD, Professor Emeritus Al Muller, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Charles Coble, EdD, Professor Emeritus James D. Nicholson, MA, Associate Professor Emeritus
Connie Darty, PhD, Associate Professor Emerita Helen Parke, PhD, Professor Emerita
Robert L. Dough, PhD, Professor Emeritus James W. Pinkney, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Clinton R. Downing, EdD, Associate Professor Emeritus David Powers, EdD, Professor Emeritus
Elmer Erber, EdD, Professor Emeritus James Pressley, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Emmett M. Floyd, EdD, Associate Professor Emeritus Floyd M. Read, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Harold C. Grifn, Associate Professor Emeritus John T. Richards, EdD, Professor Emeritus
Parmelee Hawk, PhD, Professor Emerita William C. Sanderson, EdD, Professor Emeritus
Lilla G. Holsey, PhD, Professor Emerita Mary W. Schmidt, PhD, Professor Emerita
Wilton G. Joyner, PhD, Professor Emeritus John S. Schmidt, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Diane Kester, PhD, Associate Professor Emerita Moses Sheppard, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Peggy Koonce, PhD, Associate Professor Emerita Helen Gay Stephenson, PhD, Assistant Professor Emerita
Gene D. Lanier, PhD, Professor Emeritus Barr Taylor, EdD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Elizabeth Wheatley, MS, Lecturer Emerita
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
School of Art and Design
Charles F. Chamberlin, MFA, Professor Emeritus Norman Keller, MFA, Professor Emeritus
Frances P. Daugherty, PhD, Professor Emerita Richard Laing, DEd, Professor Emeritus
Robert Edmiston, MFA, Professor Emeritus Jacquelyn Leebrick, MFA, Associate Professor Emerita
Sara Edmiston, MA, Professor Emerita Phil Phillips, EdD, Professor Emeritus
Tom Evans, MAEd, Professor Emeritus Ed Reep, Professional Certicate, Professor Emeritus
Janet Fischer, MFA, Professor Emerita Dorothy Sattereld, MFA, Professor Emerita
Tran Gordley, MFA, Professor Emeritus Melvin Stanforth, MFA, Professor Emeritus
William H. Holley, DEd, Professor Emeritus
School of Communication
Lawrence W.S. Auld, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus James L. Rees, MA , Professor Emeritus
FACULTY EMERITI
562
School of Music
Charles Bath, DMA, Professor Emeritus Richard W. Lucht, DME, Professor Emeritus
Ruth Boxberger, PhD, Professor Emerita Charles W. Moore, DM, Professor Emeritus
Herbert Carter, MA, Professor Emeritus Catherine Murphy, PhD, Professor Emerita
Beatrice Chauncey, MA, Professor Emerita James H. Parnell, MM, Professor Emeritus
Antonia Dalapas, MM, Associate Professor Emerita Everett Pittman, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Joseph P. Distefano, PhD, Professor Emeritus Rodney Schmidt, DMA, Professor Emeritus
Henry Doskey, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus Charles F. Schwartz, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Elizabeth Drake, MS, Associate Professor Emerita James A. Searl, MM, Associate Professor Emeritus
Rhonda J. Fleming, PhD, Professor Emerita Barry M. Shank, MM, Associate Professor Emeritus
Otto W. Henry, PhD, Professor Emeritus Ruth G. Shaw, MS, Assistant Professor Emerita
Clyde S. Hiss, DMA, Professor Emeritus Ralph B. Shumaker, EdD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Robert L. Hause, MM, Professor Emeritus Charles E. Stevens, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Harold A. Jones, MA, Professor Emeritus Paul Tardiff, DMA, Professor Emeritus
George W. Knight, EdD, Professor Emeritus Eleanor Toll, MM, Associate Professor Emerita
Virginia Linn, MFA, Assistant Professor Emerita Paul Q. Topper, AMusD, Professor Emeritus
Gladys White, MA, Associate Professor Emerita
School of Theatre and Dance
Donald Biehn, MFA, Associate Professor Emeritus Patricia L. Pertalion, MFA, Associate Professor Emerita
Charles Joseph Carow, Associate Professor Emeritus G. Douglas Ray, MFA, Associate Professor Emeritus
Edgar R. Loessin, MFA, Professor Emeritus Mavis Ray, Professor Emerita
Carol Pendergrast, MFA, Associate Professor Emerita Helen Vane Steer, PhD, Associate Professor Emerita
COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
Judy Baker, MS, Lecturer Emerita Edgar W. Hooks, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Robert C. Barnes, EdD, Associate Professor Emeritus Thomas H. Johnson, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Catherine A. Bolton, MS, Assistant Professor Emerita Kenneth Karr, PhD, Professor Emeritus
William E. Cain, MAEd, Lecturer Emeritus Bernard Kane, PhD, Professor Emeritus
William S. Carson, MS, Assistant Professor Emeritus Alfred S. King, PhD, Professor Emeritus
David H. Chenoweth, PhD, Professor Emeritus Ray H. Martinez, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Trenton Davis, PhD, Professor Emeritus Daniel D. Sprau, PhD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Patricia C. Dunn, PhD, Professor Emerita Carol Ann Tucker, Lecturer Emerita
Jimmie R. Grimsley, EdD, Associate Professor Emeritus John W. Welborn, MA, Assistant Professor Emeritus
Karen Hancock, EdD, Professor Emerita Odell Welborn, Associate Professor Emeritus
Christian W. Zauner, PhD, Professor Emeritus
COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY
John R. Ball, EdD, Professor Emeritus Nash Love, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Judith Bohannon, PhD, Professor Emerita Edward “Mel” Markowski, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Margaret A. Boschetti, PhD, Associate Professor Emerita Elizabeth J. Markowski, MFA, Associate Professor Emerita
James Bruner, JD, Associate Professor Emeritus Miriam B. Moore, PhD, Professor Emerita
James Campbell, MS, Associate Professor Emeritus John Y. Powell, BA, MSW, PhD, Professor Emeritus
William T. Gartman, Jr., MSSW, Professor Emeritus Glenn E. Rohrer, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Mabel L. Hall, MS, Assistant Professor Emerita Jannis Shea, PhD, Associate Professor Emerita
Patricia G. Henson, PhD, Professor Emerita William C. Smith, EdD, Professor Emeritus
Karla Hughes, PhD, Professor Emerita Charles William Snow, AB, MA, Professor Emeritus
Marge Inman, PhD, Professor Emerita Marilyn F. Steele, EdD, Associate Professor Emerita
Constantine Kledaras, DSW, Professor Emeritus David B. Stevens, JD, LLM, Professor Emeritus
Patricia F. Lindsey, PhD, Associate Professor Emerita Homer Yearick, MSW, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus
SECTION 10: FACULTY
563
COLLEGE OF NURSING
Barbara F. Adams, MPH, Professor Emerita Therese Lawler, MS, EdD, Professor Emerita
Alta W. Andrews, DrPH, Professor Emerita Belinda Lee, FNP, Assistant Professor Emerita
Judy Barnes, MSN, Assistant Professor Emerita Janice Leggett, MSN, Assistant Professor Emerita
Ruth Benedict, MSN, Assistant Professor Emerita Marion Leiner, MEd, Associate Professor Emerita
Judy Bernhardt, PhD, Professor Emerita Inez Martinez, MA, Associate Professor Emerita
Ruth Broadhurst, MA, Professor Emerita Dorothy L. Merrow, MSN, Professor Emerita
Carol Cox, MPH, SNP, Assistant Professor Emerita Hazel B. Morgan, MSN, Assistant Professor Emerita
Nellie Droes, DNSc, FNP, Associate Professor Emerita Mallie B. Penry, MN, PhD, Associate Professor Emerita
Georgene Eakes, EdD, Professor Emerita Evelyn L. Perry, MSN, Professor Emerita
Lou Everett, EdD, Clinical Professor Emerita Miriam Quick, MPH, Assistant Professor Emerita
Betty Haddock, MSN, Assistant Professor Emerita Lona Ratcliffe, MN, Clinical Assistant Professor Emerita
Dorothea Handron, EdD, Associate Professor Emerita Sylvene Spickerman, MSN, Associate Professor Emerita
Betty W. Hooks, MSN, Associate Professor Emerita Russell Tranbarger, EdD, Associate Professor Emeritus
Jackie Hutcherson, MSN, Clinical Associate Professor Emerita Dorothy D. Williams, MSN, Assistant Professor Emerita
Dixie Koldjeski, MSN, PhD, Distinguished Professor Jeanie Yount, CS, Assistant Professor Emerita
of Nursing Emerita
COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
Frederick L. Broadhurst, EdD, Professor Emeritus Y. J. Lao, PhD, Professor Emeritus
A. Darryl Davis, EdD, Professor Emeritus James B. Robertson, PhD, Professor Emeritus
E. Jeffrey Inman, MS, Lecturer Emeritus William R. Spickerman, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Douglas W. Kruger, EdD, Professor Emeritus Jerry V. Tester, PhD, Professor Emeritus
Robert W. Leith, EdD, Professor Emeritus Paul E. Waldrop, ME, Associate Professor Emeritus
OTHER DEPARTMENTS/DIVISIONS
Academic Library Services
Sara Batten, MS, Assistant Professor Emerita Donald Ray Lennon, MA, Associate Professor Emeritus
Anne Briley, MA, Associate Professor Emerita Leah McGlohon, MA, Assistant Professor Emerita
Anne Bennett, MA, Assistant Professor Emerita Judy C. Moore, MLS, Assistant Professor Emerita
Mary A. Boccaccio, MSLS, Professor Emerita Mary Frances Morris, MSLS, Associate Professor Emerita
Michael Cotter, MALS, Assistant Professor Emeritus Phobe Owens, MA, Assistant Professor Emerita
Artemis Kares, MSLS, Associate Professor Emerita Elizabeth H. Smith, MSLS, Professor Emerita
Martha Lapas, Associate Professor Emerita Lee. G. Williams, BS, Associate Professor Emeritus
Center for Counseling and Student Development
Ione J. Ryan, EdD, Professor Emerita Wilbert Ball, EdD, Professor Emeritus
FACULTY EMERITI
564
SUBSTANCE ABUSE POLICY
East Carolina University is dedicated to the pursuit and dissemination of knowledge and, as such, expects all members of
the academic community to behave in a manner conducive to that end. The highest standards of personal and professional
conduct must be maintained by faculty, staff, and students. Illegal or abusive use of drugs or alcohol, referred to in this policy as
substance abuse, by members of the university community adversely affects the mission of the university and is prohibited.
Accordingly, the East Carolina University Board of Trustees adopts the following policy, consistent with The UNC Board of
Governors’ Policy on Illegal Drugs. The policy is intended to accomplish the following:
(1) Prevent substance abuse through a strong educational effort;
(2) Encourage and facilitate the use of counseling services and rehabilitation programs by those members of the
academic community who require their assistance in stopping substance abuse; and
(3) Discipline appropriately those members of the academic community who engage in illegal drug or alcohol-related
behaviors.
Educational Efforts to Prevent Substance Abuse
In keeping with its primary mission of education, East Carolina University will conduct a strong educational program aimed
at preventing substance abuse and illegal drug or alcohol use. Educational efforts shall be directed toward all members of
the academic community and will include information about the incompatibility of the use or sale of illegal substances with
the goals of East Carolina University; the health hazards associated with illegal drug or alcohol use; the incompatibility of
substance abuse with the maximum achievement of educational, career, and other personal goals; and the potential legal
consequences of involvement with illegal drugs or alcohol.
Counseling and Rehabilitation Services to Prevent Substance Abuse
Those faculty, staff, or students who seek assistance with a substance-related problem shall be provided with information
about drug counseling and rehabilitation services available through East Carolina University and also through community
organizations. Those who voluntarily avail themselves of university services shall be assured that applicable professional
standards of condentiality will be observed.
Disciplinary Actions to Prevent Substance Abuse
Students, faculty members, administrators, and other employees are responsible, as citizens, for knowing about and
complying with the provisions of North Carolina law that make it a crime to possess, sell, deliver, or manufacture those
drugs designated collectively as “controlled substances” in Article 5 of Chapter 90 of the North Carolina General Statutes.
Any member of the university community who violates that law is subject both to prosecution and punishment by the civil
authorities and to disciplinary proceedings by the university.
It is expected that East Carolina University students, faculty members, administrators, and other employees who use
or possess alcoholic beverages will do so as legally prescribed by the laws of the State of North Carolina, within the
regulations of East Carolina University, and in a manner which does not disrupt the lives of others. A person whose
conduct is outside these parameters will be subject to the judicial rules and procedures of the university.
It is not double jeopardy for both the civil authorities and the university to proceed against and punish a person for the
same specied conduct. The university will initiate its own disciplinary proceedings against a student, faculty member,
administrator, or other employee when the alleged conduct is deemed to affect the interests of the university.
Penalties will be imposed by the university in accordance with procedural safeguards applicable to disciplinary actions
against students, faculty members, administrators, and other employees, as required by Sections V and VI of Appendix D
of the East Carolina University Faculty Manual, by board of governors’ policies applicable to the employees exempt from
the State Personnel Act, by the East Carolina University Student Judicial System, and by regulations of the State Personnel
Commission.
UNIVERSITY POLICIES APPENDIX
565
The penalties to be imposed by the university may range from written warnings with probationary status to expulsions
from enrollment and discharges from employment*.
However, the following minimum penalties shall be imposed for the
particular offenses described.
(1) Trafcking in Illegal Drugs
(a) For the illegal manufacture, sale or delivery, or possession with intent to manufacture, sell or deliver, of any
controlled substance identied in Schedule I, NC General Statutes 90-89, or Schedule II, NC General Statutes
90-90 (including, but not limited to, heroin, mescaline, lysergic acid diethylamide, opium, cocaine, amphetamine,
methaqualone), any student shall be expelled and any faculty member, administrator, or other employee shall
be discharged.
(b) For a rst offense involving the illegal manufacture, sale, or delivery, or possession with intent to manufacture,
sell or deliver, of any controlled substance identied in Schedules III through VI, NC General Statutes 90-91
through 90-94, (including but not limited to, marijuana, pentobarbital, codeine) the minimum penalty shall be
suspension from enrollment or from employment for a period of at least one semester or its equivalent. For a
second offense, any student shall be expelled and any faculty member, administrator, or other employee shall
be discharged.
(2) Illegal Possession of Drugs
(a) For a rst offense involving the illegal possession of any controlled substance identied in Schedule I, NC
General Statutes 90-89, or Schedule II, NC General Statutes 90-90, the minimum penalty shall be suspension
from enrollment or from employment for a period of at least one semester or its equivalent.
(b) For a rst offense involving the illegal possession of any controlled substance identied in Schedules III through
VI, NC General Statutes 90-91 through 90-94, the minimum penalty shall be probation, for a period to be
determined on a case-by-case basis. A person on probation must agree to participate in a drug education and
counseling program, consent to regular drug testing, and accept such other conditions and restrictions, including
a program of community service, as the chancellor or the chancellor’s designee deems appropriate. Refusal or
failure to abide by the terms of probation shall result in suspension from enrollment or from employment for
any unexpired balance of the prescribed period of probation.
(c) For second or other subsequent offenses involving the illegal possession of controlled substances, progressively
more severe penalties shall be imposed, including expulsion of students and discharge of faculty members,
administrators, or other employees.
(3) Possession and Use of Alcohol
(a) For offenses involving the illegal possession, use, sale and/or distribution of alcohol in violation of NC General
Statutes 18B-300 & 18B-301 & 302; 18B-1006 (a); or Greenville Ordinance No. 812-1-2, a student will be
subjected to a progressive penalty system based on the type of infraction and the circumstances involved.
Penalties may be a warning, probation, ne, volunteer community service, and/or removal from the residence
system or the university.
(b) In certain circumstances, involvement in an alcohol education and/or counseling program may be offered to a
student in lieu of being refereed to the honor board with a recommendation for suspension. Specically, a
student given this option will be required to participate in a program of assessment, education and counseling;
pay a fee of sixty dollars ($60), and be placed on university probation. A student may participate in this
program only once in lieu of disciplinary action.
(c) University employees subject to the State Personnel Act may be disciplined in accordance with the rules and
regulation for personal misconduct, i.e., nal written warning, which may include a three (3) day suspension
without pay, or dismissal.
When a student, faculty member, administrator, or other employee has been charged by the university with a violation of
policies concerning illegal drugs or alcohol, he or she may be suspended from enrollment or employment before initiation
or completion of regular disciplinary proceedings if, assuming the truth of the charges, the chancellor or, in the chancellor’s
absence, the chancellor’s designee concludes that the person’s continued presence within the university community would
constitute a clear and immediate danger to the health or welfare of other members of the university community; provided,
that if such a suspension is imposed, an appropriate hearing of the charges against the suspended person shall be held as
promptly as possible thereafter.
APPENDIX
566
In the case of employees, anyone convicted of a criminal drug statute violation occurring in the workplace shall notify the
university no later than ve days after such a conviction. The university will commence disciplinary action against such an
individual within thirty (30) days of notice of the conviction.
Responsibilities Under This Policy
Authority to implement the policy shall reside in the chancellor.
The chancellor shall designate a coordinator of drug and alcohol education who shall, acting under the authority of the
chancellor, be responsible for overseeing all actions and programs relating to this policy.
All employees and students shall be responsible for abiding by the provisions of this policy. In the case of employees, adherence
with the provisions of the policy shall be a condition of employment.
The chancellor will render an annual report to the board of trustees on the effectiveness of this policy.
Dissemination of This Policy
A copy of this policy shall be given annually to each employee and to all new employees at the beginning of their employment.
Each student shall receive a copy and new students shall be given a copy during orientation.
The policy shall be printed on appropriate student documents and posted on ofcial bulletin boards of the university.
Amended October, 1990
The Board of Trustees of East Carolina University
EAST CAROLINA UNIVERSITY
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION/EQUAL OPPORTUNITY POLICY
East Carolina University is committed to equality of opportunity and does not discriminate against applicants, students, or
employees based on race, religion, color, creed, national origin, sex, age, sexual orientation, or disability.
All employment decisions will be made so as to further the principle of equal employment opportunity. The university will
recruit, hire, train, and promote persons in all positions, without regard to race, religion, color, creed, national origin, sex, age,
or disability. Consistent with this principle, all promotion decisions will be made using valid requirements and all personnel
actions (such as compensation, benets, transfers, layoffs, return from layoff, university sponsored training, education, tuition
assistance, and social and recreational programs) will be administered without regard to race, religion, color, creed, sex, national
origin, age, sexual orientation, or disability.
This policy on nondiscrimination and the Afrmative Action Program of East Carolina University are consistent with and
pursuant to the guidelines set forth in Executive Order 11246 and its implementing regulations. The Afrmative Action
Program implements guidelines set forth under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the
Age Discrimination In Employment Act of 1976, the Vietnam Veterans Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974 as amended,
and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1992.
The university’s policy is consistent with NCGS 126-16: “All State ... agencies ... of North Carolina shall give equal opportunity
for employment without regard to race, religion, color, creed, national origin, sex, age, or handicapping condition to all persons
qualied, except where specic age, sex, or physical requirements constitute bona de occupational qualications necessary
to proper and efcient administration. This section with respect to equal opportunity as to age shall be limited to individuals
who are at least forty years of age but less than seventy years of age.” It is also consistent with The Code of The University
of North Carolina, Section 103: “Admission to, employment by, and promotion in The University of North Carolina and all
of its constituent institutions shall be on the basis of merit and there shall be no discrimination on the basis of race, color,
creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, or disability.”
The responsibility for implementation of this plan rests with the chancellor. The vice chancellors, dean of the College of Arts
and Sciences, deans of professional schools, departmental chairpersons, and principal administrative directors are responsible
for assisting him in implementing these policies. These responsibilities also include coordination of the university’s efforts to
comply with all applicable aspects of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1992. They will assure that decisions involving
recruitment, selection, appointment, and promotion of faculty and staff at all levels are made in a nondiscriminatory manner
and in accordance with the goals of the ECU Afrmative Action Plan.
UNIVERSITY POLICIES
567
The chancellor has also appointed the associate provost for equity, diversity and community relations to coordinate all aspects
of the Afrmative Action Plan, initiate programs to assist in reaching the goals of the Afrmative Action Plan, maintain a
record system, identify problem areas, monitor progress, and assist faculty, staff, and students to resolve problems. These
responsibilities also include coordination of the university’s efforts to comply with all applicable aspects of the Americans
with Disabilities Act of 1992.
Any student of East Carolina University who has a complaint of discrimination should follow the guidelines as published by the
Dean of Students Ofce. Current, former, or prospective faculty or staff who have a complaint should follow the procedures
outlined in the Faculty Manual or the East Carolina University Business Manual. Professonal staff in the Ofce of Equity, Diversity
and Community Relations will provide information to any individual concerning the appropriate grievance procedures.
Copies of the Afrmative Action Plan are available in the Ofce of Equity, Diversity and Community Relations and via the
Internet at www.ecu.edu/eeo.
This Afrmative Action Plan will be evaluated annually and a report prepared by the Ofce of Equity, Diversity and Community
Relations for review by the chancellor. Taffye Benson Clayton, the associate provost for equity, diversity and community
relations, acts as the university’s EEO ofcer. The Ofce of Equity, Diversity and Community Relations is located in G-406
Old Cafeteria Building. The telephone number is 252-328-6804.
NOTICE OF NONDISCRIMINATION
East Carolina University is committed to equality of educational opportunity and does not discriminate against applicants,
students, or employees based on race, color, national origin, religion, gender, sexual orientation, age, or disability.
East Carolina University supports the protections available to members of its community under all applicable federal laws,
including Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972; Section 799A and
845 of the Public Health Service Act; the Equal Pay Act; the Age Discrimination Act of 1975; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,
as amended by the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1974; the Vietnam Era Veteran’s Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974;
the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1992; and Executive Order 11246, as amended by Executive Order 11375.
In compliance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, and the Americans with Disabilities Act of
1992, accommodations of the disabled extend to student programs, employment practices, elimination of physical barriers,
and special assistance to disabled students and employees within the university.
This nondiscrimination policy covers admission, readmission, access to, and treatment and employment in university programs
and activities, including, but not limited to, academic admissions, nancial aid, any services, and employment.
Any student who believes that he or she has been discriminated against by the university because of his or her race, color,
national origin, religion, gender, age, sexual orientation, or disability may speak with a representative in the Dean of Students
Ofce in Mendenhall Student Center. Following that discussion, a student who wishes to le a formal or informal grievance
will be directed to the appropriate ofce. Any member of the university community desiring information or having a complaint
or grievance in regard to these provisions should contact Taffye Benson Clayton, G406 Old Cafeteria Building, East Carolina
University, Greenville, NC 27858-4353; telephone 252-328-6804 or a staff representative.
SEXUAL HARASSMENT PREVENTION PLAN, POLICY, AND GRIEVANCE
PROCEDURE FOR COMPLAINTS OF SEXUAL HARASSMENT
Sexual harassment and discrimination are illegal and endanger the environment of tolerance, civility, and mutual respect
that must prevail if the university is to fulll its mission. East Carolina University is committed to providing and promoting
an atmosphere in which employees can realize their maximum potential in the work place and students can engage fully in
the learning process. Further, amorous relations between a student and a university employee who is responsible for super-
vising or evaluating the student, or between an employee and the person supervising that employee may derogate the merit
principle of supervision and evaluation. This policy is the university’s statement of its intent to prohibit sexual harass-ment
and discrimination and to prohibit amorous relations between the university’s employees and students, and employees and
supervisors, when these relations create a risk of favoritism.
APPENDIX
568
The following constitute sexual harassment: making verbal remarks or committing physical actions that propose to people of
either sex that they engage in or tolerate activities of a sexual nature in order to avoid some punishment or to receive some
reward; singling out people of either sex and creating or attempting to create a hostile university or working environ-ment
or otherwise attempting to harm or harming people because of their sex; and continuing verbal or physical conduct of a
sexual nature when the person the conduct is directed toward has indicated clearly, by word or action, that this conduct is
unwanted.
Sexual discrimination consists of actions that subject employees or students to unequal treatment on the basis of their sex.
It is the responsibility of members of the university community to strive to create an environment free of sexual harassment
and discrimination and free of unprofessional bias in the supervision and evaluation of students and employees. It is against
the policies of East Carolina University for its employees or students to propose to other employees or students that they
engage in or tolerate activities of a sexual nature in order to avoid some punishment or to receive some reward; to create
a hostile university or work place environment for an individual or group because of the individual’s or the group’s sex; to
continue verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when the employees or students of the university such conduct is
directed toward have indicated clearly, by word or action, that such conduct is unwanted; to engage in consensual amorous
relationships with students or other university employees whom the employee is or will be supervising or evaluating; and to
subject other employees or students to unequal treatment on the basis of their sex.
Complaints brought against East Carolina University students by East Carolina University students, faculty, staff, administrators,
or visitors are governed by the grievance procedures presented in published by the Dean of Students Ofce.
Complaints brought against East Carolina University staff by East Carolina University students, faculty, staff, administrators, or
visitors are governed by the grievance procedures stated in the East Carolina University Business Manual, Policy Statement 7:
Employee Relations in the Human Resources Section.
Complaints brought against East Carolina University faculty members or administrators holding faculty status by East Carolina
University students, faculty, staff, administrators, or visitors are governed by the grievance procedures presented in the East
Carolina University Faculty Manual.
Any person having a complaint of sexual harassment should contact Taffye Benson Clayton, associate provost for equity,
diversity and community relations. The telephone number is 252-328-6804. The Ofce of Equity, Diversity and Community
Relations is located in G-406 Old Cafeteria Building.
RACIAL AND ETHNIC HARASSMENT POLICY
Section I. Rationale
The faculty, staff, administration, and students of East Carolina University maintain that it is important to create an atmosphere
in which instances of racial and ethnic harassment are discouraged. Well-publicized policies and procedures such as these
will help to create an atmosphere in which individuals who believe that they are the victims of racism or ethnic harassment
are assured that their grievances will be dealt with in a timely, condential, fair, and effective manner. Toward this end, all
members of the university community should understand that racial and ethnic harassment violates university policy and will
not be condoned. Members of the university community are encouraged to express freely, responsibly, and in an orderly
way their opinions and feelings about any problem or complaint of harassment prohibited under these policies. Any act by
a university employee or student of reprisal, interference, restraint, penalty, discrimination, coercion, or harassment against
a student or an employee for using these policies responsibly interferes with free expression and openness and violates this
policy. Accordingly, members of the university community are prohibited from acts of reprisal against those who bring charges
or are involved as witnesses or otherwise try to responsibly use this policy.
Section II. Racial and Ethnic Harassment Policy
A. Introduction. Racial and/or ethnic harassment endangers the environment of tolerance, civility, and mutual respect
that must prevail if the university is to fulll its mission. Such harassment will not be condoned by members of the
university community. This policy is the university’s statement of its intent to protect its educational environment
by prohibiting specic forms of racial and/or ethnic harassment. The university recognizes that the free and unfettered
interchange of competing views is essential to the institution’s educational mission, and that the peoples’ right to
express opinions is guaranteed by the United States Constitution.
UNIVERSITY POLICIES
569
B. Denitions. The following constitute racial and/or ethnic harassment:
a. Singling out people because of their race or ethnic afliation and subjecting them to unequal or unfair treatment.
b. Harming, attempting to harm, or threatening to harm people because of their race and/or ethnic afliation.
C. Policy. It is the responsibility of members of the university community to strive to create an environment free of racial
and/or ethnic harassment.
C-1. It is against the policies of East Carolina University for its employees or students to single out employees or
students of the university because of their race or ethnic afliation and subject them to unequal or unfair treatment.
C-2. It is against the policies of East Carolina University for its employees or students to single out employees or
students of the university or visitors to the university because of their race or ethnic afliation and subject them to
conduct which causes severe emotional disturbance.
Section III. Grievances Against East Carolina University Students
Complaints brought against East Carolina University students by East Carolina University students, faculty, staff, administrators,
or visitors are governed by the grievance procedures published by the Dean of Students Ofce. .
Section IV. Grievances Against East Carolina University Staff
Complaints brought against East Carolina University staff by East Carolina University students, faculty, staff, administrators,
or visitors are governed by the grievance procedures stated in the East Carolina University Business Manual, Volume 2,
Section VIII.
Section V. Grievances Against East Carolina University Faculty Members or Administrators Holding
Faculty Status
Complaints brought against East Carolina University faculty members or administrators holding faculty status by East Carolina
University students, faculty, staff, administrators, or visitors ordinarily are governed by the grievance procedures stated in the East
Carolina University Faculty Manual, Appendix X. However, if a faculty member raises allegations of racial or ethnic harassment
or discrimination during a hearing he or she requested before the Due Process Committee, the Reconsideration Committee,
or the Faculty Hearing Committee (in accordance with the policies and procedures set forth in the East Carolina University
Faculty Manual, Appendix D), the relevant committee shall determine the merits and bearing, if any, of the allegations raised by
the faculty member on the matter before the committee. Such actions by the Due Process Committee, the Reconsideration
Committee, or the Faculty Hearing Committee shall not preclude a faculty member from independently bringing a complaint of
racial or ethnic harassment or discrimination in accordance with the grievance procedures stated in the East Carolina University
Faculty Manual, Appendix X. The outcome of an Appendix X grievance brought by a faculty member against other faculty
members or administrators holding faculty status either may be appealed in accordance with the provisions for appeal set
forth in section J of Appendix X or may be appealed before the Faculty Affairs Committee in accordance with the policies
and procedures set forth in Appendix D of the East Carolina University Faculty Manual, but not both.
APPENDIX
570
INDEX
A
Academic Advisement, 37
Academic Advising and Support Center, 43
Academic Concentrations, 185
Academic Divisions, Colleges, and Schools, 9
Academic Eligibility Standards, 55
Academic Integrity, 37
Academic Integrity Policy, 9
Academic Library Services,
Faculty, 556
Faculty Emeriti, 563
Academic Programs, 69-309
Academic Regulations, 46-60
Changing Catalogs, 46
Dropping and Adding Courses, 50
Ofcial Withdrawal, 58
Readmission, 57
Suspension, 57
Student Educational Records, 58
Warning and Probation, 56
Academic Requirements, 40-43
Additional Requirements for All Degree, 41
Additional Requirements for BA Degree, 41
Baccalaureate Degree Requirements, 40
Cognate and Professional Course Requirements, 41
Cultural Diversity Requirements, 41
Degrees with Distinction, 43
Double Major Requirements, 40
Dual or Second Degree Requirements, 42
Graduation Requirements, 42
Minor Requirements, 42
Students Preparing to Teach, 41
Writing Intensive Requirements, 41
Academic Standing Codes, 55
Academic Support Services, 43
Academic Warning, 55-57
Accounting
Courses, 314
Department of, 172
Faculty, 535
Adding Courses, 50
Admission, 24-30, 51, 66, 78, 162, 171, 184,
226, 290, 295, 299, 301
General Information, 24
Requirements, 25, 109, 114, 145
Credit by Transfer, 51
Adult Education Courses, 315
Advanced Placement, 28
Aerospace Studies, 268
Courses, 315
Faculty, 548
African and African American Studies, 79
Courses, 314
Minor, 80
Alcohol and Drug Studies Minor, 170
Allied Health Sciences
College of, 162
Faculty, 531
Faculty Emeriti, 560
Alumni Relations, 16
American Sign Language Studies Courses, 334
Anthropology
Academic Concentrations, 185
Courses, 316
Department of, 106
Faculty, 519
Honors Program, 109
Minor, 108
Appeals Of Suspension, 57
Appendix, 564
Architectural Design Technology Minor, 308
Area Studies – European Studies Courses, 334
Army Reserve Ofcer Training Corps Program, 271
Art Courses, 321-334
Art and Design,
School of, 211
Courses, 321
Faculty, 542
Faculty Emeriti, 561
Art History Minor, 215
Art Minor, 215
Arts and Sciences, Thomas Harriot
Admission, 78
College of, 78
Departments, 106-161
Faculty, 519-531
Faculty Emeriti, 559-560
Interdisciplinary Programs, 79
Asian Studies, 81
Courses, 334
Athletic Training Education Program Courses, 334
Auditors, 28, 36
B
Baccalaureate Degree Requirements, 40
BB&T Center for Leadership Development, 67
Biochemistry, 112
571
Biology
Academic Concentration, 185
Courses, 336
Department of, 109
Faculty, 519
Faculty Emeriti, 558
Honors Program, 113
Minor, 113
Biomedical Engineering Courses, 336
Bioprocess Engineering Courses, 336
Biostatistics
Courses, 342
Department of, 162
Faculty, 531
Building Abbreviations, 579
Business
College of, 171
Courses, 345
Faculty, 534
Faculty Emeriti, 560
Business Administration Minor, 182
Business and Information Technologies Education
Academic Concentrations, 185
Courses, 343
Department of, 193
Faculty, 538
Business and Marketing Education, 194
Business Education, 193
Business Information Technologies Education, 185
C
Calendars, vi-xiv
Campus and Buildings, 9
Campus Dining, 23
Campus Living, 23
Campus Recreation and Wellness, 22
Campus Safety, 23
Career Center, 22, 44
The Catalog, 46
Center for Counseling and Student Development, 22
Faculty, 557
Faculty Emeriti, 563
Center for Student Leadership and Civic Engagement, 68
Certicates, 63, 71
Chancellor’s List, 53
Change in Grade, 54
Change in Name or Address, 60
Change of Major and Minor, 40
Changing Catalogs, 46
Chemistry
Academic Concentration, 186
Courses, 349
Department of, 114
Faculty, 521
Faculty Emeriti, 558
Honors Program, 116
Minor, 116
Child Development and Family Relations
Courses, 345
Department of, 273
Faculty, 549
Minor, 278
Child Development Laboratory, 13
Child Studies, 186
Children’s Developmental Services Agency, 13
Chinese Courses, 352
Class Attendance, 47
Classical Studies, 82
Courses, 352
Minor, 82
Classication of Students, 38
Clinical Chemistry and Hematology Minor, 163
Clinical Laboratory Science
Department of, 162
Courses, 353
Faculty, 532
Minors, 163
Clinical Laboratory Science Generalist Minor, 164
Clinical Microbiology Minor, 164
Coastal and Marine Studies, 83
Courses, 357
College of Arts and Sciences (See Arts and Sciences)
Communication
Communication Studies Minor, 224
Courses, 358
Faculty, 543
Faculty Emeriti, 561
Honors Program, 226
Media Studies Minor, 225
School of, 216
Communication Sciences and Disorders
Department of, 165
Faculty, 532
Community Health Courses, 358
Community Outreach Services, 13
Computer Science
Courses, 362
Department of, 293
Faculty, 554
Minor, 294
INDEX
572
Construction Management
Courses, 355
Department of, 295
Faculty, 555
Minor, 297
Transfer Option, 297
Continuing Studies, Division of, 15
Counselor and Adult Education
Courses, 357
Faculty, 538
Course Credits, 51
Course Description Key, 313
Course Load, 48
Course Numbers, 310
Course Prexes, 310
Course Repetition, 49
Course Substitutions, 49
Courses, 48, 314
Credit by Examination, 51
Credit by Transfer, 51
Credit to Restore Academic Eligibility, 52
Criminal Justice
Courses, 439
Department of, 279
Faculty, 549
Minor, 280
Curriculum and Instruction
Department of, 197
Faculty, 539
D
Dance (Also see Theatre and Dance, School of), 240
Courses, 367
Faculty, 545
Faculty Emeriti, 562
Dean of Students, 21
Dean’s List, 53
Declaring a Major, 40
Declaring a Minor, 40
Degrees with Distinction, 43
Design (See Also, Art and Design, School of), 211
Courses, 366
Disability Support Services, 21
Distance Education, 61
Double Major Requirements, 40
Dowdy Student Stores, 18
Driver and Safety Education, 71
Driver Education Courses, 371
Dropping, and Adding Courses, 50
Dual or Second Degree Requirements, 42
E
Early Registration, 50
East Carolina Creed, 20
East Carolina University, Welcome, 1
EC Scholar Program, 64
Economics
Courses, 371
Department of, 117
Faculty, 521
Honors Program, 118
Minor, 118
ECU Language Academy, 66
Education
Academic Concentration, 185
College of, 184
Courses, 374
Faculty, 538
Faculty Emeriti, 561
Internship, 192
Licensure, 192
Educational Technology Courses, 373
Elementary Education, 197
Courses, 376
Emergency Response and Preparedness, 23
Engineering
Core Courses, 385
Department of, 298
Faculty, 555
Engineering Management Courses, 387
English
Academic Concentration, 186
Courses, 378
Department of, 118
Faculty, 522
Faculty Emeriti, 558
Honors Program, 122
Minor, 119
English, Secondary Education, 199
English Education Courses, 377
Enrollment Deposit, 33
Environmental Health Courses, 374
Environmental Health Minor, 261
Equity, Diversity and Community Relations, Ofce of, 18
Ethnic Studies, 85
Courses, 388
Examination Schedule, ix, xi
INDEX
573
Examination(s), 51, 52
Exchange Programs, 67
Exercise and Sport Science
Courses, 388
Department of, 248
Faculty, 546
Minor, 253
Expenses, 33
F
Faculty, 519
Faculty Emeriti, 558
Family and Consumer Sciences Courses, 394
Family Therapy Clinic, 14
Fee Payment Schedule, 33
Film Studies Minor, 119
Finance
Courses, 395
Department of, 173
Faculty, 535
Financial Assistance, 35
Fine Arts and Communication
College of, 211
Faculty, 542
Faculty Emeriti, 561
Foreign Language, 29
Courses, 397
Placement Test, 129
Foreign Languages, General, Courses, 396
Foreign Languages and Literatures
Department of, 122
Faculty, 524
Faculty Emeriti, 558
Forensic Science Minor, 281
French
Academic Concentration, 187
Courses, 398
Degree, 122-124
Minor, 128
Freshman, 25
Freshman Seminar, 44
G
General College, 37
General Science, Academic Concentration, 187
Geography
Academic Concentration,187
Courses, 400
Department of, 130
Faculty, 525
Faculty Emeriti, 559
Honors Program, 135
Minor, 135
Geological Sciences
Courses, 405
Department of, 140
Faculty, 525
Faculty Emeriti, 559
Geology
Academic Concentration, 188
Honors Program, 141
Minor, 141
German
Academic Concentration, 188
Courses, 408
Degree(s), 124-125
Minor, 128
Gerontology
Courses, 410
Minor, 77
Global Academic Initiatives Program, 67
Global Understanding Certicate, 92
Grade Appeals, 53
Grade Points, 53
Grade Replacement Policy, 55
Grading System, 53
Graduate Degrees, 62, 69, 71
The Graduate School, 28
Graduation Requirements, 42
Great Books, 87-89
Courses, 411
Greek Courses, 411
Greek Life, 21
H
Health Courses, 421
Health and Human Performance
College of, 248
Faculty, 546
Faculty Emeriti, 562
Health Education and Promotion
Department of, 254
Faculty, 547
Health Informatics Minor, 168
INDEX
574
Health Information Management
Courses, 412
Degree, 166
Health Professions Courses, 427
Health Sciences Library, 11
Faculty, 557
Health Services and Information Management
Department of, 166
Faculty, 532
Health Services Management
Courses, 428
Degree, 167
Hematology and Immunohematology Minor, 164
Hispanic Studies
Academic Concentration,188
Degree, 126
Minor, 128
History
Academic Concentration, 188
Courses, 413
Department of, 141
Faculty, 526
Faculty Emeriti, 559
Honors Program, 145
Minor, 144
History, Secondary Education, 200
History Education Courses, 412
Honor Roll, 53
Honors College, 64
Honors Courses, 426
Honors Programs
Anthropology, 109
Biology, 113
Chemistry, 116
Communication, 226
Economics, 118
English, 122
Geography, 135
Geology, 141
History, 145
Mathematics, 149
Philosophy, 149
Political Science,155
Psychology, 157
Sociology, 161
Hospitality Management
Courses, 424
Department of, 281
Faculty, 550
Minor, 282
Human Ecology
College of, 273
Course, 348
Faculty, 549
Faculty Emeriti, 562
I
Indebtedness, 34
Independent Study Courses, 49
Indigenous Peoples of the Americas, 89
Courses, 436
Industrial and Systems Engineering Courses, 436
Industrial Distribution and Logistics, 303
Courses, 431
Industrial Engineering Technology, 303
Courses, 434
Industrial Technology, 304
Courses, 437
Industrial Technology Management Minor, 309
Information and Computer Technology, 307
Courses, 429
Minor, 309
Information and Computer Technology, 307
Minor, 309
Information Processing Minor, 196
Information Technologies, 195
Information Technology and Computing Services, 16
Interdisciplinary Human Studies, 188
Interdisciplinary Minors, 77
Interdisciplinary Programs, 79
Interdisciplinary Rural Health Education Courses, 436
Interior Design Courses, 432
Interior Design and Merchandising
Department of, 283
Faculty, 550
International Admissions and Services, 66
International Affairs, 66
International Programs, 66
International Students, 26
International Studies, 90
Courses, 435
Italian Courses, 437
INDEX
575
J
J. Y. Joyner Library, 10
Japanese Courses, 439
Jazz Studies Minor, 239
L
Latin Courses, 441
Laupus Health Sciences Library, 11
Faculty, 557
Leadership Courses, 442
Leadership Development Courses, 441
Leadership Programs, 67
Leadership Studies Minor, 93
Ledonia Wright Cultural Center, 22
Liberal Arts Foundations Program 38
Libraries, 10
Library Studies Courses, 442
Licensure, 63, 192
M
Management
Department of, 175
Courses, 450
Faculty, 536
Management Information Systems
Courses, 452
Department of, 179
Faculty, 536
Marketing Courses, 453
Marketing and Supply Chain Management
Department of, 181
Faculty, 537
Mathematics
Academic Concentrations, 189
Courses, 444
Department of, 145
Faculty, 527
Faculty Emeriti, 559
Honors Program, 149
Minor, 148
Mathematics, Science, and Instructional
Technology Education
Department of, 207
Faculty, 542
Mathematics, Secondary Education, 207
Mathematics Education Courses, 442
Maynard Scholarship, 65
Mechanical Design Technology Minor, 309
Mechanical Engineering, Courses, 450
Media Production Courses, 456
Medical Health Professions Curriculum, 75
Medieval and Renaissance Studies, 94
Courses, 459
Memberships and Accreditations, 6
Merchandising
Courses, 458
Faculty, 550
Minor, 285
Middle Grades Education, 201
Courses, 452
Military Programs, 268
Faculty, 548
Military Science
Courses, 455
Department of, 271
Minor, 272
Minors
African and African American Studies, 80
Alcohol and Drug Studies, 170
Anthropology, 108
Architectural Design Technology, 308
Art, 215
Art History, 215
Biology, 113
Business Administration, 182
Chemistry, 116
Child Development and Family Relations, 278
Classical Studies, 82
Clinical Chemistry and Hematology, 163
Clinical Laboratory Science Generalist, 164
Clinical Microbiology, 164
Communication Media Studies, 225
Communication Studies, 224
Comparative Government and International
Relations, 155
Computer Science, 294
Construction Management, 297
Criminal Justice, 280
Declaring, 40
Distribution Technology: Merchandising,196
Economics, 118
English, 119
Environmental Health, 261
Exercise and Sport Science, 253
Film Studies, 119
Forensic Science, 281
French, 128
Geography, 135
Geology, 141
German, 128
Gerontology, 77
Health Informatics, 168
INDEX
576
Hematology and Immunehematology, 164
Hispanic Studies, 128
History, 144
Hospitality Management, 282
Industrial Technology Management, 309
Information and Computer Technology, 309
Information Processing, 197
Jazz Studies, 239
Leadership Studies, 93
Mathematics, 148
Mechanical Design Technology, 309
Merchandising, 285
Medieval and Renissance Studies, 94
Military Science, 272
Multidisciplinary, 77
Music, 239
Neuroscience Studies, 97
Nutrition, 287
Occupational Safety and Health, 309
Philosophy, 149
Physics, 151
Planning, 139
Political Science, 154
Psychology, 157
Public Administration, 154
Public History, 144
Recreation and Park Management, 267
Recreational Therapy, 267
Religious Studies, 99
Requirements, 42
Science, 210
Sociology, 161
Speech and Hearing Sciences, 166
Sports Studies, 254
Statistics, 148
Women’s Studies, 104
Worksite Health Promotion, 261
Mission, 1
Multidisciplinary Minor, 77
Multidisciplinary Studies, 95
Courses, 460
Music
School of, 226
Courses, 460
Faculty, 544
Faculty Emeriti, 562
Music Degrees, 227
Music Education Courses, 462
Music History and Literature Courses, 463
Music Technology Courses, 465
Music Therapy Courses, 465
Music Minor, 239
INDEX
N
Neuroscience Courses, 472
Neuroscience Studies, 97
Minor, 97
New Student Orientation, 44
News and Communications Services, 18
Nondegree Students, 27
Nontraditional Students, 26
Readmission, 30
North Carolina Nurse Scholars Program, 65
North Carolina Studies, 98
Courses, 471
North Carolina Teaching Fellows Program, 65
Notice of Nondiscrimination, 567
Nursing
College of, 290
Courses, 472
Faculty, 552
Faculty Emeriti, 563
Nutrition and Dietetics
Courses, 475
Department of, 286
Faculty, 550
Nutrition Minor, 287
O
Oak Ridge Associated Universities, 17
Occupational Safety and Health Minor, 309
Occupational Therapy
Courses, 476
Faculty, 533
Off-Campus Student Services, 21
Ofce of Economic Development, 14
Ofce of Equity, Diversity and Community Relations, 18
Ofcial Announcements, 46
Ofcial Withdrawal, 58
Online Degree and Certicate Programs, 62
Operations Management Courses, 476
Organization of East Carolina University, 3
Organization of the University of North Carolina, 2
577
P
Philosophy
Academic Concentration, 190
Courses, 477
Department of, 149
Faculty, 528
Faculty Emeriti, 559
Honors Program, 149
Minor, 149
Physics
Academic Concentration, 190
Courses, 480
Department of, 149
Faculty, 528
Faculty Emeriti, 559
Minor, 151
The Pirate Tutoring Center, 43
Placement Tests, 29, 129, 227
Planning
Courses, 482
Minor, 139
Policy on Posting Grades, 58
Political Science
Academic Concentration, 190
Courses, 484
Department of, 151
Faculty, 529
Faculty Emeriti, 559
Honors Program, 155
Minor, 154
Pre-law Curriculum, 76
Pre-optometry Curriculum, 76
Pre-pharmacy Curriculum, 76
Pre-Professional, 75
Pre-theology Curriculum, 76
Pre-veterinary Curriculum, 76
Psychology
Academic Concentration, 190
Courses, 488
Department of, 156
Faculty, 530
Faculty Emeriti, 560
Honors Program, 157
Minor, 157
Public Administration Minor, 154
Public History Minor, 144
R
Racial and Ethnic Harassment Policy, 568
Radiation Oncology Courses, 498
Re-examination, 53
Reading
Academic Concentration, 190
Courses, 494
Readmission, 30, 57, 145, 171
Recreation and Leisure Studies
Courses, 491
Department of, 262
Faculty, 548
Recreation and Park Management, 267
Recreational Therapy
Courses, 493
Minor, 267
Refund Policy, 34, 47
Registration, 49
Rehabilitation Studies
Courses, 495
Department of, 169
Faculty, 534
Religious Studies, 99
Courses, 496
Removal of Incompletes, 54
Requirements, 25, 40-42
Residence Status, 31
Revolving Education Around Partnerships, 14
Russian Studies, 101
Courses, 499
S
Schedule Changes, 49
School Health Education, 260
Science Education Courses, 499
Science Minor, 210
Second Baccalaureate Degree, 27, 42
Security Studies, 102
Courses, 501
Service-Learning, 38
Sexual Harassment Prevention Plan, Policy,
and Grievance Procedure, 567
Social Studies, Academic Concentration, 191
Social Studies Teacher Licensure, 200
Social Work
School of, 287
Courses, 504
Faculty, 551
INDEX
578
Sociology
Academic Concentration, 191
Courses, 501
Department of, 157
Faculty, 531
Faculty Emeriti, 560
Honors Program, 161
Minor, 161
Spanish Courses, 506
Special Education Courses, 510
Special Education
Adapted Curriculum, 204
General Curriculum, 205
Speech-Language and Hearing Clinic, 15
Speech and Hearing Sciences, 165
Courses, 365
Minor, 166
Sponsored Journals and Publications, 18
Sports Studies Minor, 254
Statistics Minor, 148
Student Activities and Organizations, 22
Student Affairs, 20
Student and Parent Services, 21
Student Educational Records, 58
Student Employment Ofce, 22
Student Financial Aid, Ofce of, 36
Student Government Association, 21
Student Handbook, 20
Student Health Services, 21
Student Legal Services, 22
Student Media, 23
Student Progression, 38
Student Rights and Responsibilities, 21
Student Stores, 18
Student Transit, 23
Substance Abuse Policy, 564
Summer Session, 34
Suspension, 30, 57
Systems Engineering Courses, 512
T
TEACCH, 15
Teaching English as a Second Language
Academic Concentration, 191
Technology and Computer Science
College of, 293
Faculty, 554
Faculty Emeriti, 563
Technology Systems
Department of, 301
Faculty, 555
Testing Center, 15, 45
Theatre and Dance
Faculty, 545
Faculty Emeriti, 562
School of, 240
Theatre Arts Courses, 513
Transcripts, 59
Transfer, 25, 30, 51, 172, 215
Tuition Surcharge, 33
Tuition Waiver, 35
Two-Year Curricula, 75
U
UNC Campus Scholarship, 35
Undergraduate and Graduate Degree Programs, 69-75
Undergraduate Degree-Completion Programs, 62
Undergraduate Research, 64
University Advancement, 16
University Calendars, vi
University Development, 16
University Marketing, 16
University Policies, 19
University Writing Center, 44
Upper Division of Teacher Education, 191
Urban and Regional Planning, 136
V
Veterans, 27, 35
Victim Advocate, 23
Virtual Library, 13
Visitors, 28
W
Welcome To, 1
Women’s Studies, 102
Courses, 517
Minor, 104
Worksite Health Promotion Minor, 261
INDEX
579
BUILDING ABBREVIATIONS
USED ON STUDENT SCHEDULES
KEYED TO MAP
A 6 Austin Building
AH 13 Belk Building
B 5 Howell Science Complex
BA 8 Brewster (Wing A)
BB 8 Brewster (Wing B)
BC 8 Brewster (Wing C)
BD 8 Brewster (Wing D)
BN 5 Howell Science Complex-North
BS 5 Howell Science Complex-South
C Clinic
CH 7 Christenbury Memorial Gym
CL 123 Irons Building
EL 58 Eller Building
F 2 Flanagan Building
GC 95 Bate Building
GR 3 Graham Building
H 91 Pitt County Memorial Hospital
HE 10 Rivers Building
J 14 Jenkins Fine Arts Center
L 1 Joyner Library
LA 1 Joyner Library Basement
MB 9 Fletcher Music Center
MC 37 Minges Coliseum
MS 15 Brody Medical Sciences Building
MT 33 McGinnis Auditorium
NB 10 Rivers Building
NC 47 Old Cafeteria Building
PE 5 Howell Science Complex
R 4 Rawl Building
RG 85 Ragsdale Building
SM 97 Ward Sports Medicine Building
SP 12 Speight Building
SZ 203 Science and Technology Building
TA 34 Messick Theatre Arts Center
TL Industry and Technology Annex
WA 32 Wright Annex
WB 31 Whichard Building
580
MAIN CAMPUS
Alphabetical Listing of Buildings and Other Facilities
47 1CardOfce(C4)
151 AdministrativeSupportAnnex(B2)
31 Admissions(E4)
14 ArtandDesign,Schoolof(C4)
95 ArtsandSciences,ThomasHarriotCollegeof(D5)
237 AthleticGroundsStorage(D13)
39 AthleticTicketOfce(D11)
6 AustinBuilding(E5)
95 BateBuilding(D5)
95 BB&TCenterforLeadershipDevelopment(D5)
59 BelkAnnex1(C14)
13 BelkBuilding(C14)
67 BlountHouse(ECUPolice)(C6)
155 BlountRecreationalSportsComplex(B14)
50 BloxtonHouse(C4)
8 BrewsterBuilding(F6)
123 Building123(C12)
127 Building127(B1)
141 Building141(B1)
158 Building158(C12)
159 Building159(B2)
165 Building165(B2)
172 Building172(C8)
189 Building189(C10)
198 Building198(B6)
215c Building215c(A6)
95 Business,Collegeof(D5)
Campus Dining
142 CenterCourt(B5)
35 Croatan(F5)
55 Destination360(C5)
70 Galley,The(F8)
130 ToddDiningHall(E7)
212 WestEndDiningHall(B3)
32 WrightPlace,The(E5)
52 CareerServices(D3)
47 Cashier’sOfce(C4)
215c CentralStoresandReceiving(A6)
86 Chancellor’sResidence(D3)
7 ChristenburyMemorialGymnasium(E6)
227 Clark-LeClairStadium(D12)
164 CotancheBuilding(B1)
76 DisabilitySupportServices(D5)
163 Dowdy-FicklenStadium(E10)
32 DowdyStudentStores(E5)
12 Education,Collegeof(F5)
167 EnvironmentalHealthandSafetyBuilding(B3)
58 EllerHouse(B5)
49 ErwinBuilding(C4)
121 FacilitiesAdministration(E3)
190 FacilitiesAnnex(E3)
126 FacilitiesServiceCenter(F8–F9)
126 FacilitiesServicesEppesComplex(F8–F9)
100 FacilitiesServicesGroundsComplex(B14)
60 FacilitiesServicesSteamPlant(D8)
161a FacilitiesWarehouse(B7)
107 FamilyTherapyClinic(D6)
47 FinancialAidOfce(C4)
133 FinancialServicesBuilding(B1)
49 FineArtsandCommunication,Collegeof(C4)
2 FlanaganBuilding(D5)
9 FletcherMusicCenter(F6)
85 GraduateSchool(E4)
3 GrahamBuilding(D5)
193 GreenvilleCentre(D15)
156 HarrisBuilding(G7)
37 HealthandHumanPerformance,Collegeof(D10)
92 HowardHouse(E4)
5 HowellScienceComplex(E5–E6)
10 HumanEcology,Collegeof(F5)
127 HumanResources(B1)
87 InternationalHouse(B5)
51 IronsBuilding(B14)
14 JenkinsFineArtsCenter(C4)
1 JoynerLibrary(C5)
1a JoynerEast(D5)
50 LedoniaWrightCulturalCenter(BloxtonHouse)(C4)
43 MailServices(D5)
48 MamieJenkinsBuilding(C4)
58a MaritimeConservationLab(B14)
141 MaterialsManagement(B1)
33 McGinnisTheatre(E5)
55 MendenhallStudentCenter(C5)
34a MessickTheatreArtsCentre(E5)
37 MingesColiseum(D10)
174 MurphyCenter(D10)
9 Music,Schoolof(F6)
92 NewsandCommunicationServices(E4)
47 OldCafeteriaComplex(C4)
122 ParkingandTransportationServices(B5)
39 PirateClubBuilding(D11)
67 Police,ECU(BlountHouse)(C6)
150 ProfessionalCenter(C6)
85 RagsdaleHall(E4)
4 RawlBuilding(E5)
4a RawlAnnex(E5)
56 RegionalDevelopment
Institute(C1)
31 Registrar(E4)
ResidenceHalls
71 Aycock(F8)
73 Belk(E9)
79 Clement(B4)
240 CollegeHillSuites(E8)
84 Cotten(D4)
83 Fleming(D4)
80 Fletcher(B3)
81 Garrett(C4)
77 Greene(B4)
82 Jarvis(D4)
70 Jones(F8)
72 Scott(E8)
74 Tyler(E8)
75 Umstead(D6)
78 White(B4)
10 RiversBuilding(F5)
38 ScalesFieldHouse(D11)
203 ScienceandTechnology
Building(E6)
229 Self-HelpBuilding(B2)
76 SlayHall(D5)
12 SpeightBuilding(F5)
30 SpilmanBuilding(D4)
60 SteamPlant(D8)
55 StudentCenter,Mendenhall(C5)
46 StudentHealthServices(D5)
47 StudentLoansOfce(C4)
229 StudentMedia
(Self-HelpBuilding)(B2)
142 StudentRecreationCenter(B5)
32 StudentStores,ECU-Dowdy(E5)
93 Taylor-SlaughterAlumni
Center(D4)
203 TechnologyandComputerScience,
Collegeof(E6)
34a TheatreandDance,Schoolof(E5)
125 WardGuestHouse(E4)
97 WardSportsMedicine
Building(D11)
212 WestEndDiningHall(B3)
31 WhichardBuildingandAnnex(E4)
37 WilliamsArenaat
MingesColiseum(D10)
56 WillisBuilding(C1)
32 WrightAnnex(E5)
32w WrightAuditorium(E5)
239 AlliedHealthSciences,Schoolof(Y4)
109 AlumniandDevelopment(X5)
113 BiotechnologyBuilding/Pediatric
OutpatientCenter(X4)
15 BrodyMedicalSciencesBuilding(X4–X5)
15a Administration(X5)
15c BrodyOutpatientCenter(X4)
15d BrodyAuditorium(X5)
177 CoastalStudiesAnnex
(SeeWestResearchCampusinset.)
144 DoctorsPark
Suite1—PsychiatricMedicine(W2)
Suite2—AdultandPediatricHealthCare(W2)
210 ECUGastroenterology(V2)
242 ECUPediatricSpecialtyCare(V1)
147 ECUPlasticSurgery(X2)
234 ECUWomen’sPhysicians(V1)
89 FacilitiesServicesUtilityPlant(Y4)
115 FamilyMedicineCenter(W5)
239 HealthSciencesBuilding(Y4)
LakesideAnnex
132 Modular1—AdministrativeSupport(Y4)
136 Modular2—HealthInformationServices/Systems(Y4)
128 Modular3—PersonalCounselingCenter/
NewsandInformation(Y5)
114 Modular4—DiabetesResearch(Y5)
120 Modular5—FamilyMedicineResearch(Y5)
148 Modular7—ClinicalSkillsAssessment/Education(Y5)
239 LaupusLibrary(Y4)
90 LeoW.JenkinsCancerCenter(X5)
96 MagneticResonanceImagingandGammaKnife(X4)
99 MedicalPavilion(Y7)
124 MonroeCenter/EAHEC/VentureTower(W7)
98 MPHProgram(Y7)
211 Nephrology/DialysisCenter(X1)
239 Nursing,Schoolof(Y4)
PhysiciansQuadrangle
118 EMSDivision,BuildingM(X8)
117 Geriatrics,BuildingC(X8)
119 HealthServicesResearchandDevelopment,
BuildingN(X7)
91 PittCountyMemorialHospital(W3–W5)
88 WarrenLifeSciencesBuilding(X4)
176 WestAcademicBuilding
(SeeWestResearchCampusinset.)
HEALTH
SCIENCES
CAMPUS
581
